• Aerospace & Defense
  • Industrials
Axon Enterprise, Inc. logo
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
AXON · US · NASDAQ
368.03
USD
+3.03
(0.82%)
Executives
Name Title Pay
Mr. Josh Goldman Executive Vice President of Operations --
Mr. Ran Mokady Senior Vice President of Real-Time Operations & Site GM --
Mr. Joshua M. Isner President 1.54M
Mr. Isaiah Fields Corporate Secretary & Chief Legal Officer --
Ms. Elizabeth Hart Executive Vice President of People Operations --
Ms. Brittany Bagley Chief Operating Officer & Chief Financial Officer 1.37M
Ms. Ruth Sleeter Chief Information Officer --
Mr. Patrick W. Smith Founder, Chief Executive Officer & Director 40.1K
Ms. Abigail Stock B.A. Executive Vice President of Marketing --
Mr. Jeffrey C. Kunins Chief Product Officer & Chief Technology Officer 880K
Insider Transactions
Date Name Title Acquisition Or Disposition Stock / Options # of Shares Price
2024-08-09 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1530 364.0734
2024-08-09 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 93 364.8135
2024-08-09 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 279 366.7925
2024-08-09 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 98 367.6787
2024-06-26 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 1272 292.88
2024-06-18 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1221 297.6979
2024-06-18 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 213 298.25
2024-06-14 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - F-InKind Common Stock 1077 292.33
2024-05-31 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 993 281.72
2024-05-28 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 478 286.04
2024-05-20 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2000 290.1934
2024-05-10 Brown Adriane M director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 66 0
2024-05-10 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 Cullivan Julie A director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 SMITH GRAHAM director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 Partovi Hadi director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 Nardini Erika director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-10 Williams Jeri director A - A-Award Common Stock 657 0
2024-05-09 Williams Jeri director D - S-Sale Common Stock 308 310.0667
2024-05-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 23946 309.4356
2024-05-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 14092 310.0742
2024-05-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 3606 311.3936
2024-05-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2024 312.2955
2024-05-09 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 700 308.22
2024-05-09 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 21221 309.4019
2024-05-09 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 16317 310.1178
2024-05-09 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 2549 311.2581
2024-05-09 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 3213 312.2305
2024-04-01 Brooks Cameron CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 23715 0
2024-04-01 Brooks Cameron - 0 0
2024-03-26 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 1298 319.14
2024-03-14 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 3213 0
2024-03-14 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 10279 0
2024-03-14 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO A - A-Award Common Stock 2185 0
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 11263 250.3239
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 11174 251.2621
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 5947 252.2374
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 4385 253.1064
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 804 254.6081
2024-01-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1827 255.9903
2023-12-28 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - G-Gift Common Stock 409 0
2023-12-26 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 1173 258.11
2023-12-22 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO A - A-Award Common Stock 5119 0
2023-12-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 60000 0
2023-12-18 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1796 253.4622
2023-12-19 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2722 256.9472
2023-12-18 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1956 253.4635
2023-12-19 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1958 256.9723
2023-12-19 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 604 257.6597
2023-12-14 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 4300 250.0865
2023-12-14 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 700 251.3129
2023-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 635 230.377
2023-12-04 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 956 232.9965
2023-12-04 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1768 229.6001
2023-12-04 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 5 232.1481
2023-12-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2690 230.8701
2023-12-01 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 260 230.377
2023-12-01 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - F-InKind Common Stock 1694 231.51
2023-12-04 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 337 229.6
2023-12-04 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1061 229.5995
2023-12-04 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 2 232.175
2023-12-05 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1644 233.2883
2023-12-05 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 2009 233.8413
2023-11-17 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2815 223.4908
2023-11-17 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2185 224.1802
2023-11-20 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 3899 225.4629
2023-11-20 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1101 226.1313
2023-11-10 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 3699 215.9702
2023-11-10 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 16662 217.0018
2023-11-10 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 19180 217.7422
2023-11-10 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1226 218.6348
2023-11-10 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 400 219.8025
2023-10-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 16035 195.6398
2023-10-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 5117 196.5129
2023-10-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 6894 197.464
2023-10-02 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1653 198.4467
2023-09-26 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 21318 189.61
2023-09-26 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 14923 189.61
2023-09-11 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 515 214.47
2023-09-07 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 95223 0
2023-09-07 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO A - A-Award Common Stock 36746 0
2023-09-07 Bagley Brittany COO & CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 24155 0
2023-07-03 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 1600 190.4409
2023-07-03 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 2046 191.2544
2023-07-03 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 7496 192.5124
2023-07-03 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 9560 193.4639
2023-07-03 Isner Joshua PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 6181 194.5606
2023-07-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1100 190.3527
2023-07-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1437 191.3744
2023-07-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 6300 192.4053
2023-07-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 8978 193.4209
2023-07-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CPO & CTO D - S-Sale Common Stock 5085 194.5788
2023-06-23 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 8981 191.4492
2023-06-23 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 16019 190.8972
2023-06-15 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1482 196.88
2023-06-16 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1955 203.63
2023-06-01 Nardini Erika director A - A-Award Common Stock 1041 0
2023-06-01 Nardini Erika - 0 0
2023-05-30 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1180 196
2023-05-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Employee Stock Option 530488 28.58
2023-05-25 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 10000 190.7471
2023-05-22 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2013 197.58
2023-05-18 Bagley Brittany CFO & CBO A - A-Award Common Stock 28664 0
2023-05-18 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 72000 0
2023-05-18 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 28332 201.7
2023-05-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 10 0
2023-05-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 4 201.7
2023-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 99766 0
2023-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 42752 201.7
2023-05-17 Bagley Brittany CFO & CBO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 250 200
2023-05-17 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 6257 200.235
2023-05-17 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 3743 199.66
2023-05-12 Williams Jeri director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 SMITH GRAHAM director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 Partovi Hadi director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 KROLL MARK W director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 100 0
2023-05-12 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 Cullivan Julie A director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-05-12 Brown Adriane M director A - A-Award Common Stock 993 0
2023-04-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5491 227.39
2023-04-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1439 223.9458
2023-04-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1161 224.8748
2023-04-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 5491 28.58
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 200280 224.85
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1952 219.493
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 891 221.3064
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 17620 222.0508
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 15239 223.1254
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9547 224.2556
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 43356 224.9166
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5832 226.1621
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3340 226.1621
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2757 227.0432
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 90259 217.7
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 20963 216.8083
2023-03-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 116135 216.83
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 21782 217.6576
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9363 217.6576
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 820 218.3731
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 503 219.3
2023-03-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 54913 217.2837
2023-03-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 13728 217.2837
2023-03-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 116135 28.58
2023-03-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 90259 28.58
2023-03-31 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 200280 28.58
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 66076 215.6
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 27963 215.3978
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3332 216.0666
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 57863 218.59
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1742 216.0666
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5408 216.5151
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4689 217.2893
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1393 218.0887
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 16993 217.5545
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5019 218.3568
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4157 218.3568
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2270 219.4678
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 428 220.1403
2023-03-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Employee Stock Option 530488 28.58
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 6059 28.58
2023-03-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 51804 28.58
2023-03-28 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 66076 28.58
2023-03-16 SMITH GRAHAM director A - A-Award Common Stock 922 0
2023-03-16 Williams Jeri director A - A-Award Common Stock 922 0
2023-03-16 SMITH GRAHAM - 0 0
2023-03-16 Williams Jeri - 0 0
2023-03-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 5 0
2023-03-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2 217.89
2023-03-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 36000 0
2023-03-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 14166 217.89
2023-03-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 49883 0
2023-03-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 21376 217.89
2023-03-09 Bagley Brittany CFO & CBO A - A-Award Common Stock 14332 0
2023-03-07 KROLL MARK W director D - S-Sale Common Stock 92 220.85
2023-03-07 KROLL MARK W director D - S-Sale Common Stock 3457 220.724
2023-03-03 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director D - S-Sale Common Stock 591 212.52
2023-02-02 GARNREITER MICHAEL director D - S-Sale Common Stock 3000 200
2023-02-02 GARNREITER MICHAEL director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2000 200.057
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 159074 191.61
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 22326 189.2386
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 219829 192.33
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11021 187.1973
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 12106 188.3504
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 14919 189.4558
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 46086 190.1763
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8848 191.1145
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4070 191.1145
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8061 192.4128
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 30644 190.2636
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7184 193.0869
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 38257 191.2505
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 277 191.2505
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 157955 192.18
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4803 185.3492
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 22306 192.1558
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2864 193.4269
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4072 186.2217
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1290 194.4181
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10026 187.5415
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9455 188.7298
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 18833 189.3774
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11114 190.8086
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 14242 191.9426
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4367 192.4123
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 19228 192.4123
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 12429 0
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 12429 28.58
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 145526 28.58
2023-01-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 145526 0
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 219829 0
2023-01-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 219829 28.58
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 159074 0
2023-01-27 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 159074 28.58
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 444266 188.95
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 157415 188.96
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3900 185.8785
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6695 186.8541
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11703 187.8257
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 54183 188.9417
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 14741 188.9417
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4379 189.4807
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - S-Sale Common Stock 214732 190.1719
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 53683 190.1719
2023-01-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 52261 185.02
2023-01-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 25442 185.2426
2023-01-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6360 185.2426
2023-01-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 52261 28.58
2023-01-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 52261 0
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 83622 28.58
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 83622 0
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 360644 0
2023-01-23 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 360644 28.58
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 157415 28.58
2023-01-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 157415 0
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 117753 184.47
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 60229 182.27
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9336 185.4596
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6336 186.6029
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 13314 187.4424
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4447 187.4424
2023-01-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2140 184.06
2023-01-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1040 185.0598
2023-01-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 260 185.0598
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2800 188.2809
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 54057 185.3509
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3142 186.4723
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5638 186.4723
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6262 187.4717
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2400 188.306
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 117753 28.58
2023-01-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 117753 0
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 60229 0
2023-01-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 60229 28.58
2023-01-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 2140 28.58
2023-01-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 2140 0
2023-01-17 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3818 184.8167
2023-01-17 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1543 185.6621
2023-01-17 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 176 186.8828
2023-01-04 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2965 168.24
2023-01-04 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2730 168.24
2023-01-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 509 166.3187
2023-01-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2118 167.1439
2023-01-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 722 168.5658
2023-01-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 400 169.4725
2023-01-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 300 170.27
2022-12-27 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1392 168.73
2022-12-27 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 3711 168.73
2022-12-20 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2219 167.2
2022-12-05 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1544 186.39
2022-12-05 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 12 188.0108
2022-12-05 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 4488 186.39
2022-12-05 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 35 188.0068
2022-12-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 638 186.39
2022-12-05 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5 187.67
2022-12-06 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 875 173.2502
2022-12-06 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 91 173.9241
2022-12-01 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 712 177.95
2022-12-01 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 20 179.81
2022-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 8893 0
2022-12-02 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 944 183.24
2022-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 630 177.95
2022-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 18 179.6651
2022-12-01 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 11857 0
2022-12-01 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 267 177.95
2022-12-01 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8 178.457
2022-11-11 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1699 182.881
2022-10-04 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 7663 120.3106
2022-10-04 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 121.14
2022-09-26 Bagley Brittany CFO & CBO A - A-Award Common Stock 28378 0
2022-09-26 Bagley Brittany CFO & CBO A - A-Award Common Stock 66214 0
2022-09-26 Bagley Brittany - 0 0
2022-09-26 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1271 112.422
2022-09-27 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1529 112.0967
2022-09-27 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 400 112.9375
2022-09-01 Zito James CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2032 115.133
2022-06-08 KROLL MARK W D - S-Sale Common Stock 3159 102.816
2022-06-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 2776 105.11
2022-06-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 4757 105.11
2022-05-27 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 478 99.91
2022-05-27 Cullivan Julie A D - S-Sale Common Stock 1502 102.14
2022-05-20 Brown Adriane M A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 Partovi Hadi A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 KROLL MARK W A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 MCBRADY MATTHEW R A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 Cullivan Julie A A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-20 GARNREITER MICHAEL A - A-Award Common Stock 202 99.4
2022-05-20 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 2013 99.4
2022-05-04 Zito James Chief Financial Officer D - Common Stock 0 0
2022-04-05 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4840 141.17
2022-01-03 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1286 156.6
2022-01-04 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1486 150.9061
2022-01-03 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 5742 156.6
2022-01-03 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4999 156.6
2021-12-22 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 358 0
2021-12-16 Brown Adriane M director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 500 142.11
2021-12-15 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-15 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-15 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 23524 0
2021-12-16 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 715 0
2021-12-17 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 893 0
2021-12-15 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-15 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-16 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - G-Gift Common Stock 17143 0
2021-12-15 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-15 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6778 147.54
2021-12-10 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 19102 143.5218
2021-12-10 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 29913 142.2345
2021-12-10 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 15888 141.2559
2021-12-10 Partovi Hadi director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 6781 139.6783
2021-12-02 Larson Luke PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 49883 0
2021-12-02 Larson Luke PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 8786 159.36
2021-12-02 Larson Luke PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 12551 159.36
2021-12-02 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - F-InKind Common Stock 22174 159.36
2021-12-01 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 711 162.81
2021-12-01 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - S-Sale Common Stock 22 165.6932
2021-12-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 49883 0
2021-12-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 2981 159.36
2021-12-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 4393 159.36
2021-12-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 22174 159.36
2021-12-01 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 267 162.81
2021-12-01 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9 165.31
2021-12-02 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 321 164.53
2021-12-02 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 49883 0
2021-12-02 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 6276 159.36
2021-12-02 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 9413 159.36
2021-12-02 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 22149 159.36
2021-12-01 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 592 162.81
2021-12-01 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 19 165.79
2021-12-02 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 36000 0
2021-12-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 331 151.41
2021-12-03 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 1652 151.41
2021-12-02 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 2511 159.36
2021-12-02 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 14166 159.36
2021-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 630 162.81
2021-12-01 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 19 166
2021-12-02 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 942 164.53
2021-11-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 13233 168.79
2021-11-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6305 180.2967
2021-12-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 5 0
2021-12-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 2 159.36
2021-11-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1576 180.2967
2021-11-30 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 13233 28.58
2021-11-30 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 591 175.45
2021-11-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 64245 179.75
2021-11-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 31433 180.149
2021-11-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 56619 179.86
2021-11-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7858 180.149
2021-11-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 7457 177.2
2021-11-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 27718 180.054
2021-11-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3628 180.0651
2021-11-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 907 180.0651
2021-11-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6930 180.054
2021-11-24 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 56619 28.58
2021-11-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 7457 28.58
2021-11-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 64245 28.58
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 212491 181.94
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 23879 180.5066
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2107 181.5913
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 57210 181.5913
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 43354 182.3826
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3380 183.1134
2021-11-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11982 174.43
2021-11-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1447 180.155
2021-11-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5790 180.155
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 167 172.89
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 20 180
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 80 180
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Employee Stock Option 530488 28.58
2021-11-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 11982 28.58
2021-11-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 212491 28.58
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Employee Stock Option 530488 28.58
2021-11-17 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 167 28.58
2021-11-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 174353 28.58
2021-11-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 530488 28.58
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 553130 177.79
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 65990 180.2606
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 73652 180.2606
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 35854 181.3736
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11333 182.3289
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9959 183.374
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 858 184.0738
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 800 185.7082
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10456 186.9879
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6576 188.0324
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 17668 188.9177
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11956 190.0942
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7235 191.2488
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9431 192.0761
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10371 193.0714
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 422 193.7497
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7585 195.6793
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8032 196.9473
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4759 197.9103
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4222 198.7976
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10192 199.9861
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 201.087
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5979 202.4678
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5741 203.7595
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3556 204.7978
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3325 205.6692
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3000 206.8657
2021-11-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1067255 167.41
2021-11-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 1417111 28.58
2021-11-16 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 553130 28.58
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 3326 28.58
2021-11-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 330 28.58
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3326 176.65
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 403 180.1972
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1013 180.1972
2021-11-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 330 176.4
2021-11-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 40 180.04
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 400 181.456
2021-11-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 160 180.04
2021-11-08 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 182.108
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 81765 28.58
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 63260 28.58
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 87198 28.58
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 87198 182.64
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10632 182.375
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6817 182.375
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 30642 183.3309
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 63260 184.54
2021-11-05 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5069 183.8371
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7710 183.5005
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3039 183.5005
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 81765 184.91
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6965 181.785
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 17819 184.1525
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1622 185.0249
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 15446 182.6058
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6840 186.1792
2021-11-04 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1520 187.1248
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9151 183.6522
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8474 184.5804
2021-11-03 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10009 184.5804
2021-10-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 8052 28.58
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 27327 28.58
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 57907 28.58
2021-11-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 62349 28.58
2021-11-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 62349 181.6
2021-11-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7641 180.3686
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 85234 180.67
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10423 180.4711
2021-11-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 13324 180.3686
2021-11-02 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 17239 181.4113
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 26652 180.4711
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10008 181.4541
2021-11-01 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5034 182.2535
2021-10-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 8052 179.96
2021-10-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 985 180.1083
2021-10-29 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3942 180.1083
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 62716 28.58
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 71420 28.58
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 77254 28.58
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 77254 180.2
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 9424 180.3103
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 14966 180.3103
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6368 181.296
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 71420 179.8
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8695 180.5968
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 14862 182.6085
2021-10-26 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1500 183.1834
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8243 180.5968
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10343 181.2704
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 62716 182.65
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11074 182.5813
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7680 180.4752
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 337 180.4752
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4921 183.1463
2021-10-25 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 184.67
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 15326 181.3831
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 11830 182.434
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1159 183.18
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1140 184.5806
2021-10-22 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 929 185.3146
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 82110 28.58
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 35604 28.58
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 109080 28.58
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 109080 184.6
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 13399 180.4041
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 13239 180.4041
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3152 181.678
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 16236 182.3353
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 8031 183.7515
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 12367 184.6252
2021-10-21 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 571 185.1981
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 82110 185.27
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2700 181.455
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3121 182.4495
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6946 183.6597
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 35604 179.05
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4311 180.2035
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1689 180.2035
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2000 181.3025
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1515 182.411
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5962 183.6211
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 20619 184.6428
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4176 184.3768
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1600 185.8126
2021-10-20 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 300 186.9133
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 6716 185.3472
2021-10-19 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10026 185.3472
2021-10-14 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 7046 28.58
2021-10-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 6833 28.58
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option 43046 28.58
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 43046 181.7
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4203 180.6566
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 15437 181.5528
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1410 182.4067
2021-10-18 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5262 182.4067
2021-10-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6833 177.94
2021-10-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3330 180.0822
2021-10-14 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 860 180.1922
2021-10-15 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 832 180.0822
2021-10-14 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - M-Exempt Common Stock 7046 179.03
2021-10-14 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3441 180.1922
2021-09-24 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3169 175.6103
2021-09-27 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3121 178.5352
2021-09-27 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1710 179.0602
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 249415 0
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 110870 181.15
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 4783 181.3665
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 182.3722
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1300 183.41
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 500 184.5849
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2900 186.0932
2021-09-09 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 600 186.73
2021-09-09 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 249415 0
2021-09-09 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 110870 181.15
2021-09-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Employee Stock Option 2652440 28.58
2021-09-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 25 0
2021-09-09 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 10 181.15
2021-09-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER A - A-Award Common Stock 180000 0
2021-09-09 Kunins Jeffrey C CHIEF PRODUCT OFFICER D - F-InKind Common Stock 70830 181.15
2021-09-09 Larson Luke PRESIDENT A - A-Award Common Stock 249415 0
2021-09-09 Larson Luke PRESIDENT D - F-InKind Common Stock 110870 181.15
2021-08-06 SMITH PATRICK W CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 31289 198
2021-06-25 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5000 170.2498
2021-06-16 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 660 155.465
2021-06-02 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 209 138.592
2021-06-02 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 164 139.988
2021-06-02 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 290 141.058
2021-06-01 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 37 137.204
2021-06-01 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 118 138.281
2021-06-01 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 112 139.443
2021-06-01 Cullivan Julie A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 14 141.4
2021-05-27 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 144 139.48
2021-05-27 GARNREITER MICHAEL director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 KROLL MARK W director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 Partovi Hadi director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 Carmona Richard H director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 MCBRADY MATTHEW R director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 Cullivan Julie A director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 Brown Adriane M director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-27 Kalinowski Caitlin Elizabeth director A - A-Award Common Stock 1434 139.48
2021-05-19 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 20745 124.482
2021-05-19 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 22055 125.3218
2021-05-19 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 700 126.2072
2021-05-19 Ahsan Jawad A CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2449 127.108
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1429 121.5066
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 10764 122.8671
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 12851 123.6801
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 7527 124.7144
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 5012 125.5933
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1049 126.4486
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 783 127.7997
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 3163 128.9575
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1092 129.8501
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1862 130.9376
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 2808 131.9638
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1074 132.9763
2021-05-18 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 86 133.6458
2021-05-19 Isner Joshua CHIEF REVENUE OFFICER D - S-Sale Common Stock 1337 124
Transcripts
Erik Lapinski:
Hello, everyone, and thank you for joining Axon's executive team today. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter released after the market closed, which you can find at investor.axon.com. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. We discuss these risks in our SEC filings. We will also discuss certain non-GAAP financial measures. A description of each non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found in our shareholder letter as well as in the Investor Relations section of our website. Now, turning to our quarterly update. First, we'll start off with a quick video to share some of the feedback that we've gotten from early users of Draft One. It'll be just two minutes. So, let's pull it up. [Video Presentation]
Rick Smith:
All right. Thanks, Erik, and thanks to all of you, our shareholders and analysts, for joining us today. Welcome to Axon's Second Quarter 2024 Earnings Call. I am again proud to report another great quarter and to show you that video to highlight some of the incredible outcomes our team is delivering to our customers with Draft One. Our story is to build a world where we help our customers achieve better outcomes every day, and it still feels like we're just at the beginning. There are two things that I believe are critical to our success and ability to differentiate in the market. We move fast and we take risks. It is our speed and willingness to tackle the toughest problems that drives our innovation and allows us to recruit the best people. I think we're at the forefront in several technological areas that will define the next decade for our company. You've probably heard me talk about them before. First and possibly the most significant is artificial intelligence. We are positioning ourselves as the indisputable leader in delivering the power of AI in practical, usable applications to our customers. We've been at this for many years and our progress is accelerating as the underlying technology and the interest to adopt reaches critical mass here in the US and around the world. One year ago, I shared with you our vision for generative AI applications as we saw commercially available LLMs, large language models, coming to the market. I told you we would be ready to catch the ball. Well, in April, we launched Draft One, a powerful new AI service that writes the first draft of a police report, extracted directly from Axon Body camera recordings. Our customers' response to Draft One is better than anything I've seen, better than we could have imagined. They want to put more data into the cloud with Axon, they want to better access that data, and they trust us to protect their data. And they can see that we can help them do their jobs better, put their data to use. Our unique position to define this category comes down to three key advantages that I believe we hold. One, the sensor network. We run the largest sensor ecosystem by far, including tasers, body cameras, in-car cameras, drones, robotics, and third-party cameras and sensors through Fusus. This vast network generates the data needed to drive the future of AI. Second is the data. Our expansive ecosystem of software and sensors has generated the industry's largest and most valuable data set. Now it's not our data, our customers own their data, and we protect it rigorously, and we provide them the tools they need to manage and leverage their data. We help them make their data accessible and usable, securely managing hundreds of petabytes of audio, video and imagery in the cloud. And third is trust. We work tirelessly. For decades we have to earn our customers' trust. We've led three major tech revolutions
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick, and good afternoon, everybody. I'd like to start today's remarks on a personal note. In June, I celebrated my 15th year work anniversary at Axon. In 2009, Axon, the name TASER, was much smaller carrying a market cap of $245 million. It is a testament to Rick's vision and leadership that Axon is in a much different place today both in terms of size and impact. I feel very lucky to have been part of this awesome team for so long, and I'm thrilled to witness the tremendous results driven by such a talented and mission-oriented group of individuals. I'm pleased to report that our team delivered again in Q2, and we feel great about the momentum we are seeing in the second half and beyond. While Rick continues to focus on our vision and make sure that we're headed in the right direction, I continue to focus my time on our execution and ensuring we have the right team to help us achieve that vision over the long term. I have a few updates from the quarter that I am particularly excited to share. First, we achieved record second quarter revenue and bookings. It was our first quarter with over $500 million in revenue, a number that represented our full year revenue just a few years ago. We booked over $1 billion in new business, closed our largest-ever contract with the US state and local customer, closed our largest-ever corrections deal, and we are seeing an uptake in our -- an uptick in our international momentum. Our international bookings are up 100% year-to-date versus last year. And just a couple weeks ago, we signed our largest records contract ever with that segment. Next, I'll briefly share some detail on where we are seeing accelerating demand for our products. Our new introductions over the past year have ignited. TASER 10 is the fastest selling TASER device in our history. Not only is demand pacing at over 2x the rate of TASER 7 on the order side, but we've able -- we've been able to scale shipments each quarter since launch. We've eclipsed more than 100,000 units shipped, and we have a long runway ahead. Something I find particularly encouraging here is that our top four TASER 10 deals have come from customers outside of our US state and local customer base. We have a massive TASER user base within state and local, but we also see strong demand from our customers, in other segments like federal, international, and from corrections customers as well. The order book for TASER 10 is strong across the board. In Q2, we shipped the most body cameras we've ever shipped in a single quarter. Along with TASER 10, Axon Body 4, and our expanding set of premium software, adoption of our Officer Safety Plan is growing as seven of our top 10 domestic deals in the quarter included premium Officer Safety Plan options. Finally, we are seeing the early indicators of success supporting our investments in newer areas within our software business from revenue -- I'm sorry, revenue from productivity, AI products, real-time operations, and drones and robotics drove almost half of the growth in our software revenue in Q2. Early traction within Draft One is a great example. In the three months since launch, Draft One has generated over $100 million of pipeline, the fastest of any Axon software product to do so. We believe demand for products like Draft One will only grow from here. Halfway through the year, we are pleased to be well-positioned to deliver another year of growth and sustained impact. However, we're on to the next play and nobody is letting up. We have a fantastic opportunity to deliver a similar bookings number over the next six months that we achieved in the entire 2023 campaign. The team is relentlessly focused on executing, and we're excited to show what we can do in the second half. Over to you, Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. As both Rick and Josh highlighted, we had a great quarter. We grew revenue 35% year-over-year on top of 31% growth in the same quarter last year, and we delivered strong adjusted EBITDA. I am particularly impressed that the growth comes from all our business segments, driven by our powerful ecosystem. Our customer-centric approach solves real problems, which drives us to innovate, and you can see those results in the business. Cloud and Services remains the fastest-growing segment at 47% year-over-year. Our software growth stands out and has continued to drive mix shift with 39% of revenue coming from software and services in Q2, up from 35% last year and 29% the year before. TASER 10 and Axon Body 4 also contributed an impressive 28% year-over-year growth in both our TASER and sensors product categories. These products are performing incredibly well and we're still in the early innings. Overall, our future contracted revenue sits at approximately $7.4 billion, which is up 41% year-over-year, and ARR of $850 million is up 44% year-over-year, while maintaining 122% net revenue retention. Along with continuing strength in Axon Evidence, the new products we talk about are helping drive our consistently high NRR. Adjusted gross margin of 62.5% increased by 10 basis points year-over-year. This was supported by mix in our software business, as well as the benefits of automation in our TASER business. We cleaned up some of our older inventory on the sensor side, given the better-than-expected demand for AB4, which was a partial offset to our strong gross margin in the quarter. At this point though, we expect to see stable gross margins for these segments going forward and expect overall gross margin around this level for the remainder of the year. Below the gross margin line, we continue to focus on scaling the business, both to drive profitability and to successfully deliver on our top-line growth. This has included adding a new manufacturing facility to increase production capacity for TASER devices and cartridges, as well as integrating our acquisitions and investing in R&D. We've been able to invest in and grow the business while driving operating efficiency. Increased revenue, gross margin, and operating efficiency drove adjusted EBITDA to $123 million, which was 24.5% margin in the quarter, up 270 basis points year-over-year, and surpassing our highest level in over three years. We also had free cash flow conversion above 60% in the quarter, leading to $75 million of adjusted free cash flow. Turning to our outlook, we are pleased to raise guidance again on both revenue and adjusted EBITDA. Our full year 2024 expected revenue guidance is increasing to $2 billion to $2.05 billion, which represents 29.5% annual growth at the midpoint. This is up from our prior guidance of $1.94 billion to $1.99 billion, which represented approximately 26% annual growth at the midpoint. And it's a result of the strong performance we saw in Q2 and the strong pipeline in the second half of the year. We expect full year 2024 adjusted EBITDA of $460 million to $475 million, implying an adjusted EBITDA margin of 23.1% at the midpoint. This is up from our prior adjusted guidance of $430 million to $445 million and it expands our expected margin by 80 basis points. The increase in our adjusted EBITDA guidance includes better-than-expected performance in Q2 and our increased expectations for the remainder of the year. Consistent with last quarter, our guidance incorporates an immaterial amount of revenue and adjusted EBITDA margin impact from our planned acquisition of Dedrone, which we still expect to close in the current year. Overall, we saw strength across the board on the P&L, shipped a record number of tasers and body cameras, generated strong cash flow, made additional investments into our drone partnerships and remain on track to close Dedrone, and strengthened our bookings pipeline for the back half of the year to record numbers. I'd say we're quite proud of this quarter, and I want to give a huge thank you to the incredible team we have for making it all happen. And with that, I would like to open it up to questions.
A - Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, everyone. Just a minute till all come up in the gallery view. All right, we're going to start off with Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi there. Good afternoon, and congratulations on another quarter of strong results. Can you give us a little bit more color on the adoption of your software applications? And maybe what are some of the biggest contributors now? What are sort of the incremental add-ons where you see the biggest inflection point? I definitely appreciate the AI commentary, but just wanted to get a sense of maybe what's driving the performance this quarter and what you're most excited about going forward?
Brittany Bagley:
I can start and then maybe turn it over to Rick who I know is incredibly excited about this. But we made the call out this quarter that we're both seeing terrific continued growth from our evidence.com product, but we're also seeing increasing contributions to the growth from our other suite of software products, and that's really across the board in those other categories. So, calling out productivity and AI and all of those pieces. We did call out the Draft One. While we're incredibly excited about the pipeline with over $100 million in pipeline, it's not actually yet contributing to the revenue in the quarter. So, continues to be a big area of excitement going forward, but the tremendous increase you're seeing this quarter is really coming from the existing products that we've talked about.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Let me speak briefly. And then, Jeff, I might have you speak a little more in detail as well sort of the breakout of our current software. I tend to focus on the sort of the leading edge, and then as things kind of stabilize -- by the time they're bigger, I'm spending less of my time personally on them, and Jeff is really leading the large teams. Obviously, AI is a really interesting space right now. The -- what is -- what was impossible 18 months ago is now, frankly, easy in some cases. Things like Draft One is nearly magical in the user experience. The first time I turned it on was in, I think, February I got access to it in beta. I was at the Texas Department of Public Safety doing a demo -- actually, I probably shouldn't have given the exact name. Anyways, I was at a large agency in Texas doing a demo, and they were saying, "oh, there's no way this will work" with an East Texas accent. And they started teasing each other. And I said, "Well, I don't know. Let's try it." And we had this officer come up, and, literally, this guy could have been on Saturday Night Live. He did the best, like, kind of hillbilly voice skit, was completely non-linear in answering questions, was all over the place. I was sure it was going to be a disaster, and I was just shocked at how well the AI turned all of the nonsense into a professional looking report in, like, literally 15 seconds. And we're seeing that reaction from customers across the board. We had some customers say that the time savings alone from Draft One justifies paying for the entire Officer Safety Plan. So, while it's not -- because of the nature of these things, the -- we write contracts upfront. It takes time for the revenue to kick in. I think Draft One is a real accelerator. It brings transcription. You need to have respond. You have to have the wireless connectivity for us to be able to push this up to the cloud, have it ready in time. So, it pulls other products with it, and then there's a whole suite of other stuff that we are now working on across the board. I would just tell you, Jeff and I sat down, and we said -- we kind of pulled the emergency brake and said across the entire business, every team is now researching what are the AI possibilities that justify changing our priorities so that we're nimble and that we're moving things that our customers couldn't even imagine are now moving to the top -- a year ago, are now at the top of our product development priorities. So with that, Jeff, I don't know if you have anything else you want to add.
Jeff Kunins:
Sure. I think both you and Brittany said it well, but thanks, Jonathan, as always, for the question. I mean, I think the beauty of the strength is that it's universal across the diversity of all of our product lines and segments. Whether it is continued growth of core DEMS and more and more access to higher and higher tier plans of, like, unlimited third-party storage and all of those things, whether it's the core add-ons on the back of DEMS, redaction, all of those things, the strength and productivity, like the pipeline for Draft One, but records and standards and core transcription, and, of course, an RTO, the existing strength and respond, the addition of Fusus, and then, VR accelerating and everything across the board. So, I think that the thing that is the most interesting is how universal the growth is across the diversity of our product line.
Jonathan Ho:
Excellent. I'll keep it to one question. Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Jonathan. We'll go to Trevor Walsh at JMP next.
Trevor Walsh:
Great. Thanks, team. Appreciate you taking my question. Josh, maybe for you, but feel free anyone else to jump in. Good to see the international bookings up 100% in the quarter. It's a theme you've obviously been talking about for quite a while now. Can you maybe just give us or reiterate kind of the why now? You think that international opportunity is sort of seems to be gaining some speed? And then, depending on how you answer, are there things that might kind of even accelerate that further geopolitical wise or just everything kind of going on kind of globally that might help to either make that -- those dynamics increase or maybe create a headwind if things kind of turns more towards the negative? Thanks.
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. Thanks for the question, Trevor. Well, I'd say it's really the convergence of a couple things that we've been working on for a couple years now. Number one is getting the team right. I think, this is the strongest international team we've had. We've made some new additions to the team in 2024, not only with Cameron Brooks, our CRO, but with some of -- some new leadership in Europe, some new country managers. And I think that's already showing a different level of rigor and intensity than we've had kind of across the board historically. So, very excited about that. I think number two, TASER 10 is really us -- allowing us to start and restart conversations around TASER adoption. And it's driving a lot of interest in a lot of the core markets. I think the market is more -- moving more in the direction of cloud now, especially certain markets internationally. And I think we've been opportunistic there and continue to grow the pipeline. And so, I think those are really the three big things. The last one that is kind of a continual effort is making sure we're focused on the right places. I think at times, historically, we've gone a little off kilter with the volume of opportunities and that's affected our execution. And I think at this point in time, we are really locked in on the places we have strong conviction we can be successful and we're investing in those areas and the team is doing a great job in executing in those geographies. And so, I think all those factors are really contributing to the great results we're seeing internationally. I would say, like, we're still on -- very much in our own territory here, looking down the whole field. We've got a ton of opportunity here. And this is going to be essentially the low point of our international results this year and a ton of opportunity to build on into the future here, especially with the right team in place now. So, very excited about what the future holds for international.
Rick Smith:
Hey, Josh. If I could jump in as well, something that's really different in the past three months is AI. I met with a senior -- a very senior government leader in continental Europe in a country where everything I had heard up until now was cloud [indiscernible], just showing Draft One. And look, we're able to film it and do it in French, no problem, because the underlying large language models from OpenAI, like they handle 100 languages without breaking a sweat. And I had this presidential advisor look at me and said, I've never -- like, I've understood the value of the cloud historically. It's been somewhat compelling, but, like, this is a game changer. And when you think about the complexity of deploying AI at scale and the massive GPU clusters you're going to need and the connectivity into the cloud just eases all that. So, we've been almost religious about our cloud fervor. In the US, our customers told us early on the cloud was illegal and that we -- they couldn't do it. Of course, we pressed through that, and now it's become ubiquitous. Europe's been harder. They've been very resistant to the cloud, and we've stuck to our guns, but it's taken a lot longer than we thought. I think this is still theory. We haven't seen a [indiscernible], but the early reactions are AI services like Draft One and some of the new stuff you'll see in a few months, could be enough to tip it over and start to make the cloud sweep through the rest of the world that's been very resistant to it. That'll be a real game changer, if that pans out.
Trevor Walsh:
Great. Thanks both. I'll get back in queue.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Trevor. We're going to go up to Josh Reilly at Needham next.
Josh Reilly:
All right. Thanks for taking my questions, and I'll echo the congrats on the, very strong quarter here. I just -- I noticed the sequential growth in ARR was down from last year's $39 million that you added in Q2. Is it simply a matter of timing as you did add a record $93 million in ARR sequentially last quarter from Q1 to -- Q4 to Q1? And I would assume with the commentary that, demand for premium bundles remains pretty robust here?
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah. You got it. It's just timing. It depends on when the new revenue starts turning on in the quarter. And bookings in Q1 were relatively light as we go through the year, and so you just see that rolling into ARR in this quarter. So, I wouldn't read any more into it than that. We're still really happy with the 40%-plus year-over-year growth in that ARR number, and that's what we're looking at.
Josh Reilly:
Got it. That's helpful. And then, the TASER gross margin had a nice bounce back here in Q2. How should we think -- be thinking about the trajectory for the TASER gross margin for the balance of the year? Because I know there's been some swing factors there that maybe we should be considering.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah. I was happy to say, I think, our margins generally are starting to stabilize around the levels you're seeing them at now, and so that's both inside of our segments and for our overall gross margin. So, hopefully, some of the noise that we've been seeing in past quarters is stabilizing a bit. And I would say some of that benefit you're seeing in the TASER gross margin this quarter is, we've talked about automation coming online, and you're starting to see the benefits of that. So, I think you'll see that benefit going forward. And then, just as we go through the year, mix does always tend to move things up or down a little bit, both inside the segments and for the overall gross margins.
Josh Reilly:
Got it. Thank you. Very helpful.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Josh. We got Joe Cardoso at JPMorgan up next.
Joe Cardoso:
Hey. Thanks for the question, and congrats on the results as well. I guess just one for me and just wanted to follow-up. I think, Josh, last quarter you talked about the best opportunity pipeline you had seen exiting 1Q, and it seems like 2Q topped that, particularly given your bookings or backlog comment heading into the back half. I guess, can you just flesh that out a bit more specifically, like, what's driving your conviction here? Is there any particular parts of the pipeline where you've seen a big pickup as it relates to the portfolio or customer vertical perspective, and that's driving basically this view going into the back half? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. Thanks for the question. Ultimately, the pipeline is very strong. Of course, that's something we track as a company and as a sales team. And it all comes down to just the conviction that we have and how accurate it is. And look, like, we have the best sales team in this industry. The sales team is one of our strongest teams in the company, and I would bet on them all day. And so, I think we are going to have a massive back half in terms of bookings. We see the pipeline everywhere across the business, but more importantly, the names next to the pipeline are names that I have a ton of conviction and belief in, and I think everyone's going to be really pleased to see what the team is -- puts up in Q3 and Q4 here.
Joe Cardoso:
Got it. Thanks. Appreciate the response.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Joe. Up next, we have someone new to us. Welcome, Jordan. We're going to take Jordan Lyonnais at Bank of America.
Jordan Lyonnais:
Hey. Thank you guys for taking the question. On the drone market, in particular, the NDAA amendment was added, potentially that can lead to a DJI drone ban. If that were to go through, how does it change your opportunity with partnerships with Skydio?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So, I'll take that one and then see if Jeff needs to clean anything up. We've -- our strategy around drones has been to be very dynamic and flexible. DJI, up until now, has been the market leader, and through our partnership with DroneSense. Basically, DroneSense created piloting and data management software that would be able to use Chinese hardware with US software and data flows, so that it could be more secure, and that's been very successful. I'd say DroneSense is currently the market leader in terms of the number of drones flying on their software. The hardware bans have been instituted in some states already, like Florida, and Skydio is the clear US market leader. They're also the clear leader globally in autonomy, in terms of the drones being able to fly themselves without operator intervention. And so, Jeff really spearheaded the efforts around negotiating this new partnership, combining the best of DroneSense, Skydio, and Dedrone. So, we think we're well positioned either way this pans out. There was a movement towards a federal ban. It looks like that has, at least for now, been paused on DJI. So, we are prepared for either outcome, and we think we've got the best strategy we can that's optimized, and not betting on political outcomes because you can't bet on those. Jeff, anything you'd want to add?
Jeff Kunins:
Yeah. Sure. I think hands down, like, we've talked about for multiple quarters, the role of drones and robotics broadly in public safety is another one of these rapidly accelerating rocket ships, and we intend to continue to play a bigger and bigger role in supporting agencies across all of the workloads for drones and robotics that they're doing. And, one of the most important aspects of that is this whole category of DFR, or drones as first responder. And within that, you need the right combination of many elements of the stack. You need the right drone hardware, you need the right piloting and all that stuff, you need the right mission management, you need the right docking infrastructure, and you need the right airspace protection. And so, as Rick just said, we were thrilled to announce this big comprehensive additional partnership together with Skydio, who's unquestionably the leading US hardware manufacturer. And, together with them and us and Dedrone and others, we're, confident that we are, by far, the best end-to-end solution for agencies in the US and steadily over the round of the world there. Plus, we continue to support together with Skydio and our other partners, all of the other workloads that aren't DFR yet in drones, and it's going to keep on growing.
Jordan Lyonnais:
Got it. Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, everyone. Up next, Meta Marshall at Morgan Stanley.
Meta Marshall:
Great. Thanks. Rick, maybe, further detail. You guys were talking about that there would be a lot of pull-through of additional kind of products with Draft One. Just can you give a sense of like how you would monetize either other sensors you were bringing in or other amounts of data you were bringing in? Or do you mean that in -- that you would monetize it through product announcements that we'll kind of hear about over the next six months or a year? That's the main question.
Rick Smith:
So, the monetization, as of right now, does not rely on any new products. So, in order for Draft One to work, you've got to have our body cameras. And then, with those body cameras, you need Respond+, which is the connectivity layer. You got to turn the service on so that we can wirelessly stream over secure LTE to get the audio up into the cloud, so that by the time you sit down in your patrol car where a lot of officers write their reports, the data is ready. Then, you need our transcription service so that we've transcribed that to feed it into the AI model that's going to write Draft One. And then, what we have seen is the -- so Draft One is opening -- basically causing agencies to open their contracts to add Draft One, and anytime that happens, now you're in a contract rewrite, and of course, that creates an opportunity. This is an interesting industry in that the effort expended just going through a procurement is almost more important than the amount of budgetary dollars. So, once they're in a procurement, I think there's a general customer sentiment of, okay, like, what else should we be looking at now, because if we're going to go through this, let's go through it, let's do our evaluation, and we find that opens their minds to doing more with us. And then, I think also they're aware of the speed at which this is happening, just the level of tech shift that's happening across society. And so we're, I think we're seeing them these OSP packages are a way to sort of derisk these acquisitions for our customers, where they don't necessarily even know how much of the stack they're going to use, kind of like if you sign up for Amazon Prime, like, you may or may not use the free videos, or you may or may not use the different things in there, but across we try to make it easy for them. It's like, "hey, you don't have to figure it all out. There's a lot to understand here. If you go on the OSP plan, we'll figure it out together what's valuable for you." And I think Draft One is just kind of further accelerating that. Josh, is there anything you'd want to add to that?
Josh Isner:
No. I think the beauty -- like Rick just described, is the fact that adopting one product often opens up increased value for the next product to come in and solve an additional problem. So the bridge from respond to transcription to Draft One, and I think we will see that in other parts of the business. Rick mentioned real-time operations and participating in that market to a larger extent. I think there's similar opportunities there between Respond and other AI offerings to drive additional value and solve additional problems. So, I think it really nicely fits together when one solution leads to the next.
Meta Marshall:
Great.
Brittany Bagley:
Meta, the one thing I'd add to that is you asked about new product announcements. I would just say, like, you can imagine given the enthusiasm that Rick and Jeff and the teams are actively working on new products also. And so, like, yes, stay tuned for new areas that we develop and we go into in this in the future.
Meta Marshall:
Great. Thanks. And just maybe, Brittany, as a follow-up for you, you guys mentioned international as a particular area of strength, but just any trends between US federal and enterprise and just kind of relative strength during the quarter? And then, I'll hand it off.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah. I mean, I think that our domestic law enforcement business continues to just put up really incredible numbers and just deliver. And you see that from all of the things that the team has been talking about in terms of the ability to upgrade, to move on to OSP to continue making those migrations, but we are seeing great traction outside, right? Josh mentioned we had some big corrections wins. We're seeing big international wins, especially with TASER 10. Some of our biggest deals have been outside that domestic LE business. And so, we really are seeing nice traction in some of the other parts of the markets we've been investing in.
Josh Isner:
Great. I might just add there as well, I think, state and local is a little different than federal, international and enterprise. Whereas, I think we've talked about this historically where for in state and local, what we really, really need to be good at is building new products and then upselling them into that market. And I think the team Draft One's a great example of that, and the team's doing a very nice job of that. In other markets, it's about taking products that we've already built and selling them in as kind of the first product into those new markets. And I think we're at varying levels of that across international, federal and enterprise, but it's still the same motion. And from there the adoption of one product leads to the next and the next and the next. So I think, it's two very different motions between state and local and the rest of our business, but the team's doing a really nice job of executing on those in parallel.
Meta Marshall:
Great. Thanks.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Meta. Up next, we have Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum:
Good afternoon, everybody, and thanks for the opportunity here. And I'll echo congratulations on the quarter. Guys, you had a lot of commentary on Draft One. Much appreciated. Perhaps, can you provide some similar color to Fusus? Now, it has been under your belt here for several months. I understand that's [successful for your guys] (ph), but hoping you can provide some equal color to Fusus that you guys did for Draft One.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Let me maybe take that first. You heard some of the commentary there about that we're pivoting our Dispatch strategy. And so, based on what we've learned, we brought two agencies live on Dispatch, and what we learned is the core Dispatch experience -- Dispatch systems have numerous elements in them. Two of the big ones to think about are they've got a command line console where they're -- basically, a 911 caller comes in, somebody picks up the phone, and then the call taker types it into a Dispatch system. Another person is reading those messages, that person is called a dispatcher, and then they relate it to a police officer in the field. Also in that CAD software is mapping software where the map tries to bring together different information. So, what we've learned is that agencies, they're frequently opening three, five, six different maps because you've got one for your vehicle locator -- you might have had Axon Respond or where your body cameras are, there's a RapidSOS, which is the guys who locate where the cell phone is, because most people are now calling on a cell phone. So, what we learned in the console software, very difficult to drive change. Dispatchers, it take six months to a year to train them how to do their job, learning the different dispatch codes. And so, what we learned is that that is not an area we could drive much innovation. In fact, each of the first two agencies we launched at said basically, we don't want anything new there. You've going to rebuild your software to fit our existing training, which is -- sometimes it's a hard decision, but Jeff and I sat and we talked about it. He said, this is not going to scale. If we have to rebuild -- and it's a fragmented business. There's many different CAD providers. Everybody does it a little different. But what we've learned from Fusus, the demand signal there has been extremely strong, and Fusus has been able to take over the map element, the geospatial display. So that's an area where in the time it we brought two agencies live on the Dispatch console software, we brought, I don't know, dozens or a hundred live in Fusus. So, we've been actually pivoting our CAD -- our whole CAD strategy is now pivoted to be very Fusus-centric. Like, okay, we think -- we know based on experience with customers, the existing map interfaces are not very good. Fusus is best in the world at this, and they can bring in the dispatch information into Fusus. They can bring in third-party cameras from the community. They can bring in our cameras. They're really the interstitial connections that bring everything together into one map interface. And so, we're really excited, and basically, our whole real-time communications has shifted to be very Fusus-centric. We've, in fact, already begun earlier this year shifting away from our own Respond map. We're bringing it to deprecate that in parts of our ecosystem and just replace it with the Fusus' experience. So, Jeff, is there anything else you'd want to add about Fusus that I might have missed?
Jeff Kunins:
I think that's spot on. I mean, I think we're just hugely we are -- customers are as bullish on Fusus as we are, and I think they're just voting with their feet. And across the board, it is the fulcrum for the journey you've heard me talk about for a long time. Like, ultimately, the real-time operations journey is two things
Josh Isner:
One thing I might add there is just also that while we're super excited about the adoption and momentum within public safety, Fusus just represents this awesome opportunity in enterprise as well. And, I think that in terms of having a product that right now is so relevant for a lot of our enterprise customers and could be the first product they buy from Axon. And then, like, the motion we're talking about before, that opening the door to dams and body cams and additional solutions down the road. Fusus very much is proving to be that. And we're super excited about the kind of path that it's creating for us in the enterprise space as well.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Hey. Let me actually double down on that one. Sorry to keep going Keith, but you wanted some more detail. So, Fusus, initially thought of it is, oh, this helps a police department connect to third-party cameras like a school or a business. Yes. It does that. But we've been really interested to learn is there's many large enterprises. Some are private businesses. Some are big federal government agencies that have hundreds or thousands of their own facilities. And over the last decades, they've installed a bunch of different systems at all these different facilities, and they can't even manage their own cameras. But with Fusus, they don't have to come in and reinstall it all. They can basically use this same sort of network, appliance. They can plug it in, and so you could have a large agency, whether it's public or private, suddenly they don't have to go replace all their cameras. With Fusus, they can aggregate those feeds themselves and be able to share it to public safety partners. So, that's where I think the magic is coming in. We're having enterprises that are looking at Fusus for their own internal use in addition to being able to partner with agencies. And I think, Brittany, I don't know if you wanted to add anything in terms of the numbers on this.
Brittany Bagley:
I was going to throw some numbers in, but I think the enthusiasm covers it well. Keith, for us, Fusus is in our real-time operations group, as you heard the team talk about. And we did share that that grew over 100% in the quarter. So, it's continuing to perform really well and be one of the segments that's continue contributing to the growth in software outside of that evidence.com piece.
Keith Housum:
All right. I've got tons more [indiscernible]. I'm going to actually pass it off because I know...
Brittany Bagley:
I don't know, we can spend the whole rest of the call on this as you can tell.
Keith Housum:
I think so. That's why I'll pass it off. But thanks, guys. Appreciate it.
Erik Lapinski:
I appreciate it so that I can try to manage our time. We've got Jeremy Hamblin up next.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks. And apologies if we've already covered some of this, but I actually wanted to get into another piece of winning moments in -- get into the DFR space in Skydio and Dedrone. And just in terms of the ramp opportunity and kind of the timing as you progress through, this acquisition and moving forward with this particular space, I wanted to get a sense for the inbound kind of interest that you're seeing in this, the timing of when you feel like this could potentially add in at least somewhat of a material fashion to your business, and whether or not any of the events are creating more opportunities or more inbound interest in this particular category.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Let me start strategically, then maybe let some other folks get a little more detail. So, when you think about Dedrone, for our core business of law enforcement, their interest has been, I would say, sort of mediocre on the pure drone detection. It's like, yeah, that's interesting. It's not part of our day to day jobs today, but the DFR component, being able to fly a drone as a first responder, there's a ton of interest there. They see that as the natural extension of a drone program. And DFR last -- we ran the numbers. It was growing literally like a 10x rate, but in a 12 month period, we'd seen 10 times more agencies come on DFR. Now, we also think that counter drone defense is going to become a bigger deal. I mean, there's stories emerging now about the role of a drone in the assassination attempt on Trump. We think we're going to see, unfortunately, drones -- consumer-level drones can be weaponized pretty easily, especially based on the rapid innovation we're seeing in the Middle East and Ukraine. So, we also think there's going to be a big opportunity in law enforcement for counter drone, but it's not, no pun intended, on their radar so much yet. So, DFR was the big play there. But then, where Dedrone is also interesting for military customers, they've got a large number of systems deployed in Ukraine right now, and I think every country and every military is now getting very interested in how you deal with the threat of small FPV and consumer-grade drones. So Dedrone kinda gives us a new way to enter into the military markets, critical infrastructure from protecting all the NFL stadiums to nuclear power plants, etcetera. So, Dedrone gives us existing product lines to go into new markets and then hopefully pull the rest of our ecosystem along with it. Jeff, anything you'd add?
Jeff Kunins:
No. I think that's all well said, but maybe if, Josh, you wanted to talk to the materiality question and sort of, like, you think about the pipeline over time...
Josh Isner:
Like, as Rick said, hey, this is going to take some time even though the numbers are kind of exponentially growing in terms of adoption. There is -- this is gonna take some time to be, you know, adopted in such a way that it has a material impact on our revenue. And so, I think for now, just like early days of the body camera business is in fleet business and so forth, it's about, hey, establishing relationships with the agencies. It's about getting the first kind of 1 or 2 drones in there and then landing and expanding over time. So, I would position this as strategically very important to win some market share early on, but more of a long-term effort, before it really starts to have a major impact on the P&L. And where do you guys assess the TAM in four or five years?
Josh Isner:
I think Rick said this before, and I certainly agree with it. I don't know if it's in the next 5 years, but in the next 10, we believe there'll be a one-to-one relationship between drones and police cars.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks, guys.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Jeremy. Appreciate it.
Erik Lapinski:
We've got two left. We're going to go to Mike Ng at Goldman Sachs.
Mike Ng:
Hey. Good afternoon. Thanks for the question. I just have two. First on Axon cloud services, up really strong in the quarter, $19 million sequentially, which I think is the highest on record. Is that a good way to think about sequential growth from here? And when you think about cloud services and cloud revenue, like, do you think about it as a function of number of seats and revenue per seat, or do you have a different framework in terms of teasing out the longer-term opportunity there?
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah. I mean, great question. I'll start. It was a big step. You can probably see as you go back our steps jump around a bit for any number of reasons. And this happened to be a really nice quarter from a step standpoint. You also -- again, we talked a lot about Fusus, but you've got Fusus starting to come into those numbers and some good additions. So, I don't have particular go-forward guidance. And given this was the largest step, maybe take that into account as you think going forward. But really healthy growth, and we were happy to see it. And I'll let Jeff jump in on this one, too, probably as the owner of this segment, but yeah, we do, we think about revenue per seat, number of seats, and then a lot of the -- how many features and functions are each of these customers buying in terms of our add-on offerings.
Jeff Kunins:
That's right. I think that's spot on. And so, it's another place where OSP factors in because it's a great -- as we've used that Amazon Prime analogy for a long time, it's a way for agencies when they have that procurement moment to buy a package that feels to them like a great deal even if they only have in mind a subset of the things in the package. And so, they're making a purchase decision that feels like a great deal even for a subset. And then, from that point forward, all the things that they aren't using yet feel free because they're already rolled into what they're already paying. And so, those procurement moments to get people on higher and higher tiers of OSP continues to be a pivotal part of our flywheel.
Mike Ng:
Great. That's fantastic. And it's a good segue to the follow-up, which was just really trying to think about how much that like revenue per seat could actually grow? Like, I don't know if there's a good way to think about when you think about some of highest-value customers, like what's the revenue per seat for them versus some of the newer customers? How much more penetration in some of these newer software products like real-time operations and AI and productivity can there be into the existing installed base? I was struck by about half the growth coming from these newer software products. Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah. No, it's a great question. I think probably the best we can give is we give periodic updates on how we're doing on our OSP penetration to give a sense for how much more room do we have to go. And we actually luckily shared an update this quarter that our OSP penetration went above the 20% mark. And so basically, that's of all OSP, not just premium, but it means that just over 20% of our potential customers are on our OSP plans. You can imagine with that, there's lots of room to go. That talks more to getting any customer at all onto our OSP plan, but then as you think about revenue per customer, that can be the most basic plan, and we move them up to our OSP premium plans over time. So, my punchline has lots of room to go on that one.
Mike Ng:
Great. Thank you, Brittany. Thank you, Jeff.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Mike. And last but not least is Will Power at Baird.
Will Power:
All right. Great. Thank you. I guess I'll echo the congratulations. Broad-based, great to see. I guess I have two questions. Maybe first one for Josh. So, I was intrigued on TASER 10, your four largest deals outside the local law enforcement if I heard it right. Just it would be great to kind of understand what's happening there? And what's kind of driving that? And I guess within that, I'm also interested in kind of understanding how much is TASER 10 opening up new TASER customers altogether? Like, are you starting to see people that just didn't have TASER 7 or earlier versions go to TASER 10 because of the new capabilities?
Josh Isner:
Yeah, absolutely. Thanks, Will. Good to see you. It is exciting to see so much adoption and growth outside of state and local. I'd say there's -- the biggest dynamic in play there is in corrections even, but then more so in federal and in international, you just end up with these customers that are 2 times, 3 times, 4 times the size of NYPD. And so, the pension for large volume orders is so much larger outside of the state and local customer base. And that's what we're starting to see. We saw a large correction -- correctional facility purchase. We're also seeing a lot of international governments for the first time really ordering our devices in larger volumes, and same for the federal government and the federal civilian space. So, I think it's a function of just the work we've put in over the last five years to expand beyond state and local law enforcement. And now a lot of those -- a lot of that effort is starting to pay off, and I think it will pay off for years to come because there's still going to be plenty of upside in selling more and more TASER devices in. But like we said before, that's going to kind of open up the opportunity to sell body cameras in, to sell fleet in, sell drones, VR, et cetera. And so, I think this is promising in a lot of different ways to see TASER 10 so well adopted outside of the state and local customer base.
Will Power:
Okay. That's helpful. And I wanted to ask Rick one. As you know, there are fresh concerns on the macro economy, are we potentially going to go into some sort of recession. You have a great slide in the investor deck. I think in some respects, addresses this, right, looks at this consistency and public safety spend over a long period of time. But you've obviously been through a lot of cycles of the company. It'd just be great to kind of hear your perspective as to what type of impacts maybe you've seen in the past? And as you look forward, what we might expect in part because the portfolio has also changed quite a bit even at the customer base is somewhat similar?
Rick Smith:
Are you calling me old, Will? Just completely [indiscernible].
Will Power:
No, you just got great perspective.
Rick Smith:
I'm teasing, of course. Having a little fun with you. Always good to see you. Thanks for the question. I think the same dynamic we've seen in the past, we're in this kind of a bubble in some ways. And I mean, not like a frothy bubble, I mean just it's different. It's -- we haven't seen the economic swings really impact us one way or the other. When things are really great, it doesn't really lift us because of that. And when things are rough, we don't get hit downward with that. And I think it's because in our customer base, the -- whatever they're spending on tech, it's still a fraction of their overall spend. Almost all their money goes into personnel, vehicles and gas. And then, tech is relatively small. So, when times are really good, the agencies are typically hiring more people and expanding if the tax revenues are allowing it. In the tough times, I think in 2008, we had a quarter or two where they were really trying to like tighten their belt, but became clear, oh, yeah, we're going to have to actually make personnel cuts. We then found them investing more in productivity. And now back then, we are still primarily the TASER company, and body cameras were super new. I think what's different at this time, most of our revenues on these long-term contracts, we're an essential service, so we don't see agencies, better knock on wood when I say this, I can't fathom them like cutting back contracts. And in fact, things like Draft One, many agencies are still struggling to fill their approved budgeted seats. The post George Floyd sort of impact the difficulties around recruiting and kind of the negative energy around policing is improving. The pendulum is swinging, but many of them are still 15% to 20% below their targeted force numbers. And so that's where we're hearing the sort of magical feedback where they're like man, with Draft One, if it's freeing up 20%, 25% of my officer's day from writing reports, that's almost like a 20% bump in my force power overnight. So, I certainly hope we're not in the beginning of a big economic swoon. And I'm not going to tell you we're immune. I don't think anybody is immune, but historically, it just seems to be that we just -- we're in this different universe over here where those economics just don't seem to matter as much for good or for bad.
Josh Isner:
And I'd just add to that, Rick, that one of the really nice things that make us feel really good at Axon is our products save lives, and they also save money. And so for customers to move away from our products, it very literally is costing them money to do so and will make their economic situation worse, not better. And I think our customers understand and appreciate that. And certainly, we work really hard to make sure that our products deliver that type of value for our customers.
Will Power:
Okay. Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, everyone.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Will.
Erik Lapinski:
I'll toss it to Rick to close this out.
Rick Smith:
All right. You got to knock on wood when you have results like this. And Josh, Jeff, Brittany and the team, just so many people work so hard and have delivered so consistently quarter in, quarter out. I was waiting for Erik to throw up the screen with the forward-looking statements when Josh was expressing his effusive enthusiasm for the back half of the year, but it's been just a phenomenal run with the team. But it really does feel like with Draft One and some of the other things we're doing, we're in the early innings in a lot of really exciting new stuff and new markets that are now really taking off as well. As Josh likes to tell me, there are so many different pathways to be able to make our numbers work. And just it's a really exciting time to be in the business. So, we're delighted to have been able to deliver these results. A little inside baseball. Brittany sort of joked that we didn't prove out to be very good at forecasting again this quarter, because the sales team overperformed where we thought we were going to be. Again, I tend to like those problems. Brittany would like to see us be a little more accurate. But we got to be...
Brittany Bagley:
But if we're not, this is the way to go.
Rick Smith:
So of course, I challenged Josh, the sales, hey, let's keep overdelivering. Of course, we want to do that. So anyway, sorry for all the enthusiasm. We are having a good time. You got to enjoy the good quarters. And obviously, we're feeling good about the -- certainly the near term. And I'm super excited about the long term with all the stuff that's, frankly, unproven yet. That to me is the exciting stuff. A lot of good stuff that -- Draft One's off to a phenomenal start. And with that, I'm going to stop talking. Hey, Erik, are we doing anything at IACP with analysts this year? I should have asked that before I bring it up in front of everybody.
Erik Lapinski:
We'll have something.
Rick Smith:
Okay. So for those who can't stay tuned, IACP is going to be great in Boston this year. Check in with Erik on that. And we're just grateful to have you all supporting us with our shareholders. So thanks, and we'll see you on a couple of quarter -- oh, no, I'm sorry, in a couple of months for the next quarterly results.
Unknown Executive:
Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining Axon's executive team today. I hope you all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find at investor.axon.com.
Our prepared remarks today are meant to build upon the information and financial tables in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. We discuss these risks in our SEC filings. We will also discuss certain non-GAAP financial measures. A description of each non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found in our shareholder letter as well as in the Investor Relations section of our website. Now turning to our quarterly update. We like to start off every quarter with a video because we think it's a great way to show you more about our business, and there's no shortage of pilots to share from our teams. We've got a good one this quarter. It's about 5 minutes. Let's pull it up. [Presentation]
Patrick Smith:
Thank you, Eric, and thank you all for joining us here today. I want to welcome you all to our first quarter 2024 earnings call. We have kicked off what is shaping up to be another incredible year at Axon. You saw me talk about my vision in the video we just showed you, and I'm energized by the updates we're bringing you today.
First, one of the areas I'm obviously very excited about is drones, robotics and aerospace security. I believe drone as a first responder or DFR, is a massive opportunity ahead of us. We anticipate that it will drive faster response times and improve decision-making, giving us extra seconds and more information before we act in critical situations. As we push forward into this new era of aerial innovation, drones are not just helpful tools, they're becoming indispensable. At the same time, drone tracking and countermeasures become equally, if not even more important, and we believe a critical element to enable widespread drone is the first responder programs. DFR programs are designed to deploy drones to an emergency in advance of human first responders, enhancing situational awareness to improve response strategies, optimizing the allocation of already limited resources and reducing the risk of harm to first responders and communities. But limitations exist that to date have hindered the use of DFR at scale, namely current FAA requirements mandate the presence of a human virtual observer standing on a rooftop to ensure each drone remains in a direct line of sight. That means operators must be positioned in relatively close proximity to the scene, usually on rooftops and operating primarily in clear daytime conditions. That's one of the reasons I am so thrilled about our planned and announced acquisition of Dedrone. We believe Dedrone's technology solves through these limitations, allowing law enforcement to operate in low visibility conditions and the times of day without the need to maintain a human observer with a line of sight. The planned combination of Dedrone with Axon is a natural extension of our strategy with several tangential applications already deployed in the field, including stadium, aerospace security, along with robust military critical infrastructure and other civilian protection applications. Another area I'm very passionate about is the realm of artificial intelligence. I believe that we will one day look back on these times is the beginning of the AI era. AI has applications across every element of what we do and offers the potential to unlock our human capital resources to accomplish more than we've ever been able to in the past. In the video we showed, you briefly saw us introduce our most recent innovation here, born from our visionary initiative 7 years ago, Draft One leverages AI to produce police reports from body camera, audio and video. Our studies have found that officers in the U.S. spend about 40% of their time or 15 hours per week on what is essentially data entry, writing reports. This is valuable time they could be spending in their communities, with their families, in training or on their own well-being. With Draft One, we're giving them a new lifeline that we expect will save them critical hours each and every day. And while these two developments are massive in their potential, there are just two examples of where we're focusing our innovation and we are not slowing down and several other areas that we believe will also be critical to achieving our moonshot goal. We've introduced real-time operation solutions that bring situational awareness into the modern age, expanding our ecosystem to ingest networks of cameras and sensors, infuses and raising the bar for communications beyond monolithic audio to include live streaming, video and two-way voice communications through video and audio feeds. We introduced our new mobile application, which allows our customers to seamlessly work together on evidence management and report writing while they're on the go. And we're giving agencies new capabilities and next-level training to improve human performance under pressure in the most high stakes events with our continuously improving and expanding VR portfolio. As I reflect on what we've delivered to the market and where we're investing, I think we are still in the early chapters of an epic story. And before I pass it over, I want to take a minute to acknowledge that our mission is more important than ever. We've seen a number of truly unfortunate and devastating tragedies between the police and the public over just the last few months. Our thoughts are with the families and departments who are experiencing these difficult times that we are out to end. We're innovating for a better future and remain dedicated to our mission to protect life. And with that, I'll turn it over to Josh.
Joshua Isner:
Thank you, Rick, and good afternoon to everybody. I'm humbled to share more about another excellent quarter at Axon.
While we continue to build out the operating system of public safety, the team has not lost focus on the importance of execution. There's no doubt in my mind, we have the best and most well-equipped team in our industry, and our first quarter results are further proof of that. I feel really good about our momentum to start 2024. We started the year running at full speed as the team closed out 2023 with our strongest bookings quarter in company history. In Q1, we worked hard to set the stage for the remainder of the year. Since it is the only quarter in which very few budgets close, we focus on pipeline development and key customer-facing hiring initiatives. I am happy to report that our pipeline is the strongest and is the healthiest it has ever been across all major customer segments. This is a testament to our awesome R&D teams that continue to zero in on strong product market fit across our entire portfolio, driving this type of record demand. Weather, it's TASER 10, now being more directly linked to VR training within our TASER platform, or our on-body cameras, changing the game for real-time operations or Draft One revolutionizing the RMS category there's so much for us to bring to the market, and we are just at the beginning of what we think will be a deep increase in the ways we leverage technology and public safety for the better over the next decade. Looking ahead, I see many opportunities for continued growth. We believe our domestic state and local law enforcement customers are eager to adopt the new products that we have brought to the market and we are seeing our emerging markets become more meaningful contributors to our results. One of the many things that gets me excited about Dedrone is their strong international presence, which could accelerate our international channel expansion. On that note, I'd like to share our excitement in welcoming Cameron Brooks as our new Chief Revenue Officer. Cameron came to us from Amazon Web Services, where he most recently led their Europe, Middle East and Africa business for the public sector. As we look to drive more cloud adoption across the world, Cameron's wealth of experience and spurring international cloud adoption will be a powerful asset to our team. Cameron joining Axon is a perfect example of how our mission and our unique approach to the market helps us attract the best talent from some of the most successful companies in tech. Before I pass it over to Brittany, I want to briefly highlight how grateful I am for my teammates at Axon. We have spent the last 2 years fortifying and rebuilding our leadership team, and we are ready to move faster than ever. We are focused on the right areas to continue delivering in the quarters and years to come, both on our financial commitments and on our mission. We just recorded our ninth consecutive quarter of greater than 25% revenue growth, and our business has approximately quadrupled over the last 5 years. We're also delivering our strongest adjusted EBITDA margins in more than 3 years as promised. This kind of compounding does not happen without the best people and the best products and without a lot of things going right behind the scenes. While it's always encouraging to deliver such strong results, we continue to embrace our next play mindset and put our collective organizational energy behind the most important metric of all, and that is lives saved. And with that, I'll pass it over to you, Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. We're very proud of the results again this quarter for both revenue and adjusted EBITDA. We had 34% top line growth on top of 34% growth in Q1 last year, supported by our cloud and services revenue, which grew 51.5% year-over-year. This came from growth in both users and premium product add-ons driving upsell.
Demand for TASER 10 also remained robust and drove 33% growth year-over-year in our TASER segment, supported by increasing supply availability. Sensors and other revenue grew 14% year-over-year with the adoption of Axon Body 4 driving camera revenue, somewhat offset by lapping the big catch-up in fleet revenue from Q1 last year as we're now at more normalized deployment levels. In addition to healthy growth across all our categories, we see strength across our end markets. In Q1, over 25% of our revenue came from outside domestic law enforcement, including international, federal, other adjacent markets like corrections in Justice and Enterprise. Our ARR for the quarter is $825 million, up almost 50% year-over-year, and it now includes Fusus and our TASER warranty revenue. We continue to maintain a net revenue retention of 122%. In Q1, we introduced adjusted gross margin to normalize for increased stock-based compensation resulting from the grants we made to employees whose compensation was under a specified threshold, many of whom are in manufacturing. As a reminder, we've committed to keeping our stock-based compensation at or below an average annual dilution of 3% for 2025 and beyond, and this is in keeping with that commitment. Adjusted gross margin for the quarter was 63.2%, up from 61.5% in Q4. This improvement was from product mix benefit as well as the fact we didn't have any onetime reserves hit this quarter. We do expect some pressure on gross margin for the rest of the year as we continue to balance mix shift and ramping T10 capacity. Q1 adjusted EBITDA margin increased year-over-year from 19% to 23.6%, representing a 460 basis point improvement. In addition to the benefit of strong gross margins, we saw operating leverage contribute approximately 110 basis points year-over-year. As Josh mentioned, this is our strongest adjusted EBITDA margin quarter in 3 years since COVID. We continue to balance driving strong top line growth with investing in the business. We're pleased to be able to do this both organically and inorganically and are thrilled about our plans to welcome the Dedrone team to Axon. Rick did a great job talking through the strategic rationale. From a financial standpoint, we expect to close the deal sometime over the summer and to have approximately one full quarter of financials included in our 2024 results. This timing is subject to customary closing conditions. We expect that the potential acquisition of Dedrone would increase our TAM by $14 billion, bringing our overall addressable market to $77 billion. Dedrone is still investing for growth, and we expect incremental costs from their business and from integration that would have a slight impact to our core adjusted EBITDA margin. We've tried to factor this into our updated guidance and should be able to further refine these assumptions next quarter. Today, Dedrone is small relative to our overall business, and once closed, you will see them incorporated into our Software and Sensors segment. Dedrone highlights another step in our M&A strategy of acquiring talent and technology that complements our road map and expands our addressable market. In total, our acquisitions of Sky-Hero and Fusus and our planned acquisition of Dedrone have expanded our TAM by more than 50% over the last year from $50 billion to $77 billion. The acquisitions also increased our capabilities in robotic security and real-time operations, both areas we view as critical to the future of policing and our other markets, and we are excited to continue delivering on our product vision. Finally, I'll turn to our guidance. We are increasing our full year 2024 expected revenue guidance to $1.94 billion to $1.99 billion, which represents approximately 26% annual growth at the midpoint, above the prior high end of our guidance range of 20% to 24%. This incorporates both our outperformance in Q1 and our increased expectations for the year. While future contracted revenue was down slightly quarter-over-quarter to $7 billion in Q1, we have a strong pipeline for the year to underpin our forecast. We have also included an immaterial amount of revenue we expect to come from Dedrone this year, reflecting everything we currently know. We expect adjusted EBITDA of $430 million to $445 million, which implies an adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 22% up year-over-year and approximately in line with our prior guidance on margin. This includes our best estimate of integration costs and impact from M&A on the year. Finally, we've also increased our expected investment in CapEx to $80 million to $95 million for the year as we are continuing to ramp our capacity investments to meet the strong demand for TASER 10. We're very pleased with these results and think the quarter demonstrates continued execution on our business across both the top and bottom line as well as strong investments for the future so we can continue to deliver outsized performance. And with that, I would like to open it up to questions.
Unknown Executive:
Thanks, Brittany. I think we're all up in [ gallery ] with you. We'll take our first question from Meta Marshall at Morgan Stanley.
Meta Marshall:
Congrats on the quarter, guys. I wanted to dig into Draft One and just get a sense of how long you foresee kind of departments needing for approval processes and whether you kind of see that once a couple of major departments sign-offs that the approval processes can go much quicker. And then maybe just a second question for Brittany that I'll include this upfront. Just the contribution of Fusus to the year? Or just what you're kind of accounting for between Fusus and Dedrone for kind of the inorganic contribution to the year?
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Thank you very much for the question. Rick, did you want to lead us off? I saw you speaking there.
Patrick Smith:
Yes, I had myself on mute there. Yes, I would start by telling you, we've introduced a lot of exciting products over the years. This is probably the most enthusiasm I've seen for any product we've ever introduced. I mean, police officers did not get in this career to be writing reports, and we've done a lot of background work with our Epics and Equity Advisory Council as well as district attorneys and others looking at what the risks are and testing against those. We do make sure that we're putting speed bumps in there. So obvious that we are reviewing the final report. It's really important that it's theirs.
But what we're seeing is pretty rapidly they're realizing the agencies and their partners, again, district attorneys and others are telling us the reports they're getting when officers are using Draft One are better than the reports that they're writing on their own. And so while it's pretty early for us to make any exact predictions, the overall friction to adoption is low. This doesn't require a lot of professional services and integration. It's pretty easy for us to turn it on. It's very simple for officers to figure out how to use. And we're finding, again, as soon as they get experience with it, their feedback is pretty fantastic.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Just add to that, ultimately, there will be a sales cycle associated with it, just like anything in selling the government, but I think we're already seeing some early orders come in and the pipeline is building. We think in the second half of this year and especially going into next year, we'll see this start to really contribute to in-quarter revenue and ultimately at a high margin as well.
So we're very excited of about what this will entail for our results, but most excited about the fact that in a climate where it's very hard to add police officers to police forces, that we have the propensity to put police officers back on the street instead of behind the computer here without having to make any incremental hires from the outside. So very excited about what this product entails.
Brittany Bagley:
I'll take your second question. Great question. I would say both Fusus and Dedrone are small. They are growing fast but they're immaterial to our top line and really immaterial to our overall growth rate. So we've incorporated that all into the guidance we're giving for the year.
Where you see a little bit more of an impact is us being cautious on EBITDA, just given absorbing those businesses and having integration costs to really make sure we pull them in and do a good job. And so as you see us not pulling the Q1 EBITDA margin through to the rest of the year, you really see us accounting for some of those impacts and where we need to invest.
Unknown Executive:
We'll take our next question from Alyssa Shreves at Barclays. Alyssa are you on? Might be muted on your phone. We'll skip for now. We'll go to Will Power at Baird.
William Power:
Congratulations on the strong Q1 results. I guess first question really probably for whoever wants to take it. Obviously, strong mid-30s percent revenue growth in Q1. If you look at the full year guide, while raised, it does imply some deceleration. So just love to get a perspective on any level of pull forward into Q1 versus conservatism for the remainder of the year? Any broader thoughts on that front would be great.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Thanks a lot, Will. Nice to see you. I'd say, as usual, we like to see more of the year materializing before we get out over our skis on total revenue for the year. So we're off to a nice start. We see the pipeline very strong. We're excited about what Q2 and beyond will hold.
It's also worth noting the year-over-year comp for Q1 is always the easiest comp of the year in terms of Q1 tends to be the slowest revenue quarter. And so yes, we're just -- it's not -- we don't have any kind of pessimism out there or any reason not to think we're going to have another great year. We'd just like to see that materialize in terms of throughout the year in the sales cycle, and we'll certainly update that quarterly as we always do.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, I would just add, nothing sort of embedded in there other than the fact that we're lapping a very, very strong year last year.
William Power:
Yes. That all makes sense. If I can just ask a quick second question on TASER. Maybe -- can you just update on how the automation process is going? Where you are with respect to having enough supply to meet demand? Maybe any other color on the gross margin commentary there because as you automate and over time, that should help gross margins, but it sounds like it's probably the initial investment maybe that's impacting it. Just I wanted to get some color on that front.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. I think you sort of summarized that really well, which is we're in this balance between focusing on ramping capacity and really working on cost-down initiatives, and we continue to see better demand than we've even expected for TASER 10. And so we continue to be in that area where we're really ramping capacity. You saw that come through in 33% growth in Q1. I mean that was because we had more supply available. So I think the team is doing a really nice job getting that capacity online and supporting that customer demand.
It might take us a little bit longer to hit some of those cost-down initiatives as we hit that balance. But ultimately, that's just a matter of timing, one quarter to the next as we figure out how to slot that in. I would say overall, it's going nicely and is on track. And then as you look at our gross margins for the rest of the year, you also have a general mix shift balance that we do our best to look into our crystal ball and try and figure out software versus our devices versus our TASER business. And I would say devices were a little bit lighter and software was pretty strong in this Q1. And so as we go through the year, I'd expect some health and devices to balance that down a bit. So that's -- that's all that's embedded in us trying to say that, that gross margin guidance is probably not going to get better for the year than it was in Q1.
Unknown Executive:
We'll go to Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum:
Question for you, Josh here. In terms of maybe a seasonality to the type of business. You guys have grown so much over the years. And if we look at last year fourth quarter, it was a tremendous bookings quarter for yet, obviously, not so much this quarter. Probably the first time I remember a sequential decline. Maybe to talk about how you're thinking about the seasonality of your bookings as we look for the next -- this year and the next several years?
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Yes, Keith, great question, and I appreciate it. I think ultimately, a very similar story as Q1 last year, where bookings were kind of the low point of the year in Q1. Its a hard quarter to really rack up bookings for a couple of reasons.
Number one, like you said, we're coming off a really strong one where we kind of cash the chips in and in Q4 where we can. But then we go through a cycle where we add salespeople. That means the regions change, and that means just getting up to speed on the book of business. There's not a lot of urgency on the customer side because like I said in my remarks, Q1 is the only quarter of the year where no major fiscal budgets and really only the U.K. ends in Q1. And so it's -- Q1 is about kind of building the foundation, rebuilding the pipeline, but I can tell you, I see no red flags in bookings for the remainder of the year. I think the team is going to respond really strongly. I think it's always nice. We've got a really, really good sales team. And when we can kind of light a fire under them after kind of a so-so quarter, that usually tends to lead to some good out quarter results, and that's certainly what I expect here in quarters 2, 3 and 4. So yes, I'd say for the future, I'd consider Q1 kind of the seasonal low point to be expected for bookings, but really not an indicator of what's to come here in the future.
Keith Housum:
Okay. And a follow-up question in terms of federal. Federal last year had another great year -- or a great year for bookings. Are we seeing [ loans ] start to deploy here? Or are those going to be it a little bit longer, I guess, deployment schedule? How do we think about that kind of contributing to your overall revenue growth?
Joshua Isner:
These -- a lot of these large federal bookings, they are phased into multiple years. And so we tend to recognize revenue when the product is deployed or when it's shipped on the TASER side. And so of those phased deployments that are previous bookings, there's just some noisiness and when the shipments are sent and when the deployments are done, but Federal is in that bucket of when I said we had a really, really healthy pipeline for the rest of the year. We're feeling great about where the federal business is headed. We've got some large opportunities here in the next few quarters and certainly expect federal to register another awesome year.
Unknown Executive:
Thanks, Keith. Next, we have Josh Reilly at Needham.
Joshua Reilly:
So following this body cam issue with the New York Department of Corrections from a competitor solution, the NYPD, as we know, is a customer for you guys in other areas of their police force with body cameras. Can you just speak to how quickly you could move in, if asked with the replacement product there? And maybe just from a higher level, like what have you done from an engineering perspective to ensure that your cameras don't catch on fire from battery malfunctions?
Joshua Isner:
Yes, Josh. Thanks a lot. And the first thing I want to say about this is there is a captain that was injured as part of this. And so our thoughts are with him -- it's really a bad scenario when this type of stuff happens and you indicated there might be a business opportunity here. We'll see what happens with that. We're certainly -- we feel good about our ability to deploy products. We've invested a lot into them. We've invested a lot into the deployment, and we have the opportunity, of course, we'll be ready to go.
But in the meantime, we're just -- we're focused on what's in front of us, and that's continuing to build great products. Like you alluded to, we've invested a lot into our hardware and into our devices pillar, and we have great people and thinking through all of these kind of fringe and edge case scenarios that could pop up with the hardware. And so we're not going to kind of disclose any trade secrets here, any in-depth engineering, I will say we've thought through a lot of these potential edge cases, and we feel good about how our products will perform in them. And so in the meantime, we'll keep just doing what's in front of us and what we're in control of. And if an opportunity presents itself, we'll be ready.
Joshua Reilly:
Got it. And then just a quick follow-up on the TASER revenue strength in the quarter here. Is there anything to call out in terms of TASER 10 domestic strength versus international being stronger? I know you had some big opportunities there for the 7 in Australia. And then just balancing that versus the automation coming on. Was the automation of benefit in Q1 because I was thinking that was a little bit more tilted for the automation equipment taking hold in the second half.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Maybe I'll cover the demand and then we talk about the automation after. I mean, TASER 10 is a monster, Josh, like it's the most popular TASER device we have ever brought to market. It's out cycling the TASER 10 -- or TASER 7 demand by double. We continue to see strong indicators from all over the world that this product is the one that is a meaningful step in outperforming a firearm, and it puts us on that moonshot journey that we've talked a lot about, and it's a credit to Rick and our entire TASER pillar for all the great work they're doing to ramp this product and do so with high quality.
And so I think with demand, there is a need to ramp faster. We want to get this device out to our customers as fast as we can because we really believe it will save lives. And so we're working through that. Of course, we have to invest more in automation to maximize our build capacity every quarter, and we're in the process of doing so. But future is very, very bright on the TASER 10 side.
Unknown Executive:
We'll go to Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum.
Jeremy Hamblin:
I wanted to talk a little bit more in-depth about -- so the acquisition as well as just the new product opportunities, you've had a this is a pretty substantial increase in your TAM, and you've had that on a couple of occasions here over the last 6 or 7 years, but this is among the most significant. And just getting a sense for Dedrone, which gather there's quite a bit of sensitivity out there in how this is going to be used, potential for pushback in the community.
Give us a sense for how you expect that to be deployed through your customer segments as they stand today. Is this the type of product where while it's immaterial now, do you see it potentially as a material contributor, let's say, in 2 to 3 years?
Patrick Smith:
Yes. Let me take that one to get started. A few years ago, when we were standing up Axon Air, our business leader there, had an important insight that as important as drones are, probably even more important is going to be how public safety can deal with the new threats that drones pose. And that was before what we've seen recently in world events, where in modern warfare turns out these small consumer-level drones are a real game changer, but they're also presenting new threats to everyone from stadiums to critical infrastructure to major events.
And so actually, with Dedrone, we don't see a lot of pushback because Dedrone is really about monitoring drones in the aerospace. And again, especially given the new threat vector that, that represents, we're seeing pretty widespread support that people expect their local government, their public safety to be able to protect them and aerial threats are just an entirely new vector. Now the drone is a first responder, which can be enabled by Dedrone. So Dedrone both helps control aerial threats. And then if you want to deploy your own drones, having really great visibility of the aerospace is a key part of that. Now DFR does present some concerns people may have about the government flying drones. But we find it gets most people comfortable if those drones are really being used to respond to 911 calls and people can understand that, that gets police eyes on the scene much more quickly and can help them make better resourcing decisions, but these are not being flown, just hovering over the population. They're really being used to respond to calls for help. That, combined with good transparency about drone missions that are being flown and how they're being used in publicizing their policy helps most agencies I think really gained a lot of public support. So to finish out, we see this as being very material to the future. We think drones are already proving to be transformative and will only become more so.
Brittany Bagley:
I would just say from a timing standpoint, echo Rick fully. I think there's a question of, is it from a financial standpoint, is it 2 to 3 years from now? Is it longer? I mean it will certainly be a really big pillar of our business, and you can see us investing heavily behind robotic security. I think we are really seeding a long-term growth trajectory, though, a business that's going to be material for many years in the future, more than targeting a year or 2 years from now.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Got it. Helpful color. And then just following up here on Draft One, which the demand for this sounds incredible. In terms of thinking about the competitive set, there are lots of other solutions out there, although maybe not quite rolled out in the way that law enforcement is looking for just yet.
Wanted to get a sense of how challenging you see that market in terms of entering it? Or is it that your ecosystem is such where there's a natural fit and it's giving you a competitive advantage simply because of the other product lines that you already have out there?
Patrick Smith:
Well, this is the entire reason that we invested in a record management system 6, 7 years ago was entirely because we saw this coming, but the ability to not only have your video evidence and your written records in one system, but to be able to extract one from the other would be critical. And I think we're really seeing that come to bear. So we always want to stay a little paranoid about competition. It's a very competitive market.
But we think between the combination of the ecosystem just really providing a great user experience and what we invest in earning customer trust and support and the rigor with which we've evaluated the risks and really dealt with all of the critical players, whether it's from community concerns through district attorneys and legal concerns across the board. I think we've done this in a way that our customers can know that this is a pretty well vetted approach. And obviously, AI can be a bit controversial. And we intentionally chose an area that is very high payback for our customers with very minimal risk compared to some other areas where using AI today may introduce more risk here, we think, given especially because it's derived from the body camera video, it's derived directly from the evidentiary record, which we think leads to actually even better, more detailed, more accurate police reports.
Jeffrey Kunins:
Just building on what Rick said, as always, we obsess about our customers, while being healthily self-aware about the competitive landscape. And that's one of the reasons we talk about the ecosystem so much as you were talking about. We've had transcription of the audio from body camera video at scale with a very large number of customers building up and up for several years now. We've got the footprint of both our body cameras themselves and them and the growing momentum in records. And all that together is sort of the perfect tee up that makes Draft One possible.
And then the second thing, as Rick was saying, a lot of people talk about the concepts of responsible AI and using these techniques in ways that combine effective results for customers with doing it in a principled and appropriate way, and Draft One really is that actually put into action. And it's why we're so proud of it and why we are -- we believe customers are showing the early excitement for it.
Unknown Executive:
Next, we have Trevor Walsh with JMP.
Trevor Walsh:
Rick, maybe one for you. It was great to hear all the commentary around kind of opportunities around AI coming out of Axon Fleet. I wonder if you could just ponder or kind of pontificate a little bit for us around the kind of nature of data and AI versus the sensors that sort of drive that. Is there any worries for a product for such as Fusus, for example, it's relying on not just Axon proprietary data, but things coming from other places where vendors don't necessarily start to play as nice in the sandbox when we kind of realized -- or [ I think I ] realized that AI is kind of the new -- or the data for AI is kind of the new gold. So that become an issue in terms of people kind of sharing that data kind of on a more longer-term basis.
Patrick Smith:
Well, we certainly haven't seen it yet. And most of the partners that are sharing in through Fusus, I mean those are really members of the community, businesses, other enterprises, churches, schools, partner government agencies that are sharing that data primarily because they want to be safer, and they want to be able to have that data, put to use to be able to help police do their jobs better and identify whether it's criminal activity or solve crimes. So we haven't seen people sort of pushing back against using that data responsibly to protect them better. Jeff, I don't know if you have any color you might want to add on that?
Jeffrey Kunins:
Sure. No, and thanks so much for the question. Again, I mean, you're right on both fronts, right? One is it is the case that having aggregated access to large amounts of data are a really powerful differentiator. And one of the things -- one of the reasons why we put so much into everything we've built over the last years, and it's one of the things that we think enables us to keep building and building in differentiated ways.
At the same time, one of the key incentives that helps us -- or not worry as much about the particular concern you noted is that -- for the most part, all of this data is, in fact, our customers' data ultimately, and they are the ones where they choose to work with multiple vendors and partners, [ us ] and sensors and providers of other kinds as well as businesses in their community, they themselves get to vote with their feet about how they want the various tools they choose to work with, including us to work together. And so they are a really powerful voice there. that incentivizes all of us to play nicely in the sandbox, while working to keep making our individual products as differentiated as possible.
Trevor Walsh:
That's terrific. I really appreciate the color there. Maybe one quick follow-up, maybe one quick follow up, maybe piggyback a bit about some of the Dedrone comments. How much do you intend to kind of lean into the more counter UAS counter-driven type use cases, whether that's for [ safety ] or some of the non kind of[ public ] safety customers that [indiscernible] either?
Patrick Smith:
Yes. I would say we intend to lean in pretty hard. So our goal is to protect life. And to the degree that drones are being used to threaten lives, we see that as 100% in our mission set to try to create new ways to protect from those risks. So we see this could end up being a real opportunity where Dedrone not only is useful to our existing customers, but Dedrone is interesting to a new set of customers, for example, major sporting stadiums, critical infrastructure and indeed, military, both U.S. and internationally, they have a customer set that is new for us and can bring our ecosystem into those customers as well.
Unknown Executive:
Up next, we have Joe Cardoso at JPMorgan.
Joseph Cardoso:
First one here, I just wanted to follow up on the Dedrone questions. Obviously, you've been working with them for a while. And this isn't the first time you pulled the trigger on acquiring a partner of yours that you guys think there's value in owning. Just curious why right now is the right time for you guys to acquire them? Has there been any change in terms of like -- I know you talked to the time line, but maybe is there some type of change that maybe we don't appreciate. And then maybe just -- can you just talk about has there been any change relative to your thoughts around participating? Or sorry, which parts of the technology stack you want to participate as it relates to the drone opportunity and whether that differs in what you're doing currently around like TASER and body cams. And then I have a follow-up.
Patrick Smith:
So Jeff, do you want to take first crack at that one?
Brittany Bagley:
Maybe I'll do timing of why now, and then Jeff can talk about the technology pieces.
So I think there's a couple of things. One, we knew we were going to get a bit more active from an M&A standpoint as why we opportunistically strengthened our balance sheet and did our capital raise back in the fall of 2022. And so that was really so that we could go out and be methodical and pick up some of these pieces of the puzzle where we really wanted to strengthen the road map and the pillars and Rick has consistently been talking about the importance of robotic security. And so both Sky-Hero and Dedrone fit squarely into his vision for what robotic security for us in the future, everything from the indoor tactical drones of Sky-Hero to having Dedrone help support DFR and help support counter drone in all of those markets. That just goes back to timing of like when does it feel right for them, given everything else they have on their plate and what they're thinking about as an independent company versus when it makes sense to come together with us. And so I think nothing big out there that we're not talking about other than the fact that it felt right timing-wise for them and for us. They were a partner of ours. We had invested in them before we very much knew when we made that investment that we might make an acquisition, and this is the timing that sort of worked out for both sides from an acquisition standpoint.
Jeffrey Kunins:
Yes. And then just building from there, again, great question about the ecosystem. I've personally spent my sort of 3 decades across lots of the businesses I worked in on these kinds of ecosystems that are always this delicate balance between thinking about where do you build by partner, et cetera. And those things evolve over time and you're always trying to decide at each layer of the stack, where they're the best opportunities to really, really partner well with other fantastic teams and other fantastic providers and where, over time, can you get the most leverage by self-building or by growing organically.
And as you see with us, that's an evolving target, but what it combines all of those decisions over time is looking to see, based on where we are now, where we see ourselves going, what's the best combinations of where we can join forces with others while self-building ourselves at both across the hardware and software side of things? As you can see, for example, with drones, we made a very surgical and key decision with Sky-Hero in bringing in this very focused tactical drug hardware provider. You see the work we've done with PSS and then all of the organic build you see us do everywhere and we'll continue to evaluate that stuff carefully and be as smart as we can as we go.
Joseph Cardoso:
I appreciate the color there. And then maybe for my second question, just on the CapEx raised today. Maybe you can just talk us through what's driving the confidence to accelerate your investment plans this early into the year. Like obviously, you talked about it as being like a slower bookings quarter, but the pipeline is growing. So maybe you can just dive into that why pull the investments today versus 90 days in the future, right?
And then just maybe a second part of that is just as we think about these investments coming online, should we think about it as being more gradual over time, adding more automation and then capacity coming on slowly? Or is this more of a we should expect some kind of inflection and bigger magnitude in a later quarter? Any color around the timing associated with the capacity acceleration or capacity investment acceleration would be appreciated.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, sure. So I would focus you on the part of Josh's commentary when he said it's the best pipeline we've ever had coming out of Q1 and really drive you there. I think what you're hearing from us is like, yes, we had slightly softer future contracted revenue in Q1, but that is not at all indicative of how we see the year going, which I think you can see from our guidance and our commentary. And so as we look out at pipeline, as we look at the demand for TASER 10, as we look at the 33% growth in Q1, we basically said that in order to keep meeting that demand, and we don't want our customers to have to wait too long for our products that we needed to invest in more capacity.
And then the way we invest in capacity is we're buying pretty specialized equipment to run our lines and do our manufacturing, and so there's lead times associated with that. So right now, we have to start making investments to support capacity increases in 2025 basically at this point. So there's no inflection point. You just see us nicely and slowly ramping our capacity increases, maybe not fully, but steadily ramping our capacity increases to meet that demand. And trying to get out in front of it so that we don't get caught in 2025, saying we don't have the ability to meet demand, and we're going to have to backlog our customers for a significant amount of time. So that's really just what we're seeing is making sure we're getting ahead and being prepared for 2025. If we waited 90 days, that would just mean we were bringing it on 90 days later in 2025 when we got ramped up and I think we have enough confidence. I'm telling you we have enough confidence in the pipeline and the demand that it's prudent for us to bring that online.
Unknown Executive:
We'll take our last question from Mike Ng at Goldman Sachs.
Michael Ng:
I have two as well. First, just on Axon and Cloud Services, it was up $12 million quarter-on-quarter. Can you talk a little bit about how we should think about the sequential growth in this line? Is this low double-digit dollar growth sequentially still a good way to think about it? Qualitatively, is this more user base driven with the growth in the installed base across body and fleet? Or are we beginning to see more software and, I'll call it, ARPU uplift from records and standards in dispatch? And then I have a quick follow-up.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, so our step-up quarter-over-quarter was almost $13 million. I would say part of that was in Q4 last year. We had a really big step up. Part of that was from revenue recognition. We've talked particularly about how with records coming online, some of that revenue recognition is going to be a little bit lumpy. So we had a particularly large quarter in Q4, and then that leads to a slightly smaller step Q4 to Q1.
But I also think $13 million continues to be a pretty healthy step and sort of in line with what we've indicated is, like if you averaged out our quarter that feels like a pretty normal step up each quarter.
Michael Ng:
Great. And then I was wondering if you could comment on some of the Axon wins that have been reported in the media -- how is RCMP field testing going? Are there any themes across the wins in Cornelius, North Carolina or Puerto Rico? I know some of them were from a large competitor. So any themes in terms of product or costs that are driving those wins?
Mike Garnreiter:
Yes. Thanks, Mike. Great question. I'm going to give you a little bit more of a general answer on them. I think we've said this a lot about our international business that we aren't going to be and we're not aspiring to be the kind of low-cost vendor in the space. We believe what we've built is really, really valuable. And we believe that we can perform and our products can perform in the field just as we say they will in the written solicitations. And that's not always the case for other vendors in this space.
And so at times, a customer upfront might focus on cost and say, hey, this is the lowest price point. And then when they start to use the products and test them out and see what they do well and where the shortcomings are, they might feel like, hey, the ROI is such that we should look at a product that's priced differently even if it's higher. And oftentimes, that's where we've come in internationally. And while it takes a little bit of discipline on the front end, we think it's the right long-term winning strategy because we do really have a lot of conviction that what we've built a police officer is lesser served with something else in their hands or on their chest or on their belt. And so we've got a lot of conviction that's the right strategy, and we're starting to see that play out in international markets.
Unknown Executive:
Thanks Mike. I thinks that's it for questions today. We'll turn it over to Rick to close this out.
Patrick Smith:
Awesome right. Well, thanks, Eric, and thanks again to all of you for joining. I'm really proud of our entire team and the incredible execution they continue to show. We'll be really excited to come to you with more updates later this year, and we look forward to seeing you all again in August.
Erik Lapinski:
All right. Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining Axon's executive team today. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build upon the information and the financial tables in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meeting of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. We discuss these risks in our SEC filings. We will also discuss certain non-GAAP financial measures. A description of each non-GAAP measure and a reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found in our shareholder letter as well as in the Investor Relation section on our website. All right, every quarter we play a video to kick off our call. We love how this helps you get a closer view and feel for our business. To start us off today, we're going to play a video we put together that hits on a bit of what we talk about when we tell you about our moonshot. It's a little under three minutes. Let's pull up the video. [Video Presentation]
Rick Smith:
All right. Thank you, Erik, and thanks all of you for joining us today. Welcome everyone to our fourth quarter 2023 earnings. It's great to come back to you with another incredible year in the books for Axon. We kick off these calls with those videos to help you understand what we do. Sometimes seeing these kinds of scenes brings out different emotions. But that's what our customers face every day. And making those complex situations safer for everyone involved is what energizes us in our work. I've talked about my abhorrence for violence many times in the past. [Technical Difficulty] everyone who chooses to come to work here. We envision a world where violence is just far out thought, but we are constantly trying to find new forms of technology to make this a reality, and we're really proud of the progress we've made over the last year. First, with seemingly small things like adding a warning sound to TASER 10 to help communicate to someone on the other end that something unpleasant is impending with the hopes that that person will rethink their decisions and alleviate the need for a use of force action at all. And adding a watch me button to our body camera so that an officer can proactively request a second set of eyes for them during their most high risk situations. Next, we thought a bit more outside the box, introducing individually targeted probes, enabling far more effective range on TASER 10 and making our innovative TASER technology more effective in more situations. And we reimagined real-time operations, introducing two modern communication capabilities with two-way voice communication through our body cameras to help complex decision trees in real time. As we look ahead, we're solving for higher level challenges like enabling better decision making in potentially life threatening encounters, or effectively expanding a police force by reducing the extensive time that they spend on paperwork. And we envision accelerating the speed of the entire justice system. We're innovating in diverse areas from robotic security to Generative AI to virtual reality. And there's really so much more that's still left for us to do. When I think back to the video we just showed you, think about what would happen in those situations if an officer didn't have one of our TASER devices or was not wearing one of our body cameras so we could all understand what unfolded and why. It excites me that we made huge strides and that our technology is driving better outcomes. I think a lot of what we're working on now has the opportunity to become so pervasive in the future, it will be hard for us to remember life without it. Highly disruptive technology, that's the beauty of it. When you get it right, it quickly becomes difficult to imagine what things were like beforehand. But we're not always going to get it right by ourselves. We rely heavily on feedback from our customers, their challenges in the long term, rather than what's simply in demand today. While present needs do matter too, I spend most of my time with our customers on the vision beyond tomorrow, which is what I believe will drive our growth for not just the next one to five years, but the next decades. What energizes me in my time with customers is they provide us with the best and most actionable feedback on our roadmap, the snags and problems we may run into, and they help us think through the way to overcome those challenges and the best avenues for us to deliver them what they need. Most critical for us is making sure we have the right people to help us deliver for our customers. When I look at our team, I know we have attracted some of the best and brightest to come and work here. If it's not me meeting with a customer about a new product we have in development, it's somebody from our team. Our team works together, relays feedback and understands our common goal. We don't accomplish what we're doing in silos. We join forces across the company and together with our customers. This goes beyond our current team, extends into key partners like Fusus, who we're thrilled is now part of Axon. Our partnership with Fusus began a few years ago and we've really been impressed with their people and the product they've built. I'm traveling with their founder as we speak today. Together, we're taking our real-time operations to the next level and opening our ecosystem to an even larger network of sensors and devices which will unlock entirely new solutions for our customers over time. Before I hand it over, I'd like to say that I'm grateful that I've been trusted to lead this company for the past 30 years and that we've been able to maintain same drive and energy we had when we started. I might be a little atypical as a CEO as my day-to-day responsibilities align more with my background as a Founder than as a Senior Manager. I'm focusing on what's next. What's always important in driving any enterprise from a startup to a $20 billion public company is that we need to encourage people to be the best versions of themselves, but also to challenge each other, just as our customers will challenge us, and to share in a common mission with a culture that encourages us to do our best work. I'd like to provide one last comment on something near and dear to me. We've talked about our intent to invest in our new headquarters over the past few years. And we mentioned last quarter, we were revisiting those plans after we had paused work in September -- I'm sorry, in the summer of ‘22. Part of revisiting that has been working to bring our vision of a corporate campus to life. We would like Axon to remain headquartered in Scottsdale where we own a piece of land and where we have built this business. I love Scottsdale. However, it's not clear that Scottsdale wants Axon as we're seeing the political environment become more challenging and frankly, anti-development. It's unclear if we will get the approvals we need to execute our project. So we're exploring several geographies and other options. As a result, and it may take some time before we have a definitive decision on our next steps. We will keep you updated in the coming quarters as we resolve our plans and we make progress. Now, I know we're not a startup anymore, and that also means we need people focused on execution, making sure that what we do is viable and is executed to world-class standards. And I am beyond fortunate that Josh and Brittany and their teams here to help me in our execution. And with that, I'll turn it over to them now. You're up first, Josh.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. And good afternoon to everybody. I continue to believe there is no better place to be than at Axon. We are building the most talented, outcomes-oriented team in tech, knowing that that's what it will take to deliver on our moonshot of protecting life and reducing the number of deaths in civilian police encounters by 50% over a 10-year period. 2023 marked another promising step in that direction. We just recorded our fifth consecutive year of greater than 25% revenue growth, and we beat that far by a good amount, coming in at 31% year-over-year. Looking ahead to 2024 and beyond, the opportunity is right there in front of us. We're steeply ramping TASER 10 and Axon Body 4, we are building transformative new products and we've added Fusus and Sky-Hero, which together grow our estimated TAM by over $13 billion to a total of $63 billion. And I'd just like to say welcome to the Fusus team. This is your first earnings call as part of Axon and we're thrilled to have everybody on board. In the past, I've shared my vision on Axon's priorities over the next three to five years. We are focused on delivering the technology ecosystem of public safety globally. This approach supports our growth in two powerful ways. Number one, through new product introductions, which expand our ecosystem and deliver new value to our existing customers. And number two, through expansion into our new customer verticals, where our existing products empower new users to deliver safer outcomes and drive a clearer ROI. This framework has led us to invest in opportunities with federal and international governments, justice, corrections, and in the enterprise space. We finished the year with record federal bookings as we continue to see rapid adoption of both hardware and software within the federal civilian market. Likewise, the new Axon Body Workforce camera, or ABW as we call it, has driven strong pipeline in several segments within enterprise, such as retail and healthcare. One shining use case within the healthcare space is Fairview Health where they are trialing ABW with nurses as part of their commitment to patient and staff safety. A key to our success is that we continue to lead the market in innovation. It's no surprise when you listen to Rick that we believe our ability to innovate is a competitive advantage for Axon. Jeff's leadership in our product org combined with Rick's visionary thinking and foresight is an unmatched combination that gives us the luxury of doing two things in parallel, building the next wave of world-class products for public safety and identifying the most synergistic partners in the market, such as Fusus and Sky-Hero. Our standards are high and yet year in and year out, our products -- our product team sets a new bar. Before I turn it over to Brittany to go through our operations and financials in more detail, I'd like to congratulate several of our teams on some substantial recent achievements. First, the TASER 10 lead team led by Pat Madden. We are now four quarters in, and our order rate is pacing at more than four times what we saw with TASER 7. And then secondly, with Axon Body 4 product line led by Jason Hartford and David Mesri, we shipped more than 100,000 units in the second half of 2023, only two months after announcing the product. While these products started in R&D, they end in the hands of our brave customers, And a lot of collaboration amongst functions, or as we call it, #JoinForces, happens in between. Our teams deliver outsized societal outcomes together. As you can see, we're not slowing down. We are incredibly humbled by the trust our customers and shareholders continue to place in us and we remain committed to holding up our end of that bargain. 2023 was a record year and we are so proud of the team. But we are equally proud that that same team moved on from 2023 58 days ago. As we like to say, we're on to the next play. Over to you, Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. As Josh mentioned, 2023 was another great year for us with revenue growth of 31% year-over-year and Q4 revenue growth of 29%. We continue to be incredibly pleased with all segments of our business and continue to see enormous opportunities in front of us. In addition to continued strong top-line growth, we expanded our profitability with a 21% adjusted EBITDA margin for the fourth quarter and full year. This represents 160 basis points of improvement versus 2022, largely driven by leverage in our SG&A function. As we've talked about before, we continue to focus on expanding gross margins and expect improvement over the course of 2024 as we see the benefit from enhanced efficiencies with TASER 10 from manufacturing automation and cost initiatives as well as continued benefits from software growth. We're also going to continue investing in our R&D to support the opportunities we see in front of us and to make sure we can keep delivering strong growth for years to come. You've heard today and read in the shareholder letter the significant growth opportunities we see in federal, international, and enterprise, as well as for Axon Air, real-time operations, and new software capabilities to name just a few. We think we're hitting a nice balance of investing for the future while also increasing profitability and driving towards operational excellence. While we have leveraged SG&A, we have also continued to invest in expanding our sales and marketing teams to address new markets, improving our internal technology capabilities, and bolstering our financial strengths, including the fact we remediated our material weakness this quarter. This positions the business well to continue growing and scaling. Now, as I turn to our guidance, we expect 20% to 24% total revenue growth, or $1.88 billion to $1.94 billion for 2024. This is quite strong guidance for us and is the result of increased visibility for 2024. The strong visibility is driven by TASER 10 demand, as well as the continued strengths in our future contracted bookings, which has reached $7.1 billion as of the end of Q4, growing 54% year-over-year. Our software, which provides us with strong visibility, recurring revenue, and attractive gross margins, also contributes to the strength of our guide. In Q4, our ARR was $697 million, which grew 47% year-over-year. We continue to have a 122% net retention rate and strong customer satisfaction. We expect adjusted EBITDA of $410 million to $430 million, which implies an adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 22%, up another 100 basis points from this year, on moderate gross margin improvement as well as continued SG&A leverage. This guidance includes the impact of Sky-Hero and Fusus, though we aren't going to comment specifically on either of their financials. Finally, last year we put out a 2025 target model of $2 billion in revenue and 25% adjusted EBITDA margin. As you can see from our 2024 guidance, we're pacing to well exceed our revenue target in 2025 and tracking nicely to our adjusted EBITDA margin target. As we look to 2025 and beyond, we expect to continue targeting a 20% annual revenue CAGR and a 25% adjusted EBITDA margin. We think this is achievable and represents a very healthy, sustainable, and attractive long-term model. We're comfortable in maintaining this long-term growth rate based on the opportunities we've discussed and think this is the right balance of investing back into the business and generating attractive profitability. Also, while we have fantastic organic growth opportunities, we're very excited to be able to strategically make acquisitions in markets that will continue to support and grow our TAM like we have just done with Fusus. Finally, we are also continuing to target 60% free cash flow conversion on adjusted EBITDA and approximately 3% average annual dilution from stock compensation expense for 2025 and beyond. As you can tell, we're all incredibly excited about what we can deliver in 2024 to both our customers and our shareholders. We're looking forward to another great year. And with that, I would like to open it up to questions.
A - Erik Lapinski:
Moderators, can you bring everyone at the gallery view? Thank you. We're going to take our first question from Trevor Walsh at JMP.
Trevor Walsh:
Great. Thanks, Erik. I'm going to thank Erik and thanks everyone for the question. Maybe for either Josh or Rick. Excuse me. I appreciated the TAM outline in the shareholder letter as far as how that's expanding and kind of where Sky-Hero and Fusus are coming in. But there wasn't, unless I missed it, I didn't see any details around the Axon Body 4 Workforce kind of component or contributor to that. Can you maybe just give us generally kind of how you see that opportunity unfolding and especially curious to see kind of an adoption rate there, given it's a kind of a new vertical or user experience and how -- does it look like the body camera kind of adoption rate within law enforcement or does it kind of feel different from what you're seeing?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, Trevor, thanks a lot for the question. I appreciate it. The first thing just to clarify is within the enterprise section of our TAM. That's where the Axon Body Workforce would roll up. And we could certainly talk through that more offline. And in terms of just interest in the camera, we had a launch event. We had some customers in town for it and some trial partners in town. I think this year is truly about, hey, how do we make our early customers really successful on this product and then build from there. It's not much different than the playbook we ran in public safety. And so much of it comes down to just having these early maven type customers that will help us not only build our brand in that space but also help us build the next iterations of the products. And so that's really what we're focused on. We really do believe the future is bright in enterprise. We're seeing that early on in the bookings results. We're not quite ready to share anything more on those at this point, but over the coming years, we do believe enterprise will become a bigger and bigger part of our business.
Brittany Bagley:
And just to jump on a little bit, so we gave enterprise a $15 billion TAM in our update, so that's where we see that playing in. And a lot of the Body Workforce camera really came because we were getting feedback from our customers as we were trialing it, largely in retail and in healthcare, about sort of the size and the weight and how they wanted to wear it and how they wanted to use it. And so we really took that feedback and we reflected it in the updated product. And that's what you see, We announced Fairview Health as an early customer there but we're really looking to be able to provide this solution into the retail and the nursing part of the market where they're facing a lot of challenges today around associates and nurses feeling safe in their work environment.
Trevor Walsh:
Great, thanks for the color, I appreciate it. And congrats on us all at finish of the year.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Trevor. We'll take our next question from Joe Cardoso at JPMorgan.
Joe Cardoso:
Hey, good afternoon everyone and I'll echo -- also echo my congratulations on the results and thanks for the question. So it's great to hear that TASER 10 momentum is tracking where you left off last quarter, but curious if you could just touch on how you're thinking about the margins tracking for the product. If I take a look at TASER gross margins, looks like you had some stability over the past two quarters. Just curious if we should interpret this as the floor for the segment? And then how should we think about the trajectory for the remainder or as we rather progress through ‘24, particularly in the backdrop of you guys -- you've been talking about it for a couple quarters now, bringing on automation, the cost efficiency. So just curious how you're thinking about the margin trajectory there. Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah, great question. Thank you. We had a one-time event in TASER in Q4 where we had a bit of a manufacturing issue largely related to a batch in March of last year. And so that is impacting our growth margins in this quarter in TASER by about 420 basis points. So absent that one-time impact, they would still be down slightly on mix, but they would look much more stable sort of quarter to quarter. And so as we go into next year, that one-time impact comes out and that's where you start to get the commentary about how the TASER gross margins, overall we expect them to improve and they really are improving around our efforts for TASER 10. As TASER 10 mixes in, that's an impact, but then we're offsetting that by the fact that we're getting benefits from automating the line and doing cost-down initiatives as we go through the year.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, and just to jump in and reiterate there, the issue was on TASER 7, not TASER 10 that led to this warranty reserve. And one thing I would point out is TASER 7 was developed prior to the current regime under Hans Moritz that's leading our whole hardware engineering group and we've seen substantially more rigorous free market validation and as a result with AB4 and the Fleet 3 and so far with TASER 10 we've actually seen more robust field reliability, lower return rates. So just want to make sure we didn't conflate that warranty issue was T7, previous design, not the current T10.
Joe Cardoso:
Got it. Totally makes sense. And then maybe just quick clarification on that front just in terms of the TASER 10 improvement, not to harp on it, but maybe just in terms of the improvement you're expecting through the year, is the expectation that it happens more linearly or is it more back-end loaded? Just curious just in terms of, like, as you bring on this automation equipment, is that more subject to being in the back half or is it more first half? Just curious how we should think about linearity through the year?
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah I think there's a number of different initiatives going on including the automation and then cost-down initiatives. And so I would expect you see that starting to roll in as we go through the year. So it won't be all back-half weighted, but obviously you'll see the cumulative impact of that more in the back half as we get all of those executed.
Joe Cardoso:
Thanks, Brittany. Appreciate all the color.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Joe. We're going to go to Jonathan Ho at William Blair next.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon. Congrats on the strong quarter. Maybe just starting out with a high level question. How should we think about the impacts from the Fusus and Sky-Hero acquisitions? I know you're not giving financials, but in terms of your ability to either sort of approach your longer-term vision or to cross-sell the products, just wanted to get a sense of the synergies that you see here with these acquisitions?
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah, I can start and I'm sure that the team will want to jump in. I would say that these are acquisitions that we're really doing for product and the team and the opportunity far more than we're doing specifically for synergies. So I really want to focus everybody on sort of the long-term market opportunity and customer opportunity that they bring in. All that said, I think there's some real benefits as we bring in these products and these teams to having access to our customers and our channels and all of the experience that we've had, scaling up these types of businesses, as well as giving them access to some of our infrastructure and support on the G&A side. And so, in a lot of ways, we're hoping that that really allows them to run faster and accelerate what they're doing.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, and starting to respond there, I had muted myself. The other thing I would say is on each of them, they are highly strategic. So Fusus, what they really bring is, I described them at a high level, like the Switzerland of cameras. They've integrated with every imaginable sensor and CCTV camera, and we met them. We were introduced by customers who really loved what they were doing and said, hey, we want you to integrate Axon cameras onto the Fusus map because we don't want to have to open a different map and a different interface for every different vendor of cameras that we're using. And that's a lot of work to build something, Fusus has stayed away from building first-party cameras. And we really do want to keep that solution very open so that it can be broadly compatible with virtually any type of sensor, any type of camera in the market. We think that's critical to expanding the utility of our ecosystem to our customers. And then on the Sky-Hero side, long-term, this is probably not going to be big revenue in the short-term, but they are one of the, if not the leading tactical drone maker in the world used by special forces, by SWAT teams, and we think if we want to eradicate violence from society, we've got to get out of this mindset that the way you stop a person with a gun is sending more people with more guns and have a gun fight. And we think drones and robotics have a huge role to play there. I'd say that's probably a little longer term. It's not going to be a 2024 or maybe 2025 revenue impact, but 10 years out, we think it could have an enormous, both societal and revenue impact, especially in the space around private security where there's millions of people worldwide whose job is to sort of observe, report, and secure facilities. That's a highly monotonous job and one where drones and robotics -- we need to do a much better job at those monotonous jobs and when those jobs become dangerous, they could do a much better job than putting a human in danger when a threat does emerge.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Jonathan. We'll take our next question from Will Power at Baird.
Will Power:
Okay, great. Thanks for taking the question. I'm in a vehicle, so I'm going to stay on video for a moment. But maybe if I could come back to software, I know you expect that to be one of the key drivers in ‘24, along with T10 and other products. Any way to kind of help unpack what the expectations for growth there are across the different components, evidence versus records, dispatch, et cetera, just to get a sense for the breadth of that growth?
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. And I think the answer, Will, really depends on the market segment. I think for state and local, that's where we're really, really focused on selling the officer safety plan and this bundled set of enterprise software from digital evidence management to reporting software to all of the key software add-ons, all in one place. And so, that's one of the true measures of success in the channel domestically. Internationally, it's really about, hey, how do we get folks on the cloud for the first time? And then, for some of these governments, it's literally the first time they're on the cloud in their professional lives. We're starting from a place of just arriving at that moment and then building from there over the next several years. Of course, in enterprise and federal, it’s somewhere in between where we might not exactly sell some version of the OSP that we sell to domestic, but it might be some more tailor-made software offerings that are the right fit for those customers. And so for us I think, we always end in the same place, which is highly valuable, highly useful, high ROI software being deployed to customers that remain happy with it. It's just a question of the path that it takes to get there, and in each segment it might be slightly different. And so that's a bit of a summary for you.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah, and Will, just on the commentary, I would say I was highlighting T10 and software particularly as drivers for improving gross margins. They obviously both will be great contributors to our revenue next year, but really all of our segments are performing incredibly well and they'll all contribute really nicely next year.
Will Power:
Got it. Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you, Will. We're going to take our next question from Alyssa Shreves at Barclays. I think she's dialed in.
Rick Smith:
Looks like she might be muted as well.
Erik Lapinski:
Oh, we're off mute.
Alyssa Shreves:
Can you hear me?
Erik Lapinski:
We can.
Alyssa Shreves:
Great. Good afternoon, guys. Just a kind of quick question on the T10 demand. Is it -- are you seeing existing customers looking to upgrade? Is it penetration into new markets? And how much is this VR training kind of moving the needle in terms of T10 adoption? Thanks.
Josh Isner:
Yeah, it's a fantastic question. Thank you very much. This first answer is kind of yes to both. I think our existing customer base is very predictably upgrading, not only at the end of their useful life of their previous generation weapon, but for the first time we're seeing customers expressed an interest in an early upgrade to TASER 10. So we're really encouraged by that. Additionally, this is -- we do believe this will open new customer markets for us internationally and in some private security and federal use cases as well. And so across the board, very bullish on T10 adoption and the rate at which that adoption is occurring. So that's a little bit about the market kind of response to T10. Can you just remind me what the second portion of that question was?
Alyssa Shreves:
Yeah, how much of the VR training is kind of driving customer interest? Is it more nice to have or are customers kind of viewing this now as a need to have once they trial it?
Josh Isner:
I'd say we're probably squarely in the middle of those two at the moment. And this is a big year for our VR program, because now that the sensors work very well and very reliably, it's about how much content we can build to deliver to these end users to simulate different training scenarios. So it's a move from hey how are you performing with T10 at a range setting or some basic interactions and we'll build on that to these more complicated decision-making types of scenarios. So we think this is going to go hand in hand. Not only, of course, the training experience, if it's very strong, will help adoption of the product, but it'll also drive far safer outcomes in the field. If we're able to simulate the type of stress that you can feel in VR relative to shooting at people in costume or with Velcro suits on or at stationary targets at a range, these are the things that can really make the difference in the field. And so very excited about that. We're rolling it out to international as well. We're rolling it out to federal. We're tailoring scenarios for those markets. So we think these two products, VR and TASER 10 are kind of linked moving forward. And it's represented by the way we go to market as well where you pay one rate for both of those offerings and you get both throughout the term of the contract.
Alyssa Shreves:
Great. Thank you so much.
Josh Isner:
You got it.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you, Alyssa. We'll take our next question from Mike Ng at Goldman Sachs.
Mike Ng:
Great. Good afternoon. Thank you very much for the question. I just have two. First, there was the big step-up in future contracted revenue. I think that $1.3 billion sequential increase is the biggest on record. Is there anything to call out as it relates to outsized deals or customer wins that contributed to that, or would you guys consider that normal momentum? And then I have a quick follow up.
Josh Isner:
For sure. I don't think there was anything abnormal about Q4 other than it was a record quarter for us. And there is some seasonality in our business. It was our first quarter of $1 billion plus dollars booked across the business in five year booking. So we're really excited about that. We don't necessarily share much more than that on our total bookings, but that was a pretty big milestone for our team. So of course that'll represent itself in future contracted revenue and we're excited about that trend and certainly aiming to outperform that record this year.
Mike Ng:
Great. And then just a follow-up for Brittany, just on that future contracted revenue, I know you guys have talked about 15% to 25% of that being recognized in the next 12 months. But I guess as the duration of that future contracted revenue extended at all, have there been longer-term deals? Naturally, the reason why I ask is it seems like you know 25% percent of $7.1 billion, you have full visibility into the 2024 revenue guidance. I don't know -- I'm not sure if that's the right way to think about it. Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah, of course it's a great question. It hasn't changed such that, that 15% to 25% percent guidance of what converts for the next year has been pretty consistent over at least the last few quarters. I think in general we have seen a trend towards some longer contracts. So again, Josh, Josh will correct me, but I think historically there were more five year contracts and now we're seeing more 10-year contracts and some that are even longer than 10 years. So that's certainly a factor in there. But nothing has massively changed in terms of how that future contracted revenue converts in for the next year. I do think it helps in terms of us having visibility and giving a strong guide for next year. And so I think that's where you see some of that come through.
Mike Ng:
Excellent. Thank you, Josh. Thank you, Brittany.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Mike. We're going to go to Josh Riley at Needham next.
Josh Riley:
All right. Thanks for taking my questions. I got one and a quick follow-up here. If you look at the Fusus acquisition, is this a product that is going to require a little bit of incremental investment on your part to kind of drive broad customer adoption across the customer base or is this ready to go day one for your entire customer base?
Josh Isner:
Yeah, I'll take that. The good news is, it's a combination of the two. So right now out of the gate, one of the reasons why we were so excited about Fusus as a partner and then moving to the acquisition is that their product turnkey out of the box today is ready to go very broadly across state, and local in the US and then beginning internationally as well. It's absolutely a groundbreaking change for the ability for agencies with their real-time crime centers and command staff and even right in the dispatch center to get unparalleled situational awareness by partnering with CCTV cameras from [enterprise] (ph) and the like. So right out of the box, it is just selling and growing like gangbusters. And it's a fundamental part as we go forward of our overall real-time operations vision you've heard us talk about for a long time where our real strategy is to provide the best full stack and open ecosystem we can to help agencies with the entire lifecycle of an incident. And it's ultimately about our play to earn the right to win more sockets, meaning win more sensors, and win that pane of glass where they review the information from those sensors, and to win more and more communications moments as both first responders and the businesses where things happen work together to resolve as quickly as possible things when they occur.
Josh Riley:
Got it, that's helpful. And then just a quick follow-up on the TASER 10 automation. Is that going to also benefit unit growth in addition to benefiting margins?
Brittany Bagley:
I would say it does, yes. The more automation we have, the more it helps our capacity. I would say that's pretty much factored in as we think about next year though. So I wouldn't necessarily expect any surprises coming from that.
Josh Riley:
Got it. Thanks guys.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Josh. Keith Housum at Northcoast, you're up.
Keith Housum:
Yeah, thanks guys. Appreciate it. Can you guys unpack international a little bit more. Perhaps I missed this in the release. Perhaps talk about, if you don't mind, some trends that you're seeing with international. Obviously, I know there's a very strong bookings [query] (ph) for your last quarter. But how did it look this quarter both in bookings and are we starting to see some of that revenue that you booked last year come to fruition?
Josh Isner:
Yeah, thanks a lot, Keith, and great question. So we're super excited about the quarter we had in terms of bookings last quarter, I believe it was a record -- a new record in terms of booking. So the team's executing in terms of writing orders and driving a lot of the momentum in market. But there's just some noise around when the revenue recognition will occur. And I'd expect that to fluctuate a little bit more than it does in the US because you've got things like country by country approval of TASER 10. And so even if a customer wants it, in some cases, purchased it, they need to wait till all the testing completes till they can take delivery of it. In the video business, there's longer lead times on implementations because there's -- you're deploying to a country, a national government, not a city in a lot of cases. So the amount of sites and the amount of work and clearances you'll need to do that work is considerable. And so, all to say, the revenue will continue to be lumpy quarter to quarter based on shipment times and based on implementations. But, from where we sit, as long as the bookings number continues to drive, that revenue will fall -- it start to add up and fall to the bottom line in terms of EBITDA dollars as well. So we're certainly excited about it. The team has got the wind at their back after a couple of years of really trying to build more of an apparatus in continental Europe and we're starting to see the fruits of that labor pay off. So, the future is bright for international. Nothing's really changed in terms of our outlook or perspective on that, but there will be some peaks and valleys in terms of the rev rec over the course of the year.
Keith Housum:
And, Josh, maybe this one's for you as well, but in terms of the [Technical Difficulty] obviously you guys spent a lot of time on that again in the release today. But are you seeing new products and what's the strategy in terms of growing corrections and how you guys achieve the success you are having?
Josh Isner:
Yeah, certainly, Keith. We think the foundation of it, not different from any of our other segments, is tasers and body cams, but things like Fusus, things like drones, both indoor and outdoor, those are VR training and corrections. Those are investments we're currently making and we really believe are a great fit for corrections. And up till now, we've really talked about corrections as a domestic and state and local function. There's large corrections opportunity in federal, there's a large corrections opportunity in international. And I think all of those potential products fitting in is not unique to domestic. So certainly we're excited about that. And we believe, especially after the feedback we've been getting on some of our early meetings on some of these new products with corrections, that there is a lot of interest and those will fuel some growth in that segment.
Keith Housum:
Great, thank you.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Keith. We're going to take our next question from Meta Marshall at Morgan Stanley. You're up.
Meta Marshall:
Great. Thanks. Maybe, you talked initially just about kind of the drone business maybe not contributing necessarily this year. I just wanted to kind of get an update on, you had quotes in terms of feedback that you had gotten from certain customers, but just what are some of the hurdles to kind of greater drone adoption and just kind of an update on what was going on with the integration of Sky-Hero or just kind of early traction there? And then maybe just a second question just to kind of give them all at once. Just on -- it sounds like there's a little bit going on with headquarters decision. Just, is there a kind of drop-dead deadline when you're hoping to kind of make a decision on what city to do the expansion in? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
All right, let me take that and I'll start with the drones. I think drones is an area where, again, we see tremendous long-term opportunity. Near term, there's a couple of different issues that have slowed, that are sort of, I think, were pre-inflection points, shall we say. So on the outdoor drones, there's a growing interest in drone as a first responder, namely -- today the way they deploy drones is the police drive up in their patrol car, then they open the trunk, they take out the drone and they fly the drone around. That doesn't give nearly as much benefit, right? Cause you've already got to get on scene to use the drone and then frankly from an officer safety perspective it's not necessarily great to be standing around staring at a drone controller. I think where the market wants to go is this idea of drone as a first responder where the drone is deployed from a fixed facility, flies to the scene and gets there before officers can. That started in Chula Vista, California. Shout out to Chief Roxana Kennedy there who really started this. We're seeing that, it is in the early stages of an exponential doubling pattern. Every year we're seeing about double the agencies doing drone as a first responder. It went from single digits to now in the tens of agencies doing it. In order for that to really take off, we need a little more clarity from the FAA on agencies being able to fly beyond visual line of sight, to be able to fly the drone safely. Today, if you want to fly drone as a first responder, most of the time you have to have a police officer standing on the roof under an umbrella, watching the drone fly into the distance. We have through one of our other partnerships with Dedrone, that is the world leader in drone tracking and counter-drone, we've invested in that. We've partnered with them. Dedrone gives you the ability, the NFL stadiums use it to track all the drones around NFL stadiums. And Ukraine is buying a ton of these to track drones for obvious reasons. We have some pilots we're doing where Dedrone is coupled with drone as a first responder. So instead of a human being watching into the distance, they can't see a drone beyond a couple hundred meters, we can actually track those drones in the airspace with this integrated solution. And we think that is going to be foundational to really letting drones really grow. Actually, let me pause for a second. I just may have had a technical correction for me on the growth rate. I guess we're going to be conservative. It was more than a doubling this year, but it was off a small base. So again, we're seeing really early exponential growth in DFR. Now when we think about indoor drones, Sky-Hero, when we acquired them, so one of the downsides of being a big company is we have lots of lawyers to make sure that we're very compliant and that's obviously a good thing most of the time. But for example, we discovered that Sky-Hero had some challenges in that the bands of energy they were using for RF transmission to get through the walls to be able to fly indoor effectively were outside of the acceptable bands under the FCC here in the United States. So we've had to actually pause selling on a temporary basis while we are working to get approval from the FCC and an exemption on being able to sell those to state and local in the US. But again, we didn't buy Sky-Hero for the near-term revenue. It's really about the relationships they have with the world's leading SWAT teams and tactical users, and we believe that's the foundation on which we can build transformative new capabilities. So part of it is just kind of getting, with Sky-Hero, now they're part of a bigger organization. The good news is, we've got both teams focused on international legal compliance. So we're kind of upping their game from a compliance and legality standpoint. Meanwhile, they're bringing their, I would say, young scrappy innovation. I mean, these guys built a profitable drone business with a very small team. Not many people have done that. And I'd say the magic is happening. They're working with our design team. And I'd say over the next couple of years, I'd say maybe a two to five year horizon, you'll start to see some pretty mind-blowing stuff coming out of our indoor tactical drones as well as our outdoor DFR. I think those are the two biggest segments, being able to fly outdoor drones without humans on site and then being able to go into buildings and use drones in the most dangerous situations.
Josh Isner:
That's right. And there's also a really exciting hybrid between the sort of drone in a trunk thing Rick talked about and full DFR as the whole industry tries to sort of find their way forward as fast as they can. And this is a thing that actually, Adam Bry, the CEO of one of our other partners, Skydio, and he and I talked together about it, their keynote of their launch a few months ago of their newest drone, where you combine the physical drone being with a patrol officer who can go to scene, but then the instant that they need it, you have that remote pilot who's able to manage it on scene in a DFR style. And so what you're seeing is innovation and experimentation to try to move as fast as possible while navigating around these various short-term constraints. And so it's just a keep watching the space.
Rick Smith:
The last thing actually, I do want to add one more thing to all this complexity, the shifting sands between the United States and China is also creating another just change in the marketplace. So DJI was by far the dominant hardware provider, and we have chosen to partner with many different hardware providers. Initially, we were partnered with DJI, that's no longer very viable because the US government federally will not buy any DJI hardware and states are now passing similar laws. So we see up and coming folks like Skydio that have really just recently gotten to what I would say is a competitive hardware platform to DJI for the outdoor drone use case. We partnered with a company out of Switzerland called Fotokite that does tethered drones. So each of these things have created some short-term shifts in the marketplace, but we think the foundation is going be firming up over the next couple of years to see this go from really awesome concepts to significant businesses.
Meta Marshall:
Great, thanks so much.
Erik Lapinski:
And then, Rick, did you want to answer the second question as well on the new headquarters timing?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, we hope to have a decision by sometime this summer to make the call. This has kind of [dragged] (ph) on for a while, so we're -- we like to get moving on it.
Meta Marshall:
Perfect, thanks.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Meta. We'll take our next question from Mike Latimore at Northland.
Mike Latimore:
All right, thank you. So within the cloud category, you have the digital evidence management, real-time operations, productivity software. Would their relative contributions to growth in 2024 be noticeably different than what you saw in ‘23?
Josh Isner:
So the question, just so I'm clear on it, Mike, is what type of growth are we looking at for 2024 relative to ‘23 in our software offerings?
Mike Latimore:
Yeah, among those three, does one get more pronounced in ’24?
Josh Isner:
Yeah. Jeff, feel free to follow on with your thoughts. But my instinct is DEMS is essentially built out, and we're on the right track there and we'll continue to build out that ecosystem into new markets and so forth. But, productivity is really the one that stands out to me as the huge opportunity for the year. I think we've bared all the pain of coming to market with enterprise software, especially historically custom enterprise software over the last couple of years. And now we really believe we found product market fit when we deploy this product to customers. We're getting fewer calls in the weeks following that are, hey, this didn't quite work the way we thought it would, or a new feature request, whatever the case may be. Customers are very, very happy with their early experiences with the product. And now we feel like, hey, we can start to dump a little more gasoline on the fire and deploy faster across more customers in a year. And then, the one aid of that, I'd say, is our response product, which is our live streaming product. And that's part of our real time operations pillar. And there, that's all the live streaming from the body camera that's where Fusus slots in as well. There's interesting things we can do you know between Fusus and in our DEMS -- sorry, our real-time products. So yeah, very excited about each of those. But in the short term, I think you know the biggest growth relative to 2023 year-over-year will come from productivity.
Jeff Kunins:
Yeah, that's right. Thanks, Josh. All of those are incredibly exciting. I think the reason why we call it productivity is it is not only -- while it also includes our straight up product for full classic RMS replacement, it's really -- the vision there is all of the things that relate to helping, as Rick talked about in his intro, saving time and giving hours and minutes and moments back for officers to be out in the field, helping communities be better as opposed to doing paperwork or other things. And so there's an exciting story on multiple fronts there. First, you've heard us talk for a long time about transcription and transcription has been steadily and steadily and steadily been being adopted even for the straight-up use of looking at a single body camera video at a time, and being able to scrub through the video and see and search through the transcript of just that one video. And now, as that gets adopted more and more, we can build incredible new functionality on top of that using AI and other things. And so stay tuned for future announcements in that regard, but that keeps mixing up in customer [delight] (ph) and customer adoption. On [pure] (ph) records, as Josh said, now we've got more than 100 agencies who are live with at least one module of Axon records, including a rapidly still growing of those who have done their full RMS replacement, as well as a bunch that are using that Axon Standards product, which is the use of force module, which is the easiest thing for them to get started with alongside, even before they've made the full replacement of their RMS. So we're just incredibly excited about the trajectory and the momentum and the acceleration there.
Mike Latimore:
Great. Thanks. And Just on the future contracted revenue, 15% to 25% in next 12 months. Can you just talk a little bit about the variables that would move that 15% versus 25%?
Brittany Bagley:
It's really about average contract length inside of that future contracted revenue. That's sort of the variable between the 15% versus the 25%.
Josh Isner:
And, Brittany, would you also say it's the number of TAP upgrades of hardware that would ship in a current year? So our upgrade cycle…
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah.
Josh Isner:
…is 2.5 years. So if we have a outsized number of contracts that year where these customers hit 2.5, we'll see more revenue because we're shipping all that upgraded hardware. And if it's a year where it's more software and the upgrade is next year, then that will be closer to 15% versus the 25%.
Mike Latimore:
Okay.
Erik Lapinski:
All right. Thanks, Mike. We've got one minute left. We'll go to Jeremy Hamblin for our last question at Craig-Hallum. I believe he dialed in on the phone. Jeremy, can you hear us?
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes, thanks. Hopefully you can hear me. Congrats on your strong results. Just in terms of -- I wanted to, just sorry if I missed the explanation on this already, but in terms of TASER automation impact in thinking about what that can do for gross margin on that product line, both in the second half of ‘24 but also then as we get beyond into ‘25, can you just provide me with a little bit of color on that?
Brittany Bagley:
Yeah, of course. So I think the TASER automation as well as initiatives that we're doing around cost improvements are a lot of what gives us comfort talking about how we think we'll have moderate gross margin improvement for 2024. And then we don't have any long-term margin guidance out beyond that. Our long-term guidance beyond ’24 is really focused on the 20% revenue CAGR and the 25% adjusted EBITDA margins.
Jeremy Hamblin:
But just following up, specific to that product line and not necessarily thinking about it in terms of total company, what is the -- if you undertake a project like that, what is the kind of the goal of the range of outcomes in doing that?
Brittany Bagley:
I think the goal and the range is to really improve the TASER 10 margins, so that you see sort of stable TASER gross margins over time rather than some of the fluctuations that you've seen. But again, we don't have a long-term target out there specifically for TASER gross margins.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Got it. And then last one quick here. In terms of your kind of TAM penetration and opportunities, and as we think about, I think with Slide 15, if you look at adoption rates in rest of Europe versus your Commonwealth, I don't know exactly the timing, but in terms of thinking about the success that you've had in Commonwealth versus what you're seeing in rest of Europe, can you give us a sense for how that timeline is playing out versus when you kind of had some breakthrough contracts that you won maybe at this point, seven, eight, nine years ago? Just trying to get a sense for how that might play out.
Josh Isner:
Yeah, thank you, Jeremy. And it's nice to hear from you. I would say it's really a tale of two product lines there. On the TASER side, we're actually seeing Continental Europe already start to outpace the Commonwealth countries in pockets. And so, we're really excited about that. We had some large orders last quarter on the TASER side and we see the path here where, the nice thing is, in these Commonwealth countries, they're set up much more like the United States, where they either have states or territories or whatever the case may be. Some of these larger markets in Europe, they buy from the federal level. And so the order volumes are just much higher and you can really build with one customer with a much bigger kind of white space in front of you. And so we do believe you'll start to see Continental Europe really rival or outperform the Commonwealth markets as soon as this year or in the coming years. On the cloud side, that's where the Commonwealth were very early adopters, really across the board, UK, Australia, and Canada. And in Europe, I don't think it's secret, it's been slow. And maybe slower than we would have expected upfront. I'd say that's fair to say, but at the same time, we've really zeroed in on three markets in continental Europe where we really are starting to break through on the cloud. We've got trials going on or paid pilots even. And there, I think our thesis is, there's plenty of work to do and plenty of upside just amongst those few markets, but having a few really break through in the next year or two will be the kind of tailwind we need to start to steepen that adoption curve in other markets as well. So still some work to do on the cloud side, although we're seeing some really encouraging signs there. And on the TASER side, I think things are happening as we speak, which is encouraging.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great, thanks for taking the questions. Good luck this year, guys.
Josh Isner:
Thank you, Jeremy. We'll see you in a few months at your conference.
Erik Lapinski:
Thanks, Jeremy. All right, we're going to take it over to Rick to close this out.
Rick Smith:
All right, thank you to our investors for joining. Thank you to our incredible employees that I'm so fortunate to work with. Thank you to our new team members from Fusus and Sky-Hero. And actually today, we had one of our employees who had joined through an acquisition of iNPUT-ACE a few years ago. And I was just delighted to hear one of the things that is really important to me is that those new team members and employees find a new and exciting home where they want to stay. We don't buy companies because we're going to go in and slash and burn, cut costs and make money through the traditional synergies. We buy these companies because they are critical to our mission, their people are doing great work, they're innovating in ways that we're excited, we'll continue to inject that sort of late stage startup energy back into our own bloodstream and keep us going. So couldn't be more excited and grateful for the team of investors, employees we've got. Was out with Chris today showing Fusus to some customers and maybe some things Jeff was hinting at. I might need our redaction tool to cut out all the positive expletives I got today on some of our new capabilities. There's never been a brighter time to be at Axon and I can't wait for the rest of the year to unfold. I can't wait to be at Accelerate here in about a month. And I look forward to talking to you all again in May. So, thanks and have a great night.
Operator:
Hi, everyone. Welcome to our Third Quarter Earnings Call. Thank you so much for joining us. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build on the information in our shareholder letter, which was published at investor.axon.com after the market closed. So we hope you all had a chance to read that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially and we discuss these risks in our SEC filings. Okay, every quarter we start you off with an earnings video and we do this so you can get -- so you look and feel for our business quarter-by-quarter. And so we're so excited this quarter we're going to double-click on our federal business, which is a very exciting expansion opportunity for us. So, last month, we had a great showing at the AUSA Conference, which is the Association of the United States Army Annual Conference. So we're going to play a video. We're going to take you there. It's about two minutes and then we'll turn it over to Rick. [Video Presentation]
Rick Smith:
All right. Thank you, AJ, and great job to Richard and his team at AUSA. It's truly exciting to see the energy that our team brings to these events. I was on the ground at AUSA and I'm super excited about what Richard Coleman and our entire federal team is doing. Welcome everyone to our third quarter 2023 earnings call. It's great to be coming back to you with another fantastic quarter. We also celebrated the company's 30th anniversary in September. Let me take a big step back for a moment and reflect on our founding ethos and how that translates to today. We've just driven seven consecutive quarters of 30%-plus revenue growth while a growing profitability. And the formula has been very simple. First, we start by identifying a challenge or a problem that our customers face. Staying very close to our customers is part of our secret sauce. Every company says that, but we've institutionalized through frequent technology summits at our headquarters where we bring in a couple of dozen customers at a time to listen to them and to share with them our prototypes and ideas that might not even be products until 2025 or later. We also have an annual user conference. Our engineers go on ride-alongs and sit-alongs and we foster many other touch points with our customers. I cannot overstate the importance of calibrating research and development decisions off of direct customer feedback. When we develop alongside our customers, it helps us get it right on the big picture like moving towards robotics security, virtual reality, fused intelligence, for example, and also helps us get it right on the millions of small details and user experience decisions to create a delightful product for our customers. This should reassure you, our investors, that our investment decisions are sound. They are geared towards products that customers want and they've told us that they will buy and it's designed to drive growth for years to come. We also stay close to the forefront of the innovation curve. So we can identify how a technology can make things better, or fix problems entirely. This is how we were the first to evangelize cloud software to public safety in the early 2010s and why we believe we'll be first introducing generative AI tools in the 2020s. Our engineers are some of the best and brightest in technology. Like me, they are energized to go out and fix problems and they work hard at it. As a result, we end up with undeniably best-in-class product market fit. Strong relationships with our customers and employees who are motivated to partner with our customers to drive their success. Our growth today is driven by decisions we made five years ago. And while we enjoy an undeniable time advantage, while competitors are trying to catch up, we're now thinking five years ahead. We believe the R&D decisions we're making today will continue to drive growth for decades to come. And then, of course, we must execute on all fronts. So that's the formula, customer closeness, plus long-term vision, plus day-to-day execution, equals value-creation across the board, for the public, for Axon, for our employees and for our shareholders. It's a winning equation and we're excited about that decade ahead of us. Before I turn it over to Josh, I'd be remiss if I did not acknowledge the wake of escalating global events. These conflicts, wars, violence, and unspeakable acts, we're all seeing them today. We commiserate in the pain and suffering many people are facing around the world and because we are a globally connected company, the personal pain faced by our own employees and many of you listening to this call. Axon's mission, our mission is to protect life and we're focused on continuing to execute and grow that mission. You're up, Josh.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. Every quarter here at Axon, leaves me more impressed with our team. As Rick highlighted, we just reported our seventh consecutive quarter with over 30% top-line growth. This kind of growth does not happen automatically. It's fueled by our ability to drive value to our customers and the momentum we have built over many years. While I'm pleased with our results for the quarter, I'll share with you a few things that keep me confident in the long term. First, I'd like to share my vision of where we will execute over the next five-plus years. We mainly sell into four key customer categories; state and local, U.S. Federal, International, and Enterprise. Each of those has a different path for how we tackle go-to-market, yet the overarching way to think about Axon is we are building the operating system for public safety and security across the board. A few years ago, we would say that we envisioned every officer carrying a TASER device or an Axon body camera and having a seat on our software network. As we built out this network, the vision, as you can see it, is expanding, so that from when -- so that from when an officer first interacts with the civilian to when a case is adjudicated, we are powering that workflow from start to finish. We have the team and the capability and we're going to continue to challenge ourselves to execute on that vision. And we remain really excited about the opportunities that we're seeing in state and local. Agencies across the United States are facing growing challenges. They're understaffed, navigating increasing training requirements and have to do one of the most difficult jobs in the world every day. This segment remains our core and we are investing and delivering solutions to help our customers. We brought two new devices to market this year, invested in productivity-enhancing software features and relaunched a disruptive VR training portfolio. When I think about our mission to protect life and look at the inefficiencies in the existing training landscape today, I think VR can be one of our most exciting long-term opportunities. We're also spinning up more customers on our records product, getting TASER 10 in the hands of early adopters and ramping shipments of Axon Body 4. Something I find particularly encouraging is our new order book for TASER 10. I've talked about my excitement here for the past few quarters and even my expectations have been exceeded. Simply put, we have found product market fit very quickly and the credit goes to Rick and our TASER pillar team led by Pat Madden for driving tremendous early results. Orders for TASER 10 after three quarters have already surpassed the first six quarters of TASER 7 orders, even as I read that boggles my mind. That means three quarters in, our TASER 10 orders are pacing at over 4 times the order rate we saw for TASER 7. What is encouraging is our top three TASER 10 orders, each came from customers outside of our core state and local base, two being international customers and one in corrections. Another customer area that has me confident in our long-term strategy is our U.S. federal business, as you just saw in the video. Our products are meeting the needs in several applications for federal customers where safety goes beyond the traditional state and localities and expands into the global footprint of our military bases where we can help protect those who have chosen to protect us. Five of our top 10 deals booked in the quarter came from federal customers, growing from a base of essentially zero a few years ago. Finally, I will talk about the traction we are seeing internationally, which grew 52% in Q3. We think international is one of the largest opportunities in front of us today and we are evangelizing the cloud, higher in country heads in new markets and spending a lot of time growing our brand and presence overseas. We've got line-of-sight into a strong close to our year and we are building pipeline to support long-term growth. It's been an incredible journey and it's easy to look back at what we've accomplished so far, but we don't spend a lot of time on that stuff at Axon. We're onto the next play. Now, I will turn it over to Brittany to go through our financials in more details. Brittany?
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. We are pleased to report another strong quarter of top-line revenue growth and improving profitability in 2023. Q3 2022 was my first earnings call with Axon, and we were still talking about hitting an adjusted EBITDA dollar target. So watching the team move seamlessly the margins over-deliver and drop significantly more to the bottom line has been an exciting change that we're all proud of. I continue to be impressed each quarter by our team and the focus on operational excellence. We set hard expectations for ourselves and we exceeded them again in Q3. Our topline revenue grew 33% year-over-year and we saw adjusted EBITDA margins expand to 22.2%, which is 35% year-over-year growth. Software remains the largest driver of growth in our business with our cloud and services revenue growing 55% year-over-year. Our software business model remains a powerful growth engine. Our customers subscribe to a bundle of our products. And over time, we improved these products and delivered more new features and technology enhancements. Our strong software growth is tied to multiple drivers. We see growth from new customers, who sign new licenses and adopt feature add-ons. We also see many existing customers expanding their needs and growing with us over time. This is a result of our relentless focus on solving customer problems and driving innovation in the ecosystem as Rick discussed. You see that impact in our excellent net revenue retention rate of 122% and ARR growth of 54%. Axon cloud and services revenue is now 36% of total revenue, compared to 31% last year. We are also seeing our new hardware product launches drive growth in our business. TASER 10 grew more than 50% sequentially, representing healthy demand and our ability to scale to meet that demand. Axon Body 4 made up the majority of our body camera shipments in the quarter and drove our growth in devices along with continued strength in Fleet 3, supporting 45% annual growth in our sensors hardware business. Our third-quarter gross margin of 61.7% exceeded our expectations on a higher mix of software revenue. Relative to last year, we saw our margins mix down slightly on increased TASER 10 revenue, as well as increased revenue from sensors and professional services. We expect this impact to continue in Q4 with margins slightly below Q2 and Q3, on mix. Turning to operating expenses. We saw some leverage from both R&D and SG&A supporting expansion in our adjusted EBITDA margin. We continue to invest to ensure we are positioned for a multiyear growth opportunity and to support the continued scaling of our business. As I turn to our guidance, you will note our strengthening outlook on both revenue and adjusted EBITDA. We are pleased to increase our outlook again. We expect revenue for the fourth quarter to be in the range of $417 million to $420 million and fourth quarter adjusted EBITDA margin to be approximately 20%. Our Q4 guidance implies an increase in our full-year revenue outlook to approximately $1.55 billion or 30% growth year-over-year, which is up from our prior guidance of $1.51 billion to $1.53 billion or 27% to 29% growth. Our fourth quarter adjusted EBITDA margin guidance implies a full-year adjusted EBITDA margin expectation of approximately 20.8% or $322 million. This outlook is raised from our prior expectation of approximately 20% adjusted EBITDA margin for the full-year or $302 million to $306 million. Our increased revenue guidance factors and growing demand we are seeing across our product categories, including our premium bundle offerings and the successfully executed launches of TASER 10 and Axon Body 4. For 2024 and beyond, we remain confident in our ability to scale globally to unlock new customer segments and to introduce even more new products that drive highly profitable revenue growth. And with that, I would like to open it up to questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thank you. Can we go into gallery view, please?
Unidentified Company Representative:
[Technical Difficulty]
Andrea James:
Let's take our first question from Keith Housum at Northcoast. Go ahead, Keith.
Keith Housum:
Good morning -- good afternoon, guys. Appreciate it. In terms of your guidance for the fourth quarter, you know, level precision that we have traditionally not seen from you guys with the $417 million to $420 million, I guess, perhaps comment on what gives you the, I guess, the level-off of that level of precision today and then what has to happen in order for you guys to perhaps, you know, be at the top end or ups even exceed that guidance?
Brittany Bagley:
I think a lot of what you're seeing is, we're just coming into our fourth quarter. And so there's only one quarter left in the year. As we look at that range in terms of what we're seeing on revenue, it just doesn't give a particularly wide range as you look back at the full year. So the look at the full year looks more precise and more tight based on what we're looking at for Q4. And then in terms of, you know, what we're baking in for Q4 or what we would need to see, it's really our, you know, estimate looking at our pipeline of customer deals we think we have in the quarter. We have good momentum, as you've seen across TASER 10, across Axon Body 4. And so we're factoring those in as we look at Q4, as well as, you know, we what we think we'll be able to do from a software standpoint. So again, it's the best guess. We don't always know what perfectly, but that's what we're looking at as we look at Q4 guidance.
Keith Housum:
Great. I appreciate it. I'll turn it back over. Thanks.
Andrea James:
Great, thanks. That's great. And if you are on this call, we've got you. So you can -- you don't have to put your hands up and we will be calling on you in the order that the random number generator selected. Okay, Trevor Walsh at JMP. You are up next.
Trevor Walsh:
Great. Thanks, team, for taking my question. Rick, maybe for you or even Josh, feel free to jump in. So I know IACP is a pretty, you know, major event for you guys and large builder of pipeline. What were you just hearing from customers there in terms of, you know, priorities for them both kind of finishing out the year, but then looking into '24 and where you see budgets sort of going around either a particular product or just a particular use case of what there, you know, if there was anything that kind of stood out in terms of kind of what's top of mind for customers coming out of that event. Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Let me start first. The thing that I heard there was most interesting this year was customers really embracing the full ecosystem. So if I go back maybe three years ago, as we were really scaling, I think we had some customers that were saying, well, jeez, you know, I don't know how much of my tech stack. I want to put with one vendor like you guys are getting to be a big part of our tech stack and what I heard this year was pretty universally customers not saying that but saying, you know, we can't wait to deploy dispatch, for example, and these are customers who've never seen what we're doing in dispatch and we're still in the early innings there. But the feedback was, we've had such good luck when we deploy products and technology from Axon. It all just works so well and the customer services is so good. So that was a really intriguing thing to me to feel that shift in dynamic where customers were just saying, you know, we've done enough of this now and it just works so well when we go with you. We -- I had several chiefs at pretty big cities say, I would love to just be able to run my whole department on Axon because I trust you guys will deliberate and it will be both excellent and we'll give me new capabilities, you know, that maybe I have even thought of yet. So that was really a positive general sentiment. Josh, you want to...
Josh Isner:
Yes, I'd just add. I think, you know, it was an incredible combination of amazing reception around our newer products, specifically VR, TASER 10 and Axon Records. But then an equally awesome reception to kind of the early showcase products that have not hit the market yet, which gives us a lot of confidence going into the next couple of years here that the things that we will be rolling out have, you know, already, you know, the perception of really good product market fit and should have a lot of demand associated with them. Of course, we've got to do a lot on our end to execute well and to make sure we go all the way to the finish line on those products. But that's always a really exciting thing to see when what you're building resonates so clearly with our customers.
Rick Smith:
The last one, I'd want to add in. Just to go into a little microcosm in terms of the detail was. I think this was the year that VR flipped from sort of conceptually interesting to ready for prime time. You know, we decided to wait for the all-in-one headsets. We didn't -- we did not, you know, want to push out a few years ago when installing VR meant room-based sensors and more complexity. We felt waiting for the all-in-ones was going to mean you could deploy a much greater scale. Now, that meant we had to do a lot of hardware development to make our TASER weapons work in a virtual world and, you know, some of the early things we tried were spaced around hand tracking just using motion sensors and to be honest, that was -- we were sort of getting feedback from our customers. It was pretty buggy. So we bit the bullet -- bit the bullet about 18 months ago to go all in on developing specialized hardware with the integrated infrared tracking lights, They're the same that are in the native HTC or Oculus controllers. And that has just gotten phenomenal customer feedback, where, oh my gosh, this just works, it's very accurate, it's no longer getting -- sort of buggy and needs to be recalibrated. So I think that was pretty exciting in terms of the near-term stuff that I think we've just had another product sort of crossover from that early developmental product market fit phase to where now it's just dialing it in, getting more hardware launched and scaling content.
Trevor Walsh:
Great. Thanks, both, for the color, and congrats on a solid quarter. Appreciate the time.
Rick Smith:
Thanks.
Andrea James:
Thank you. And as I'm going down my list here, if you have video off as a courtesy, I'm not calling on you. So if you do want me to call on you, just come on video when you're ready to be called on. Joe Cardoso at JPMorgan. You're up next. Go ahead, Joe.
Joe Cardoso:
Thanks for the question, guys. Yes. So maybe a couple questions rolled into one. You showed the video in the beginning and talked to the opportunity in federal space or the military space. Can you outline perhaps the drivers as to why this opportunity is materializing in a more material way nowadays? Maybe how large this opportunity could be for you guys and, you know, which offerings are really resonating with the military folks? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yes, so, I would start out by saying what's resonating is our existing product suite, which has been more focused on like military policing and protecting basis. You know, this year, I think the -- I saw the light bulb click at AUSA. In previous years it felt like we were, maybe a little bit of an outsider company from, you know, from over in law enforcement that was coming into federal. This year it felt like we were home. The promotional video showing how you use live streaming cameras, counter drone, you know, TASER 10, all in an integrated way. Our vehicle-based, you know, fleet solutions, our partnership with Fusus on integrating multiple cameras from both, you know, partner agencies as well as existing agency, really resonated to where it just -- it felt like people saw what we could do in base security. What I'm really excited about for the future is, we want to get into combat operations. And, you know, you may first say, well, jeez, you know, if your mission is to protect life, why would you want to do that? Well, because I believe successful military operations in the future will be those that kill the least, right? We racked up a big body count in Vietnam, and it didn't work. We killed a lot of people in Iraq and Afghanistan. And the more people we killed, the less successful our mission was. You look at what's happening in the Middle East right now with Israel. You know, imagine if they had more precise drones and robotics that could be going into those tunnels rather than dropping 2000 pound bombs with tons of collateral damage. You know, we will stay true to our mission to protect life. And I think, look, when I wrote my book the End of Killing, I believe we were closer to the end of war than it turned out. I was tragically and catastrophically wrong. You are seeing what's happening in Ukraine. But I think, you know, I wrote, I believe, in our shareholder newsletter last year or so. Imagine if we had invested in counter-material drones that we could have provided to the Ukrainians, where those drones would go out with fully autonomous artificial intelligence, not to kill people, to avoid people, but to destroy equipment. You know, if you could have brought 150,000 Russians to have to walk home because we destroyed the treads and the barrels and the engines on their equipment, while minimizing human casualties, you know, we think about, we have plenty of lethality. We're not giving a lot of it to the Ukrainians because we're actually trying to toe the line of not over-escalating. And I believe that sort of general thought process, how do we deescalate the level of violence and death to accomplish our nation's priorities and those of other sort of civilized nations is a huge opportunity. And this year at AUSA, for the first time, I had some conversations with people in senior positions in the military and military development programs, and I got a different emotional reaction. Now that's going to be years off. But I think the message is starting to resonate. You know, no matter what the mission is, killing should always be a last resort, and we should put a lot more creativity into how we accomplish our mission while minimizing the loss of life.
Brittany Bagley:
Just to follow up with some stats, you'll see some of these in the shareholder letter, but we have pegged the TAM, our total addressable market for federal at about $10 billion. And the other exciting fact we shared this quarter is that five of the top 10 deals we booked were in our federal business. And we've given a couple of examples of where we're getting really nice traction with federal customers. So the VA has gone live on Axon Records. The Department of Homeland Security has an IDIQ for our body-worn cameras and our software. The U.S. Army is renewing its TASER modernization program, and our first TASR contract with the US Federal government agency has been signed. So we're really seeing the momentum from the customers in the deals we're doing and in the bookings and think there's a pretty large opportunity out there just from an addressable market size to everything. Rick talked to.
Rick Smith:
Totally and to speak to the timing a little bit, I think, you know, key, as you heard Josh talk about before, to our market expansion and our flywheel overall is this simple, you know, two-phase approach to every new market, which is, first, we earn the right to sell to a new class of customers by taking our existing products and tailoring them in the ways that are needed to make them resonate and have product market fit with that new customer segment while we build out that sales channel. And then once we've done that and have brought them into the fold as an existing customer segment we're strong with, then we've earned the right to go even bigger by building bespoke new products that are really tailored especially for that market segment. And that story is playing out resoundingly in federal. So over the last several years, we've made tons of investments in the background, laying pipe with things like FedRAMP Compliance, FedRAMP Moderate, then FedRAMP High, and IL4 and towards IL5, all of those sorts of things, as well as hundreds of small little adjustments to all of our core hardware and software products to make them viable and ready exactly for these federal customers. And a great example of that is the VA going nationally live with Axon Records this quarter. And then what you'll start to see over time that opens us up into more of that TAM as well in addition to selling more and more of our existing, you'll see us start to develop bespoke SKUs and product lines that are even more tailored just for federal.
Josh Isner:
Yes, I want to come back on one last thing. I don't want my comment to be misinterpreted. When we, for example, say we want to drive down police shootings, we're not passing judgment on whether police are justified or not. And similarly, with what's happening in Gaza right now, I'm not passing any judgment about the appropriateness of the use of force. The fact is, I think what the Israelis are facing right now is in order to get the military targets they're going after. Those targets are embedded deeply in civilian. They're intentionally buried in civilian epicenters. And so if you could imagine a world where a modern military could go in and put everybody to sleep and then sort out the good people from the bad people without a loss of life, that would be an amazingly important capability. Now, of course, I'm doing the imaginary end state of putting people gently to sleep. But there are steps we can begin to think about being much more precise in ways that are certainly causing less collateral damage and less lethality. And those are problems that get us really excited, because I think we're seeing today's technology puts people in unwinnable situations with catastrophic outcomes. And we think, you know, us and other technologists need to give warfighters and police and everybody better tools to be able to do the legitimate jobs that governments need to do to protect their people without such, you know, technology just requires inflicting a lot of death.
Joseph Cardoso:
No, makes sense. Rick, I appreciate all the color, guys. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thank you. Next, Will Power at Baird. You are up, Will.
Will Power:
All right, great, thanks. Yes, I want to shift gears to international, another area where you saw nice growth in the quarter. It'd be great just to, you know, have you kind of unpacked, you know, what's driving that. And I'd be interested to know, is body camera, you know, four starting to help lead that? Is TASER 10 starting to lead that? What are the adoption trends look like there across the new products? And what are you kind of leading with in any particular geographic areas that are standing out for you?
Josh Isner:
Sure. Nice to see you, Will. And thanks for the question. I would say, it's -- there's a couple kind of different threads to the story here. The first one is that in our Tier 1 markets, which we talk about a lot, the U.K., Canada and Australia, those markets were just seeing wider adoption of the Axon network. So it's not only about TASERs and body cams and Dems, it's about our DEMS, DEMS add-ons, and it's about Axon Fleet and Axon Interview Room and moving toward Axon Records. So we're really excited about just the proliferation of our products into those markets that mirror the U.S. most similarly. And then we've got, you know, essentially a number of other markets that are starting to adopt one Axon product for the first time. A lot of the momentum has been on the TASER side, but more recently, we're actually starting to see some really encouraging signs in a few European markets adopting the cloud for the first time. So the growth of our international business will really be driven by continued execution in the Tier 1 markets, but starting to see more, you know, historically, you know, rest of world markets start to look a lot more like those markets where, you know, they're adopting cloud, they're adopting TASER, they're using DEMS, they value body cameras and other, you know, wearables and camera technology. And just the combination of those things is really going to provide that, you know, foundation of growth for the international business. I still believe, you know, it's very possible, you know, over the next five to seven years that our international business could be rivaling our U.S. business in terms of bookings. And, you know, once we get to that point, feel really good about the revenue catching up over time. So that's really our focus right now, Will.
Rick Smith:
Hey, Josh. One thing I'd like to add there is, it's sort of fun to watch the company develop where there's some really healthy internal competition. Our software started out really as an enabler for body cameras. And I remember, we got -- it's maybe five or six years ago, there was a rallying cry, like, we need our software to stand on its own. It's best in class. And so the country of Scotland, basically their biggest move with us was not even with body cameras. It was digital evidence management for their entire ecosystem. And they're not really even using our body cameras at scale. So each area of the business, it all works better together. But we're now seeing the level of maturity across each of the subsegments to where they're winning best in class on their own. And that gives us multiple ways to try to enter any new market.
Will Power:
If I can maybe just follow up quickly. You know, international, you know, has been lumpier generally, I think, for you, all over a period of years, and yet it sounds like for your comments, you're seeing, you know, broader traction across a broader, you know, set of products. But how are you thinking about the broader pipeline internationally versus maybe where you were one or two years ago? That might provide confidence that this could be a more sustainable, you know, area of growth above the corporate average.
Josh Isner:
Sure, yes. Our Head of International Sales, named Chris Kirby, is doing a really good job managing the team toward the out-year of pipeline. So the focus has really evolved from like, hey, what can we capture this quarter, this year, to how can we do that and build a pipeline three to four times the size of the goal next year to just make sure that there's a little more consistency there. So, you know, there'll always be some lumpiness, especially in years where we feel like we've got a lot of TASER momentum because of just the nature of the revenue recognition on TASER versus, you know, the SaaS products. And so, you know, if -- you know, if large international police forces are buying TASERs, you'll see some of those kind of lumpy one-time revenue events. But over the long term, you know, I think that's -- we're already starting to see that kind of balance out and that's, you know, buoyed by a foundation of video bookings and more video adoption.
Will Power:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Mike Ng at Goldman Sachs. You're up next.
Mike Ng:
Hey, good afternoon. Thank you very much for the question. Mine is just on Axon cloud and services. So it seems like we've seen two consecutive quarters of greater than $15 million quarter-on-quarter revenue growth. I was just wondering if you could expand a little bit about the key drivers of the strength. I know in the letter, you know, you talked a little bit about, you know, moving more towards premium software bundles, the growing install base, just any additional color that you could provide there would be great. And then is that a good way to think about Axon cloud and services growth going forward, kind of this teen sequential growth? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
Sure. Yes, We're -- Mike, we're really glad you asked that question because, you know, that's one of the things we're most proud of here to see in the results is just this, you know, excitement around the Axon cloud suite of products. And, you know, the story here has been just multiple years of investment into new features, software add-ons, new enterprise software products, just finding product market fit and being rapidly adopted by our customer base. And ultimately, you know, more and more customers are buying our premium offerings, starting with the Officer Safety Plan and then going up to the Plus version of that and then the Premium version of that. And we've seen that the last couple of years, but now it's really starting to flow through into the revenue and the results. And so, you know, just, you know, more adoption of DEMS, more adoption of software add-ons, more adoption of Records management, more adoption of our standards product. And it's really exciting to see all that come together. Talked a lot about our flywheel of this idea that really, you know, OSP is the driver of that flywheel into new products and that's exactly what we're seeing right now. So really proud of our product team for doing a great job, you know, understanding where this, you know, where this platform evidence.com can take us and listening to our customers in terms of where they see value and then doing an incredible job building those products. And our sales team is doing a great job selling them on the back end. So things are aligning really, really nicely in the cloud business and we're really excited about it.
Brittany Bagley:
From a modeling standpoint for all of you guys. The only thing I would add is we have historically guided you to take an average of, you know, the last six to eight quarters. And think about that as the size of the step up in that revenue. I think because of this impact that Josh talked about of more and more customers moving to our premium bundles, the size of that step will start to get bigger every quarter. It probably won't be as big as it was this quarter, though, because you are seeing some of the benefit of the Fleet 3 installations start to turn on and come into that. So while there was nothing, you know, one time this quarter, you are seeing Fleet 3 come in. But I think we're also comfortable saying that because of premium, we are going to see slightly larger steps up each quarter in software than we have historically averaged out.
Mike Ng:
Wonderful. And maybe if I could just have a quick follow-up. You know, if we assume a kind of continued step up in that cloud revenue, you know, is there something that's offsetting that as you think about the consolidated revenue guidance for the fourth quarter on the product side? Thanks, Brittany. Thanks, Josh.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. So I would say I think the step up in software is particularly large this quarter. So I don't think there's anything offsetting it. As you look at Q4, you know, we're putting forth pretty healthy growth year-over-year, 24% to 25%. That's on top of a Q4 quarter last year that grew about 55%. So I think it's still a very healthy guide that is taking into account the premium software piece. AB4, TASER 10, all the momentum we're seeing.
Mike Ng:
Wonderful. Thanks for the follow-up. Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Of course.
Andrea James:
Hey, Jonathan Ho at William Blair, go ahead.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, congrats on the strong quarter. Can you help us understand what some of the main components were that drove the 122% net retention growth this quarter?
Rick Smith:
Sure. Hey, look, it always helps when you have new products that people want to buy. Like, that's the underlying, you know, thing there is, you know, again, this goes back to our product team really doing a fantastic job just building new value into evidence.com with new -- with these, you know, new software features that save legitimate time every police officer shift. And so when we can keep showing that type of ROI, every conversation on a renewal or an upsell is not only, you know, a -- driven by satisfaction with what the customer already has, but it's driven by interest in what we're doing next and how they can participate in that. And so when you have that combination, we have a very, very talented customer success organization that, you know, really drives deep relationships with our customers. The -- and any, you know, a side note, any account that is managed by a customer success manager at Axon, their NPS score is 81 right now. So that's, you know, an off the charts high number when you think about the range of NPS going from negative 100 to 100. And so that just shows the type of trust these customers have built in our customer success team, our product team, our sales team, so forth. And so, you know, all those things being true, it actually is, you know, it just comes down to execution in terms of, you know, sales and account management to get these deals across the finish line. And we see ARPUs going up as a result. And then NRR, you know, is also rising as a result of that.
Jonathan Ho:
Great. And then in terms of the DHS and U.S. federal government contracts that you've signed, is there potentially a halo effect here? Meaning, you know, does this help you sell to other federal law enforcement agencies or international agencies, you know, that maybe look up to these, you know, federal and defense contracts? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
Sure, I'd say within the federal government, there's certainly a network effect there. No question. You know, once we've started with being FedRAMP authorized, that was kind of a big breakthrough for us. And then, you know, Impact level 5, et cetera, just all the kind of table stakes, clearances that our products needed to achieve. And then, you know, once, you know, the Customs and Border Protection has been a really great customer of ours. We heavily value that relationship. And having a lot of momentum there has just kind of permeated out into other branches of the federal civilian space. Rick talked about the opportunity in the military as well. I think there is something there to leveraging our success federally into other international governments. That's happening a little bit here and there, but there is potential that that could accelerate. So, yes, I'm really pleased to see, you know, the types of network effects we've seen in the federal space.
Andrea James:
Meta Marshall at Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Meta.
Meta Marshall:
Great, thanks. And congrats on the quarter. Maybe just as a first question, just in terms of kind of the increase, ways that you guys plan to use AI and automation, just where are kind of customer conversations on just ways in which they want to see you incorporate some of these features, ways in which, you know, they just kind of want to get their heads around some of that. And then just maybe as a second question for you, Brittany, you know, gross margins obviously took a small step down quarter-on-quarter, but were better than expected. Is that -- some of that just from kind of the scale, or is some of that just the ramp of Fleet 10 just kind of having smaller headwinds than expected? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Let me start with the AI question, and we're going to be a little cagey here. I will tell you, at IACP, I was showcasing a prototype, a functioning prototype of an AI-powered service, and it got, if not the strongest, one of the most positive, strongest reactions I've ever seen in a product. Obviously, we have a ton of data that we could be running AI on. The art of this is to figure out where can we create maximum customer value while mitigating the risks that are associated, you know, with what can go wrong in AI. And we think we found at least one very powerful use case. But I'm not going to give any more details for competitive reasons, but stay tuned. Exciting times ahead.
Brittany Bagley:
Okay. Which leaves us with gross margins? So I would say gross margins were better than expected, really, on the incredibly strong software performance in the quarter. So our software business is gross margin accretive for us. And so the more we build up there, the better overall impact for our gross margin. So I would drive most of the outperformance there. As I think about, you know, why was it down, you know, still a bit year-over-year or quarter-over-quarter? That's really just on mix of our sensors business and the fact that our sensors business also performed incredibly well and the fact that our TASER 10 is also performing quite well. Our TASER margins overall improved quarter-over-quarter, but the mix in there of TASER 10 was quite high.
Andrea James:
Yes. Thank you, Meta. Josh Reilly at Needham. You're up.
Josh Reilly:
All right. Thanks for taking my questions. In terms of the Department of Veterans Affairs Records win, can you just discuss what some of the factors were in that win? That's obviously a very large deployment. Curious if your openness to third-party or best-of-breed modules was a factor in that one.
Rick Smith:
Josh, thanks for the question. And to answer directly, no, that wasn't a big driver. Instead, it was just this connected story around digital evidence in reporting. And that we think is consistent across pretty much every customer interested in Axon Records, which is they just see this link where, hey, if you have the video and you see what happened in the video, like what effect does that have on the ability to write a police report, you know, easily in a scalable and simple way. And so, you know, going back, you know, Brian Wheeler, we've talked about from time to time in terms of his leadership of our records product and his team just continues to perform very well in that regard. And our customers are seeing the value. And then, you know, like we mentioned before, having a FedRAMP-authorized cloud RMS product just aids in the momentum there. So it's really a combination of those things all coming together.
Josh Isner:
There are two other things, I would add. One is just the customer relationship, namely, as they deployed our evidence.com and our other products, they just had a great experience that they shared with us was just different than they had with previous technology. So that set us up for the win. Then the other piece I would say is, we made a decision years ago when we are building records that we were not going to go try to win in RFPs for Record systems because we believe that's a recipe for building bad software. If you go build, you know, 800 checkboxes that all the great on the paper report you submit for the RFP, you're going to build a lot of breadth and there's almost no reward for good user experience. And we structured a lot of our go-to-market around how do we win in the hands of the user and set this up where we can build great software that does the most important things really, really, really well and then integrate other systems to handle sort of the fringes and the breadth of it. And I think that was a, you know, pretty important here where what we were able to show them was a functional system that they could test out and go, wow, this just works great in the hands of the user because we spent the time to build it that way, you know, bringing in people with consumer backgrounds that are used to building UI. That's got to be super intuitive, not built to a large government spec document. No offense to government, you know, procurement specifications, but there's a reason government spec software is typically not great, and that's because, you know, you're building it to very large specs. And in there, there's typically not a real easy way to quantify the user experience. And we focus on user experience first and then identifying which of those specs are the really important ones to the people actually using it. And I think that philosophy, we did not expect to win a federal agency this early in Records lifecycle. So it was a really pleasant surprise.
Josh Reilly:
Got it. And then just to follow-up on the profitability piece. You've done a really nice job of managing profitability and higher margins over the last year. As we see this, you know, the growth opportunity in terms of revenue appears sustainable even in this kind of challenging macro. Should we expect additional hiring over the coming quarters, or can you manage the growth in business with kind of the current headcount, which would imply more operating leverages coming? Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
I think a bit of both. So we're absolutely going to keep hiring. I think, first of all, our stated goal in R&D is to invest basically top-line growth back into R&D. You can hear all of the exciting things that even with what we're doing, we still feel like we can work on and we have in front of us. And so there's going to continue to be a very robust pace of hiring from an R&D standpoint. Again, we won't get ahead of our revenue growth, but we're really investing there. Then on the SG&A side, we will absolutely get leverage in SG&A, but we can't do what we need to do with flat headcount from where we are today. We do need to continue to invest. Some of that is in sales, but honestly, a lot of that is really on the G&A side as we, you know, figure out how we can get this company to support the level of top-line growth that we're delivering on. You know, better IT systems, get our material weakness remediated, do a lot of that housekeeping that hopefully we very much keep in the background and you don't see, but will overfire investment to deliver nicely on all of these opportunities in front of us. And will give you some leverage too, because we still have our 25% adjusted EBITDA margin target out there. So hopefully this year shows that we can deliver and head towards that. And you all believe us that we're going to hit that. But there is a balance to do between here and there.
Josh Isner:
And of course, world-class tech recruiting requires world-class tech recruiters. So that's also part of that fun picture.
Josh Reilly:
Awesome. Thanks, guys.
Andrea James:
Awesome. I want to respect Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. We haven't called on you. You've been off video. Do you want to ask a question? I know people are juggling multiple earnings calls and does anybody have any follow-ups? Oh, no, we've got Jeremy. Jeremy, go ahead, you're up.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes, Hey, thanks. And yes, juggling calls here. You know, I wanted to and apologies if you've gone through this a little bit already, but I wanted to come back into the Fleet product just to understand, you know, where we are in terms of, you know, it looks like you've really continued to gain share in that product and, you know, in terms of where we go in the platform and tying that in, you know, more holistically with, you know, some of the things you're trying to do on the AI side of the business as we move, you know, a couple of, let's say, years down the road. You know, I wanted to just understand in terms of where you think about the TAM on that portion of the business and whether or not just the total value of what the Fleet business is changed from where it might have been a couple of years ago.
Rick Smith:
Well, let me start on this one. This is one where I was just wrong. I assumed that body cameras would obsolete in car cameras. And I believed that once body cameras became ubiquitous, there would be less reason to have cameras in a car. And that's one where just I was wrong. And what I learned was that, you know, customers who've had in car cameras want to keep that perspective, especially state highway patrols, where a lot happens in front of the vehicle, and the availability of extra battery power and the ability to put more sensors to be able to do things like license plate reading, which, you know, would be not possible given the battery constraints in the body camera. So I'm happy to have been wrong and had, you know, people who together with our customers who educated me on that, to where now we have a sizable, and I think the market leading Fleet product, and we're finding other areas, you know, in some adjacent markets, and ambulances and EMS, I think even in the military, you know, starting with vehicles that are more like military policing vehicles. But over time, the array of capability and our ability to move at sort of commercial speed to bring AI and sensor capabilities, I think there could be opportunities for us to move up the value chain from just sort of policing vehicles into other types of vehicles where we can integrate our network, all of our workflow together with our sensor development, and of course, in the future, AI running on all that data. So I don't know that I could give an exact like TAM comparison between the two, but I would say that the vehicle Fleet business is certainly here to stay, and it just -- it has different needs and requirements, and you can do more when you've got, you know, access to power and a little more space to be able to put more equipment and more powerful sensors.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes, no, that's to the crux of the question. And then just a follow-up also on comment that Brittany had made. You know, in terms of the cloud portion of the business and thinking about these slightly larger jumps that we're going to see in that business. Just wanted to understand, in terms of thinking a year, two years down the road on your gross margins given what you're generating on that portion of the business and the bigger jumps, is that something that we should expect the model to iterate as we drive towards 25% EBITDA margins, is that going to be a decent portion of what gets us there?
Brittany Bagley:
You know, we haven't given any commentary on how we get to that 25% between gross margins and OpEx leverage, other than to say, you know, we're obviously looking really closely at both of them. I think for as much as software is a benefit to our overall gross margins, you also see incredible success in our sensors business, and that's a drag on gross margins. I'd still take all the growth we get from there. And to your question, on Fleet, you know, right now, that's part of our $9 billion camera TAM. But I think we still feel like we've got nice penetration opportunities and good runway in front of us on Fleet still. We've talked a little bit about how we were playing catch up this year and next year will normalize a bit. But it's really some of those mixed dynamics that we're going to be working on as we balance between gross margin and OpEx leverage. I think the last thing we've been focused on is improving our overall TASER gross margins as we continue to leverage and scale TASER 10. So we've got a couple of benefits to gross margin over the next couple of years, and then we just have to balance that out with mix, if that makes sense.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes, absolutely. Thanks for taking the questions.
Andrea James:
Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
Of course.
Andrea James:
Thank you. One more from Jonathan Ho at William Blair, and then we will close out.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you. Just one final question for me. Just given the TASER 10 strengths that you referenced on the call, you know, have you been able to shift to the demand or is there, you know, potentially an accumulation of backlog here as well? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Go ahead, Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
I was going to say it's a great question. We are working really hard to ramp our capacity, but I think you can see from some of the growth numbers and some of what we have been delivering that we're doing a nice job getting our capacity ramped up. As we continue to go into next year, what we're really working on is getting more of that capacity automated.
Andrea James:
Great. Okay, pregnant pause. All right, Rick, go ahead and close this out.
Rick Smith:
All right, before we sign off, I want to take a moment to acknowledge and thank you, Andrea James. This is going to be Andrea's last quarterly earnings call with us here on Zoom. So after a fast-paced and transformative six years with Axon, leading investor relations, Strategy and Communication, AJ is going to take some time to reset and enjoy the fruits of the success that she's had and has driven here at Axon. AJ has been one of my closest personal advisors. And so as we got to the end of the last XSP and we had some conversations about life and the future, I remembered one of my favorite quotes from Ray Kurzweil, the most important decisions we make are how we spend our time. And back around 2013, when my kids were in preschool, I had the wonderful opportunity to go spend a year in Europe and walk my kids to kindergarten every day And talking with AJ about her budding and growing family, I couldn't disagree with the assessment that how she spends her time might be to take advantage of some of the success from Axon. So we talked about her doing advisory and board work, given the amazing experience she's had at Tesla and here at Axon. So I'll be keeping on speed dial. AJ, and, you know, just very personally and professionally grateful to have you a colleague and a friend and want to acknowledge your great service towards our mission. I know you've -- she's also formed relationships with so many of you and it's not fully goodbye. She'll continue to support us behind the scenes in an advisory role into at least the middle of next year to ensure a smooth transition. And we are thrilled that Erik joined us earlier this year to help -- to lead our IR efforts. He's really hit the ground running, He is really there to catch the baton from one of the greats. And having been an analyst in our industry for several years, Erik, that is before joining Axon. And with that, I want to thank all of you for joining. We're proud of our team's execution. We're confident in our profitable growth. We look forward to a strong finish to the year. I wish you all a happy and wonderful holiday season. I hope the world finds more peace and we will see you all in February.
Andrea James:
Okay. Welcome to our Second Quarter Earnings Call. Thanks for joining our executives on the call. A quick note about the faces you're going to see on the call today. We want to welcome Erik Lapinski to the team at Axon. He joined us earlier this year and he's our Director of Investor Relations and Financial Communications and we're thrilled to have him. And just Angel Ambrosio, I just want to say, we want to thank her so much. She's been on these calls for over 3 years and she's really helped to lead the way in making us Zoom-first on our earnings call. She's also helped us lead the way in ESG reporting. Angel is not going anywhere. We still work together side-by-side every day. Okay; on to business. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. And our prepared remarks today are meant to build upon that very robust shareholder letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially and we discuss these risks in our SEC filings. And before we turn it over to Rick, we will play our video which is under 4 minutes today.
Patrick Smith:
All right. Great job, Andrea and Angel and welcome, everyone, to our second quarter 2023 earnings call. It's great to be coming back to you with another excellent quarter and an even brighter outlook. I'm fortunate to spend most of my time talking to customers. Reception to our new products has been fantastic. Recently, I met with police chiefs who said, once their officers take TASER 10 out in the field, they will not go out again without it. After trials and successful de-escalations in the field, some have even joked that their officers are saying, you'd have to pry my TASER 10 from my cold dead fingers. This is the type of feedback that motivates us and keeps us moving forward. Axon Body 4 began shipping in June and we're also getting a great response. Later, you will hear from Brittany, who we recently promoted to Chief Operating Officer in addition to her role as CFO. Bringing these two roles together under Brittany sets us up for our next phase of operational excellence. As COO and CFO, Brittany will oversee our margin profile from end to end to ensure we execute on our ambition to deliver profitable growth for many years to come. Brittany has been a star addition to our team. She brings operational rigor, foresight, stewardship and candor. We also promoted Josh Isner who previously served as our CRO, then COO and is now President. Josh has been an instrumental leader at Axon for more than a decade. And during his tenure, he and I have worked side-by-side evolving and growing the company. I have given Josh many challenges over the years and he's never failed to exceed my expectations. As President, Josh will continue to oversee day-to-day operations while taking on an expanded role within the executive team and with our Board members. Expanding responsibilities for my team allows me to focus on what inspires me
Joshua Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. It's been an honor and a privilege to build my career at Axon. I care deeply about our mission, our customers and our team and I'm proud to help lead an organization that is unapologetic about winning. This team just blocks out the noise and executes and you can see that in our results. As Rick reflected, we are getting great feedback from customers about TASER 10 and Axon Body 4 and I'm especially pleased that this feedback is translating into orders. We closed the first half with strong orders and we expect a greater increase into the second half as we convert more of our new product pipeline. This drove our confidence in increasing our guidance which Brittany will take you through in a moment. In Q2, we continue to execute on our 2023 focus areas
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. And thank you, Rick, for the kind words. I'm very excited to take on more of the business and to continue driving the next stage of operational excellence at this fantastic company. Turning to the results. We reported another strong quarter, reflecting broad strength across our business. Our top line grew 31% year-over-year and we saw EBITDA margins of 22%. Second quarter gross margin of 62% improved sequentially, primarily reflecting business mix from software. As you saw in our shareholder letter, we did have some noise in our segment margins this quarter as we worked to more closely align our overhead costs with our specific product lines and had some onetime adjustments. On an aggregated basis, however, most of that is allocations between segments and our overall gross margins reflect a mix benefit from software. Axon Cloud and services revenue made up 35% of total revenue this quarter compared with 29% a year ago. As we noted last quarter, we would expect full year gross margin to remain approximately flat or improve modestly from Q1 2023 levels due to continued professional services related to Fleet 3 and the continuing ramp of Axon Body 4 and TASER 10. We continue to believe there are opportunities next year and over the long term to improve our margin profile as we invest in automation and recognize scale efficiencies from recent product launches. We also expect to continue to see mix benefits from our software growth. We believe we will exit this year at a more normalized run rate demand for our Fleet product, having largely caught up on our backlog. Turning to our operating expenses. We saw leverage out of both R&D and SG&A. We continue to invest absolute dollars to drive our product road map and to scale our business rapidly. We're pleased with the adjusted EBITDA margin of 22% in the quarter but given the second half gross margin profile and timing of some OpEx investments, continue to keep our guidance at 20% for the year. With our increase in revenue, this does result in us dropping more to the bottom line for the year and we're continuing to focus on how we can better leverage our OpEx, especially in SG&A over the longer term. Turning to our guidance. We are increasing our full year revenue outlook to a range of $1.51 billion to $1.53 billion, representing about 27% to 29% growth. We continue to target full year adjusted EBITDA margin of 20% which implies an increased range of $302 million to $306 million of adjusted EBITDA. In terms of the healthy guidance increase, we always want to make sure we can deliver on what we say we are going to do. And that continues to be our focus while at the same time, making sure we're doing our best to accurately reflect what we're seeing in the business. We had 2 major hardware product launches this year and the successful rollout of these products as well as the robust customer response to these launches has given us the confidence to increase our forecast after a strong first half of the year. We do expect most of the increase relative to our prior forecast to occur in the fourth quarter due to typical seasonality. With that, I would like to open it up to questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thank you. We'll take our first question from Will Power at Baird.
William Power:
Well, I guess, first, congratulations on the strong results and congratulations, Josh and Brittany, on your promotions. That's great to see. Maybe, I guess, 2 questions. I guess, first, I'd love to kind of dig into the cloud success. I mean really strong growth there, over 60%. I think in the shareholder letter, you said about 50% of the growth was driven by body cameras. And so I want to just get a perspective of how you think about the continued opportunity just looking at that piece of it. Then the other -- second part of that question is what are the other key drivers within cloud right now? Because it's clear you're having a lot of growth outside of just that body camera piece.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Thanks a lot, Will. And it's good to see you and thanks again for having us at your conference in June. I'd say in terms of just growing cloud adoption for us, there's really two elements of it. Number one is making sure that we continue to proliferate kind of hardware in as many different forms as we can that plug into our cloud ecosystem. So the more body cameras we sell into our existing core market but also into international, federal and enterprise, obviously, that will drive more usage of Evidence.com. And likewise, the more enterprise software licenses we sell for things like records management, computer-aided dispatch, our justice product, Axon Air licenses, just the more software-only licenses that we continue to roll up here that will continue to provide favorable results as well in our cloud business. So it's really about doing those -- both of those things really well at the same time and the team has done a really nice job of that so far this year.
William Power:
And if I can just fit in just a second question. You raised guidance pretty significantly for the year. Anything else you can add with respect to the visibility in the second half and particularly the fourth quarter, given the seasonality that I think Brittany just alluded to, too, just to provide investors confidence in that increase?
Brittany Bagley:
It's a great question. Thank you, Will. I think part of it goes down to -- comes down to what we see in our business. And I think we were very careful as we came into the year not to get ahead of ourselves in terms of what we were expecting for AB4 and TASER 10, given that those were 2 big launches for us. But we have seen, as Rick and Josh both commented, just wonderful customer reception to those products. And so we have good visibility, both in terms of what we can ramp up from a manufacturing standpoint that gives us confidence in the volume of those products that we'll have available. And then I would say you couple what we have available from an operational standpoint with what we're seeing from the customers and we think we have pretty good visibility in terms of delivering in the second half of the year. I think, as I said, we're partway through Q3 right now and so we can call out that we think some of that will be in Q4, especially as we ramp into AB4 and see the timing of some of the contracts that we have coming in and some of the deals we have in the pipeline with customers. And then I think the other thing is just our cloud and services revenue. As you can see, it's done very nicely this year. And that is just a very reliable recurring software business that we can bank on every quarter. And we look at that as we go through the second half of the year, combined with the TASER 10 and AB4 products and that's what gives us confidence in that guidance.
Andrea James:
Okay. Next question from Tim Long at Barclays.
Timothy Long:
Two, if I could. First, on the gross margin side, Brittany. Could you talk -- you talked about a lot of the moving parts here but maybe if you could just touch on 2 aspects, where we are and how we're feeling about the ramp of the 2 new products and impact on gross margin as we go through the year. And I noticed -- I think Axon Cloud might have been one of those areas where there were some adjustments. It looks like the margin went down there a little bit. Can you just talk about as that business scales, what we should expect for gross margins? And then I had a follow-up after that.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, of course. So there's a lot of moving pieces in our gross margin, as you can tell, from going through our shareholder letter. I think the biggest thing is we have had some headwinds on gross margin this year, really from 3 main pieces. One, getting TASER 10 ready to go, ready to ramp, ready to be scaled in production. And we expect -- we continue to ramp and scale that business as we go through the year but that's really a next-year event when we think that that's fully scaled and ramped up. So factored into our gross margins this year but should be a gross margin benefit for next year. I think it's similar on the launch of AB4. There's just a period of time while we go through a transition of bringing a new product up and getting it ready to get launched that again, weighing a bit on this year should be nice for us next year. And then probably the last piece that we talked about last quarter, it's continuing to impact the cloud and services gross margin which you noted for this quarter, is just the professional services on our Fleet installations. So our Fleet has been a phenomenal product for us this year. Some of that was because we were inventory-constrained and had some backlog coming into this year and we've really been working through that. But with Fleet, we sell the hardware. We have professional services to install the hardware. That is a bit of a hit to gross margin for us in a onetime way. And then we turn on software associated with the Fleet product. And so once we're through the professional services install, we have nice recurring software revenue attached to the Fleet camera. But our volumes of Fleet are so high this year, you can view that as a bit of an investment in gross margin to unlock nice long-term software revenue sort of next year and beyond.
Timothy Long:
And then just a quick one for Josh. You mentioned a lot of the -- some of the larger deals were in newer areas like federal and international. Could you just give us a little flavor of what -- examples of what type of deals those are? And how sustainable you think the moves into these new geographies and regions would be?
Joshua Isner:
Yes, great question and thank you. First of all, one that we're really excited about is a deal in our justice segment. So here, we're talking about prosecutors buying kind of enterprise licenses for Evidence.com and tightly integrating with the police departments. And so that was 1 of the 4. A couple were federal. And certainly, we continue to see those become more common and at larger dollar amounts as well which are both very encouraging signs and speaks to all the great work Richard Coleman and his team are doing in our federal business. And then lastly, in international. In our Tier 1 markets, the U.K., Canada and Australia, we still see very meaningful orders coming out of those markets, both across TASER and body cams and Evidence.com. And then we continue to start to make more headway in some of these large markets outside of those 3. And generally, at those -- at this point, those have been more taser-oriented orders as we continue to evangelize the cloud and work with our early kind of opportunities on getting some of these major customers on to the cloud. So that's a little bit of background around where some of those are coming from.
Patrick Smith:
Josh, if I could add in a little bit as well. Just very rough, if we look at the long term, right now, international is about 1/5 of our business. At scale, international -- I mean, the U.S. should be about 1/5 of our business. The rest of the world is at least 5x larger than the U.S. market is. And so as we -- we're very focused on opening these markets but police face similar challenges around the world. Now there's one unique thing about the United States and that is the gun culture of the public that is quite different from the challenges other countries face. And in some ways, that makes TASER 10 even more transformative in every other country around the world because I think what we've generally seen is U.S. police will carry a gun and a taser. We've seen that less likely to be something that our international customers would do. But if you're a police officer in a country where the public doesn't really have firearms, a TASER 10 could actually become the primary defensive weapon in those markets because, frankly, if you are, for example, a French police officer and you need a firearm, chances are it's not petty criminals with a gun. You might be dealing with some sort of terrorist event where a pistol is probably not the right tool anyway. And so I believe T10 actually is the biggest game changer in those international markets to give us beachheads where we could really begin to expand the growth because, again, long term, we need to succeed as a truly global company. And when we do that, these international markets should frankly dwarf our U.S. market.
Andrea James:
Josh Reilly at Needham. Go ahead, Josh.
Josh Reilly:
Great job on the quarter here team. What are you seeing in terms of customers who are interested in getting new tasers and body cams and that were going to buy the AB3 maybe and the TASER 7 but now that you switched to the new models and these are released. Can you give us a sense of the magnitude of customers in this category? And did it have any impact on the Q2 revenue results? Would it have been even higher with some customers switching around? And is that impacting the Q4 commentary around revenue as well?
Joshua Isner:
Yes, Josh, thank you for the great question. A couple of ways to think about this. So coming out of the first half of the year, as everyone remembers, we're a little more conservative on what our guidance would look like for that reason because there's this period when you launch new products where you don't know if customers are going to want to just continue with what they have or trial the new product before buying it or just switch right over to the new product. And so I think we've kind of cleared out a lot of those uncertainties at this point. And I think it's fair to say that a lot of the interest has converted from TASER 7 to TASER 10. And so customers that were on order for TASER 7 kind of pumped the brakes, wanted to trial TASER 10 and now we're moving in that direction. AB4 is a separate -- a little bit of a separate motion because the early volumes of those cameras are driven by hardware upgrades in our TASER Assurance Plan, not as much book and ship like right out of the gate. And so 2 kind of slightly different stories there. But yes, as those things become better in focus, it allows us to get a little more aggressive with our guidance. And as the year comes together and that, combined with a really solid back-half pipeline, gives us a lot of confidence moving into the last 2 quarters of the year here.
Brittany Bagley:
I'm going to throw in a little bit of extra color for you on that. Our TASER 7 was pretty stable in this quarter. So there's certainly a dynamic of customers getting very excited about TASER 10 but we're still seeing very nice support and volume from TASER 7. I would think about a lot of the growth in the taser segment this quarter coming from TASER 10 starting to ramp up and get into customers. And then I would say similarly on our cameras, we didn't see significant growth in our camera business in Q2 and that really was because as we go do those refreshes, we're going to let customers who want to refresh on AB4, refresh on AB4. We just started shipping AB4. And so again, you'll see some of that be stronger in the second half of the year.
Josh Reilly:
And then just a follow-up on the Fleet 3. You mentioned you're going to catch up on demand by year-end. How much of the catch-up is around manufacturing the hardware versus actually getting the product installed at the end vehicle? Where has the greater bottleneck been in the last couple of quarters here?
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. I would say it's shifting, I would say the greater bottleneck coming out of '22 was probably on the hardware, on the actual inventory side. And now we've done a nice job catching up on that and really the bottleneck now, it's not a bottleneck because we're ramping up to get it to customers. But the gating item is really more around the installations.
Andrea James:
Mike Ng at Goldman Sachs. Go ahead, Mike.
Michael Ng:
I just have two. So Axon Cloud and services revenue was up substantially, outpacing the Sensors and other segment revenue growth. I was just wondering if you could just answer a couple of questions to help reconcile the differences in revenue there. First, you said you're selling more software content into the installed base. So that -- is that customers just upgrading their plans but using existing equipment? Does that give you higher confidence about an equipment upgrade? And then are there other pieces of software that you would call out that are doing particularly well? I know, Josh, you flagged a few.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Ultimately for us and we've talked a little about this in the past but the big kind of focus for our sales team is selling our Officer Safety Plans which have a number of different software features in across DEMS and Records and Standards, product which is kind of a use-of-force tracking product. So there's a lot in those plans. And ultimately, the more of those bundles we sell, the higher our ARPU will be in software. And then when we combine that with kind of picking up momentum, both on the records management side and in the justice segment and then in some of our new markets, those things combined to offer a nice uplift over just kind of our base Evidence.com licensing. And so it's really a combination of those 2 things.
Brittany Bagley:
I would just -- I would add, 100% agree, everything Josh said is spot on. I mean we are seeing very healthy demand for our premium bundles and that's driving our strong net revenue retention. It's driving growth in the software business, the domestic E.com, Evidence.com licenses drove the largest sequential increase. I think the other thing I would note for this quarter is we were able to start recognizing revenue for our Standards product now that we have it in general availability. And so that helped make the step up slightly larger this quarter than it has been in some other quarters. And so we spend a lot of time talking about how big is the size of the step. It was definitely larger this quarter and we continue to look at it more as an average of quarters over time. It was slightly smaller in Q1. It was big in Q4. It's big this quarter. So it's been lumpy as we've had some of these revenue recognition pieces come together. But overall, the domestic Evidence.com business is driving the bulk of that and thus why you're seeing such nice healthy growth in that segment.
Michael Ng:
And I did want to follow up on that along with the comment that Josh made earlier about good momentum in justice. So is it right to interpret that there are customers that are buying the software or the E.com licenses that may not necessarily be part of the body camera or the TASER installed base? And if that's the case, I was just wondering if you could expand on that a little bit more and talk about the opportunity there?
Patrick Smith:
Let me jump in over Josh. I'm excited on this one. Like, for example, the country of Scotland selected us for their digital evidence management system across police, prosecutor's courts, the whole country and they are not using our body cameras. We've had some similar albeit -- I'm not sure which ones we've specifically disclosed or not but we've had other international agencies move software first. And that's something that we're really proud of. And obviously, our software teams take great pride in that as well that 10 years ago, our software was basically an enabler of our hardware. And now they're both strong on their own and our software products, especially things like Records can stand on their own, although some of the generative AI stuff I alluded to in my comments, are a true game changer. When an agency is using our body cameras and our cloud software, our ability to unlock all the valuable data that's given in those audio, video records for our customers is pretty awesome. And so we think we are very well positioned and we look forward to coming back with more details. Don't want to get out over my skis but we have been doing some -- we're always inventing and prototyping with our customers and we're just hearing really positive feedback on things that we've not even announced yet. So that growth engine of doing the hardware and the software enables us to do things that you can't do -- if you can't do both those things together.
Joshua Isner:
And I totally agree with Rick and the only thing I'd add on that is there are extra licenses every agency buys for non-sworn personnel and that number will only go up with Axon Records. And so that's a big piece of the puzzle here as you think about the police officers on the street choosing our body cameras and tasers but then all of the people in the back office that need access to records and evidence, that's a substantial uplift as well. So in addition to some of the new market and kind of DEMS-only features that Rick talked about, there's an element of just our domestic customers adding on more and more as our product portfolio grows.
Jeffrey Kunins:
Right, I think like you've heard us say so many times before, the power of that entire ecosystem distributed through this hardware plus software OSP and bundle philosophy is -- it is our Amazon Prime. It is our flavor of this opportunity that just inherently drives increased adoption and as customers get value out of one basket, it inherently motivates them to keep going up to higher and higher tiers and then to use more and more of what feels free to them because it's already in the basket that they have paid for and have access to. And to come back to connect that to one of the questions about federal and justice before, that's also the leverage of our R&D philosophy and approach at work where if you take something like DEMS that's had a decade of R&D investment in us to bring it to where it is, to be fit for purpose broadly for domestic and international law enforcement, it's a relatively light lift but to tailor that with a surgical part of our team to make it fit for purpose for the next adjacent market segments like prosecutors and justice, like things in the federal government and that instantly or relatively quickly unlocks whole new segments building on the back of R&D we've done before. And then once we've done that and we have momentum with federal customers in justice, it earns us the right to then start building bespoke products directly for those market segments. And that kind of successive laddering up from each angle is fundamental to our flywheel.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Mike. And before we move on, we've used the term DEMS a couple of times. That means digital evidence management system. So that's the acronym for everybody. Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum:
Rick, with the promotions for Josh and Brittany, how is your role evolving at Rick -- at the organization?
Patrick Smith:
So it's actually not changing a ton. Over the past 5 to 6 years, I've been wanting to put more and more focus on customers and technology, really creating -- understanding the pain of our customers, conveying the story that is our existing ecosystem and writing the story for the next 10 years. And focusing on that requires just frankly a very different mental outlook than running a business day to day. So if I went back 5 or 10 years ago, to be honest, I was getting quite burned out. It's just very difficult to run a large organization and then go, oh, in between this endless e-mail inbox and all the to dos of managing the business, let me now pause and shift to creatively looking at understanding what does the next phase look like. And so I think these promotions just sort of clarify those roles and this is giving basically Brittany more control over the operational excellence of our margins and our -- everything in the manufacturing supply chain to really make sure we're delivering. It's giving Josh -- he's actually taking a little bit more of -- some of, for example, my interactions with the Board that are more operational in terms -- Josh actually tends to lead most of the Board meetings in terms of the agendas, et cetera. And what that allows me to do is focus less on what we're doing and much more engaging -- so during Board meetings, for example, I'm very focused on driving discussions at a highly strategic level. And I think we play to each other's strengths. So my wife will tell you, I'm working harder than ever and I'm traveling more than ever out with customers and large expos because I don't have a list of to dos I've got to do around internally in the office. And I know we've got a team and I've got a very long relationship with Josh and with Brittany so only having been here little over a year, I think now, we've rapidly developed that same connective tissue, where we kind of understand each other's strengths. And that allows me to focus on the thing that I'm uniquely able to do as a founder CEO and that is -- as I mentioned in my script but I just want to really call attention to it. The reason I think founder-led companies outperform and the academic data kind of shows that, is when we focus on what -- like what is the next big leg that is not obvious, like, a traditional large business. Most of our competitors are focusing on basically running up kind of a profit-driven machine and each product manager is sort of asking the customers kind of what they want. My job is to predict what the customers aren't asking for yet and to match that up to various technologies. And there's a fair amount of risk that comes with that but the rewards are significant and we saw that when we created the taser market, the body cam market, the cloud market. No customers were productively asking for those. I think we're ahead of the ball on AI. We think about overall how we communicate. When I was a child in 19 -- in the early '70s, I communicated with a rotary dial phone in my house and police had push-to-talk walkie talkies. Today, I don't have a rotary phone, like we're doing Zoom with people around the world and our customers' primary mechanism of communicating is still push-to-talk walkie talkies. Like I think in the next 10 years, that will no longer be their primary method of communication. Police will be using audio, video sensors and AI to manage the massive amount of data flow so that we're collecting what is happening in the field, distributing that information to the right people and then cycling back to that officer in the field in a very focused way the information they need to know through the media that is most efficient for them to do it. It's least distracting while they're doing this difficult job. So it's solving those sort of problems. And frankly, Jeff has done such an amazing job of building an amazing team. So when I talk about solving that problem, we've got people like Ron McCatty [ph], who built Alexa drop-in, calling that revolutionized personal communications for 100 million people, including me, right, probably far more than that now so I could talk to my mom when she was -- had mental dementia and couldn't answer a phone and my kids could drop in on her from our kitchen, that sort of disruptive communication experience is part of what we're looking at now in the next 10 years. So that's where I spend my time and that's why I'm not answering many questions about margin and budget because I've got a strong team that I know is all over that, so I can focus on the future.
Keith Housum:
Now back into more details, I'll go to Brittany and Josh. As you look at the T10 in terms of the adoption rate of that compared to the T7 as like the leading device that now people use for a taser, do you guys expecting acceleration of movement toward T10 versus like the T7? And then what does that do in terms of the mix and the margins?
Joshua Isner:
Maybe I'll talk about a little bit of the demand and I'll hand it over to Brittany to talk about the mix and margins. In terms of demand, yes, we absolutely see customers and I've said this maybe in the last call and to others as well, like this is the first product where our customers have a genuine interest in upgrading early to it. Usually, because there's a training uplift and there's challenges around deploying it across thousands and thousands of users, you kind of kick the can down the road to the end of your useful life before you upgrade to the next one because it's a lot to bite off to deploy a new taser. In this case, agencies are willing to accelerate that process in favor of getting this weapon on the streets faster. And so the early feedback continues to be very strong. Customers that -- there were even some customers who didn't move to T7 from X2 who are now jumping straight to T10 with the 10 shots and increased distance. So very, very bullish on T10 adoption over the next a couple of years here. Now keep in mind, internationally and in some domestic markets as well, there's still a trial period that takes place where agencies want to field it and get enough data. And so it doesn't happen all at once. But I think over the next couple of years, our TASER business will continue to grow on the back of more TASER 10 handles in the field.
Brittany Bagley:
I would just add, Keith, that I think because the demand has been so strong from an operational perspective, we can build in what we know we can manufacture. We really are still ramping that up. And so for the rest of this year, we've got a pretty good sense of how many handles we can actually make. And given the demands out there, that's what we can factor into our model. It is taking us some time to get it fully ramped up and scaled from a manufacturing standpoint. Next year, I think not only will we have more scaled manufacturing but we will have been able to invest in some of the automation for both the handle and the cartridges to help get the initial cost down and improve that gross margin.
Andrea James:
We have 3 analysts that we will get to next. Samik Chatterjee at JPMorgan.
Samik Chatterjee:
Hopefully 2 quick ones here. The Fleet systems revenue sequential ramp that you had this quarter, at least looks more modest than what you had going into 1Q. And given some of the guidance around gross margin that you had, I'm just wondering, should we be taking that as an implication that you expect Fleet systems revenue acceleration here on a sequential basis to sort of increase? And I think on the last earnings call, you had mentioned something about supply sort of constraints now getting sort of easier to ship those products. How should we think about underlying demand if you were sort of looking at a more normalized demand environment without any supply constraints? And I have a quick follow-up, sorry.
Brittany Bagley:
I think we're largely getting through our inventory supply constraints. And now we're really looking at what it will take to get Fleet installed. And so as you go through this year, you'll see basically what is normalized healthy run rate for Fleet from a demand standpoint. Remember, as I said earlier on this call, we have 3 pieces of Fleet revenue. You have the hardware which is showing up in the Fleet line item of our reporting. So you've got the hardware. You have the professional services which goes into our services line item. And then you have the software revenue that gets turned on once we have it installed. So as we come out of this year, you'll see a really nice level of run rate demand. And I would expect as we get through this year, we're at a good level of run rate demand for professional services installations as well on that Fleet product. Josh, did you want to jump in?
Joshua Isner:
Yes. I just wanted to say, I wouldn't get too caught up in the kind of sequential trends because they can vary a little depending on when we ship especially large orders. And so for us, we're really focused on that. As we said, we've grown 30% for 6 straight quarters. That's really what we try to look at is our yearly CAGR and focus on that. And there might be a little noise quarter-to-quarter on how that looks. But over the course of the year, it seems to kind of normalize.
Samik Chatterjee:
On the Evidence and cloud services growth, obviously, very robust growth that you're experiencing there. Can you talk to what the underlying customer count sort of trends are? Because I'm trying to sort of parse out how much of this is land and expand with customers that are already using and sort of upselling to them versus actually going into new customers and them trying out the product? Like can you talk about sort of the underlying customer count a bit more?
Joshua Isner:
Yes. I don't know that we're prepared to give any specifics on that today. But I would say kind of with a broader brush, we try to do 2 things really well at the same time. We try to sell new products to our existing customers and we try to sell existing products to new customers. And if we do both of those well, meaning like in our core U.S. market, it's really about selling all those new products like VR, some of the software packages and features I mentioned, computer-aided dispatch, et cetera. And then internationally, in corrections, in justice and our federal business, it's more about selling our kind of core products, tasers, body cams, DEMS, into those to create kind of that opportunity to land and expand. And so ultimately, we look at both of those metrics, new product sales and new market sales every quarter. And really happy to say that we're trending very nicely on each of those -- in each of those categories right now.
Brittany Bagley:
The only thing we do give and we gave it in our shareholder letter, is that the penetration rate of our Officer Safety Plan is less than 20% relative to our potential state and local law enforcement installed base. So I think we have both great ability to land as well as expand, to Josh's point.
Andrea James:
Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Congrats on the strong results. I did want to maybe get a little bit of additional color on AB4 and what your customers are most excited about in terms of new use cases around the AB4 capabilities?
Joshua Isner:
Maybe I'll start and then I'll hand it over to Jeff and Rick. I think ultimately, there's some incremental improvements in there around battery and optics and so forth. But really launching the 2-way voice as part of AB4. We're most excited that it actually fits a need in the market right now and that customers have a variety of use cases where the value relative to the radio, of being able to see something playing out for the dispatcher or for a mental health expert or for a translator, watching the screen and being able to communicate through the body camera with a community member, that is something that our customers are very excited about and we're seeing more and more adoption of that feature set early on. So I think that's one of the key differentiators. It's also nice to bring back our POV functionality. We haven't really launched anything new there since Flex 2. And now just a simple attachment to the body camera instead of a whole new product in SKU makes that a lot more easily adopted and tailored to certain use cases and just flexible overall for our customers.
Jeffrey Kunins:
That's right. I mean I think just echoing on all of what Josh said. This is a category where the meat and potatoes matters a lot and there's tons of exciting innovation. The -- no one -- everyone always wants more battery life and we're delivering there, bringing -- turning the POV from a separate product to a no-compromise simple accessory that's an add-on, we think is a game changer for a lot of agencies. And then full circle back to Respond and really moving live streaming in this future of modern multimodal communications from a thing that feels like an add-on to a thing that feels central and native to the product itself. And 2 very specific aspects that we think resonate and the customers are telling us loud and clear they love. One is frankly, the notion of it being hands-free. The fact that not only do you have 2-way voice but I'm there in the middle of a scene having hard things go on and I can, in a hands-free way, both talk back to who's talking to me while I'm hearing. And so that enables just a new kind of freedom and interaction that complements and adds to the other communication options they have available to them today. And number two, this idea of the watch me button, you've heard us say it but from a psychology standpoint, one of the things that has been an opportunity for agencies to think about how they'll adopt live streaming is simply who is starting it. And psychologically for an officer, there's something incredibly compelling about the notion that I'm the one who gets to say, I'm asking for help. I want someone to watch my back as opposed to, I don't know when someone might choose to drop in on me. They're both critically important but the psychology of empowering officers to say I want someone to watch to my back right now. We are hearing loud and clear that they're super excited about.
Patrick Smith:
So one last thing, I'll jump in on. When we designed AB3 a number of years ago, we had -- we faced a decision, do we put an LTE chip in every camera? Or do we bifurcate the SKUs and have a lower-cost WiFi-only camera and have a premium? We made the bet that, you know what, a connected camera will be so much more useful that we're going to put that chip in every camera so that we can turn that capability on for customers. Now by comparison, some of our competitors for years when asked about LTE, they were saying, well, our customers aren't asking for it. That is precisely the difference of how we think about these products. We don't think about profit optimization on the current generation. We think about what is the right thing to do that's going to enable us to create massive value over the long term. And sometimes, look, this is where Brittany holds me accountable; she's got to make sure the numbers work. But we have a very productive interplay about this, about how do we make the right level of investment bets and they are bets in that the answers are not necessarily knowable. But I think we're now seeing that coming true where it's like, wow, these real-time capabilities are very useful. And the agencies that have gone to live streaming every call for incidents, they survey their officers and you know what they're telling me? Unanimously, officers and dispatchers are saying they refuse to go back to a world without it. And those are the type of things we hear early in a product cycle that make us dig in hard because we know we've got -- this is a game-changing capability. Now it's just going to take some time for us to spread the word and get agencies to try it. And things like the watch me feature help agencies or unions that have concerns about privacy matters, have a way they can deploy it, it's responsive to those concerns. But I'm 100% convinced relying as a push-to-talk walkie talkie for the next 20 years as your only real means of communication is not how the world is going to evolve. Now I'm also very clear, we are not yet a mission-critical piece of communications. The current stuff will exist for quite some time alongside what we're doing. We're augmenting with new capabilities. And these agencies that are using our live stream with 2-way voice, what they're telling me is that it's offloading tons of traffic off the radio that not everybody else on the radio needs to hear. They're having more in-depth conversations, more rich conversations because it's not taking up radio airtime and that's actually making their radio use more productive and more focused.
Andrea James:
Thank you. Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. You're up.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Congrats on the strong results. I wanted to come back to the point that Brittany was making about the OSP bundles. And you just had tremendous acceleration in the velocity of growth in your cloud business is quite impressive over the last few quarters in particular. So if less than 20% of your potential base, state and local domestic is on OSP bundle, today, what would you have said that, that percentage was a year ago? Would it have been less than 10%? And then just coming back to the cloud revenue growth. Obviously, I think you talked about it's license growth but I wanted to just get a sense for just the expansion of the premium bundles as well. And how much of that is -- because just the value of that business has gone up tremendously in just the last 3 or 4 quarters.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, I'll jump in. It's been great to see and great to watch. We last gave that penetration stat in Q3 of last year and it was less than 15%. So we have seen a nice increase in that over the last 9 months. And I think you're seeing that get reflected in some of the increase in our software revenue. I would say that there's also things where we're adding new products, right, this call out I made on standards. This is a product we've been investing in. We've been testing with customers we've had out there and we got it to the point where we could start recognizing revenue on it. And so those are exciting things that start to feed into our software business and our software recognition. I think if you're modeling it, for modeling purposes, we would still say a good 6 quarter average and maybe Q4 and Q2 of this year were particularly high because of onetime revenue in Q4 and the Standards piece in Q2. So I'm not sure it's fair to fully average those in. But I think your macro point of we're having great momentum in our software business and our customers are loving it. And they're adding more and we're upgrading people to premium bundles, I mean that is the heart of the story around the software cloud business and we're really excited to get to tell that story and to give those products to our customers.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And then just a follow-up question is on the international side, as you think about OSP bundles. In terms of adoption rates on that segment of your business, how is that comparing to kind of the adoption curve that you saw domestically? Obviously, some different factors in terms of where taser penetration was a decade ago and so forth. So I imagine the curve could look a little bit different but just wanted to get an understanding of what you're seeing.
Joshua Isner:
Yes. Thanks for the question, Jeremy. I would say that the international market is kind of bifurcated between our Tier 1 customers in the rest of world right now. In Tier 1, I think we are getting closer to OSP-like offerings. And that's because generally, you're not talking about one federal government buying everything. You're talking about cities like London and Manchester and Calgary and Edmonton and Ottawa or states in some cases and provinces in some cases. So -- and same in Australia. And so where there's heavy adoption of both and it's not all federal purchasing, I think we will see OSP adopted in those markets over time. In the rest of the world, the focus is really just landing in a large way with one product and then starting that journey which is go from one product to multiple products. And then when both of those products are more well adopted, that's when we talk about this kind of bundling concept. But the fact that you've got these large federal governments doing the buying in a lot of cases, it's both a good thing and a bad thing. It's great that the volumes can be way more exciting upfront but it's also harder to pair 2 products like that together because it's just very different processes relating to the procurement of each. And so we're working through it. And hopefully, over the next year or 2, we'll start to see OSP kind of take a foothold in some of those Tier 1 markets.
Andrea James:
Thanks for all the great questions. We're going to have Rick close us out.
Joshua Isner:
Before Rick closes us out, just one more thing, if it's all right. As we do the call backs tomorrow, I hope all of our analysts will wish Brittany a happy birthday. And happy birthday to you, Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Thanks, Josh. Sneaking that in.
Patrick Smith:
It's delightful to be able to share these results. Obviously, a ton of hard work went into this. I pinch myself every day that I get this fantastic job. These things don't happen by themselves. My view of this is this what happens when you have an amazing mission, you attract just unbelievably talented people, give them the freedom to operate and bring their own diverse backgrounds and talents into the team and let them run. And we're running hard and we're going to keep running hard for you, our investors and for our customers and, knock on wood, we'll be back to keep telling you about some of the great work our team is doing. You only get to see a handful of us. But behind the scenes, there's a cast of thousands of really talented people working really hard. So for those of you who on our team that are listening in, thank you for letting us bask in the light of results like these from the work you do. I look forward to seeing you all next quarter.
Andrea James:
Hello, everyone. Welcome to our First Quarter 2023 Earnings Call. We hope you have had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which you can find at investor.axon.com. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build upon the already robust information you find in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook, and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially, and we discuss these risks in our SEC filings. And before we turn the call over to Rick, we will play our quarterly update ideas about a 5-minute video today. [Video Presentation]
Patrick Smith:
Alright. Thank you, and great job, Andrea and Angel. Hello, and welcome to our shareholders. We feel great that 2023 is off to a fantastic start after announcing our moonshot goal last year to produce gun related deaths between police and the public by 50% over the next 10 years. We brought to market two major product releases that can serve as the workhorses to help get us there. When we talk about our moonshot goal to cut gun deaths, TASER 10 is our Saturn 5 rocket. And Axon Body 4 is mission control. Customer reception to TASER 10 has been great. We began shipping in March and many customers have called the product a true game changer. For those of you who are new to our business, new TASER devices take a few quarters to ramp in terms of sales as our customers need to trial and get trained before they can go into full deployment. Next, as you saw in the video, as Axon Accelerate last month, we announced Axon Body 4. 4 years ago on our earnings call, I told you about our vision for the future of body cameras and public safety. And once our cameras can talk over wireless networks, they’ve become something more like an Alexa on your chest as opposed to just a camera you wear to record, and that would open up a whole host of really interesting services. Well, now for the first time ever, officers and remote support teams can communicate with one another in real time with a two-way device. We think this is going to provide an entirely new level of awareness and situational support, especially when officers are dealing with mental health crises or battling language barriers. Our customers are already thinking of new ways to apply this technology, and we can’t wait to see what they’ll do with it. Our vision for the future of public safety technology is coming together. When our new TASER and body cameras are paired with Axon respond, the full power of our real-time operational capabilities is unlocked. We can solve so many of the decision-making challenges public safety professionals space today. And I’m fortunate to be leading a company that has attracted the best talent across the globe to achieve what we set out to do. We believe people are inspired to do their best work when they are truly inspired to solve the problems that they care about. So we hire people who are passionate about our mission. And we saw big problems. We create value and everything else falls into place. Finally, I’d also like to take the opportunity to acknowledge Axon’s inclusion in the S&P 500 as of May 4, a testament to Axon’s stable business model, our growth mission and our global impact. Thank you to our customers, partners and employees for making this positive. We founded Axon 30 years ago in the Tucson garage, and it has been a remarkable journey and our best days are yet to come. And so with that, I’d like to turn over to our Chief Operating Officer, Josh Isner.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. Enthusiasm from our customers has been infectious. What really moves me is when our customers see our passion and they become a part of it. Our annual Accelerate conference this year was the biggest and best we ever hosted. When customers tell me that we are motivating them and changing the way they approach their jobs for the better, I know we are doing our job. We see a strong and growing demand pipeline for 2023 and beyond, and we remain focused on doing our best work. In February, I spoke about 4 areas of focus for 2023 and I am pleased to report we are executing well on each of these objectives. Our number one operational focus is revenue. Top line growth remains a priority. We grow our business so that we can invest and deliver more value to the market. Our investments are paying off. We grew the top line 34% year-over-year in Q1, achieving a record quarterly revenue for the company. Our cloud business grew 51% year-over-year, and it’s remarkable to reflect that just a few years ago, cloud applications were nearly unheard of in public safety. We’ve been proud to evangelize public safety cloud adoption in the U.S., and we will continue to do so globally. Our Taser weapons business grew 17% year-over-year, and most of that was tied to continuing strong demand of our TASER 7 platform. We are only in the early stages of shipping our newest product, TASER 10, which is seeing the strongest initial demand of any TASER weapon in the history of the economy. I have seen several TASER product launches at Axon and customer enthusiasm for TASER 10 trumps any previous model. Our second operational focus is profitability, which we measure by adjusted EBITDA margin. Brittany will take you through the details in a minute, but at a high level, I’m pleased with our performance in Q1. Number three, new market expansion. In the first quarter, our international booking grew double digits, driven by nearly 100% year-over-year bookings growth in Europe. And we also saw triple-digit bookings growth in our Justice segment, an emerging market for us. We’ve invested heavily in our sales force and continue to support new capabilities in these new markets, and we’re seeing leverage from these investments. Finally, number four, new product adoption, we are tirelessly investing to ensure that the products we build continue to be adopted by our customers. We saw double-digit bookings growth in a number of our emerging product categories, including ALPR, air and virtual reality. The foundation underpinning all of these priorities is our ability to attract and then retain world-class talent. We cannot accomplish any of this without the help of a team who brings financial discipline, a next play mindset and the skill sets to launch us through the stratosphere of our moonshot journey. We enjoy high employee retention rates, which outperformed tech averages, and this is a testament to our mission and our ability to focus on solving real problems. In sum, we executed strongly in Q1, have launched into two new products. Our pipeline is solid and we have line of sight to a very strong back half. I’m proud of our team for driving such a strong start to the year, but I am even more proud that they have quickly turned the page and are focused on sustaining the momentum in Q2 and beyond. And with that, I’ll turn it over to Brittany to take us through our financials in more detail. Thanks a lot.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. We are pleased to report another strong quarter, reflecting broad-based strength across our business. Our top line growth of almost 34% year-over-year supported by 51% growth in our cloud business continues to demonstrate the value of our offering. Given Q1 performance, we are confident in our outlook and raising our revenue growth rate from 20% to 22% for the year. On gross margin, we had some sequential headwinds in Q1 coming from revenue mix as we grew Axon Fleet sales and the professional services associated with those and did repeat the gross margin benefit of catch-up software revenue that we saw in Q4 of ‘22. Gross margin also reflects an impact of onetime items related to inventory and other cost adjustments. Over the remaining quarters of ‘23, we expect fleet demand to remain strong. And as a result, we would expect gross margins to remain approximately flat or improve only modestly from Q1 level. To double-click on the impact of fleet, demand for Fleet 3 has consistently exceeded our expectations since we began shipping in 2021. Our fleet business carries a lower margin upfront and transitions to high-margin recurring software revenue over time. In the first quarter, for example, fleet revenue grew 139% year-over-year. Fulfilling this demand solidifies our market leadership and sets us up for long-term success. When our customers buy more of our hardware, they are also investing in our broader ecosystem of high-margin software offering. We also continue to invest in automation and improving our manufacturing efficiency, and we’re pleased to see the supply chain stabilizing in 2023 as expected. Over time, these efforts along with ongoing growth in our high-margin software business should continue to benefit gross margins. Regarding operating expenses, R&D investment remains a priority to support our long-term revenue growth. We continue to digest SG&A investments we made over the past year and are balancing OpEx discipline with the investments needed to scale our business to $2 billion in revenue and beyond. As we had anticipated, travel expenses have also increased as everyone returns to in-person meetings and events. I am pleased to upwardly revise our outlook. We are increasing our full year revenue range of $1.44 billion to $1.46 billion, representing 22% year-over-year revenue growth at the midpoint. We continue to target full year adjusted EBITDA margins of 20%, implying a range of $288 million to $292 million. We remain focused on delivering on both our near-term and long-term financial commitments. In addition to the above, these include free cash flow, moving towards long-term sustainable equity dilution, responsible management of our balance sheet and continuing to support our partner ecosystem. All of these are in great shape exiting Q1. Longer term, we continue to focus on delivering on our top line growth while expanding our gross margins leveraging our OpEx and increasing our adjusted EBITDA as we work towards our 2025 target of 25% adjusted EBITDA margin. Great new products, including TASER 10, Axon Body 4, fleet and our software will all continue to support this outlook. I look forward to updating you further on our continued progress next quarter. And with that, I would like to open it up to questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] We will take our first question from Tim Long at Barclays. Tim, you are up.
Tim Long:
Thank you. I was hoping I could sneak two in here. First, on the full year outlook, if you could just talk a little bit, obviously, growth in Q1 was pretty strong so implying a little bit of a decel in the second half of the year, I guess, towards the end, the compares get tougher. But can you just talk a little bit about the rest of the outlook and why – what’s built into a little bit more conservative growth than we saw in Q1? And then second, if you could just touch on kind of the new products coming out. Obviously, it sounds like a lot of demand. How does that fit into those that have subscriptions if someone’s not on a subscription, they want to upgrade or accelerated and upgrade. Can you just talk about how you could see a benefit from these new products even if people are tied into a medium to longer term subscription deal?
Brittany Bagley:
Maybe I’ll take guidance and then turn customers over to Josh. Okay. So as we look at our guidance for the full year, obviously, we’re really pleased with our strong Q1 performance. Part of what goes along with introducing new products, though, like TASER 10 and near term for Axon Body 4 as there is a transition period as our customers transition to those new products and are buying less of our existing older products. So as we look at our guidance, we’re baking that transition into our guidance we’re also baking in the fact that we had a really strong back half of last year, and so the comps get more difficult as we look at the second half.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. And just to add to that, we never want to get out over our skis on guidance. I think certainly, there are paths to outperforming guidance and like we are working towards those. But until we see that actually materialize in the pipeline and a way we can feel a lot of confidence in, it’s important to be measured as to how we look at the data we have today. And so certainly, the focus is delivering as good of a year revenue-wise as we can, and we feel confident that we have the team to do that and on top of that, in terms of how we build in new products into our bundles and offerings. I think those are actually the opportune times to rewrite a lot of contracts. And so whenever there’s a new product that comes out either a flagship product like a TASER, new TASER CW or a new body camera or something like a new software offering that gives us the opportunity to go back to those customers and demo those products and as customers kind of value them, they start asking questions about, hey, how do we build this into our contract and that leads to conversations about upgrading the bundle or adding on to the bundle. So those are great opportunities for our sales team to rewrite these contracts for the longer term. So that’s how we look at kind of new product introduction into the sales process.
Tim Long:
Okay. Thank you. Very helpful. Thanks.
Andrea James:
Okay. We’ll go next to Keith Housum at Northcoast. Keith is in a public space doing our earnings call. So maybe we will come back to Keith. Okay. We will go to Sami Badri from Credit Suisse. Go ahead, Sami.
Sami Badri:
Alright. Thank you. I had first a tricky question and then maybe some less tricky questions. So first one, maybe to Rick, one thing that has been really clear is, as a company, you’ve released many products at various price points, many software capabilities and you’re introducing virtual reality training and software. The kind of the big question is how are police departments making space for all these budget line items that they are now having to pay for? And maybe the justification could be very straightforward, but perhaps you could explain to us maybe how your customers are building this into their budgets? Is it taking away from other categories? Is it replacing some things? What have been the conversations in the field and the way that they are actually justifying this? And then I have a follow-up.
Patrick Smith:
Yes. Great. So all these new services is we look at developing them upfront. We first asked ourselves is this solving a valuable problem that our customers will see great value in. And then we also look at, okay, where will the funding for these come from? So you mentioned VR. So that’s a great example. Especially with our international customers, we’ve been looking at this very closely where the training costs associated with the TASER rollout can actually be several times greater than the cost of all the hardware in terms of logistics of bringing officers in, backfilling when they are off the street, all the time and effort that goes into it. And with VR, we’re going to be able to dramatically streamline the training of officers by creating virtual training spaces, where a lot of it could happen without direct even human oversight from an instructor as they are learning the base its skills. We need a lot of repetition in. So for example, right now, agencies may fire somewhere between 6 and a maximum of maybe 18 cartridges per year. We compare that to the thousands of bullets that they hire. But with VR, they can fire unlimited numbers of rounds. So our anticipation is by next year, every office are going through TASER certification training, will fire over 100 cartridges in VR, really building all the muscle memory and the skill and we will be able to do it in a much more time-efficient way, and we can distribute that training. So for example, a lot of this training, including better recurrent training can happen out at the precinct level or the station level rather than having to bring officers into centralized training locations. If I look at some of the things we’re doing around, for example, some of our AI services around transcription, for example, many of our customers, for example, in Canada, have to provide transcripts of every piece of evidence that is submitted, particularly in murder cases and I believe in other high-level felony type cases. So our ability to provide a machine transcript that’s linked in with the video greatly reduces the amount of time. And we think over time, we will be able to get to a point where there will be no need for human intervention. So everything that we’re doing is designed to create value that will find a place somewhere where we’re displacing inefficiency in the current budget or in some cases, competing products like what we did with our ALPR service, that historically, agencies might pay $18,000 to $20,000 per vehicle to put a bespoke ALPR dedicated hardware camera system. We’ve turned that into a virtualized service offering, which just sits as a layer on top of our existing in-car camera. So our in-car camera is cost competitive, all on its own and provides really great value. And now they can choose to turn on ALPR just as a software service layer running on top. So I hope that’s helpful. Just in general, as we’re looking at all of these we both make sure we’re solving problems that are valuable to solve and that there is a path for the budget to either come from increased efficiency, reduce costs or displacing some existing competitors.
Sami Badri:
Got it. Thank you for that. And then for a follow-up, it’s for Josh. You talked about international bookings really ramping up and I was hoping you can kind of give us a bit more color and context in terms of what your international customers are buying? Are they buying fleet TASERS, body cameras? And how are they consuming everything? Are they assuming it within a bundle, or are they consuming it all kind of a la carte one by one product by product?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Thanks for the question, Sami. I think our strategy is really unchanged. It’s one of landing and expanding. So we’re – there are some customers that start on the body cam side, and they say, hey, this is the number one problem we’re looking to solve right now. Then over time, our job is to make them really successful in their first deployment, and then evangelize our other products to in tandem with the body camera. And in a lot of cases, probably more commonly in international start on the TASER side and build a lot of trust and drive great results and then have kind of earned the right to sell other products in our product portfolio in. And so I think it’s a healthy mix of those things. It usually starts with one of those two core products. And I think what you’re seeing is some early signs that customers are getting a little more open to cloud internationally, which is exciting, but that will be a long-term process to move kind of major federal governments of these international customers over to cloud. And we’re seeing more openness to deploy our next-generation TASER devices as well. So team is doing a great job executing, certainly playing the long game internationally, and there’ll be some really exciting quarters where we have double-digit or triple-digit bookings growth, and then there’ll be others that are kind of more par for the course along the way. But when we add them all up at the end of the year, we’re really excited about the year-over-year growth that we will see internationally.
Sami Badri:
Got it. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Next up, Mike Ng from Goldman Sachs.
Mike Ng:
Hey, good afternoon. Thank you very much for the question. It was encouraging to see the strong fleet sales in the quarter. And I have two questions there. First, is there a better way to understand the sharp inflection in those fleet sales despite the fact that Fleet 3 was launched 2 years ago, it’d be helpful to understand not only for fleet but also to potentially just better understand how purchase dynamics may impact how to think about BodyCam 4 and TASER 10. Thanks. And I have a follow-up.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Absolutely, Mike. Thank you very much for the question. We’re excited about fleet, and we see – we talk about this from time to time, but 5 or 6 years ago when we launched Fleet 1 might have even been a little longer back than that, is really a body camera attached to a windshield. And we learned a lot. We built Fleet 2, which got us to kind of parity in the market. And then Fleet 3 was a product that kind of accelerated us into a market leadership position. And so there is couple of different dynamics there on the ramp of Fleet 3, one of which is just growing demand for next generation in-car video, company by ALPR and we continue to that and feel great about that. Part of it is where customers were in existing upgrade cycles with Fleet 2 that led to a slower ramp and then a steeper climb or a steeper adoption later. Then another one is just the supply chain environment we’ve been in the last – been in the last few years. Fleet 3 is relying on third-party hardware. And the supply chain team at Axon has just done a fantastic job navigating the COVID supply chain challenges. But now we’re seeing the supply chains opening up and we’re able to deploy more at a faster clip to customers. So I think it’s a healthy mix of those. Maybe a distant fourth would be when customers have to upgrade systems across hundreds of police cars that they use every day, just their requirements for how they do that over certain time frames, can be one that’s a little back-end loaded as well for each of those deployments. So we manage things but we certainly think fleet will continue to scale throughout the next couple of years, and we’re really proud of the team for delivering such an awesome product to our customers.
Mike Ng:
Great. Thank you for the very comprehensive answer. And then the follow-up would be, could you just talk about how to think about the translation between fleet sales into Axon cloud growth. Are there any lagged effects to the benefit to cloud or ways to think about how much of the Fleet 3 sales are upgrades versus growth in the installed base does that even matter as we try to think about how that translates into Axon cloud.
Josh Isner:
Yes, it’s a great question. It’s really just our hardware strategy paying off, right? Like we really believe that what we’re building at Axon is a network of connected hardware devices, whether they are on the officer’s body in the police car, on the officer’s belt in the skies in the case of Axon Air and so forth. And so whenever we launch a very competitive hardware platform, the biggest value proposition of any one of those products is it connects to the rest of your evidence in ecosystem that you use day-to-day as a police officer or a police administrator. And so that’s really the magic of Fleet 3 is it just – it’s one more thing that plugs into this network that you already use day-to-day. And it leads to a fantastic customer experience. I think this was very much an existing market that we entered into and had to compete against a lot of established incumbents and that took some time. But as we’re really thrilled to be the market leader in this category, and now it’s about distancing ourselves even more.
Mike Ng:
Thank you for your thoughts.
Andrea James:
Mike, the only thing I add, Josh’s answer was very comprehensive, but I think tactically a little bit what you’re seeing this year is that we now have the supply of fleet that we need, and so we’re able to start fulfilling some of that demand. The only thing that’s really limiting us at this point is how fast we can actually get those cameras installed, which is why we called out the professional services component of just how fast can we get them out and installed at our customer. And then that’s really what will trigger being able to turn on the higher-margin cloud revenue is getting the cameras installed and up running at the customer.
Jeff Kunins:
One last kind of thing to add there and ties back to what Rick was saying before. In addition to the price inversion that ALPR made for making this broad available versus the traditional peer expensive on a handful of cars thing. What this does, when a department adopts Fleet 3 with ALPR and respond that turns every car all day every day into a cloud software use case. Where all day, every day, every car across their entire fleet and across their entire city, those vehicles and those cameras are being used as active sensors connected to cloud software to help power the results they are getting. So that further reinforces their connection to the value they are getting out of our overall ecosystem.
Mike Ng:
Thank you, Jeff.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Mike. Josh Reilly at Needham. Go ahead.
Josh Reilly:
Hi, there. Thanks for taking my questions. How should we think about the backlog for TASER 10 post Accelerate? I was able to speak with some customers there at the event who were thinking about buying the 7, but they were then evaluating whether to switch to the 10. Is that something that you are seeing coming out of the conference? And is there any implication for the model here for the balance of the year from that?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Josh, as Rick said in his remarks, it does take a little time once we announce a TASER for trials and evaluations to take place. And so you see a little bit of a lag between the interest in the demand and the purchasing. But the good news for us is this is the seventh or eighth time we’ve been through this. We’ve worked through this. We understand what the puts and takes are. We understand how to communicate with customers on this project plan and on how they evaluate and what the timing is. But I think in the back half of the year, you’ll see a really striking kind of demand – or I’m sorry, sales growth in TASER 10, and that will continue for the next several years. We feel fantastic about the product market fit. We feel fantastic about the customer reaction to the product. And now it’s on us to just manage the upgrade cycle from TASER 7 to TASER 10, and we have a lot of confidence that we will be able to do that very effectively.
Josh Reilly:
Awesome. Great to hear. And then could we get an update on the Axon Records pipeline? And maybe highlight some – what are some of the key product development priorities for records here near-term? And then is there any profile in terms of customer size or any other characteristics that’s adopting the platform kind of fully from their legacy system and moving on?
Josh Isner:
Sure. Maybe I’ll start with the pipeline, and then I’ll pass it over to Jeff to talk about the feature set and some of the differentiators and investments just in the pipeline where we’ve got a 2- to 3-year view of customers that are looking to deploy Axon Records. And part of that is our motion of selling it as part of the Officer Safety Plan and bundle. And I want to give Brian Wheeler and the entire Axon Records team a huge shout out for – we talk about responding to adversity and building really mentally tough teams. I don’t know that there is a better example of this at Axon and the records team hearing a lot of early feedback at times complaints early on in the product’s life cycle. And now we just – we see this as the thing that allows us to become the operating system of public safety for the long-term. And – so we’re very confident in the demand and our ability to deploy customers over the next several years to get closer to a market leadership position there.
Jeff Kunins:
Totally. So just on the numbers, right now, actually deployed, we’ve got nearly 60 agencies that represent nearly 20,000 sworn officers who are live on at least one module of Axon Records, and that includes 17 agencies out of today that are already fully transitioned to use – to replace their entirely their legacy RMS. And that already includes some great major cities such as Tucson, Baltimore, Virginia Beach and Fresno with more coming soon. So we feel fantastic about the case of adoption that we’ve got, as Josh said, both in the pipeline as well as what’s already deployed and this overall strategy of getting agencies to get going with at least one module of records, which then very, very frequently transitioned to them wanting to adopt the full product for their – to replace their entire legacy RMS. And you heard me talk when I first joined the company nearly 4 years ago that this was going to be a long journey, but we were confident that over time, exactly as Josh said, we’d be positioned to become the clear leader in this space and both on the strength of the product itself, but again, on its connections and inherent coherence with the rest of the Axon ecosystem, and that’s one of the things that our customers value the most as we sell in.
Josh Reilly:
Awesome. Thanks guys. Fun to see the success on that product there.
Josh Isner:
Thanks, Josh.
Patrick Smith:
Thank you very much.
Andrea James:
Will Power at Baird.
Will Power:
Okay. Great. Yes, I’ll try to a couple of questions. I guess, first, it would be great to get any kind of early feedback you’re receiving on AB 4. What are some of the features, officers are most excited about? And what’s kind of the feedback you’re getting on the bidirectional voice capability? I mean is that something they are really going to utilize? Do they think they are utilized, they won’t utilize, I’d just be curious kind of what you’re hearing so far?
Jeff Kunins:
Yes, absolutely. Thanks for the question. So as you saw in the video and a bit in the shareholder letter, it’s, of course, early days, but we’re incredibly excited about the initial response both from customers, perspective customers hearing about it and accelerate as well as the customers that are actively trialing it. So far, there is both the meat and potatoes things of our best ever battery life and sensor and all of those things, there is the return of the POV accessory and having it unified with the court camera in a way that we have never had before. There is a ton of excitement for both of those things. And then on the comp side, you’ve heard us talking about respond for multiple years now in the growing really, really healthy, both sales and adoption of that in the field, even when there is only been the one way, they are consuming streams up until now. And as agencies are trialing and talking about the bidirectional, we’re getting a lot of enthusiasm for what that makes possible, and in particular, a lot of excitement for this idea of the dedicated Watch Me button on the camera. And the reason why we think we’re getting a lot of excitement for that is, as you heard in the video and from Rick, it inverts the control or the perceived control and puts it right in the hands of the individual officer, it makes the conversation for an officer being, hey, if I need help, if I want someone to watch my back, I can request that, and that creates a proactive signal to command staff, support staff, whoever it is, encouraging the and asking them to jump in on that right now as opposed to today’s live streaming, which requires someone to be deciding to be passively watching and deciding to go in or with signal alerts like that might come in from time to time. So there is a lot of excitement about all of that. And overall, we expect it to keep ramping just as response has over the past couple of years.
Patrick Smith:
Yes. I’ll jump in with one of my favorite quotes from science fiction author, William Gibson, who says the future is here, it’s just not evenly distributed. Live streaming when we introduced it a few years ago was a totally new concept. And my tech when we first launched body cameras, this is in an industry where new concepts take a little while to really take hold. But there is one agency in Texas called the Texas Medical Center. We had the chief up during my teeno. He is now live streaming every call for service into dispatch, and his results have been just phenomenal. Imagine just for a moment that you’re a police dispatcher in today’s world you’re probably supporting five different calls happening with 10 to 15 different officers. You’ve got to keep track of what’s happening largely through these cryptic radio messages on a shared channel with the officers you’re managing as well as what other people are managing. And you have very little idea about what’s actually happening at these calls. And then flip to a different world where as you’re doing this, you can have a screen where you can see visually what’s happening for all those officers. And it turns out that our visual system is highly tuned to notice things that are abnormal or out of the ordinary. For example, you are sitting next to somebody on an airplane, right. None of us want to you to creepy person reading the phone of person next to us. And you don’t notice it when there is text is going on, but if they get some photo or something, they will just grab your attention. And even though it’s far in your periphery, you immediately who, I don’t even mean to invade this person precut your visual system is really good at that. Well, now if you are a dispatcher, what we are hearing from TMC is that these officers or the dispatchers are rapidly able to wait a minute, something doesn’t look right with what’s happening here, and they will then tune in and focus. They may call for a supervisor to tune in live, they will dispatch additional resources. In some cases, they are helping officers. One of them noticed somebody who would been in a different call, who then gave that officer of fake ID or a false name. So, I have high confidence that in another 5 years to 10 years, the idea of trying to run a police department with only radio voice traffic is going to see just crazy once you can do this with audio and video and more sophisticated integration of sensors. And we believe we are really on the kind of the edge book clubs we made the decision with AB3 to put LTE into every camera and then allow that to start iterating together with our customers to learn about these new use cases. So, the two-way voice, once you can see a video, the next thing frequently you want to do is communicate with that person and not have to do it over a radio that air traffic is very tightly controlled. It’s not one-on-one. You can’t have a rich conversation. You have to use cryptic codes because you are also transmitting to 15 or 20 other people that aren’t involved in that conversation. So, we are still early in AB4 rolling out, but we think the feature set hits both the transformative new capability and then some simple things like some people love to have the head mounted camera, some like to mount it on the shoulder, many officers prefer the body camera. Those have always been two separate SKUs where you couldn’t reconfigure them. We now have one SKU where we can reconfigure if you go from SWAT to patrol or wherever you can now have many mounting options, and the ability to recharge while you are in the car with a magnetic disconnect map gives us effectively infinite battery life. So, we think this has been a great combination of both transformative and just continuing to deliver on the basics.
Will Power:
That’s great. Thanks for that. If I can get a question in for Brittany on free cash flow, has some impacts in the quarter, I think more so than we have seen in the past years. So, any other color there? Just maybe any thoughts just on the free cash flow outlook for the year?
Brittany Bagley:
More than what we shared, I wouldn’t say it changes any of my view in terms of our ability to generate free cash flow over the course of the year. We just had some strong seasonality in Q1 in terms of uses of cash, including bonus, commissions, some timing around, permitting stock taxes for stock options, and a little bit of inventory, but mostly some of those more one-time items.
Will Power:
Okay. So, cadence of the year is we will see that price step back beginning in Q2, I suppose, and…
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. I think you will still see good healthy free cash flow for the year.
Will Power:
Okay. Thank you.
Brittany Bagley:
Of course. Thanks.
Andrea James:
So I’m going to read Keith Housum’s question, allowed. He is in a public place with bad background noise. So, Keith Housum at Northcoast asking, can we provide an update on VR in terms of modules growth, geographic availability, number of users over the past year and our goals for 2023.
Josh Isner:
Sure. I can start there, and maybe Rick can fill any blanks in. The – I don’t think we are ready quite yet to talk about user growth in VR or any kind of detailed financials on the product line. Instead, we are really focused on building a platform here for training police officers at a much higher quality well into the future. And so for us, it’s really about, hey, how do we have the foundation built with the skills needed in terms of training between the TASER, a firearm and verbal communication in our community engagement modules. And over time, what you will see is you will see more specific scenario-based modules being released to the market. In order to start, it will be in the U.S., but we are more rapidly integrating scenarios from some of our growing markets such as international and Federal in corrections and otherwise. But again, the foundation of the product has to be very solid between the sensors the officers use and the software that accompanies the experience for the trainers themselves. And so just like with our other products, whether TASER, body camera fleet, it’s about getting the basics right first and then moving quickly once we have that platform very solidly built. And so we continue to be excited about the bookings we are seeing in VR. It’s one of our fastest growing products ever. And we expect that trend to continue for the long-term, but we want to make sure we don’t get ahead of ourselves and really do things right from the ground up.
Andrea James:
Okay. And we have four more analysts in the queue and we are going to try to get to everybody, today. Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
I will just stick to one question, just to keep things probing. Can you help us maybe understand some of I guess the gross margin dynamics around some of your newer products, and maybe how you expect that to trend over the course of the year?
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. No, I appreciate that. So, we have really called out gross margins as probably being very similar to Q1. And if they improve, it will be only slightly. So, we are really expecting that to be the dynamic for the rest of the year. A couple of things that really go into that are this continued revenue mix that we are seeing from fleet and the growth we are seeing in fleet inherently has a lower margin upfront, plus we have professional services to get it installed. So, that’s an impact to us, which will be a benefit over time. This continued growth in our software revenue over time will be a tailwind, but this year, it is a mix impact for us. And then I would say we would expect as we continue to ramp in T10 to see that improve towards the back half of the year like we were talking about, but that will be offset with some of these fleet dynamics.
Andrea James:
Jeremy Hamblin from Craig-Hallum.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks. And my congratulations to Rick and the team on this milestone of being at the S&P 500. It’s a pretty amazing journey over the last – where you guys were 15 years ago. I wanted to ask just about your ARR, which is up nearly 50%. I think probably like the fastest growth on a year-over-year basis, maybe in the company’s history, but certainly in the last 5 years. And you provided a little bit of color in the release on that, but just wanted to see if you could add a little bit more in terms of the dynamics between booked seats versus ARPU. You talked about premium packages that you are getting clients to sign up for. But I wanted to see if you could share a little bit more color around that and how we should be thinking about with your product launches around TASER 10, AB4, I imagine you will be getting some higher bundled packages on a go-forward basis. But any color you could share on that.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. I mean I will jump in and then maybe, Josh, we will see if Josh wants to add to it. But I would say it really is the sort of flywheel taking effect, and so you are starting to see the benefits of that. Certainly, moving some of our customers into our more premium offerings is continuing to benefit us in terms of ARR growth. And then I think you are seeing many, many years of work to get people added into this software and the rep we are seeing from some of the hardware products and to move up the curve started to come to fruition.
Josh Isner:
Yes. The only thing I would add there, and Jeremy, I appreciate all the kind words. Thank you very much, and it’s been fun to have you guys on a lot of these calls for a long time now. But in terms of the ARR growth, it’s really doing two things very well. And I give Jeff a lot of credit for kind of simplifying this upon his entry to Axon a few years ago. So, we got to sell new products to our existing customers, and we got to sell our existing products to new customers. And when we do those things, in parallel very well, you see the types of results that we are seeing now. And so as Brittany said, in our existing markets, getting the flywheel going across OSP, but then supplementing now with great results in Federal and enterprise, and corrections and international, it’s doing those two things in parallel, that’s leading to great an exciting growth.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Got it. And just one other follow-up here with the launch of AB4 and TASER 10, any color you can share in terms of the adoption kind of cycle times versus what you have seen in the prior ramps, whether you want to compare it to TASER 7 or AB3 faster, slower, more depth on that, that would be great?
Josh Isner:
Sure. I would say in the TASER business in general, it’s generally a 5-year upgrade cycle. So, when you a launch – whenever you launch a new TASER device, you see the customers that bought 5-ish years ago as your customers that have the most early interest. And we are seeing that with T10, but the thing we are most excited about, that’s very different from previous generations of the TASER is that customers that are early on or midway through their cycle with TASER 7 are expressing a lot of interest in upgrading early to TASER 10. So, I think that speaks to the kind of the huge improvements in terms of effectiveness, range and so forth that our customers really see and value, and that’s driving them to maybe not only upgrade early, but line up the resources on their end in terms of training to also allow that upgrade to happen on a faster cycle. So, we are very excited and encouraged. Of course, we have got to execute, and we have got to drive that into fruition, but we have got a lot of confidence that our team is capable of doing that.
Patrick Smith:
One anecdote I will share, forgive my enthusiasm, but we had one customer at TASER 10, a midsize is in several hundred officer agency that was sitting in the keynote and called back to their chief and they actually changed in order that was in process, and they got the order through, I believe the Chief Signature and the purchasing department of the city by the end of that day. We have not seen something like that again, I don’t want to get too excited from a projection standpoint, but that reaction to me was just extremely meaningful that they saw this as something that was worth really disrupting the whole process to stop an existing order pivot on a dime and get the new thing approved. And then the other thing I would tell you is where I think TASER 10 make a really huge difference is in the international markets. TASER 10, for the first time, I think we have a weapon that could become the officer’s primary defensive tool, probably not in the U.S. because we live in a country watch in guns and officers need to have their legal weapons. But picked your average European country where police are all wearing pistols in nations that really don’t have a gun crime problem. And previous versions of the TASER weapon probably didn’t have enough capability range, enough shots that you would rely on it as the primary tool to defend yourself. And I think we are now crossing that Rubicon. And I think that can really open up the international markets where we have the opportunity to become the primary defensive tool.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Erik Suppiger at JMP.
Josh Isner:
Erik, it looks like you are on mute.
Erik Suppiger:
There we go. Can you hear me? Just kind of a follow-on from what Rick was just saying. You have talked about the international opportunity for TASER as being multiples of the domestic opportunity. As you said you have seen some strength in Europe, can you talk a little bit about the dynamics of how they are adopting your products, is it more of a shift towards the TASER. Is that getting – is that something that can be a bigger opportunity than the body camera, or what are some of the dynamics in terms of the adoption in Europe?
Josh Isner:
Yes. To start, Erik, I would say it’s really some of the actions we took 3 years or 4 years ago are really just starting to pay off. And in TASER programs regardless of geography or market, it generally starts with a lower number of units that are aimed at a particular use case, whether it’s SWAT or a certain number of users in a police force. But then once they start seeing early success, that’s really when we see the willingness to adopt the much higher quantities. And really, that’s happening in a number of European markets at this point, and that’s driving some of the exciting growth there. And as we start to reap the benefits of that, we also are planting seeds in other markets where they are, for the first time adopting either dozens or low hundreds number of TASER devices. And then in a couple of years, we will see more proliferation there as well. In terms of the relative opportunity, generally, I would still say body cameras are the longer term, the higher TAM only because you have got higher ARPUs associated with our video business versus the TASER at scale. But they are both very, very compelling opportunities in international and my guess is TASERs will move a little faster as we still – especially in Europe as we still start to evangelize the cloud more and more there. But over the long-term, certainly the body camera and cloud business is very attractive and one that we are really exciting about or excited to continue to grow in some of our international markets.
Erik Suppiger:
That’s it. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Okay. Awesome. Paul Chung at JPMorgan. Go ahead Paul.
Paul Chung:
Hi. Can you hear me? Okay. Great. So, thanks for squeezing me in. Just on – most of the questions have been asked, but just on TASER 10, thanks for all the details on the upgrade cycle. So, the use for – use case for the upgrade is pretty clear given the effectiveness we got to try to accelerate it is quite easy to use. Can you expand on more of the cartridge volume dynamics? And you mentioned kind of a boost on overall margin profile there. Talk about the magnitude would be helpful as well. And is this more of a gradual ramp in the second half? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
I can probably start with just what the bundle looks like, and then I might hand it over to Brittany to talk more about the cartridge gross margins and the ramp. In the bundle on this product, it’s really important since you have 10 shots in the device to be able to train and thus, that drives training cartridge demand up, and because each shot is an individual shot, I think over time, we will see duty volumes go up as well. So, we have priced all that into the bundle and you can go on the website to look at the relative pricing versus T7, but that contemplates some of the growing cartridge demand. And of course, as we get up to speed with selling high volumes of these, that has implications for us on automation and how fast we are able to ramp our manufacturing, maybe if Brittany has anything to add there on the margin side.
Brittany Bagley:
I think you pretty much nailed it, which is because it’s starting to get bundled in. We are not really thinking about cartridges versus handles separately from a gross margin standpoint. We are really thinking about the full TASER package together. And so as we talk about teaser margins improving as we go through the year and get to the back half of the year. We have sort of – because that’s bundled together, I would view it as bundled together in our margin outlook as well.
Paul Chung:
Got it. That’s helpful. And that’s the dynamic for the Axon, the body cam, the new one as well. That’s it from me. Thanks.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Paul, I think on the body cam, the only thing I would add there is, because respond is the thing that drives some of the features in terms of the streaming and communication features in AB4. There, there is a real opportunity to sell more outside of the core body camera hardware and service. And while we are excited about the growth and respond, we see some opportunity there for the volume of respond licenses sold to grow over time as a result of some of the new capabilities of the AB4 hardware.
Andrea James:
Okay. Great. I think that’s everyone. Do we have any follow-ups, I will give it a second. It looks like no. Thank you for joining us. Let’s have Rick close this out.
Patrick Smith:
Awesome. Obviously, excited to be off to a good start, two major new product launches. I think VR, which you guys asked some questions about here was really going to start getting it strived the back half of this year. We have integrated new sensors so that TASER 10 will be first. We will have a really fine-tuned, very smooth, integrated product experience. TASER 7 will follow, and then we will start rolling out various firearms and other platforms. So, we think we are really setting the right stage with these two new products and this progress towards our moonshot to continue to sell value-added premium services and to really go wide with VR. By next year, we think that will be common for pretty much every officer, and instructor who is getting trained on TASER that we believe VR can become the standard. And that’s going to create an opportunity for us to then launch a whole lot more content and services through our VR platform. So, Jeff has just been doing a great job with the team, hiring and bringing in great talent to build all of this and then putting together a strategy for how to layer all the hardware and the software pieces. So, we are just really excited to have you shareholders and analysts who have been of our journey. And we are just getting started. We got an exciting 10-year march ahead of us to cut gun related deaths in half, and I am confident we are going to do it. So, with that, we will see you all next at our shareholder meeting and then at our next quarterly results, I have to wrap up Q2. So, thanks everybody, and have a great night.
Andrea James:
Okay. Welcome, everyone, to our Q4 2022 Update. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter at investor.axon.com. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build on the information and tables in that very robust letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. We discuss these risks in our SEC filings. And before we turn the call over to Rick, we will play our quarterly earnings video, go ahead and settle in. It's about a 10-minute video.
Rick Smith:
All right. Thank you, Andre and Angel. Great job. And to our investors, I hope you can feel the passion that comes through in that video. And I'm just so humbled to be a part of this team. And the formula is really work for us is when we focus on one of the most important problems we can solve that gets us solving the things that are also the most valuable problems for our customers. And that ultimately is what puts up the results that you see from last year. So TASER 10 is the most sophisticated, accurate and effective TASER energy weapon we've ever created. It's a huge leap forward. Future generations may simply take for granted the existence of these truly capable less lethal technologies as if they had always existed. And like all technological advancements that drive our society forward, that is our goal. Now the customer reception has been fantastic. We are incredibly humbled to be at the forefront of breakthrough technology and societal change. Our 2022 standout performance with revenue up 38% and strong profitability and cash flow follows multiple years of exceptional results even through difficult macro environments. Axon's history of superior execution can be traced to a few key things
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. Last August, I talked about four major areas of focus for the back half of 2022. And I'm pleased to report that we delivered on all fronts. First, we are driving discipline and prioritization across the business. We say no to many opportunities. And when we do say yes, we win. The results of our efforts include a phenomenal close to the year with revenue up 44% in the back half and more than 50% in Q4 alone. And then a game-changing product launch of TASER 10 just a few weeks later. The second area I talked about was investing to penetrate our total addressable market. In our shareholder letter today, we introduced a new TAM analysis which outlines a $50 billion opportunity and shows growth in our core markets. That core TAM, which includes our SaaS categories, cameras, professional TASER, Axon Air, VR and a customer base that includes U.S. federal, international and commercial enterprises grew from $34 billion to $45 billion in our updated analysis. Much of the TAM we pursue today is in areas where our investments have helped position us as a leader and as a pioneer. We see ourselves as the best positioned to deliver on the future of policing that Rick discussed a moment ago. Thirdly, I'm very pleased to see us deliver on our promise to generate strong cash flow. For the full year, we delivered $195 million in adjusted free cash flow. This was an 84% conversion on adjusted EBITDA of $232 million. This allowed us to maintain a net cash position roughly flat to last year, while investing CapEx to drive global scale in deploying $83 million in strategic ecosystem investments to ensure we stay at the forefront of industry innovation. Finally, we are assembling a world-class team from top to bottom, some of whom you see on the call here today. This team brings financial discipline, a next play mindset and the capability to drive outside outcomes for the next 5 years and beyond. We are building a culture where we expect to deliver on our commitments to employees, to customers and to our investors. Looking forward to 2023, Working with Britney, we have streamlined our company-wide bonus metrics to four core items. The entire organization is incentivized to measure, drive toward and exceed the following
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. It's particularly gratifying to see broad-based strength across the business and our strong 2022 execution. Both software and hardware are driving robust performance. Notably, Axon Cloud now represents about one third of our business, carrying best-in-class metrics on growth and net revenue retention. In 2022, cloud revenue grew 50% to $368 million with a 73% gross margin. Annual recurring revenue has grown to $473 million and the net revenue retention is 121%. In addition, we are incredibly proud of the fantastic job Axon has done selling hardware and subscription bundles. 9% of total revenue in 2022 was tied to a subscription compared to just a few years ago when less than half of revenue was subscription-based. Following on Josh's commentary regarding the GAM opportunity, our updated analysis more closely aligns with our focus as an organization. Axon's core TAM of $45 billion across SaaS categories cameras, professional TASER, Axon Air and VR reflects opportunities and a customer base includes public safety, U.S. federal, international and commercial enterprise. At the same time, the consumer personal protection market remains an opportunity, and I'm currently recruiting for a permanent GM to lead the business. However, as we noted in our shareholder letter, we are refarming our analysis on this market from $18 billion to $5 billion in terms of total TAM. Almost $5 billion is still large opportunity that we're interested in pursuing, but we are rightsizing our focus to better reflect the normal opportunity we see in our core business. You'll also note that in Q4, we recognized $8.5 million of cloud revenue that we had previously underreported. This revenue relates to work that was completed in prior periods and was unrecognized due to our ERP implementation in 2021. While the impact is immaterial to our financials, it did result in a material weakness. Remediating this will be a focus in 2023, and we have laid out a detailed plan in our 10-K. Against the backdrop of an exceptional 2022 and an improving demand environment, we are thrilled to be sharing another robust outlook for the year ahead. Additionally, now that I've had some time to dig into the business, we are introducing 3-year financial goals. Looking at 2023, my key financial priorities for the year are the following
A - Andrea James:
Okay. Thank you. And do we have everyone in gallery view? Sami Badri from Credit Suisse.
Sami Badri:
Just have a couple. First one is for Rick. I think Brent just mentioned that TASER 10 is going to be ramping up in 2023. But one thing I think that you laid out in the video is just the feature set and what TASER 10 actually proposes to a lot of your customers would there be customers that feel very strongly about maybe an early shipment or an early refresh of their actual TASER nonlethal weapon, or would they have to stick to kind of the plan or subscription type time line that they've already signed and are subscribed to?
Rick Smith:
Well, great question. I would say I have never seen demand this strong in a new TASER launch in my history in the business, which is great news. The subscription model does already have our customers on an upgrade pathway, but I'm working closely with Britney and Josh on a customer-by-customer basis, and we are getting a lot of increase for people that want to upgrade early. And so obviously, the revenue accounting on the -- on our contracts with the multiple deliveries is a bit complex. So we're taking those on a case-by-case basis. But we believe that overall, we will be able to find ways to accommodate customers to be able to take early upgrades in ways that also work for our shareholders and that are profitable for us and help our customers get this capability sooner without the need for any big onetime expenditures by just being able to bring forward and adjust and obviously, we hope they'll also upgrade to some of our other new capabilities that we're launching some of our new VR and other things. So we think this really -- the business model continues to set up a win-win for us and our customers. And one great example is the ability for us to accelerate the upgrade cycles.
Sami Badri:
Got it. Next one is for Josh. Josh, you talked about how compensation will be measured by four key drivers. One of the drivers was actually selling other products or cross-selling. Will that include ecosystem partners that are part of your Axon cloud feature set also being pulled through in the sales motion? Or is that very isolated to just Axon products and services?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Great question, Sam. I'd say any time we're a sales agent, there is a revenue impact when we sell through a partner's product. But to set expectations, I think that will be a relatively small part of our overall revenue for next year. So it's part of it. And then when you look at the rep level commission plans, we do have a new product sales team that is essentially compensated in large part in momentum of both new products and partner sales. So that's how we solve for that.
Sami Badri:
Got it. And then one last one for Brittany. I'm burning for the 500 basis points of expansion by 2025. Is this going to be back half loaded across these three years just because of the comment you made regarding some of the products, well, the comments you made and the comments made in the actual press release regarding margin neutrality for some of these products. And then as they ramp up with software, does that [indiscernible]
Andrea James:
I think Sami froze, but I think we got the gist of this question, so we can answer it.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. So I'm taking the gist of the question to be when might we get to that 25% margin. And we're really looking to make sure we get there by 2025, Sami, like there are a bunch of those puts and takes that we're looking at both for 2023. And certainly, part of getting to the OpEx leverage that we've talked about is getting to that $2 billion in revenue. And so we need to pull those levers, and it's nice that we have multiple different levers to get there, both from a gross margin and an OpEx standpoint.
Andrea James:
Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Congratulations on the strong results. I guess I wanted to dig a little bit more into your comments about what's underpinning your confidence for the 2025 guidance. Is there something that's maybe changed with some of your market assumptions or one part of the business that's proving stronger than you anticipated to give you that extra degree of confidence to extend that 20% guidance?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Thanks, Jonathan. Actually, I think it's very much that we have a lot of confidence in all of our product categories and market categories that continue to grow significantly year-over-year. And as I'm sure you're aware, we talked about in the past that we do measure five-year normalized in as kind of a forward-looking indicator of what revenue will look like into the future and not only on a gross basis, but on a year-over-year basis, and we continue to be optimistic about the results we're seeing and the 5-year bookings growth in that 5-year bookings growth rate. And so it's a combination of seeing a lot of really exciting indicators in our new markets, seeing our new product scale and seeing some of the reinforcements in terms of future revenues that the look into bookings provide.
Jonathan Ho:
Excellent, excellent. And then just with regards to the TASER 10 pace of adoption, can you remind us what happened when TASER 7 was released? Do you worry at all about maybe customers delaying orders to purchase the 10 million. Just wondering if there's any sort of linearity that we may worry about here just given the step function improvements that you've made or above step function improvements.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. Without going into too much detail there, I think the 10 forecast is exceeding year one of the TASER 7 actuals from five years ago. So we're encouraged to see that and it speaks to the value and utility of the product. I would say that it's something we're managing very closely in terms of both early upgrades and new customer shipments. And it provides certainly on path to meet our guidance for the year. We're going to exceed our guidance for the year, but there are several paths toward that goal as well. So we don't want to get too far out over our skis here. We want to make sure that the product we ship is a very high quality one that scales very well in the field. And as we do that, we'll certainly continue to ship all the other high-demand products that we offer to combine for a really nice year this year.
Andrea James:
Next question, Eric Suppiger from JMP.
Erik Suppiger:
So a couple of questions here. First off, it looks like your TASER revenue was down sequentially I'm curious, was there any reason for that? And conversely, the Axon Cloud and the sensor revenues were up sharply. What was causing that? And I think you had some supply chain constraints that were a factor last quarter. What happened with those various dynamics?
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. I think it's just timing of shipments and orders. And I think toward the end of the year as we looked at the year and the upcoming product launch. We wanted to be thoughtful about with a product launch a couple of years away, just maintaining flexibility for our customers as we knew some might be interested in the next one. And so we tried to manage that as best we could. And we're very excited to see the supply chain opening up on fleet. I think you'll notice that was a big item in terms of the volume of fleet that shipped in Q4. We expect that to continue throughout the year. We mentioned some of the supply chain challenges historically. We're cautiously optimistic that we're past kind of most of the storm there and feeling good about having the opportunity to ship certainly record-breaking amounts of Fleet 3 this year and of course, plenty of tasers, body cameras and some of our other solutions as well.
Erik Suppiger:
Okay. And then your -- can you give us a general idea of how much of your installed base has been migrated to the TASER 7 at this point?
Josh Isner:
I don't have the exact number in front of me, but I'd say over the last year, in terms of the amount of CW shipped, TASER 7 was above 80% to 85% of the total there. So I think that speaks to the fact that much of the market had moved over from our legacy smart weapons into TASER 7. And now we have the opportunity to, of course, upgrade all of our early TASER 7 customers. But as Rick mentioned, I think there'll be some that are more recent that will be interested as well. So we're very excited to get as many case tens out there as we can.
Andrea James:
Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum:
As we look at the kind of coming out, first off, you guys announced a specific data that's going to be deployed. And then second, if we look at past rollouts of the TASER weapons, there's obviously has been some challenges in terms of the gross margin recognition in those first few quarters. So perhaps you guys going to address steps you guys have taken over the past several years to identify and address the bot issue and what you guys are doing different with this rollout to protect your gross margins.
Brittany Bagley:
I think it goes to everything from how we design the product to how we design our manufacturing capabilities. We've talked about how when we get to scale, which will happen in the second half of the year. So we are calling it out as a little bit of a potential headwind in the first half of the year. But as we get to the second half of the year, it will be gross margin neutral. And I think the team learned a lot from the T7 launch and took those learnings into T10 and we're thoughtful and careful on the gross margin front.
Rick Smith:
It's a little bit there. The Fleet is the first major product to launch under the new regime with Hansberitz running our R&D and John Graf and his team running engineering and building in and others and NPI. And basically, what we saw with Fleet, we injected probably six to 12 months of additional prerelease testing to really validate the product. And that paid off in a big way where Fleet 3 is a very sophisticated product, but it's had among the lowest out-of-the-box return rates and customer bugs reported of any product we've ever shipped and TASER 7 -- I'm sorry, TASER 10 went through very similar. It has been in testing with a highly automated production line for probably 6 to 9 months leading into the launch year. So the level of testing compared to previously when we were maybe a less mature company and still making that transition from the more entrepreneurial days. that there's just a lot more time, effort and expense that goes into the upfront testing, but that is paying dividends in the stability and reliability at which we're able to scale these without some of the challenges we had with T7 in particular, come to mind.
Keith Housum:
Great. And has the restart shipping?
Josh Isner:
As on TASER 10 will start shipping in March. .
Keith Housum:
In March. Okay. And then just if I could, Brian, perhaps you put the context or color regarding the convertible note offering you guys did in terms of plans that you guys have to use that cash?
Brittany Bagley:
Yes, of course. One, I would say, as you can tell, because it's been a little bit of time. Now it was very much opportunistic from our side to strengthen the balance sheet and to give ourselves a bit more flexibility from a capital standpoint. And we think we found a time to get attractive terms in the market. So we're very pleased that we were able to proactively get ahead of that. And then I think you heard me talk about how we have been investing in our ecosystem partners, how we might potentially consider M&A as we look going forward. And so we want to make sure that when we find something that is appealing from an M&A standpoint that we're able to be on our front foot and move quickly and smartly going forward on that. We spent a lot of time on that convertible offering talking about what might we look for from an M&A standpoint because that was top of everybody's mind. And so a little color is, I think, if you look at our M&A history historically, that's probably a pretty good indication where we're really looking for either technology or talent that will support our future product road map and/or our moonshot goals and mission.
Brittany Bagley:
Paul Chung at JPMorgan.
Paul Chung:
So just another follow-up on kind of the pace of operating leverage through 2025. The pace accelerates a bit in '24 and '25 to get to that 25%. How do we think about the OpEx base kind of relative to gross margin expansion? And longer term, can you still get to that 30% mark you've mentioned in the past?
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. So I think we're really looking at the 3-year guidance that not to say we might not get to 30% at some point. But I think this is really meant to sort of replace that and like, okay, we have a plan in a concrete way to get to 25% by 2025, and then we'll start looking out from beyond there in terms of where we will go. So I wouldn't say we're calling that, but maybe we're phasing that out and focusing on what is actionable and in front of us and what we really see a path to right now, and that's the 25% in 2025. I think you are correctly interpreting that we've got some puts and takes in 2023. And so we're not putting a stake in the ground specifically on any 2023 gross margin guidance. But we do expect to see both improvement on gross margin and OpEx leverage to get to that 25%. Perhaps over time with a little bit more under our belts, we be able to quantify the pieces a bit more. But for right now, we're just really looking on driving both of those together to hit that 25%. And again, it's about 50 basis points of leverage in 2023. So you are all correctly picking up on more of that improvement will come in '24 and '25.
Paul Chung:
Okay. Great. And then just a follow-up on cash flow. Can you expand on kind of the big upside relative to prior guide and you're above your target kind of conversion rate this year are back in 2022? And then how do we think about free cash flow conversion in '23 and the puts and takes there? And is at least 60% conversion longer term, somewhat conservative given the tough macro backdrop, you guys hit 80% plus mark. Is that -- can we be at that 8% mark pretty consistently?
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. No, those are all excellent questions. I might go in reverse order, which is I don't want to say that we'll be at that 80% plus consistently. We're really -- we're looking to be at that 60% plus consistently. And the reason that we're there rather than the 80% plus, even though we did a phenomenal job on free cash flow generation this year is -- if you look at '21, I would say we did a less phenomenal job on free cash flow generation. And so if you look at sort of '21 and '22 together, you actually get back to that roughly 60, 65-ish percent free cash flow generation on average between those two years. And some of the things that lead to that are investing in working capital and investing in inventory as we continue to grow our hardware business, continuing to invest in CapEx like automation. We have a number of those puts and takes that we've looked at and based on places that we are investing in our cash flow. We really think that, that 60% target on an annual basis is what we're looking for, might mean we do better some years. But I think as you look over a 3-year period, and as we've looked back, that's probably the right expectation level to set. While we are growing at the kind of rates we're growing at. So if we are growing at 20% plus anymore, would we revisit that free cash flow target? Yes, certainly. But at those types of top line growth rate, we think that's the right balance in terms of what we're flowing through.
Andrea James:
Will Power at Baird.
William Power:
I've got a couple of questions. I guess I'm going to start with TS-1, probably for either Rick or Josh work, I guess, a little over a month past TASERCon. I wonder if you have any additional feedback comments you could share from agencies that have been using the device in the field, any comments around level of use, effectiveness, et cetera. And I guess the second part would just be with regard to supply chain components for both the devices and cartridges as we move through the year here. A - Rick Smith So I'll start off. We continue to get great feedback from the field. I think we've now had something approaching 40 or so different uses. I think we've had -- the one that I mentioned at TASERCon, where it was fired at a running situation at something like 40 feet and the person stumble forward. and the wires broke, but the agency then closed in the other offset of TASER 7. So ultimately, TASER on the day in that use. We categorize that as a partial effectiveness of the T10. And then we did have only one other case where it was not effective, and that was one where it was in quarter use an offered the first dart and turn out the second officer had not been trained on the TASER 10 yet and actually ran in and got between the operator and the subject before we part second art. And so one of the things we took away from that is actually making sure we work with our partners that they train all officers and how the new system functions. So the good news is we're continuing to see very high effectiveness. We -- since TASERCON, we presented to the major city chiefs and the Major County sheriffs with just very significant interest across the board. I talked to one major county sheriff that has had a fair number of shootings already this year with farms, and they basically ran through with me of the cases they've had this year, they think Azure 10 could have changed the outcome in every one of them, which was a pretty remarkable statement. And I was actually with another major city chief today that told me in her agency, she thinks TASER 10 could have alleviated about one third of their shooting as she enumerated them. So we're continuing to get very positive feedback. I'm about to go on an international tour to the first one I'll do since the TASER TAM launch and start talking to some international customers. Where I think that might be the greatest growth potential internationally because internationally, we don't see many agencies individually issuing TASERs the way they do in the United States. But TASER 10 could reach a level of capability where it could become the primary defensive weapon. And I think that means in many countries where they don't have many guns in the hands of the public ones are carrying the firearm. In those countries, we might actually see them begin to move to TASER 10 as their primary weapon on very clear. We're going to see that happening in the US.because of the gun culture and the ready availability of firearms and the general public, they will continue to carry both but this enhanced capability in different countries could really be a market-expanding phenomenon. And then what was the second part of your question? I think I was going to let Josh take it.
Josh Isner:
Yes, it was just about component availability, I think. Is that right, Will?
William Power:
Yes, supply chain components, both for devices and cartridges, what does that look like?
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. So our supply chain team, as always, has just done a fantastic job staying ahead of the curve in what are less challenging times than maybe a year or two ago, but any time you launch a new product, there are a lot of provisions and moving parts leading up to that. And ultimately, we feel really good about our capacity not only this year, but continuing to build out our automation capabilities to more exponentially expand our capacity into the future. And so certainly, we have plenty of inventory to support our revenue guidance and beyond for this year and next year, we're aggressively planning for even higher demand.
William Power:
Okay. Great. If I could just add a question on software, continued strong traction across Axon Cloud. Maybe kind of two parts there, too. What's kind of driving the continued DIMs adoption? It feels like that continues to accelerate, I guess, in some respects. And I guess, in tandem with that, maybe just any kind of update what you're seeing with respect to records and other products out of kind of the core evidence category?
Josh Isner:
Maybe I'll start with the dentist question and then hand it over to Jeff for records. But the reason I want to take this one will is to give Jeff a huge shout out for the work he's done over the last few years. He's essentially built a team that not only has delivered on the core ecosystem, but continues to build out the last mile types of features and products that make the product, not only that much more valuable to our core market, but also more attractive to our kind of up-and-coming markets in federal and international. And so his team has just done a great job continuing to identify opportunity and market needs and then executing well on the plan to deliver those capabilities and just that flywheel continues to lend itself to more customer interest and more happy customers that will buy more over time. And so that's been the backbone of our dems adoption. And maybe Jeff, I'll take it over to you on records.
Rick Smith:
Sure. No, that's awesome to hear and I couldn't agree more about the power of everything we've done to continue to make the overall suite more attractive, both in aggregate and in the piece parts. And I think just building on what Josh said, that also combines with the power of our OSP flywheel model because as we continue to both add new capabilities into the bundles and ad where appropriate new tiers of the bundle that just makes it, again, easier and easier for agencies to make one simple choice to get access to this very Amazon Prime or Microsoft College basket of both hardware and software benefits that they buy at a price that feels great to them even for the subset of the components that they know they want to use upfront. And then as they go forward, all those additional benefits of basket feel free because they've already made the what feels to them like a good deal price for the basket and that drives the flywheel. And on top of that, who aren't yet in those programs, all a care are more and more and more seeing the value of those add-ons and incrementally growing ARPU as well as adding new logos. On the record side, again, we continue to be both humble and really excited and optimistic about the continued growth and trajectory. Just sort of using the same numbers we've talked to you about over the last couple of quarters. with growth. Now we have over 50 agencies that represent over almost 18,000 sworn officers live on at least record one module of Axon Records. And that includes now 16 agencies who are already using the product to fully replace their legacy RMS. And that includes, at this point, major cities such as Tucson and Baltimore, Virginia Beach and Fresno.
Andrea James:
We have three analysts left in the queue and [indiscernible]
Josh Isner:
AJ, just real quick, I think will deserve a shout out for the best T-shirt on the call today. That's the 10 shops and 45 feet from the TASER 10. So great fashion sense.
Andrea James:
So we have three analysts left in the queue, and we're happy to go past the top of the hour, so we can make sure we get to everyone. We love the engagement. Jeremy Hamblin, at Craig Hallum.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Congrats on all the momentum in the business. So I just want to start with a high-level question. In terms of thoughts around M&A, strategic investments, you guys have a pretty robust balance sheet, that has been building I wanted to get a sense on terms of what you might be looking at on a go-forward basis in terms of scale, size of potential opportunities, whether it's strategic investment or M&A? And then to get a sense, are there any guidelines that you're looking at in terms of whether or not a deal is accretive or dilutive Obviously, you've kind of changed some of the viewpoints on stock-based comp and so forth, so to reduce future dilution. I wanted to get a sense for how you guys are looking at that.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. No, it's a great question. For us, it really is about either vending technology or teams that fit in well with our mission and/or our business model. And so there are multiple parameters that we are looking to evaluate companies on. And so it's always sort of a multifaceted equation for us as we think through them. That's not to say that we aren't looking at whether or not something is financially attractive to us. but it could be across different metrics. It could significantly increase our TAM. It could help us get conviction on supporting that 20% growth long, long, long term? Or it could be accretive to our gross margins or EBITDA margins. So there isn't sort of one set of things we're looking at, but we're really looking at ways that we can find companies that tuck into our ecosystem. We're looking to really integrate the technology and present a holistic Axon solution as we look forward. And then I'll just note that, that dilution number is really sort of an organic dilution number. So I think we have a strong balance sheet. I think we can certainly use cash for that. If we were going to use equity, I would consider that separately from what we're doing from just an internal stock comp expense standpoint.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. That's helpful. Then a couple of product questions. So first, coming back to TASER 10. I wanted to get a sense, you offered some guidelines around bundled pricing. But wanted to get an understanding for versus the TASER 7, what your kind of net ASP might look like on a go-forward basis vis-a-vis kind of 10% higher ASP. Obviously, there may be higher cartridge use given the product. So that's one on the TASER 10. And then secondly, you had a pretty massive quarter in Axon Fleet. I think, by far, almost double what you've ever done in a quarter. In fact, almost as much as you've done in many years. So I wanted to just get an understanding of -- was that a couple of really big orders? Or is there something specific to that product that you've really gained traction and now maybe we're past certain life cycles on prior contracts where you guys are just gaining more share? Any color there would be super helpful.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. Thanks a lot for the question. Nice to see you, Jeremy. On TASER 10 ASPs, we're not going to get too prescriptive there, but I'd say you should expect an uplift over previous generations and -- that's part due to the hand price and also part due to the number of cartridges in the bundle relative to previous models. And so I think we published the list prices on the website, so you can kind of derive from that what type of uplift to it will be in our bundles. So there'll be a slight inherent discount associated with any product in a bundle, but at a high level, that's kind of the story with TASER 10. And then with Fleet 3, no outsized orders like just a lot of volume, and you should expect that to continue and and maybe even higher levels this year. The product has great product market fit. It's a well-built, well-designed product. the ALPR functionality associated with it is in high demand. ALPR is one of our fastest-growing software add-ons across the business. I think historically, you might remember our Fleet One system, which was more or less a body cam attached to a windshield and then fleet two was the moment where we got to parity -- but then Fleet 3 was the moment where we really surged ahead of the market and became the highest -- the largest selling in video system and public safety. And so actually, I think that's a path you can expect from a lot of our products over time where we reach parity with one version, and then we really accelerate ahead. And so we're really excited about the progress with Fleet 3, Blake Bullock, our product manager and our entire team on Fleet 3 has just done a fantastic job there, and we're really proud of the progress. Still a lot of work to do, but Encouraging to see that product take shape as the highest demand in-car video system and public safety.
Rick Smith:
Yes, just a pretty think Fleet 3 is like the perfect example of the power and the beauty of us being both an IoT hardware devices company and a cloud software company under one roof because we can deliver an end-to-end experience that not only functionality-wise, but then economically really feeds off of itself as part of our flywheel. And so not only is Sweet hands down the best straight up hardware and car camera system that's ever been released. But in combination with the revolutionary improvements we made to democratize access to great ALPR, it makes it an extraordinarily attractive software add-on to buy that they can either buy the front or they can easily add at any point later with just the flick of a switch, and the whole thing works end to end the with the rest of our suite. .
Andrea James:
We have two folks left. Elisa Shreve is on for Tim Long at Barclays. Elisa, you're off mute, but we're not hearing anything come through Okay. Let's go to Josh Riley from Needham.
Josh Riley:
It seems like there's more opportunity for you guys to have some competitive takeaways in body cams in the U.S. based on our discussions with customers. Is that what you're seeing today? Or would you characterize more of the growth in 2022 as a greenfield with officers who didn't have a body cam at all?
Josh Isner:
I think, Josh, the nice part is it's a combination of both. We continue to sell high volumes of body cameras to new customers, but we also continue to see existing customers buy more and deploy more widely. And then, of course, by more and more of our features that are on top of the body camera and so -- in peripheral products like fleet and virtual reality and drones and so forth. So it's a nice healthy mix across the board, and we're very excited about that. We want to diversify the number of ways we can achieve these types of results. And I think we're doing that, and we're very excited about that trend.
Josh Riley:
Got it. That's helpful. And then can you just remind us, is there any seasonality around any of your products or just the overall business that we should be aware of as we're modeling revenue for 2023? And how could the TASER ramp impact the first couple of quarters of the year's TASER revenue, if at all?
Josh Isner:
I think, again, like we've got a number of ways to deliver in each quarter. And so it's -- of course, if we start out with strong shipments of TASER 10, then that makes the path easier, but that's not our only path. And so we're excited about the fact that between all of our hardware products and just the growing base of software revenue that we have in the business that we've been thoughtful about our guidance here. We believe it's very achievable. We continue to expect to grow 20% year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter. So we'll continue to to execute here and make sure that between TASER shipments and all of our other products that we're very thoughtful about how we guide.
Brittany Bagley:
Yes. And specifically, I would say, Josh, we're not calling out anything unique on the shape of the year. And so I would expect pretty typical seasonality for us. even with T10 coming in, like we still have really nice strong T7 performance. And so we've got a lot of puts and takes to Josh's point, and I would say, for your model, think about normal seasonality.
Andrea James:
Elisa, should we try one more time? Okay. Go ahead. Let's have Rick Smith close us out.
Rick Smith:
All right. Well, again, it's always such a pleasure to be able to share results like this. Josh, Brittany, the whole team, some of the other names you heard, a lot of people working really passionately and hard to turn these results in. And I couldn't be more excited to see how this year unfolds. TASER 10, Fleet 3, our software products really starting to scale themselves as you're seeing in the financial results. So a lot of exciting things look forward to. We look forward to seeing some of you accelerate in April at our shareholder meeting, which I believe is coming up in May. And then we'll be back to share Q1 results here in a few weeks as well. So thanks, everybody. We appreciate the opportunity to work for you on such an amazing mission.
Andrea James:
Good bye.
Operator:
Hello, everyone. Welcome to our Q3 2022 earnings. Thank you so much for joining us and our executive team today. We hope that you've had a chance to read our shareholder letter at investor.axon.com. Our prepared remarks today are meant to build on the information in that robust letter. . During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially, and we discuss these risks in our SEC filings. And before we turn the call over to Rick, we will do our investor video. [Audio/Video Presentation]
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Andrea and Angel. Our year-to-date results are pretty exciting with revenue growth of 32% in the first 9 months. So what's the secret sauce that's driving this revenue growth Josh and Brenda will provide color on the details, and we also outline them for you in our shareholder letter. But at the highest level, we provide products that solve real-world problems. Our solutions work -- we make our customers happy, we keep them safe and the public benefits. So we benefit and our shareholders benefit. I've been spending a lot of time with customers and communities on our Moonshot goal because helping the public to dream with us deepens our relationships and answers about the broader questions about why we invest in the areas that we do. It also paves the path for us to keep innovating in areas that will make a difference. We have been really heartened by the buy-in we've seen on the Moonshot, bringing together groups that you don't normally see alongside each other. These include the fraternal order of police, the African American Mayors Association, the major county shares of America, the national organization of Black Law Enforcement executives and the National Policing Institute to name just a few. A common reaction I've been getting about our moonshine is well, this all sounds great, but how are you going to do this? Look, we don't have all the specific answers just yet. Just like when Jack Kennedy challenged the nation to put a human on the moon, not all the tech existed yet. But we have a good idea of where Axon can invest to move the needle. Using technology to solve deeply entrenched challenges is why I founded the company and why we're here today. Aon has been and will continue to double down on our investment in things like number one, nonlethal tools, such as our enormously successful TASER platform. We believe the majority of TASER adoption remains in front of us. We're still under 10% penetrated in terms of our global TAM. And we're working on some really exciting technology over the next 10 years to help hit our goal. Number two, virtual reality. We're seeing a lot of interest in our VR training, which we sell on a subscription to customers. Number three, cameras and sensors that never miss a moment. Over the next few years, you're going to see us introduce next-generation body cameras, and we'll keep them a tie between our real-time operations and our devices, which brings me to #4, real-time and remote response. The public safety sector deserves public safety-grade communications tools that are as easy to use as consumer technology. They deserve better situational awareness and it will help them improve their decision-making and their ability to respond effectively. Also, we believe that remote response can limit human exposure to danger. Our thinking is that we're moving the officer from harm's way leads to safer outcomes for everyone. And this is why we're investing in Axon Air. Our drone solutions as a first responder as well as counter drone technology. Number five, we're investing in community impact, engagement and feedback tools. such My90, which is a tuck-in acquisition we completed last year of a company that essentially allows the public and rank and file officers to anonymously deliver feedback to police leadership. This tool is already helping police departments deepen trust with their communities. Number six, we're investing in more comprehensive and actionable response to resistance reporting. This includes both traditional use of course, and de-escalation data. Data collection tools today either don't exist or they don't talk with each other very well or the data is just not collected in a way that's very useful. We believe the public is hungry for better data, especially on incidents involving in support. And we believe we can meet this need. And we need this data to reach our Moonshot. Now we know the Moonshot Gold will not be easy, but we also know that the private sector and companies like Axon have a unique role to play. As I look at our team, which includes leaders like Josh and Britney I'm confident that they'll ensure we continue to invest prudently with a high degree of accountability to all of our stakeholders, driving the business model that creates impressive value creation, solves some of the most challenging problems facing modern society. and delivers great shareholder returns. So with that, I'm going to turn it over to Josh.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. During last quarter's call, I mentioned that the primary thing we can control is where we collectively focus our attention. Our sights remain set on continued top line growth, which I will address and margin expansion over the long term, which Britney will cover. We are increasingly confident that we can do both well in parallel. On the top line, we are very pleased with quarterly revenue of 34% and our Q4 outlook for 40% growth at the midpoint. We're having a strong year, and we are seeing a strengthening of demand across all product lines. Britney will unpack the revenue growth in the quarter for you shortly. But I'd like to take a moment to touch upon what we believe will sustain healthy growth rates of 20-plus percent for the years to come. We're growing along 2 axes. The first is expanding our product suite for existing customers. Both Rick and the shareholder letter talked about a product road map where we believe we can continue to deliver premium solutions to customers at a compelling value proposition for them. We want to make it super clear that our state and local law enforcement business is nowhere near saturated, and we see a long and wide runway for continued growth. We believe that in the next 5 years, you will see Axon emerge as the leading operating system for public safety, strengthened by our strategy of focusing on the customer experience and not cobbling together point solutions that don't work well together, which is the current state of the industry outside of Axon. The second axis is deferred buying into new markets by both adding new types of customer profiles or users and by adding to our core customer base. You can think of our core customers as falling into roughly 4 categories of funding sources, the U.S. state and local governments, the U.S. federal government, international government customers and commercial enterprises. Simultaneously, the types of users we are adding to our platforms is expanding beyond law enforcement. We are adding attorneys, fire and EMS personnel, corrections in the U.S. military and the funding for those types of users generally rolls up into the 4 sources I mentioned. I'd like to update you on 2 of those 4. First, our progress with the U.S. federal government and second, touch upon international growth. We are very excited about our U.S. federal government business. In the first 3 quarters of 2022, the federal government has booked contracts exceeding $200 million, up from an approximate $15 million to $20 million run rate just a few years ago. Annual revenue has grown to the tens of millions and our deliverables now extend over the next several years. Our progress with the federal government is a direct result of our intentional investments in both sales channel and product. We have been building trusted relationship with agencies that are now finding value in our products and missions and our commitment to helping them be successful. And while we can't necessarily name all of those customers, the breadth and depth of the federal government's interest in our entire product line continues to excite us. And now turning toward global expansion. We continue to refine our international go-to-market strategy. We see 2 things as being the drivers and even the accelerators to international growth. The first is continuing to innovate on our TASER platform. We believe the total TASER installed base has room to grow by more than 5x over time. And as we continue to develop technology that potentially matches a pistol in terms of stopping power, we think we have the opportunity to become the primary defense weapon in several international markets. The second thing we are focusing on is helping European customers overcome their historical resistance to cloud solutions. This is a playbook we ran in the U.S. starting in around 2012. And domestic state and local customers at first were very averse to cloud-hosted software, and we successfully evangelized the cloud to build a business that now tops $400 million in annual recurring revenue. We are starting to chip away at cloud acceptance in the EU, and we see European governments starting to adopt other commercial services for cloud, and we believe that this bodes well for our international SaaS business. Just like in the U.S., once we overcome that initial version, strong adoption of evidence management will follow. Finally, last quarter, I told you that I am working on building the team that Axon needs for the next 5 to 10 years. We are thrilled to introduce Brittany Bagley, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer. She brings a wealth of experience not only as a public company CFO, but also as a seasoned board member and investor in the technology segment. We sought to attract an executive who brings a NexPlay mindset, versatility, mental toughness and a strong capability to deliver outside outcomes and we are excited that Britney brings all of those qualities to Axon. Based on working with Britney over the last 40 days, I can say with confidence and excitement that the future of Axon's core strategic and financial functions is very, very bright. Now I'll hand it over to Brittany.
Brittany Bagley:
Thank you, Josh. Hi, everyone. I'm thrilled to be on my first official Axon earnings call. I want to start with a big thank you to the team for making it such a great quarter and to Jim Zito for doing such a nice job in the interim CFO role. It's an exciting time to have joined such an incredible company. I'd like to share a little about why I joined and where you'll see me put my focus over the coming quarters. While there were many reasons to join, 3 main ones that I would like to highlight include the strong leadership team, the company is inspiring mission to protect life and the compelling business model. On that last one, especially, I think the combination of the hardware ecosystem the company has been building along with innovative software solutions creates a powerful flywheel that is both high growth and profitable, which provides a relatively rare position in the technology world. Additionally, delivering mission-critical products to public safety customers who purchase on long-term contracts makes Axon's revenue both recurring and dependable. As Josh discussed, we continue to have a lot of growth in front of us, and I look forward to supporting our mission and a profitable growth trajectory. To that point, my areas of focus will be on helping the team continue to execute and deliver strong results over the next several years. As both CFO and Chief Business Officer, I get to take a strategic and holistic view of the business to ensure we're making the right long-term decisions to deliver on our mission and our financial promise. Near term, that means spending time, better understanding Axon's gross margin potential and how I can help move the needle on other metrics we care about, including overall profitability and cash flow. We see opportunities to improve gross margin by investing in automation, driving manufacturing efficiency and improving fixed cost absorption as we scale. Driving the revenue mix further towards software is also a key gross margin lever over the longer term. We are also focusing on controlling OpEx by enhancing financial discipline while still investing in research and development and sales channel expansion to support future growth. In addition to leaning in on operational areas of the business, I am also focused on helping Axon to deliver upon its strategic ecosystem vision, leveraging partnerships, investments in M&A, to truly become the leading technology hub for public safety. Turning now to the quarter. Our domestic business grew 37% year-over-year in Q3 and continues to make up more than 80% of our revenue. This strength came across the board, supporting strong TASER segment growth at 19% along with great Software and Sensors segment growth at 51%, which was driven by Sensors growth of 51% and Axon Cloud growth, also at 51%. One of the great things we're seeing domestically is strong demand for the premium versions of our products and bundles. Beyond the strength in our core business and the traction we're seeing on our software and cloud revenue, we continue to be excited about other areas of growth, including our international business, which delivered 20% growth in Q3. We had a strong Q3 gross margin of 62%, which represented more than 100 basis points of sequential improvement. The increase was primarily due to the strength of Axon Cloud and the overall product mix in the quarter. Axon Cloud gross margin in Q3 benefited from our new long-term contract with Microsoft Azure. While this benefit will continue, we also have low to no margin professional services costs which supports the setup of these contracts and the mix can change quarter-to-quarter. That doesn't change our view on exceeding the long-term target of 80% plus for the software business, but we do expect quarterly variations as a result. In addition to the sequential gross margin improvement, the strong top line revenue allowed us to achieve good operating leverage in the quarter and resulted in adjusted EBITDA of $68 million or 21.7% margin. Finally, I wanted to touch on our outlook. Given the strong quarter, we are raising our annual revenue guidance to a range of $1.15 billion to $1.16 billion, which reflects about 34% annual growth at the midpoint. This also implies Q4 annual revenue growth of 40% at the midpoint. Turning to our adjusted EBITDA. We are raising our outlook from $200 million to a range of $215 million to $220 million, which we believe demonstrates strong performance on profitability. Our Q4 adjusted EBITDA is expected to be in the range of $49 million to $54 million. Implied margins are down slightly sequentially from Q3 on product mix and less OpEx leverage but remained strong overall with an almost 19% EBITDA margin implied at the midpoint for the year. We are proud of our performance and outlook, and they speak to the bigger picture that Rick and Josh talked about, which is the overall strength of the business we are building. We look forward to delivering another strong Q4 and setting ourselves up well for 2023 and as we execute against our financial objective of profitably delivering a 20%-plus top line CAGR going forward. With that, I would like to open it up to questions back to Andrea.
A - Andrea James :
Thank you, and we have you all in the queue. So if you're on the call, assume we've got you in the queue. Thank you so much. We'll take our first question from Josh Reilley at Needham.
Joshua Reilly:
All right. Very impressive results during the quarter. I guess maybe starting off, you had a pretty significant revenue beat here, obviously. How much of a tailwind are you seeing now from stimulus government funds from programs like the ARPA beginning to hit budgets? Or is that something that you see more of an impact in 2023, and beat in Q3 is driven more by budgets that haven't been impacted to date by those budgets?
Josh Isner:
Yes. I don't -- Josh, I appreciate the question and nice to see you again. I don't necessarily think there's a ton of correlation between our momentum and results in any onetime or kind of recurring government subsidy for products. I think ultimately, we're building a very strong business where there's a very high ROI on our products and our customers continue to see that and not only buy more of them, but buy more and more premium levels and licenses. And so while those are nice moment in time types of tailwinds for some customers, I don't think they have any major implication on our continued growth, and we're very confident that independent of those factors, we're building a very strong and consistent business.
Joshua Reilly:
Got it. That's super helpful. And then the TASER gross margin was down sequentially and remains probably below where you guys wanted. I know that's a focus now for Britney as you're evaluating cost there. But was there anything specific in the quarter that brought the margin down sequentially? Or any color there would be helpful. .
Brittany Bagley :
Yes. I would say that we have been investing in everything related to our manufacturing capacity as well as supply chain for the TASER. And so you have seen that impact the gross margin this quarter and a little bit year-to-date. I think it will be 1 of the big areas of focus as we look to improve gross margins is making sure we can really scale into those costs and scale as we get leverage on ross margin over time.
Joshua Reilly:
Got it. Congrats again.
Andrea James :
Next question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho :
Let me echo my congratulations as well. I wanted to start out with your commentary around sort of the higher-end bundles and maybe customer behaviors that are leading to more selection of that higher-end bundle I just want to understand sort of why you're seeing this behavior and whether you expect it to purchase or not?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Certainly, Jonathan. I think the first thing I'd say on those bundles is even though we're seeing a lot of demand, there's a white space ahead of us in terms of adoption of those bundles, especially in state and local, and it's really driven by the adoption is driven by the idea that in those bundles, we're adding more and more value-added add-ons. And so Jeff's team is doing a fantastic job understanding accidental contact -- sorry about that. The I think Jeff's team is doing a great job understanding some of what the customers are wanting in future releases of our products and then going back and building those things that are highly valuable. An example of that is transcription. And another example is VR, both of which exist in our more premium version of the Officer Safety Plan, and that's driving a lot of customers toward those bundles. And so we'll continue to iterate on that strategy and make sure that the things that are the most highly valued in tandem with our core products appear and bundles in a way that make the customer excited about the potential of buying all of these items and features at 1 time and 1 license.
Rick Smith:
Josh, I would add to it as well. What I'm seeing with customers, I haven't -- I can't think of a customer that's been like gone up to a premium bundle and gone down the other direction, that the more stuff they use from us, the more value they see in it and very sort of the flywheel effect where what I'm hearing from customers is they just want to put more of their solutions with Axon. -- they struggle with technology. They're hamstrung by really long, complex procurement rules that make it very difficult for them to be agile in what they're doing. And so I think we've earned their trust and it's really incumbent on us to keep earning it every day. So we don't break this dynamic, but it does seem to me that they're pretty consistently moving up the ladder each time we launch something that integrates with the other stuff. It's paying off, it's working well. And again, a lot of that just goes to awesome execution and Jeff the product team.
Jonathan Ho :
Excellent, excellent. And just as a follow-up, with the U.S. Fed opportunity -- U.S. federal government opportunity, what has been most impactful in terms of helping you break into this market? I mean, obviously, it's been a target for a number of years, but it seems like things improved from a step function perspective. what initiatives or what level of education do you have to sort of provide to kind of get further into the U.S. debt opportunity .
Rick Smith:
So I'll start and then maybe hand back over to Josh. I think investing to get that ramp accreditation for the Eves.com system early. It was a bit of a bet when we did it, right? It was expensive. It was difficult to invest in that. And I think to this day, we're still the only Fed ramp accredited or certified system and all these federal agencies that want to use the cloud, that obviously gives us a tremendous advantage. And then we've obviously seen things like the administration moving towards standardization with body cameras. And then Richard Collin, who we hired a few years ago, is really, I think, just done a great job building out a team that really understands the federal space and is building some fantastic relationships.
Josh Isner:
Yes. I'd just add to that, Rick, especially on the last point. For us, every problem starts with how do we build a strong team, full of subject matter experts that we can trust there instincts and expertise to execute. And when we brought Richard in, that was 2 years into our business, and we haven't quite cracked the code on how to run a growing federal business and just bringing him on along with a very talented team with him as well as more and more product focus has just unlocked this amazing opportunity and even though we've had a phenomenal year and seen a literal 10x in bookings at this point in the last few years, we still think we're very much on our own side of the field and have a long way to go to maximize the full opportunity across federal, but we really believe we have the team in place to do that.
Andrea James :
Next question, Erik Lapinski. Go ahead, Erik. And from Morgan Stanley.
Erik Lapinski :
I maybe want to just follow up a little bit on the federal side because it looks like at least the deal with the Veteran Affairs was pretty comprehensive across the product portfolio, whereas I know you're in other federal agencies, maybe with some products but not all of them. I guess just would be curious on that, like as you're moving into newer federal agencies, do you see the opportunity for more of a sizable kind of across the spectrum deal upfront? I maybe haven't seen 1 that included fleet previously. So it would be good to just kind of understand the vision there that some federal customers are having and kind of if you are seeing more of that.
Rick Smith:
Let me start first, and then I know Josh is going to want to talk to this, too. I would say this is where we see the advantage. We talk about being a mission-focused business. And a lot of times, that can sound like puffery or kind of fluff, but it really is true. We are running this business to solve problems we're passionate about. And of course, we also want to run a rigorous business where we have financial models that make sense. But the finance has come from the problems we solve and infusing that in every employee, I'm just so impressed with the team and the attitude they've got where it's all about keeping our customers productive and safe and happy, and we really give a lot of latitude to our teams to make things right. And where that pays off is we don't think of these as just contracts we're going to sell and make a few bucks to move on to the next one. And so we get phenomenal customer references and the investments we make in really delivering a great product to the end user, not focusing on winning the bid RFP sort of bureaucratic process I think, builds the type of things where you see these relationships where people even relatively early on, they're cross checking with their other agency customers that are similar, and they're getting the confidence to give us a large part of their technology ecosystem. So I think that's the underlying thing is the focus of the team on really the passion around the business to build things that really delight and protect our customers that give customers the confidence to go do that. But I'll turn it over to Josh to maybe give a little more color to federal specifically.
Josh Isner:
I think Jeff was going to chime in first, Rick. .
Jeff Kunins:
Yes, sure. I totally echo everything Rick said. And then combined with that, you've heard us talk a lot, whether it's in margins or in many other places about scale and our flywheel and leverage over time. But in the way we invent and deliver our products to our customers as we do these market segments, expansion. The same thing is true there as well because you can think of leverage where we've spent a decade on our core dams and cameras products and then even longer on TASER. And at this point, even internally, what we have is small surgical dedicated parts of our engineering team for these expansion markets like federal who can inherit all of the common aspects of those products that are already fit for purpose for all segments we're competing in, but then overlay on top of that in a very focused way what our federal customers need to tailor those existing products to unlock federal. And then over time, as that keeps getting even more and more large and well situated, you'll see us build bespoke products that might be first for federal after we've earned the right by building out those sockets with loyalty to the products that we already had.
Josh Isner:
And I'd just add, finally, I think, to your question about fleet specifically, Eric, in federal, I think is we'll have 1 or 2 products off the bat that are nice fits for the customer and expand for lack of a better term from there. And then there will be other customers that see the value across the board in terms of what we offer and want to engage in a more extensive contract upfront. I think we still maintain the belief that either way, longer term, the customer ends up in the same place, which is very happy with Axon's full suite of products. And the VA is a great example of an agency that trust us on day 1 to deliver all of it. And in some other cases, we'll see that same phenomenon over time.
Erik Lapinski :
Awesome. That's really helpful. And maybe if I could just sneak in a follow-up. But more focused on records. It looks like in the release, you included at this point, you kind of have 40 agencies and 12 doing a full replacement. Just as we think about, obviously, a full replacement a very intensive workload. How much are you being relied on for that type of work? And do you see opportunity to potentially streamline that or build software around it over time that makes it kind of more simplified, I guess, in moving fully to records and just to understand maybe some of the time lines you're seeing with those 12.
Jeff Kunins:
Sure, I'll take that. So like we said, we're -- I think like you see when you talk to anyone in the industry, where we remain -- these are big complex deployments just like ERP systems and things like that, and there's nothing that will ever change the fundamental physics that those are big, complex systems because they have big complex work to do, but we are -- we remain extraordinarily optimistic and confident in our long-term trajectory and growing our leadership position in this segment. But we're approaching it and we think a humble and disciplined way, one deployment at a time. And as you heard us share we are both continuing to go up and to the right steadily in agencies adopting records overall and for their full deployment and the -- our ability to continue to scale up a number of those that we're working on simultaneously and the amount of bespoke work per each successive deployment, both of those are going in the right direction. And so I think you'll see continued steady and accelerating momentum there, but we also are not going to get over our skis and B2 Chess before we've earned it.
Erik Lapinski :
Awesome. Congrats on the good quarter.
Andrea James :
Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum :
Sure mute my stuff here. Guys, again, everybody else is saying during the phenomenal quarter. But as we look at some of the individual results, Axon Fleet sales were down 15% from the prior year Acanos down as well. Could the core even better? I'm assuming if you had access to some of the I guess, materials you wanted there. I guess perhaps provide a little bit of color on some of those 2 sites that did not perhaps do as well as some of the other items in your portfolio?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Certainly, Keith. And I don't necessarily want to speculate on what the quarter could have been. We're really proud of where we landed. But I think it is an indicator that the future looks bright for a variety of reasons, including increased fleet shipments. We did run into 1 or 2 minor items with the hubs that power our fleet unit from our supplier, but the good news is in Q4, you'll see that demand rebound substantially, and we expect to see our best ever shipment of fleet -- quarter of shipments for fleet specifically in Q4 and the strong demand continues well into the future there. And we're very excited to continue to build on our market lead in that product line.
Keith Housum :
Great. And just as my follow-up and maybe, Brittany, I put you on the hot seat here for your first time. As we talk about the Moonshot goal, how does that fit into Axon's I guess, existing R&D budget and the financial profile?
Brittany Bagley :
Yes. I mean I think the way we philosophically think about it is that we can achieve both really healthy top line growth and head towards that Moonshot. And do that profitably and have a really nice bottom line as part of the business. And so to your point, that will be a balance for us as we go forward. But of course, with our growth, we're not going to stop innovating. We're not going to stop investing in R&D. We're not going to stop coming up with great new products. And so it's just that a lot of those will be focused on helping achieve that mission, but all inside the financial profile that we think is the right long-term profile for the company.
Keith Housum :
So I guess I hear it in our way, you don't have to see a significant expense increase for R&D as a result of this large goal?
Brittany Bagley :
No. There's nothing specifically we're calling out on that. I do think we will continue to invest in R&D, and we've been consistent on saying that, but this wouldn't necessarily change that profile in a way we're calling out today.
Andrea James :
Sami Badri at Credit Suisse.
Sami Badri:
All right. My first question was on the 20% annualized growth target I was hoping you could kind of give us an idea on how you're going to get there, either by new subscriptions, existing subscriptions that are seeing some price increases as a function of new features -- maybe you could kind of give us an idea on the composition of that 20% growth. And then my second question is on CapEx. It looks like your guidance was reduced for the year. Could we just go through the puts and takes on that, please?
Josh Isner:
Sure. I'll start with the revenue growth question and then hand it over to Brittany for the CapEx question. I think, Sami, there's -- one of the beauties of our business and business model is there's a lot of different ways we can achieve exciting growth -- and it's not 1 specific thing. I think there are -- some of the things you mentioned are very much in play. We'll continue to invest in new products that delight customers and cause customers to want to buy more at higher pricing tiers and more premium bundles. But I think it really bought boils down to 2 specific things. One is -- we're going to do a really good job of building new products for our existing customer base, meaning state and local U.S., especially, how do we introduce new products into that base over time. And the second one is applying existing products to newer markets like international, federal and enterprise. And we really believe -- we're doing those things well in parallel, and we'll do them even better in parallel next year. And of course, by doing so, that opens up kind of growth opportunity on both of those axes. So I'll probably leave it at that for now and hand it over to Brittany for the CapEx question. .
Brittany Bagley :
Thanks, Josh. I mean, I think the only thing I would add is I think it's exciting how many levers I see the business having in terms of where and how it can grow. There's an enormous amount of opportunity. So now you have to focus and make sure you're executing against them and going after the right ones, but the opportunity is there. I think from a CapEx standpoint, what we just highlighted is we are making some CapEx investments this year, and some of those are getting really pushed out to next year. It's more of a in a timing piece than a fundamental change in strategy.
Sami Badri:
Got it. I have one more question, and it's mainly on working capital and just inventory. Do you foresee inventory levels just consistently stepping up from now all the way perhaps maybe until the end of 2023, just a function of supply chains and components and all those other factors that are essentially increasing inventory levels?
Brittany Bagley :
I'd say there are 2 things right now that are driving our inventory investments. One is, we are still not out of supply chain challenges. So we still have products that are supply constrained that we would like to get back in stock on and get to a better inventory position. And then I think, too, just with the types of growth we're seeing across some of our products, we need to continue to invest in inventory to support that top line growth. So I do think you'll continue to see that be just a strategic area of investment. I think at the same time, one of the things I talked about is really making sure we are doing a good job with our free cash flow. And so as we get to '23, we'll have to work to make sure we're appropriately balancing strong free cash flow generation with making sure we have that inventory we need to support the top line.
Andrea James :
Paul Chung with JPMorgan.
Paul Chung:
Yes. Okay. So just another follow-up on the free cash flow. So you're putting up record numbers here and have kind of seen free cash flow conversion surge as well. So talk about how the firm has driven the higher conversion? Is this kind of sustainable here.
Brittany Bagley :
I think it's been a big area of focus. The team has done a nice job specifically stepping up what they've been doing from a collection standpoint and paying more attention to our accounts receivable. And so that's a lot of what gets us. I think as we go through the rest of the year to our free cash flow targets. And again, I think it's just -- of course, we need to balance with our inventory investments and making sure we're in the right place from that standpoint, making sure from a CapEx standpoint, we're investing in the business where we need to invest in the business. But there should be some good free cash flow characteristics that we can continue to focus on.
Paul Chung:
Okay. Great. And then just a follow-up. On the investments you're pursuing, we saw a lot of that at the show. So we're seeing some momentum across your investment and what can really become more material over time, what do you get excited about on the investments there?
Brittany Bagley :
Yes. Well, I'll start and then maybe I'll let Jeff jump in a little bit, but I get excited in a couple of places. One, there really is this incredible ecosystem that the company has created where the hardware and the software have a flywheel to benefit each other. You heard us talking about how more customers are buying the premium parts of our business. And so that's really proving out the software. And so I get excited that we can make investments in partnerships that continue to drive that ecosystem. At the same time, with my CFO hat, we're going to be thoughtful and we're going to be disciplined about where and how we invest but I really do think we have a unique opportunity in front of us with that as a lever to continue to pull things in. And I think what's great is the more you can bundle some of these products together, the more powerful each one is. And so it's just a great opportunity there. But Jeff, I know you spend a lot of time thinking through the ecosystem and products and where we should make investments. So if you want to add anything.
Jeff Kunins:
Sure, absolutely. Thanks, Brittany. Again, thanks for the question. Yes, I think of it, of course, very similarly, I think in 3 core areas. One, as Josh said earlier and Rick alluded to in people not stepping down, the power of our bundles, I sort of belay my own Amazon roots and the power of things like crime or other similarly situated models. The fact is that giving customers for a fair price that they already think is a great deal even for a subset of the benefits that they already know they want to use. And then once they've done that, they have access to at what feels like free to them an additional and steadily growing set of product benefits that just light up. In fact, just today, I was talking with one of my team members who was at 1 of our major city customers who's already in a particular level of our bundles, but they weren't using performance, for example, and they had been approached by another company with a stand-alone product at IACP, and then we help them realize and remember that they had access to performance and boom, they instantly started using it, and now they're more excited about the bundle than ever. I think the second across our ecosystem, as you've heard Andrew and all of us talk about is not just our own first-party product, but more and more and more the story or the narrative or the idea of the Axon network is becoming more and more tangibly real as customers have and use both our own products and our partners' products, whether that's Block or Fūsus or DroneSense or [D-Drone], yes, it's great that they can sometimes buy those on one piece of paper, but the actual products themselves light up in ways that weren't -- were just a moments in a video, a demo vision idea not too long ago, and now they're real. And then the third that gets me excited about in our own products is more and more of these magical connections and leverage from our software services adding value to our hardware, even once that hardware has already been deployed. And the 2 greatest examples of that are Respond. And so the many, many, many hundreds of thousands of our AB3 body cameras that are now have respond paid licenses connected with them and those agencies using those real-time connected features respond, which is both a paid add-on and great value and ALPR-as-a-software connection to Fleet 3. And the absolute peanut butter and chocolate combination that our customers are finding of having both the world's best hands-down stand-alone in-car camera system, but that being connected to the world's best cloud-powered democratized access price point and ethically design ALPR system. So it's those connections, both inside our first-party products and across us and our partners' products. That's super exciting for me.
Andrea James :
Will Power at Baird. Go head, Will, you are up.
Will Power:
I guess a couple of questions. First 1 is probably for Josh, maybe Jeff, but nice acceleration in the software revenue in the quarter. I guess I'd love to get any other color around the key drivers of that. How much of that is tied to OSP 7+ adoption, attorneys and dams. I mean what's kind of leading to that acceleration when you've seen the last few quarters?
Josh Isner:
Yes, certainly, Will, nice to see you again. I think it's really just a combination of a few things driving more users to our more premium licenses, expanding our user base to more software-only use cases outside of kind of core state and local, you mentioned attorneys, that's certainly a big one, and there are others along that same realm -- and then just increased overall adoption across Evidence.com even within state and local, we continue to add users every quarter, and we see some of that also in federal and international and enterprise as well. So goes back to really focusing on selling more into our existing markets and then opening up new markets in parallel, and that's 1 of the places we're seeing some of the results. And of course, there's a lot more work to do there as well.
Will Power :
Okay. And then maybe just second question, for Britney. Just as we look at margins, EBITDA margins going forward, I know you touched on it, it sounds like you expect EBITDA margins to dip in I guess it would be great to get any additional color there's going to be higher revenue than I think at least we were modeling previously, obviously, down from Q3, are there seasonal issues there? Q3 obviously helped most helped by the outperformance on the revenue side. But then, I guess, in tandem with that, just your broader thought process on EBITDA margin expansion over the next few years as you move into '23, what does that kind of comp look like relative to '22? Any other kind of frameworks that can help us with there.
Brittany Bagley :
Yes. So I think a couple of things going on in Q4 are we talked about having slightly less leverage on our OpEx -- we do continue to invest in OpEx as we head into the fourth quarter of the year. We have also talked a little bit about how it's still a very positive margin for the overall year. So we'll get to almost 19% EBITDA margins. But I think if you look at sort of last year to this year, what you really saw was gross margins came down year-over-year, and that's a lot of what was impacting our EBITDA margins year-over-year. So we actually have managed to get some OpEx leverage if you look at some of those numbers. And so as we look and start thinking about what is that going to be like in the future, it's 1 of the main reasons that I'm really starting by digging into gross margins and where can we get some continued leverage in gross margins. That all can then flow through to the bottom line and support what we come out with in terms of longer-term EBITDA targets. We'll have more for you on '23 when we get to our Q4 earnings call, but really looking forward to digging in there and being able to provide some more of that color.
Andrea James :
Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Congrats. Brittany, I want to follow up on that last point, actually. So gross performance was pretty solid especially with a lot of the revenue upside tied to 83 cameras. And now that you've had obviously still getting familiar with the company and the opportunities and so forth. But I sense that there is a notable tone change in terms of opportunity on gross margin and that, that may be like a key focus on a go-forward basis of where there's opportunity. So I wanted to get a sense for the timing of -- well, A, how much low-hanging fruit do you think there is because maybe if you're going to gain 500 basis points, how much of that is easy and how much of it is -- you're going to have work hard? So I wanted to get a sense of how much opportunity you think there is overall? And then also the timing on what you think if -- again, I'm just throwing something out there but how much of the gains do you think could happen in the next 18 to 24 versus a five or six year slot?
Brittany Bagley :
Yes. No, I appreciate the question. I mean I would say I think that the business has been well run. And so I wouldn't say there's any glaring low-hanging fruit, but I would also say it's a business that's come through many of the supply -- well, still in many of the ongoing supply chain challenges. So -- the company has been paying PPV and having to invest in manufacturing capacity and automation and all things, I think, that have been talked about but should start to see some benefits going forward as we continue to grow, as we continue to get scale on some of those investments, hopefully as we get to a more normalized supply chain, you saw the growth in software, which is higher margin for us. So that product mix is very important going forward. I think all of those things are the things that we're going to need to do to drive gross margin improvement.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And in a similar vein, then in terms of -- it also sends that maybe your OpEx growth might also be -- there's been a lot of investment over the last few years. And a lot of that was new product rollout and not that you're not still iterating from there. But it does -- I do get the sense that now you're going to mature or realize some of the opportunities in those business that it's taken 4, 5 years to lay the foundation and start to see a little scale. Is that a correct read that obviously, continue to invest, but maybe the rate of growth in your OpEx might be a little bit lower than what it's been in the last few years.
Brittany Bagley :
I mean I think that we're certainly looking to get some good OpEx leverage as we continue to grow. But I also -- I don't want to leave you with the impression that we're not going to continue to invest in their growth because the opportunity in front of us is just so enormous you should all want us to be investing behind going after that. And so I think we're going to continue to be really thoughtful about where we do that and make sure we're getting a good return on those investment dollars, but both from an R&D standpoint and then some of these new channel opportunities are big and you're starting to see that pay off in federal. And so we would like to keep doing that and keep driving that top line growth, just doing that profitably and making sure there's a good balance there and a good focus on really getting return for the dollars we're investing.
Andrea James :
We’ll go a couple of minutes over. Erik Suppiger at JMP. Go ahead.
Erik Suppiger:
On the international front, can you talk a little bit about kind of the near-term strategy? I'm not sure if there's a time line associated with the 5x opportunity that you envision there, but can you talk a little bit about kind of your lead products and how you're going to develop the international markets?
Josh Isner:
Sure. I think generally speaking, the focus, Eric, is really to land with 1 product, whether it's on the CEW side, the video side, interview room, in-car video, any of our digital evidence management products, and there we'll bet on ourselves to continue to grow the adoption and numbers and volume of that 1 product, but we'll also grow the adoption and volume of other products along the way. So right now, we still remain focused on doing everything we can to grow in the U.K. and Canada and Australia being our Tier 1 international markets, but also just finding 1 product to fit in all of these other large national police forces and from their supplement with our additional products. And I think it's working well. We've seen a lot of interesting TASER adoption this year in markets where we haven't really participated before, but we also see a tremendous pipeline going into next year and the year after, not only across TASER, but across body cams and cloud. So we're very excited about the prospects of international, and it's really about that land and expand strategy that we talked about earlier in the call.
Rick Smith:
Let me jump in and help the I think, in particular, this Moonshot, right? One can look at that and say, okay, well, how do I tie that back to the commute return to the company? And what we're trying to do is push ourselves not to just think of, in particular, the TASER as a product that we're going to incrementally -- making marginally better than the last version, but how do we absolute the bullet? How do we become the primary defensive weapon and 1 that doesn't fail? When we do that, we will move the TASER from a specialist item that a few officers or a specialized team may have to where every officer is going to need one. Now in the United States, Police will carry a TASER on 1 hip and a gun on the other. In most international markets, we don't see that dynamic happen where vest-in, I think maybe a more American approach to carry both devices. When we start to approach the stopping power and reliability of a pistol with a nominative weapon, I think that will be a game changer where -- not in the United States, the United States has unique challenges because of the gun culture broadly in the country, cop certainly need to carry both for quite some time. But if you think about France, Germany, Spain or [indiscernible] international where officers are routinely wearing handguns, if we can give them something that's similar in performance stopping power, I think we'll see those countries potentially shift to where a TASER energy weapon can become their primary device and suddenly we go from 5% to 10% of a police force to approximating even a 100%. So I think that sort of thinking is going to pay off in really break out moments of growth for us, particularly in the international space. And then the other piece is the Cloud. We are hammering the way. It's taken longer than I thought it would in Europe, in particular, to get acceptance to the cloud over the same objections we saw in the U.S. a decade ago. We're seeing some bright spots and signs of light. And I think if we get 1 or 2 leading customers to crack and prove the cloud is safe, but we'll start to see the dam break there as well. So I'm particularly excited about the international opportunities led by TASER overall.
Erik Suppiger:
Does the TASER take time? You had talked about the Moonshot and getting to the point where it starts to obsolete bullet. Does that imply that the lead product would be the sensors and dams until TASER starts reaching that level or what -- how do you think between those 2?
Rick Smith:
Well, I'd say in many markets, the TASER is already a lead product. It tends to bring us, I think, into more markets because of its unique value proposition. But I think that will accelerate as we continue to step up its capability to move from a specialist capture tool to a highly reliable personal defense system. I don't know if you want to make any additional commentary, Josh.
Josh Isner:
I think that covers it, Rick.
Andrea James :
We'll take questions from one more list and then Rick will close this out. Logan Hennen from Northland Securities.
Logan Hennen :
Congrats again another great quarter. So with our first question, we were hoping that you guys could shed a little light around what percentage of sales is currently coming from the federal government -- and how do you guys expect that to change come fiscal year '23 and '24?.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Logan, I appreciate the question, and thanks a lot. I don't know that we're going to go into that level of detail right now. I'd say our focus in federal continues to remain on growing bookings and total contract value, with the expectation is that flows to the top line and revenue not only upfront as those contracts are signed, but over time. But at this point, we're not prepared to break out federal revenue. And maybe we'll reassess later. But at the moment, we're stick with the way we're reporting it.
Logan Hennen :
Yes. Understandable. So our next question is, what should we anticipate for fourth quarter bookings? What have you guys kind of noticed so far? Do you expect that to be the highest in any quarter this year?
Josh Isner:
We do expect Q4 to be our highest bookings quarter of the year for sure and maybe even ever depending on a few factors there. So we're certainly excited about it, but that's the extent to which we'll elaborate on that right now.
Andrea James :
All right. Thank you, Logan, and thank you, everyone. We're going to have Rick close us out.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. And of course, thanks for our shareholders. It is with great pride that we're able to deliver results like this and it is an amazing team. I got to tell you, Josh Isner, having watched him grow in his career is just an amazing team builder and he gets a lot of credit for helping us find and recruit Brittany, who -- This is her first call with you guys, but I can tell you, we're already feeling the magic that she's adding to the team. And of course, Jeff and the amazing team he has built over in product, and he's continuing to just bring in amazing talent. So there's never been a better time to be at Axon or the Moonshot. We didn't blindly make that promise without some pretty clear vision of how we're going to get there. So to get to the move, we're working on the Saturn V and the Eagle Lander and a lot of really awesome tech, you can expect to see over the next couple of years. So with that, I'm going to wish you all a happy holiday season. Thank you for your patience and sticking with us. Many of -- been following the company for a long time. We're delighted to see the investments we're making in the past pay off, and we're excited to show you where today's investments will pay off tomorrow in the future. So if I don't see you all, enjoy your holidays, and we look forward to talking to you in the new year.
Andrea James:
[Abrupt Start] ….today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. And before we go to Rick, we will open with our earnings video. [Video Presentation]
Rick Smith:
Awesome. All right. Well, I will launch in. Andrea, and Angel, great job, as always, on the quarterly video, that's fantastic. Great way to share all the exciting stuff with our shareholders. Okay. We're executing on what is shaping up to be a really excellent year. And our confidence in our growth extends well beyond 2022. We emerged from the pandemic and civil unrest of 2020 in our strongest position ever. And now we're fortunate to be able to leverage that position and strength, while many parts of the economy are experiencing uncertainty. We're seeing broad-based strength across our product numbers, and we're really energized by the growing number of agencies that are buying nearly everything we offer and signing up for 10-year contracts, sometimes even 12 years. It's exciting to see an agency go all in with Axon. We set a vision several years ago that an agency wouldn't just say, well, we have a TASER device or maybe we have body cameras and Evidence.com, but would instead simply describe Axon as their technology partner. And that's starting to happen now. When agencies sign up for all of our software solutions, plus our body camera, dash camera, the TASER 7, the VR training, our drone solution and so on. Customers are increasingly demonstrating their confidence that we are the right technology partner for them for the next decade. We made it easy for our customers to bet on us, because our team delivers. Now on to some other hours. We expect profitability to improve in the back half of this year. We expect to drive increased leverage coming out of Q2, when we had some expenses that won't repeat, more on that coming from Jim in a moment. Also, we recently launched an internal campaign called, spend it like it's yours to climb down on some low-hanging fruits such as travel expenses and swap. In fact, we created a new position of pointing a swag czar who must approve all purchases. Being scrappy is not new to Axon. We're just taking it to another level of rigor. I was recently quoted in the Wall Street Journal as last week saying, it's good to go on a swag detox. Not every event needs a T-shirt, and we need to balance the need to travel against what we can do over Zoom, such as maybe sending one or two key representatives to be in the room and having others join online. We're continuing though to hire and invest in this environment, and we're disciplined about it. Our bar for talent continues to move higher, where we have seen other technology companies slowdown their hiring that presents us with opportunity. And you'll see some of that in our increased headcount spending in the second quarter. Thinking back to 2008 in that downturn, we invested in creating the cloud and body camera business, while our competitors were pulling back. The results of that decision are measured in billions of market cap. I say ages favor the adaptable and we see times like these when the work for talent pools as an opportunity to advance our mission, so will come out of far stronger and more competitive. Our commitment to generating strong cash flow and operational discipline is shared among the entire leadership team. You'll see in our shareholder letter that we've revised our expected capital expenditures this year to reflect slower pacing on our net campus investments. We're adjusting our pacing to reflect a world that is still in flux, as we determine the best and highest use of the campus, optimizing for the new world of hybrid work, as well as the best and highest uses for our capital. It's more important that we get it right than we get it fast and we are preserving optionality. Finally, I feel great about the trajectory of our C-suite. Since our last call, Josh Isner was appointed COO; and Isaiah Fields an 11-year earn veteran of Axon was promoted to our Chief Legal Officer. Also, we've made a lot of progress with our CFO search, which Josh will highlight in a little bit more detail. In the meantime, Interim CFO, Jim Zito, hasn't missed a beat. Before turning over the call to Josh, let me take a moment to share my thoughts about Josh's leadership skills. First, Josh's promotion to COO was really a natural progression for him and for Axon. Josh has been a rockstar since the day he got here, and he exudes sheer confidence. He built the revenue stream and embodies our core value to own it. For the past 7 years, Josh has owned quarterly revenue delivery, where he's helped us establish an excellent track record. Josh is highly focused on delivering results and executing and exhibits excellent discernment. I'm thrilled with our partnership and our working dynamics. We have a rigorous and healthy back and forth, and I'm very confident in his leadership during the next phase of rapid growth. And with that, now let me turn it over to Josh Isner.
Josh Isner:
Thanks a lot, Rick. I appreciate that and it's good to see everybody. In my new role, I'm humbled by the trust our team, our customers and our shareholders have placed in me. We are working hard every day to deliver on our mission and drive exciting growth in tandem with margin expansion. Here's what that looks like in terms of where I'm investing my time and focus. First, I'm working on building a world-class team from top to bottom. as opposed to focusing on simply filling the needs of today, I'm working with our leadership team to build the team we need for the next 5 to 10 years. We will focus on a next play mindset, versatility, mental toughness and the capability to deliver outsized outcomes as the core characteristics of our team. That starts with the search for our new CFO. We have made a lot of progress in this area, and we are very excited about the candidates that we have attracted. We hope to have someone to announce shortly that I am personally thrilled about. As Rick said, I couldn't be happier about the partnership we've had with Jim. His steady leadership has allowed us to take our time with the search for a permanent CFO. He has been the consummate teammate and done whatever the team has asked. I sincerely appreciate Jim's leadership. Second, I'll be driving discipline and prioritization across the business. The one thing each of us truly controls is where we focus our attention. We have a lot of exciting opportunities to go after. And as you all know, we will unlock maximal value by focusing our efforts only in the areas where we can have the most impact and deliver the most value for our customers. That is the optimal path for shareholder value creation as well. For every opportunity we say yes to, we will say no to dozens. And when we do say yes, we will win. From there, our job is to block out the noise and execute. Third, I will be ensuring that we are aggressively pursuing our total addressable market opportunity. We value that at $52 billion, and it continues to grow as Axon unveils new products and unlocks new markets. We view our channel as one of Axon's core differentiators, and we will continue to invest into new geographies and customer segments such as commercial enterprises, federal and adjacent markets. We will also be scaling our VR, drones, records and dispatch businesses. For every single one of our product lines, our best days are ahead. That includes the TASER business, which is changing the world for the better and it's just getting started internationally. I think you're going to be very pleased with what you see unfold here over the next couple of years. And finally, the entire management team is looking forward to turning on the free cash flow spigot over the next several quarters, which opens up a lot of options for us as a company. This is totally within our control, and we are implementing a plan to optimize the level of execution in this area. We can do a lot better here. With that, I'll hand the call over to Jim.
Jim Zito:
Thanks, Rick and Josh. Hello, everyone. It's great to see you again. We had an excellent quarter, as you can see in our shareholder letter. Let me put some context around the results and how we are thinking about our outlook. Top line momentum continued with growth of over 30%, and gross margin improved sequentially. We delivered second quarter adjusted EBITDA of $50 million, a margin of about 17.5% largely reflecting some expenses that were unique to this quarter. Let me unpack that for you. During the second quarter, we spent about $1 million on Axon ACCELERATE, our annual user conference, which has become strategically important to our sales pipeline, technology leadership and ecosystem expansion. Additionally, we committed more than $3 million in incremental mid-year bonuses to employees at the senior director level and below. This was an intentional decision given the team over delivering on results in an environment where inflation was impacting their lives. We did so precisely because we had line of sight to stronger-than-expected revenue, both in the quarter and in the back half of the year, which is reflected in our updated outlook. We are especially pleased that we could issue this bonus without affecting our projected adjusted EBITDA margin percentage for the year. The fundamental strength of our business allowed us to demonstrate our commitment both to our shareholders and to the team members who work so hard for our customers. With that context on the quarter, we are already focusing on moderating expense growth going forward to help drive adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. Our working capital needs were $23 million in the quarter, and we have already started to see some of that reverse in July, which is driving us to maintain our full year adjusted free cash flow outlook. Finally, I'd really like to highlight our commentary in the shareholder letter about our technology partner ecosystem, which was exciting to see in action this past May at ACCELERATE. In June, we renewed our strategic technology partnership with Microsoft Azure, who will continue to be the primary host of our software platform and cloud. This is a great partnership for us in many ways. Microsoft is a global leader in cloud technology. Of course, they need no introduction. Our customers trust Microsoft and thereby feel secure putting their data into our cloud. As part of the renewal, we extended our contract term for another six years, which gives us long-term pricing certainty and cost visibility for our Axon Cloud business. The renewal supports our software gross margin target of more than 80% and also paves the way for faster international cloud expansion without diluting this target. And what's also excellent about this partnership is the ability it affords us to offer pricing predictability to our own customers. So it's just a winning deal all around. We also highlighted several of our ecosystem partners in strategic investments during our Accelerate conference and in today's letter. The investments we make are driven by our long-term product strategy, which is set under the leadership of Rick, Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins, and Josh. Our corporate development team led by Andrea has been a key thought partner in enabling Axon to grow into its role as the definitive technology hub for public safety. We take pride in our approach to identifying emerging market leaders in the high-value sectors that we know well, integrating their solutions with ours and combining them with the power of our direct sales channel and deep customer relationships. Importantly, the structures our corporate development team has negotiated on behalf of Axon provide us with significant flexibility and optionality on the investments we make. The ability to obtain customer feedback experiment with product integrations and see how our teams work together, allows us to preserve optionality for our business, delight our customers and expand our technology ecosystem in a highly efficient way. And with that, Andrea, let's take questions.
A - Andrea James:
All right. Thanks. Here, we all are in gallery. We will take our first question from Will Power at Baird. Go ahead, Will, you're up.
Will Power:
All right. Great. Thanks, Andrea. I propose the two that maybe the next Analyst Day would be at the racetrack and we can help you test ALPR. I'd like a couple of quick questions. The cloud growth continues to be strong. Obviously, Evidence.com is a key component of that. But I'd love to unpack any of the other kind of key drivers there. What are you seeing with record management, any of the other kind of key pieces of the software portfolio, what does the traction of trends look like?
Josh Isner:
Yeah. Thanks for the question, Will, and nice to see you again. I'd say for us, we've talked about this a lot in the video. I mentioned our flywheel for us. The biggest thing we can be doing quarter-to-quarter is driving the number of officer safety plan subscriptions up. That bundles essentially all our products outside of dispatch that we sell – sorry, dispatch and fleet. And it provides optionality for customers to opt into records, but it – it provides a nice base for ARR between the license, all the software add-ons, the TASER, the virtual reality. And so for us, that's really the major focus in our state and local business is to drive as many renewals and purchases of that plan as we can. In addition to that, I think we are seeing exciting growth in some of our newer segments, one of which is federal, another is international. And then even in newer ones like justice and corrections, we're seeing an uptick. And so I'd say, all of those are combining to just provide a lot of wind in our back, as we go on here and we certainly still feel like our best days are in front of us.
Will Power:
That's great. Josh, maybe just one more for you. As you look at the international opportunity in front of you, any perspective on how the macro climate is or isn't impacting sales cycles, demand trends, et cetera, that's kind of the broader question. And then number two, tied to international in your prepared remarks, it sounds like you're feeling better and better about the TASER opportunity. What -- maybe just any other color or perspective what's driving that optimism?
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. So internationally, in general, to answer your first question, I don't think we're seeing any kind of macro impacts at this point in terms of adoption, interest, buying cycles and so forth. I think we've performed in the TASER segment. We are seeing national police forces by larger order quantities of TASERs than we've seen in the past, which is really exciting. Because when we're talking about a national police force, five, six, seven times the size of NYPD and they're starting their purchases and in the thousands, the high four digits into five-digit, thousands of units of orders, like it's very exciting, because we know that we're very good at kind of the land and expand type of playbook. And so, we look at these as really good indicators for the future of our TASER business, and we do -- we are working with more and more national police forces across the world. And I'd say on top of that, our execution in our Tier 1 markets, the UK, Canada and Australia has been really strong, where we continue to see more adoption of Evidence.com and body cams, but also kind of our newer features on Evidence.com like real-time streaming and transcription. And so, the next step for us internationally is going to repeat -- is going to be to repeat that same level of execution in Tier 2 and Tier 3 markets. And there, we've got to do a really good job of evangelizing the cloud and helping customers understand why the cloud is far, far better as a mechanism for storing and sharing digital evidence. And so, we're working through that process. We'll continue to build there. But we're really excited about all the work our International team is doing and they're really focused right now on driving the results upward.
Will Power:
That’s great. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] We'll take our next question from Erik Suppiger from JMP. Go ahead, Erik.
Erik Suppiger:
Yes. Thanks for taking the question. Good quarter here. One, I don't know if you said this, but can we assume that backlog grew from the end of Q1 to the end of Q2, or how should we think about some of the backlog that you carried in from Q4 into Q1? And did that roll into Q2? And then, secondly, any comments about supply constraints? Did that improve or where are we from a supply-constrained -- supply chain constraint perspective?
Josh Isner:
I can still --
Jim Zito:
I take the first half of that. I guess, yes, so we can disclose future contracted revenue, Erik, in the letter. So that grew to $3.3 billion. So it was up versus a little bit less than $3 billion as of the end of Q2. And then, yes, there's really no -- nothing -- in Q4, we had some unfulfilled demand that rolled into the first half of the year, but we're sort of back to more normalized levels, obviously, quarter-to-quarter order inflows. And I guess, Josh, do you want to take the supply chain, please?
Josh Isner:
Sure, thing. And I'd just add to that, just traditionally in the back half, revenue performed stronger than the first half. So we're -- we see plenty of demand still and certainly are going to execute against that demand. In terms of supply chain, in general, our supply chain team has been one of our top- performing teams at Axon. As you can see in other businesses, companies are getting hit hard by supply chain constraints. Our team has just done a masterful job navigating through some of those challenges. And frankly, this is one of the reasons we do keep some inventory on the shelves to get through periods like we've had over the last few quarters. And so we think at this point, things look better and better each quarter. Like we do feel that we're through the worst of it, and that will continue to be able to build the supply orders, but also start to build a little buffer there as well on our TASER and core body camera lines.
Erik Suppiger:
Would you care to guess as to timing when supply chain might be relatively normalized? Any thoughts where we'll be as we enter 2023?
Josh Isner:
Well, at this point, I don't think we're guessing. We're just executing against our plan. And I think by the end of this year, we'll certainly see some buffer in the TASER 7 and AB 3 or Axon Body 3 product lines. And from there, I think it will just be about optimizing the level of inventory we keep on the shelves. And so from an investor results perspective, I wouldn't plan on seeing any kind of abnormal activity in either product shipped or inventory backlogs.
Erik Suppiger:
Great. Thank you.
Andrea James :
Great. Thank you. Next question is Sami Badri from Credit Suisse. Go ahead, Sami.
Sami Badri:
Hi. Thank you. You made a reference earlier, maybe it was Rick, regarding profitability being better in the second half of 2022. And I think you just made a reference that second half revenue growth is -- or at least second half revenue production is usually better than the first half. So is there a specific segment or a product that's seeing very good profitable dynamics in the second half that's kind of giving you guys that operating leverage? That's the first question. The second question is the free cash flow guidance was reiterated and unchanged for the fiscal year 2022, but it looks like there were some changes in CapEx. Could you kind of give us the puts and takes on that?
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. I'll talk briefly about the free cash flow element there. Remind me of your first question, Sami.
Sami Badri:
Products that are enabling better profitability in the second half of 2022.
Josh Isner:
Yes, I'll take those two, and then I'll kick it over to Rick on the campus piece as well. So in general, I think we see stronger bookings in the back half of each year, and that's really across all products. This is the end of -- sorry, Q3 is the end of the fiscal year for several major markets in the US. It's also the federal government's end of their fiscal year. So, a combination of budgets ending and having some money to spend. And then the new budget starting, if there's a line item for our products, it tends to be a pretty active part of the year. And so I'd say, the big driver of profitability is the TASER business, and we expect exciting results there. But really across the board, we do see a lot of upside in the back half of the year. And in terms of free cash flow, I'd just say, we've reiterated our guidance, because we feel like, frankly, coming from sales, this to me is not all that different than inside sales. We've got to get in touch with customers, have a process we follow, have well-trained people on the phone, get commitments, follow-up on those commitments and then just get to the point of real predictability there. And I think Jim and I are partnering together there, and we've just brought in a new AR leader, I'm personally investing time with our accounts receivable team to build a playbook here where we can really measure efficiency and productivity. But this -- again, this one is really within our control. And when we couple that like you mentioned, Sami, with a better EBITDA, both dollars and margins in the back half of the year, there's a lot of opportunity to improve free cash flow in the back half, and we're really focused on it, and that's what we're going to do. And so I'll kick it over to Rick to talk about the new campus.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Thanks, Josh. So earlier this year, we projected an accelerating spend on the new campus. We've -- now we're basically telling you we're going to slow that down. We're pacing it out a bit. There have been a number of things. I'd say one of them is just the inflationary environment. What we've seen as we were getting ready to really move forward with more of the significant build-out on the campus, construction costs are just up pretty dramatically. And when we couple that with, we've also seen COVID resurging, I think, even more than people had expected. And we looked at the whole return to work dynamic, we've come to accept that the future is going to be hybrid work. And so we also see opportunity to really look at what is the best use of the overall land, really optimizing for collaborative events, customer centric events, of course, the land that we need and the space we need for manufacturing and warehousing and all that. But maybe shifting the balance away from the idea of people coming into the office so much and really more the hybrid work environment. And then in this environment as well, like there's a lot going on, and we just wanted to preserve some optionality of our cash. So we basically -- let's slow down a little bit, let's really recalibrate and see what the post-COVID world looks like and let took the building cost cool off a little bit, and now give us a little time to just keep tuning and refining. The world is in a pretty constant state of flux and we'd rather take our time to make sure we get it right.
Sami Badri:
Got it. Thank you.
Andrea James:
All right. Next up, Keith Housum with Northcoast. Go ahead, Keith.
Josh Isner:
Hey, Keith, it looks like you're on mute.
Keith Housum:
Sorry. Thanks, guys. Appreciate it. Looking at the TASER gross margins and your commentary regarding improvement in the second half of the year, I mean, previously, I think the manufacturing automation was going to happen when you're going to build the campus, but it sounds like things are changing. Perhaps touch on what your plans are for the second half of the year of improving the automation in the manufacturing process?
Jim Zito:
Yeah. I would say that's not fully dependent on the campus headquarters. We're already starting to build out that automation. I think part of what we're seeing in the first half was really pressure in terms of growing into our expanded manufacturing footprint. So we've been investing to build out the footprint and capacity to build. And I think as we grow into those build plans, I think we'll see better overhead absorption in there. And I think that's not contingent upon the new building.
Keith Housum:
Got you. And then the professional services part that hurt the software and sensor gross margins. Was that in advance of the CAD and the systems you're putting in, or where was that spending being done?
Jim Zito:
I think it covers CAD, RMS are the software pieces, but there's a heavy fleet portion as well. So fleet -- there was a big uptick in terms of fleet install. So all those things together lead to that PSO revenue becoming a slightly bigger portion of the cloud revenue, but that's enabling that high-margin software cloud revenue growth as well. So it's set the groundwork for future growth. But I think PSO is an important part of us controlling that customer experience and really getting sticky customers.
Keith Housum:
Okay. Thanks Jim. Appreciate it.
Andrea James:
All right. Awesome. Thank you so much. Next question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon. I just wanted to understand, first of all, with your headcount increases, can you talk a little bit about where you're making sort of those incremental hires? And what sort of changed for you to want to make those hires now? I think you referenced a better hiring environment, but just curious in terms of your thinking.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. I think, look, the last couple of years, we've hired very, very aggressively across all segments of the business. And now -- we're starting in a lot of places to grow into that size and not need to hire as aggressively. But the one major exception to that is in product. I think from our perspective, we have a lot of great ideas, and we limit those -- what we do based on where we think we have the most upside and also the size of our team and what our team can take on. And so for us, as long as there's talented engineers, product managers on the market that can help us deliver product faster and build products that we feel can really change our outcomes in public safety, we're going to keep investing there. And so I think going into next year, the mindset is going to be -- get a little leaner in terms of our hiring plans in SG&A and continue to be aggressive where we can in R&D.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it. And then just as a follow-up, when we think about some of the cost savings initiatives that you referenced, either on the T&E side or other areas. Can you talk a little bit about maybe philosophically, where you're seeing that opportunity, the spend as if it's your own, I know I'm not saying that right, but that campaign -- yes, I just want to understand, like do you feel like there was maybe lack of oversight there in the past, or is this a situation where you're just trying to tighten the belt a little bit. Thank you.
Josh Isner:
I think it's -- I'm not sure it's a lack of oversight. I think certainly, we've got very good controls and process in place to measure expenses. But I think at times, we've gotten just a little bit bloated in how we think about things from the number of people that attend meetings with customers like Rick mentioned, or Swag is another obvious one, where we have -- and maybe the absence of being in the office, we've used Swag as a way to kind of connect with our employees. And so I think there's just opportunities to – to get a little more efficient in those places. It's not necessarily an indictment of anyone or anything we've done in the past. It's just more like the landscape has changed a little bit. We see all this exciting revenue growth well into the future. And it's just a matter of getting leverage out of that growth where we can without impacting our employee sentiment at Axon. And I think we can read that needle very effectively.
Rick Smith:
Yes. Let me jump in and add it as well. Like a business like any community can't sort of have all messages all resonate all at the same time. And so you go through cycles, several years ago, we had a scrappy year where -- that was an opportunity for us to lead and say, okay, this is the year we want people to really like it's very similar what we did we spend it like pictures, like old be scrappy was, hey, we want to focus in on finding ways to more efficiently get things done and where more people are being scrappy and not throwing a body at every problem. We've had a fair number of new employees come in. And certainly, we have our standard expense controls and training, but we felt with what's happening, look, the overall market is down, inflation is up other companies are, I'd say, more aggressively cutting back their investment plans. We saw this as an opportunity to communicate with our employees say, 'Hey, spend it like it's ours, right? Like this is a moment, let's take what's going outside, everyone has things in your control where you cut back spending. And by doing that, we'll all be rewarded. The market is rewarding companies that have more financial rigor, and we can also reward you by investing and not having to pull back on our investment plans and the exciting things we want to go build. But we can't just be toned up and continue as if the macro environment hasn't shifted. So, I think this was a balanced way for us to connect with -- maybe even some of the angst our employees are feeling about the macro environment, like, hey, here's something you can do really buckle down on expenses so we can continue to invest over here because we know these are the times those investments really pay off. Our hiring has accelerated, and I think a big part of that is it's the macro environment. We don't have as many competitors. We're having more success recruiting because we're just not competing with as many other tech companies that are as aggressive right now. And so these are the times we want to lean in and accelerate our growth. So, I hope that gives a little bit of context as to how we felt we could position us with the company employees to really get them all rolling in the same direction.
Jim Zito:
The fact one thing I'd probably add to that too is just like overall travel costs, as like everybody is seeing, also went up sort of at the same time as we sort of dealt with that sort of pent up post pandemic demand. And I think as Rick said, we adjust to sort of how the best way to operate in the most efficient ways from a travel and hybrid perspective going forward. I think we'll thread the needle a little bit better in terms of meeting that. And I think everybody's plays are focused on that.
Andrea James:
All right. Awesome. Josh Riley at Needham, you're up next.
Josh Riley:
All right. Thanks Andrea for the questions. So, TASER revenues, obviously, were very strong in the quarter, quite a bit above what we were modeling. You touched on this a bit, but how much of the back orders you expected at the end of last year to be complete? I think you had mentioned previously by the first half or now through, I think you mentioned it was like $30 million. And then can you remind us if there's any seasonality to TASER shipments and if that could affect Q3 or Q4 TASER revenue just so we have an idea sequentially.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely, Josh. Thanks for the question. So, I'd say it's fair to say we're caught up on the TASER shipments from Q4 last year and we've shipped those over Q1 and Q2. And because sequentially, TASER shipments go up in the back half of the year that we still feel like Q3 and Q4 will be the highlights of the year revenue-wise. And so I think that's kind of the story Q4 tends to be a little a little higher than Q3, but over the years, we've seen the inverse of that as well. But as a back half, we certainly have a lot of confidence that will outpace the first half of this year in revenue.
Josh Reilly:
Got it. That's super helpful. And then on the Axon Fleet units, those increased nicely as well quarter-over-quarter. Should we assume that all of those are Fleet 3 at this point, or are you still shipping any Fleet 2? And then how should we think about the level of supply constraint versus demand from that product?
Josh Isner:
Yes. In terms of the mix of fleet, there's still a little bit of Fleet 2, but mainly Fleet 3 and of course, a lot of body camera shipments going out. Supply chain constraints, I'd say, we have plenty of supply to deliver on our guidance in the back half of the year. Product-by-product, when we get outside of the core TASER and body camera products, there's a little bit of flux month-to-month there. But in a macro sense, we are feeling great about where we stand from an inventory perspective.
Josh Reilly:
Awesome. Thanks guys.
Andrea James:
All right. Jeremy Hamblin from Craig-Hallum. Go ahead Jeremy
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks for taking the questions. Congrats on the strong momentum in the business. So federal contract's clearly a pretty key segment right now, really a big driver of the business, a ton of momentum there. I wanted to get a sense for whereas we've seen executive order mandating federal agencies to use body cams. I wanted to get a sense for what you're seeing internationally in terms of that type of mandate, that type of adoption. Typically, there's been a decent lag period between instituting that type of policy. But there have been significant incidents, both in English-speaking world as well as other places with surprises incidents. Japan comes to mind, where we wanted to get a sense for what the pulse is of other government agencies around the globe.
Josh Isner:
Yeah. I think it's a good question, Jeremy. And as you'd expect, it varies a little bit. I can say, just like the United States, Canada, Australia and the UK were relatively early adopters of body cams. So even if a mandate were to come down at this point, I think, I don't know that, it would change the buying behavior all that much in those three markets. I think the market has decidedly already shifted to body cameras there. In other markets, we're starting to see – I position it like international governments are starting to dip their toe a little bit into the body camera world and start to understand kind of what's going to work for them and what's not. And so I think we do have a lot of opportunity there. First, with kind of small and mid-sized orders and then growth over time and so that's the – that's really where we see kind of international going in terms of body cameras. But like I mentioned, we are seeing international governments start to deploy TASERs with a lot more conviction around the globe, and we should expect to see that continue for the years to come.
Jeremy Hamblin:
As a follow-up question, domestically, federal contracts, in terms of the value that you're getting in those deals, right? You're talking about a huge buyer, a buyer that's been mindful to look at getting best pricing, et cetera. So I wanted to understand, in terms of length of contracts there and kind of the value you're getting the ASPs. How that compares, obviously, without getting into exact specifics, but just understanding that a little bit in terms of that buyer.
Josh Isner:
And is that for international, specifically?
Jeremy Hamblin:
No, domestically.
Josh Isner:
Oh, domestically. Okay. What was that, Rick?
Rick Smith:
I think the question was about our federal buyers.
Josh Isner:
Oh, federal. Okay. Federally mirrors – our federal government is generally mirroring what our state and local customers are doing pricing-wise. Certainly, we do have some commitments to make sure that we are recognizing the federal government and the most favored nations clauses in some of those contracts. But ultimately, we do feel pretty good that those license types and sizing is similar to what we see. And far, far ahead of where our – when our state and local customers started to buy in large volumes, like the federal government has kind of skipped that phase of basic licenses and TAP and they're buying a lot more frequently at higher license types, which is exciting.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. And I would add, Josh, as well that we're starting to now invest in dedicated federal R&D. So in many cases, we're seeing the Fed customers interested in premium sort of features that might require a little more investment in certain types of hardening of different devices or software to meet certain federal requirements that in some cases, can even lead to premium pricing.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks for the color. Best wishes.
Rick Smith:
Thanks.
Andrea James:
[Operator Instructions] So we'll take our last question from Erik Lapinski at Morgan Stanley. Go ahead Erik.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you. I just maybe wanted to follow up on the federal market and some of the comments you guys just made there. I'm curious in terms of just the bundling that you're seeing in the federal market. Are you seeing similar uptake of OSP 7 Plus? I know that a number of agencies already have TASERs. So are they looking at body camera contracts kind of separately or bundling when you see those deals, I'd be curious on kind of what it looks like?
Josh Isner:
Yes, a great question, Erik. I'd say we're seeing kind of department by department, a little bit of everything. I think the agencies, you mentioned that agencies already have tasers, a lot of those are up for upgrades. So it's a great time to buy our body cameras and software and bundle those – that upgraded version of the Taser in -- with that contract. Other customers are buying software-only, our investigator package for certain customers in the federal government. And then some standalone activity as well. The 1 really in -- there's a lot of really encouraging things here, but one of them that stands out is customers are also buying across our suite of products. They're seeing use cases for live streaming. They're seeing use cases for records, they're seeing fleet 3 interest. And so really across the board, we're seeing a lot of interest and a lot of different products from the federal government. And it's really a credit to the work Richard Coleman, our Head of Federal and his team have done, it's really kind of transformed over the last few years from kind of a steady state market into an exponentially growing one.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you. That's helpful. And if I could sneak in another one. I know the corrections market is kind of another expansion area for you guys that we didn't talk that much about this quarter. I'd be curious if just any – whether it's from funding initiatives you're tracking or kind of just what the states are looking at in terms of the corrections market. If you're seeing more of an uptake there, if it's kind of -- I know there have been a couple of early presence there, over the past couple of quarters, but just in terms of kind of building on top of that?
Josh Isner:
Yes. The team is definitely growing. And for us, I think it's more of a -- it's less about the federal government giving grants or fundings or any kind of overall market effects there. I think it's more just – historically, we haven't really had a team focused on corrections as its own market. We really did a lot of correction sales through the Sheriffs office while they were buying products for the rest of their deputies and now just having a really focused team, we're starting to unlock a lot of that market on a much more predictable basis. And so, I think the growth there is just attributable to our team's focus as opposed to any external factors.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Looks like we have a follow-up from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Thanks Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Yes. Just a couple for me. I wanted to maybe dig a little bit into your Microsoft opportunity. Can you talk a little bit about the level of benefit or cost savings that you could maybe see from that deal? Just as a starting point.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I'd start by saying the exact terms of the deal are not something we can go public with. I don't know, Jim, what would you?
Jim Zito:
Yes. I'd say, at a high level, it enables us -- it supports our target long term of having 80-plus percent software gross margins. And I think the duration of that contract is really helpful for us for having that confidence and visibility to our pricing when we set our contracts with customers. So I think it helps us over time, sort of maintain/expand our Axon Cloud gross margins. But I think the best thing of that, guys, this gives us predictability.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it, got it. And then, just in terms of the commercial market, can you talk a little bit about your progress there? And maybe some of the go-to-market opportunities that you see specific to commercial? Thanks.
Josh Isner:
Yes. We're thrilled with the opportunity there. Mike Shor and his team have just done a great job building something from -- we don't get those the same advantages we sometimes have in the public sector where the referral network and stuff. We have to build those from scratch. And Mike and his team have done a great job of that. The team continues to be on a cadence of kind of doubling every year. And that’s happened in terms of the results the last three years now. And we're still probably about 90% of the way there on product market fit, where we've got some really evangelical early adopters that are excited about how things are going. And now it's just kind of closing that last 10% of some of the product market fit items and really expanding each year. And I think, we're really, really well positioned to do that, and we'll start to see some names that you're very familiar with adopting our products for more commercial purposes.
Jonathan Ho:
That’s it for me. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Great. Do we have any other follow-ups? I’ll give you a second. I can see you guys thinking. Okay. All right. Let's have Rick close this out.
Rick Smith:
All right. Well, obviously, another great quarter. I'm really proud of what the team was able to deliver. It's -- there's a lot going on in the world, and our team just really digs in and Josh just does a great job of keeping people focused right, lock out the noise. There's a lot happening in the world that we can affect, but there's things within our control and the more we focus, the better the results always end up being. So appreciate everybody joining us today, and we look forward to updating you on the back half. Have a great day.
Andrea James:
Okay. Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining our executive team for our First Quarter 2022 Earnings. I hope you had a chance to read our Shareholder Letter that we posted to investor.axon.com. The remarks we're going to make today build upon the information in that already robust letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today, are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. And before we go to Rick, we're going to play our quarterly video. [Audio/Video Presentation]
Rick Smith :
Great job on that video, Andrea and Angel. And hello, everybody. Thanks for joining us today for our quarterly conference call. As we look at what's happening in the world, never has it been more important to emphasize our values, our mission to protect life and protect truth, especially when life and truth are being egregiously clouded with wanton and reckless lethality with a real disregard for lives lost and where the truth is being distorted and disregarded by Russia in its invasion of Ukraine. As the scaled leader in our category, we are digging into our mission stronger than ever. We are energized about all the great things we're doing and the way our business is scaling. One of the things we highlighted in our Shareholder Letter is our moonshot goal, which is to cut officer -- fatal officer involved shootings in the United States by 50% over the next decade. We do not have to accept killing as a de facto part of human existence, not in war, not in policing, not in our homes. We look forward to sharing more with you as this year unfolds. I can tell you, I've been sharing with our customers about this goal, brainstorming how together can we combine product design, policies and training. Just like the energy in the room when we talk with our customers about this, everyone is excited to join forces and reduce killing. Last week, in conjunction with our CFO transition announcement, we raised our full year revenue and adjusted EBITDA guidance. We're now expecting revenue to grow 25% at the midpoint. And this is on top of 27% revenue growth last year and 28% the year before that. What our growth is demonstrating is what happens when a company builds disruptive products that solve real-world problems and invest in R&D to stay in front as the innovation leader. We're seeing a lot of product successes and not just in TASER and body cameras, but in Fleet in-car cameras with automatic license plate reading and of course, with a growing suite of cloud software, duals and features. We'll be investing some of our expected revenue outperformance this year into new initiatives that will start driving revenue in 2023. One area where we're adding investment this year is international VR training. There's a broad global market for virtual reality training, and it's our fastest-growing new category in the U.S. And we want to stay in front globally by adding new languages and scenarios to accommodate international public safety customers. On a final note, we're welcoming my friend Jim Zito to the call as our interim CFO. As you may have seen this morning, there was a press release announcing Jawad's new role as President of Aira, an exciting new tech company here in Arizona. Jawad remains committed to a smooth transition of the CFO role. On behalf of the Board and the management team, I want to thank Jawad for his dedication and all the work over the last 5 years, helping Axon innovate and grow, and we wish him the best. We couldn't be more excited about Jim and our future. Jim has played a key role in building our world-class accounting and controllership organization, enhancing our internal controls over financial reporting and overseeing the implementation of stronger processes to drive operational rigor to improve Axon's financial results. As we embark on our CFO search, I'd like to share with you my philosophy on leadership transitions. Our next CFO inherits a culture of operational rigor and a very strong bench. I'm looking for a CFO who is energized about capital allocation discipline and that can marry with that in understanding how to combine our societal value creation with shareholder value creation. Now I'd like to hand off to Luke who will take you through some of our operational highlights. Luke?
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. You saw in the video we played at the start of the call that we are highly focused on attracting world-class talent, and we feel great about our ability to do so. And in the future, we expect to continue to do this with our mission-driven focus. There's lots of these world-class Axon teammates on this call today. Many are called in, and I want to give them a huge shout on and thanks for all the work that they've done to help us build a great company. Another key execution item for us has been on ensuring that our supply chain meets our ability to satisfy customer demand. The team has executed well on this front. We have a solid plan in place that has enabled us to meet goals and production has increased in several areas in the first quarter. While we are cautiously monitoring China's latest COVID shutdown, we have visibility into supply chain supporting our revenue guidance at the midpoint throughout the full year. And the issues we flagged the past 2 quarters that led to an outsized backlog are now beginning to return to more normalized levels. Also, I encourage you to check out some of our key product updates in the Shareholder Letter. Our R&D team is truly staying at the forefront of innovation in the public safety space. Axon Fleet 3 is proving to be a game changer for in-car cameras. To date, we have installed over 6,000 cameras. Fleet 3 transforms the traditional dash camera into one that can automatically scan plates across multiple lanes of traffic at closing speeds of up to 140 miles per hour, making it disruptively affordable for agencies to deploy our automatic license plate reading in their vehicle fleet. And we believe our ethical design framework to protect citizen privacy and data misuse is not only the right thing to do, it's also a huge strategic advantage. You may have also seen our momentum with record is starting to accelerate. We just had a major city launch in the Tucson region. That brings us to more than 25 agencies with nearly 11,000 sworn officers live on Axon Records, including 9 that are already using it to fully replace their legacy records management systems. We remain excited and confident in our long-term trajectory. Our short-term focus is on driving customer success, one deployment at a time. Speaking more broadly, we recognize that there is a growing sense of macroeconomic uncertainty. As we execute against our robust pipeline and look further into the future, we remain incredibly confident in Axon's long-term positioning. We have stellar teams across the organization. We are a product and category leaders. Our customer relationships are strong and unrivaled. This is all underpinned by our enduring mission to protect life while continuing to accelerate the Axon growth flywheel across devices, workflow and intelligence and always with a long-term mindset. I'm proud that over the last 5 years, we've had a real focus on scaling a great business with operational rigor and financial discipline. These are areas where Jim Zeto has been an instrumental leader. And as we build the future, we won't maintain that rigor. Now I'm super excited to turn it over to Jim for his first earnings call.
Jim Zito:
Thanks, Luke. Hello, everyone. It's great to be joining you today, especially at a time when the business is demonstrating tremendous momentum. I'd like to share some of my background in the role I've played over the past nearly 5 years at Axon, building a strong culture of financial rigor and discipline that Rick spoke to. I joined the company in 2017 after previously serving as the Global Controller of GE Healthcare Digital, a nearly $2 billion global software company inside General Electric. I spent the first 8 years of my career as an auditor at PwC, seen the insides of Fortune 500 companies and how they operate at scale. These experiences prepared me to have an impact at Axon from the moment I arrived. I have helped to build out our accounting and controllership organization, enhancing our internal controls and overseeing the implementation of stronger processes to drive operating rigor to improve our financial results. I've partnered with our SVP of FP&A, Arvind Bobra, and other cross-functional leaders across every part of our company to lead the creation of the internal clubbing necessary to enable our culture of rigor and discipline to succeed. You've seen that translate to our results. We've established an impressive track record of execution at scale coupled with cost discipline and strategic capital allocation. We remain confident in our ability to continue to deliver accelerating growth, profitability and cash flow. I'm energized by this opportunity to support the company as Interim CFO. This is a natural transition given my role over the past 5 years. I'm honored to lead our world-class finance team, and I've already hit the ground running. To touch upon a few themes related to the quarter. In February, we added adjusted free cash flow targets to how we talk about our financial strategy, and we've started to deliver already. In Q1, our operating cash flow of $44 million supported $32 million in adjusted free cash flow. We've raised our full year revenue outlook to a range of $1.05 billion to $1.1 billion, reflecting 25% annual growth at the midpoint. And our upwardly revised adjusted EBITDA outlook reflects improved bottom line expectations as well as the opportunity to invest some of our revenue outperformance into new initiatives that can start contributing revenue quickly. And with that, we look forward to taking your questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thank you, Jim and team. Can we bring everybody up into gallery view? There. And thanks analysts. I have you all in the queue. I see you putting your hands up. We will get to it. We'll take our first question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho :
I just wanted to start out with the guidance raise and maybe try to better understand what's giving you the confidence? What is it that you're seeing in the demand environment to raise the revenue guidance so much early in the year?
Rick Smith :
Yes. Thanks for the question, Jonathan. Ultimately, it's a few things. The first is we've got a really, really strong team that's doing great work around the globe across a lot of different products and a lot of different markets. And this diversified kind of revenue strategy gives us a lot of different ways to achieve our goals. Now when we combine that with bookings from last year and years prior, which is a really good forward indicator of revenue and just the strong pipeline that we've built up through this year that we see a high probability of closing, I think it just gives us a lot of confidence across the board. So certainly proud of the way the team came out of the gate in Q1, and we hope that's the low point of the year moving forward.
Jonathan Ho:
Excellent. And then just in terms of some of your commentary around the supply chain, can you talk a little bit about what you're seeing, how you've been able to navigate the challenges? And just given some of the uncertainty around China, what again sort of underpins your confidence that the supply chain issues now persist?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Thanks, Jonathan. I would just reiterate, we're monitoring that situation, and we also have line of sight to the guidance that we’ve provided. We've been able to bring down the backlog, and we've got a diversified product portfolio. So if we do see a single issue, we can actively manage that and derisk it. One kind of key highlight, I would give our supply team a huge shout out. And that when they go out and they're talking with our suppliers, our strategic plan and mission aligns with a lot of the type of orders that they want to fulfill. So what we're hearing is that they'll prioritize Axon because of our life-saving products over other companies that might not have as critical impact in the world. And we've just got a ton of confidence in the team and the results that we've delivered in the last 6 months and the outlook for the next 12 months.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Jonathan. We'll take our next question from Sami Badri at Credit Suisse.
Sami Badri:
It's also my first conference call, so I appreciate the time. My first question is you've raised adjusted EBITDA for the year, but you did not increase free cash flow. So I kind of wanted to just get a little bit of an explanation around that given profitability stepping up? And the other piece is, it sounds like you guys are working on a lot of products with a good bit of demand in this demand backdrop environment. Is there a reason why you would reinvest a lot of the incremental cash flows into even more CapEx and build out an even bigger platform to service public safety?
Jim Zito:
Yes. Thanks, Sami. I can take the first one. So this is the first year we've added free cash flow guidance, and we've got a fairly wide range I think the main driver of why we didn't update the free cash flow guidance is largely the revenue out of performance is going to be spread over most of the rest of the year, and there's typically a lag between that revenue over delivery and sort of that translate into cash. So we could see some of that cash flow over delivery slip into Q1 of next year.
Sami Badri:
Got it. And then just the -- okay, that explains that part. The other part I have on supply chain constraints. Is there a specific amount of maybe a charge you had to take to expedite specific components and parts to make sure that you can make your deliveries? Or generally speaking, you have been getting prioritization from your suppliers given the importance of the products that you guys are shipping out to public safety individuals?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Great question, Sami. So we actually have been paying some expedited fees to get our components in. But our business, again, is firing on all pistons where we've been able to expand some of our product gross margins that have offset those increases, and this is just an example where we feel really good about the overall mix of our business and the strength of our operations.
Rick Smith :
And welcome, Sami.
Andrea James:
Okay. We'll take our next question from Eric Suppiger at JMP.
Erik Suppiger :
All right. A couple of things. First off, can you expand a little bit on the question earlier about the supply chain constraints? Have you done anything differently in terms of your inventory management or your purchase commitments? Have you been able to lock-in agreements better than what you had had before?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Great question, Erik. Most companies pre-COVID had a just-in-time manufacturing methodology. And Axon really never had that methodology because our products, we have a 5-year life on the TASERs and 2.5-year life on the cameras. And so we manage more to our business where oftentimes, we would have up to quarter or 6 months of inventory based on demand and forecast and actually gave us a good buffer going into that downturn. Throughout the last 18 to 24 months, we've been proactively working with our suppliers to ensure that we can meet delivery for our customers. In some cases, we have bought up at-risk components to further that as well as looked at different supply chain strategies to make sure we can deliver for our customers.
Erik Suppiger:
Okay. And then in terms of the supply constraints, are you seeing different -- are you getting better deliveries at this point compared to where you were 90 days ago? Actually, let me rephrase. You had a $50 million deferred business. How much of that fell in the quarter? And what is your confidence that falls in the first half still?
Rick Smith :
Confidence is high. It falls in the first half. We did ship some of it in Q1, but we also couple that with really strong demand out of the gate as well. And so we'll continue to ship into Q2 here. And certainly, to answer your question, the outlook from suppliers is getting in terms of the commits into Q2 is getting more promising. So certainly, on track to clear the remainder of the backlog in the first half of the year while delivering another really strong revenue quarter in Q2.
Jim Zito:
Yes. That Q4 it was sort of a bit of an anomaly like higher-than-normal backlog that slipped into the first half of this year, I think we'll get back to more normalized levels of backlog sort of from here going forward.
Luke Larson:
Yes. Just to add some more color to your specific question around is our service from suppliers better today than it was 90 days ago. We would see Q3 probably the middle to end of Q3 last year is a real low watermark in terms of just not being able to get commitments and having to kind of manage that hand them out. In the last 6 months, we've really worked with our suppliers to ensure we can get those commitments. And we feel just reiterating really good about the year outlook.
Erik Suppiger:
Okay. Then one last quick one. Jim Zito, are you one of the candidates for the CFO position? Or what is your status?
Jim Zito:
I have been heads down for the last week, focusing on executing for the quarter. And for us, it's business as usual. We close the books every 3 months. So we've got a great team focused on that. I think as the process plays out, it's a certainly very attractive position. The company is clicking on all cylinders. It's got a great mission in the world, and I'm confident that Rick and the Board and the team will consider some internal and external candidates, and it's an attractive place to be.
Rick Smith :
Let me add some color there, too. Yes, Jim and I have talked about this. In any senior position like this, we want to make sure we run a really rigorous process. And so we're going to want to make sure that we get a full raft of qualified external candidates as well as internal candidates. And then this gives us an opportunity for Jim to try to roll on as well and see how he enjoys it compared to his role here as Controller. I would say, with very high confidence, there's a role for Jim on the team going forward, and it may be the CFO role. It may be returning to Controller. And we're just going to make sure that we've done a process that gets us to a level where we're really confident that we've got the right team and the right positions for the next decades.
Andrea James:
We're going to take our next question from Scott Berg at Needham.
Scott Berg:
I got a couple here. I wanted to start with the cloud revenue growth in the quarter, up 47%. It's clearly seeing a lot of momentum over the last year. This is an area that's been growing in the, we'll call it, low to mid-30s for an extended period, but 47% is a nice movement upward. How should we think about the acceleration in the revenues in that business? Is it more driven by Evidence.com or the layering in of some of the customers that went live on Records or some of the VR training? My guess is it's a component of that, but I didn't know how you might break that up between those different product areas?
Rick Smith :
Yes. I think ultimately, we're adding a lot of new users every quarter onto our platform. And a lot of that is within just new body camera users that were an agency might have bought not get started, but is now kind of going to full deployment. And so as we deploy more and more of those users, it certainly adds to service revenue with the same dynamic with Fleet right now. We really feel great about the trajectory of our in-car video business and certainly, that's helping as well. And then some of our kind of up-and-coming offerings like some of the software add-ons as a result of selling more and more of our officer safety plan bundle, combined with VR licenses, there's a lot of factors that are all contributing to the growing service revenue. And I think the top line though is deploying more and more devices around the world that come with those licenses.
Luke Larson:
Yes, that's right, just to add on there. And as Rick talked about earlier, we're incredibly gratified to be able to just keep building out our ecosystem and expanding on all of those vectors, right? So it's the combination of existing customers upping into our higher value bundles and plans. And it's about customers even outside of those, adding a la carte add-ons for our diverse range of new products, both premium features on top of our classic products like Evidence.com as well as new things like VR and across the board and then doubling down on that the expansion into new market segments like federal and justice and the others and global expansion into other geographies. So across all 3 of those vectors just seeing both new logos and existing ones growing their bet on the Axon ecosystem with our products.
Scott Berg:
Great. Helpful. And then from a follow-up perspective, a question I've actually received multiple times recently is product penetration or how to think about penetration rates on a couple of areas? I think we all understand TASER, at least domestically with at the police workforce in the United States probably has a high penetration rate. But how to think about TASERs and body cameras on a more global basis, where you are in the penetration rates? And I feel like I was set up on this question because in a headline on my local newspaper very top right now is all Minnesota Trooper is now wearing body cameras. They're obviously Axon devices given they're tighten with TASERs. But how should we think about penetration rates, especially in the body camera side, given all the things that are happening around Justice and other areas today?
Rick Smith :
Yes. I think we have a very intentional strategy there, and we've had that same strategy for some time now, which is really fortify what we would call the Tier 1 markets, the UK, Canada and Australia and try to become the market leader across both less lethal and body cameras. And I think the teams executed really well in that regard over the last few years such that we're able to expand our focus beyond that now into several other large markets around the world. And so now we're really focused on repeating that same mechanism in those markets, building up a sales force that's capable of selling both products, working with early customers and then kind of using that same land and expand approach to growing and becoming the market leader in those categories. And so I think we're doing this in a very in a very calculated way to make sure that we can really be successful in every market we enter. And I'd include the federal government in the United States as part of that as well. And we continue to scale up teams that are capable of delivering those kind of outcomes. So we feel like there's plenty of room to grow outside of the United States and in the federal government, and we'll continue to execute to fulfill that TAM as we go here.
Luke Larson:
Yes, building on that, I mean, even in our classic categories like TASER and body cameras, as we shared before, the bottom line as our penetration, is still pretty modest and there's a tremendous amount of white space to keep growing. And then as another example of where we can -- even where we have penetration of a category like body cameras, by adding on new products on top of that, it expands the overall opportuniti. So one of the fastest-growing products we have is Respond, which is our live streaming and other connected camera features on top of the body camera. And so as customers who may have already bought a body camera up into that, either through a bundle or a la carte, it's an example of just continuing to grow the category even if that overall socket has already been filled with the basic camera.
Andrea James:
Next question from Will Power at Baird.
William Power:
Okay. Great. I guess a couple of questions. Maybe first, just to follow up on cloud revenue and the strength there. It felt like some notable acceleration in the Records business, up to 25 agencies using it, 9 with who was close to full replacement. So I just want to understand what's helping accelerate the adoption there? Has there been new features added? How do we think about the trend lines from here? Can you kind of -- is the expectation every couple of quarters you're going to add a few more key Records customers? What kind of keeps the momentum going there?
Rick Smith :
So for those that have covered Axon for a little while now, I remember a couple of years ago, when we launched the Officer Safety Plan, that part of the strategy there was to introduce Records as part of that bundle. And now several major cities and counties and state police agencies have all adopted that plan and they have the built-in option to activate Axon Records as part of that. Now some might start with the first module of Records, which is standards, and some are going all in like Tucson on the Records product and getting deployed quickly. And so we have a very, very healthy queue of customers waiting to deploy Records now. We continue to invest in the COGS resource as necessary, meaning professional services and deployment personnel to accelerate how fast we adopt records. And I'll tell you it's a really fun feeling that we went live with Tucson. And we just kind of -- it was up and running. We moved on to the next customer after that without any real challenges as we got going, and we expect to see more and more of that in the Records product. And we're really confident in the team across product and services that's deploying this product and really, really excited about what the future holds for Records.
William Power:
Great to see some success there. Maybe just switching gears, a big focus everybody force has been in Europe. I'd love to get your perspective on any kind of Ukraine-Russia exposure? I think you have a small customer in Ukraine, but I think it's pretty small. But more broadly, how are you seeing that conflict impact, sales trends, appetite for our broader suite of products kind of across the continent growth?
Rick Smith :
I think in the Ukraine, we do have a small TASER business there, and we'll see what the future holds. Certainly, obviously, a very tragic demand over there over the last couple of months here. I would say, across Europe at this point, the nice thing about our products is they have applicability every day regardless of kind of the state of current affairs. And so we continue to see strong demand, both in terms of the desire for more transparency across public safety and also an alternative to the bullet. And so I really believe that we're seeing a lot of really exciting growth indicators in some major European markets. I'm sure we'll talk more about those as time goes on here. But Europe and kind of the demand in Europe continues to grow in both product lines.
Andrea James:
Okay. We'll take our next question from Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Keith Housum:
I'm not trying to get too far into the details here, but I kind of noticed like the TASER X2 and X26P. The volumes were down significantly, I guess, year-over-year. And obviously, they're very valuable. But I know you guys have plans the next generation of the TASER device as well. So perhaps could you just provide the color in terms of the plan for the TASER portfolio and where it's heading? Was it focused drawdown on the older products now or what not?
Rick Smith :
Yes. I think thing is largely just a shift in demand. The TASER 7 is really sort of hit its stride. And now we do still have customers, particularly those that have really long approval time lines in international and federal spaces that might still be on some of our more legacy devices. But I'm pleased to see that I think we got it right with TASER 7, and it's really hitting the mark. And of course, our goal of next-generation systems is continue to move the ball down field towards making the bullet obsolete.
Keith Housum:
Great. And as you go with that, I know you guys go on that. Obviously, we saw the recurring payment base for the TASER Weapons dropped down to 45% from 54% last year. Was this more just international sales this quarter or perhaps further on -- or that dropped kind of the spectrum trend go upward on that one?
Rick Smith :
Yes. That metric is largely dependent on the mix. So when we have kind of a number of international shipments that can bring that down. I'd say there's no change at all in terms of the momentum of service plans in the United States or in our Tier 1 markets. In fact, I believe every TASER that has been sold in the UK that is deployed right now is on a payment plan. And I think we're looking to repeat that in Canada and Australia as well. And so when we get some of these onetime large orders from markets outside of our Tier 1 markets, they're generally not on plans. Some of that's due to the risk of collectibility, if we're working with a first-time distributor or a first-time customer. So there's a lot that goes into that, but I wouldn't say there's any developments that would give us less confidence in that metric over time.
Andrea James:
Next up, Eric Lapinski, Morgan Stanley.
Erik Lapinski:
Maybe if we could just talk about Fleet for a second. I know you guys talked a lot about the early traction you're seeing there. I guess I'm curious, is that mostly coming from maybe customers that weren't already on-body cameras and have had in-car cameras? Are you seeing kind of a cross of using and deploying both? I tend to think like state police maybe having gotten on-body cameras. So just wondering if the early interest in Fleet is more from that angle or it's on-body camera customers already?
Luke Larson:
Yes. We're very, very excited about Fleet in general. I think it's a great case study and how the first product kind of demonstrated the use case and then the subsequent couple of versions of the product have kind of propelled us into a place where we're among the market leaders, if not the market leader in that space. And where customers in the state police use case often are doing most of their patrolling on highways. So Fleet is a very natural product line for them to adopt. But we also -- we're seeing it across cities and counties as well as kind of a supplemental viewpoint for the body camera. So that's been nice to see. And I think one of the exciting things about Fleet long term is adoption of additional software within the Fleet offering. So ALPR, license plate recognition has become one of our fastest selling add-ons because customers are really valuing that additional capability at a far lower cost than they're used to and being able to deploy it in every car, which they're not used to historically. So certainly excited for what the future holds in Fleet and excited about the additional kind of revenue opportunities that come along with just the core system there.
Rick Smith :
Yes. Let me add -- let me take this one as well. Fleet 1 and Fleet 2, there, we won deals because people are on our body cameras and they love the software. And they bought our body -- or I'm sorry, they bought our Fleet cameras largely for the first reason because they wanted them to work with their body cameras. With Fleet 3, we're going toe to toe. It is the best in-car video system in the market, full stop. We've got customers buying who've never had body cameras with us. And it's winning head-to-head against the other systems in the market, and in particular, our ALPR performance. I just really can't compliment Jeff and his team enough on the great work they did there. The imaging design of those systems have one image really optimized to be able to do 3 lanes in poor light conditions, at high speeds and still be able to get ALPR and have a second image that's really focused on getting the right level of resolution, balancing video size and video performance. So it's a pretty killer combination now that we've got I think the best body cameras and the best Fleet cameras and hands down the strongest software ecosystem. And that's why we're really seeing the demand for Fleet 3 outpaced our expectations and the attach rate on ALPR is also above expectations as well.
Luke Larson:
Okay. I can't resist one really small build on that as well. Thank you for that great information on both. I think 1 of the things that speaks to why something like ALPR built into every single vehicle at a disruptively affordable price is a game changer for the mission impact too. Because if an agency only has a few cars with an old school expensive ALPR unit, then when they are going to get a hit on something is going to be piecemeal few and far between where those vehicles happen to be any moment. But the immediacy of every vehicle, they're just driving down the road going to wherever they're going and instantly if a car, stolen car, whatever it is, just happens to pass them 3 lanes over, boom, it alerts and they can action on that immediately because they're physically present right there. And that match of having every single vehicle have that capability because it's become disruptively affordable and effective is a perfect example of technology-enabling the mission combined with the right business model for it.
Erik Lapinski:
I appreciate all the info. And then just on kind of the contract cycles for Fleet or even the replacement cycles for that product versus body cameras. Can you -- is it a similar kind of typically 5-year contract and ship once or twice within that, if you could just kind of help us better understand the difference in the actual hardware cycle?
Luke Larson:
Sure thing. So for body cameras, our historically kind of normal contract length was 5 years. We're actually seeing that expand out to 10 years in some cases with some of our largest customers, which is really exciting. Now what that contemplates is the customer receives their first cameras upfront and then every 2.5 years, they receive a camera refresh. With Fleet, it's a 5-year life cycle. So they're kind of -- and that is also a good thing for agencies because reinstalling camera systems in cars is much more involved than kind of swapping out body cameras. So I wouldn't say there's much demand to accelerate that cycle. And so for body cameras, we're at 2.5 years and for Fleet, it's more like 5 years.
Rick Smith :
There's one other thing I feel compelled to add. It's not just the hardware. Our real secret sauce is the mission mindset of the people. And I know that can sound cliché. But I can tell you, we had a major state control recently deployed from a competitor, they moved over to Fleet. And they asked me to come up because they wanted to award a trooper hat to their program manager who had led the installation. And in that case, I think it was Jenny. She used did a fantastic job, and you can't overstate how important that is when people are just passionate or -- Jeff and his team, I got just tremendous kudos. We had a recent big software go live where the chief called me and said, "Hey, we feel like you guys -- we can rely on you. You're in the trenches with us. Nobody is saying it's not my job. Nobody is leaving at 5:00 o'clock. We had people there past midnight helping bring that agency live." That is the intangible thing you'll never see on our financial statements. There's no way to represent it there, but that is probably our greatest single competitive advantage is the passionate people that we have rallied around our mission.
Andrea James:
Right. And last, but certainly not least, Paul Chung at JPMorgan.
Paul Chung:
All right. So just on the commercial sector, can you kind of expand on the momentum that you're seeing across verticals. You mentioned some key wins there. Where are you seeing some of that momentum? And how is that market evolving? And how material can this be over time? I have a follow up.
Rick Smith :
Let me make an intro and then I'll hand to Josh to give some more detail. I think what we're seeing is we've solved a very difficult use case, which is these supercritical interactions between police and the public that handle it that happen in very difficult environments sort of out in the wild and there's 0 room for failure. And then this videos that come off this, this is stuff that has to be protected to meet the federal rules of Evidence and state rules of Evidence. So the level of security and reliability we've built in to handle this very difficult and demanding consumer area, really starting to port nicely into other, let's say, less mission-critical areas. But as you can imagine, the ability to record every enterprise on earth, probably some variable where they are recording interactions, incidents, whether it's a delivery person delivery something or a paramedic interacting with a patient on down the line. And in all of these business use cases, most of that documentation happens today with people filling out forms with pen and paper or typing it on a computer. And we believe the sort of video business record that we've created in law enforcement can now begin to port to these other areas where there's great efficiency gains. And ultimately, you're getting a more fulsome record of what actually happened by reporting that human interaction. And because we're building the tools to extract transcripts and be able to get smarter about how to extract metadata and alerts and things from these cameras to be able to then populate that into more structured data forms, I think just creates virtually -- I don't want to get too excited here, but almost any enterprise could have a need to use this type of way to document what's happening in their interactions, whatever they may be. With that, let me hand over to Josh to get maybe a little more specific.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I agree with everything Rick said and our small kind of scrappy team working on this by Mike doing a really good job kind of finding our early customers. And just like in the public safety space, getting those early customers happily deployed, leads to kind of more and more opportunity, and we're in that phase now. And we've already signed contracts with some really big names that are household names in terms of other vendors in the commercial space that are deploying our products and we really believe this is a big part of our future. I think we're, at this point, not making many product investments and seeing kind of still these companies adopt body cameras and the Evidence management software. And I think going into kind of our next round of planning, we will make some more investments to make this even more attractive to future customers outside of public safety, and we're really excited about where that road leads.
Paul Chung:
Yes. I know you started with Arizona Diamondbacks, but can you -- you kind of work that's kind of in your hometown, but can you work on a league level expand across the whole country, the different sport leagues? And is that kind of your sales strategy as well?
Luke Larson:
We can, and we will, but that still represents a pretty small TAM in the grand scheme of things. I think we're focused on deploying with like Fortune 500 companies that see a need for this, whether it's last mile delivery services or retail or other risk management opportunities. Whether it's in hospitality, there are some really kind of clear use cases where we're getting a lot of positive feedback on the use of cameras, and I think we're seeing it at kind of a macro level as well. And in UK, there was some coverage about the deployment of body cameras in retail, and we're seeing that same thing in the U.S. So we're excited about where this will lead.
Paul Chung:
And lastly, the consumer segment. So what's been the reception of the StrikeLight? Is it kind of tracking your expectations? Are you seeing some momentum in consumer? Or will that kind of take some time for adoption there?
Luke Larson:
I can touch on that a little. We saw -- just given some of the focus around our core business, we were really ramping up to deliver that. Our consumer business is still a relatively small part of our business. I would say the demand for the StrikeLight 2 has been high. And I think I might be the highest purchaser. I was giving it to a lot of friends and family and hearing good response from them. But I think it's a little too early to tell.
Rick Smith :
Yes. I would say we're proud of those products. They are nice refreshes that will -- but they're not going to lead to explosive exponential growth. They're leading to continued nice growth in the consumer segment. As we look to next-generation sort of TASER technology, I think that's where we might start to see things that break out of the kind of historical demand curves that we've been in. So stay tuned. I think you'll see innovations come to our core market first as we look to obsolete the bullet. And then from there, we'll leverage some of the newer stuff that I think could really begin to expand consumer adoption.
Andrea James:
Thank you. And Jeremy Hamblin from Craig Hallum has joined the call. No, no? Okay, good. I didn't mean to put you on the spot. Okay. Is there anyone who has a follow-up, do you want to put a hand up? Give you a second here.
Andrea James:
Okay. We don't have anyone else in the queue. Thank you so much for joining us. Rick is going to close this out.
Rick Smith :
Awesome. Well, hey, we know it's been a rough environment out there for all of our investors. As I tell my team, we try not to focus to at all really on things that are outside of our control. I'm really proud of the results the team has continued to turn in despite all the challenges the world has thrown at us. And we see, obviously, for us to raise guidance in this environment, took a fair amount of confidence for us to look across the business and have the confidence to come forth and share an increasing outlook when most of the world is pulling back. So I couldn't be prouder of the team, more thankful of our investors, and we're excited for the future. So we look forward to seeing some of you at ACCELERATE later this month and back on our earnings call a few months from now and the Shareholder Meeting, of course. We've got some busy times coming up. So thanks, everybody, and thanks again to our fantastic team for just continuing to deliver.
Operator:
[Started Abruptly] …in the meeting as an attendee and will be muted throughout the meeting.
Andrea James:
Hello, everyone. Welcome to Axon’s Fourth Quarter 2021 Earnings Call. We appreciate you are tuning in today in the midst of considerable market volatility and global -- geopolitical risk. Today we have available Axon CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner; and Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. I hope you’ve all had a chance to read our Shareholder Letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Our remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that robust letter. During this call, we discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and they are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. Okay, so before we go to Rick, we are going to play our quarterly update video. This video was pre-recorded before current global events escalated. But we’re making the decision to share it today because there’s important information about our quarterly update in the video. Okay. Thank you. [Video Presentation] Thank you, Operator. Go ahead.
Rick Smith:
All right. Thank you, Andrea. I was just waiting for the queue here. I love waiting -- watching those videos. We’ve got the most creative finance team in the business. And as you can see from that video, we’ve been looking forward to sharing results from the best year in Axon’s history. But we’re heavy hearted to do this on a day when democracy is under attack and wars breaking out in Europe. But we don’t get to choose whether the times we live in will include geopolitical instability or global pandemics. What we can choose are our principles and how we respond. We stand for transparency, truth and protecting life. Our products are designed to strengthen trust in the rule of law and they support the United Nations 16th Sustainable Development Goal to foster peace, justice and strong institutions. My thought are especially with the U.K., Ukraine national police who are our customer, as well as our excellent teammates in Ukraine. As we kick off 2022, I’m confident Axon’s best days are ahead of us. We are prioritizing our people and giving them a platform to further excel at what they do. Last month, Dr. Richard Carmona announced he will be retiring from Axon’s Board after 15 years of service. Dr. Carmona has been a tremendous contributor to Axon, helping us shape strategy and positioning Axon as we evolved from a single product company known as TASER to where we are today. He is simply a wonderful human being. We’re incredibly grateful to him not only for his 15 years of service, but also for the way forward he helped us to define. As I reflect on what is driving our strength, it is a powerful combination of solving real challenges for our customers, creating a better user experience and attracting passionate talent. It’s really our emphasis on building software at the core that creates a great user experience. Historically, our competitors built software to fit RFPs, which check a lot of boxes, but ultimately, does not function well in the hands of user. We’ve been religious about understanding our customer’s needs and building software and products that delight them when they use them. When customers test Axon solutions, we stand apart. As we consider the competitive landscape. One of the most important factors that sets us apart is that we truly have a highly integrated suite, a high performance ecosystem that seamlessly connects hardware, software and our community of users to achieve our mission of delivering a safer world. When competitors talk about winning market share, it’s mostly focused on lower margin hardware buyers who don’t get value great software and usually aren’t ready to advance to the cloud. We look forward to welcoming those customers down the road, just like the many agencies here in the U.S. that are upgrading from continuing platforms to the Axon ecosystem. Perhaps even more important than the technology we’ve built is the mission mindset of our employees that sets us apart. I regularly hear from chiefs raving about their positive experience with our employees, because they are so passionate about helping our customers succeed. I recently got a call from a State Police Colonel asking me to come to their headquarters for a surprise award ceremony where they recognized Axon rockstar Project Manager, Jenny Schupp for seamlessly upgrading them from a competing platform on to Axon. Great work, Jenny. So proud to have you on our team. Great tech and passionate people is just a magical combination and it works. Our momentum Fleet 3 has allowed us to continue to capture share with major cities, county sheriff’s and state controls here in the domestic market. We’ve converted several major agencies in the last year from competing platforms onto our network, joining our community. The whole ecosystem ties together our body cameras, fleet cameras, TASER weapons, drones and third-party centers with a growing suite of software capabilities and I’m glad to see it’s delighting our customers. We’re laser focused on pursuing our mission and driving growth. And it’s clear that our people are our best asset. As you’ve heard from Luke over these years, we have been fortunate to attract people who are among the best in the world what they do. I’m incredibly grateful and thankful to have these people on our team contributing to our success. Now, over to Luke to take you through some of our 2021 highlights in more detail.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. In 2021, Axon focus on our commitment to our mission, our customers and our employees. We continue to be in a period of rapid scale. Last year we hired more than 900 new Axon teammates and we set new company records by filing more than 100 patent applications. We also supported our customers through a period of turbulence. One of our initiatives included the creation and launch a Family First, a free and confidential mental health resource and training package for the families of law enforcement. Another fantastic initiative we launched last year was the Axon Roadshow. We hosted 200 events over the course of six months, where we visited customer agencies and gave demos of our products. We also grew our international markets with São Paulo Military Police adopting a large body camera deployment and the Dutch National Police undergoing a large TASER deployment. On the product front last year we launched Fleet 3 and ALPR, and demand has exceeded our expectations. As a result, Fleet bookings for 2021 far surpassed our projections and customers have raved and served as incredible references and our first launch of the Attorney Premiere in December opens up an entire new software category for us in the justice sector. While we’re quick to highlight key wins in new market segments, our entire business has been able to achieve record results due to the stellar work that continues to be done by our state and local teams. Operationally, last quarter, we told you about industry-wide chips shortages that impacted our TASER 7 platform. We told you we had line of sight to clearing the backlog in the first half of 2022 and that remains the case. We continue to manage through challenges including delivery delays and our supply chain team is navigating extremely well. We also called out in today’s Shareholder Letter, that approximately $15 million of AB3 is also shifting into 2022, as a result of an elongated supply chain. I want to note that we have been intentional over our preparedness, investing in manufacturing capacity and flexibility, thereby improving our ability to meet customer demand. We feel great about our pipeline and bookings and in what continues to be a very dynamic environment. As Rick noted, you often hear me post about our teams and the incomparable talent we have at Axon, recruiting is a major focus for us as we grow. We recently announced that we are opening an R&D hub in London, which will be our fifth after Scottsdale, Seattle; Tampere, Finland; Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. And finally, if you know someone fantastic who wants to make an impact, we want the best people in the world to come to Axon, so please refer them to us. Now, with that, I’ll turn the call over to our Chief Financial Officer, Jawad Ahsan.
Jawad Ahsan:
Excellent. I’d like to start by recapping some of our financial highlights over the past few years. This is our third year in a row of 25% plus revenue growth. Our annual recurring revenue has tripled over those same past three years to $327 million and looking back over five years, our revenue has grown at a CAGR of 26% from 2016 to 2021. And over the same period, our adjusted EBITDA has grown at a CAGR of 32%. We’ve delivered both exciting topline growth and strong operating leverage, all while making investments that will not only continue these trends for years to come, but more importantly, help us achieve our mission to protect life. As we look ahead to 2022 and beyond, we intend to use this momentum to our advantage and stay on offense. What does that going to look like? We’re introducing today a third pillar of our financial strategy, in addition to topline growth and bottomline leverage, and that third pillar is cash generation. We’re laser focused on building an enterprise that will deliver 20% plus revenue growth for years to come, return increasing amounts of profitability to our shareholders as we grow and build a free cash flow generating machine that will make our businesses sustainable for the long-term and keep us nimble and flexible. This flexibility will be built on the stable foundation of a subscription-based business model that generates highly recurring cash flows. We recently talked about investing for growth in terms of R&D. We’re still making those investments. But we also know that our continued growth at this pace will depend on more than just R&D. We’ll need new sites and new offices around the world, as our global footprint expands. We’ll need new facilities with new capabilities, both in terms of automation and streamline manufacturing, as well as showcase spaces for our technology, where we can collaborate with and gather feedback from our increasingly diverse customer and partner base. And finally, we’ll also need the ability to move quickly when the right inorganic opportunity presents itself. It’s for these reasons that we gave you more color than usual in our Shareholder Letter about our cash flow and CapEx expectations, including formal guidance for 2022. Transparency is of paramount importance to us and you can expect to hear more from us on this topic. We’re incredibly proud of how we’ve positioned the business to be cash generative for years to come. To recap, the three pillars in terms of what you can expect from us going forward. It’s, number one, continued strong performance on the topline. Number two continued discipline in our operations, which will be evidenced by outperforming the rule of 40. And number three, a strong ramp in operating cash flow that will after the investments that we’ve laid out, lead to a strong ramp in free cash flow. Looking ahead, we’re also very excited by the next wave of new products and technologies that are going to become an important part of our growth story in their own right. Before we move to questions, I want to echo Rick’s comments about the geopolitical crisis we are all facing as global citizens. Our thoughts are very much with the citizens of Ukraine today and we had Axon have never been more proud of our mission to protect life. And with that, Andrea, let’s move to questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thanks so much, guys. Matt, can you bring everyone up into gallery view? Let me know when that, when we’re all in gallery. Are we in gallery view? Okay. Awesome. Okay. Great. We’ll take our first question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi. Good afternoon. I wanted to start out with sort of, maybe what was different between your supply chain expectations around backlog and what ended up materializing around the quarter? And what’s sort of giving you the confidence that you’ll be able to sort of maintain, clearing the backlog by second quarter?
Rick Smith:
Jonathan, thanks for that question. Yeah. We had just some material delays that impacted some of our original thinking. We still feel really strong about the total year outlook. And our supply chain teams just done a phenomenal job ensuring that we have line of sight to key revenue drivers. If I had to summarize it, I would say, we may see some quarter-to-quarter mix based on some of those material delays. But we still feel very strong for the year guidance that we published.
Jonathan Ho:
Okay. And then just as a follow-up, you referenced 25% of bookings coming from new types of customers. I just wanted to get a sense for, how much those customers can continue to contribute going forward, as we look at sort of that, that increasing ratio? What can that get to over time? Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Jonathan. Nice to see you again. I’d say, for international specifically, our goal is to have international outperformed the United States in bookings long-term. So I think we’re just scratching the surface right now in that segment and the federal government will acknowledge our entire federal team. Just two years ago, we’re -- was a kind of a $15 million to $20 million bookings business every year and last year we’re just short of $100 million in that segment. And again, we think we’re closer to the beginning then the end of that growth. And so we have a lot of confidence, especially in those two segments. And then, the Justice segment, the correction segment and enterprise, where we’re starting to see some encouraging momentum as well. I -- one of the things that makes it challenging at times as our domestic segments still grows pretty substantially. But certainly, we hope and expect those new segments to outpace domestic and become a bigger and bigger part of that mix over time.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Okay. Thanks, Jonathan. Next question from Josh Reilly at Needham. Go ahead, Josh.
Josh Reilly:
Hey, there. Thanks for taking my questions and nice job on the quarter and year. So, I think, given the news in Ukraine here over the last week, curious how this maybe impacts your European opportunity, given the pipeline there in that region? And I know it’s early, but do you anticipate any potential business disruption as a result of what’s going on?
Rick Smith:
We’ve spent years and years building up a really strong team and pipeline in Europe. And last year the team really performed well against our goals. In terms of normalized five-year bookings we are up about 35%. In terms of 10-year bookings, we’re up close to 60% in international. So these are deals that take a lot of time and energy to move through the sales cycle. And so the ones that we expect to close this year, largely we’ve been working on already for quite some time. So I think we’re in a place now where we feel like they’re insulated from some of the uncertainty. But having said that, no one can predict the future in terms of how this will play out longer term. So, of course, there’s a little bit more risk there today than there was last week, but we still feel really confident in our international and EMEA business throughout 2022.
Josh Reilly:
Okay. And then if you look at the increasing guidance and adjust for the $15 million of AB3 revenue that’s pushed to 2022. How much of that $40 million increase is related to increase assumptions around TASER versus other products?
Rick Smith:
I think it’s a healthy mix. I think we believe the TASER business is going to grow this year across both domestic and our newer segments, and then video shipments and some other products, both on the software and hardware side will contribute there. We -- the team did a really nice job of not only closing out a strong Q4, but continuing to develop a pipeline for this year. And in Q1, we expect really significant book -- bookings growth over Q1 of last year and we’re pushing really hard to make that trend continue throughout the year. So we think it’ll be a mix of factors that drive that revenue and bookings result there.
Josh Reilly:
Got it. Thanks, guys.
Andrea James:
All right. Thank you. Will Power at Baird. Go ahead, Will.
Will Power:
All right. Great. Thanks. Rick, maybe starting with you, you all rolled out a bunch of new exciting products, whether it’s VR, Bolt 2, Fleet 3, on and on Digital Evidence Management for justice. You look over the next five years, what should these new product categories get you most excited and what can be the biggest opportunity, I guess, growth for the company?
Rick Smith:
Sorry, I had myself muted there, it’s my patented move. That’s kind of like asking me again, like which of my children I love the most. It’s actually -- it’s hard to pick. Like, over on the TASER side of the business, we’ve got some crazy awesome new technology coming over the next 10 years. We are going to outperform a 9-millimeter pistol by 2030. I am highly confident. Over on the other side of the business, like solving problems for attorneys in the criminal justice system, that’s high margin software. It’s scaling rapidly, quickly. And we’re passionate, our team over there talks about the opportunity to really impact fairness and efficiency in the justice system by having tools that enable public defenders, who may only have literally minutes with their clients have to work out plea deals to make them able to efficiently be able to process the video evidence and find what they need. So across our whole business, pretty much everything we do, impacts people’s lives in an important way, because public safety is, it’s really important and foundational work to a modern society. So I’m excited across the board. I mean, consumer, I started this business to focus on the consumer space after a private citizen killed two of my friends, ruining their lives and now spending his life in jail. We need to give people something better than a bullet. It’s 2022 and across the board, whether it’s improving the efficiency of the justice system or saving lives or just putting medieval technology on the shelf, because we’ve given the world something better. We’re just excited across the board. So forgive my enthusiasm, but I actually love my job. I just got back from a two and a half day roadshow, saw 12 major agencies and I always come back super pumped. I literally got home about five minutes before the call. It’s just such an awesome business to be in. And I’ll just tell you this, I also, I’m watching what’s happening in Europe. And I can’t help but think, like the world is looking at this quite differently. Like, what is this capricious use of war? It doesn’t feel like it fits the modern world and I think we all were hoping it was gone. But the global revolves, you can feel it and I’m hoping that we’re turning a corner here. And I think we’re seeing even in military circles, the acceptance of killing people is not what it was 100 years ago. And hopefully, we’re going to get rid of it being accepted at all in the next century.
Will Power:
Yeah. Okay. Thank you. That all makes sense. Maybe if I can just ask the second one, either for you or Luke or whoever wants to take it. It has been a challenging hiring environment, especially for R&D talent and technology. I know you’re opening a new hub in London, which presumably helps. Maybe just talk about what you’re seeing in terms of employee retention, difficulty hiring, how does that factor into plants and outlook there?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I’m going to take that first, and Luke, I’ll have you take the ball. Part of what we’re doing in London as well, it’s really important, we’re beginning to continue to expand our global footprint that, we’ve got a lot of customers in the U.K. and Scotland and across Europe. And we really feel it’s incumbent on us to really have a global footprint, where we’re sourcing talent around the world and putting that talent closer to our customers. So this both helps with a sourcing talent, but also we think from a customer intimacy perspective, it’s getting help there as well. With that, Luke, can you take the rest on retention.
Luke Larson:
Yeah. Great question. As we, look, like in the last two years we’ve seen this acceleration of remote work and that’s given every employee in the world a lot of opportunities. I think a lot of companies are kind of scratching their heads going, how are we possibly going to retain people in this environment? I’m super excited about that Axon, because I think we’re going to be the beneficiary of that, because we built an amazing company. So when we go out and talk to candidates, we talk about the purpose and the mission that we have. We talked about the great team that we’ve built and the talent that we’ve attracted. I think one really exciting part of the business is the future growth that we see ahead of us. And so, that’s not only for prospective employees, it’s for existing employees as well. And so, I feel really confident about the team that we built and it’s definitely a challenging hiring environment, but we think it’s going to be one where we’re going to thrive, because we built such a great business.
Rick Smith:
Stay tuned at the end of the call. We’ve got one more video for you, that the team put together, that really is showcases a bit of who we are and we’re getting rave reviews from people seeing it online, who don’t even know what we do, who want to come work for us. We aspire to have a place that not only works on big problems, but really has a good time doing it. It recognizes and celebrates the humanity of our people. We’re all in this together working on problems we care about and that is resonating with our current employees and with folks we’re trying to recruit in.
Will Power:
Yeah. Look forward to that.
Andrea James:
Yeah. Thanks. We’re really excited to share that video with you at the end. So do stick around. Okay. Mita Marshall at Morgan Stanley. You are next.
Mita Marshall:
Great. Thanks. You listed a number of kind of international agencies that you guys were having success with in the quarter. Just wanted to get a sense of whether -- where you’re seeing the most traction, either TASER s or body camera and just whether they’re more likely to kind of bundle up front or if there’s different needs with the software for those customers that maybe digging in on the international side and what traction you’re seeing there? And then, maybe second, it sounded like you guys were able to kind of work around and find alternatives for a lot of the products, but just getting a sense of, if you think there’s any price increases that will need to be passed on to customers? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Thanks very much for the question. So, on international, I think, our focus is customer acquisition regardless of product. So I think some customers are better suited at the moment for TASER, are more interested in TASER s and others are pursuing body cameras or in-car video or even interview room. And for us our strategy has always been to make sure we can delight our customers with one of those products and then over time expand the ecosystem within each agency. And we really believe that’s become a competitive differentiator for us in the United States over time and it will internationally as well. I’d say it’s a little less common to see bundling of TASER s and body cams in most markets, the Commonwealth countries might be a little more common there. But it’s still, in a lot of these markets, how can we get in there with any of our products and delight customers and build really strong productive trusting relationships. So that’s really the focus internationally. And in terms of pricing, I think, we feel really good about where we stand right now. We’ve -- we address pricing every year and meet as a team and decide kind of how best to go out to market and be fair in terms of the value that we’re providing. And we don’t at this point, anticipate passing any of the or passing any pricing increases along to our customers. We announced our new pricing in January. We feel great about it. We have many of our supplier contracts locked in. Our 10-year deals do contain escalator starting in year six to account for inflation and new products and new capabilities and so forth, and we continue to feel good about that.
Mita Marshall:
Great.
Luke Larson:
I want to add on hear that one thing we are working on, that’s why we laid it out for you in our cash estimates is our investment in automation, streamlining, manufacturing, labor reduction, right, that’s a big investment we’re making from a CapEx standpoint to help attack this from the cost side.
Mita Marshall:
Perfect. Thanks for the context.
Andrea James:
Good. Thanks, Mita. Keith Housum at Northcoast. You’re up next.
Keith Housum:
Thanks, guys. Appreciate it. Can you guys speak a little bit, perhaps, a crystal ball here, and perhaps, give us a little bit of a highlight in terms of what to expect for this year in terms of new product rollouts or updating existing ones, now AB3 is three years old, TASER, it’s being in process. Perhaps, can you give us an update where you guys are out in the new products or in the improvements or changing or updating the old ones?
Rick Smith:
Well, I’ve got to contain my excitement here, you know that, Keith. The products are, we surprised that are getting to the end of their expected lifecycle, where do we start to expect to see some new ones coming along. So I can’t give you any specifics. But we do get on a cadence of approximately two and a half to three years on body cameras and every five years on TASERs. And we just launched Fleet 3. There’s a lot going on. But, unfortunately, I can’t give you more than that, other than to share my smile with you and let you know, we got good stuff coming on the way.
Keith Housum:
Okay. I buy 3s in May 2018, correct, 2019, and mass, so just like probably I am missing for that one. My -- no comment for you guys necessary, my assumption is on that one. It’s the next question more for Jawad. You guys did noted that you guys increased freight costs in the fourth quarter. I’m assumed you got other costs and supply chain issues, can you perhaps give us some context what the impact was in the fourth quarter, how we should think about that in 2022?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah. The impact is fairly muted on our margins when you saw gross margin compression, it was largely actually due to when we talked about the supply chain shortages that we had, unable to fulfill demand and so we had some fixed costs that were unable to be allocated over inventory and that caused a little bit of margin compression. But, overall, not a big disruption. This is again pointing back to the investments we’re making in our manufacturing, processes, in automation to really get out ahead of that. We’re seeing results. We’ve been making those investments for a couple of years. They’ve been on a bit of a smaller scale and now we’re ramping those up because we’re seeing such great benefits from those. And that’s something that we expect to continue to pay dividends in the short-term and over the next few years, and as we, again, try to drive towards that long-term margin target of 30%.
Keith Housum:
Okay. So to recap, Jawad [ph], you don’t expect any significant compression in 2022 because either of those issues.
Jawad Ahsan:
That’s correct.
Keith Housum:
…on cost side. Okay. All right. Thanks, guys. Appreciate it.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Keith. Next up it looks like Eric has dropped off, so we’ll go to Paul Chung at JPMorgan. Go ahead, Paul.
Paul Chung:
Hey. Thanks for taking my questions. So just -- I just want to talk about the kind of push out in 4Q revenues and kind of impact on the shape of your TASER contribution in 2022. And then how is your visibility on the weapons side and then given that higher subscription bundles, do we expect a little less volatility between the quarters? Then I’ve a follow-up.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I think it’s a good question. The teams worked really, really hard to get as much line of sight into the TASER supply chain as we can and they deserve a lot of credit for that. I think we feel very much that the outlook on supply chain does support our new revenue guidance. And so, as you remember in Q4, we did guide to around $204 million I think and surpassed that, and that just speaks to the fact that the team really did a good job pulling in every component that they could to be able to beat that guidance and we think we’ve got a promising path forward in that regard. In terms of quarter-to-quarter flux, last year it became fairly consistent between Q2 and Q4. There was less kind of swing in the revenue results overall. I do think that is because the team is getting better and better at building a more substantial pipeline across segments and that allows us to have a little less execution risk quarter-to-quarter. So certainly every quarter we start with, how can we maximize the percentage of the pipeline that we close and that’s going to continue to be a focus, and I really believe the team is primed for another really strong year in that regard.
Luke Larson:
And then Paul on your visibility question, we have got visibility to little over half, about half -- over half is booked, and it’s one of the reasons we like to highlight our bookings number, because it’s a really strong indicator of our future revenue growth.
Paul Chung:
And then on cash flow, very strong, so despite some of the component shortages here, talk about the working cap dynamics you expect over the year and then kind of benefits of a larger subscription base and then the shape of cash flows as we move through the year, that would be helpful. Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. This is one we’re really excited about. I’m personally extremely…
Paul Chung:
Yeah.
Rick Smith:
…excited about it. We’ve built a business that is going to be hugely cash generative for years to come. This is something that we’ve been building the foundation for many years and it’s really starting to manifest itself in our cash flow statements. Last year we had a bit of a use of working capital and we expect that that’s going to work itself out in the first half of the year. And going -- we obviously laid out the investment in the new campus, the automation, manufacturing initiatives. We have new sites and facilities opening around the world. And so that’s one of the reasons that we’ve given more visibility into our capital expenditure. We’ve broken that out versus sort of like recurring business ongoing, excluding the one-time items. We are going to give you visibility to those one-time items over the next couple of years and we expect that once we’re through the next couple of years with those investments that we’re really going to be throwing off pretty significant amounts of cash.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Paul. And it looks like we have Astrid joined -- has joined us from Raymond James. Don’t mean to put you on the spot, because your video is off, but do you have a question, Astrid? Okay. I’m going to assume not. I’ll give you another second. Is there anybody else who has a follow up? You can kind of come off mute. Don’t all jump up at once. Oh, Will Power has his hand up. Go ahead.
Will Power:
There was a follow up, I was intrigued with -- on the corrections market look like a nice one in Ohio, I believe. So, I’d love to get further color as to what the pipeline of opportunities looks like. It seems like that’s been a kind of a budding opportunity for a while. Are we finally at the cusp of more significant win, so how do we think about that opportunity moving forward?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Absolutely. Deploying body camera at every correctional facility in Ohio was a huge win for the corrections team and one that took multiple years to deliver. There’s a big market here. We often talk about internally like, for example, the California Department of Corrections is about the size of NYPD and office account. So there’s a big market out there to go get. We’ve reworked some of the offerings and packaging and bundling to better suit our corrections customers and we’ve continued to build out that team over the last year and a half here. So we’re really excited about the progress. There are still a lot of work to do and to do a different sale for sure than a lot of our more conventional law enforcement customers. But we expect that to be not only a part of our state and local growth moving forward, but also a part of our federal growth moving forward.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Will. Jonathan has a follow up. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, there. So just given when we started the call in VR, I thought it’d be appropriate to just ask, just given the success that you’re seeing there. Are there any stimulus funding or programs that can maybe drive even faster adoption in that VR space? And can you maybe remind us of how much of a step up in ASPs and you can see from sort of VR adoption? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Absolutely. So, right now, if you buy a VR, our VR offering with TASER 7, it’s about a $17 month uplift from the TASER 7 and we have some a la carte packages as well. I’d say, like all of our products, early on we’re far more focused on adoption than ASP right now. We believe that this is an extremely emerging and disruptive technology that is going to further our mission, obviously, the bullet, of course, we can do that through building a better and better TASER and we will. But the other side of that is making sure that we’re able to simulate the type of stress that officers experience in the field. And so we really believe this is kind of our next big product category and we’re really focused on becoming the market leader in this space. And like, we said this product outperformed both our body cameras and X26 in year one of sales, which is a great indicator. And the team’s really focused on driving this business segment up past $100 million in bookings as fast as we can here.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Rick, you’re off mute, so you’re going to close this out. Go ahead.
Rick Smith:
Now, you made me want to double check and just make sure that I’m off mute here. Well, hey, we’re obviously just thrilled with the performance the team’s been able to pull together over these past two years despite the pandemic and social unrest and now these new geopolitical challenges. But I have the great fortune to work with just some really awesome people who get out of bed, regardless of what’s happening in the world and just get after our mission. So we want to conclude by sharing with you a really special project. Our team shot some drone footage of our current headquarters this week and we’d love to take you through our Scottsdale office R&D and manufacturing facility. It’s pretty cool. Check it out. [Video Presentation]
Andrea James :
Okay.
Rick Smith:
All right. Great job, Angel and Andrea and our whole IR team. You guys just really did a nice job on that video. I hope our investors enjoyed it. So as you can see from our results, our teams are continuing to execute at the highest level. Perhaps the strongest growth indicator is record bookings of $0.5 billion in a single quarter. As bookings eventually flow through to revenue, Axon has become a substantially larger business in the coming years. And the momentum is really strong, with sales contracts booked up to 70% year-to-date compared to last year, and we expect another record bookings quarter in Q4. I'm proud of the results we're delivering in 2021 and even more energized by the opportunity in front of us. We've demonstrated our ability to scale the business and drive leverage in our model. Now, we're expanding our growth story as we continue to introduce new products, selling to new customer market segments and ad sales channels across geographies. Today, we're addressing an even larger TAM. As you saw in the video, our current estimates point to a total addressable market of $52 billion. With our top-line projected to reach at least $1 billion next year, you can see there's enormous white space that had. By way of example, in early October AXON had its largest ever presence at the Association of the United States Army's Annual Conference in Washington, DC. This provided us with an opportunity to showcase our AXON transformative solutions for law enforcement position us to disrupt the U.S. defense market, giving us a seat at the table to begin influencing how the military responds towards to the future. As I watched the helicopters evacuate our embassy in Kabul, it struck me that the United States has effectively not achieved durable, strategic success in our last 3 wars. And it's not for lack of sufficient lethality. Our military is the greatest fighting machine in the history of the world, with the most lethal and precise weapons. Yet, the more we killed in Vietnam, the more we lost the hearts and minds of the very people we needed to win over. And the same phenomenon played out in Iraq and Afghanistan. We can no longer kill our way to success in modern conflicts. And I believe the ability to capture bad actors will become ever more strategically valuable, and we intend to lead the way. As the world news is at a faster pace, Axon is remaining at the forefront of bringing transformative technologies to market. We're innovators at our core. You can see that when you look at our history. We signed the incorporation papers for TASER at my dining room table 28 years ago. And since that time our mission has remained unchanged, but our organization has significantly evolved. And today, we have a broad ecosystem of public safety products. We have continually found new ways to serve our customers from disruptive technologies and software, even when they met with initial resistance. We've always said extremely high bars for ourselves at Axon but we found that great challenges make us rise to meet them. Earlier this month, we held our 6th Annual Axon Accelerate Conference right here in Phoenix, and it sure felt great to be back in person with all our customers and colleagues. The theme of this year's conference, and the topic of my opening keynote, was that change is inevitable and today, technology is moving at an exponential pace. From virtual reality training to our drone program, Axon Air, to automatic license plate reader technology and transcription, we're unlocking the power of technology to reach our North Star of obsoleting the bullet and outperforming the 9-millimeter pistol and stopping power by 2030. Amid Accelerate, we introduced our next moonshot. Together with our customers in public safety, within the next 10 years, we aim to cut officer-involved shootings by half. We believe we can accomplish this with new technologies, new training procedures, new policies, and even new regulations to guide the way. In fact, I used to accelerate as an opportunity to introduce a regulatory framework. The 3 Laws of first respond to robotics to begin a critically important discussion of how we use robotics, not to kill each other, but specifically to avoid harming each other, with new ways to capture dangerous subjects. Any decision that impacts the human subject for robot must be made by an authenticated human operator accepting legal and moreover responsibility. That are first proposed law, second, there should be no lethal force. De -escalation should be the primary goal in the minimal use of force to stop a threat. And then the 3rd is that any institute of force deployed by a robotic system should be recorded in full audio video in all user data and reviewed by an independent oversight committee. I will be hosting a Reddit AMA in December to gather public input on these guidelines. We're proud of our history of increasing mechanisms of control and accountability to ensure that powerful new technologies are used for good from the data logs and the TASER to the very existence of body cameras and our ethical product framework that we use to guide our ALPR development. And now we are leading the way to set the regulatory framework years ahead of advanced non-lethal robotics technology. We're excited to continue to blaze new trails in our mission to end killing. We were fortunate to close out 3 days of robust, interactive dialogue at Accelerate with a keynote where I got to interview Former President George W. Bush. He delivered an incredibly inspiring talk, expressing gratitude to public safety officers and calling for civility to all citizens, which is squarely aligned with our mission to protect life, capture truth, and accelerate justice. And at the end of today's call, we're going to play for you a very powerful moment from Accelerate, so please stay tuned after the Q&A. And with that, I'm going to hand it over to Luke Larson, our President.
Luke Larson :
Thanks, Rick. Let me start by echoing your sentiment around Accelerate. We believe it all starts with creating a great experience for the customer, which means more than just listening. It's anticipating their needs by mapping technologies to insightful opportunities. A level of customer engagement we saw this year is a testament to the transformative power of the public safety platform we build. We're obsessed with creating value in a unique way that no one else can by solving real problems with solutions people are willing to use. Who is a phenomenal week learning from customers from all over the world I could not be more excited for the road ahead. Huge shout out to our marketing sales product teams and really all the employees that are icon and made such an impact on experience. The business continues to grow at a fast pace, which means recruiting and fostering the best and most diverse talent is critical to our success. Our ability to retain top talent not only allows Axon to move increasingly closer to accomplishing our mission, but also allows us to establish new goals along the way. To do this, we need to continue creating an organization that is future-proof, resilient to disruption, and at the forefront of innovation. We are currently hiring over 300 roles and we have embraced remote work as an opportunity to expand our talent pool, pooling from the best-in-class resources around the globe. How our employees spend their lives matter, which is why we put a great deal of consideration into the culture we are creating and the values we want to embody as we build the future. This means we're doubling down on our Jet-I and learning development initiatives. The teams we built, our unparalleled and it's incredible watching the collective hard work and dedication to our mission. We're laser-focused on how do we attract, retain, and develop the best talent. You know someone great that wants to make a great impact, send them our way. As we round out the year, we feel great about our product pipeline. We're finishing 2021 with exceptional bookings, which includes $30 million of TASER 7 revenue that we expected to deliver in Q4, but it's now just shifting into the first half of 2022. This is the result of an industry-wide chip shortage that impacted our TASER 7 platform. The supply chain conversation is universal right now, and while we are not immune, our teams are definitely navigating the situation. We have incredibly strong relationships and a long history with our supply chain partners who are invested in Axon's mission and are aligned in helping us meet our pipeline. Teamwork is harder than it seems on the surface and as our Company's skilled globally, it requires a consistent commitment to operate as 1 team. We're proud of our supply chain team to have done a tremendous job helping us manage through the global supply chain prices. While we've experienced some delays and the potential for interruption remains, we have line of sight to clearance in the first half of 2022 and continue to be confident in our ability to meet the needs of our customers and deliver on our annual revenue guidance, in spite of these challenges. I want to reiterate, we have line of sight to clearing the backlog in the first half of the year. We feel great about our pipeline and hoping to what continues to be a dynamic environment. Now, I will turn the call over to Axon's Chief Financial Officer, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan :
Thanks, Luke. I also want to start by echoing the excitement over our Accelerate conference. Meeting with our customers, partners, and employees from around the world was super energizing. It reinforced for me that Axon sits squarely at the intersection of social justice and advanced technology with a mission that galvanizes all of our stakeholders. These stakeholders include you, our investors. While we weren't able to offer an investor track at Accelerate this year, you've been top of mind for us. In light of feedback we received at our last proxy, we've been conducting a listening campaign to gather more specific feedback from our investors on our approach to governance in ESG. The input we've received has been invaluable and we look forward to sharing the outcome of these discussions in the coming months. Now, over the past several years, you've seen us invest aggressively in R&D and channel expansion. We've deployed capital to strategic partnerships, putting an early stake in the ground on emerging technologies and trends. These actions have enabled us to unlock transformative new products like VR and Respond new customer market segments like Federal and Justice, and new geographic regions worldwide. Today, we're excited to share that as a result of our strategic planning and continued investments, we're projecting substantial runway for growth with a new and updated Total Addressable Market or TAM. Our new TAM is almost double the last one that we shared with you. While our penetration in this new TAM is still relatively low, it's absolutely our intention to serve these markets with the investments we have in place, which will see us bring exciting new products to market over the next 18 to 24 months. There are two areas in particular I want to highlight. First, federal, we had Richard Coleman to run our federal business in 2018, and he has since built a stellar team who's performance has exceeded our expectations. We now view the federal team for Axon as a $9 billion opportunity across taser devices, body-worn cameras, demos, and other software. We count among our customers today, several of the branches of the federal government, including the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security, Customs and Border Protection, and the Drug Enforcement Agency. We've also been driving adoption of our new multi-jurisdictional sharing feature, which is enabling state and local agencies to seamlessly share evidence with U.S. attorneys. To better serve federal customers who have sensitive law enforcement information, We've made an investment to ensure our software complies with the Civilian Fed Rate High and the Defense Impact Level 5 security standards. At these security levels, we anticipate being able to offer a DEM solution to all 90+ federal law enforcement organization s across civilian and defense agencies. After a strong third quarter in which we added $35 million in new deals, we are on track to have another record year for federal bookings. Next, I want to briefly double-click on consumer. Axon has, since its inception, always had a consumer business, but it's historically not been one that we've devoted meaningful R&D to. With the ongoing development of our exciting new TASER device technology, we've committed to releasing a host of new personal safety devices over the next few years that will help advance our mission to truly obsolete the bullet. We also intend to begin offering personal safety solutions to mobile applications over this time frame. In our shareholder letter, we highlighted a TASER device penetration is less than 25% in the U.S. and even lower globally, but that represents the professional user. The penetration in consumer is virtually 0 in an $11 billion market, which means we have a tremendous runway ahead in just a segment alone. To be clear, we're still very early announcing consumer, but we have the alignment, the technology, the strategy, and most importantly, the mission to drive this growth. Now, before we open up the call to questions, I want to highlight 3 themes that we'd like you to take away this quarter. 1, we are significantly underpenetrated on our growing global TAM. 2, we're delivering against the rule of 40, investing for growth while achieving leverage. 3. Our year-to-date results and outlook for 2022 are a waypoint in towards building a much larger Company that is synonymous with public safety and protecting life. As we look ahead to 2022, we're carrying a ton of momentum into the new year. Our 2022 revenue projection has strengthened to at least $1 billion on top of what we expect will be at least 25% year-over-year growth in 2021. We added a record $28 million in ARR this past quarter to bring our total ARR to $288 million. We have an exciting runway ahead of us, and we look forward to sharing updates on our progress in the coming quarters. With that, Angel, let's move to questions.
A - Angel Ambrosio:
Okay. Thanks, Jawad and team. And as Rick noted, as we move into Q&A, I would encourage you all to stay tuned. If we have the time, we have a special surprise for you at the end of today's call. Moderators, can you bring everyone up into gal review? Okay. Great. All right. Our first question comes from Josh Reilly at Needham. Go ahead, Josh.
Joshua Reilly:
All right. Thanks, guys. Nice job on the quarter here. Maybe we'll just start with the $30 million shipped in Q4 teams or revenue. Would you expect all that to hit here in Q1 or will be more evenly spread out through the first half? And then what are the puts and takes on the timing of that revenue hitting?
Rick Smith:
Thanks a lot for the question, Josh. I think at this point, we do see it hitting in both Q1 and Q2. And certainly, it's a challenging supply chain environment across the world right now and the team's doing a great job navigating through that. And so, of course, we're hoping we can fulfill as much of that in Q1 as we can, but realistically it'll be across Q1 and Q2.
Joshua Reilly:
Okay, great. And then maybe just a follow-up on Fleet 3. As that's launching here, is there going to be any impact to that production ramp given the semiconductor supply chain challenges? And then, is there going to be any initial impact to gross margin as a result of this ramp due to the Fleet 3 mix coming in as well?
Rick Smith:
I let Jawad answer the second part of that question. But on Fleet 3, the demand has been very, very high, higher than we've ever seen for our in-car video products before. So we are shipping a record numbers of Fleet 3 as compared to Fleet 1 and Fleet 2 and we expect that to continue throughout next year. We are oversubscribed for the product right now and I think that speaks more towards the demand than anything else but we do expect to shift large quantities relative to previous versions in Q1 and moving forward, I'm sorry the Q4 of this year and moving forward and Q1.
Jawad Ahsan :
Then Josh, the question on gross margins, we're not expecting at this point any impact from Fleet on gross margins.
Joshua Reilly:
Awesome. Thanks, guys. I'll move on here.
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay. Next question comes from analyst Jonathan Ho of William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho :
Hi. Good afternoon and congratulations on another quarter of strong results. As we look at your revised TAM estimates, can you talk about maybe why the decision now to sort of update the TAM and maybe what underpins some of these assumptions since it seems like the markets appear to be a lot larger than you previously thought?
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes, I'll start with that 1, John, and thanks for the question. So, we've been, as we talked about for the past few years, investing for growth beyond the TASER devices and body cameras, and we've given you flavors here and there of the markets that we're aiming towards the new products and segments. And what we wanted to do is reflect accurately how the business is oriented today. Our TAM has been expanding in the past few years, but that's also because the lens that we're looking at our business through has been widening as well, and things like VR, a bigger presence in federal, more of a focus on consumer; these investments are in-flight now, as I mentioned they're still very, very early inning s but its TAM release speaks more to our ambition. We wanted to align how we're thinking about our TAM opportunity with how we're investing for growth today. And we wanted to make sure that you guys are thinking about the same way that we are.
Jonathan Ho :
Got it. And then when we look at this revised opportunity, what are the investments that you need to make to sort of unlock these additional markets? What are the most impactful ones, if you can just highlight that for us? Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes, the great thing about it is it's not a lot of incremental investment. The beauty of Axon business today is that the technology we have for TASER, for example, right? We've been investing in TASER for quite some time. We've talked a lot about the next-generation TASER technology, we're very excited about. And that technology is going to be able to serve our domestic and international law enforcement markets, it's going to be able to serve our federal markets, correction, enterprise security; it's going to, in a large way be able to translate to consumer as well. And so what we're really looking to do is gain leverage on the investments that we're already making. The same thing holds true with body camera and DEMS. You look at the body camera and DEMS product, it's really an enterprise solution that happens to be oriented towards law enforcement today and is geared towards law enforcement. We think that there are other use cases for that technology, and there are new areas like VR training that we are making a new incremental investment. In that content, there the demand is extremely strong. And in drones, here, we're looking to partner a little bit more and find the right partners to help us get into those markets. But what you should read into this is that we're not looking to really expand or to get too far ahead of our skis as far as investments into new technologies that's really driving leverage from the one that we have.
Jonathan Ho :
Fantastic. Thank you
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay. Next -- next question comes from analyst Brian Gesuale at Raymond James. Go ahead, Brian. We also have Astrid on the call. so Astrid, if you would prefer to ask the question, you can go ahead and do that as well. Maybe we'll give you both a second and we will go to Paul Chung from JPMorgan.
Paul Chung:
Hi. Thanks for taking my questions. So just on your annual software contracts, what the customer is kind of what more of? How are you thinking about the dynamic between the new seats and increase in market share? And what are some of the upcoming features we should expect to kind of further drive that launch there?
Rick Smith:
Paul, thanks for the question. I think the good news here is that the product team has done a fantastic job delivering several value-added feature sets over the last couple of years. And we're now seeing the market really start to value those. One of those is performance which measures how officers are complying with their agency policy. There's updated redaction tools, there's a product called Standards, which is our first module of our records products. And ultimately, as we bundle the solutions together in our officer safety plan offerings, we're seeing more and more customers buy those offerings. In fact, we've seen about double the number of licenses purchased this year, so far on that plan as last year and we only achieved through the year. The 2 to 3 quarters, I'd say so. There's a lot of runway ahead for customers to continue to adopt a lot of these feature sets that have been released. And our focus is really through customer success as well as sales, making sure that we do a really good job showing for training of value that these new features have. So that will be kind of our biggest focal point for our software sales team over the next few hours moving more and more customers into those offerings and we're certainly confident in our ability to do so.
Paul Chung:
Great. Then on the international front, you saw a very strong growth there, particularly in Europe, where you're seeing pockets of strength there in Europe and where we're seeing the most momentum, and then how the traction been in Asia, you called out that contract there in India; any comments there? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yes, absolutely. Thanks for the question. So those who have been with us a while will recall for a long time, we're really disciplined about proving our international strategy and what we call our tier 1 markets, the UK, Canada and Australia. And we feel like, we've earned the right to expand beyond those markets now and we've hired out really talented teams in several markets around the world. In EMEA specifically, we're seeing exciting growth in the Netherlands, in Italy, in Spain, in Germany, in France. In addition to India, where we look at this first contract with [Indiscernible] kind of the first indicator that our strategy there is working, and we're going to continue to build out a team there across 1 of the largest leasing markets in the world. Another place we're really seeing a lot of success is Brazil, which 3 years or 4 years ago, we were barred from selling into and now, they are again buying both CWs and our video devices. And so we've got to the point now where both our sales team has localized into some of these markets and our product team is doing a fantastic job supporting our customers in those markets to round out the edges and achieve that last mile of product market fit and it's really coming together nicely for our international business.
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay, we are going to go back to Brian Gesuale from Raymond James. Good ahead Brian.
Brian Gesuale:
Yes. Thanks very much. You've had several really large wins here over the course of the year and some big deployments coming up with body cams as well as a lot of investments to make to continue to support that TAM mark opportunity out there. Can you maybe talk about how we might see the margins, having flow over the next couple of quarters as you start to bring those customers live and continue to invest in the business?
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes, Brian, thanks for the question. I'll take that. So over the long term, I want to reiterate that we're driving the business towards 30% adjusted EBITDA margins, 70% gross margins. Over the next couple of quarters, I guess the best way to think about it, when we start off year, we have a comprehensive list of investments that we want to make in product and channel, operational excellence, etc., and we set our revenue targets and then determine which of these investments that we're going to fund, as you might imagine, not everything gets above the line. Now, everything gets a green light. As we over-deliver on revenue throughout the year, we unlocked funding for those items that were below the line because we do believe that we want to reinvest back in the business. We've got a tremendous opportunity to get after these new products, segments and channels, and so forth. Had we not had $30 million of revenue pushed into 2022, our adjusted EBITDA margins in Q4, would have stayed roughly flat to where they were at the end of Q3. But because we've been unlocking funding throughout the year for these new initiatives, we're now expecting to finish the year, at the EBITDA levels we've guided to, which translates to roughly 20% adjusted EBITDA margin for the full year. And then for next year, we're going to reset. Now, in 2 things to note here, the first one is that, the new initiatives that we're funding, things like VR training and federal next-generation TASER, body camera, records and dispatch fleet we're super excited about. For all these areas, demand is very strong, and just like we saw in 2021, you're going to see any over delivery fall right to the bottom line, you'll see margin tend to tick up. And the second thing note is that, we are in the budget process right now. We're going to treat 2022 just like we've been treating prior years, which is we're going to make sure -- there are going to be things that are below the line. So the Q4 margin rate, even though it's going to be slightly lower, we're going to view that as an anomaly.
Brian Gesuale:
Great, I appreciate that. And then the ARR that you booked in the quarter, I think sequentially it's about as strong as I can remember. Any specific shoutouts to particular lines of software? I know the VR /AR stuff has been -- had a lot of momentum over the course of the last couple of quarters. How might we think about some of that strength and what it might look like as we carry that momentum into '22?
Jawad Ahsan :
Let me take that release to begin with. We're seeing improving the attach rates on our premium services like Respond, which is the live streaming of body cameras. And on our last call, we talked about how Charlottesville used that capability as they were taking down the controversial statues, to able to see world officers were and be able to tap into live video streams. There's also ALPR, of course, in Fleet. And Respond, as part of our new OSP 7+ premium, which is a plan that includes VR and transcription. So I think we're also seeing an improvement in the attach rates in our highest premium plan in addition to those individual elements.
Rick Smith:
Yes, that's right. Actually, Brian, just to formalize, it is a record for us. It's the largest single quarter increase we've ever seen in the IR.
Brian Gesuale:
I thought so. Congratulations. I'll jump back in the queue, guys.
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay. Our next question comes from Keith Housum at Northcoast. Good ahead Keith.
Keith Housum :
Good afternoon, guys. Congratulations on the quarter once again. Appreciate all the color on the TAM and the penetration. As we look at your TASER weapons, they had a phenomenal quarter this quarter, can you provide a little color or context in terms of the percentage of weapons that are being sold as replacement or refresh versus really into new users?
Rick Smith:
Thanks a lot for the question, Keith. Nice to see you again. Ultimately for us, I think there's 3 or 4 markets right now that, are adopting TASER. And the answer to your question, is really dependent on the market. For U.S. state in local, ultimately, our motion there is more of an upgrade motion, where folks are -- the majority of the market is upgrading from a Legacy TASER to the new TASER 7. Now, because we sell cameras and tasers in the same bundles now, we are seeing an uptick in that market in terms of first-time standard issue users, which is promising and we don't think can see -- continue to see that being low into the future. And then in other markets like, international and federal and enterprise security, we're seeing more and more first-time TASER users --
Rick Smith:
So in international, for example, we have a TASER First strategy where we really want to bet on ourselves to deliver a really fantastic customer experience to a customer we've never worked with before and then they'll adopt our TASERs. And then, 1 year or 2 years later, once we put some equity into the bank there with those customers, we can go back and sell them additional products from our portfolio. And I think federal is a little bit of that as well, and then same with our private security channel. So little bit of a mixed bag depending on the market, but definitely seeing high demand across all of those markets.
Keith Housum :
So if you had to aggregate all the numbers, would it be 70% is going to be refreshed, 30% new? Or is it vice versa? Can you ballpark that for me?
Rick Smith:
I don't have it off the top of my head. I have keep them prior -- I want to avoid any estimate until I've got the data in front of me so we can come back to you with something like that in a future quarter.
Keith Housum :
Fair enough, I'll appreciate that. Just as a follow-up on the supply chain, any chance of supply chain issues looks beyond is a dangerous weapons this quarter into body-worn cameras?
Luke Larson :
So I'll take that one Keith, we feel really good about our pipeline. We've been working closely with all of our suppliers. We get to sign contract and committed deliverables into Q1 and Q2. So at this time, in the first half of the year, we feel really confident we're going to We're going to get rid of the backlog on Tasers and keep the momentum going with our full product portfolio. Now, I would add the caveat, we are in the middle of a global supply chain crisis. Our team has done a phenomenal job navigating that, and I think our supply chain strategy has proven that out over the last 2 years, and we feel really good about it.
Keith Housum :
I appreciate. Thank you.
Angel Ambrosio:
Thanks, Keith. Our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. Go ahead, Jeremy.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Him Todd. I'll add my congratulations. Let me first start with a question I think probably for Rick in product development team. So with this ambitious target to make the bullet obsolete by 2030. It's been a few years now since TASER 7. How many iterations of the TASER products do you expect to roll out between now and then in that 8-year period in getting you to that capability where stopping power can match or exceed traditional hand gun?
Rick Smith:
So I would say 2 or 3 product revs, between now and 2030 with [Indiscernible]. I don't know we would just to be really specific, I think by 2030 our goal is to outperform the 9 millimeter. And I think that's 2 or 3 product gens out.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And in terms of the investment in your R&D team that, needs to be made to achieve a goal like that. Is that something that, you feel is going to accelerate from what it has been growing at over the last, let's say 4 or 5 years?
Rick Smith:
No, not necessarily. The TASER developments are continuing to move along and that business, as it grows, is funding the R&D. I did also, at Accelerate, start to talk about robotics and part of this as well as being able to remove operators from harm's way and some of the most tie risk scenarios and to be able to incapacitate a target. In addition to the handheld Tasers devices, we know our customers also like, if you have a guy in a barricade situation who is armed or I was just talking with a major police chief earlier about incidents like somebody with a gun standing on his porch; you don't want to get within 25 feet of them. And so in those cases, being able to deploy a long range system, and ultimately, I've come to believe that, doing that through some sort of robotic is better than trying to develop some long-range rifle, will be part of the Net solution that it will take for us to cut police shootings in half. We think part that better weapons that, a human can operate themselves. TASER 8, 9, 10. And then also new capabilities, where they might be able to engage particularly dangerous subjects from further distances or even outside of the building.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks. That's actually a good segue and my follow-up question which is, personnel costs, are typically the highest expense for most police departments. This has been an incredibly dynamic 2-year period in law enforcement. vaccine mandates, civil unrest that we've been going through. I just wanted to get a sense for the insight that you are hearing from the police chiefs as to
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I think one of the things we can do to best help them stretch their budget is to free officers from having these fairly expensive professionals spending a lot of time on data entry tasks and a lot of the work that we're doing, for example, in records may not read us directly on obsoleting the bullet, but it can read very directly on helping agencies leverage their staff. I mean, effectively, we could double their productivity if officers didn't have to spend half their day sitting at a laptop, typing up records. And we're doing a lot of work there on the back-office to connect all these sensors we have in the field all the way through, not just into reporting system in an agency, but now moving over into the justice system where you started to talk about how we're finding there's new efficiency needs for prosecutors in courts that are receiving the deluge of digital evidence that we're producing -- that our customers are now producing and handing off and that's creating new and other interesting areas where we can solve a lot of these efficiency problems that translate very directly into budgetary gains.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Are they getting adequate staffing or are they having to rely on you even more as a partner? Because in some cases it does sound like staffing has been a challenge to get. I think there's a lot of people who feel like they've been, attacked maybe is an inappropriate word, publicly, and they are not looking to sign up for the job anymore but maybe an opportunity for Axon to again stretch those resources.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. We certainly arguing that recruiting is particularly challenging in this environment. I mean, I do think we're also seeing a shift in public sentiment. I mean, in Minneapolis, the bill to replace the police department did not pass. I think we're starting to see a shift in our customers are starting to feel it as well where people are just realizing that law enforcement is a really a critical function and we need to have real solutions and that requires thoughtful investment. Not defunding, but ultimately, as it is more challenging for them to higher than productivity tools do become even more important.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks for the color. Well done. Best wishes.
Rick Smith:
Great questions. Thank you.
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay, our next question comes from Eric Stampfel from Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Eric.
Eric Stampfel :
Hi, team. Thanks. Maybe if we could go back to the adoption you are seeing with Records and Respond. I guess just curious, are customers generally upgrading to those solutions as they're moving to higher value bundles with body camera contracts? Do you see that some customers actually have room in the budget to do that ahead of their existing contracts? Just anything on the cadence of adoption, understand it's still early for most customers.
Rick Smith:
Yes. Absolutely Eric. Thanks for the question. And ultimately, we believe our products work best together, right. And we believe that, a digital evidence will be at the heart of every police record. Certainly, we're already seeing that trend and we expect that to only continue and grow in the next 5 to 10 years. And so, right now, most of our customers are buying Records in the same offering -- the OS [Indiscernible] of the officer 's safety plan offering and that strategy is serving us well. Right now, we're doing our best to balance more and more customers signing up for the Records products with nailing the experience for our first adopters. And we're hearing more and more positive sentiment from our early customers in records to attribute to the hard work or product team is doing to deliver that experience. And we really believe that stacking one customer onto the next than just doing that enough times to have a really positive early experience and records is what's going to lead to that significant adoption across the market later, and that's the mission we're focused on for now.
Eric Stampfel :
Thank you. And then as we think about consumer and just as you're building out prospects for channels there, do you expect most of that to be in a direct model or are there opportunities to expand into store fronts, I guess just in how we think of the differences of sales model is the consumer opportunity really starts to ramp?
Jawad Ahsan :
Thanks Eric. I will take that and maybe turn it over to Rick for some additional color. So today, it's both. Today, we sell through distributors and direct-to-consumers and we certainly plan in the near term to leverage both of those models going forward. We do think there's an opportunity for us to increase direct-to-consumer with some of the products we're developing. It's not only next-generation Taser but we're also in the process of developing mobile applications for personal safety, and those we're going to be going direct.
Eric Stampfel :
Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan :
I'll just leave it at that. I don't want to telegraph too much what we're doing. We haven't announced in terms of products yet, but we're excited about what's coming.
Rick Smith:
Very excited.
Angel Ambrosio:
All right. Our next question comes from Will Power right there. Go ahead, Will.
Will Power :
Okay, great. Yeah, congratulations on strong results. I want to come back to your record, whoever wants to take it. I know you made the comment on the record bookings up 70%. I'd just love to get a little more color on the key drivers of components of that strength as it, is it dominated by any particular products, geographies you think about something between sensors, taser, international building is pretty broad based but any for the back drop on the drivers, that'd be great.
Rick Smith:
Let me hand over to Josh. he's just a little closer to the customers in terms of the actual order-flow. I'm feeling broad, general support from the customers. And 1 thing we're hearing is the fact all the stuff works very well together, they see us really being quite valuable. Historically, police tax systems are sort of infamous for not playing well with other systems. Josh, how would you answer that question?
Josh Isner :
Ultimately, our bookings are a combination of several factors. I think in our core segments, the more and more officer safety plan adoption that we see drives bookings up because it is -- those are our highest ASP offerings. Now, in addition to that, we're seeing international grow very quickly and we're really, really excited about that. We had -- we're on track for a record year in international by mid double-digit percentages, that's very encouraging to see. We're also seeing that same growth in some of our newer segments, such as the Justice segment had a record quarter, our Enterprise segment had a rough record quarter with private security sales growing. And then, of course, new products are also contributing, both Axon Air, which is our drone offering, and VR. VR is our fastest adopted product ever, including the TASER X26. And so, we're seeing just across -- it's the first quarter we've ever had where every single one of our sales teams exceeded their goal in Q3, and we're expecting that type of momentum to contribute -- or to continue across all segments and all products. Very encouraging stuff and I think that, in his comments to start, we expect to even post a better results next quarter in terms of total bookings.
Will Power :
That's great. And then maybe just a question for Jawad, I know you all provided a revenue guidance or a target for next year. Maybe I missed this, but any framework for EBITDA margins for next year? I know you have longer-term 30% on target. I know this year you've largely outperformed where you intended to be, you've got investments planned, there were some of the puts and takes we should think about as we put our models together for next year to be in the right sim code.
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes, I appreciate the question, Will, you certainly nailed the party line. We are driving towards 30% margins long term and we're going to remain opportunistic about where to invest weeks are in the process of setting our budget for 2022. We have not formerly guided to EBITDA dollars or margin for next year the way that we're thinking about it is, as I mentioned, we have a host of investments that we'd like to fund. Not everything is going to get funded and as we go throughout the year and hopefully surpass our revenue targets, we're going to unlock more funding. The reason we're doing that is there's just so much opportunity in front of us and it's across a variety of categories. It's cross multiple products, multiple channels, multiple geographies, and I want to make sure that we're keeping our top-line growing and the way we do that is by investing, right? And not focusing on EBITDA. So, what you can count on from us is we're going to stay disciplined, that's something that Rick and I rest the executive team are very much aligned on. That we want to drive leverage in the business overtime but we also are going to prioritize investing in getting after this TAM that we shared with you today.
Will Power :
Thank you.
Angel Ambrosio:
Okay. And I think that's everybody, unless there are any follow-up questions. No? All right. Rick, over to you to close us out.
Rick Smith:
Okay. Well, again, thanks everybody for joining us and we look forward to updating you as we bring the year to a close next quarter. And I do want to close out by sharing a powerful moment that we shared with our customers at Accelerate where we missed having our investors this year. We celebrated their sacrifice these past few years through the pandemic and widespread social challenges so with that, let's share the moment. Please stay on, folks, don't run to your next call. Take a moment to share this with us. Your investments make this possible.
Rick Smith:
All right. Great job on the video, Andrea. And folks, I'm giving for Andrea a heart-attack today; I was supposed to be safely in my home office connected to the internet, but I've been out all day, with most of the summer doing customer demos. I'm in the fleet three demo vehicle, and we had a bunch of great meetings today. In fact, we're going to do this live without a net, I am going to do a quick screen share and show you what we're seeing live from the fleet vehicle here; hang on a second. All right, so as you can see there, hey, Garrett wave; in the backseat, we have our prisoner transport area, that's Garrett Langley, the CEO of Flock Safety, an incredible partner of ours, they do -- they are all here with another customers. They've told us today about a number of crimes they've already solved, thanks to Flock cameras. And then we do the mobile; so it's [indiscernible] has been a great investment for us, and really brings powerful capability through partnership; you'll see on the upper left there is a wide angle camera, and then on the right is our high resolution 4K camera that we use for the license plate reading, gives us great resolution at closing speeds of upto 140 miles an hour. Yes, we've got our Product Manager here as well. I'll show you -- here is an example of a plate read; this is from -- just a sample list we use not from criminal data; so this is just a sample we did earlier today. And you'll see -- this will pop an alert; the officer can then check and make sure that it's got it correct, they can go in and they can do things like categorize their existing videos, whether it's the in-car body cameras, etcetera. It's a really intuitive simple user interface, and we're getting fantastic customer reviews. All right, so with that -- I have been traveling a lot seeing our customers which has been great. We've also been encouraged to see this summer at The National Conversation Ramp; policing is evolving to reflect what we've known all along, i.e. police reform and progress bars investment, and focused attention from our best and brightest minds. We're obviously pumped about our quarterly performance, and I couldn't be prouder of how our team is executing and it's translating into growth that we've sustained now over the last few years, and we intend to keep doing it. I'm also proud of our product development team. They have been working really hard as we've invested to build these transformative capabilities. In the fleet three, which I just demoed right here; we're able to bring artificial intelligence, to bring ALPR to every car. Within 90 days of launch, we've already been done deploying 550 vehicles at Pinellas County [ph], and to my awareness, I -- as far as I know, that's the largest ALPR in the country, and it's happening literally within weeks our product launch. And we're already late stage negotiations with another major city to deploy over 1,500 license plate readers, more than doubling what we're doing right now, tech analysis. So you all know, you know, you shouldn't text and drive; those who are doing this all the time they're typing in license plates while they're driving, or they've got to read it in over the radio. Fleet Street [ph] does that for them at a dramatically lower price point, allowing them to deploy this to every car making driving safer, and reducing crime. We've already had customers just in the first few weeks catching serious offenders and finding missing children. On another front our Axon evidence software continues to grow well beyond simply being a backend for our cameras. We want highly competitive digital evidence program in EMEA with an EMEA government encompassing the management of all digital evidence, independent of body camera programs; and this builds on to similar success we've had in Canada and paves the way for us to continue to lead with our software solutions. We feel really well positioned for the back half of the year and beyond as we see traction beyond core, U.S. municipal law enforcement moving into counties and state patrols, federal government and private enterprises. International revenue grew 60% in Q2 and international bookings, which are our forward looking indicator nearly tripled. So in some my part, at Axon, we're excited, we're leading the way in creating a work environment where employees can maximize their happiness and productivity. We offer remote hybrid options; you can work from the office, you can work from your home, you can work from your car; I'm showing you today even on the earnings call. So, we're focused on doing whatever it takes to get the best top tier talent, keep them focused, keep them rested, keep them happy, keep them energized, keep them creative and that's how you get great products and breakout capabilities. So our leadership is now supported by an exceptional workforce that is almost 2,000 people and that's what is going to help drive us to long-term profitable growth; this continuing to build and maintain and groom a fantastic team. And with that, let me turn over to the President of the Company, Luke Larson.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. The business is firing on all cylinders and we are focused on sustaining momentum. Operationally, we're doing really well, even in the face of global supply chain risk. The reality of the current macro situation is well documented, from geopolitical factors to semiconductor and resin shortages, to logistics, import stoppages are the continued impact of COVID. There's never been a more complex time to make electronics, we have risen to the challenge, and we monitor conditions daily and have put risk mitigation strategies in place that are supporting a rapid growth. While these headwinds persist, our teams are definitely navigating and effectively positioning the business to continue to meet our increasing demand pipeline. In fact, our teams are delivering Olympic level execution on behalf of all of our stakeholders, most notably our customers and our shareholders. Another area where you will see this is our teaser segment gross margins, which are up 500 basis points over last year, as we sell into strong demand; we have engineered costs out of our building materials, and the effects of that continued into this quarter. As you saw in our video and read in our letter, we are ecstatic about the fleet 3 launch and that it's shipping; and we're getting ecstatic reviews from our early customers, as Rick mentioned earlier. And we believe we're just getting started with virtual reality training, with booking nearing $8 million in the first six months, up less than $1 million in the first six months of last year. You've heard me talk about virtual reality on the last several earnings calls, and we're pleased of the demand that we're seeing, and that validates our excitement. We're looking forward to a strong back half of the year and continued momentum into 2022. And with that, let me turn it over to our Chief Financial Officer, Jawad Ahsan.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. The results we're sharing with you today reflect the straightforward and consistent nature of our strategy, which is threefold; execute in the near term in a focused and disciplined way, identify and invest in future areas of growth, and then finally, reinvest the upside from our strong top line performance back into the business to accelerate that growth. We believe that the goals we're working towards are profound, and that our success will be measured by metrics such as the number of lives saved and the level of transparency in the justice system. This is why last quarter, we invited you to look at our business the same way that we look at it; with a long term view. It's why we move to giving two-year annual guidance, because we're thinking about in building the business for the long-term. As you saw in our shareholder letter; today, we are raising our outlook for both fiscal year's 2021 and 2022, which reflects our confidence in our growing global demand. We now expect to deliver between $825 million to $850 million in revenues in 2021, and $960 million in revenues in 2022. We're also pleased with how our investments are seeing traction on three fronts; in international sales channels with new products in a new non-municipal law enforcement markets. Rick highlighted the international strength; now, I'd like to touch upon the traction we're seeing in these latter two categories
Andrea James:
Thank you, Jawad and team. Moderators, can we pull everybody into the gallery view, please? We're all in the gallery view, so everyone is on camera. Just remember that. We'll take our first question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan. You are up.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon and congratulations on the strong results. I just wanted to start out with some of the comments around supply chain and whether you're seeing any specific impact on product lines and what some of the mitigations, you mentioned, are that you've put into place around supply chain?
Rick Smith:
Great question. Supply chain constraints are a reality for every manufacturer, as we all know. We're managing through it because a lot of intention internally, specifically for me and my teams that as we work to mitigate that risk. Some of the things that we've done to mitigate risk is we've bought out and we bought in advance and beefed up our supply chain and our guiding factors is in the reality. Even with the supply chain constraints, we still feel really strong about the guidance that we put out earlier.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it. Then just in terms of a follow-up, can you give us a little bit more color on how you're reaching some of the newer markets, like federal enterprise and non-traditional customer types? Maybe if you can give us a sense of what could drive faster adoption in these markets? That'd be great as well, thank you.
Rick Smith:
Thanks for the question, Jonathan, nice to see you again. For us, it's really about focusing on building the right teams to enter these markets and we've talked about in the past on our federal team as well as Mike Shore on our enterprise security team and a lot of folks around the business that are opening up new segments for us. It's really just putting in the work. There's no shortcut to that and we're building stronger relationships. We're identifying stakeholders early in the federal space, we're identifying opportunities within the budget cycles within congress to fund some future projects. I think the team is just executing really well across all of those fronts. So very, very excited for what the future holds for our newer markets.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Great. All of our analysts, we have you in our queue already. So, you're good. We were going to assume you're going to ask a question and if you're not, that's fine. Scott Bird from Needham. We'll have you up next. Go ahead, Scott.
Scott Bird:
Great. Thanks for taking my questions and congrats on a fantastic quarter. I guess lots of questions will set on one here international. You all highlighted international extensively in your prescriptive remarks. How should we think about that opportunity unfolding maybe from a product perspective over the next one to two years? TASER sales look good, camera sales generally look good. Are all of the markets facing big massive opportunities or is it really going to be led by one or the other over the near or intermediate term?
Rick Smith:
I think there's opportunity across the across the globe, Scott. Three or four years ago, when we started really explaining how we're thinking of going to market, we focused on three individual markets UK, Australia, and Canada and all of those continue to perform really well. What we're seeing in those markets is there's wider adoption of our product line. So, body cams, TASERs, and new developments [indiscernible] without body cams, meaning managing other types of digital evidence that are not generated by body cameras. Of course, longer term, we're excited about things like -- in interview room and in records and so forth. So, in those tier-one markets, they continue to lead the way as we expand our product portfolio. Then there's growing opportunity in tier two and tier three markets just on TASERs and body cameras. The cloud is not a great fit everywhere across the world right now. So, in markets like that, we're really focusing more on the TASER side and building an install base that we can go back to later and sell body cameras in the cloud and it's working out. We're seeing TASER orders in very large volumes. We expect that to continue. It's not necessarily something that will happen every quarter, but every year for sure. We're really encouraged by just the growth in both in APAC, EMEA, and the Americas. So, very excited to see international continuing to grow. A lot of people put a lot of hard work into it and we have plenty of runway left in front of us.
Scott Bird:
Awesome, if I might, as a quick follow-up to that, Josh, is Axon [ph] body cameras. What's the reception been like for the LTE connectivity on the AV Threes internationally? Obviously, the reception I think has been generally positive here, quite positive. We have the same opportunity to see sales there or just didn't know if their infrastructure is set up the same way as our [indiscernible]?
Josh Isner:
Absolutely, it's got better than expected is the short answer to that one. We're seeing markets, but we do not necessarily think about our plan is, it's kind of our first candidates to deploy streaming technology. They're expressing a lot of desire to do so. So, our product team is just doing a fantastic job, trying to support as many vendor relationships as we can right now to make sure that we have a viable LTE partner in each market, whether it's an Asia, Europe, or South America. We're seeing demand across all of those markets. We're very excited. I'd like to call you one customer in the UK just signed our largest international Respond-Plus deal to date, which is our live streaming package. That happened in Q2 and we're very excited. There's a few more of those in the pipeline here.
Scott Bird:
Great. I'll jump back into the queue. Congrats on a wonderful quarter again.
Andrea James:
We'll take Mita Marshall from Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Mita. You are up.
Mita Marshall:
Great, thanks. We echo my congratulations. You noted that you were doing your investments on the federal sales teams. I just wanted to get a sense of have you started to see the opportunities out of the DOJ? It is mandating of the camera policy or are those still things that we'll build in the pipeline as we go along? As you focus on the federal market, are there any unique software capabilities that you could develop for that market? Thanks
Rick Smith:
Yes, absolutely. I appreciate the question. I think if this was a baseball game, we still feel like we're in the first inning here in federal. So, we have a lot of opportunity in front of us. We've completed some large framework contracts and we expect customers to now order against those frameworks. We're seeing the business grow across DOJ and DHS and other segments of federal. We keep building the team to more specifically approach the different opportunities within the federal government. Just in the federal civilian market, a lot of opportunity for both body cameras and TASERs. Then, longer term, certainly building products specifically for federal customers, including the military, is on our radar. So, a lot of growth ahead in federal and really believe in the team to keep delivering in that regard.
Mita Marshall:
Great. Thanks.
Andrea James:
Okay, we'll take question from Will Power at Baird. Go ahead, Will.
Will Power:
Great. Thanks for taking the question. I guess I've got to ask Rick, since he's driving the car. We'd love to just to hear more about the early learnings on fleet three and ALPR, what do you think now in the vehicles? What are the early indications and comments you're getting from agencies and how do we think about the ramp of that product this year or next couple of years?
Rick Smith:
Yes. So first thing I would say is, this is the first product that we've launched that was developed substantially through our new engineering leadership. Hans Moran's our head of engineering came on right before we launched AB3. He kind of picked that up right at the end and he's really brought in some very talented people on his team and they push pretty hard with me to get an additional six months before we took the product to market to really wring out any of the bugs, so we could go to market at quality and it’s scale. And you never want to jinx it by patting yourself on the back this early, but much more hear from customers is that they're really happy with not only the design, but that the system does seem to be pretty wrung out in terms of pretty reliable, and they're not seeing the types of bugs that they've seen in some of our prior launches. We had find that right balance between innovation and speed and quality and testing pre-launch, as we've gotten bigger, especially in each new market, when we're launching a new product and a new market, you may decide to move a little bit faster. But as you start to hit scale like in the TASER and now in the body cameras and fleet business, you've got to be ready to launch at higher volumes and really at higher quality. So, one of these about customers, they really like the fleet was designed clearly to be an in car camera whereas the previous two versions were really spin offs of our body camera hardware. The ALPR is working much better than people expected, I mean, I think we've had customers telling us they've put some of these side by side with their more traditional and much more expensive license plate reader systems, and we're kicking their butt right now, part of it's just the technology of having a color camera makes it we can do state recognition much easier, a lot of the infrared systems struggle with that. And so you'll get a lot of miss reads because you get the plate number right, but the state wrong or to be able to read things like temporary plates, which are the paper ones that are printed out on a laser printer, a traditional infrared system won't even see those, they don't exist because they don't have infrared reflective coatings on it. So, we've also been able to learn through our partnership with Flock, and we've got probably an 18-months headstart of doing these color AI based ALPR cameras. You know, we've invested in them, we've got a board observer seat, we've done integrations on the back end and we're sharing learning’s across so we can both help each other. And I would just say that we're seeing a higher tax rate than we even thought, we would say, and usually agencies didn't think of ALPR is something you put in every car, because of the price point historically it's been well we have our dedicated ALPR vehicles, we have a couple of them. But I think we're seeing pretty widespread like with [indiscernible], some of these other big customers flipping the switch and it's just a software upgrade to put ALPR in every car.
Will Power:
That's great color, thank you. I just like to fit in one more question for whoever wants to take. I'd love just to hear an update on what kind of benefits you're seeing from some of the federal funding initiatives are designed to help state and local, is that something that's having a meaningful impact today, is most that still on the come from what do you see kind of the funding environment side?
Rick Smith:
Yes, it's interesting. It's a great question. Well, like, you know, this time last year, the we're wondering, and we're getting a lot of questions about hey what is the shutdowns going to mean for municipal budgets moving forward, and we're very thankful that they didn't seem to have a very large impact and then you tack on some of the federal funding through the different acts including the CARES Act and it's given major cities the opportunity to potentially spend more on technology, I wouldn't say that it's so much of an outlier that it's worth noting though, we're really have the belief that we're able to prove that our products generate a real ROI for our customers and that they're costing themselves money by not deploying our products and so we're really confident that what we're building has real value and that will continue with or without federal support and we're really focused on just continuing to build out those business cases.
Will Power:
Thank you.
Operator:
Okay, next we'll go to Keith Housum at Northcoast. Go ahead, Keith.
Keith Housum:
Thanks. I appreciate it. And congratulations for the quarter. Speaking of the quarter a little bit -- you know, the quarter was just [indiscernible]. Was there anything unusual like large core areas that will not be repeated for the rest of the year; it should be taken into consideration?
Rick Smith:
We had some large CW activity internationally Keith, but I'd stopped short of saying that it was so heavy in Q2 that it wouldn't repeat itself in future quarters, we're very optimistic that the growth is going to continue and that we've got a very strong pipeline across both products in domestic and international. And so, we're really excited to get started in the second half year and continuing to grow.
Keith Housum:
Okay, great. And then you just had a paragraph in the letter, you talk about [indiscernible] and properly on to a different various partner, you should consider that like a setback in the look on the dispatch, or just kind of planning in the evolution of the work you guys are doing more now. Can you provide some more context there?
Rick Smith:
Yes, so I'll take that one. I would say organizationally it’s a setback, we never let our customers fail. And in this case, I think what we just learned together was we have both underestimated how much strain it was going to put on such a small agency. We need hours per week from their dispatchers to be spending with our software developers and then just having IT support to be able to deploy and train people on software updates, because it has been a moving target. And so this is one of those where I think we saw have great respect and great gratitude for Maricopa, they helped us learn a ton about dispatch and they're going to continue to be a customer along much of our product line, we'll see where it shakes out, they have told us at this point, they just need something that's more mature and stable, they just don't have the bandwidth to keep iterating with us. In some ways, there's a little bit of an accelerator for us in that we have a major say partner and a major county lined up behind them. And we're also learning the needs of some of these big, very high volume CAD installations are just different than they are in the smaller agencies and we think that's where the volume of the market is, and so on the bright side of this is allowing us to really focus in on refining and getting the product for scale of these bigger customers.
Keith Housum:
It was Maricopa your only city or you did you have several other partners there?
Rick Smith:
No, they were our first and our only partners, they are still running on it. They've just like I said let us know they're fatigued and they've asked us to support them through the transition and we have, and then we're preparing. We're moving towards deployment we expect next year of a major city and a major County.
Keith Housum:
Great, thanks.
Rick Smith:
Just to clarify there Keith, we do have several cities under contract for dispatch. We're just working with them one at a time here as we build the product. And so while Maricopa was the only one live, there are certainly many behind that that are already signed up and contracted.
Keith Housum:
Thank you.
Operator:
Okay, next, Mike Latimore from Northland. Go ahead, Mike.
Mike Latimore:
Great. One north to the next north I guess here. You've talked in the past about growing cloud ARR $15 million [ph] a quarter; I guess that's still the goal and if so over the next couple of quarters, what would be the main driver of that growth?
Rick Smith:
Mike, great question. That's very much the plan we're still anticipating about 15 million of growth per quarter this year. And when you look out at the investments that we've been making in all the new products that are launching, the majority of them are SaaS centric, software centric, and they're getting traction that's what we tried to highlight in our prepared remarks in our shareholder letter, we're getting traction across the board. It's not any one product per se. And it's the strength across the depth of products, the breadth and depth of products, it's going to keep driving that ARR, in the near term it's going to be about $15 million [ph] per year, and we're hoping that's going to accelerate.
Mike Latimore:
Great, and then just on the supply chain shortages that are out there, you know, sort of absent those constraints, how much higher might the revenues be in terms of the guidance here.
Rick Smith:
So we've already factored in the supply chain constraints, as Luke talked about, we spent a lot of time internally trying to mitigate those risks and making sure that it's not going to disrupt operations. And the guidance that we've given reflects any potential disruption we might see from supply chain.
Mike Latimore:
I guess I was wondering if there's without the supply chain how much higher might have that been?
Rick Smith:
Yes, what we've got to do is what we've got to do and then we're going to.
Andrea James:
Yes, Mike. I would just say the guidance reflects a number of factors supply chains, one our demand pipelines another one that there's a number of factors that we take into account in the guidance.
Mike Latimore:
Thanks.
Operator:
Ryan Kimbrel, we've got you. Let's take our next question; Ryan Kimbrel from Craig-Hallum. I'm sorry, Ryan, it's our first time talking to you. Hi, welcome.
Ryan Kimbrel:
Okay, right. Just one for me, I just wanted to touch on conversion rates. I'm not sure what detail you track conversion, but I'm wondering how that's trended over the last say year and a half and you know if you want to be more general and be started to convert more of those quality leads as your customers budget situation has become a little bit healthier?
Rick Smith:
So, thanks for the question, Ryan. I think we're not going to disclose too much on conversion rates other than to say of whenever there's an opportunity for body cams, cloud, TASERs, dams, RMS or CAD, we expect to be competitive. It's a very, very competitive market. There's a lot of vendors in it. But we do our best to position our products in a way that the customer will value the most and certainly we expect to win, we want to win. We've got a competitive team and that's the tone we want to set.
Ryan Kimbrel:
All right, fair enough. Thanks, guys. And congrats, again.
Andrea James:
Okay, wondering if any of you guys have hopped back into the kill. So go ahead and use the hand race feature. Give me a second here. Now, are we good to go. Okay, great. We'll have Rick, close this out.
Rick Smith:
All right. Thanks, everybody. It was pretty fun doing this from the fleet vehicle. It was not planned, but we were at a customer site and the customer wanted to keep going and I think it was the right call. So this was an unexpected benefit. We appreciate the new faces. We appreciate those who've been with us for a while. Obviously, the business is really doing well and we're excited to see what happens in the back half of the years, Josh and his team continue to go out and bring in the revenue and our development teams keep launching products, and the new products are scaling. There's a lot of great stuff going on, lot of positive energy. And we'll look forward to seeing you all on our next quarterly zoom. So everybody stay safe. And let's get this delta variant behind us to get back to normal and we can. Thanks, everybody.
Andrea James:
Hello everyone, and welcome to our First Quarter 2021 Earnings Conference Webinar. I’m Andrea James, Senior Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations. Today, we have with us CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner; and Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. I hope you’ve all had a chance to read our very robust shareholder letter, which we released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Our remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that robust letter. At the end of this call, we’ll play our quarterly earnings video. That’s our first time doing it on the earnings call, and you’re welcome to stay for that. If for some reason, we lose connectivity, we’ll endeavor to post a copy of our prepared remarks to investor.axon.com. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today, they are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. Okay. Now, turning it over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea, and hello, everyone. As you can see from the shareholder letter, we’ve had an exceptional start to the year. Our teams have remained heads down, executing on our mission and driving growth across all of our products and markets. I couldn’t be more proud of what we’ve built of Axon’s position as a true change agent and ultimately and most exciting, where we’re heading. We’ve always been passionate about innovation, and the inherent drive continues to propel our business forward. Today, I’d like to address current events, public and personal that are relevant to our business. First, recent current events, including last year’s death of George Floyd and the events that followed, forced our nation to reflect upon the values we hold true for all Americans. Axon is and will remain committed to creating technologies that save lives, increase transparency and help communities and public safety agencies who serve them, achieve a higher quality of life to ensure everyone makes it home safe. Customers and increasingly communities, see us as a key thought leader and key partner in the global drive to transform public safety. We hear stories daily about customers using our products to save lives and protect their communities. And we believe our problem-solving approach to these major challenges will continue to drive our growth. Two years ago when I published my book, The End of Killing, it was a radical idea that we can actually make the bullet obsolete and create less lethal weapons that could become the primary use of force and eventually displace lethal weapons. Customers were far more receptive to this idea than I could have anticipated. And in light of the events of the past 12 months, we are here pleased from our public safety customers and the broader community that they cannot wait until the deadline I had set at the end of this decade for us to achieve the goal of surpassing the sidearm and effectiveness. Our teams are working extremely hard to bring in the date for the next-generation of TASER weapons, which I believe will be the largest single leaping capability in the history of less lethal weapons. Customers have even begun signing 10-year programs with us to enable seamless upgrades, and we worked with them to create programs that will even allow them early upgrades when the next-generation launches. Now, to set expectation, the next-generation of TASER is a couple of years out due to the intense testing a ground-up new design requires, as well as the full production automation and scaling. But, I wanted to talk about the issue head on, given the growing intense public interest and to help our investors understand why you might be seeing this dynamic behind 10-year program? Second, on a personal note, the passing of my father, Phil Smith, our founding Chairman, last month, was a monumental loss. He was instrumental in helping to get TASER off the ground in its early days, and our Company would not exist without it. His final 24 hours were an amazing capstone to an incredible life. His mission lives on among all of us at Axon, and I will miss calling him after the call today to discuss the results. As we look to the future, Axon can be a huge force for progress through our vision of obsoleting the bullet, reducing social conflict, enabling a fair and effective justice system and building for racial equity, diversity and inclusion. Luke and Jawad will now take you through some more highlights of our business.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. As stated in our shareholder letter, which we’ve got a ton of positive feedback on, shout out to our IR team, our teams are executing on our 2021 strategic priorities to grow our core, scale new products, unlock new markets and drive efficiency to fuel growth. We believe Axon has been at the forefront of change. But the past year, we’ve been put in the center of truly unprecedented events that inspired our teams to show up in many new ways. Our body cameras are capturing the most critical events in the world. We’re proud of that. And it’s a responsibility we take very seriously. During the civil unrest in the Capitol on January 6, for instance, DC Metropolitan Police and the Montgomery County Police who are Axon Body customers were called in for backup and the Justice Department has released Axon Body camera videos related to that incident. Axon Body cameras are also providing critical evidence in many of the current events that we’re all familiar with. Just last week, NPR published a story about a team of public safety experts and world economists that says body-worn cameras are both, beneficial and cost-effective. The University of Chicago Crime Lab and the Council on Criminal Justice Task Force on Policing, released a report and stated the key benefit of body-worn cameras is the reduced use of police force. For example, among the police department study, they saw complaints against police dropped 17%, and this is really the compelling statistic is that use of force by police during fatal and nonfatal encounters fell by nearly 10%. Professor Jens Ludwig, Head of the Crime Lab, says, if you’re a local government looking at adopting the cost from your narrow green eyeshade bottom line, the technology probably pays for itself and the benefits to the public are a huge win and easily outweigh the cost. Our focus as a management team is to invest in growth, so that we can continue delivering technologies to protect life and truce. In February, we outlined the capital investments we’re making this year, including the TASER manufacturing, we have a great update to share on that front as you see in our shareholder letter. These investments are growing the TASER manufacturing capacity and driving gross margin expansion. This positions us to meet growing TASER demand globally and in our federal sector. So far this year, TASER device manufacturing and supply chain improvements are on track to deliver more than $4 million in gross cost savings in 2021. We are also excited about the momentum that we are seeing in our Software and Sensors segment. Later this year, we expect to launch our third-generation fleet solution. This is our dashboard cam solution, which features AI powered, automatic license plate recognition, known in the industry as ALPR. Demand for this premium fleet bundle, which includes ALPR software add-on and the live streaming off of our cameras is exceeding our expectations by a healthy margin, and you can read more about this in detail in our shareholder letter. We are also seeing growing adoption in the usage of LTE-enabled live streaming off of the body cameras and remote evidence uploads. And in the coming weeks, we expect to transition the Baltimore Police Department to our record solution, and the training and feedback has been going very well. Finally, we’re transforming how agencies train their officers by addressing the inefficiencies around the classroom, role-playing and simulator training. By leveraging VR, we are addressing their two biggest issues, budget and time. In the coming days, we have an exciting product launch that we can’t wait to tell you more about. We just did a sneak peak of our big VR announcement yesterday with TASER’s training advisory board, and it was very well received. We have a lot to be excited about in 2021 and beyond. Now, I’ll turn the call over to our Chief Financial Officer, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. As our teams continue to execute at an extremely high level, we’re able to confidently invest in our future. Our strong balance sheet also gives us the flexibility to drive growth broadly across products, markets and geographies. We’ve recently made three strategic investments in Flock Safety, RapidSOS and Cellebrite, as well as expanded our strategic partnerships. These were carefully crafted moves that allow us to extend our platform as we aim to build the public safety ecosystem of the future. In Q1, we invested $20 million in RapidSOS and more recently completed a strategic partnership. When people dial 911, lives are literally in the balance when the call center doesn’t know where they are. RapidSOS is a leader in solving this problem. For example, if you call 911 today, using your iPhone, in the vast majority of U.S. jurisdictions, Apple will send your location to public safety via RapidSOS. Now, the location and live streams of Axon Body cameras and Axon Fleet cameras can be integrated into the RapidSOS platform, and RapidSOS data can be integrated into our new Axon Respond dispatching platform. Another recent investment in strategic partnership includes a $90 million participation in a PIPE transaction in connection with Cellebrite going public by a SPAC IPO. Cellebrite is the market leader in digital intelligence. Their software complements our lead in digital evidence management, and they share our strong emphasis on safeguards to protect privacy. We are consistently hearing great feedback from our customers in common with Cellebrite, and the company has been delivering compelling results. This partnership will make Evidence.com even more valuable for our customers. From an M&A perspective, as you can see, we’re taking a deliberate approach to how we partner and deploy our capital. You can expect to see us continue to be opportunistic and make strategic moves that strengthen and extend our platform. To be clear, we will be highly selective. Our continued strong execution allows us to make these types of investments and keep our strategic focus on investing for growth. However, it’s really the fact that we always lead with our mission to protect life, truce in the communities we serve that has us taking a long-term view on our business. As we work towards goals such as obsoleting the bullet, we are measuring our progress over a longer term horizon. In fact, we’d like to invite you to think about our business the way that we do in terms of years and not quarters. This is why today, we are introducing two-year revenue guidance for both, 2021 and 2022. For 2021, we are raising our revenue guidance by $40 million at the midpoint to $800 million. In 2022, our early view of the year anticipates that we will deliver approximately $920 million in revenue. The combination of positive underlying demand trends and our strategic growth and expansion initiatives gives us tremendous confidence in our longer term outlook. We’ve been making investments in several new geographies outside of the U.S. and many of these investments are starting to yield results. The nature of the international market is such that the deals are often for larger regions or entire nations. The larger and more complex nature of these deals makes their timing difficult to forecast and thus, growth is not as linear as we might expect in the U.S. We, therefore, expect the phasing of revenue from international deals to contribute to variability in our quarterly revenue, a trend we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. This is why we’re anchoring on annual revenue guidance. We don’t want the timing of large international deals to signal anything about the underlying growth rate of our business. We are laser-focused on building a business that will sustainably grow at a 20%-plus CAGR. I want to reiterate that we are committed to continuing to execute and invest with rigor and discipline. As such, and given our strength and outlook for the year, we’re raising our adjusted EBITDA guidance for 2021 by $12.5 million at the midpoint. We’re also maintaining our long-term target adjusted EBITDA margin of 30%, while continuing to invest for growth. I’d like to close by highlighting another aspect of Axon that I’m particularly proud of. How diversified we’ve become. We sell hardware and software, solutions and services, products and training. We’ve diversified geographically as well as to the types of customers we sell to. Revenues from our market-leading tailored devices and body cameras remain on a strong growth trajectory, while our ARR has now surpassed $240 million and is expected to grow approximately $15 million per quarter. I’ve never felt better about how Axon is positioned for growth, and I’m looking forward to seeing how our team continues to deliver. And with that, Andrea, let’s move to questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thanks, Jawad and team. I just want to check with our moderators that we can bring everybody up into the gallery view. And given me a nod when we are up in gallery view. Okay. We are up in gallery review. And analysts, we’ve got you all in our queue. So, no need to use the hand raise feature. And just let us know if you have a follow-up. We’ll take our first question from Keith Housum at Northcoast.
Rick Smith:
That’s my move, Keith. You’re on mute. I got a patent on that.
Keith Housum:
All right. How are we doing now? All right. Thanks guys. Congratulations on a great quarter, and I appreciate the guidance going forward. Rick, it looks like now two quarters in a row, fantastic TASER sales with growth. Perhaps you can provide a little bit more color on what you think some of the drivers are. How are you guys achieving this TASER growth the past few quarters? And I guess, previous quarter [indiscernible] type of growth?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I’ll touch on it. And then, Josh, I’ll hand it off to you. I would say, there’s really a shifting focus. 10 years ago, the focus with TASER, there was a lot of focus on sort of the medical safety of the devices. I think, we’ve come out of that, where now there’s really an intense focus on effectiveness. And in my book, where I talked about, I’m very transparent. We are not yet reliable enough to be a substitute for lethal force, but we’re heading that direction. We made a big step with TASER 7, and we’ll make an even bigger step on our next launch. And I think our customers are pretty excited, and we’re just seeing a lot of TASER 7 adoption that has really kind of picked up. We’re also seeing, I think, broader international adoption. There’s -- we’re getting -- I see orders coming in our daily reports, and I got to go look at the map to see where some of these countries are that a few years ago, weren’t even on our radar, and now we’re getting much broader coverage. And with that, Josh, let me hand over to you.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Thank you, Rick. Ultimately, I think it’s just a continued story of a lot of investments in the channel that we’ve made over the years are starting to pay off. As Jawad said, we’re diversifying, state and local law enforcement is absolutely a big part of that growth story, but so is international, so is federal, so is corrections. And so, we’ve got a lot of talented people doing a lot of great work right now. And we’ll continue to invest in white space in the channel to make sure those results continue to grow in the out years.
Keith Housum:
Okay, great. And then, just if I could, my follow-up, I’ve got a guy ask a question about the supply chain issues that’s happening really across all technologies these days. I guess, where in your portfolio of products, I guess, do you have any pinch points with supply chain? And are the issues getting worse here as we’re going into the second quarter?
Jeff Kunins:
Yes. Great question, Keith. I’ll fill that. So, our supply chain and ops team is led by a phenomenal guy, named Josh Goldman. And over the last year, we’ve really put buffers in place to ensure that we can meet the quarterly demand, as well as forecast out critical components. And I’ve just got to give the team a lot of credit to have navigated the last 12 months, and we’re keeping that same strategy looking forward. And as of today, we feel really good about it.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Keith. We’ll take our next question from Will Power at Baird.
Will Power:
Great, okay. Thanks for taking the question. Rick, first, sorry for your loss.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Will. On the positive side, I hope to die the way he did. It was actually as positive and uplifting as such a thing could be.
Will Power:
Okay. That’s good. Well, congratulations on the results. Obviously, really strong across the board. I guess, maybe broadly looking at the opportunities in the U.S. in the spending habits. What are you seeing in terms of municipal budgets, any headwinds on that front? And to what degree are some of the federal aid plans helping?
Rick Smith:
Josh?
Josh Isner:
Absolutely. So, I think, about this time last year, there were a lot of questions about how that would materialize, and we’re still very happy to say it really hasn’t in a meaningful way. And in fact, a lot of the federal conveyed packages have provided additional funding to state and local. At first, it was mainly the large cities, but in the latest grant package, it was for small and midsized cities as well. So, we don’t see any kind of systematic challenges across municipal funding that make it any more or less worried some than in the past. We think it’s in front of us, and we provide the right products that our customers value. We really believe that they’ll be able to find funding to buy them.
Will Power:
Okay. That’s great. And if I could sneak in just one. Really nice to see some of the early Fleet 3 indicators. I’m wondering if you could just provide any more color as to what’s kind of helping set you apart in the market? Any issues potentially on the supply side in terms of meeting that demand? Just any more background there would be great.
Rick Smith:
I’m sorry, what was it? I couldn’t hear what product are you referring to, Will?
Jeff Kunins:
Fleet.
Josh Isner:
Fleet. Why don’t I take the first stab and then pass it to Jeff. So, one thing that I talked about that we’re really excited about is just the attach rate to the ALPR. And this is one where I think the customers are saying, hey, I can go with one solution with Axon and get these two critical benefits. It also is a great story around how we’re able to provide not only the hardware but also the software and advanced software that the customers are willing to pay for it. Go ahead, Jeff.
Jeff Kunins:
Yes. Just continuing on that. First and foremost, on the camera system itself, we’re really proud and looking forward to shipping it to customers that is overwhelmingly our best camera system ever for the car. And we’ve -- just on those merits alone, that drives a lot of the demand that we’re seeing. And then, as we’ve alluded to, one of the things that is Axon’s greatest strength is how we combine these devices with the power of intelligent cloud services. And so, both, with our Respond live streaming connected and as well as our Vievu disruptively affordable and ethically designed from the ground up approach to ALPR really creates, for the first time, the ability for an agency to afford for the same budgets they’re used to spending to put ALPR capability in every single vehicle. And so, you put all that together at an attractive overall price. And again, we still have -- we look forward to shipping it later this year and seeing how customers love it.
Rick Smith:
I’ve got to add one more thing. And maybe we’re too transparent sometimes. But with Fleet 1 and 2, we’re scrapping, we have to get to market fast. The hardware was not our strength in those products. And we still got to, I think, the top end of the suppliers in the market. Fleet 3, now we’re bringing our a game. This is the first camera where the hardware has been designed from the ground up for this use case. Previously, we did take our body cameras and then refactor them to the car. And we learned a ton by doing that. But, I’m really pumped to see what’s going to happen because what we’re bringing on now has been purpose-built over a multiyear period by some really talented and awesome folks. So, I’m excited to see how it performs in the market.
Andrea James:
All right. Thanks. Well, we love the families here at Axon. We’ll take our next question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
I wanted to just start out with the two-year guidance. Just given the lumpiness that you’re seeing in some of these international deals and the longer sales cycles, I guess, can you talk a little bit about how you’re building that long run above forecast? And what maybe gives you the confidence to be able to offer a two-year view this early?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. I’d like to start with that, and would love to hear Josh’s input as well. So, there are a couple of factors, Jonathan. The first one is, look, quite frankly, the business is rocking and rolling. We’ve got -- you’ve heard us allude to it. We’ve collected a pretty fantastic collection of talent in all of our functions, and they are executing crisply and reliably. And I have a tremendous amount of confidence in them. The pipeline that we’ve built, I feel like we’ve got a very high likelihood that we’re going to execute on that to such a degree that I feel confident going out two years on our guidance. The second factor is -- and we’ve also alluded to this, is that these international deals, it makes it difficult for us to give quarter-to-quarter guidance. It’s better for us to think in terms of years. Because they’re larger, they’re more complex, there’s so many more factors involved, financial, operational, regulatory, political. And really, we think about the business in terms of years. And what we’re working towards is to build a business that will sustainably grow at a 20%-plus CAGR year-over-year.
Josh Isner:
And then, lastly, I would just add, one of the benefits of really focusing on bookings as a forward-looking indicator of our results. Our bookings continue to grow year in and year out. And we saw that last year. We’re seeing it this year as well. And we’re very excited about what that means for the future. So, we certainly do between bringing on more and more enterprise sales talent that gets better and better at forecasting, combining that with having growing bookings year-over-year, it gives us a lot of confidence that we’re going to keep growing.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it. Can you also maybe give us a little bit more color in terms of the traction that you’re seeing relative to the RMS and CAD solutions, specifically your software suite? And maybe how that’s sort of contributing to net retention and some of the expansionary metrics there as well? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
Certainly. We’re really excited. We’re seeing customers that have had a lot of confidence in us historically willing to partner with us more on our newer offerings. When we go into police departments, one of the questions we always ask is, what’s the best piece of functioning software you deploy today? And oftentimes we hear it’s Evidence.com. And that inspires a lot of confidence from our customers that the next piece of enterprise software we deliver is going to be equally good or better. And so, right now, we have to be very careful in terms of making sure that we set the right expectations. We bring on the right customers for us early on, and we make those customers really successful. And that’s what we’re focused on right now. And we believe just like we have in every category that we’ve entered, we turn those early evangelists into a growing market over the years to come, and we have a lot of confidence we’re going to do that in our records and dispatch as well.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Jonathan. We’ll take our next question from Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. Go ahead, Jeremy.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks. And congratulations on the strong results, and also as well my thoughts on your family. I wanted to actually ask about Cellebrite. And thinking about the investments that you’ve made in that business, what is the likelihood that with the rapid growth that they’re seeing that you’re going to have additional investments made in that business down the road? How much more integrated can you potentially see these businesses becoming?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. I’ll start. So, Cellebrite is a company that we’ve been admiring from a far for some time now. We had a chance to build a relationship with them prior to the SPAC deal coming on our radar. It’s someone we really admired. As we talk about, they’re a leader in digital intelligence. We think it’s a very natural extension of our lead in digital evidence management. And this is a long-term play. We really view our partnership with them as strategically important to Axon. And we’ll evaluate the opportunity to invest more or something beyond that going forward. But, at this point, we feel really good about where we’re at.
Luke Larson:
I think, I would just add to that. Just as Jawad talked about earlier, you can see that pattern in all of these very judicious investments we’ve made so far. So, between Flock Safety and then RapidSOS and then now with Cellebrite, all of them are -- yes, they’re a financial investments, but they’re very purposefully chosen to be a match for places where customers win as we do interesting things together commercially as well. And the investment is an accelerant to what we would otherwise want to naturally do as great partners.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. And then, I also wanted to just ask about your annual recurring revenue, you’ve had very steady pace on this. It’s roughly $20 million a quarter that you’re adding on. As the Company gets bigger and bigger, what would potentially drive deviation to the upside from that $20 million a quarter? Is it just perhaps just gaining significant traction in RMS? Is that going to be the big driver? But, how do we potentially step up from that level from here?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So, one of the things that Josh alluded to is for us, the leading indicator is really bookings. And we’re right now, just like we’ve made investments in new international markets, we’re also making investments in these new product categories, like records and dispatch. And we’re in the very early innings. We’re building a product that we’re very proud of. And we think it’s going to be a market leader. And so, the leading indicator for us is going to be bookings. As those bookings come in, we think that will just continue to add that will end up translating into ARR.
Andrea James:
Jeremy, I just wanted to piggyback, just real quick just to make sure your numbers on that one. We’re very proud of the rate that we’re adding ARR, but it’s been -- the average over the last year has been closer to $15 million a quarter. And that’s what Jawad, the number he referenced in his script as well. We’ll take our next question from John Godin [ph] at Needham. Go ahead, John.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hey, guys. I appreciate you taking my questions. Congrats on the nice quarter. I have a question around the VR products. Obviously, given a lot of the social unrest, how have you seen demand trends early on for that? And thinking from a high level, given looking out two or three years, how do you see that product kind of growing and coming to market? And then, maybe also where you think that you fit in competitively? Thanks.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. Why don’t I start with that and then have Josh follow-up. So, the demand that we’ve seen for VR, I would say, is nearly unprecedented, where customers are coming to us. We’re explaining what our existing offering is with community agent scenarios, some of the future ideas that we’re developing. And we’ve seen a really, really healthy pipeline from all sized agencies, a lot of geographical distribution. So, we feel like this is one where there’s a lot of demand.
Josh Isner:
Yes. I think that’s right. I just want to be clear though. I’m very cautious to attribute that to really anything except we’re addressing a need that has existed for the last 20 years, it will exist in the next 20 years. And there aren’t -- we can’t control kind of year-to-year what the narrative is in the public or what’s going on externally. So, for us, it’s about building products that we think better and make our customers more effective and safer at their jobs, make communities safer. And we think VR is of that category. And we’re super excited about this one. We see a lot of demand in the market. We see a lot of alignment with our mission long term. And this is one that -- it’s a new category that we’re really proud to be participating in. And we’ve got a team that’s very focused and excited about scaling it over the next several years.
Andrea James:
We’ll take our next question from Erik Lapinski at Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Erik.
Erik Lapinski:
Maybe going back to the Baltimore rollout of records. And just wondering as you’re working through that, like what’s the level of customization that a larger police department would be pushing forward with that? Like, is the product modular enough that you can kind of work around what they might want? I guess, just wondering like how that process goes and if it has altered the development path in any way from making it more customizable?
Rick Smith:
Sure. No, great question. Inherently, not only for us but for everyone playing in any of these large complex enterprise software plays inside and outside of public safety, there is that advance. And I think for us, it was clear as we continue to go forward that we are really excited about that we’re building the right pieces in the right order, as we keep building up the product and winning and working to delight our early customers. And as Josh said earlier today and as you’ve heard me say on the last couple of calls, this is a multiyear journey for us, and we are determined in our path to ultimately become number one in these categories, but we also have evolutions it takes time. And it’s one piece of our overall path of our sensors and software contributing more and more the full portfolio of scenarios that our customers need to be successful every day. So, we feel great about that rollout and about what -- what Baltimore’s needs, and each of our early customers’ needs are, apply all of the additional customers as we keep going.
Andrea James:
And we just got some feedback from the outside that Erik’s question and John’s maybe not that well heard. So, John Godin [ph] had asked about virtual reality, training. And Erik had asked about the level of customization required for Baltimore PD.
Erik Lapinski:
If I can ask 1 more, too, just on international traction in bookings there. Is that primarily TASER right now, or are you also seeing it picking up with the body cam side? I think, the last time we’ve asked on that, it was kind of TASER was really leading some of the international expansion, but wondering if body cam has followed?
Andrea James:
And the question is about what products -- just real quick, Josh. The question is about what products are driving our international bookings. Thanks, Josh. Go ahead.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Sorry about that. Absolutely. I think it’s a great question. The good news is, we’re seeing both. It depends on the market. Some markets, we lead with TASER. And then, we grow those into body cam customers in other markets and customers were leading with body cams and even [Technical Difficulty] without body cameras, which is a growing segment for us in international, where large customers, and we expect to see a couple of these in the next couple of quarters, buy software-only packages from us in high volumes. So we’re particularly excited about that new trend that we’re seeing. And so, we feel like we’re really, really well positioned, just like in the United States, where we started with one product and have diversified and grown customers into adopting several of our products. We’re seeing that same thing starting to happen in international.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Erik. Do any of our analysts have any follow-up questions? No? Okay. Well, thanks, guys, so much for joining us. We’re going to have Rick close us out.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. Hey, before you leave, if you have time to stick around, we’re going to play our quarterly earnings video. So, thanks for joining. We look forward to updating you throughout the year. We’ll drop off after this video. And the webcast will be posted to investor.axon.com. Roll video.
Andrea James:
Hello, everyone. Welcome to Axon's Fourth Quarter 2020 Earnings Conference Webinar. I'm Andrea James, Senior Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations. This is actually our fourth quarterly earnings over Zoom, so its great to see faces again. Today, we have Axon CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner and Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. First we're going to give prepared remarks and then we'll bring all of our analysts up into gallery view for Q&A. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Our remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that robust letter. If for some reason we lose Internet or Zoom connectivity we'll make every effort to post a copy of our prepared remarks to investor.axon.com. During this call we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed further in our SEC filings. Finally we really encourage you all to look at our updated ESG and corporate social responsibility report, which we published today in conjunction with our earnings. We are increasingly conscious of our social and corporate responsibility as our company and our shareholder base grows and we're pleased to share this comprehensive report with you. Angel Ambrosio whom you're familiar with on this call is our Senior Manager of Investor Relations and ESG and we welcome you to reach out to us on this topic if that's interesting to you. Okay go ahead, Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. Hi everybody. I want to start by talking about 2020. The conventional narrative is that 2020 was a terrible year. I'd like to offer a different perspective. Challenging times bring out the best in humanity. These are the times that inspire us to rise up to overcome to stretch ourselves. The hardest times become our finest hours. If we choose to focus on the negative there was plenty to see in 2020. But if we look harder we can see so many signs of hope and progress supercharged by a global play, nations sprung into the kind of arms race we should want to see competing ferociously to cure a pandemic and we all know the results. Multiple vaccines developed 10 times faster than ever before. We adapted to a world where travel was simply off the table. So we virtualized ourselves and we learned to zoom around the world for business. And we got to see our kids for dinner every night. My customer engagement has jumped more than tenfold as customers are now open to video conferencing. And we've enjoyed seeing you our analysts and our investor community face-to-face in our new quarterly conference Zoom calls. I don't mean to minimize the pain we all experienced in 2020. I understand and I shared it. My mother passed away days before Christmas after contracting COVID. But even in that's sorrow came progress as we came together and we healed some fractured relationships within our own family. I would not have chosen for 2020 to turn out as it did, but as we've said before we don't get to choose what the world throws at us, but we can choose how we respond. The urgency resulting from the intent social strike in 2020 is accelerating the world's readiness to move beyond bullets to a world where telling each other is no longer something we simply accept is some immutable facet of human society. It is supercharged our energy as we redouble our efforts to deliver TASER energy weapons that will outperform a traditional side arm before this decade is out. And our customers are embracing this goal. They have told us that the bar will be very high, but I'm confident our team will deliver. 2020 was also a year where Axon delivered incredible value to our customers and the communities they serve. As you can see, you can see it in our results. We knew that adversity would present opportunities for those individuals and those organizations that are nimble and adaptable just as ice ages create breakout opportunities for adaptable species to explosively grow in thereafter. In the weeks following the arrival of COVID in North America, we transformed our offices into adjunct manufacturing spaces allowing us to spread out, create social distance and continue to deliver exceptional results that far anteed our most optimistic expectations. We didn't just deliver on our operational goals, we significantly outperformed them. I'm personally humbled by our team's ability to deliver exceptional results in a year filled with so much turmoil and adversity. We exceeded our goals and exited 2020 better position than we've ever been before from an operational, strategic and financial perspective. Here's a few highlights. We inked our first two programs of record with the federal government, including a $13 million US customs and border protection order for body cameras and digital evidence management. In the fourth quarter, we signed our largest TASER contract in company history, a $20 million order for TASER 7 from an international customer, eclipsing our record $15.5 million TASER order from the Department of Homeland Security in the prior quarter. In 2020, we passed $1 billion in total bookings with the majority of that coming from our core market of state and local public safety. In 2020, we also delivered the largest single contract deal in company history, a $46 million officer safety plan with one of our major city customers. On the product side, we launched Auto-Transcribe deployed customers on both respond and in records debuted unique new capabilities like priority ranked video audit and countless found software and device firmware improvements. At Axon, we are continuing to look forward. We had a recent executive planning session where we asked ourselves, where do we want to be at the end of this decade. And our answer was simple. Our vision is to be globally synonymous with our mission of protecting life by building the world's largest and most trusted network of safety devices and services. What an amazing opportunity to be part of such a talented team with such an aspirational mission. I'd like to conclude by telling you what I’m hearing from our customers today. Making us as a key partner to transforming public safety, we hear stories daily about customers using our products to save lives and to protect communities. Our Net Promoter Scores are hitting new highs. And our customers are actively and enthusiastically supporting our mission to make the bullet obsolete so that officers will no longer have to make the most terrible choices. We know that we're welcoming a lot of new shareholders onto our growth journey. So thank you for joining us for taking an interest. And with that, I'd like to turn over the call to our President, Luke Larson.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. As 2020 showed us a lot that happens in this world is outside of our control. Against that backdrop Axon employees really showed up engage their best in the areas that matter the most. I want to give an emphatic thanks to all of our employees. Thank you. At Axon, we've built an amazing team and that talent is a huge asset and competitive advantage that doesn't show up on the balance sheet. Our team is laser-focused on a clear mission inspired by our purpose and leaning in with an owner's mindset with a maniacal focus on delivering value for our customers. In 2020, we focus on our commitment to the mission to our customers and the caring for the health and safety of our employees. In 2020, Axon was able to outperform in a difficult year, because we built a phenomenal team. Looking to the future our company has the talent, infrastructure and capabilities to manage challenging environments and thrive. The company earned this position over three decades by taking risks, making bold decisions, investing hundreds of millions of dollars in research and development, countless hours of engineering, tens of thousands of hours of customer meetings, and most importantly, maintaining an unfaltering commitment to our mission. As we look to 2021, we have four key objectives
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. I want to start by talking about the number 28. I'm now referring to the number of days in this month, but rather three important milestones we hit as a company this quarter. We delivered 28% growth on revenue over 2019. 28% compound annual growth in revenue over the last five years and we finished the year with 28% in adjusted EBITDA margins. Now before I dive deeper into these, I want to talk about something else, the perception of our two business segments. We've discussed with you at great length, the investments we've been making in our pivot to a tech-enabled solutions company. The perception of our software and Sensors segment is best described by letting the numbers speak for themselves. Year-over-year, total revenues in this segment grew 26% and our ARR grew 37%. When I joined Axon in 2017 and our stock price was at $22, many investors told me that they viewed our stock as appropriately valuing our TASER device business with a free option on a high-growth software business. I think it's safe to say that we're now seeing some value in our stock price for our software business. But what about that TASER devices segment, the one that's been around since 1993? Was there maybe a perception that its best days are behind it? If so, we shattered that perception with our 2020 results. Our TASER Weapons segment grew revenues 30% year-over-year, outpacing even our fast-growing software and sensors segment. We're very proud of the TASER energy devices that we've built. And believe that there's still a large base of untapped customers who have yet to adopt. So the 28% revenue growth over 2019 was really fueled by strength across the board in body-worn cameras and software and especially in TASER devices. We feel that this validates our strategy to invest aggressively in both R&D and channel expansion. R&D to stay ahead of the innovation curve in all of our product segments and channel investments that will unlock new markets and new geographies. We're going to run this play again in 2021. When we look back over the past five years and the 28% CAGR on revenue, that's also the result of investments we've been making along similar lines. As we look ahead to the next five years, we're very excited by the next wave of new products and technologies that are going to become an important part of our growth story in their own right. Technologies like VR, which Luke just talked about earlier and we feel can have a transformative impact on the critical area of training for law enforcement. Technologies like Axon Respond in our live streaming platform. What's particularly exciting with this one is the interest we're seeing outside of our core law enforcement market. For example, coronavirus in the vaccine rollout is top of mind for communities all over the world. A municipal security unit in Chile has been trialing Axon Respond live streaming to ensure the quality and security of the supply chain and transportation process for COVID-19 vaccine distribution in their community. Another technology we're excited about is our new ERP and CRM. Many people across Axon are working incredibly hard on upgrading these critical support systems and their associated processes, and they're already driving huge efficiencies as the early modules come online. Luke also talked about the importance of driving efficiencies to fuel growth. And we're laying the foundation today for a company that will be able to scale to $1 billion in revenue and well beyond. Now you might be wondering why am, I choosing to highlight our new ERP along with sexier technologies like VR and live streaming. And I'm doing it to highlight something I can sum-up in one word, discipline. We have our sight set on some lofty goals by 2030, as Rick mentioned, but our feet are firmly planted in the here and now. I'm so proud of the discipline we exhibit as a company on a day-to-day basis. In our capital allocation decisions, our budgeting, our execution. This is a team that is absolutely dialed in and ready to build on our momentum. And take our company to even greater heights. And with that, we're going to turn it over to questions.
Question-and:
A - Andrea James:
Thank you, Jawad and team. Let's take our first question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi there. I just want to just start out with sort of a tremendous quarter and the year that federal and international had? Can you maybe talk about, what is driving sort of that increased demand? And is there sort of a broader mindset shift that you're seeing with either how agencies or national police forces are starting to look at the TASER?
Josh Isner:
Thanks Jonathan for the question. Ultimately, I think it's just a lot of hard work that our team is putting in. A few years ago we said we were going to continue to focus on Tier 1 markets until we felt really good about earning the right to go into Tier 2 and Tier 3 markets. And now we're starting to see that kind of mechanism pay off. And this was a foundational year in 2020 in some of our Tier 2 markets. We're seeing new markets by TASERs, at high volumes and we're extremely excited for that trend to continue this year. And so we're really focused on growing the TASER business. And then earning the right to expand into other product lines in these markets and we're going to continue to execute day-to-day toward that end.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it. And just as a follow-up on, have state local government pressures created any sort of headwinds in terms of your pipeline of opportunities. Or is it actually the reverse where maybe this is opening up some opportunities just given your strong value proposition? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
I don't -- I can't really offer an opinion on that to be honest. I think it's more just -- we're focused on covering the market as best we can, not only in state and local but in federal and international as well. And by doing that, certainly, we feel like we have the best products in law enforcement and public safety and we're going to continue to tell that story and make customers very happy. And turn them into evangelists for our company. And regardless of what pressures may or may not exist in any given year, we think that's the long-term winning formula.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Jonathan. And analysts, we do -- we have you all in the queue. We added you one by one as you joined the call this afternoon. So we've got you. No need to do the hands raise, but we appreciate the question. Okay. Will Power from Baird is our next. Go ahead, Will.
Will Power:
Right, great. Yeah, this is a bit of a follow-up I guess, to the previous question in the international comments. But just looking at TASER obviously just a huge quarter, any other color you can provide on the key underpinnings there, as you look at the upside in the quarter what was the upside surprise if there was? Obviously, you had one big customer that looks broad-based more than that. Is it tied to certain geographies, certain types of local agencies versus federal? Anything else you'd call out with respect to that TASER strength?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, sure. So, I think we had some visibility into some large deals in Q4, but not to get too specific. But some of the challenges in this environment are making sure we can deliver and get accepted in short periods of time. And we did get the order in time in Q4 and we're able to deliver it. We view that as kind of a 50-50 proposition in early November. The team did a fantastic job executing. But behind that one large order there were a series of kind of mid-sized orders in international across all three geographies. The Americas EMEA and APAC and I think it just speaks to the work the team is doing to really focus in on markets that are now ready to move to more less lethal solutions. And again, we believe, we can parlay that into body camera adoption and records management adoption and virtual reality adoption and so forth over the long-term.
Will Power:
If I could stick a question for Luke, I know, as you talked about the key 2021 objectives you had four key ones. One of them were scaling new products. Wonder if maybe if you could just update us with respect to records and respond, what are you putting in place to accelerate growth there? What does that cadence of opportunities look like as you kind of move through 2021 here?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Well we're seeing a lot of interest from our customers specifically around the entire kind of Axon portfolio where we see the biggest adoption of these capabilities is in our officer safety plans that we offer. I'm going to turn it over to Jeff Kunins to add a little more color on the specific product details.
Jeff Kunins:
Sure. Thanks so much for the question. So on records we're -- we continue to be incredibly pleased with our momentum and records. A latest good data point is that 40 agencies have now signed or in deployment or are live on one or more modules of records including more than a dozen we've committed to full replacement of their legacy RMS. In addition to that within that early momentum with major cities specifically continues. Two recent examples are that, Atlanta actually went live on the standard use of force module of records in Q4. And Baltimore, which has been publicly announced before as an upcoming full records customer is on track for their deployment this year. So we're incredibly excited about the continued accelerating momentum there. Also as we -- you saw in the shareholder letter on respond for devices, we had a 7x growth in live streaming and other aspects of engagement of the product over the last six months and continue to really see really strong adoption of all aspects of response for devices across the footprint. And as Rick talked about in the beginning, some of the key further additions we're making to the product line that compound the value of all those pieces together that we're most excited about include Auto Transcribe. So now that our Auto Transcribe unlimited package is out it powers a whole variety of scenarios including not just accelerating evidence management, but also new capabilities like priority ranked video audit which really helps agencies use the data that's underneath their body camera video to help them with making sure that they're compliant with policy and helping make them make their body warm camera programs more effective than ever.
Andrea James:
Thank you. Well really appreciate it. Next question from Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. Go ahead Jeremy.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks Andrea. Congratulations on an incredible year to the team. I wanted to come back to the international for a second, where you clearly have a ton of momentum and I think this is probably directed towards Josh. Just in understanding the international cycle -- sales cycle which has typically been longer over the years. It does seem like with the momentum that potentially there's greater urgency being seen with the customers that you're talking to. But I wanted to get a sense on whether or not that international sales cycle is starting to compress and if you're realizing these contracts sooner? Or this is just reaping the fruit of a number of years of laying foundation, but it does feel like that sales cycle is compressing a little bit?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Certainly. Thanks Jeremy. I think it is compressing a little bit. And I think the other element we have is we've added to our international team pretty substantially over the last three or four years. I think it's probably started around 10 people in 2016 that were direct sellers and we've multiplied that by two or three at least. And the result of that is we just have more activity in the pipeline quarter-over-quarter. So that pipeline is starting to come into fruition and there's certainly an element of the sales cycle seems to be speeding up a little bit, but we just have way more opportunities now every quarter and certainly it relieves a little bit of pressure of fewer opportunities and we have more ways to get there now which feels great and we're going to continue to focus on building that out and we're making some investments again this year in certain markets to create even more momentum. And hopefully, we'll continue to see that trend in the years to come.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. And I wanted to ask, I know you can't provide a ton of details around the new product launch. But historically, when you've had major product launches, you take a little bit of a step back on the margin front, investment being made both on the sales side of the equation, but obviously also some in R&D. I just wanted to get a sense in terms of the revenue base as a whole is significantly larger than it's been in the past. And just to get a sense for if there is going to be some margin drag this year, can you quantify, can you give us a sense of the magnitude as you look at both what sounds like an entirely new product launch, but also some of the other -- whether it's records developments or dispatch whatnot, the potential drag that you might see on margins?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, I'll take this one. Jeremy, it's a good question. We are not expecting any margin drag from the new products that we're launching. We're actually expecting some margin expansion. In 2020, we were looking at some of the headwinds that we had on TASER. We also had some customer mix as far as international shipments and that's behind us. And so in this year even with the new products we're launching. For some of the newer ones specifically like VR, there's a little bit of a drag from a hardware perspective, but it's so small as so as to be negligible. Overall, we're not expecting any drag.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Last one for me, real quick on supply chain. So, as you've gotten more federal contracts and so forth, and obviously we know how you're producing TASERs and the cameras. Has there been any pressure to alter your supply chain? Is that something that you're considering down the road and where you're sourcing cameras and how the cameras are coming?
Luke Larson:
We've got decades of experience producing our TASER devices where ICAR is restricted, which means we have to manufacture in the US. And so we feel really, really good about that process. On the camera side, it's something that we definitely keep an eye on. As it sits today, we still feel really, really good with the way that we manufacture and then kind of load the final firmware on the product. And so, I don't see anything from kind of the supply chain side, I would defer to Josh, if he's hearing anything from the customers.
Josh Isner:
Yes. I think we're in a fantastic position inventory and supply chain wise. Our customers have been delighted that we've really at times accelerated the speed at which we're able to deliver large deals and that's a huge credit to Josh Goldman and our entire operations team. They're just doing a fantastic job supporting our customers. And this is actually over the years the best I've ever felt about, our ability on the supply chain and logistics side to please customers. So, I'm really, really bullish going into this year in that regard.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. Congrats and best wishes this year. Thanks.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Jeremy. Next question is from Erik Lapinski at Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Erik.
Erik Lapinski:
Hi. Thanks, and congrats on the quarter. Last month, you announced a deal with a private security company. And I guess I'm just wondering what kind of opportunity do you think that market can represent. Are you seeing interest from other private customers? Or is that maybe a one-off type deal that wouldn't be something we could see again? And are there investments you could make to attack that?
Josh Isner:-- :
Erik Lapinski:
Got it. That's helpful. And then, maybe if I could just kind of squeeze one on the dispatch side. I know you had mentioned kind of over the last few quarters that you're building in incremental capabilities and maybe that would be a hold off for certain customers to start adopting that. I guess just wondering like where you are with that? Do you feel that the product is there? Is there enough of a road map for even a larger police department to kind of see it and potentially hold off on a replacement to migrate to you? Or I guess just -- I know it's early, but anything you can update us on there?
Jeff Kunins:
Sure. Thanks Erik. It’s a great question. I think first like, we said before dispatch are really more broadly this idea of respond of a real-time operations platform is a multiyear journey. And so we're very confident that over the next three to five years, we're going to wind up being number one in what's traditionally called the legacy computated dispatch market, but our sites are even broader and more ambitious than that. But as Jawad said earlier, our feet are also very firmly planted in the present. And so like right now today as you know we have one city live on our dispatch platform and we have multiple more that are signed and sold in the queue for deployment over the course of this year and going forward. So we feel very good about that pipeline. Just like we talked about records and really in any software category where you have an insurgent trying to unseat legacy competitors, which in this case we're the insurgent there's this journey of building up in the right way the capability is needed to be the right fit for each successive chunk of the market, while adding on top of that your unique differentiation that makes you a compelling reason to switch. And that's just -- that has nothing to do with Axon or CAD or records that's just the physics of any disruptive insurgent category like this. And we feel really good about where we're positioned and where we're going even though it's early. And in the case of dispatch, the sequence or latter there is first being great for law enforcement only PSAPs as opposed to ones that also do to fire and medical, but sort of the midsized cities, and then actually after that gearing up to also cover fire and medical, which we're actively working on this year. And then ultimately to be, not only the largest cities but the multi-jurisdiction PSAPs. So we feel fantastic about our trajectory but it is early in that journey but we need to keep you apprised as we win and deploy customers along that way.
Rick Smith:
Let me jump on as well. I want to share a story. I talk to a police chief of the first agency I believe in the world, certainly in the United States that is live streaming every call in the dispatch, video live stream, and it was just so rewarding to have that phone call to hear the things that we have been imagining come to pass. And the month that you shared with me was it's just a total game changer. They found dispatchers are actually helping new officers in real time. He told me a story where the dispatcher heard a thud that the officer didn't right? Because the officer is in the scene there -- they've got total vision, sometimes they're focused on their own safety. The dispatcher is sort of a dispassionate aid. Well, turn out the thud in that case was a gun had been dropped to -- the person in the car dropped it and tried to kick it under the seat, the officer -- the dispatcher told the officer, hey, I heard something you should check and they discovered there was a gun and obviously that's a pretty important piece of information the way it's unfolding. The other thing that they shared with me was that by having the dispatchers watch the call, they just have far greater understanding than when they're just listening to a few cryptic transmissions over the radio and they're getting real-time oversight of every incident. So you think about everything that happened last year and now there's discussion about well how did the agencies pick the right videos to have a subsequent supervisory review? In this agency they're reviewing every video not by a supervisor but by a dispassionate dispatcher. And you can imagine if someone was saying something like I can't breathe that could be reacted to right now where the dispatcher could say, hey I need a supervisor to check this out and see what's going on in real-time not find out weeks later that that was happening. So is that, sort of, transformative new capability that we are uniquely able to position. And you'll probably guess there's a little bit of a dynamic tension between me and Jeff who keeps me honest where it's like, hey, we need to do the things he was talking about there, we've got to deliver on the core functions of what they need to be a functioning system today and blending the right amount of these new capabilities because you can't -- you've got to kind of have both and it's just wonder having Jeff on the team. I think he's really shepherding us through that process of how we blend the right mix of legacy features with the right mix of new features to be transformative and effective at displacing existing incumbents.
Jeff Kunins:
So one last tiny bit just to put all that together is exactly that combination of why we declare respond and have a real-time operations platform that's the real category. Historical CAD is cute. Real-time operations platform is skating to where the puck is going. And from a business and this insurgent standpoint, the key is just like how with records an agency can adopt standards are use of first module of reps side-by-side with their legacy RMS even before they might be ready to make a full migration, respond for devices what we used to call at what there what Rick was just referring to our live streaming any PSAP. In conjunction with their law enforcement agency can easily deploy respond for device right in their PSAP alongside their legacy CAD even if they aren't ready to switch over for their full CAD, but that not only gets them into these scenarios earlier, but it also gets them acculturated to our experience and we think that's ultimately an accelerator to when they're ready to consider a full migration.
Erik Lapinski:
Yes. That's awesome. Thanks for sharing that example. I mean that's definitely the vision coming to life. So congrats.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Erik.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Erik. Next question from Derek Soderberg at Colliers. Go ahead, Derek.
Derek Soderberg:
Thanks, Andrea. So I wanted to start with consumer TASER. It looks like that was pretty strong again this quarter. I was wondering if you can, sort of, elaborate on what drove that strength again? I know there have been some tailwinds due to the pandemic and some other things that happened in 2020. Just curious as to your thoughts on that business as we, sort of, move past that a little bit. How sustainable is consumer TASER strength? And, I guess, maybe longer term if you can update us on the strategy there to penetrate this -- the non-lethal weapons market?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Thanks for the question. Our consumer business doubled in revenues year-over-year 2020 over 2019. And some of that early in the year was the pandemic and some of the just overall lift in firearm sales and we were certainly a beneficiary of that. We did put a new general manager of the consumer business in place around second quarter last year and he's really up leveled our game. He is a marketing background, Matt Goren. He's got a very strong background in marketing and he's tried to move things for us. It actually had a very immediate effect and we've seen that momentum continue into 2021, which is how we know it's not a fluke. We've got some pretty lofty goals for the consumer business. We've got two new products that we're bringing to market by the end of this year. And longer term our ambition as a company is still to make the bullet of sleep and that doesn't just happen with building a better TASER device for law enforcement. We're planning on building a consumer device that also does the same thing. And then I want to turn it over to Rick and let him talk a little bit about his vision as well.
Rick Smith:
Yes. So we started this business back in 1993, the original TASER was already being sold to police. Our original business model was to drop for consumer for two reasons. One it is where we can actually do even more moral good by saving lives. Police officers are involved in hundreds of lethal force incidents every year. But private citizens shoot and kill 35,000 to 40,000 of each other every year. So we can save the most lives that we can have impact there. And from a market scale perspective it's frankly just a much larger market. So even the block and got to these ubiquitous law enforcement has a far larger both dollar and unit volume they sell in the consumer market. So we're committed both for the business reasons and for the mission and north star regions to see the consumer continue to grow. And I think part of that -- I personally live we will hit a tipping point when we can actually prove that we can outperform a standard nine millimeter that is going to be transformative not only in our core US law enforcement. I think every other police agency around the world, I don't want to start naming off entries here, but pretty much any country is not going to have the same relationship with guns that Americans do. So let's just take Iceland as an example. If we could outperform their black hand guns all of a sudden, I think, we could become the standard weapon and I just picked that as a totally random country. But you go around the world, and I think the minute that we can actually say this could replace your firearm. Every police force that carries a firearm is now a customer and they're going to be under tremendous political and moral pressure to use the better safer thing that saves large. I think that also opens up the consumer market. So I think we're in the early innings. We entered enforcement in 1999 to prove the technology work so we could reenter the consumer market and that play has still not played out yet. And I'd also like to say we moved consumer under Jawad a couple of years ago and he gets a lot of credit for breathing new energy in bringing that [indiscernible] in and this is kind of Jawad's one of his passion project that’s helping us in the consumer space.
Derek Soderberg:
Great. Thank you for the detailed math. And as my follow-up, Rick, last quarter you had sort of mentioned the conversation you had had with U.S. congressperson. I guess, now with the new administration, new representatives, I guess I'm curious as to how those conversations have evolved over the last quarter. Are you sort of feeling that same sense of optimism around maybe sort of a sweeping police reform bill that includes body cams or how is your sort of sense of optimism changed?
Rick Smith:
Well, my sense of optimism is pretty dauntless. If anything, sometimes I need to people to make sure I keep my feet grounded. I would say that though, I think that the trends towards body cameras and less lethal weapons and all the things we're doing is really more ground up. There's certainly been some talk about whether there's going to be a legislative action at the federal level. I don't want to guess on that. I mean that would obviously, could be very helpful if it happens. But we're not -- that's nowhere in our plans. We think we are just continuing to win the hearts and minds of agencies and communities and the end user by delivering stuff that saves their careers saves their lives save them all the trauma of having to deploy lethal force, or having their integrity questioned when something controversial happens and knowing they can defend themself to the body camera. So I think I wouldn't say anything has changed positive or negative at the political level. I think, we're just continuing to see that groundswell from the state and local. That's where these decisions really get made.
Derek Soderberg:
Great. Thanks so much.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Great questions.
Andrea James:
Okay. Thank you, Derek. Our next question is from Keith Housum at Northcoast. Go ahead Keith. Keith, you’re up next and you're muted. There you go.
Keith Housum:
Sorry, about that. I just want to echo guys, congratulations again on the quarter and a great year. If I can provide a little bit -- dig down a little bit deeper on the TASERs for the year. Obviously tremendous growth. How much of that growth is coming from a nontraditional state and local agencies? You guys were talking about a number of different initiatives in terms of federal and jails and corrections and the security. But if you kind of provide a bit of color and break out between, I guess, the old sources of revenue as well as the new?
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. I appreciate the question, Keith. International certainly was a big driver of CW weapons growth. I think we've talked about that to a large extent already. Federal also is a place where we had a good year last year, in terms of some new agencies coming on board with some of our newer CWs. This year we certainly expect to see more of that in our federal business. We're really excited about a couple of the CW opportunities that are out there. And then, state and local with, really hitting our stride with TASER 7. State and local bookings, it's a market we hear every year questions about, hey is the growth slowing down as it flattening out. And last year state and local bookings were up almost 30%. And so that was -- I would say pretty equal weighting between body cameras and TASERs. And so, I think across all segments of the market, the team is doing just an exceptional job of making sure that we continue to grow the TASER line. We certainly believe like every single law enforcement officer is better served carrying a TASER than not. And until that happens we got a lot of work to do, to bring that into fruition. So that's really what we're focused on, not only in federal or international but also in state and local, where there's still plenty of room to go there.
Keith Housum:
Okay. Appreciate it. And I would be remiss, if I didn't ask the question about the guidance. It looks like the guidance for the full year next year is about 12% growth year-over-year. You obviously got some great tailwinds at your back, but you're obviously going in some huge numbers at your content. If I look at cartridges I look at the consumer devices, obviously, some good tailwinds for you. And you guys have never grown only 12%, I think, at least in the recent history ever. What gives you the indication that revenue growth is going to actually slow down so much year-over-year?
Josh Isner:
Yes. We're certainly not done. In the last couple of years you've seen growth in the mid- to high 20s. You've also seen that those years tend to be back-end loaded. Q3 and Q4 combined are usually significantly higher than Q1 and Q2 combined. And so as we think about it right, it's early February. We're certainly trying to sell far more than 760 and that's our goal every year is to exceed our growth rate in the previous year. But having said that, we haven't seen the pipeline materialize for the back half to the point where we can be a little more aggressive on our guidance. And in quarter one, we have to be responsible and disciplined about how we guide. And so this is something we're going to revisit every quarter. And as that back half pipeline materializes you'll certainly hear more about that as it is happening. But on day one here we're starting with 760. And like I said though we got -- and like you said, we have a lot of tailwinds and we're really focused on another great year in revenue.
Keith Housum:
Okay. Appreciate. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Okay. Anybody have anything to add? Okay? So we're not seeing any slowdown just want to make that clear. Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
Andrea, I actually might piggyback on that from an EBITDA standpoint for guidance, just how you should think about that provide some more context. So ever since I joined Axon, it's been really important to me that we're demonstrating both growth on our top line as well as driving leverage on our bottom line. And we've not only done exactly that over the last few years, but it's also been a central tenet of our long-term guidance as you know. So it's super important to us that we're continuing to invest to stay ahead of the innovation curve. That's another sort of thing that we're trying to solve for. So every year we put together an operating plan or a budget that's trying to solve for those three things; top line growth driving leverage and investing for growth. And it's actually super hard to do, but we've got a very talented management team and that's what we've been doing. However, one of the dynamics as Josh pointed out of our business is that our revenue profile throughout the year is back-half weighted. And even then it's really more concentrated in Q4 than in Q3. So what happens is if we hit our revenue targets, our EBITDA comes in on plan on our internal plan. And we drive that a little bit of incremental margin expansion while still having invested in things like R&D or the channel, but if we beat our revenue targets especially in the fourth quarter, it's too late in the year to reinvest that upside. So we return it to shareholders, which is exactly what you saw this past quarter. So that's how you should be thinking about it from an EBITDA standpoint Keith, our base plan is solving for top line growth, incremental leverage and investing for growth. And to the extent that we exceed on the top line that will allow us to drive even more leverage.
Keith Housum:
Got it. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Jawad. Okay. Last question I believe unless anybody has follow-up is from Scott Berg at Needham. Go ahead, Scott.
Scott Berg:
Great. Thanks. Congrats on the awesome quarter. I guess we've got a couple of questions. Jawad just a point of clarification first of all on the large TASER sales in the quarter. Were those -- was that $20 million order all for TASER 7s, given it's international and their propensity historically to buy something other than that? I just wanted to clarify that?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, Josh why don't you weigh in. That was all TASER 7.
Josh Isner:
It was TASER 7 and accessories associated with cartridges batteries holsters and so forth.
Scott Berg:
No. Got it. And then just as a part of that is were they all purchased on a subscription plan? Or were they kind of an upfront product purchase? And I saw the mix in the quarter certainly down shifted for the mix of TASERs on subscription?
Josh Isner:
Yeah. It's a great question Scott. So for us in Tier 1 markets as well as in the United States, we do sell TASER 7 on subscription. But in Tier 2 markets and Tier 3 markets, we actually sell TASER 7 in a similar bundle, but it's available for an upfront purchase. The reason we do that is twofold. Number one, oftentimes there's distributors in the middle of the deal and that complicates how the subscription would work. In this case, there was no distributor. But Part 2 is we don't have a very strong well documented payment history with some of these first-time buyers for large TASER orders. And thus to protect the company and shareholders we do ask to be paid upfront so that we're not recognizing revenue ahead of getting paid more or less.
Scott Berg:
Awesome. That's great. And then my final question, I don't know if this is for yourself Josh or maybe for Rick is your live stream usage up 7x from April to December that's a -- it's a big number. I know it's coming off a small base because you're just starting to get those devices in people's hands at the end of last year. But is that helping in the sales cycle yet? Are you seeing the ability to take that evidence or to take those customer experiences and actually parlay that into new customers that are on the fence whether or not to buy the AB3?
Rick Smith:
Josh I'll let you take that one.
Josh Isner:
Yeah. We're really excited about where live streaming is going. Certainly, I think over this last year, we've seen a ton of very interesting use cases for the product, and we continue to see more and more. This is something that as new – new body camera customers that are purchasing AB3. We are seeing a reasonable number of them by live streaming on day one and then customers who have been upgraded to AB3 are trying live streaming early and often building it into their budget in the out quarters. And so under both kind of use cases we are seeing an uptick in live streaming and we think this is going to be central to the value proposition across all of our products long term. So certainly, it's an encouraging sign.
Jeff Kunins:
Yeah. I think the one thing to add to that is that, when people buy access to respond for devices even in addition to or instead of if they're not ready-to-use live streaming per se simply activating their use of that LTE chip and the camera unlocks a bunch of other scenarios as part of our software, including simply having accurate location for 100% of their evidence which makes it easier to tag and find things later for like compliance, as well as the transcription scenario I was talking about earlier where they can now configure us that all of the – the audio from their video automatically goes up to evidence.com immediately upon finishing the recording, so they can move even faster on some of the evidence management pieces. So response for devices we love the live streaming scenario, but there's so much more that they unlock by buying that add on.
Scott Berg:
Great. Congrats on the wonderful quarter. Thanks everyone.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Scott. I wanted to build upon Josh's answer on the pager subscription question just real quick. So those Tier 2 markets are the markets that we're a little bit newer to or we don't have always the established payment histories that we would have in Tier 1. Tier 1 tends to be the United States, the UK, Australia, Canada those English-speaking markets and Tier 2 are ones where we're new. And so we feel confident that over time we're going to be able to drive peter subscriptions in those markets, just like we did in the US and in the UK, but it's still early and we also don't have the payment history to extend the credit to do that today. Okay. Are there any other questions? Did anyone put their hand up? No. Okay. I think Rick we'll have you close us out.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Thanks Andrea, and thanks everybody for joining us today. Obviously, we're delighted to be able to turn in results like that, and I couldn't be more proud of the team. I was just sitting back noticing and listening to my team field the questions, it's just been amazing to see us come together, and it's been a challenging environment. But what a year to have turned in, I couldn't be more proud of everybody who helped make that happening. Many of our employees and team members that are tuned in listening thank you for just phenomenal effort in a crazy year. So, enough celebration on the great results in 2020. It's time to get to work on 2021, and we look forward to talking to you all on our next quarterly update. Thanks, and stay safe.
Andrea James:
[Abrupt start] …particularly crowded earnings day particularly with the election being on Tuesday. So thank you so much for joining us today. Today we have available Axon's CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner; Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. And we have a special guest today our VP and GM of the Federal Business, Richard Coleman. First, we're going to give prepared remarks and then we'll bring our analysts up onto gallery view for questions. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter. We posted it to investor.axon.com and the remarks that we make today are meant to build upon the information in that robust letter. If for some reason we lose access to Zoom or Internet connectivity we'll make every effort to post our prepared remarks to investor.axon.com so you can read them. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today. They are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings Okay let's turn it over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks Andrea. I know everybody is really busy with earnings season. And you may have a lot of calls to go through. So I thought about how can I best encapsulate the quarter. Out over 1,000 people busting themselves, working so hard in the hardest environment I've ever seen. And then that team, they deserve that we spike the ball. I couldn't be more proud of what our team turned in. Now with that I also know some of you are working from home. We had the pleasure of meeting some of your kids. We want this to be the conference call that your kids want to come join. So at the end have them join you when you ask questions, and we'll send them some Axon Swag for warming up our call. I've got my daughter, Kyle who's learning about business. Say hi to everybody. So Kyle is going to be attending as well. She will be giving me pointers from the side as we go over our results. So thanks, Kyle. At the end we're also going to -- we're going to have a little bit of background bingo. You guys enjoyed it last time. So today we're going to play a little game, but we know you're busy. So let's get started, just hang out for the end and every kids join us. I cannot be more proud of what has happened with this company, how we've transformed and scaled in recent years. An idea that really started from a tragedy 27 years ago has had us put together platform and solutions that are at the center of today's national conversation around justice, equality and social reform. Our mission has been clear from day one. It's a privilege to be solving essential problems for our customers and for our communities. We see our customers out there working hard to keep communities safe. And we thank you. We thank them for their dedication. Communities are increasingly demanding not just body cameras, but also TASER devices that they see more and more often police need options to reduce incidents escalating to legal courts. On the heels of the extensive civil unrest we've seen over the past several months, Axon established a fourth company mission, a pillar, which I talked about last quarter centering on racial equity, diversity and inclusion. Our teams are greatly inspired by this new mission and joined forces to develop a new company-wide initiative Sprint for Justice led by Jeff Kunins, our CPO. Our entire engineering team came together in one enormously successful and productive two weeks sprint they created and shipped eight new capabilities in support of Axon's new goal. We have prominently highlighted these in a graphic within our Q3 shareholder letter and you can link from the front page of our website. Another big call out this quarter, significant traction in federal where bookings were up 400% compared to last year. We're establishing a strong foothold in the early innings here with big wins across new customers and programs. We've been making strategic investments into the U.S. federal market and we view this early success as a game changer. And with that I'd like to introduce you to the game-changing person who's behind this. And that is Richard Coleman, our Vice President and General Manager of Federal programs. Richard came to us from General Dynamics where he started out as a Solutions Architect for Department of Defense Geosynchronous Satellite Programs, he progressed to capture management where we won multiple $100 million and $1 billion programs. We certainly hope he'll be doing that with us here. And he finally finished his General Dynamics 18-year career as a Vice President and GM for Law Enforcement Systems. Richard?
Richard Coleman:
Hi. Thanks, Rick. Really appreciate it. Now, I am thrilled to join you all for today's call. This quarter will mark my second year here at Axon, and I've never been more bullish on the opportunity we have in front of us in the federal market. Q3 2020 marks a historic moment for Axon as we've achieved a record $38 million in bookings up 400% year-over-year. Our success includes a number of new programs and contracts, many of which were first for Axon. I'll walk through five of these quickly to provide some color, but these are also in the shareholder letter as well. First, we established our first two programs of record with the federal government, including a $13 million U.S. Customs and Border Protection order for body cameras and digital evidence management. This is significant because, Customs and Border Protection is the largest law enforcement agency within the U.S., and if you're not familiar with the program of record, it's a key milestone that specifies an appropriations line in the U.S. discretionary budget. Second, we signed our first indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity or IDIQ contract with a federal agency directly. To be successful in the federal market and federal space, it's essential to establish contacts and contracts to get your solutions funded. And an IDIQ is a contract vehicle that does just that for us. Additionally, it gives the agency an established way to procure our solutions through an established vehicle. Third, we signed our first Officer Safety Plan for the federal agency. A lot of you are familiar with our OSP plans. It's a bundle that includes TASER 7, Axon Body three and all the software that goes along with it. And we're excited to take this popular bundle and introduce it to the federal law enforcement market as well. Fourth, we sold body cams and cloud-based digital evidence management for the first Department of Defense customers. And we think there's much, much more opportunity to unlock in the DoD starting with the military police and security forces across the department. And lastly, we signed our largest TASER contract in company history. It's valued at $15.5 million with the Department of Homeland Security. Now with all that said, all these achievements there's one thing that really excites me most about Federal and it is that Axon is already an established tech comp, known for its innovation. And we can leverage our innovation, our tech pedigree, along with our top-notch products to fill real federal requirements immediately to fill them today in the federal market. And we can do this, while still innovating like the tech company we are. And we can drive the industry as well as the federal market forward. Again, I really want to thank you all for the time today on today's call. I'm both humbled and honored to have the opportunity to lead Axon Federal into the federal market. And in doing so, protecting life, capturing through and accelerating jet for the federal defense and civilian agencies and all the communities based there. So with that, back to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Thank you, Richard. It's been just a real pleasure having you on our team and your impact has been remarkable as demonstrated this past quarter. I want to conclude my segment by thanking our employees. Look, we're all going a little stir crazy working from home in this wild turbulent 2020. And I just think about the mental toughness and commitment that people have summoned this year to work through it and deliver the kind of results this team is delivering. It's not lost on me that, we are in a fortunate position despite the fact that we're in the midst of a global pandemic, we've been blessed that we have superior talent across the organization, we have mission-critical products and we're finding new and increasing pathways to growth and a powerful financial model. And with that, I want to turn it over to our President, Luke Larson.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. There are so many great things to talk about from Axon Accelerate our user conference to our massive early success in the U.S. federal market that Richard talked about to the strength of the demand for our software services and our Officer Safety Plan subscription and the phenomenal adoption we're seeing. We detailed a lot of it in our shareholder letter. So to avoid being too repetitive, I just want to highlight just two of the many successes from this quarter. First, TASER. We're not just selling TASER devices anymore. The category is evolving from a book and ship hardware product to a subscription-based deescalation platform that includes cloud software and training. And we see this in the percentage of TASER devices sold on a subscription, which rose to a record 75% this quarter. This 75% reflects a surge in demand for TASER in the U.S. Internationally, we are still getting started. And so while subscription levels are lower than in the U.S., we are confident, we can also drive subscriptions abroad. Second, we launched Axon Respond, which is a giant leap in police communications technology. We are evolving real-time situational awareness beyond the radio. Going back two years, we spent more than 1000 hours studying what was wrong with 911 operations. So we could deliver a compelling solution to fix it. Rather than describe it, we're going to play the video that we showed at Axon Accelerate. Most of the technology you'll see in this video is in the market today with a few exceptions including fleet three with license plate reading which we are aiming to bring to market mid-next year. Doug can you play the video? [Video Presentation] Awesome. And one last shout out for me to all of our employees that helped deliver these record results. And with that I'll turn the call over to our Chief Financial Officer Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks Luke. I'm also very proud of our employees for putting up another quarter of solid execution which drove outperformance across most of our metrics. Earlier this year, we shared our plans to invest in our channel product and support infrastructure as we look to scale the business to $1 billion in revenue and beyond. These investments yielded results ahead of our expectations as evidenced by our strength in outlook for 2020. We intend to continue these types of investments in 2021. Two areas in particular highlight how we think about calibrating our investments for growth in a dual track near and long strategy. With certain channel investments such as federal and international, we can start to unlock revenue relatively quickly in the near term. Meanwhile with other investments particularly in our software product categories such as records and dispatch we're bringing new products to market that will disrupt legacy incumbent providers over the long term. This combination of right-sized investments ensures growth over the near and long term and with growing diversification the particular product or channel that drives this growth will look different from quarter to quarter. Now let's turn to our outlook. For 2020, we believe we can deliver full year revenue of $630 million to $640 million. The out-performance versus our original 2020 revenue midpoint expectation of $620 million reflects strength across the business as well as growing customer diversification particularly in federal and international. As you see in our shareholder letter we're also tracking above plan on the bottom line and that's driven by revenue out-performance expense leverage in travel and event cost savings of about $12 million. In 2021, we expect to continue to build on our strong momentum. Given the rapid pace of growth we're seeing, we want to provide you with a framework around our view of the business. Since our August update, we've seen an uptick in our level of visibility. While there is some risk from the ongoing impacts of COVID most municipal budgets for January have been set. And after taking into account some small pockets of budget slowdown, we feel confident in our positioning and outlook heading into next year. In addition, we're continuing to diversify in products and markets. Our initial view of the business for next year is for $720 million to $750 million in revenue with $120 million to $130 million in adjusted EBITDA. This reflects continued strength on the top line and consistent adjusted EBITDA margin performance excluding the aforementioned $12 million of expense favorability in 2020 due to the pandemic. Finally I want to touch on ESG which we're hearing about from a growing number of our investors. Axon is a mission-driven company whose overarching goal is to protect life and that social mission is what drew many of us to the company. We see fully 100% of our revenues as supporting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. In our shareholder letter we talk about Sprint for Justice which Rick mentioned earlier. This product development initiative created features such as automatically flagging body camera video, if a racial slur is detected using VR training to help officers better respond to high-stake situations and promoting a growth mindset among officers by offering a coaching feature. ESG is a growing area of focus for us and you can expect to see more from us on this front over the coming year. We're in the final stretch of a high-performance year. I want to reiterate, how proud I am of our employees for their crisp execution in a challenging environment and for their unwavering support of our customers. As we plan for 2021 we feel highly confident about how we're positioned across the board. And with that, Andrea let's move to questions.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Jawad and team. Moderators, can you bring everybody up into gallery view? Let me know when that happens please.
Operator:
We're all up in gallery view.
A - Andrea James:
Great. Thank you. All right. We're going to take our first question from Keith Housum at Northcoast. Go ahead Keith, you're up. And the phrase of 2020 is you are on mute Keith.
Keith Housum:
All right. Can you hear me now? Sorry about that guys. Jawad, can you go in a little bit more detail and remind us about the investments that are going to be made in the channel the product and the infrastructure. I guess, particularly, I'm interested in some of the investments you're going to be making to grow the international business.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, absolutely. So we made investments this year in new geographies that we had never been in before. And it was really on the heels of investments we made in the previous years in new markets like India and the Ukraine. We have seen very early -- like great results early on. I'm going to let Josh talk a little bit more about that. When we put boots on the ground, there's no substitute for that. And what we found is that by having folks there by establishing offices having employees, Axon employees in these new markets it leads to not only increase pipeline, but in many cases a return within the same year. And so we're doubling down on that strategy, the channel investments next year we're going to expand even more geographies. From a product standpoint we're continuing to invest very heavily in software. The Sprint for Justice initiative that Jeff led with his team this year is a great example of just the type of leverage that we could expect to see from the investments we've already made in our product and just a little bit of extra effort goes a long way. And then from the support infrastructure standpoint, we are in the process of getting ready to be $1 billion-plus revenue company and everything that comes along with it from an ERP implementation, which we're well underway in HRIS and other back-office support systems that we're putting in place to help the company scale.
Keith Housum:
Great. And if I can follow-up on that. In terms of the international expansion is -- are all the entire product portfolio going to be available internationally? So I guess what I'm getting at is the software been written or translatable into any language? Or are you going to be limited in terms of what you can offer where based on languages?
Jeff Kunins:
Ultimately, I think, we view any international customer as an opportunity to not only sell TASERs and body cams, but also move them to the cloud and Evidence.com. And for some markets right off the bat customers are adopting Evidence.com. For other markets they're adopting our on-premise solution named Commander first and then subsequently moving to Evidence.com over time. I think for us the most important thing for any international customer is to get one of our products in their hands. And it really doesn't necessarily matter to us which one they start with because we can really feel confident betting on ourselves that we'll be able to deploy more and more of our products with those same customers over time.
Keith Housum:
Okay. So language will not be a barrier to what country you can go with your product portfolio?
Jeff Kunins:
No.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thanks, guys. Great quarter.
Jeff Kunins:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thanks Keith. All right. So we're going to take our next question from Will Power at Baird. Go ahead, Will.
Will Power:
Great. Yes. Thanks for taking question. I guess, I'll try to slip in two. Maybe the first for Richard or perhaps Rick whoever wants to take it. Really encouraging to see the progress at federal. I guess, I'd just love to get a little more color on what the sales cycles look like generally as you target federal, particularly, as you look at that Homeland Security contract the largest TASER deal in company's history. And I guess, I'd be curious how much more room there might be to go with somebody like Homeland Security? Is this just a starting point? Or are there things you could build off of from here?
Rick Smith:
Why don't you take that one Richard?
Richard Coleman:
Absolutely. Yes, absolutely. The lead times for federal contracts can vary. Typically there's a two-year budgeting cycle. But that said, every single year federal customers are evaluating what the gaps are, what their needs are and their requirements. And so every single year a customer has the opportunity to leverage their funding for technology and/or capabilities that are relevant. And so we're seeing lead times as low as within a year as well as extending out to the two years that the budgeting cycle typically efforts itself. And then specifically for Customs and Border Protection, CBP they are the largest law enforcement agency across the U.S. So 40,000 law enforcement officers within Customs and Border Protection so we see this as a franchise program where we see nowhere but north and additional growth.
Will Power:
Okay. Great. And maybe a question for Jawad, it was great to see some initial thoughts on 2020. Maybe just help us out the key insights from your end to help what was your confidence in laying out that revenue guidance what were kind of the key inputs to provide that visibility at this point particularly given some of the ongoing questions with respect to municipal budgets and whatnot.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. Of course, look, one of our core values as a company is transparency. We've got great relationships with our investors and our analysts and we've always prided ourselves on the level of information, and detail that we share in helping them model our business. One of the things that, we heard pretty consistently throughout 2020 was that after we pulled our guidance earlier this year it was a little difficult to model our business. We've got a lot of moving parts and increasing amount of complexity in the business. And as you point out, there's still a lot of uncertainty in the world. But the reality is that our business has been diversifying along two vectors. Who we sell to is rapidly expanding beyond law enforcement and where we sell is rapidly expanding beyond the U.S. So the fact is that our business is more resilient today than it's ever been. And so we wanted to share our view on how 2021 is lining up for us again in an effort to help folks model our business.
Will Power:
Okay. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Will. Next question from Erik Lapinski at Morgan Stanley. Go ahead, Erik.
Erik Lapinski:
Sorry, I think I was on mute. Congrats on the quarter. Thanks. Maybe just a quick one on kind of as you continue to ramp shipments of Body 3. Can you give us any context into just the attach rate for maybe some of the more LTE connected features and kind of the usage there? Is it going up pretty in line with what you would have expected? Is it may be improving better or worse?
Rick Smith:
Yes. Absolutely. I think we're very, very excited about where we're at right now with interest in live streaming and other connected features with a AB3. Without going too deep into the numbers, I would say, like we feel really good about the amount of adoption we've seen through 10 or 11 months here and certainly going into next year have a very strong pipeline of connected services. Whenever you launch a new product and really at any point in the year customers need some time to build in that ask into their budget. And so while this year a lot of our new cameras that were first time purchases included a lot of the connected services. Going into next year, I think a big point of focus for us in kind of year two of those budget cycles are now to be able to get all those upgraded cameras on those same connected plans. And our customers have been working with us and of course with their city councils and so forth to identify funding to add those feature sets on. And so we're really excited about kind of the runway we have to get hopefully one day every single AB3 onto our Respond or Respond Plus platforms.
Erik Lapinski:
Got it. Thank you.
Luke Larson:
And just one quick addition to that, as we talked about in the shareholder letter both from a sales perspective, but also just usage and engagement while it's still early days over 200 agencies have used Aware actively in the last 30 days with more than two dozen consistently using it every single week now. And we've seen just tremendous growth in the adoption of live streaming as it begins to roll out. We've seen it grow over 6x over the past six months.
Erik Lapinski:
Got it. That's awesome. Thanks. And then maybe just one other one on kind of the percentage of TASERs sold on a subscription going up. Is that starting to become more, I guess, being the highest rate you've seen. Was that some of that a factor of maybe a large order to being sold on subscription? Or like is that pacing to even the rate that you would expect kind of moving forward?
Rick Smith:
Ultimately, the majority of TASER 7s are on subscription plans the vast majority. And so essentially, the way I think about it is over time as the mix of T7s keeps going up relative to our other TASERs the more of that number will be driven up as well. So I certainly would expect although nothing is guaranteed that we would look for that number to keep growing unless there's like an outsized international order as a one-time purchase or an outsized order on X2 or X26P is a onetime purchase we certainly would expect that number to keep trending up.
Erik Lapinski:
Got it. Thank you.
Andrea James:
And just to be clear to follow up there. It was also tied to the mix of domestic shipments in the quarter. So 75% is a great number and we're proud of it but it will fluctuate depending on domestic versus international. Okay. Our next question is going to be from Joe Osha at JMP Securities. Go ahead, Joe.
Joe Osha:
Okay. Am I unmuted? That's the first and most important question. Going back to some of the comments about next year I'm wondering if we could maybe get some insight into how that might break down in terms of TASER sales versus cloud. And then also I'm interested in whether computer-automated dispatch and records might be contributing meaningfully to that? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yes. We definitely have goals across all products including dispatch and records. And certainly we've seen a lot of really promising indicators in terms of interest and commitments this year that will translate into deployments and dollars next year in dispatch and records. And then on the TASER business I think as we look at next year we kind of try to set a goal for ourselves of how much we want the TASER business to grow year-over-year. And absolutely, we anticipate TASER growth in that number. But likewise we expect all segments to grow including software and sensors, cloud and so forth.
Joe Osha:
Could I perhaps, Jawad are you willing to put some numbers around that in terms of mix?
Jawad Ahsan:
Not at this time, Joe. We gave directional guidance for how we're thinking about 2021 and we feel good about that guidance today but that's the extent of the detail we're going to get into.
Joe Osha:
Okay. Thank you.
Andrea James:
You always got to try right? You got to try. I'm just checking to see who's logged in recently because we've had some folks logging in up. Let's take our next question from Jonathan Ho at William Blair. Go ahead, Jonathan.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon and congrats on the strong quarter. I just wanted to start off by circling back to the Fed opportunities. Does the IDIQ contract potentially give you a hunting license to go and maybe chase other agencies or subagencies down? And just wanted to get your thoughts around the GSA schedule as well.
Rick Smith:
Yes. Go ahead, Richard.
Richard Coleman:
Absolutely. Yes. So an IDIQ contract it is kind of a hunting license. You can think of it as a contract vehicle that allows the customer -- the federal customer to buy off of a pre-agreed icing catalog from Axon. And so in particular this IDIQ has multiple -- is at the department level and there's multiple agencies within that department that can then follow on and purchase off of IDIQ.
Jonathan Ho:
Great. And then we've definitely seen some interest here in terms of the deescalation products. Can you maybe talk a little bit about whether that can potentially drive some additional bundling and just sort of the reception that you've seen from deescalation just given the current political environment? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yes sure. So in Q2, obviously with the lockdowns and so forth that was domestically probably the low point of the year in TASER sales. And Q3 we really roared back and I'm so proud of our entire global team, especially in this case our state and local team. And I think there is certainly a record interest in TASERs. We see that quarter-over-quarter here. And we expect that to continue to grow both in state and local where we see it more incrementally. And then federal and international where our hope is we see it more exponentially. And so across the board I think there is very strong demand for TASERs. I think you'll continue to see that throughout the year here and we're very excited at the opportunity to continue to be able to package our deescalation devices with our software and sensors, packages on the body cam, cloud side and on the record side and so forth.
Andrea James:
Okay. Thanks, guys. We'll take our next question from Jeremy Hamblin at Craig-Hallum. Go ahead, Jeremy. You're on mute.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Can you hear me now? Sorry about that. So I wanted to just congratulations on the fantastic results. I wanted to get into the records business a little bit. And just get a sense of -- there's a little bit more embedded competition in that particular side of your business. And I wanted to get a sense for -- as you're getting in the initial ramp the timeframes to win meaningful share in that portion of your business. You have fantastic relationships now that have been built over a couple of decades that may make the sell easier, but I wanted to get a sense of how you're thinking about that business and whether or not the ramp that we saw that was kind of a long slog in cameras, do you think that this -- you can potentially gain share and adoption faster and record simply because of the extensive relationships you have today?
Josh Isner:
Absolutely, Jeremy. I think we've seen over the last 10 years certainly body cameras were a little slower out of the gate to be adopted. But now we've put ourselves in a market leadership position there. And certainly part of our strategy as we've talked about is around OSP 7 plus and packaging our record solutions with our body camera solutions. I'd say this about the competition like we have a lot of respect for all the different companies in the market. They're all great companies and well run and so forth. But at the same time like we've built our team and our channel and our product team and our company for moments like this where we can enter new markets and we can win in them. And so this year, we've seen very promising results and I certainly believe in our team and I think we're going to end up in a spot where we are the market leaders not only in records, but also in dispatch and every day we're waking up getting one step closer to that.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And if I could I wanted to ask one other question directed towards Jawad in thinking about 2021. In terms of -- you've seen pretty exceptional growth and steady growth now in the weapons side of the business. And I wanted to get a sense as we look forward into next year where you've continued to have mid-teens growth in that weapon segment. I think a lot of people had expected that to tamper. It seems as though you're as excited about that business today as you might have been a few years ago and maybe even more so. Is that something where you feel like that weapons portion of your business can continue to do double-digit growth?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. It's a great way to say it Jeremy. I am more excited about our TASER business now than I ever have been in my time at Axon. Actually I've never felt better about the company overall. And obviously TASER is a big part of that. And we talked a little bit about in my prepared remarks about this like near and long strategy where in the near-term we can still see growth from TASER both domestically there's still life space. We talked about all the reasons why over the last couple of years. But now with federal and with international that's going to be an important growth vector for TASER. And then with these investments we're making in product with records and dispatch, we think that that's going to be at -- those are SaaS businesses our ARR is now top $200 million. So we're not necessarily small anymore, but that's still ramping very quickly. And as that revenue comes online over the next few years that's going to help two, three, four years out. Keeping our growth rate growing at an accelerated pace.
Rick Smith:
Yes. I've got to jump in here and say as well do not forget the TASER business. It is a really transformative and exciting business. Before this decade is out, we will have a weapon that is going to be neck-and-neck or even outperforming a 9-millimeter and stopping power. And I think we've got the opportunity to become the primary weapon of law enforcement officers around the world. And that message has been really positively received by law enforcement. When I released my book last year, we were nervous as to how that investment would resonate. But I can tell you especially in the environment we're in right now no officer wants to use legal force. And we just -- we've got a really good less lethal weapon system today, but we still have room to improve and I'm really excited about the things that are coming down the road. And just the opportunity even with TASER 7 just got approved in the U.K. I mean we're getting approved in new markets where our existing upgrades are going to be really opening a lot of revenue opportunity. And I don't see that coming out of scheme -- running out of a scheme any time soon.
Jawad Ahsan:
I actually I wanted to jump back in as well one thing you haven't heard us talk a lot about I'm just as excited as Rick is talking about TASER. One area, we haven't talked a lot about in the past, but I think you're going to start hearing more from us Jeremy is the consumer business. So I'm just so part of our consumer team. We had a plan for the year -- for the full year in revenue and they hit that plan in the first seven months of the year. They're having a banner year. We're expecting big things from that business. We've got a couple of product launches in the horizon in the next year or two. So, that's another area that we're expecting to see some growth.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Fantastic, I love the goal. Thanks guys.
Andrea James:
Thank you. Next question from Joshua Reilly at Needham. Go ahead, Joshua.
Joshua Reilly:
Hey, there. Thanks for taking my questions. So you just had your customer conference in August. What did you see in terms of demand and pipeline generation out of that event from being fully virtual versus historical in person events? And then, how does that compare to the increased customer interest generated from the social unrest over the summer?
Rick Smith:
So let me start, and then I'll pass over to Josh, who is here. I would say overall, being virtual the level of attendance I think we had something like 10,000 people sign-up, which is something like 4x or 5x in last year. Now not all of them showed up and the level of engagement probably wasn't as high, because we didn't have their undivided attention. But the feedback we got was people really enjoyed it. We set out VR headsets loaded with some of the content for at least a subset of the attendees. So I think given the challenges, people really responded well. Now we do see the value of in-person in the future. But this year, I think actually in terms of quantity of touch, it was actually broader than it's been before just maybe not as deep in terms of giving their time for three full days. Josh, do you want to add on anything?
Josh Isner:
Just to the questions about social unrest. Look like I want to be really conscious of how we talk about this. It's not a victory when there's the type of social unrest that there is today. And so, certainly like our team, I think we think about our sales process the exact same way every day, like we are going to cover the market well. We're going to talk about the value that our products provide across the board and we really, really believe in that value. And sometimes it takes an external factor for a customer to maybe be more motivated to buy it or whatever the case may be. But we really believe like hey we're just going to keep focusing on the things we can control, and we believe we're going to end up in a really positive place not only as a business but in terms of fulfilling our goals and missions in society. I think we're going to feel really good about that. And I want to kick it over to Luke, maybe just to talk a little more about Accelerate as well. I think he had something to say as well. Thanks.
Luke Larson:
Yes. Accelerate was a huge success in terms of being able to connect with the customers digitally which I think a year ago it would have been very tough to get the key decision-makers from major cities to invest in time via Zoom call or another format. And so that's been one of the silver linings of the pandemic is us being able to rapidly push people to these virtual-type engagements. And so we walked away being very, very pleased to Rick's point of being able to hit a larger number of customers, and showcasing all of the tools around deescalation transparency. And then, just finally to Josh's point on the social rest -- social unrest, we really are trying to solve and be part of the solution in these really difficult complex situations. And so our customers aren't looking to us as somebody that's coming to them out of the blue. We've invested in decades of relationships where they know the tools that we're creating are going to help them resolve these really difficult issues in the best possible outcome.
Joshua Reilly:
Okay, great. And then, just one follow-up question. Net revenue retention increased one point sequentially in the quarter. Does that imply that you're having ongoing success in upselling the OSP bundles? I know that's probably the case, but just maybe some color on that. And then, how should we think about the relative penetration for OSP at this point within the body cam customer base?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I'll take the first part of that question on net retention. That's exactly right. Our strategy has been geared towards selling more higher-value-added bundles like OSP 7 Plus. And as more customers adopt that then we should expect -- we will expect to see our net retention increase. And then for the second part of your question, I'm going to kick it over to Josh.
Josh Isner:
Okay. So, on the net revenue retention, I also just want to give a big shout out to our customer success or this is an order we invested and substantially this year to build this out and make sure our customers continue to have a great experience. And Lisa Krolikowski and her team have just done an awesome job ensuring that. And I think that's reflected in net revenue retention. Do you mind just reminding me of the second part of that question?
Joshua Reilly:
I was just about to -- sorry, did I just cut out there. The relative penetration for OSP plans within the body cam customer base.
Josh Isner:
Yes. So I think for us, like, with OSP right now, I think, we're seeing a lot of midsize and larger agencies start to show a lot of interest in it. And I think that's where we're having the most success. As we kind of took a holistic look at our pricing and packaging strategy going into next year, I think, you'll start to see us test OSP like offerings that are a little more tailored to specific segments. So in corrections, I think, we're very excited to offer an OSP package there that's more tailored to corrections. I think with inside sales that handle our smaller customers, we're going to be experimenting there as well with the same type of package that's a little more tailored for smaller agencies. So our goal is to have every customer buy a camera, a software license, a records license and a TASER at the same time. And I think we're on our way to that. And hopefully, with some of the adjustments and tailoring types of initiatives that we're undertaking right now, I think, we'll continue to see more and more positive signs there.
Rick Smith:
One thing, before we continue, Andrea, I'm going to go ahead and just take one moment and I'm going to share my screen. And I'm demonstrating with you guys a feedback tool I use with a lot of our customer interactions it's called Slido. And it is a way that I can take feedback from groups of customers, while I'm doing these calls. So I want to do the same thing with you. If you get out your smartphone and go to slido.com and enter the code Axon or just point your smartphone camera at the QR code, that will open up Slido for you. And there we're going to get some of your feedback and you can ask some questions there that I can come to at the end. And while we're doing that, Andrea, back to you to keep running with the questions.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Rick. Thanks. All right. We're going to take our next question. Moderators, can you bring everyone on to gallery view again?
Unidentified Company Representative:
Yes. Can you stop sharing your screen there?
Rick Smith:
Did I break it? All right. Do I need to stop my screen share, Doug?
Unidentified Company Representative:
Yes, if you could.
Rick Smith:
Okay.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Rick. Appreciate that. Okay. So next question from Charlie Anderson at Colliers. Charlie, you’re up.
Charlie Anderson:
Yes. Thanks for taking my questions and congrats on a really strong quarter. I wanted to go back to the consumer TASER commentary; that was really interesting. Sort of, curious what's happening there. Is that more push? Is that more pull, because it is finally in the same product, right? And I'm sort of curious too, if it's a sustainable trend, what that means to TASER gross margin and then also the cartridge business for TASER. And then, I've got a follow-up.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. Great question, Charlie. It's a little bit of both. Earlier in the year we saw increased sales from the -- as a side effect of folks staying home and wanting more self-defense options. As you know, like, gun sales were up and TASER sales were up for similar reasons, as folks looked for self-defense options for home. We hired a new general manager for the consumer business. He started earlier this year. He's got a fantastic marketing background and he's been completely up-leveling our game. As you pointed out, it's the same products, but we're really stepping up our game from a marketing standpoint and we've been making a run-in, not only increasing sales with distributors, but especially with direct-to-consumer. And those results have yielded some pretty great returns early on. Next year, as I mentioned, we're looking at a couple of product launches that I think are going to get even more of a push. And we're focusing not only on the TASER form factor, but there are some other form factors that we think are very appealing to folks that don't necessarily want to fire a weapon, per se, but more of a TASER that's got a different form factor like we've had in the past that we've discontinued. So those types of things we think are going to be opening up new markets for us. And then, from a margin standpoint, they're actually going to be very helpful. The consumer business is at -- we haven't actually disclosed this publicly, but it's a very attractive margin. It's accretive to our law enforcement margins and that's true with the cartridges as well.
Charlie Anderson:
Okay, great. And then for my follow-up, we had a chance at some pretty significant police reform bills coming out of the federal government this year, didn't happen. I'm just sort of curious where you see attitudes trending as far as that's concerned, in terms of reform, both at the federal and at the state level, in terms of potential tailwinds to the business. Then NIBRS was obviously helpful on opening up opportunities in record, sort of, curious if there's anything else like that out there in terms of regulatory that can provide a tailwind for you guys over the next year or so? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Let me take that one. A few weeks ago, I had gotten an e-mail from a Republican U.S. Congressmen, who would inform me that part of their platform on police reform was to promote body cameras for every officer in America. And that's coming through the Republicans. I think you would also see on the Democratic side of the aisle that we're -- there's a lot of support for police reform particularly around body cameras. But I'll tell you once we really get into the conversation people also very quickly understand the value of TASER weapons. I mean we saw the tragedy in Philadelphia a few weeks ago and the community there has risen up including the family of the deceased really pushing the agency, why didn't every office there have a TASER. Again we obviously don't like to see those sort of tragedies happening or try to leverage them. But we do have solutions that really matter and we think it's bipartisan. And I would tell you I just -- on a personal note, I've been pretty worn out by all the devices missed in the country, but the last 48 hours, I was expecting a lot more of it. And I'm feeling a lot more -- a lot less division right now. I think we may see a more productive coming together as we move into next year after the exhaustion of 2020 and I think on both sides of the aisle. We have a positive solution-oriented technology program that can be part of a police reform bill that police want that communities want and I think legislators can see the value of them. So I'm optimistic.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I would just add -- I would echo Rick's comments. I think this is really -- we're seeing now bipartisan support for reform that would include technologies for products like body cameras, as well as increased training. In June, Joe Biden called for $300 million to reinvigorate community policing. And so regardless of the outcome I think this is an area where kind of the pragmatic voice is going to win in terms of saying we actually need more training to reform police more funds going in there than to actually cut funds from there.
Andrea James:
Okay guys. I think that's all of our questions. And I just want to give a quick second to make sure to see if we have any follow-ups. Does anybody have a follow-up? Do you want to raise your hand? No, we're feeling good. Okay so.
Rick Smith:
Andrea a couple have come in through the chat real quick. I don't know if you want to just touch on those about the sales of body cams used by correctional guards and police officers.
Andrea James:
Go ahead Rick. Go ahead.
Rick Smith:
I think we're seeing some major correctional agencies and sheriff's offices are now starting to deploy these. In fact Josh you could talk -- you stood up a team to go after these adjacent markets. And I think we're seeing real reception right?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Absolutely Rick. I think this is a place where historically there hasn't necessarily been a lot of focus on it in terms of like individuals that that's really all they do day in and day out. And over the last two years we've built that team and I think it's already presenting pretty incredible returns. And I think once these representatives go out and talk to customers I think they're really parlaying the success to the similar use cases around the country within corrections. And we expect that to continue I think between corrections and some of our other adjacent markets of private security and eventually fire and EMS and so forth. We'll continue to see more and more momentum both on the TASER side and on the body cam side.
Rick Smith:
Right. And I think we already answered the other question that was in there.
Andrea James:
Yes. There was another question that chat about please, but I feel like we really covered that both in our shareholder letter in our prepared remarks and in the Q&A. And the transcript will be posted online if you guys missed something. Okay. So now we're going to turn it over to Rick to close this out. And just wanted to say one of the things that's really been heartwarming is, we've heard from some of you on the buy side that you're watching our earnings calls with your kids and they're learning about what you do managing assets for a living. So in that spirit of camaraderie, Rick prepared a little something for the families out there tuning into earnings calls.
Rick Smith:
So you guys have already seen. In fact we've already had three people respond which I appreciate. I'm going to leave this up. The call is basically over. But if you get a chance go into Slido and check it out. It's been an invaluable tool. I get a lot of feedback from customers this way. And we're having some fun where if you can guess the majority of our backgrounds whether they're real or not what office it's from, we're going to send you some Swag. So give us your shirt size your email. And thanks and also give us your feedback. We want to know are you enjoying the format sometimes we get a little more informal. I figure you're probably going stir crazy like we are. So we're listening it up trying to make it kind of fun, knowing you've got a lot of work you're going to be working late in tonight. We hope you will look forward to our earnings call, not just for the great results, but because we're going to have all fun together. So thanks. It's good to see the country, I feel coming together. I have this optimism looking into the future. In general, it's been a rough year. And thanks for sticking with us. And again, to every Axon employee, I couldn't be more proud to be part of this team. I just love working with you all and look forward to reporting our next results in the New Year. So, thanks everybody.
Andrea James:
Thank you. Bye.
Operator:
…Abrupt start Mr. Josh Isner; and Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. We feel great bringing you guys the whole team. First, we're going to get prepared remarks and then we'll bring our analysts on camera for questions. [Operator Instructions] I hope everyone has had a chance to read the shareholder letter, which we released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Our remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that letter which is very robust, if for some reason there's an internet outage beyond our control or we lose zoom connectivity, we'll make every effort to post a copy of our prepared remarks to investor.axon.com this evening. During this call we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on the predictions and expectations as of today. They are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. Okay. Please go ahead Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Andréa. And thank you everyone for joining us today. During our last quarterly update in May, one of the biggest issues we addressed was how we were managing our business through a pandemic. One quarter later we have so much more to talk about because we've all watched thousands of people take to the streets demanding police and public safety reform. Our company's reason to exist, our mission is for exactly moments like right now, protect life. We are on a mission to make energy weapons so safe and so effective that we make bullets obsolete. We preserve truth; body cameras protect officers to bad claims and citizens from bad behavior. Increasing transparency and reducing social conflict. We accelerate justice with advanced cloud software and AI that have potential to make the entire justice system more fair and more effective. When you think of gun violence, social conflict and a fair justice system, most people don't think of these as technology problems but it's political problems. We frame them as problems where technology can play a transformative role. Now look technology is no panacea and it cannot solve these problems for us. However, almost any problem can be solved faster and more effectively with the right technology tools to help people solve them. So as we look at all the pain and anger today, we ask ourselves what we can do to help promote equity. Our superpower is creating technology to address social problems that many others see as intractable. So we've added a fourth mission to inspire our work; centering racial equity inclusion and diversity, which might make you, wonder how you can build technology to promote equity. If you want to hear specific examples of how we are using technology to support this new mission, you'll have to wait and come join us at our conference Accelerate later this month. We made Axon can't change the policies and cultural norms in policing, but we can build the tech tools to help our customers do it. We're hearing consistent and emphatic calls for change from the most prominent leaders of law enforcement and we are excited to build the tools to help them. Back when we began investing in body cameras in 2008, we faced innumerable skeptics we faced numerous skeptics. But, we knew that body cameras were the future. And body cameras started gaining traction after a wave of protests began in Ferguson Missouri in 2014, which was really the birth of the Black Lives Matter movement. At the time, we were delivering the right capabilities at the right time and our investments in cloud software made body cameras suddenly feasible and affordable for all agencies. We invested in body cameras when nobody believed they were possible and as the investment community well knows our core body camera and software business lost money from 2008 to 2019 when it began to turn a profit. Those 11 years of continuous investment in R&D to prove out the feasibility and sustainability of body cameras are now the foundation for our next leg of growth. In 2020, we're humbled to be developing solutions that once again find themselves relevant to a national conversation about policing. We do not shy away from these hard discussions and we see the pain and the nuance behind demands to defund police. This is really all about reforming and reshaping the justice system. And these are issues that we engage with daily. They're not new to us. We invite input from a broad spectrum of voices; we have the industry's most relevant and productive ethics board with renewed calls for reform we can leverage technology and policy changes to improve public safety. We believe that our product moment fit is why our pipeline continues to strengthen as communities see the power of our platform to drive positive change. And now with that I'm going to turn over to our President, Luke Larson.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. In a few weeks on August 25th as Rick mentioned, we'll be hosting our Annual Technology Summit Axon Accelerate. Due to COVID, we've shifted this to a virtual event which has allowed us to grow the event to reach a much bigger scale of our audience and customers. We're also able to offer a cutting edge virtual reality track. If you'd like to attend go to axon.com and register. We're very excited to share some key customer updates and product announcements on how Axon can help officers and the communities they serve ensure everyone makes it home safe. Our strategic priorities in 2020 are to continue to execute in our core market, while accelerating our path to market in new product categories. Our engineering and product teams are solving some of the most difficult problems at the intersection of the physical and digital worlds to advance our mission. This is also a year where we have walked beside our customers in one of the most challenging environments they have ever faced. Our customer facing teams have built amazing relationships with our customers not by selling devices or software but by becoming trusted advisors on how we can help customers with the important problems they are facing. We are helping them to source mission critical technology amid greater public budget scrutiny; helping them to access federal dollars where available and we aspire to be true partners to our customers. We are emphasizing the mission critical importance of our OSP 7 plus offering de-escalation, transparency and productivity have never been more critical to police and community relations during this watershed moment. And our offerings address these exact situations. This emphasis drove our Q2 results with revenue up 26% year-over-year. This is a strong performance in the context of one of the toughest macros we've faced, a global pandemic and massive economic uncertainty. Our strong results were also driven by a stellar quarter for international up 80% year-over-year to $34 million. This was on top of 38% international revenue growth in Q1. We were just getting started in large markets such as Brazil and India and three countries top $1 million in revenue for the first time in the quarter. Indonesia, Panama and Thailand. Turning to the bottom line GAAP income was affected by stock-based compensation and tax expense; adjusted EBITDA was $28 million reflecting a 20% margin which showcases our cost discipline and some travel savings related to COVID. Turning to operations; you will see the inventory build on our balance sheet. This was very intentional. We have adopted well -- we have adapted well to an ongoing supply chain environment that we've never seen. Recall that last year we diversified our supply chain and global manufacturing footprint due to tariffs and it turns out that those initiatives positioned us well to handle COVID-19; even so given the number of unforeseen challenges that could lay ahead and the fact that 2020 is full of curveballs, we've elevated our inventory build in the first half. This safety stock helps minimize shipping disruptions and also prepares us for some key Axon Body 3 shipments to major customers in Q3 and Taser orders we are expected to fulfill in the back half of the year. Currently, we expect Q3 inventory levels to remain about the same and by the end of the year they could come down by as much as 10%. And with that I'll turn it over to our Chief Financial Officer, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks Luke. Our second quarter performance was a testament to our ability to deliver sharp execution in a challenging environment. Although demand remained robust, domestic customers were often banned with constraint. Dealing with COVID-19, personnel outages, employee safety concerns and caution about uncertain budgets. Even with these challenges, Q3 revenue is generally in line with our pre-pandemic expectations. Domestic body camera bookings remain strong and our international expansion continues to accelerate. Our results in the quarter speak to our resilience as a company and the critical importance of our products and our customers lives. A few years ago, we set out on a journey to transform into an enterprise software company that also sells devices. And our performance this past quarter further solidifies that path. High margin annual recurring revenue grew 42% to $183 million; software revenue was a record 30% of total sales and we sustained SaaS net revenue retention of 119% Turning to our outlook; we're watching to see whether states shut down in the fall, which could bring renewed caution on budgeting. There is just enough outside of our control regarding COVID-19 that we did not reinstate formal full-year guidance. We did provide a range that we are managing toward for Q3. There are two factors to keep in mind when considering our interim Q3 guidance. The first is that we made a strategic and intentional decision to prioritize growing our Cloud user base and adding nodes to our network in the early days of our Software and Sensors business. As a result, we have contracts with strategically important agencies both domestically and internationally that have served as beachhead accounts but come with a lower margin than average. The second factor is that the majority of our multi-year contracts come with hardware refreshes at periodic intervals, which come at a lower margin than the SaaS portion of these contracts. The confluence of these two factors will conspire in Q3 to be a headwind on our gross margins, which we expect will normalize by Q4, anticipating a question we often receive these days we are not seeing changes in buying activity due to police defunding concerns. In fact, we've seen some anecdotal acceleration of body camera buying decisions due to agencies wishing to provide transparency to the communities. We remain confident in our long-term, multi-year outlook. We're privileged to be working on solutions to some of society's most entrenched challenges. We're just getting started in several new markets internationally and in several new software product lines. Importantly, the addition of capital from our recent follow-up offering further strengthened our balance sheet and provides us with even greater flexibility to continue investing for growth. At quarter end, we had $675 million of cash and investments and zero debt. Before we move to Q&A, I'd like to share some insight with you as to how we view the company relative to the investments we're making and where we're headed. The first phase of the company's growth let's call it Axon 1.0 saw us establishing the Taser business and building an unparalleled sales channel with law enforcement. The second phase of our growth Axon 2.0 saw us continuing to innovate with the introduction of smart devices including body-worn and in-car cameras, which integrated seamlessly with our customer focus cloud network. Now we're entering the next phase of our growth Axon 3.0. We're building a rapidly evolving public safety ecosystem with both connected devices and intuitive workflows powered by AI with the increasingly powerful Axon Cloud as our centerpiece. Our mission with this ecosystem is to protect life, capture truth and accelerate justice. Now more than ever society is driving towards these outcomes and Axon is uniquely positioned to partner with our customers and deliver on all three. And with that Andréa, let's move to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We will take our first question from James Faucette with Morgan Stanley. Go ahead James.
JamesFaucette:
Great. Thank you very much. I wanted to ask the team Rick, Luke obviously there's a lot of pressure on police departments at the very least to improve efficiencies et cetera. Where are we now in terms of some of the software products like records, dispatch et cetera to really effectively reduce time that officers have to spend on paperwork et cetera and so they can spend more time in the field and gain efficiencies that way and how well are you being able to communicate the current capabilities to the customers.
RickSmith:
Well, I would say the best answer to that question will be if you tune in to Accelerate; we have some pretty significant new announcements, and we'll be showcasing some new capabilities that will have a big impact on efficiency. One of which we've been in field trials that'll go -- it's going into full release and I can tell you that one agency in Canada was testing one of those capabilities that was absolutely transformative; they had two homicides happening in a short period of time and for a small agency these great tremendous levels of workload and one of our new AI products actually helped them handle two simultaneously. That they said without us they would have been at risk actually potentially having those cases at risk of getting disqualified because they would not have been able to process all the paperwork and evidence data and meet the judicial deadlines. So stay tuned and Accelerate for more but both records and dispatch are live in the field and we're now beginning to start really linking some of the AI capabilities to power the creation of the structured data in those systems from the unstructured data we capture with our body cameras.
JamesFaucette:
Got it. And then as a follow-up you mentioned Canada but it was interesting at least to us to see the big jump in international revenue. Where are you and how much should we think you'd be thinking about the ability that you have in other international markets to take the success of Taser and take it over to body cameras and some of the other software products in those markets?
RickSmith:
Josh, why don't you start answering that as a head of sales?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Thanks very much James for the question. Ultimately, I think we see a lot of similarities regarding where international is now versus where domestic was four or five years ago, and we're very much following the same playbook. We're going to be focused on fewer markets than the entire world and we're going to continue to build out a few markets at a time over the next few years. I think the investments we made in our Tier 1 markets a couple years ago building really talented teams there, focusing on expanding both Taser and getting our early body camera and deems customers there are why you're starting to receive the revenue results now and as we continue to build bookings up internationally, we expect revenue to follow in future years. So our focus is to build very, very talented teams in the markets that we see as potential movers; and we'll start to introduce some of our newer products into those markets that are already showing great results. And as more and more markets kind of come up to speed, we'll introduce our newer and newer products as those markets become larger markets and deployments of body cams and Tasers.
Operator:
We'll take the next question from Keith Housum at Northcoast Research. Go ahead Keith.
Keith Housum:
Thanks. Good afternoon, guys. Rick, in terms of the budget relief which the government is considering is there any impact to your guidance if budget relief is offered to the state local agencies over the next several months?
RickSmith:
Yes. I think it'd just be pretty speculative for us to speculate on what might go in there, obviously, if there's a lot of money specifically earmarked to state and local agencies; we suspect in this environment that it would end up being focused towards a lot of the transparency tools things we're doing with body cameras et cetera. We've also seen a lot of interest in corrections growing around the Taser weapons because COVID-19 still remains a big issue and particularly in confined environments. So there's more focus on maintaining safe distances, traditionally in corrections if you have an inmate that decides that they're going to become resistant to following the procedures they have to that is meant correctional officers suiting up and having to go hands-on in a very close personal; you're covered in each other's sweat and other things you really worry about. So our plan does not account for any additional federal funding, if it comes in I think there could be a little bit of upside, but I wouldn't -- again I don't respectfully too much.
Keith Housum:
Fair enough. Right, Jawad just a little bit housekeeping here in terms of the EBITDA margins for the next quarter what's the impact of your large contracts on your EBITDA margins?
JawadAhsan:
Yes. That was part of what we signaled with our Q3 guidance, Keith. we have some large international customers; we have a couple of international, sorry domestic customers that have we consider to be strategic beachhead accounts where the margins are lower on the camera contracts, and as those customers get the refreshes on their contracts in the quarters that we ship which Q3 happens to be one we're going to see lower margins, which is why we gave that specific guidance for Q3.
Keith Housum:
Right but would it be fair to say the impact of those shipments could be 2% on the EBITDA margins, is that fair assumption?
JawadAhsan:
Well, it's -- we are anticipating the EBITDA margins to be 12% on our Q3 revenues. We don't have formal guidance for the year. So I can't officially say what that impact is going to be.
AndreaJames:
Yes. Keith and if you dive into the segment commentary in the shareholder letter we're even more specific on the gross margin thoughts by segment. We'll take our next question from Joe Osha at JMP Securities. Go ahead Joe.
JoeOsha:
Hi, thank you for taking my question. One of the questions that have come up around this notion of police funding is the idea that some functions might be taken over by non-sworn officers. I'm wondering about how Axon sees the opportunity to address those types of people. Thank you.
RickSmith:
Yes. Let me take that one. So first of all I had a really interesting call with a major city Police Chief where we were talking about the defunding phenomenon and what happened and what he related to me was actually they did reassign portions of his budget to other portions of the city, so basically they just shifted some resources out of police to other city agencies. And then his net budget was actually increased fairly significantly for body cameras and transparency tools; so in that respect he was pleasantly surprised that the whole defunding discussion actually led for their agency to a better place; allowed them to focus in on their function a bit more reliance and partner agencies within the city to take a little more of the load and ultimately give them a little more budget for tech. Now ultimately, we'll see how this plays out in other agencies but we believe that this idea that right now law enforcement, they're doing a lot of social services. They're dealing with homeless people and mental health issues because you pick up the phone and you dial 911 for a lot of things that maybe don't need a cop. And so as we think about our dispatch software what a great time to be introducing a new cloud-based dispatch capability, where we can obviously shift our roadmap and be looking at introducing new features things that would allow agencies to perhaps integrate better with other city agencies that might not traditionally be dispatched oriented tight folks to use some of our communication tools in ways that would allow the dispatchers to dispatch non-sworn officers to different types of events. So we tend to love change as an organization and times are changing rapidly here and we view that our DNA sets us up well to move quickly to new opportunities.
LukeLarson:
That's right and Joe I think how we talked about when we last spoke about when you think about something like dispatch and you think about something like Axon Aware and building geo relocation and live streaming into our cameras really being part of a bigger mission for agencies around real-time operations and broadening that lens. This is exactly the perfect scenario for which that is purpose-built. And so even right out of the box the integration of acts on dispatch and Axon Aware bringing together the ability to bring other kinds of resources into an incident in real time is a capability that is just native to our Cloud-borne approach to all of these categories.
JoeOsha:
Thank you and just following on that, if I may. Is it possible perhaps that we might see an opportunity to deploy Axon Body alongside some of this new dispatch technology with non-sworn community officers or whatever we're going to call them?
RickSmith:
Absolutely. We're seeing also not only the ability for non-sworn officers to be able to use cameras but for sworn officers to be able to live stream with folks like mental health experts that can be helping them in real time dealing with complex situations, where those officers might need more expertise. But we actually think this could open up some education areas particularly if you have unarmed non-sworn people; your ability to identify emerging dangers becomes even more important because you have to rapidly route armed officers to the scene to help out.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Scott Berg at Needham. Go ahead Scott.
ScottBerg:
Hi, everyone. Congrats on the great quarter. Thanks for taking a couple questions here. I guess first I don't know if this is a question for Luke or for Rick but Rick in your newsletter you talk about OSP pipelines in particular strong including the components for RMS. Now you just signed a really large contract with Baltimore that includes records but I guess what are you seeing on the records but I guess what are you seeing on the records level out there maybe from a demand perspective that would suggest those OSP 7 contracts with records will actually be implemented and utilized because that seems early given the commentary, but obviously great if that's the case.
RickSmith:
Sure. I'll take that and -- to Josh. --Or different -- [Multiple Speakers]
Josh Isner:
I'll go ahead and take that. So I love that question and so again like we talked about last quarter, we're thrilled that well more than a dozen agencies are already live signed or being actively deployed on records using one or more modules of product. And we're incredibly confident of the trajectory as you've seen with the Baltimore announcement both committed adoptions among OSP customers, as well as continuing interest for the pipeline beyond that, continue to accelerate well ahead of even our expectations. And I think the two key things at play there like we talked about before the first is the power of the bundle makes it an easy choice for them to take advantage of that benefit at a perceived value point that goes hand in hand with what they're already paying for because it's effectively -- it's already included with the money they've already committed to. And then second is this key notion that we've talked about of Axon standards which is this use of force reporting module. And what's beautiful about standards is that it just so happens in records that every agency has to use of force reporting but they typically use a third party module for it. They don't actually use their historical RMS, but because standards is built right into Axon records it's the perfect first experience that they can use it as and rather than and or with their legacy RMS to begin getting value out of it right away with incredible easy deployment and then from there decide when they're ready to migrate their entire RMS; and that's exactly what happened with Cincinnati and we're seeing that same pattern play out as we go forward because it's incredibly easy to deploy; it works side by side with what they've already got and then as they come to love it whenever they're ready they can quickly decide to adopt full records for their entire RMS needs.
LukeLarson:
Yes and specifically on the pipeline; I would say we are seeing more and more agencies interested in OSP 7 plus and we're seeing some acceleration from the agencies that bought OSP-7 plus last year in adopting our standards module of records, as well as a lot of the other key modules like reporting and so forth. So I'm very confident in our team to be able to convert some of those OSP 7 plus opportunities into RMS deployments. We're very focused on and we're very focused on making sure that customers are valuing and adopting all of the benefits in OSP 7 plus, and this is a place where I think certainly the combination of having a very, very strong product organization with a very, very strong channel should lead to outsized results down the road.
ScottBerg:
Super helpful. Thanks guys. Then I guess just as a quick follow-up by Jawad, the company's posted four straight quarters of greater than 25% revenue growth which is a nice acceleration from the 12-month period before that. You guys calls for 15% revenue growth in the third quarter, is that just some being conservative in the current lights and micro environment or you see anything else that's maybe tempering that guidance just a little bit? Thank you.
JawadAhsan:
Yes. I'll tack team this Josh with you if that's all right, but we have a plan and operating plan for the year that informed our guidance. And that still pretty much informs what we're managing to. We outperformed in Q1 and Q2, we were very happy with the performance of our business and our sales team. The investments we've been making in international has been really paying off; some of these new markets, new products but we don't obviously bank on that and so we feel that it's prudent to stick relatively close to what our operating plan is which inform the 15% guidance.
Josh Isner:
Yes. Ultimately there are going to be some quarters that have higher revenue growth rates than others. And we feel good about full year. We feel good about kind of our long-term trajectory, but we do view this year as being back half weighted compared to the front half. And it just might be an issue between what comes in at Q3 and what comes in at Q4 of our kind of large CW deal pipeline.
AndreaJames:
Thanks team and also in the back half just on a comparables the percentages are lower but the dominant dollar is much higher is what Josh means on that. Thanks Scott for your questions. Okay, we'll turn to Charlie Anderson at Dougherty. Go ahead Charlie.
CharlieAnderson:
Thanks. So I wanted to ask about bookings; it was very interesting to see the bookings transit very much reflects what we're seeing in the business in terms of international strong domestic not as strong. I wonder is that just a snapshot in time or is that the way we should think about the trajectory of the business in terms of international continuing to put up the big performance and domestic maybe trailing the performance on a year-over-year basis. And then secondly, you made a comment in bookings about the first few weeks of the quarter better than April. I wonder if you could just layer in some context in terms of what that means from your standpoint and what's going on there? And I got follow-up.
LukeLarson:
Yes. Thanks Charlie. We've got a lot of domestic sales people and leaders on the call here that hopefully are motivated by that question and we certainly expect a great back half from our domestic and international teams. I think there was, if you look back at it we lost about half the Q2 due to the pandemic shutdown; everyone was trying to figure out how to conduct like city council meetings and really conduct business on Zoom for the first time. And that certainly slowed down some of our momentum in the first half of Q2 and then really in June, we lost about two weeks due to the kind of civil unrest and the events that followed the killing of George Floyd. So I would look at Q2 more as just kind of a unique point in time due to some external factors that slowed us down a little domestically, but we have high expectations of our team and they're very motivated to turn that trend around in Q3 both domestically and internationally.
CharlieAnderson:
Okay. Great. Another question about the fleet product, there were some points in the shareholder letter about the importance of that product in the back half. So I wonder we can see what the run rate has been the past few quarters of the existing product. I'm curious if you can maybe help us with expectations for how much of a contributor that is. Does it lift to a meaningfully higher level than we've seen historically? Just any context around that launch would be helpful. Thanks.
JawadAhsan:
So I think from a booking's perspective, we do expect fleet three to be a contributor in the back half of the year. I think there's still some question about shipping fleet three and shipments depending on how well the TNES [Indiscernible] 0:33:00.4 go might end up in the front half of 2021 as opposed to the back half of 2020. We don't expect that to have much of an impact on revenue and bookings like I said given the fact that we'll be doing TNES contribute to bookings that we feel great about Fleet 2 has really stabilized in the last couple quarters in terms of customer satisfaction and so forth. And we're excited to build on that momentum as we launch Fleet 3, certainly the ALPR and modular capabilities of Fleet 3 where we can do 360 degree recording around the car and so forth are things our customers are excited about. And we absolutely are confident that we're going to get a great customer reaction from this product and be followed by bookings and revenue associated with it.
LukeLarson:
And just add one clarifying comment there. So we're going to be in some pretty in-depth trials in the back after this year but we don't expect to be in full production ramp of Fleet 3 until 2021 and that's where we'll see the real growth contribution.
JawadAhsan:
And the key Josh mentioned this in addition to it being our best ever in-vehicle camera system straight up as camera system it will also be the launch, as we've said before of our approach, our pretty disruptive and novel approach to the automatic license plate recognition category and mobile where fundamentally it's different than the way it's done today in the market by being disruptively more affordable and better more cost effective for better performance and results by making it a thing that departments can put in every single police vehicle as opposed to a small number of very expensive purpose-built cameras. And of course no matter how good any one camera is it can only be in one place. And then you combine that with it being built from the ground up with ethics and privacy in mind. And our strategic partnership with flock safety for a similar approach for fixed ALPR cameras. We really think it's a watershed change in the way ALPR as a category will work.
AndreaJames:
We'll move to Mark Strauss from JP Morgan. Go ahead Mark.
MarkStrauss:
Hey. Thanks, everybody. Thanks for taking our questions, pretty impressive international growth the last couple quarters just kind of curious are you -- what trends you're seeing as far as those customers signing up for recurring payment plans. Are these really just kinds of one-off purchases?
Josh Isner:
Hey, Mark. Great to see you again and thanks for the questions. So ultimately, I think it's a combination of a few things. Certainly as we open up new international markets, those first time orders are probably not going to be on recurring payment plans. That's due to our -- we want to make sure we have the ability to collect on all these plans and when we enter markets for the first time, we'd like to see some payment history there first. So that those will be kind of one-time contributors to revenue and we expect those to continue from newer markets, as well as markets making their second and third buys in their Taser programs. The teams have done an awesome job especially in the UK, in Canada driving most of our new deals towards subscriptions. In the UK, I believe almost every or every department is already on a Taser payment plan as opposed to one-time purchases. I think we'll see more of that in Australia over the next 12-months as T-7 starts to get legs there and same in Canada. And so I think in our more established international markets, we'll definitely see more recurring payments on CWS and video alike. And in our newer kind of first and second time buyer type markets those will be driven by more one-time revenue transactions there as we ship those new weapons,
MarkStrauss:
Okay. Thanks Josh and then Rick, this is the highest cash balance that you've had in a long time maybe ever. Can you just talk about your plans for that cash? I mean obviously there are a lot of organic investments that you've been talking about for last several quarters, but how should we think about M&A? How important is that going to be going forward now with this cash -- true that you have?
RickSmith:
Yes. I got it. I can't help but smile. I remember the days we were struggling to pay the light bill and putting stuff on credit cards. And now we've got almost $700 million in cash. I would also say that historically as I'm a skeptic on M&A that I think I'm a Chicago school guy, markets are pretty efficient, M&A a lot of times it always drives up the price of the acquired frequently to the detriment of the acquirer and we still approach M&A from that position that it has to be unquestionably more valuable as a part of our ecosystem than as a standalone in order for an acquisition to make sense for all the headaches that come with integrating different companies. That being said, I think we are in a unique position where we have built and we now have this fairly ubiquitous cloud software and connected hardware ecosystem that make things like partnerships flock safety become pretty powerful, as well as we are really building out our M&A function; it's actually under Andréa James who's doing a fantastic job. We've been building out a team but either we get a ton of inbound inquiries and the vast majority of the time we say no because we are on a mission. We've got a lot of focus but we are starting to see -- there are things that will be interesting partnerships and there are some things that could be interesting acquisitions. And we have plenty of cash to have the flexibility to do it when it makes sense, but just want to reassure you we start from the position of no and that we have to overcome some pretty skeptical hurdles before we're going to spend the money, you our shareholders gave us; we're going to treat it very carefully. As if it's the same money I was using to pay those late bills 25 years ago.
Operator:
We'll take our next question from Jeremy Hamblin with Craig Hallum. Thanks Jeremy. Go ahead.
JeremyHamblin:
Thanks Andréa. So my question is actually a follow-up really on that cash balance and what you potentially could do with it. You've built some inventory here; you have some clients that may be strapped a little bit in the near term on cash flow. Do you use some of that cash to potentially do kind of Taser 60 type financing here where we look to bridge the gap in the near term while there may be some budget crunch and that's one of the uses of cash?
RickSmith:
Yes. I'll start with this one. So one of the things I love about our cash balance in our position our balance sheet is the optionality it provides us and Jeremy you've honed in on a couple of things that we've been able to do with that optionality. One is of course the inventory build; it was a material amount of cash in the quarter. We felt like it was the right thing to do. So it positions us really well to be able to deliver the much-needed products to our customers. In the back half of the year and beyond and then on the payment plans which you know you touched upon Josh first brought this up when the coronavirus really started becoming problematic for our customers. There were concerns about budgets and we talked about, hey, look we're signing up multi-year contracts with our customers. We have long-standing relationships with them. We're going to have relationships that with them that will extend far beyond the coronavirus and so we want to make sure that we're doing right by them. And it's easier for us to get flexible on payment terms to help bridge them to a time when they are no longer -- they don't have concerns about budget and so when you have 5-10 year contracts you can get creative and that's what we've done; it's been fairly on a smaller scale. It's been fairly negligible across the entire portfolio of contracts, but it is something that we've offered in select cases.
Josh Isner:
Yes. I would just add to that and say like ultimately while there have been some data points to suggest individual customers asking for kind of a rework of their accounts receivable; it hasn't been very widespread. I personally attribute this to the fact that we have customers that are paying for value that we are delivering across our product lines; and we haven't seen any of these kind of ask like to push payments out multiple years or to not pay us for them anything for the next couple years. I think ultimately our customers are seeing value and what we're delivering and we're very honored to continue to provide that value to this market and only in very kind of edge cases have we had to entertain situations like that.
JeremyHamblin:
Great and then just a follow-up question here on your progress on federal contracts. In terms of thinking about the negotiations in those contracts; the tenure of the contracts. Are you seeing them extend longer when you're having discussions? Is it still somewhat early in the ramp of that channel of business? Are they looking to start shorter contracts and see how it goes and then get into some longer deals? Just any color you can share on progression there?
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. So a gentleman by the name of Richard Coleman has just done a fantastic job over the last couple of years building up our federal pipeline. And for the first time we are seeing customers willing to engage in multi-year engagements with us on both body cameras, but also on the Taser side. So we're very excited. There are -- it's not always easy to get federal customers to buy hardware and kind of annual phases as opposed to one-time purchases. So we're learning a little there and there is some of that but other federal agencies are heavily engaged in these five-year plans for both weapons and video. Federal takes time; it's a slog but for the first time in really 10 years here, I feel like we're starting to break through and crack the code of how to work with federal customers and that's largely due to Richard's contributions and hopefully we start to see a lot of that growth materialize over the next couple years here.
AndreaJames:
I think we want to get at least I think four more analysts. So we'll keep this going here. Jonathan Ho from William Blair. Go ahead Jonathan.
JonathanHo:
Okay. Can you hear me okay? Great. So just relative to I guess the current budget environment are you seeing traditional RFP processes perhaps start to stall and could that maybe open up some more opportunities for you to disrupt the traditional I guess RFP driven acquisition process for our RMS CAD?
LukeLarson:
Yes, great question, John. Then I think ultimately I haven't seen a huge change in procurement methods. I think some agencies still are issuing our fees; others are issuing so sources and others are issuing more like cooperative procurements or piggybacking off of other contracts that are already in place. And so I'm not sure a ton has changed there. I think the big thing for us is to focus on OSP 7 plus adoption because in that event the customer is already essentially getting the opportunity to deploy our RMS in that bundle and so the more we drive up OSP 7 plus procurements the more agencies are exposed to kind of our enterprise software before they make a formal buying decision. And so that's kind of how we're looking at things in terms of CAD and RMS. And I think that strategy is paying off. And we're seeing a lot of interest in those products via that purchasing mechanism. And certainly every day that goes by we're also getting closer to being ready to compete in RFPs for CAD and RMS to see Baltimore issued an RFI for RMS and we were victorious over some competitors that we have a lot of respect for in this market. So we're excited about where this business is going.
JonathanHo:
Got it and then just one for Jawad in terms of the decision to increase inventory, can you maybe give us a little bit more color in terms of what types of components you had concerns around and maybe what risks you're seeing around the supply chain? Thank you.
LukeLarson:
Yes. Maybe I'd lead off on that and then Jawad could add some additional context. So as we looked at really our kind of next 6 to 12 months based on our previous experience with really adjusting for tariffs. We wanted to make sure that we were going to be able to supply our customers with key products for two major upgrades AB3 as well as Taser 7. And so we made the decision to add additional inventory to ensure that we would have product on hand for those in addition to making sure that we would have a good buffer for any potential supply chain disruptions due to COVID. We also have a couple really, really big orders coming in Q3 that are kind of outside the context of our normal inventory build. I would let you know the majority of that inventory is going into finished goods, which is something that me and Josh Isner feel really strongly about, if we can build it up into a finished product; we're going to find a home for it.
JawadAhsan:
Yes, the only other thing I'd add from a financial standpoint. This doesn't happen often but there have been times when we've left revenue on the table at the end of a quarter because we didn't have inventory. And that's not a great thing to have happen especially when you've got the flexibility with our balance sheet to be able to have a bit of an inventory buffer. And so that's what we've committed to in addition to the factors that Luke mentioned, we never want to be in a position where we leave revenue on the table.
AndreaJames:
We'll take a question now from Will Power at Baird. Go ahead, Will.
WilliamPower:
Okay. Great. Thanks. Rick you suggested that it doesn't sound like we're seeing too much of a negative impact from some of the police defunding initiatives today. But I wonder if you could comment now that we're in the back half of the year on some of the early discussions with respect to municipal budgets, agency budgets for 2021. What's your sense for their expectations and how that could potentially blow through, if at all?
RickSmith:
Yes. I'm actually going to hand back to Josh because I think Josh is a little closer to the budgeting side of things. Josh, would you take that one?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Sure. So I appreciate the question. I think there has been some a reaction from some customers in this regard right. Like if you're a major city that relies heavily on tourism then certainly that's going to have an impact on how you think about budgeting for the next year. The good news here though is that customers are viewing our products as mission critical products; like the customers ,there's no willingness to not outfit police with tasers or body cams and of course computer-aided dispatch and RMS are also in that bucket. So I think there is some impact to budgets overall, but when you kind of look at it in terms of is there impact to the budgets that then impacts the products that customers buy from us. I'd say that's a lot less of the case.
LukeLarson:
Yes and I would just add another point there. I think if you look at our business maybe 10 years ago or even eight years ago, we were really dependent on one core market, our domestic market with one core product. And today we've got a lot of diversification not only in our product lines but also our geographical and even different market segments. And so as we see some puts and takes in different segments or products, we are seeing the evidence with international and some of these early other segments; we still feel really confident there.
WilliamPower:
Okay, well, it's good to hear. I guess just a quick follow-up question maybe circling back to international given the strength you've had last couple of quarters, any comments you can make with respect to pipeline from here? I'm guessing a lot of those deals you announced this quarter last when the pipeline prior to COVID, how much has COVID impacted in your ability to sell there? How does that then look over the next several quarters?
LukeLarson:
Yes. Thanks a lot. So there is going to be some lumpiness in international quarter-to-quarter, but on a year by year basis we still expect very encouraging double-digit growth out of our international revenue. COVID, it's impacted our ability to travel but in most of our key markets now we've got teams on the ground; so it's not like folks are having to travel on planes region to region. We do have teams built out in a lot of key places and distributors supporting us in a lot of key places. So ultimately the work that's gone into international started three -four years ago and so the things that are impacting the quarter results. These are things that teams have been working on for quarters and quarters already. So I would expect there's going to be some lumpiness in revenue quarter-to-quarter internationally, but I do have a lot of confidence that we're trending in a very, very strong direction both in terms of bookings and revenue internationally.
AndreaJames:
We'll take our next question from Brian Gesuale at Raymond James. Go ahead, Brian.
BrianGesuale:
Thanks Andréa. Just wanted to ask a question on the net retention rate, which was a really good metric up 119% of net dollars. Can you maybe provide a little bit of color on how we might think of that between additional seats versus additional functionality that drives the incremental ARPU? And how we might want to think about that mix as we move forward?
JawadAhsan:
Yes. I'll start with that one. So that's a metric that we wanted to introduce for some time now; it's something we've been tracking for a while and we felt confident that you have enough data and enough sort of a history there to be able to start to publish it. And we feel very confident that number will hopefully tick up over time it's a dollar retention; it's not a user retention and so as our -- as we sign more OSP 7 plus contracts, which are of course at a much higher ARPU that number will start to tick up. We, at this point don't disclose ARPU because there's a lot of noise in that number certainly between domestic and international, but even within domestic we have different customers at different stages. So we're not yet ready to disclose the ARPU number. Does that help Brian? Is that what you're looking for?
BrianGesuale:
Yes. That's perfect. Maybe just to follow up a little bit. I wanted to just kind of revisit the gross margin kind of assumption for the third quarter. And I know you're not going beyond that but how might we think about the duration of these headwinds that you mentioned? I'm sure they're not all on a similar rhythm, but how we think they lift over time?
JawadAhsan:
Yes. Our expectation is that the one that we mentioned specifically for Q3 will be resolved within Q3; there may be a little bit of spillover into Q4 but it'll be on the order of magnitude of a couple of weeks. It's not going to materially impact Q4 and so at this point our best sort of outlook there is that it's going to be resolved within Q3. And then there are other, I wouldn't necessarily call them a headwind but we're still working very hard to get our gross margins up in the hardware business. That's something that obviously the more software we bring online that business is printing at 80% plus gross margin. So as more of our business shifts to software, our gross margins will lift there naturally.
AndreaJames:
Andrew Uerkwitz with Oppenheimer. We'll take your question.
AndrewUerkwitz:
Great. Thank you, guys. I appreciate the time. Could you help me understand that based on our research many of your RMS wins are more similar to the module, similar to what I think Jeff mentioned with Baltimore with the use of force. I assume the expectation is this will lead to kind of a rip and replace for the entire system. So one, am I thinking about this correctly? And then two, how does the accounting and pricing work over the life of a contract for a city that goes this route? And then lastly, kind of in that context Baltimore signed an OSP-7 contract a year ago and then they just recently announced that RMS module. Does that contract get reset? Does it get extended when something like that happens? There's ASP go up at that point, could you talk a little bit about the accounting and dynamics of when that happens? Thank you.
RickSmith:
Sure. I'll lead off overall and then let the other guys chime in. So first on the product point, we're like we said we're seeing a great pipeline of both committed existing commitments as well as the pipeline from here, both for full records deployments meaning the full replace of their legacy RMS, as well as standards which is that first module. And so for example just Baltimore since they've already made it public that's a commitment to move to records in its entirety and to fully replace their legacy RMS and we're seeing -- we are ahead of our expectations with RMS and we're seeing -- we are ahead of our expectations on the pipeline there, as well as of course a larger number of the standards ones. So we're seeing success on both and again ultimately our goal and we're confident of this outcome is that we're ultimately going to be on track to become the number one in this category for full records and standards is just a great part of the path to get there, because it's such an easy first step for getting for a given agency to take. And then I'll let Jawad give more color but fundamentally on the accounting, again specifically with regard to OSP 7 plus it is part of this overall primification of the way that public safety buys this technology, where just like for a subscription service like that where you are buying a thing that has many benefits to it regardless of whether and when you choose to adopt any given benefit.
JawadAhsan:
Yes then as far as how the accounting works, the revenue recognition; so we allocate a portion of the overall bundle to records and that portion we start recognizing once the customer has gone live. And let me stop there. Is that what you're looking for?
AndrewUerkwitz:
Yes. I think so and it -- does the contract reset then so like Baltimore signed for OSP-7, were they paying 199 a year ago or were they paying less than that and now that they're rolling out RMS, now they're moving up to that full price and because they kick that in there does that reset the contract where now it's five years from now as opposed to five years from a year ago?
Josh Isner:
So they're -- the price they paid last year is the same they paid this year with a couple notable exceptions. The first of which is the professional services to deploy RMS is a separate contract. So once they're ready to deploy, they would pay us for the professional services. The second one is they're going to add or they have added some more users because the OSP 7 plus often covers sworn officers that are carrying body cams and tasers but ultimately they're going to need more users to administer a lot of the elements of an RMS system and see that data and work with reports and so forth. So we do expect some user uptick as agencies start to deploy RMS. The third one is in Baltimore's case they actually did extend their contract as well to co term with some of their other items they have with us. And I think they extended out a couple years as part of that. So those are all dynamics that we expect to see, but I think the most important thing is we're betting on ourselves to be able to upsell additional new features outside of OSP 7 plus; two agencies that are deploying our RMS, so transcription is a great example of this. And Baltimore paid us additional monies per user to deploy transcription as part of their RMS service. And so for us, I think we do envision some of these kinds of value-added features on top of the OSP 7 deliverables as upsell opportunities as agencies deploy RMS.
AndreaJames:
We're going to go a little over and thanks guys for your patience. We'll take our next question that might be our final question from Pavan Kumar from Northland.
UnidentifiedAnalyst:
Hi, guys. Can you hear me? Yes. I disabled my video because I'm having some internet connectivity issue. Thanks for taking my questions. Regarding R&D and SG&A spending as a percentage of revenue in second half and 2021, which areas or products would get most focus?
JawadAhsan:
Yes. I'll start with that and Jeff if you'd like to weigh in. So right now the majority of our R&D is being spent on software. We're very excited about what we've got in the pipeline from a software standpoint. As you saw quarter-to-quarter, our SG&A was actually flat and our R&D grew and that was very much by design. Our R&D growth well-based revenue growth this year, but at some point we have long-term targets that we've set of 30% on EBITDA and the way that we're going to get there is by allowing more of the revenue growth to fall to the bottom line. But overall the investments we're making in R&D we think are going to help pay off over a long horizon and get our -- keep our revenue growth rate above 20%.
UnidentifiedAnalyst:
Great and regarding competition like who are the competitors we are seeing most on the record city?
JawadAhsan:
Sorry -- with records competition, if I heard you correctly?
UnidentifiedAnalyst:
Yes.
Josh Isner:
Yes. I think there are some competitors that I would characterize as companies that have been in the records business for a long time and a lot of them are incumbents and we have a lot of respect for those companies. We certainly believe kind of our new innovative approach to records will lead to customer adoption in times away from some of those products like we saw in Baltimore. And there are new entrants to the space as well and ultimately like with the combination of our channel coupled with the amount of investment and talent we're bringing on the product side. We think that we're really well positioned for the long term. I think for the newer competitors; certainly, they have more constraints around channel and spend than we might. And for some of the incumbent competitors they probably have a little more constraint around servicing existing customers as opposed to really innovating quickly. And so we view ourselves as a really disruptive entrant into this market. And we're very hopeful that we can become the market leader in due time.
LukeLarson:
Yes. That's right. I mean I think, first, we really like to say that we obsess first and foremost about our customers; we're happy to have our competitors obsess about us, but we like to focus on the customer. But exactly as Josh said overall both the legacy providers, as well as some of the new ones, Axon just has a pretty unique combination of assets that makes us different both in the legacy incumbents and the newer startups because the legacy incumbents are simply not Cloud forced, Cloud first and born in the cloud and you fundamentally can't deliver the kinds of results that the departments of today and tomorrow need without being born in the cloud. And on the other hand, the newer startups simply don't have the network of sensors and signals that are connected into services that can also do the same thing. We're really the only company that has that combination of both, which is why we're so excited about where we're ultimately going to deliver for customers in this category.
Andrea James:
I think that's all of our questions. I'm just looking at all of your screens here. Okay, let's have Rick close us out.
Rick Smith:
All right. We're a little over. So let's keep it quick. Thank you everybody for joining us. We're confident we'll all look back on 2020 is the time that's set in motion. The next wave of policing reform and the next leg of growth for Axon. We hope to stay safe, healthy, and sane during this period of continued disruption. And we look forward to updating you on our progress against our mission in November. And don't forget to come to our Accelerate in a couple weeks. And you'll see a lot more detail on our product roadmap. Thanks and bye.
Andrea James:
[Call Starts Abruptly] 2020 earnings conference webinars. I’m Andrea James, Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations. Thank you for joining us today. Today we have available Axon CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner; and Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. We’re really pleased to bring you the whole team. This team has done dozens of earnings calls together as a public company, but this is the first one where we’re all in a different location. Just like you, we’re all adapting. And we thank our analysts and our investor’s for joining us today over Zoom. We do appreciate that today is a particularly crowded earnings day and I know there’s a lot of calls going on right now. Our company has really embraced video conferencing technology to keep connected. We’re using custom Zoom backgrounds today and you’ll see seven of them with our executives. Five of the backgrounds are actual offices of Axon, all around the world, and then two of them are not real backgrounds. So if our analysts, if you’re joining us today, if you want to guess at which backgrounds are not real, we’ll send you some Axon flag if you get it right. Okay, so today, first management will give prepared remarks and then we will bring our analysts on camera for questions. Analysts, your lines will be muted until it’s time to ask a question. Please ask two questions and if you have a follow-up you can let us know via the chat window. We’ll circle back around depending on time. Axon’s moderators, Mark, Doug and Angel will be unmuting your lines when we call on you. And if you get into trouble, type your question in the chat window and we’ll read it aloud. I hope you’ve all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com and our remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that robust letter. If for some reason there is an internet outage beyond our control or we lose Zoom connectivity, we’ll make every effort to post a copy of our prepared remarks to investor.axon.com this evening. During this call we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on the predictions and expectations as of today. They are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. All right, now let’s hear from Rick.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Thanks, Andrea, and thank you to everyone for joining us today. We last spoke to you on our Q4 update call on February 27, and what now feels like a very different world, where people ate in restaurants and flew to business meetings and vacations. Three days later we curbed all non-essential travel for our employees, but our message to our team was very clear that we may curb travel or work from home; it does not mean that we are reducing the vigor with which we pursue our mission. Far from it, we are aggressively adapting to new conditions in the world as we Zoom into all our meetings and we will seek opportunities to use this changing environment to leverage our superior adaptability to gain ground against less agile competitors. In the past weeks, Axon has brought forth some major initiatives to address this crisis, including giving free global access to Axon Citizen for the remainder of 2020, and using our supply chain to source PPE for first responders in a nationwide campaign and partnership with the National Police Foundation, which even got the attention of Vice President, Pence, who tweeted about it. A large number of Axon employees donated money or personal time to this cause. Our first responders still face significant risks and we are continuing to match donations for PPE. If you, our investors, are able to support the cause, please do. Help us protect those who keep us safe. Go to axon.com/covid and scroll down and hit the Donate Now button. Even though I’ve been working from home and getting a lot more time with my kids, including some pedicures for my daughter, Fortnite lessons from my son and helping film product demos with my teenager, I personally have had more face time with customers over Zoom than I’ve ever had, even in person. I’ve been doing about five different Zoom customer meetings a day, and that’s far higher than was possible when we had to travel in person meetings. So my personal customer engagement velocity is way up. And Jawad and I will be attending more investor conferences this quarter than at any time in the past years as we can now Zoom into those as well. We’re proud to be thought leaders on driving technology adoption, and I’m pleased to see how well our customers have adapted to using this technology to be increasingly productive. I was on three customer meetings earlier today and most of them had never used video conferencing before the COVID crisis and now it’s become standard. Here’s what I’m learning from those customers and what they’re telling me. They’re working with reduced staff due to personnel being and safety. Customers are seeing this crisis. It’s forcing them to adapt and change more rapidly than ever and technology will play an even larger role as a cornerstone in every new business process needed in the world post-COVID. Whether it’s using Axon Citizen to gather evidence from the public or our prosecutor portal for sharing digital evidence with prosecutors and courts, the world is changing and Axon thrives on change. We’re even helping some key industry thought leadership group replaced their canceled conferences and move them online. Luckily we have a bit of a reputation for being both innovative and pretty good at throwing great events, so we’re loading our expertise to industry partners to help them thrive in this new world with us. Now let’s talk about the future. Our best estimates for the year remain unchanged and our pipeline remains strong. However, customers are relating to us that they’re facing large budget shortfalls and uncertainty in the macro environment unlike anything any of us who’ve ever seen. Currently our sales pipeline remains solid, but we cannot see over the horizon any better than the rest of you to know how the economy will shake out or if the federal government will step in to provide additional aid to state and local governments. Giving guidance implies a level of certainty that is simply not possible to ascertain right now. To be blunt, in an environment where we see so many companies acknowledging the uncertainties ahead by pulling formal guidance, we believe it would be most prudent to recharacterize our best estimates to acknowledge the higher than normal uncertainty. Hence, we’re telling shareholders that even though our business has been very resilient today and our best estimates have not changed, the level of uncertainty has increased to a level where we are no longer comfortable characterizing those estimates as guidance until the macro environment stabilizes. We don’t want to imply that we know something the rest of the world doesn’t, namely how the economy will unfold in the coming months. We do have Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner on the line, and during the Q&A he can speak to the strength of our pipeline if you’re interested. All that said, I couldn’t be more bullish on Axon. We are change agents. Our adaptability and innovation centric approaches are unique advantages for us when the world changes rapidly as this is happening right now. This isn’t the first time Axon has faced adversity. Myself, our President, our Chief Revenue Officer, we’re all together managing through the last recession from which we emerged far stronger. In 2008, as the financial crisis ripped the world, we decided to lean in and transform our entire business from being a simple TASER device manufacturing business into an integrated tech company making wearables and cloud software. That transition was anything than easy and we’ve had many difficult learning curves to overcome. But as competitors in the public safety space retreated, that’s exactly when we advanced into new opportunities and we established ourselves as the clear market leader in cloud hosted digital evidence management software and camera sensors. In the past year, we’ve now shipped two major software products, Axon Records, which is now live or signed with in-flight deployments at more than a dozen agencies; and Axon Dispatch, we just went live at our first customer. Today Axon is stronger than ever. We ended Q1 with nearly $400 million in cash and equivalents, zero debt and an underlying business that generates strong cash flow and high margin recurring revenues. Our Q1 revenue grew 27% year-over-year. And while net income was affected by stock-based compensation expense, our adjusted EBITDA more than doubled year-over-year to $30 million, reflecting a 20% margin. We have several moonshots in progress. Before this decade is out, we will launch a TASER weapon that will outperform a 9 millimeter pistol’s stopping power. We will continue to make policing transparent and effective. And we will extend our reach across the criminal justice system, making it both more fair and more efficient. We will continue to create great social value or society and great value for you, our shareholders. And with that, I’d like to turn the call over to our President, Luke Larson. Luke?
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. Since COVID as a leadership team, we’ve been laser-focused on three key priorities; number one, the health and safety of our employees; number two, doing our part to help flatten the curve; and number three, keeping key initiatives going to support our customers. I want to give a shout out to all of Axon’s employees. They’ve really stepped up the last two months. I want to give a specific shout out to Josh Goldman, our VP of Ops; Elizabeth Hart, who heads up our people team; and our entire IT team, for their ability to shift our entire workforce to work from home for all of our knowledge workers as well as keeping critical mission lines open with CDC recommended guidelines. These actions have allowed us to keep the business up and running to support our customers who are truly on the front lines. Early on in the crisis, we began receiving messages from law enforcement around the globe asking Axon if we will be shipping out TASER 7 and Axon Body 3. From major city police departments to small departments, many of our customers were anxiously awaiting to get their mission critical devices, making sure that our first responders have the tools that they need to keep communities safe was a key factor in our decision to keep mission critical manufacturing lines open. To keep our employ’s health and safety and to do our part to flatten occur, we added a lot of precautions and continued paying employees in high risk groups even though they couldn’t work. We detailed that in our shareholder letter and it compressed our TASER gross margins by 110 basis points. If there were no COVID-19, beyond our phenomenal Q1 results that kicked off a strong start to the year, the secondary headline this quarter would be that Axon Dispatch went live. This is a major milestone for our company and shows Axon’s ability to keep key initiatives going even throughout a global pandemic. We told you last quarter that we would be live by mid-year with our first paying Dispatch customer and we’re thrilled that we launched even a bit sooner. Dispatch is our entry into a $2 billion rapidly growing real-time command and control software market. We’re pretty thrilled to be powering the 911 dispatching operations for the city of Maricopa, which is our first launch partner. This software is also critical to our mission to protect life. It empowers everyone involved in an incident response, dispatchers, call takers, command, patrol officers, firefighters and medical personnel. The goal here is to shorten the time from hello to hello. That’s what the industry calls the time between when somebody first calls 911 to the time an officer arrives. Another key initiative for us is hiring, and I couldn’t be prouder of the hiring velocity that we’ve seen and we continue to accelerate particularly in this last quarter, as always leaning in rather than holding back. In particular, Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins, who’s on the call with us today, has rapidly filled key senior tech leadership roles including our new SVP of AI, VP of Digital Evidence Management, and our GM of Axon Air, and more while doubling down to rapidly grow our engineering bench with far raising talent in our global software hub in Seattle as well as in Vietnam and Scottsdale. I started out with a shout out to the Axon employees, and I want to end my section with another one. This is a great team that has really leaned in during the crisis to support each other as well as our customers. Thank you to all of our dedicated employees. And with that, I’ll turn it over to our CFO, Jawad Ahsan.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. The world has changed since our last earnings call, and the challenges we face today are unprecedented. As I reflect on our Q1 results and take stock of where we stand today, three words come to mind; pride, resilience, and confidence. We have made no secret of our love for our customers. I’m proud of the way we stepped up to source PPE for first responders in a nationwide campaign in partnership with the National Police Foundation. I’m proud of the way our employees contributed to that campaign. I’m even more proud of the way that our employees adapted to our new reality, continuing to work cohesively and productively, even with the distributed workforce. It’s a testament to the internal tools, systems and support infrastructure we’ve worked hard to put into place. At this stage in our growth, as an enterprise SaaS and connected device company, we have purposefully chosen to be aggressive with our investments and conservative with our balance sheet. This strategy has brought us the resilience that will allow us to weather the storm and emerge stronger than ever. Our investments in both product and channel are yielding exciting returns and our liquidity position is exceptionally strong. We are also seeing three trends emerging that add to our resilience. First, the current crisis is fostering discussions about cloud software usage with agencies that wouldn’t have previously considered it, and we’re demonstrating the value and utility of Axon Citizen to agencies across the globe. Second, we’re seeing more agencies move to Axon devices as standard issue, rather than pooling or sharing devices. And third, we’re seeing the federal government step in to bolster law enforcement budgets and committing stimulus to law and order spending, which may have benefits that outlast the crisis. Our go-to-market model is increasingly resilient, as we sell more products that agencies pay for out of their operating budgets rather than being treated as an unpredictable capital expense. And the majority of our revenue is tied to bundle recurring contracts, 71% in 2019. In our SaaS business, net revenue retention over the past six months has trended at about 120%. This has become an important metric for us in terms of how we look at the business and that is why we’re sharing it today. The metric captures two key factors; first, our annual churn is almost nil as our customers typically sign 5- to 10-year contracts, giving us more resilience and contracting than most other SaaS companies. In second, Axon retention recaptures that in any given year, some portion of our agency customers are upgrading their contracts to take advantage of all of the new software tools we have to offer. Some major cities are committing to SaaS upgrades with Axon at 300% of their prior contracts and that’s a testament again to our resilience, and to the value proposition we offer our customers. Finally, as we look out at the remainder of the year, we are feeling confident. We are withdrawing our guidance today for one reason, the full extent and impact of the current crisis on the markets we serve and on our business simply cannot be known at this time. What we do know is that we are evaluating a wide range of scenarios with respect to the potential ongoing impact of the pandemic and we feel confident in our ability to manage through this crisis. In fact, our internal 2020 goals that we’re managing to remain the same. In recent weeks, our federal and international pipelines have strengthened. We continue to hire bar-raising tech talent at an accelerating pace, and we continue to execute upon a robust pipeline closing large, multimillion dollar, multi-year officer’s safety plan contracts. These are uncertain times, and our customers and employees are being impacted in significant ways. We’re grateful to all of our employees around the world who continue to show incredible commitment to our mission, ingenuity and resolving their execution. While we’re facing unprecedented adversity today, one thing is for sure, our best days are still ahead of us. With that, I’ll turn it over to Andrea to take us through the questions.
A - Andrea James:
Thanks, Jawad. Moderators, can you bring everybody up onto camera view? Analysts, we want to see your pretty faces. Can you turn on your cameras? Okay. Our first question – thank you. Our first question is from Scott Berg at Needham.
Rick Smith:
Hey, Scott. Go ahead with your questions.
Scott Berg:
Hi, thanks. This is a little different for Q&A. Hope everyone is doing well. Apologize, I was a couple of minutes late to the call. So I’ll ask a redundant question I guess. You’ll see it in my face at least. So I guess a couple questions. On the net revenue retention metric that Jawad just gave, at 120%. Good metric. Thank you for disclosing it. Can you help us understand how that compares maybe over the last couple of three years in terms of trending? Has that been around that 120%? Has that been up? Has that been down? That would be helpful.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. Scott, it’s been around that. It’s one of the reasons that we’ve started to disclose it is that it’s stable, it’s been stable enough over the past few quarters that we’ve decided to start disclosing it. It’s something that we’re very proud of.
Scott Berg:
Got it. And then from a follow-up question perspective, the inventory increase was something in the prescriptive remarks that kind of caught my eye. At least, how high do you think inventory levels go over the next couple of three quarters? I think it’s approved move that you’re doing, obviously, given the uncertainty around some of the global trade components there. But does that reach a really large level? And are you doing it because you’ve seen issues or you just kind of protecting yourself from that opportunity?
Luke Larson:
Hey, Scott, great question. We have a big upgrade cycle ahead of us with TASER 7 as well as AB 3 in addition to expanding in adjacent markets corrections as well as international expansion. And so we went through an exhaustive exercise to say what is the right level of inventory for us to make sure that we can fulfill customer demand, de-risk our supply chain, and also have enough for these expansions. That actually ended up being a great strategy and has helped us in the last few months. We’re going through another analysis now to see what the right levels are throughout year-end. We want to ensure that we’re managing our free cash flow, but also have the right inventory levels to support customer fulfillment.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. And I want to add, Scott, to that just so how to think about it from a financial perspective. It is going to be something that’s going to be a fairly material use of cash this year. We think it’s the right thing to do for the reasons that Luke mentioned. But that’s one of the advantages that we’ve got with the balance sheet that we have to be able to be in a position to fund that inventory built.
Scott Berg:
Great, that’s all I have. I’ll jump back into the queue here. Congrats, again.
Andrea James:
Thanks so much, guys. And we’re going to take our next question from Charlie Anderson at Dougherty.
Charlie Anderson:
Great. Can you guys hear me all right?
Rick Smith:
Yes
Charlie Anderson:
Excellent. Well, congrats on a great strong start to the year. I want to do, it sounds like just to characterize things that sounds like you’re not seeing the effects of COVID-19 as of yet on the pipeline, the demand profile. I want to make sure that that’s correct, that you haven’t seen any push outs or cancellations at this point. Just want to sort of characterize what you’re seeing in real time as far as those conversations as cities are evaluating the revenue.
Josh Isner:
Hi, Charlie, that’s a great question. Before I answer, and I’ll come right back to it, I just want to acknowledge Breann Leath who is an officer out of Indianapolis Metro Police Department, and we’ve been very active in supporting the department and her. She passed away in April due to a officer involved shooting and very sad time for one of our longest standing customers, and we just want to acknowledge her and her family. We also want to acknowledge all of the first responders around the world, who didn’t have the luxury of sheltering-in-place or quarantining, and are out on the front lines putting themselves and their families at risk every day. And we’re here to support our customers, and our thoughts and prayers are with them during this time. Now as it pertains to pipeline, and it is accurate to say there have been some minor adjustments to the pipeline. We are hearing on a qualitative basis that some agencies do expect impacts on their budgets. And there’s tax revenues that are in question and so forth, as well as federal support for state and local. On the flip side, we’re also hearing from some customers that COVID is the reason they’re thinking about going to standard issue for our product. So whether it’s body cams or TASER, one way to limit contamination is not sharing equipment and we’re hearing that sentiment as well. And so I think there’s a little on both sides here. So there’s nothing material either way at this point that we view as a major disruption to the pipeline. But we do have respect for the unprecedented risk that exists right now with COVID. And so we’re certainly focused on executing, fulfilling all of our goals this year and continuing to build our long-term pipeline, not only in terms of state and local, but also federal, international and some of our newer channels as well. Thanks very much.
Andrea James:
Charlie, do you have a follow-up? We can unmute, if you have one. Yes.
Charlie Anderson:
Yes. Great, I do. Yes. So thank you for all that color. So, I guess I was also curious to, as it relates to software. So on Records and on Dispatch, I wonder if this presents potentially an opportunity for you guys as it relates to your pricing strategy relative to the incumbents there. So as you sort of consider the pressures that they may be under, I’m sort of curious that that creates any opportunities that you’re seeing. Yes, so thanks.
Josh Isner:
Yes. To some extent, certainly we view this as an opportunity. We continue to invest, we’re investing in the channel and the product, and we are using creative ways to continue to connect with our customers more virtually than ever. I think with or without COVID, we still feel like we are certainly a force to be reckoned with, both on the product side and the channel side in any new product that we’re investing in and bringing to market. And so we’re definitely confident in the long-term that we’re going to be very, very competitive in all of these markets, whether it’s DMS, CAD, RMS and so forth.
Charlie Anderson:
Great. Thanks, guys.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would actually have – it’s okay, I want to add one thing here. I don’t know that COVID has impacted so much, but I would say my confidence in our strategy and how we approach developing software products is getting stronger by the day and sort of key element of our strategies. We decided not to try to go broad to win the battle of the RFPs with 800 check boxes, but to really build fantastic user-centric software that does the things those officers do every day really, really well. And that allows through our list officers – safety plan officers to try elements of the system and basically win through a fantastic user experience. And I think long-term that sets us up to have a really strong market position by focusing on the things that ultimately it makes it a great experience for the cops in the field. And that strategy appears to be playing out as every time they’re touching our software, we’re hearing, oh wow! Like this is a great experience and we have procurement plans that allow them to start small and expand with us.
Charlie Anderson:
Thanks.
Andrea James:
Okay. So our next question will come from Jonathan Ho at William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi. Can you hear me okay?
Andrea James:
Yes.
Rick Smith:
Yes.
Jonathan Ho:
Perfect. One of the things I wanted to understand a little bit better is, with the new CAD system that you’re rolling out, can you talk a little bit about maybe the feature set and what segment of the market that you’re potentially targeting? Since there’s pretty much a high-end, mid range and low-end of the market, just want to get a sense of what you guys are looking at with that system.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, absolutely. Great question. So first, the first thing I say is we’re incredibly excited to be live in the market with our first happy customer in Maricopa and Chief Stahl. And at the end of 2020, just to put it in context, for this first year, our goal is to be GA with a product, that’s a fantastic fit for a significant percentage of U.S. agencies, live and/or active deployments with the next handful of customers beyond Maricopa and we en route to steadily growing SAM coverage with strong sales pipelines match. And so specifically what that means to your question is in the same way that for records in RMS, kind of the unit of currency for building up coverage of which customers for which you are a great fit for what they need, which we’re now well on our journey and continuing to accelerate on. For CAD, the main dimensions are, one, whether a given jurisdiction, the key staff that serves the jurisdiction only serves law enforcement dispatch or also serves fire and EMS. And then the second primary dimension is whether it’s serving a single jurisdiction at a time or if it’s an aggregated piece that serves multiple jurisdictions at once. And so what you’ll see on there, same kind of playbook we’ve been doing with Records is starting with a whole great product for a subset of agencies that fit in one of those, so specifically like single jurisdiction law enforcement only, and then we’ll progressively from there becoming an awesome, excellent excessive tranche for potential customers. So that’s our overall approach. Of course, it’s early days, I’m very confident to Rick’s point that over time Axon will probably be the number one share leader in both Records and Dispatch. And then along the way, we’re going to wind up up-leveling the buying criteria for these categories to be much more about end-to-end agency productivity in the case of records and real-time operations in the case of CAD. So it’s a multi-year journey, no one should have any illusions it’s going to be overnight. But just as Rick said, customers are loving what we’re building, they’re loving the OSP 7 Plus bundling approach and the way that makes things easier to buy and adopt. And those two together are helping us state where the market is going.
Jonathan Ho:
Fantastic. And just as a follow-up, with some of the potentially challenging macro environments that are coming up, how do you think about balancing between operating leverage and maybe investing when your competition cannot? Any color there would be helpful. Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. Jonathan, that’s a great question and that’s something we actually very purposefully went into 2020 with. Our budget for the year, we had disclosed in our previous guidance is that this is a year in which we’re getting very aggressive about making investments in the R&D team and our product team in our sales channel. A lot of the open positions that we have are geared towards those groups as we’re seeking to very aggressively, put the pedal to the metal and try to continue to grow, bring these products to market, continue to expand our footprint. And it’s because of the proof points that we’ve seen in products like Records in some of the international markets that we’ve started to enter is that we’re going to double down on those debts.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Okay. And do you have a follow-up? Okay, great. Our next question will come from Keith Housum at Northcoast Research.
Keith Housum:
Good morning, everybody. Probably this question is for Josh. Josh, the international sales was very good this quarter. I was hoping you could provide a perspective. Is that more widespread across the board or was it targeted with just a few different agencies? And the second, what’s our strength in software and sensors or the weapons business, but some more color there.
Josh Isner:
Yes, sure, and thank you for the question, Keith. So I would characterize it as, look, two or three years ago, we made large investments in our international channel. We were seeing success at that point in Tier 1 markets, but outside of Tier 1 we were having very little success. And as we look at not only the Q1 results, but also the pipeline for the rest of the year, I’m feeling really good that that investment of a couple of years ago is really starting to pay off. And so while Q1 Tier 1 countries were strong in terms of revenue on the CEW side, we also saw some meaningful contributions from Tier 2 and rest of the world, and I expect those to continue throughout 2020, I think especially on the CEW side, we’re starting to see a lot of that work that the team’s been putting in coming to fruition.
Keith Housum:
Great, thanks. And then just as a follow-up. Jawad, maybe if I could go back to a commentary I thought you guys said before, was there a pressure of 110 basis points on gross margins for, I guess, if I heard correctly, paying for employees during the COVID time. And then is that going to continue on into the second quarter?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. We’re not going to disclose to what degree it’s going to weigh on margins, but it is going to weigh on margins in Q2. This is one of the trickiest things about not issuing guidance. We still are, as I mentioned earlier, managing to our internal estimates, which had formed the basis for our previous guidance. On the flip side, we’re also seeing savings, right. People aren’t traveling as much. There were some programs that we had committed to that we’re not going to be able to do in person now and there’s some cost savings that are associated with that. So while we are going to be impacted to a slightly larger degree in Q2 than what we saw in Q1, we also are going to see savings that are going to offset it.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Keith. We did come – a question came in from the public, anonymously actually. And we weren’t anticipating that, but it’s a good one, so I thought I would answer it. It says, great earnings call experience, best one yet. Do you plan to continue providing earnings calls on Zoom instead of a traditional webcast? I think our answer to that is design thinking, iterate test and learn. So we’ll come back to you on that one. We’ll see if you guys like it. All right. So our next question will be from Will Power at Baird.
Will Power:
Okay, great. Yes, a couple of questions. Just let me maybe start with a broader question for Rick or Luke or whoever wants to take it. And one of the big themes in software, particularly with respect to COVID-19 and the impacts is that as an accelerant to digital transformation more broadly. I wonder what you’re saying with respect to the conversations you’re having with law enforcement along those lines, as you kind of talk about Records, Dispatch and trying to move to the cloud, it was seem to feed into that. Or is it just they’re so focused on other things that that’s not really entering the dialogue yet?
Rick Smith:
Yes. Let me take this one. I mean, there are some really bright silver linings to this, the cloud that is this pandemic. I talked about my customer engagement velocity. I literally, I have never had this many customer meetings and I think their eyes have been open to new ways of interacting. I think that our travel expenses should be more controllable in the future that we should be able to engage with more customers over Zoom. They’re seeing that this is an effective way to engage. I’m also hearing and sensing two other things. One, another bright silver lining here is law enforcement is telling me that this has started to shift perceptions of police again, where a few years ago they were facing a lot of negativity. Now this is almost like a 911 sort of thing where people are realizing, hey, those cops are out there. More cops are being killed this year by the pandemic so far than guns and vehicle accidents combined. And that’s a good thing that it’s rebuilding public support for policing and we’re hopeful that that will flow into the federal government actually stepping in and helping fund first responders. And then the other side of it is, the impetus to do business differently is just strong. I was talking with some customers this past week that want to start pushing the courts to start accepting digital evidence instead of forcing them to burn things to desk, right? We’ve been successful in getting prosecutors to start using evidence.com. The courts have been more resistant to it, where now people are downloading stuff that the prosecutor or the agency to put on disks to deliver to the court. And I’ve been out with some of our customers, hey, let’s find the alpha patient. Let’s find some judges that are going to break down the barrier and say, hey, look, let’s move it online. And one of the things we hear is, well, courts don’t have great like technology systems. That’s music to our ears. They don’t need it. They need a browser. Like they don’t need to install servers and stuff, it’s a fantastic opportunity for us to upgrade their experience. And everywhere I look, I see the negatives of COVID are driving change that previously wasn’t possible. And I’ll give you one other example, we with the push for Axon Citizen in Europe. There’s been just a ton of resistance in mainland Europe to using the cloud for a whole bunch of reasons, we’ve talked about on previous conference calls, and we’ve been really pushing the team hard to engage with customers. Look, what could be a stronger reason to move to a cloud-hosted digital evidence sharing platform than social distancing in a world where you want to minimize the risk of your officers out going to pick up CDs and hard drives or thumb drives from the public. I don’t know we have anything material to report back other than what we’re hearing is quite different. Customers that have been traditionally quite resistant to change, they’re changing across the board and we’re looking at how we can help use this to drive positive long-term change, which can include a lot of digital transformation.
Will Power:
Okay. And my second – go ahead.
Rick Smith:
Go ahead, please.
Will Power:
Well, I was going to say, my second question was just a follow up on some of the corrections, commentary. I know you all have been talking about that several calls in a row. I think you’ve referenced right in front of me, maybe five states that you have relationships with now. Where does that stand in terms of shipments? Any other numbers, quantification? How long that takes to really kind of ramp into a bigger opportunity?
Rick Smith:
Sure thing. So about a third into last year we’ve ramped up our efforts specifically focusing on corrections. And this year we have an independent sales team focused on that market. And I’m really excited about the work that they’re doing so far. It wasn’t a place where we were necessarily focused in the past, but now the use cases are coming much more – becoming much more clear. And obviously on the body camera side there are benefits there. And on the TASER side in terms of riot control and so forth. And one of the interesting things is given COVID officers are actually really risking their safety by going hands on in jails because COVID obviously could spread really quickly through a contained environment like that. So we’re seeing more investment on a faster cadence than in the past, particularly in the CEW segment to keep officers from having to go hands on and protect them from a potential risk of infection. So long-term we definitely see corrections becoming a more meaningful part of our domestic business, both on the federal and on the state local level.
Will Power:
Okay. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Will. Our next question is from Joe Osha at JMP Securities.
Joe Osha:
Hi there. For starters, my compliments to everybody for doing such a good job with this Zoom conference. This has been great. Thank you to IR team. Two questions. First, I see that the portion of TASERs that was sold in a recurring payment plan went down as a result of the shift international. I’m just wondering whether there might be some potential to think about shifting the way those non-U.S. customers behave over time. And then the second question is a more general one. We’ve had a chain of evidence. We’ve had CAD. We’ve had Records management. I’m just wondering whether this crisis might perhaps cause Axon just sort of resequence how it’s coming at those priorities a little bit. Those are my questions.
Josh Isner:
Okay, Joe, thanks for your question. And I’d be happy to take the first one and then hand it over for the second one. So on international subscriptions, we actually are seeing that already in our Tier 1 market. So in Australia, the UK and Canada, it is relatively common for agencies to sign up for a TASER 60 contract where they pay just like in the U.S. over 60 months. Especially in the UK, every agency in the UK that is a CEW customer is actually already on a TASER 60 plan. So the team has done a really nice job. They’re transitioning to subscription. Australia is moving in that direction as well. And then Canada is lagging behind a little bit just due to the fact that we’ve commonly sold through distribution in Canada and the TASER 7 has not been authorized there yet. And so I would say that ball is moving in the right direction. There is some complication in Tier 2 and 3 markets especially some of the more volatile ones where there might be a little more risk of collectability on multi-year engagements and so forth. So we’re monitoring that very closely to make sure that we’re very confident in the deals we’re signing. But I would say it’s fair to expect international to continue to pivot more to a subscription type of set up on TASER business.
Joe Osha:
Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I’m continuing from there on that second part of the question. Obviously we like to think of Axon as a learning and adapting machine. So we always continue to re-examine the data in front of us and reserve the right to wake up smarter as we learn more. But I think from what we’ve seen so far our transformation has been validating of our focus and prioritization that we have in front of us. Our R&D investment, which is we’ve continued to double down on and be aggressive about investment, looking forward to leverage as we go forward. Really on our core pillars of relation including TASER and sensors and signals, in the like across our categories for [Audio Dip] management and the new investments in the categories, productivity with records and communications and real time operations with CAD. And those are taken up the last fall, in addition to some of these in areas like Axon Air with drones in the lake. We evaluate those pretty regularly and we feel great about the validation we’re seeing like what we’ve been describing with records and CAD and the rest that we’ve got the right to live into the best in each of those and the right sequencing. But we’ll continue to evaluate as we go and make those small and bigger adjustments if and when that makes sense, but we’re feeling pretty good about that prioritization.
Joe Osha:
Okay. Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Joe. Our next question is from Erik Lapinski at Morgan Stanley. Erik, your video is off. Give me another second.
Erik Lapinski:
Can you hear me and see me. Hello?
Andrea James:
We can hear you. Go ahead and ask the question. We can’t see it, but go ahead and ask.
Erik Lapinski:
Sorry. It shows me on mine, but maybe I’ll just kind of ask on dispatch and that first kind of paid customer rollout, from that from initial trials and interest and roll over of systems and finalist limitation like what were some of the learnings you may be had on what the typical sales cycle would look like with a dispatch customer and kind of anything you could share there.
Rick Smith:
Sorry, Erik, you were breaking up a little. Do you mind just repeating that question, my apologies.
Erik Lapinski:
Yes, no problem. Can you hear me now?
Rick Smith:
Yes.
Erik Lapinski:
Just quickly on maybe what were some of the learnings you had from just the pace of rollout in the sales cycle. It’s your first paid dispatch customer and kind of, I guess what you could share there.
Rick Smith:
Sure thing. Thanks very much for the question. I think just like with all kind of early customers, we’re really focused right now on learning. And so we have a pipeline of customers that we look forward to working with on CAD deployments. But a higher priority for us is gaining some early use cases, references and success stories. And so for the next at least three to five customers, that’s really where our focus lies is making sure we’re ready to scale and we continue to build that interest pipeline. So when that pipeline starts to convert, there are plenty of happy customers that can speak to their success with the product. We anticipate a lot of interest in the product from all segments in the market and we’re seeing it already. And so we’re very, very excited about the potential of our CAD business.
Erik Lapinski:
That’s helpful. And then if I could just maybe one follow-up, as you look everything going on in the potential impacts that your customers could see, like are there any actions or promotions you’ve thought through where you could kind of help customers, I guess from a pricing or a pull license perspective or kind of accommodations you consider this year.
Rick Smith:
Sure. Nothing really across the market, certainly the customers that, that have voiced challenges whether they’re budget or timing of some of those budgets. We’re working through them on a one – on kind of a one off basis. But at this point, we don’t plan on having like an overarching program across the market. Frankly, we just haven’t seen that type of concern yet from the customer base. But certainly, we’re going to continue to monitor it and we’re necessary. We’ll make adjustments. But right now we’re still certainly executing as per our normal kind of approach to these deals.
Erik Lapinski:
Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. And I would just add on that we – today we have several different ways that a customer can acquire our products from just buying a individual device to multiple plans. Our premium plan, OSP 7 Plus, and the leadership team is very aligned around the benefits of this as are the customers. They can just start using on day one. And so that’s been very positively received.
Andrea James:
Thank you, guys. Erik, and I can see you now, you popped up. So our next question will be from Ryan Sigdahl at Craig-Hallum. Go ahead Ryan.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Hey, thanks, Andrea. And to start, I’m going to guess your background is fake.
Andrea James:
You got it. Any others?
Ryan Sigdahl:
Oh, I’m going to guess Jeff.
Andrea James:
So Jeff’s background is actually the 14th floor at our Seattle software hub.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Okay. Well, I’ll take one out of two for some flag anyways.
Jeff Kunins:
Come, visit any time when we’re open.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Awesome. For me here first off, just to follow-up on corrections, what percent approximately of the 450,000 correctional officers do you think carry a TASER today, and then separately on the body cams.
Rick Smith:
Yes. Qualitatively both of those numbers are low relative to the overall population. But state by state, we’re really making progress quarter in and quarter out to show some really rapid growth in that department. So at this point, I’m not prepared to give a firm numbers on that, but qualitatively there’s a lot of white space in that market and we think for the first time we’re really seeing meaningful momentum there to start to capture some of that white space.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Fair to put in a ballpark of 25%, 50%, 75% just or innings if you want to talk baseball.
Jawad Ahsan:
I appreciate the sports analogy, but we’re going to stick with the first answer on that one – well, thanks.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Second question just on TASER 7, it declined for the second consecutive quarter seems a bit surprising given the recent launch. So how do you guys think about that product mix within weapons segment over the remainder of the year, Thanks.
Rick Smith:
So Ryan, thanks again for the question. I think that’s just seasonality. Q3 and Q4 our strongest quarters of the year. So coming off our two strongest quarters with what historically have been kind of slower starts. So we’re in Q1 and Q2, it’s not a huge surprise to us that TASER 7 sales are not going to be as strong here. And we expect that to definitely change in the back half of the year as we continue to build pipeline and work with large agencies on meaningful T7 deployments.
Andrea James:
Thanks, guys. Mike Latimore from Northland. You’re up next.
Mike Latimore:
Yes, thanks. Can you hear me, okay.
Rick Smith:
Okay, yes.
Mike Latimore:
Sounds good, thanks. I think you said that you have about 50% visibility into the kind of original guidance for the year. I guess, at this point last year, what was that visibility.
Rick Smith:
Yes, in any given year, Mike, we typically into the year with about that. I think last year was a little less probably, I think we’re on the mid-40s, I believe. And this year, we have every year as we continue to progress in our SaaS business, it’s been increasing.
Andrea James:
What percentage are Q1 sales make of the full year. It’s a much higher percentage that would be typical, this Q1.
Mike Latimore:
Sure, okay. Makes sense. And then I believe, maybe third quarter, fourth quarter you’re going to start recognizing more of the records revenue. As different features get launched, what – I think there’s a little bit of a catch up event among customers that have already purchased the bundle. So like what kind of ARR bump might you get from it?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. The first thing is we’re actually not going to get a catch up, the way accounting works is that we’re going to take the same amount of revenue just over a compressed period of time. So it’s going to step up pretty materially over the remainder of those contracts. But there’s not going to be a cumulative catch-up as like another long-term contracts. And right now we had – what we had said previously and our guidance was that our AR was going to grow $10 million per quarter. We felt that that was conservative this quarter. It grew about $12 million, $12 million to $13 million. And we think it’s going to be, in that $10 million to $15 million range. And as we get towards the end of year, it’s likely going to be at the top end of that range is more of our software products, specifically, records dispatch come online.
Mike Latimore:
And then now you touched on this a little bit earlier, but in terms of just international cloud adoption, as you’ve won some of these additional deals internationally. How many are sort of willing to go with Evidence.com in the cloud? Is that trending in the right direction?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I’d say it is trending in the right direction. I’d say everything in the international and a huge credit to the team here and the team’s leadership in each region. Things are generally trending in the right direction internationally, across video and CW. Again, these are – we’re dealing with governments here, not state and local governments like federal government. So these deals do take longer to materialize, but we are seeing more interest in the cloud than we have in the past and more interest in CW’s than we have in the past.
Mike Latimore:
Thank you.
Andrea James:
Thank you, guys.
Rick Smith:
Andrea, I’d like to reach out and thank Ryan for throwing his hat in the ring to guests on the special backgrounds. And so for any analyst today, who wouldn’t throw their hat in the ring in addition to the tee shirt schwag, if you want to get yourself one of these fancy Axon tattoos, I’ll pay for it personally because we want to encourage you all to get your best Axon schwag on. So Andrea, back to you for some more questions.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Rick. We’re actually to our buy-side investors on the call, who’ve been emailing me. Thanks for guessing. And it sounds like even some of our investors kids are getting in on it. So I just, I love that, like, it’s super cool. So thanks for emailing me to your guests is, I’ll respond after the call. Okay. Next question is from Scott Kessler at Imperial. Scott, go ahead and turn your video on for us.
Scott Kessler:
Hey, guys. I am hanging out outside. I unfortunately came in prepared, don’t have any questions, so feel free to jump to the next person there.
Andrea James:
Okay, that’s great. We have a 908 number dialed in and I’m not sure who it is and I’m wondering, if you’d like to ask a question.
Rick Smith:
Well, we’re waiting there, Andrea. I can – I want to take on the elephant in the room that maybe Scott was uncomfortable addressing and that is Josh Isner. Can you share with folks what’s going on with that epic beard? You’ve got going on, I’m sure focusing you for the first time with that big, may want to know.
Josh Isner:
Thanks, Rick for pointing that out. I really appreciate it. So yes, I made a commitment in early March that I would not shave or cut my hair until the office in Scottsdale reopen. At that time, it looked like a late April, early May start. Here we are on May 7 and it’s been extended to June 1. And I am in a world of hurt right now and my wife is even in a bigger world of hurt looking at me every day. So thanks Rick. I appreciate it. And hopefully the next time I see everybody, it’ll be a slightly different look.
Andrea James:
All right. So if any of our analysts have follow-ups, go ahead and let us know via the chat window. We have a few more minutes here. We did get some questions from the public. We hadn’t planned on taking them, but I’ll just read off a couple and we’ll answer them if we have time. One is, is there a next generation of TASER 7 in development and if yes, what would be some of its enhanced features? Rick, I think you should take that one.
Rick Smith:
Yes. We typically don’t talk about new features until they’re launched. I would say we are continually evaluating some of the programmatic aspects of TASER 7 to make sure that, we’ve got ways that it can fit all of our different buyer personas. And kind of stay tuned as always for new product developments with Axon.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. I actually, I want to piggyback on this because I know Rick is trying to do his best to not disclose too much, but one of the reasons I joined the company was to help Rick make the bullet, obviously. And the technology that we’re working on now with the next generation TASER is going to be a big step in that direction. We laid out our goals towards the end of the decade. What we wanted to have accomplished in one of those is to have the TASER be the primary means for an officer to stop the threat. And I think that with what Rick and the TASER team have in mind and what they’re working on, it’s going to be a long way towards that.
Andrea James:
Okay. There’s the next one is just an interesting question. Axon sells TASER self defense devices into the consumer market. Are there any plans to enter the consumer dash cam or body camera market?
Rick Smith:
Yes, let me take that one. The answer is, no. The consumer dash cam market is much more of a commodity market and the elements that make our system valuable for professional law enforcement users would not be particularly applicable in that market. So, no.
Andrea James:
Okay. Thank you. That’s all we have time for from the public. Thanks for submitting your questions. I’m going to turn the call back over to Rick to close us out.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Well, Hey, thanks. I’m really enjoying the positive feedback on the new format. It’s been enjoyable for me to, I feel a little more connected and seeing your faces and interacting online. Sorry for harassing a little bit there, Josh. It’s just feels like this is a more human experience and I sure, we’re going to evaluate and see if we keep doing it in Zoom. I certainly found this to be much more engaging. I hope you did too. I’d like to thank you all for joining us. As you know, Axon does not shy away from challenges. We viewed them as opportunities and we’re trying new approaches and evangelizing our cloud software to public safety and increasing our productivity. And we’re going to continue to lean in to everything that 2020 has got to throw out us. So we hope you all stay safe, healthy and sane during this period of disruption. And we look forward to updating you all again in August. So thanks. And we’ll talk to you soon.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Camille, and I'll be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Axon's Q4 2019 Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session at which time instructions will follow. I'll now turn the call over to our host for today, Andrea James, VP of Investor Relations and Corporate Strategy. You may begin your conference. [Operator Instructions] I'll now turn the call over to our host, Ms. Andrea James. You may begin.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Camille. Hello, everyone. Welcome to Axon's Fourth Quarter 2019 Earnings Conference Webcast. I'm Andrea, as just introduced. Here in the room in Scottsdale headquarters, we have Axon's CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; and Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner. And joining us from our Global Software Hub in Seattle is our Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. I hope you've all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. And for the first time, we published an ESG addendum, which you can find in the PDF linked on our website. Management's remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the Safe Harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. I will now turn the call over to Rick Smith, our Chief Executive Officer.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea, and thank you, everyone, for joining us today. I'm incredibly proud of everyone here at Axon for delivering another banner year with strong top and bottom line performance, while simultaneously executing on several major product launches. 2019 was the year we planted the flag for our moonshot, make the bullet obsolete with the publication of my book, The End of killing. Before this decade is out, we will deliver a TASER weapon that will outperform a semiautomatic pistol in the effective and reliable incapacitation of a human subject. That will be a game changer. And we've doubled down on our mission to make justice system more efficient, more transparent and more equitable. We will leverage the power of artificial intelligence to enhance public safety, but with oversight from our industry-leading AI ethics board to ensure we also cherish and preserve individual rights and privacy in the balance. We are emboldened as we look to the future from our strong base of execution, our team delivered, this past year. In 2019, we scaled the all-new TASER 7, while implementing significant design improvements in the cartridges. We introduced the industry's first body camera with live streaming, and we went live with Axon Records. We also made significant investments in people and processes to improve future product launches. I told you in August that we had high expectations for Axon Body 3, and we're planning for meaningful shipments in Q4. We delivered on that promise. Q4 revenue of $172 million was up 50% year-over-year, reflecting record volume camera shipments. About 75% of our body camera units shipped in Q4 were Axon Body 3. For the full year, we grew revenue 26% to $531 million. It feels great to top $0.5 billion in revenue, but I'm even more focused on what this signifies. Axon products provide real value to our customers and the communities they serve. We're absolutely thrilled that customers are selecting our most meaningful integrated bundles. We're going to keep innovating on behalf of this historically underserved market and our top line performance demonstrates that our customers are savvy and eager to adopt the latest technology. We're also very pleased with our bottom line performance. In Q4, six additional performance goals in our eXponential Stock Performance Plan for our employees became statistically probable in light of our strengthened future outlook. This did result in a significant catch-up stock compensation expense that affected GAAP net income. Excluding the impact of that, the results are pretty impressive. In Q4, we more than tripled our adjusted EBITDA over last year. And for the full year, adjusted EBITDA grew 43% to $88 million. I would again like to thank, you, our shareholders, for approving our eXponential Stock Performance Plan, which aligned the entire company to the same growth goals as my CEO performance plan. I believe this strong performance and increased probability of hitting those goals are the direct result of our implementing the most innovative widespread incentive program in any public company today. So, thank you. We delivered operating leverage in 2019, even with gross margin headwinds as we sell our five year high value integrated bundles, which carry a lower gross margin upfront, but increase in years two through five. So we are successfully selling customers our highest value offerings in a true win-win scenario. But that does create some margin pressure, and we were able to deliver bottom line leverage this year regardless. We've all embraced the practice of being very intentional and strategic with our capital allocation and our R&D investment, and I feel confident that we exited 2019, the strongest we have ever been. Now Luke can talk about how, in 2020, we're focused on building for scale.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. I too want to congratulate our team. Our company goal was to ship 60,000 Axon Body 3 cameras in 2019 in order to support our upgrade programs as well as the demand for the new product. This was an ambitious goal. And given some of the headwinds we faced in Q2 with operations, it was really important to us as an organization to deliver on this goal for our customers as well as shareholders. Everyone executed at year-end from sales to engineering to manufacturing to operations and supply chain. And we not only made a lot of customers happy who were waiting on their new cameras, but we proved we have the muscle to meet a surge in demand even on the new product line. Not only that we accomplished this record revenue quarter, while also sequentially reducing operating expenses excluding stock comp and driving adjusted EBITDA leverage. In fact, if we exclude stock comp, SG&A was down both year-over-year and sequentially, and this is really a testament to our strengthened cost control muscle as well as leverage we see in our model. Looking forward, our big theme for 2020 is build for scale. This means making sure we have the right tools and people in place and that everyone stays focused on execution just like in Q4. We see ourselves as building a $2 billion revenue business, and we get there by staying focused on our mission and building upon our virtuous cycle. More users means more data, which means better products leading to better societal outcomes, which means more users completing the virtuous cycle. In 2020, we will continue to drive adoption of the Officer Safety Plan, which combines a TASER, a body camera and a host of mission-critical software capabilities. More than 100 agencies have adopted Officer Safety Plan 7, and more than 70% of those users are on the highest tier, which carries the most premium software features. Before I turn the call over to Jawad, I want to take a moment and talk about the coronavirus. Our operations team has been effective managing through this situation thus far. And at this time, given the current impacts, we feel that we can manage toward our full year guidance and that we have some flexibility to be adaptable. However, like every company dealing with this, we are closely monitoring this and in constant communication with our supply chain and this may impact year-end if the situation further develops. But currently, we feel good about our guidance. With that, I'll turn over the call to Jawad to talk about some of our areas of expansion for 2020.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. Before we move on to our 2020 outlook, I also want to take a moment and say how proud I am of our team. After a tough Q2 last year, our teams faced into the challenges and worked hard to regain ground, proving that we could deliver strong top line growth and margin expansion in 2019. If our finish to the year reinforces anything, it's that Axon has a strong sense of accountability. Our customers are counting on us to deliver life-saving products and our credibility with shareholders is vitally important to us. At our Investor Day in November of 2017, we laid out a three year vision for the company that showed our path to continued strong top line growth, while also turning around our declining margins. We also set a goal for ourselves to be profitable in the body camera and DEMS business with three years, and we achieved that ahead of schedule. Since 2017, our revenues have grown at an annual CAGR of 26% and our EBITDA margins have expanded to 16.5% on an adjusted basis. The body camera business is now profitable and the TASER 7 and Axon Body 3 launches are now behind us. We are heading into 2020 with strong tailwinds on profitability that we intend to use to slingshot our way to the next phase of growth. We have built a high-growth, high margin, high retention $161 million ARR enterprise software business, and we haven't even begun recognizing revenue for Axon Records. Today, we're charting a new path to the company. We have set for ourselves a North Star, that by the end of the decade, we will have achieved the following
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Scott Berg with Needham.
Scott Berg:
Hi, everyone. Congrats on a very strong quarter here. Several questions, where do I start because I get one. I guess, let's start on the CAD environment a little bit. I like the announcement that you're going to have the product available this year. We've done a fair amount of work kind of on this space. One of the things we found is customers are less interested in a cloud-based CAD model, at least today. Can you help us try to understand the successes that you think you're having there at least early on with maybe a beta customer or two in particular that can, kind of, untap this area that's maybe different than what they're used to today?
Rick Smith:
Yes. We love entering new markets where the initial customer reaction is, no. When we started with electrical weapons, we heard no; when we started with the body cameras, we heard no; when we started with cloud digital evidence software, we heard no. That tells us we have the opportunity to be first to move the market. When we think about CAD, really what they are really talking about is reliability. And indeed, the reliability and uptime of the major cloud providers dwarfs what your average municipal city could do in terms of uptime themselves. So reliability really comes down to two things
Scott Berg:
Great, super helpful. Congrats again.
Rick Smith:
Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho of William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Can you hear me, okay?
Rick Smith:
Yes, we got you.
Jonathan Ho:
Perfect. So when we look at your guidance for 2020, how do you think about sort of the growth over the course of the year? And what maybe gives you the confidence that we're going to have a little bit of a stronger second half ramp?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Ultimately, I think there's an element of first of all, this is Josh Isner. Ultimately, there's an element of seasonality there, where the second half does tend to be stronger as we spend the first half of the year, building up the pipeline with people in newer territories. We're doing a lot to expand our channel in terms of both inside and outside sales right now. And so while we expect good results in the first half of the year; certainly, similar to last year, we'll see revenue weighted toward the back half. And we're already laying the groundwork right now for that to become a reality.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of James Faucette, [Morgan Stanley]
James Faucette:
Hi, thanks a lot. I wanted to ask, you talked about in the press release, I think, in the prepared comments about increasing investment during the course of 2020. I'm wondering if you can provide some color as to where that investment is directed? What kind of roles, et cetera. And then, what you expect the outcome and time to pay back to be on that investment, just as what kind of calibrating? Obviously, things are going at least as whatnot a bit better than you'd expected maybe a little while ago and so just trying to get a sense as to what you're thinking about that investment and the impact it will have?
Rick Smith:
Yes. That's a great question. And really, it's the right way to think about it. We are making investments and expecting to leverage that into our next phase of growth. And so the investments really fall into three categories
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]
Rick Smith:
We didn't hear that last question here at Axon.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Joseph Osha, [JMP Securities]
Joseph Osha:
Hello, everyone. Can you hear me?
Rick Smith:
Yes.
Joseph Osha:
Okay, great. Thank you. As we look into 2020, it's interesting the unit composition of your the CEW business has kind of focused around a bit, I'm wondering if we can expect in 2020 that mix to shift more decisively over to TASER 7? Thank you.
Josh Isner:
Yes, absolutely. I think the first half of last year was a time where large and small agencies were evaluating the TASER 7, trialing it in the field for 30 day to 60 day periods at a time. And that led to a little slower adoption in the first half. It obviously picked up in the second half, and we expect to continue to have momentum toward upgrading TASER customers to TASER 7. Specifically, this year, we are very, very focused as a sales team on upgrading all of our customers to two-shot devices, again, especially, TASER 7, and the market is responding well to that concept, and we feel like we've got the most effective and just best overall CEW, we've ever come out with. We're hearing it from our customers, there's excitement over it internationally as well. And we have a lot of confidence that we're going to have a big year with TASER 7 this year.
Joseph Osha:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Will Power with Baird.
Will Power:
Great, thanks. Yes. I guess, I want to ask question on AB3. Obviously, you have a really strong quarter, and it seems like above, perhaps, where expectations were at least relative to guidance. So just kind of curious on what drove the, I guess, the upside relative to prior expectations? How much of that was kind of pulled forward and, I guess, kind of tied into AB3? Any thoughts with respect to contract manufacturing impacts from coronavirus? Any other supply chain impacts you can call out there that give you any pause for concern on meeting demand out there?
Luke Larson:
Yes, great question. Let me answer the first part about, the general AB3 demand was driven by two primary things
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would just double down, this is Rick. The significant majority of those AB3 units were part of our hardware subscription plans. One of the great things that, I believe, we actually innovated as a business was this idea of combining a SaaS software with hardware with predetermined upgrades. So they get a new camera every 2.5 years and we saw the power of that, whereas, for example, TASER 7, there was more testing and time to ramp, whereas with AB3 because that was on an automatic upgrade plan, we had tens of thousands of cameras waiting for delivery. So it really became just our ability to produce and ship. So we've been very pleasantly maybe surprised is a too strong word. It's been great to see that reaction and that element you can expect to see us to continue to move toward in our business. It really helps our customers too. If they want to be on the latest technology and being able to not worry about whether it's hardware or software or a service, knowing that with one contract plan, with Officer Safety Plan, they just continually get updated to the latest capabilities.
Will Power:
Great, thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Charlie Anderson with Dougherty & Company.
Charlie Anderson:
Thanks for taking my question. Congrats on a great end of the year. I want to focus on TASER gross margins. I wonder if there's a path back to 70% or so there. Just what you're seeing there in terms of what's embedded in the guidance for 2020 for TASER gross margin? And also on that cartridge number was very large in Q4, just wondering what's going on there and sort of the interplay between cartridges and units moving forward? Thanks, so much.
Rick Smith:
Yes. So this is Rick. So yes, we continue to we believe TASER margins will continue to march back upward from here, heading back toward 70% provided we give the time frame on that or just it will stay general on the 70%. And then on the large number of cartridge shipment, so one of the things that impacted TASER margins last year was, we had a margin issue on the cartridges in the first half of the year that led to the challenges in Q2, and I'm so proud of the team that they are able to not only correct those delivery challenges, but also to engineer a fair amount of cost out of the cartridges. Now, we'll really begin to see those cartridge cost savings in 2020, because once we got the cartridge redesign done, we have a lot of backorders. So the reason those cartridge shipments were so high was, we had cartridge down, production down for a good part of Q3. That demand really built up into Q4, so we had a very heavy margin I'm sorry, we had a very heavy shipment quarter on cartridges, and we are still struggling with higher than usual scrap since the new design came online than higher than the cost that we expect to see going forward. So we expect to see significant improvements this year in margins in TASER business.
Charlie Anderson:
Great, thank you so much.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Jeff Kessler with Imperial Capital.
Jeff Kessler:
Thank you. With regard to the integration of evidence into the entire package, at what point you talked about the various parts of your program beginning to draw, I guess, if you want to call it, draw demand in. At what point do you see enough of the rest of the business out there sold as a system, so that customers will be asking for evidence as opposed to you having to push sell it into them?
Luke Larson:
So since 2008, we've been selling a combined digital evidence management cloud software system with the body camera, and that we've been very successful at creating this category of cloud-based software and a connected hardware device. In the last few years, we've now bundled that with our TASER offering as well. And our latest programs include some of our advanced software capabilities like Records, which are mission-critical to agencies and we're seeing a lot of demand in those bundled offerings. And when we go in, we lead with the entire capability as a service for how we can create value for the agency. And the demand is very strongest for our highest value bundled offers.
Jeff Kessler:
And that ultimately leads to profitability for evidence?
Rick Smith:
Yes.
Luke Larson:
Yes.
Jeff Kessler:
Great. Thank you. Thank you very much.
Luke Larson:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Mike Latimore with Northland Capital.
Mike Latimore:
Right. Yes. Thanks. Awesome quarter. I think over the last year or so, you've been building out an enterprise software sales team, I guess, how many people do you have in that group? And how fast you think you might grow that this year?
Josh Isner:
Well, look, we're making investments across the business. Certainly, we're making investments on the sales team in the field to get ready to sell additional products like Records and Dispatch. And I think it's equally important that we're making investments on our customer success team to ensure that customers are having a great experience with us, and they continue to use all of the elements of the bundles that they're buying. We're also making investments on our inside sales team, in our federal channel and international. And we'll keep investing in the channel until we feel like we have full coverage across the market. And so we're going to keep adding people to make sure they have a reasonable number of accounts to manage. We're going to keep adding people to make sure that we offer the best customer experience in the market and when that day comes, we don't need to add people anymore.
Rick Smith:
And one thing I would add, Josh, this is Rick. It's not like we're not building a software sales team from scratch, 10 years ago, we had the TASER weapon sales team. When we launched body cameras and software, it was really combined offering of body cameras and cloud software. And so there, as we scaled that team, that team is almost entirely people that come from enterprise software sales backgrounds. Because that – it really is an enterprise software sale that comes with hardware attached. And so that same sales team, we're continuing to expand it. But that same sales team already has that skill set and they're dealing typically with the CIOs and the people that are at least in the more sophisticated agencies. The body cameras being driven by the IT shop that has the relationship with that sales team, so I just don't want to leave the impression that this is a new thing we're building up. We already have, I think, a very capable software sales team. We're just now arming them now with very high margin, pure software place that they can sell as well.
Josh Isner:
Absolutely. And we're focusing on coverage, right? Like the most important thing is these very talented salespeople have manageable territories and manageable account list that they're able to sell into. And certainly, we're doing that in a very calculated way.
Mike Latimore:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Keith Housum with Northcoast Research.
Keith Housum:
Good afternoon guys. Hoping you guys give us an update on the Record systems, now that you guys are a few quarters into it, actually – are deployed, how close are you guys to actually recognizing revenue on a consistent basis with that? And perhaps you can give us an idea of how many customers you have using it and lessons learned over the past few quarters?
Jeff Kunins:
Sure. This is Jeff. Well, first, I think we are I am incredibly excited. We're all incredibly excited about Records for three key reasons
Keith Housum:
Got you. So are you guys recognizing revenue already? Or is it still sometime in 2020, we'll see that.
Jawad Ahsan:
No. We are not recognizing revenue yet.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you. And then if I just quickly remind you here, I guess, I'll be the one guy that doesn't comply with the one question rule. Can you guys help us understand sorry, help us understand what's different in terms of the federal agency that requires additional investments in the product compared to what you have currently?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I'll take that one. So federal agencies, just the way they purchase is just really quite different. It's almost like just a different language. So having people with federal sale's experience like Richard Coleman, it's just a different animal from the talent the sales process that happens at state and local agencies. And then there's things like getting the product through the FedRAMP certification. That took what, two or three years and millions of dollars of investment to be compliant with the FedRAMP standard, which is not a standard that applies for the product in state and local agencies. There, we were CJIS compliance with a much easier standard to get to. There's just a lot more compliance load on dealing with the federal agencies. And so at this point, it's our understanding, we're the only CJIS or I'm sorry, the only FedRAMP software product in this category. And we've now started to bring agencies online. And so we're continuing to build that out. We're also there will be times where federal agencies are going to just have additional capabilities that we'll need to invest in that might be different from some of the state and local guys.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Andrew Uerkwitz with Oppenheimer.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Hey, thanks, team for taking the question. Could you walk us through some of the mechanics around and maybe it's already happening in this Q4 body camera number. But as we think about some of the larger agencies you've signed two, three years ago, as they upgrade to the next body camera and the next TASER. Because I think a lot of the rollouts early on were phased, so will the upgrades also be phased? Or will those be kind of one times, all at the same time? And then finally, on the back end of this question, as we started lapping some of these bigger contracts, how does the renewal process work on some of these big contracts? Thanks.
Josh Isner:
Sure thing. So to answer your first question, the upgrades are generally not phased. The reason being is, early on when you're deploying a new technology, onboarding a set number of users every month or so forth works really well. But then when you upgrade to a different version of the camera that has different features and different docks, you want to have parity across your whole agency using the same platform. And so all the contracts are designed to support phased rollouts upfront, but then have an upgrade universally across the agency at the 2.5-year mark. And so that's what we're executing on right now. In terms of renewals, we're very focused on that, and we have a lot of confidence. And we've seen last year with over 100 customers on our new OSP programs that we're effectively able to position the value of the OSP seven and seven plus offerings, and customers are very excited about that. So our sales team is very, very focused on not only renewing these customers and preparing for their renewals, but also making sure that we're demonstrating the value of new features within the bundles and of course, an effort to convert these customers to RMS as well as part of that process.
Luke Larson:
And I would just add one more comment on that. Oftentimes, we're not waiting for the renewal to come up. Our sales team is engaged early, early in the process on as Josh said, demonstrating value. So oftentimes, we're able to upgrade them before the renewal even comes up and get them on another multiyear contract on one of our higher offering.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Got to. Thank you guys.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Scott Berg with Needham.
Scott Berg:
Hi, guys, I figure to squeeze one more and even though I was compliant on the first time. Just a follow-up question on gross margins a little bit. With the AB3 camera, obviously, it was a good quarter in terms of devices that were booked and shipped. I think there's a little bit of an expectation that the gross margins on those devices would be better than some of the AB2s going forward. Gross margins in the quarter were actually a little bit worse than what we saw the last couple of quarters. Can you help us understand may be the push and pulls to move the gross margins on that product category, maybe over the next one to two years?
Luke Larson:
Yes, great question, Scott. This is Luke. And on the AB3, it actually has a higher hardware BOM cost. So the initial gross margin is not going to be it's actually going to be worse than the AB2, where we made a big bet is by making that connected camera with an LTE component, so that we can sell additional services and that's the bet that we're making as an org so much so that it's one of our key kind of company level bonus goals is to upsell those advanced software features on top of our AB3 platform.
Rick Smith:
Yes. And I would just add on there. We as we went through our product planning, we had debated about whether to do two versions of AB3, one with LTE and one without. Because as we mentioned, the majority of those shipments were cameras that were ordered as part of an upgrade, and we could have shipped them, a camera with much lower cost. But we felt that much more important than short-term hardware margins is we're building long-term service revenues and that it was worth that investment. And from a customer experience, we thought, well, how delighted would our customers be when they're effectively on the iPod upgrade program and they get an iPhone for no extra charge to effectively is, what's happened they've got from a camera to an LTE connected camera and we believe that now it's really about proving all of the high-value services, we can run over that connection that will be very enticing. So that's the bet we've made, and we'll just have to see how it plays out over the next couple of years.
Scott Berg:
Great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho from William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Good afternoon. So with the incremental investments that you're making, is this also maybe temporary in nature in terms of a pull forward? Or should we be thinking of this as particularly a new baseline level of spend around R&D? Thanks.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. It's an investment we're making in 2020, given the opportunity that we have ahead of us, and I would not expect that this level of investment would continue because as you know, we've got these goals in place that are very ambitious. And the expectation is with the guidance laid out to try to get to a business approaching 30% EBITDA margins that we're absolutely going to start to realize operating leverage at some point. And so I think about those investments as short-term in nature.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Godfrey with CL King.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Congratulations on a great quarter. Could you give us the international revenue for the quarter and update us on how expansion has been going outside the U.S.? Thanks.
Luke Larson:
International revenue was flat at $24 million in the quarter year-over-year. And Josh, do you want to add some color on that?
Josh Isner:
Yes. Hey, George. So ultimately, two things to say about international. The last three years, we made a very, very focused effort to shore up what we would refer to as our Tier 1 markets, which are the U.K., Canada and Australia. And I'm really proud of the teams in those markets for gaining a dominant market position in both CEWs and in Video in those markets. We feel like at this point, we've earned the right to continue to invest in Tier 2 and Tier 3 markets now. And we expect some of those markets this year to develop into meaningful contributors to international revenue. Secondly, obviously, we launched two new products last year domestically
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would just add that typically, internationally, both for TASER weapons, there can be a national approval authority. So TASER seven will have to go through to get approval in those new markets and that takes time. That there's not that delay in the United States. And then for AB3, the LTE chips effectively if you use in the U.S. are different than the ones you use in Europe. And so again, there's we weren't actually offering AB3 in those international markets yet because we had to bring up a new SKU that had the appropriate wireless connectivity, and that will be coming online this year.
Josh Isner:
And I would say lastly, George, that our international bookings did grow a double-digit percentage last year. So we're certainly excited about the direction we're heading. Obviously, with bookings those do take time to translate into revenue. And so again, the leading indicators are encouraging and we're going to work really hard this year to grow that number.
George Godfrey:
Thank you for that. And I'm doing this from memory. Tier 2 markets France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Belgium, is that right?
Josh Isner:
Most of those are correct. We've got a couple of others that we have not disclosed and don't intend to at this time.
George Godfrey:
Got it. Thank you again.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of James Faucette with Morgan Stanley.
James Faucette:
Thank you very much. Just wanted to ask a quick follow-up. Is that you talked about the that you're taking into account a little bit the potential impact from coronavirus, et cetera. Just wondering if you can help at least dimensionalize how much of an impact that may have had on the way that you formulated guidance or outlook for 2020? And along those same lines, just a little color, if you could on how we should think about the relative growth rates within the different product lines and parts of the business?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So on the first part of your question with coronavirus, a couple of things give us a lot of confidence that may be different from other companies, and you're probably very familiar with a lot of the consumer tech companies have said their forecasts are being impacted by this. For us, we don't sell into China at all. So there's no revenue impact there. The bulk of our orders, we can kind of see into the pipeline and forecast our demand and different from a consumer company. We're not doing just in time, we plan this months and quarters in advance. And so that gives us a fair amount of confidence, certainly in the first half of the year to deliver those commitments. And in the back half of the year, we're putting contingency plans in place and diversifying our supply chain so that we can be adaptable to those. But there's certainly risk there, but we've got confidence based on what we know. In terms of the product growth in the back half of the year. Maybe I...
Rick Smith:
I would just say, whereas when you've got countries going into lockdown and consumers aren't going out and buying things that obviously is going to have a big impact on many businesses, whether they're in travel, entertainment, consumer products. Now it's early to say because we're early in this game. But if I look at this public order and the investments government's make in the infrastructure, I would not expect those to be adversely affected. So we're not relying on people going to a store to buy something. In fact, I wouldn't say that there could be any positive headwinds, but there may be public order implications when you start talking about the things that are happening in Italy with significant levels of quarantines, et cetera. So we don't have any indications of any negative demand impact from coronavirus. I'd say most of what we would what we're more focused on is just making sure we don't get supply chain impacts because we do have some suppliers in Asia, but we feel we've got that pretty well at hand right now.
Josh Isner:
And then in terms of growth by category, I don't think we're going to disclose a lot here at the moment, other than we expect CEW to grow by double-digit percentages this year. And of course, we've given the relative guidance already and so certainly more color to come on that as we get through the year here.
James Faucette:
Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Joseph Osha with JMP Securities.
Joseph Osha:
Here I got back on. I kind of feel like Amy Clovis Show [ph] at the end of the debate. I wanted to ask a little bit about something we haven't talked as much about, which is some of the consumer CEW stuff. I know that's something too odd that we had talked about when I was down there. Is this an area that we might see more focus on in the coming year?
Jawad Ahsan:
In 2020, no. We're very focused, so 2019 was an important year for us for launches on the devices, TASER 7, Body 3 and in 2020, we're focused on software. Consumer is still very important to us. This is one of the reasons I joined the company was to help Rick make the bullet obsolete, and consumer is very much a part of that. It's a part of our strategy going forward, and we are hoping to share some exciting updates on that in the future. But at this point, in 2020, we're not making any additional investment in that other than what we're already doing.
Joseph Osha:
Okay, thank you
Operator:
And at this time, I'd like to at this time, I'd like to turn the call back over to management for closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Awesome. Hey, thanks everybody. Obviously, I couldn't be prouder of the team. We hit some significant challenges at the middle of the year. We had conversations with a lot of folks, wondering if we were going to be able to pull it out. And we said, we're committed to hitting what we said we were going to hit for the year. And I got to tell you, there was a lot of hard work that went into that. I just couldn't be prouder of the team and there are a lot of smiles as we rolled into December and we were able to meet good on our commitment. So just want you guys to know a lot of people put blood, sweat, tears, a lot of heart into making sure that we met our commitments. And thanks for sticking with us, and we're really excited to see what we can show you in results here in 2020. So with that, have a great day, and we'll talk to you on the next quarterly call.
Operator:
This does conclude today’s presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Robert, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I’d like to welcome everyone to Axon Q3 2019 Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers’ remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session, at which time instructions will follow. I will now turn the call over to Andrea James, VP of Investor Relations and Corporate Strategy. You may begin your conference.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Robert. Hello, everyone. Welcome to Axon’s third quarter 2019 earnings conference webcast. Here in the room in our Scottsdale headquarters, we have Axon CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; CFO, Jawad Ahsan; Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner; and a new comer, Chief Product Officer, Jeff Kunins. I hope you all had a chance to read our shareholder letter, which was released after the market closed. You can find it at investor.axon.com. Management's remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that letter. During this call, we will discuss our business outlook and make forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements made today are pursuant to and within the meaning of the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These comments are based on our predictions and expectations as of today, and are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements are subject to risk and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our SEC filings. You can go ahead Rick.
Rick Smith:
Hey everybody. Welcome to the call. We’re having a pretty good day here and I appreciate you taking the time to join us. We're pleased with our financial performance and our product execution in the quarter. We achieved several of our 2019 objectives in rapid succession in Q3, which we outlined in detail in our shareholder letter. The achievements we unlocked since our last update support our vision of creating the best-in-class technology ecosystem for public safety. We want to empower patrol officers to be more efficient, more effective, and the ultimate end result will be fewer tragedies, greater transparency and safer communities. Over the past year, our Board of Directors and myself, and the rest of the executive team undertook an extensive talent search for a Chief Product Officer. I'm incredibly pleased to welcome Jeff Kunins to the company. It's been rewarding to work alongside someone with more than 25 years of high impact product experience, most recently as a VP on Amazon, Alexa team, and watching leverage that talent to work on solving problems for our customers and public safety. Jeff is already adding value to our long-term strategy discussions. He will be a key partner in helping us to scale across the more diverse range of products; we're now aggressively delivering for customers. Those of you who have been with us for a while, know that we get very close to our customers. We spend a lot of time listening to what they want in designing products to make their lives easier. So, as we do with all of our new talent, we've put Jeff through a substantial on-boarding process. He has participated in several ride along in patrol cars, including an overnight shift in what we call an active city. He is also doing a fair number of sit-alongs with record clerks and agency back officers, and a 911 dispatch centers, observing the call taking in dispatching process, which is the next category we are bend to disrupt. Jeff, maybe take a moment to talk about your first impressions, why you came to Axon, and the opportunity you see here.
Jeff Kunins:
Thanks, Rick. I'm thrilled to be here. In my experience, one of the most critical things that makes a company successful is simply the culture, which shines through at Axon that I can see already is the bold audacity to invent amazing things on behalf of our customers and the communities they serve, paired with a healthy dose of humor and humility. At this particular moment in history, the specter of gun violence and threats to social justice around the world have created the need for millions of people to both feel more safe and be more safe. So it's an unprecedented honor for me and a privilege to be part of what we do every day here at Axon. For a little context on who I am, first and foremost, I'm a builder. For the last 25 years, I've had the privilege to work on software, services and devices in one form or another that have been used by millions of people and have supported multi-billion dollar businesses around the world in a diverse range of contracts, tends to be hands on, dive deep and be customer obsessed. In at Amazon, we're relentlessly focused on finding new ways to truly delight customers and keep doing that effectively at ever bigger scale across an ever more diverse range of products, and I see that same passion and commitment at Axon. One of the most exciting things about Axon is our opportunity to create software devices, cloud services, SaaS subscriptions and mobile apps that all work together to create a flywheel effect of customer loyalty and long-term value, and that business model is incredibly compelling. First, a little more perspective on why I joined Axon, beyond the business model, beyond the opportunity, look I loved Amazon, I love Amazon, I was very happy there for 5.5 years with zero intention of making a change. And in particular, I was thrilled to be a part of Alexa and helping invent the future of cloud-based voice assistance, especially having spent previously eight years of my life at Tellme Networks, one of the early pioneers in that space. But a member of Axon's Board was instrumental in introducing me to the company and then three things happen in quick succession that convinced me, I had no choice, but to join Axon and its mission to protect life and obsolete the bullet. First, there was a shooting, just a few miles from my children's elementary school, and one of the teachers were shot. Thankfully she survived, but it brought the reality of the world we're all living in much, closer to home. Second, I attended a fundraiser, with a bunch of other Seattle tech leaders where the father of one of the Parkland Florida shooting victims told the room that doing anything money is great, but challenged all of us by asking if you really care, what are you personally going to do about the significant problem facing our society today. And then third, literally that same day, I saw the announcement about Rick's upcoming book, The End of Killing. I ordered it on my Kindle, of course, and I got two chapters into the book and I decided, okay, I just have to talk to them. So clearly, I'm a big believer in Axon's mission. I'm honored to be here, and my first seven weeks at the Company have done nothing but reaffirm my confidence in our tremendous opportunity ahead. Now I'll turn the call over to Luke.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Jeff, and welcome. In his first seven weeks, Jeff is already making a great impact and thank you to those members of the investment community who came to the International Association of Chiefs of Police Conference in Chicago last week. For those of you that attended, you're able to see firsthand the buzz at Axon's booth and the positive feedback we get from our customers. At Axon, our Northstar is to drive adoption of our high-value integrated bundles which marry our hardware devices and cloud services into one monthly recurring payment. It's clear that the customers see a lot of value in cloud services we're offering, so we made it easier for them to purchase by combining all of our offerings into one integrated OSP bundle. This strategic sales pivot has been a huge success, helping us to drive substantial momentum on the software side. The way we sell the most software is through these bundles. OSP 7+ is our most popular bundle this year among the top 1,200 public safety agencies in the United States. In the first three quarters, we booked more than 11,000 seats on OSP, across dozens of agencies and we expect that number to accelerate. By the end of the year we aim to have more than 100 agencies on our highest value Officer Safety Plans. OSP is a critical mechanism for helping us to drive customers to Axon Records. This is because, OSP creates the purchasing mechanism for records transactions. This obviously puts us in a very favorable position, and consequently, the pipeline for Axon Records is very robust. These plans not only drive our software average revenue per user substantially higher. We are seeing monthly ARPU's double and triple, but the plans also maximize the value we are delivering for our customers. The way we ensure we are delivering valuable services is by looking at usage of our products, which also drives customer retention. Having a near zero churn rate we think is also a testament to the value we are providing for these agencies. Now, I'll hand the call over to Jawad, our Chief Financial Officer.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. This is an incredibly exciting time for Axon. We're executing and scaling at a rapid pace and we continue to grow our network of cloud connected devices and cloud services that deliver real value to our law enforcement customers. I would like to focus my comments today on how we're tracking toward our long-term targets. The product milestones we achieved this year are driving a reacceleration on the top line in the back half as we expected and position us to achieve our increased expectations for 2019 revenue growth of approximately 20%. Heading into year-end with this momentum sets us up nicely to continue delivering against our long-term target model. We are very successfully building a high margin SaaS business on top of our existing hardware business. One of the ways we measure progress here is by disclosing annual recurring revenue or ARR. As of Q3 2019, we are delivering nearly $142 million in high-margin ARR, which is up 39% year-over-year. For the past six quarters, ARR grew nearly $10 million incrementally on average per quarter and we expect this trend to accelerate in 2020. Let's take a look at what drives leverage, both on the gross margin line and on the adjusted EBITDA margin line. First, the software portion of every contract we signed with customers carries an 80% gross margin and that's including storage and compute costs. As most of you know, under GAAP, our hardware revenue must be fully recognized at the time of shipment, while software revenue was amortized over time. What this means is that on an Officer Safety Plan integrated bundle, even though the five-year direct gross margin on the contract is above 70%, it takes a while for that margin to build. We expect to continue seeing that play out in our P&L as our business is scaling, and we're driving strong growth in hardware from both new products and markets. This means, gross margins can be lumpy quarter-to-quarter, but we are more focused on driving the long-term underlying trend. At a high level, you can expect to see us continue scaling the hardware business and using our growing network of devices to drive more high margin cloud services. For adjusted EBITDA, we see ourselves as building a business that supports a long-term target margin of 30%. In the third quarter, adjusted EBITDA margin was about 18%. Our incremental adjusted EBITDA margin compared with Q2 was 68%, demonstrating that we are successfully driving leverage on incremental revenue, while continuing to invest for future growth. We did this through a very intentional approach to capital allocation, driving leverage in G&A and reinvesting it in R&D, as well as through rigorous cost controls. Our growth outlook remains strong. As you saw in our shareholder letter, we're seeing early success in several new adjacent markets, which allows us to sell our core products to new customers, including federal law enforcement, corrections and international markets. You can expect to see us continue to expand the breadth and depth of our product offerings, while also tapping new customers and markets to drive long-term growth and increase our total addressable market. We see a tremendous opportunity to create an even broader ecosystem of products and services that will allow us to continue delivering value to our customers, communities and stakeholders. And with that, operator, let's go to questions.
Operator:
Certainly. [Operator Instructions] In the interest of time, the company asks that each person limits themselves to one question and one follow-up question. Your first question comes from the line of Scott Berg with Needham & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Josh Reilly:
Hey, guys. This is Josh on for Scott. Congrats on the strong quarter. With the TASER production issues related to the battery now resolved, you mentioned the cartridge issue in the letter. I wanted to get some more color on how that's progressing? How many cartridges are you shipping currently with the new TASERs and what do you expect to get this to in 2020?
Luke Larson:
Yeah. Great. Great question, Josh. So to answer the first part of your question, the battery issues are 100% resolved. And with the cartridges, why don't I have Rick to answer that, he's pretty close to the detail.
Rick Smith:
Having built, the first one is in the garage, yes, I have an affinity for our cartridges. So we're feeling really good about where we're at with getting the design modifications we talked about earlier this year. Those are through validation. We're in production. We're feeling really good about it. In terms of the number of cartridges per handle sold, with TASER 7, it typically includes about 12 cartridges in the first year, and then there's recurring cartridges in the out-years, which on the plans are typically around 12 cartridges per year as well. But we -- obviously, we don't recognize revenue on the future cartridges until they ship at the anniversary date from when we shifted it in -- from the first receiving the order.
Josh Reilly:
Okay, great. And then just a financial question. You raised the revenue guidance nicely up the Q3 beat, are there any other factors other than the TASER gross margin not allowing the excess revenue to flow through to EBITDA here in near-term?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah. This is Jawad, I'll take that. So we -- essentially, we're looking at the full year delivering $80 million to $85 million. And unfortunately, we had some headwinds earlier in the year with the manufacturing challenges on the TASER Weapon and those are going to be difficult for us to overcome, which is why we left the EBITDA margin at the current guidance -- the previous guidance at $80 million to $85 million, but we are going to see strength in revenue.
Joshua Reilly:
Thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho with William Blair & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
John Weidemoyer:
Hi. Thanks for taking the question. This is John Weidemoyer for Jonathan. I would like to talk about your pipeline for OSP -- well your OSP in general. I'm wondering about the pipeline of major city deals for OSP 7, 7+, to see your confidence in the visibility and such. And I also have a question about a statement you made in the shareholder letter, if I'm looking at it correctly, in the U.S., your percentage of weapons that were sold through the OSP is 64% and overall 55%. So I'm wondering -- that tells me that outside the U.S., it's closer to 50% or even below 50%. Can you talk about the dynamics there that might be different? And how -- and what might be done to get that to be a higher percentage?
Rick Smith:
Okay. So to answer the first question, on the OSP adoption among U.S. customers, we're very pleased with the adoption through three quarters here. This was a program that was launched on January 1st. And frankly, we were expecting a little more of a ramp up to when these would turn into purchases. But our customers have been extremely excited about them. And we've closed roughly 70 to 75 of them through three quarters. And we expect that number to exceed 100 by the end of the year. I think, long-term we view this is the purchasing mechanism for, at least, mid-size and large agencies and hopefully smaller agencies as well. So to answer your question, we're very confident that number of licenses continues to grow nicely. I think, a side effect of that which is also very positive is the fact that this essentially sets up the pool of prospects for RMS customers, for us as well. So very, very pleased with the momentum that OSP 7 and 7+ have provided this year. And believe it will continue. On your second question, just so I understand, the question was the mix of OSPs between domestic and international customers?
Andrea James:
So just a point of clarification, John, the 64% in the U.S. is on a recurring, it's Officer Safety Plan plus some sort of TASER subscription like the third point.
Josh Isner:
And the question as why is that lower internationally?
John Weidemoyer:
Correct.
Josh Isner:
It comes down to the fact that, we are still driving toward great product market fit in some international markets. I think we've achieved that in our Tier 1 markets and we are on the verge of achieving that in some of our Tier 2 markets, but across the world, we certainly still have work to do to get to the point where TASER and body cams come together for every police force and there is some circumstances where that might depend on cloud infrastructure in some of these markets. And so, we are confident that we see this trend continuing in Tier 1 and Tier 2 markets in each year. Hopefully, we see more and more of those markets start to appreciate the value of the cloud, plus CW's, plus on Officer cameras as a combination.
Rick Smith:
Great. Great question, John. Just for a point of clarification, that was Josh Isner, our Chief Revenue Officer.
John Weidemoyer:
Okay, great. Thank you very much. If I could ask one more question. Can you just talk to the competitive landscape and any -- if you have any updates to the competitive response to your new product lineup?
Josh Isner:
I can take that as well. Look, we believe we have the best channel combined with the best products and we think both of those are huge competitive differentiators for Axon moving forward.
John Weidemoyer:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of James Faucette with Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
James Faucette:
Great. Thank you very much. Apologies for the background noise. So hopefully you'll be able to hear me okay. I wanted to ask a follow-up question to your comment that you're looking for faster building of ARR in 2020 than what we've seen in 2019. Can you explain a little bit the dynamics that it will lead to that and what kind of visibility you have on that objective?
Luke Larson:
Yeah, look, we've made investments over the past couple of years in things like livestreaming, FedRAMP, ALTR, our other AI services and you're starting to see those investments pay off. Our bookings is going to convert into revenue. We've seen a lot of excitement from our customer base for these software services and that's what's -- that's really what's feeding into it. We've already had a -- we had a nice base of ARR that was building with our core body camera evidence.com product and we're now adding other services on top of it.
James Faucette:
And I guess, just to dovetail with that, is that -- you as a team have generally been fairly conservative in addressing your potential TAM. But from our perspective, we're pleased to see new insertion points that you called out in prisms and correction markets and you talked about expanding the TAM. How do you think about your current product portfolio and the sales strategy to pursue those markets? And I guess, maybe more important, are there any gaps you think you need to incrementally invest in to start to address these natural adjacencies? Thanks.
Luke Larson:
I think our goal is to identify adjacencies that don't require product overhauls and just small product tweaks to be successful in those. I think for all of us, it starts with the talented team selling into those markets and we believe our products have an ROI in those applications. So certainly, moving forward a point of focus for us to continue to expand our TAM and build momentum in each of those adjacencies over time.
James Faucette:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig-Hallum Capital. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Hey, guys. It's Ryan Sigdahl on for Steve. As it relates to AB3, the livestreaming, I guess, I'm just trying to reconcile comments today that it is exceeding expectations versus that IACP. And I thought you said initial adoption was not as positive as initially expected due to various friction points. Any help there to, I guess, reconcile those two comments.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, this is Rick. So, yes, at IACP, when I got the question, I wasn't saying that it wasn't meeting our expectations. All I was saying there was -- when you're deploying something new like livestreaming, that is a change that's going to require -- the customers are adapting to that new that new capability. So I was just tempering expectations that this isn't a market where at the moment something is available, everybody immediately turns it on. You have to work through policy issues, you have to work through things like -- we're working with unions, et cetera. So there I was just merely pointing out that as excited as we are about livestreaming, there -- just like every service we drive, there it's going to be work to getting adopted and scaling with the customer base. I would contrast that with the comments that is exceeding our expectations in that with the cameras that are going out in the field. We're getting very positive responses from customers. And so, we believe we are successfully executing against those operational challenges of rolling out a new service.
Josh Isner:
And it's important also to say -- this is Josh, again, that by virtue of OSP 7+ sales, we have 11,000 users of Aware and Aware+ ready to turn on as soon as they receive their cameras and that number will continue to grow. So it's a good place to start to have 11,000 licenses there and we believe we are on a path to every camera. That is our goal -- that every camera turns into an Aware and Aware+ cam.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Great. One more from me. Given TASER 7 production targets at 65,000 units this year, and you've shipped 35,000 through nine months here. Should we assume that you also expect a significant ramp in sales in Q4 or are you guys planning to build some inventory heading into 2020 based on kind of the pipeline you see? Thanks and good luck.
Luke Larson:
I'm not sure we're going to comment on the exact pipeline in Q4, but we think it is sufficient to satisfy Q4 demand. It's also a strategic priority as some of these larger T7 deals formulate over the coming quarters that we do have flexibility with inventory to be able to service those.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Keith Housum with Northcoast Research. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Keith Housum:
Good afternoon guys. Hey if I could just reach back to a question earlier in the conversation in terms of the cartridges, was the cartridge backlog here as you ended the quarter and what that look like as we look into the fourth quarter. If we look at the cartridges, the number for the quarter is down year-over-year at the very least?
Luke Larson:
I would say, yeah, there is a backlog. It's a consequence of selling so many TASER 7 cert plans to start the first three quarters. We do anticipate clearing that backlog by the end of the year.
Keith Housum:
Great. Is it possible to quantify how much that might be?
Josh Isner:
We're not going to share that at the moment, but certainly we can commit to our customers that the backlog will be cleared by the end of the year.
Keith Housum:
No problem. I have to try there. Second question, if I may follow-up. A little bit in your international business, can you provide some color or commentary on how that proceeded during the quarter? Thanks.
Luke Larson:
Sure. So we're very pleased with the execution of the international team as we've talked about before. There'll be kind of lumpy quarters depending on -- just due to the large size of some of the deals, we're working on, but our kind of internal metrics that we use to evaluate international continue to look promising and very confident in the long-term potential of our international markets. And I think as we see revenue continue to climb year-over-year here, we feel that trend will continue.
Rick Smith:
I might add as well, that in the international markets, we frequently need to get government approval on new products, for example, in the U.K. or Canada or other markets. So when the TASER 7 goes on sale in the U.S., it's not been approved yet in most of those major markets, but we're making a lot of progress toward those approvals. So that will provide a nice accelerate once our premier product is approved for sale in those countries.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah from a financial perspective, we had really strong bookings. We had $20 million of revenue from international.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Will Power with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Charlie Erlikh:
Yeah. Hey guys. This is Charlie Erlikh on for Will. I'm just wondering, have you seen much of an impact from the Motorola and WatchGuard tie up either on the fleet side, body camera side, software any comments on that so far?
Luke Larson:
We're looking forward to competing.
Charlie Erlikh:
Okay. Fair enough. And also I'm wondering, what you're hearing and seeing from the early beta customers on RMS, Fresno and Cincinnati. What's been their feedback so far. And then kind of tied with that, could you remind us about your CAD plans?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So let me first take Fresno, and then I'll let Jeff take Cincinnati. Since you and I visited with Cincinnati. So I can tell you, I was on the phone immediately before and after the deployment with senior leadership at the Program Manager level and the Chief level. And the feedback was so positive. The thing that stands out to me was, they basically said, we're waiting for like the shoe to drop, because they've done big system conversions before and they have never seen them go this smoothly, and they were able to train 800 officers without disruption of the agency. They found that the new software is just dramatically more intuitive and easy to use. And overall, they became -- they actually went to a major -- a conference with other major city police chiefs. The week after they made the deployment and that's normally right when things are getting pretty ugly, as they explain to us, and in fact they rolled out to that conference and we're frankly making lots of really positive lot of agreed statements and it become a great reference customer. That's Fresno. I will say on dispatch, we're not going to give any more insight on dispatch at this point. So, I'll just -- we'll talk about that more as we roll into next year. It is our next upcoming big software release, but we're -- but I'm not going to give you any more details. Jeff, do you want to talk a little about the reaction of Cincinnati with Records?
Jeff Kunins:
Sure. I think -- you know, I think that Cincinnati is a great evidence point, both of excitement about what we've built so far and of the leverage that the OSP 7+ and other integrated bundles that Josh was talking about earlier provides for us. So Fresno, immediately went to an all agency wide replacement of their RMS system, and as Rick said that they have been very thrilled with it so far. In Cincinnati, the first thing that they did was they deployed one piece of our new RMS system, call it, standards, and it's for a variety of key critical reports like use of force reporting, and they did that alongside their existing RMS for other workloads. They were still happy, both with the performance of our RMS standard module, but also how much they love the user experience and how well it tied in with everything else that we're familiar with from Axon that it helped them quickly come to the decision to commit to an agency wide deployment of RMS. And because at the exact same time, they signed on for OSP 7+ that makes it an extremely easy purchasing decision for them as well as they roll forward into next year, and they publicly made a press release a few weeks ago to the effect on both points.
Charlie Erlikh:
Great. And that's really helpful, and congrats on a very strong quarter.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Your next question comes from the line of Charlie Anderson with Dougherty & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Charlie Anderson:
Yeah. Thanks for taking my questions. And I've been hopping between calls tonight. So apologize, if these questions have already been answered. But two part on gross margins. Obviously, it had some strength in the camera side or sensor side. I wonder to what degree was that influenced by sort of the usage of the LTE, is that a factor here to some degree and over a period of time? And then on the TASER gross margin as you cut over to the new component on the cartridge, I wonder, does that get to 270 or can you potentially go beyond that with the new lower-cost component? And then, I've got a follow-up.
Jawad Ahsan:
I'll take the first part of that question. Our gross margins in Q3 were not impacted by LTE. The main driver there we continue to see improvement in the cost structure for the TASER Weapon, as well as the cartridges, as well as the standard operational execution. And then, Luke do you want to take the second question.
Luke Larson:
Yeah. And then just on that first point, we're also seeing a lot of success with our higher bundle programs, which we talked about on the call as well. And what was the second question again.
Charlie Anderson:
It was on that when you make the change on the TASER cartridge, do you expect to go to – step back to 70 type area for gross margin because you actually go beyond that.
Luke Larson:
We're laser focused on improving the margin. Our primary goal is to get to full production that we have line of sight to. And then as we ramp-up to full production, we will continue to increase margins in Q4 and throughout 2020 as well.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I'd add a little bit more color there, because we did have a cartridge backlog as we were making this change, we expect to have a higher percentage of cartridges in the fourth quarter in the TASER segment than normal and cartridges do carry a lower margin than the services or the TASER handle in the bundle. So it's not like – there is going to be a snap back to historic margin levels in the fourth quarter. There is going to be some puts and takes. The margin on cartridges is improving, but the mix is going to go a little bit the other direction. And in these plans, we also do have services that are sold with TASER 7 that do defer some very high margin revenue out of the quarter of initial shipment and into the future. So that's going to be very helpful, where over time, we're very happy with the margins of the TASER 7 bundles. They tend not to – they don't show as well in the first quarter of shipping, there is a lot on those high margin stuff is deferred into future quarters, but obviously over time that's going to lead a nice continued or upward pressure on margins.
Luke Larson:
Yeah. And I want to make sure I put a crystal clear point on that that our gross margins will be flat to slightly down driven by mix, not driven by anything in the Weapon segment, because of the cartridge mix, as Richard mentioned, but our objective is still to deliver the $80 million to $85 million of EBITDA that's baked into our guidance.
Charlie Anderson:
Great. Thank you for all the detail. And then for my follow-up. On RMS, you've obviously got these two customers, I think, you sort of referred to them as launch customers or reference customers. I wonder, does there need to be a digestion period for them to use it for some period of time before the next tier of customers jumps or any commentary on maybe the pace of wins we should expect in the next year on RMS? Thank you so much.
Luke Larson:
Yep. I think, to put it simply, our goal is to continue to accelerate adoption of OSP 7+. And starting next year, as I said earlier in the call, like, we're expanding this pool of prospects within that universe. We will start to go back and swap those customers in for deployments. And so the timing depends on not only our customers timing, but also what their requirements are and so forth. And we're going to be working through that over the next 12 months and beyond, and we certainly expect significant adoption of the platform and a very confident OSP 7+ continues to be the mechanism that drives that.
Charlie Anderson:
Great. Thank you so much.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I turn the call back over to the presenters.
Rick Smith:
Great. Hey, thanks everybody for tuning in. After our last quarter, look, we had some operational challenges in Q2. And I can tell you, we really challenged the team and the company here. And in fact, there were some calls with analysts, who were wondering why we didn't pull back on our EBITDA guidance for the year given the challenges in the second quarter. We said, hey, we're going to put some grid, we're going to put our shoulder to the wheel here and we're going to get it done. And I couldn't be prouder, I mean, there's a lot of smiles in the room here. I mean, people work nights and weekends and really hard to deliver the results that we done in the quarter and there is still a lot of work to do in Q4, but I couldn't be prouder that we're going to deliver on our commitments. We're committed to continue to grow a great company, excited to have built out the team with some great new Board members and Jeff another new employees and we look forward to talking to you all after the holidays and looking forward to bright 2020.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today’s conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Robert, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I’d like to welcome everyone to Axon Q2 2019 Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers’ remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session at which time instructions will follow. I will now turn the call over to Andrea James, VP of Investor Relations and Corporate Strategy. You may begin your conference.
Andrea James:
Thank you, Robert. Hello everyone I'm Andrea James. Welcome to Axon second quarter 2019 earnings conference call. Here in the room in our Seattle R&D office we have Axon CEO, Rick Smith; President, Luke Larson; and CFO, Jawad Ahsan; our Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner is also joining us remotely. This call is being broadcast online and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. You can find our reported results in our quarterly shareholder letter with which we have posted to investor.axon.com and we have also filed with the SEC. Today's call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our future expectation, belief, intent, intentions or strategies including projections regarding revenue growth, profitability and product development. We intend that all forward looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Axon forward-looking information is based on current information and expectations. Our estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our Forms 10-K and 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings, at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov by searching under the AAXN ticker. I hope you all have had a chance to read our Shareholder Letter which you can find at investor.axon.com and management’s remarks today are meant to build upon the information in that letter. Please go ahead, Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. And thank you everybody for joining us today. We're proud of the progress we're making in driving strength in our software business and we had a strong bookings quarter as our sales team really went out and sold the Officer Safety Plan 7 this quarter. There's a lot of positive momentum and underlying strength in the business. That said, the quarter did not meet our expectations. So I want to ensure everyone understands the puts and takes that affected our results. As you all know, we've been working hard on ramping TASER 7 and all of the subassemblies associated with the program. We experienced a disruption in our supply chain when our battery component supplier on the TASER 7 was unable to meet our stringent quality standards as its scale. We since worked closely with the supplier to help them scale and it is now producing at production volumes. Unfortunately, as a result, about $3 million worth of forecasted TASER 7 sales shifted from Q2 into Q3 2019. From a TASER gross margin standpoint, we also saw some pressure related to a write-off of some obsolete inventory that we were not able to utilize due to design change. While the short-term pain of this write up with disappointing, we estimate the results would be associated, design refinements will reduce our cost of goods for the TASER 7 cartridges by around 33% around the end of this year. Given that cartridges can represent more than 65% of the hardware costs in some TASER 7 programs, these cost savings will have a material impact in improving margins in the TASER segment. Taking a step back on product launches, one of the reasons we brought in Hans Moritz who comes from Intel to lead Hardware Engineering was I saw opportunities to improve our new product and production processes. Hans has brought in several senior members on his team and I'm excited by the energy and rigor that they are bringing to our new product introduction process. Of course, that team has been here for just a few months, but I've been working with them very closely and can say I have a high degree of confidence in the improvements that they are implementing. For example, we now have teams that are spending more time at suppliers earlier in the process. In the overall level of coordination between engineering and our suppliers and our in-house manufacturing teams is evolving to a whole new level. Looking to the future, I feel great about our ability to reaccelerate in sustaining growth. OSP 7 Plus is generating a lot of interest and it's exceeding our expectations. As we mentioned in our shareholder letter, major agency adoption of the OSP 7 Plus plan already includes Atlanta, Baltimore, and Minneapolis. Major agency customer reception to the TASER 7 has been strong and we expect that revenue will continue to build. You don't see it right now in the P&L because of the low upfront hardware ASP due to bundling, but all the amortized revenue on the TASER 7 program will add up on cartridges, software, and warranty. Turning to Axon Body 3, we went to a healthy level of detail in our shareholder letter about some of the achievements we've solved in bringing that product to market and what remains, namely completion of the carrier certification. Pretty much every customer I've spoken to this year seems energized about Axon Body 3. We've done demos and tests with some of the largest police departments in the world, and it’s clearly a game changers. This is a really powerful camera and most capitalist will receive it automatically as an upgrade. Then we can enable a whole new host of services once the hardware supports real-time connectivity. We're going from a body camera that gives you a historical look at what happened to a real-time connected device and that has the potential to become an assistant on your chest. We're looking forward to putting Axon Body 3 into the hands of customers this quarter and we're planning for meaningful shipments in Q4. With that, I'll turn the call over to Luke Larson.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. For everyone listening today, I just want you to know we take the earnings mix very seriously. I personally take responsibility for it and I'm very confident in the plan to put in place to correct this. We're laser-focused on improving both margins and the scale of the TASER 7 program. I’d now like to talk about the software and sensor segment which is a real bright spot in the quarter and it should continue to be. Not only did we see record bookings but we’re driving profitability in that segment as well. I want to highlight that the underlying software and storage revenue in that segment carry gross margins above 80% and we continue to sign new users at a healthy rate. In my time at Axon, we created this new category, the bodywork camera software ecosystem to support it and we have now proved out sustainability in it. And we don't feel good about that, we feel great about that. This is a great milestone and a great launch point for our next two software businesses. Given that Axon records and dispatch in those categories, we’re not inventing new software category but intend to simply earn market share in already existing profitable markets. Our path to sustainability at healthy margins should be much faster. Software segment bookings grew 60% over Q2 of last year and we were up 86% sequentially. To me, this is a testament to our strategy on both product development and also our pricing and sales. We look forward to bringing more and more major agencies on to OSP 7. What's really exciting is that the monthly ARPU for our OSP 7 Plus customers is around $100, which is more than double our historic averages. As you know creating value for our customers and driving ARPU are among our top strategic goals. For Axon records, we noted in our shareholder letters that our product has passed acceptance testing with two major cities. What's interesting to note about one of the cities is that they aren't doing an entire rip and replace of their existing records system, they're at first deploying several critical modules with the Axon solution and over time they will migrate more and more of their RMF functionality onto the Axon platform. We believe this credibly demonstrates that we have multiple paths to growing our customer base with the software product that will add capability over time. Now, I'll turn the call over to our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks Luke. When I step back and look at the bigger picture outside of the TASER issue this quarter there are a lot of positive indicators, from record bookings to growing ARPUs, to successive OSP 7, to annual recurring revenue growth of 40% to take control and operating expenses, there's a lot to be excited about and I believe we have strong underlying fundamentals. First, we're successfully moving the needle on selling high margin, long term recurring contracts. As Luke mentioned, the new OSP 7 deal that we signed in the quarter carry substantially higher software average revenue per unit than our current average. An important metric that we look at is how much of our revenue is tied to bundled recurring contracts. In 2016, it was 34%. In 2017 it was 46%. In 2018 it was 55%. And we're driving this number even higher in 2019 given that nearly all of our software and sensors contracts and half of our new TASER orders to the first two quarters of 2019 are tied to its subscription. Second, it's important to us to demonstrate that we're building businesses that can stand on their own and fund R&D and new ventures. The core body camera and software business is now doing exactly that. Not only self-supporting but allowing us to invest into the next generation of software products we're developing. We achieved this milestone ahead of plan. Third, our cash and short term investment balance grew over $7 million sequentially despite an approximately $8 million use of cash associated with our transition and subscription contracts. Finally, we continue to execute on strong cost controls, stripping out the impairment charge, operating expenses actually fell sequentially. Turning to our outlook, we are reiterating our full-year guidance in providing commentary around our Q3 expectations in the shareholder letter. We recognize that this year is very back half weighted due to the timing of TASER 7 shipments and the launch of Axon Body 3. We have a lot to deliver on but we also have a lot to be excited about and our teams are heading down executing. And with that operator, let's go to questions.
Operator:
Your first question comes from the line of Scott Berg with Needham. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
This is Josh on for Scott. I was just wondering can we get some more color - do you anticipate any delays with the AB3 in the certification process with carriers? Or any production issues similar to what's happening with the TASER 7 or what gives you confidence that that product will launch on time?
Rick Smith:
So this is Rick. So we have - we are performing and passing our internal tests which mimic the carrier certification test. So we believe the design is solid and it’s in the process now. I was talking with our VP of Operations just earlier today, he is in Asia and was meeting with the CEO of our supplier. In this case, we are - the AB3 is fundamentally being built by a contract supplier that does very large volumes of lots of cameras and similar electronic devices. So in terms of scale, I think AB3 is a little bit different, in that the TASER devices, those are a little bit more of a boutique where we are producing them in-house. There are no other products like them in the world. And with TASER 7, it was a new design and it's become obvious now, we had some challenges in the quarter with that. I think with Axon Body 3, there’s a fundamental difference in that this is a product category from a manufacturing perspective that is much less unique. And we're doing this with a manufacturing partner that operates at a much larger scale. And so as we get through the final design lock and certification, I think there's just inherently less risk in what we're building there and being able to scale it quickly.
Unidentified Analyst:
And then I just had one follow-up question. You mentioned $6 million in the quarter - or there's $6 million in TASER 7 demand that couldn't be met. And $3 million of that is going to be met in Q3. What happened to the other $3 million?
Rick Smith:
So that’s - we expect that to be filled in the back half of the year. That other $3 million relates to the cartridges and the - so the first $3 million is pretty easy because we shift that and that’s now then recognized. The cartridges of - we anticipate we may still have some backlog in Q3 as they roll into Q4. So there wasn’t as certain that backlog would be cleared in the third quarter, but we have higher confidence we’ll be able to clear out by the end of the year.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Mark Strouse with JPMorgan. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Mark Strouse:
Understandably, a lot of discussion about the - I'm sorry can hear me?
Rick Smith:
Yes. Mark, we can hear you.
Mark Strouse:
So the supply issues the you'd - okay, great. Excluding the supply issues that you talked about, can you just kind of talk about the demand picture for TASER 7? Is that meeting your original expectations or something change there and then kind of along similar lines, I mean, I understand that the software and sensors bookings is at an all-time high. Are you able to kind of say how much of that is tied to TASER 7 with its bundle? It might be hard to break-out but anything that can help investors kind of get a sense of what included in weapons and what's more of your traditional software and sensors looking at like a year-over-year basis?
Rick Smith:
Mark. Great call. We're going to have Josh, our Head of Sales answer that one.
Josh Isner:
Thanks for the question. On TASER 7, we are definitely pleased with the early and high levels of adoption of this product. As we scale any product, I think the availability of trials and evaluations out of the gate is always somewhat of a constraining factor, but we’ve seen the number of active trials in the fields going up every quarter and the number of large deals at the top end of the market continue to be encouraging. So we feel really good about TASER 7 long term, especially given that many of our largest TASER 7 contracts are on the $60 certification plan. So you might not see that early on with the average selling price, but as time goes on, the value of that plan will certainly become evident in the results. On the booking side, all of that is the same way we've always measured software and sensors booking. So it's - there's no TASER components in that. It's solely body cams, Axon Fleet, Evidence.com licenses and our software add-ons that go along with Evidence.com or features of Evidence.com.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, great. That's it for me. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Let me add a little bit more color to that. One thing - to me the strongest indicator in the quarter and really the first half of the year was the sales of the OSP 7 Plus plan. Luke and I stood on the stage and challenged the sales team at the beginning of the year that really this was a year where it's really important that we could prove that we can sell the high volume, high margin software products we've been investing in. And so, seeing our biggest orders from our biggest customers coming in on the OSP 7 Plus plan, not the OSP 7, 7 Plus, that incremental $50. It's all high value and high utility software. To me, that was an incredibly positive result. The other thing I think I would mention and really, look at the TASER 7 margins like nobody is happy about the operational issues that we have at the addressed margin. But that obviously is one other factor with the margins being down because of the high percentage vacancies that are bundling OSP 7 Plus right being here discounts across that bundle get applied to the TASER as well as the high - to draw a software product. And so the OSP 7 Plus plan can basically lead to some perceived margin compression, but it’s more than perceived. The accounting margin compression on TASER 7 because the whole bundle is applied to the TASER 7 upfront and then you see more software come in over time. But that is a true first world problem to have that we're seeing so many of our customers buying TASER 7 as part of this larger bundle.
Jawad Ahsan:
The other thing that I’d add first thing is about that all three of those were upgrades from existing body camera deals.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]
Andrea James:
Sure, I think we can make it two. Two questions is fine. Keep going.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of James Faucette with Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
This is Eric on for James. Thanks for taking our question. Congrats on the initial wreckers acceptance that's pretty cool. I'm just wondering as you've undergone that testing with your initial customers have you learned anything about how we should think about the timing to roll out moving forward and maybe if the products at a point where it's completely scalable and can be turned on quickly or just how we should be thinking about that with future customers.
Rick Smith:
So in the back half of this year, we're really focused On making sure that we get the product right with couple major agencies, so, that we can really scale the products going into 2020. And the way we’re thinking about that is nailing the acceptance testing with a couple really agencies that are indicative of the larger market. And we're using the OSP 7 Plus deals to create a big pipeline so that we can scale rapidly moving into next year.
Josh Isner:
I would add - this is the first time we've been through the end user training and that's gone particularly well with the officers really give me a lot of positive feedback. But I’d say it’s probably early for us to driving new conclusions about the deployability outside of these early customers just given we're pretty early in the process.
Unidentified Analyst:
That definitely makes sense. And then just thinking of the tie in there with OSP 7 is it being presented in a way where you're pushing for OSP 7 sales with the idea that those customers that sign up will eventually add in the records functionality is that kind of the way to be thinking about it?
Rick Smith:
Absolutely. We look at this like we're building a long term pipeline of customers that can or can convert over to Axon record. So, certainly we believe our customers are having a very good experience with Evidence.com and these OSP 7 Plus features I think continue to amplify that and we expect a lot of those customers to then as a result have a lot of faith in us to deliver a revolutionary record system.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Keith Housum with Northerncoast Research. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Keith Housum:
A question for you guys on the Axon Body 3. I understand that was strong, next one we hear is a certification from carriers, but our understanding especially with AT&T is there’s been challenges that they have in getting the certification process done in a timely manner. What confidence do you guys have that these guys will be able to do it in a timely manner and have it done for you guys by the end of the quarter?
Rick Smith:
We're confident in the certification process. Obviously, when you're working with a third party, we defer to them on the final say, but based on all the visibility that we have, that's one area where we have a high amount of confidence.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. I would just add on AT&T has spent in the tens of billions of dollars on the first net project and we've heard from them pretty directly that ours is if not the most critical, one of the most critical used cases of live streaming video. So I think we were getting just a tremendously positive amount of support from them. I think they see this as being a very strategic partnership.
Keith Housum:
And then on the annotated side of the manufacturing process, it sounds like the supplier issue with the batteries is done. Outside of that issue, how is the scrap rate I guess after that now versus where it was at the end of the last two quarters? Are you guys getting to the whole scrap rate that you guys now find acceptable?
Rick Smith:
So, we're continuing to make progress. I know scrap rates on handles have continued to improve pretty consistently. The issue with the cartridges, I've been personally deeply involved in that. We've – we’re feeling really good about where the design is and we think certainly by the end of the year, we're going to see some significant building materials, cost reductions happening in cartridges. In terms of - sort of - I’d say that by the fourth quarter, we should be seeing some real progress. I don’t know if I would straight line it from Q2 to Q4. We still are - are still ramping through Q3. But I think by the end of the year, we'll be in a really good spot.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho with William Blair & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
This is [indiscernible] for Jonathan Ho. Thanks for taking our questions. If I could - could you elaborate further on the TASER 7 supply chain issue - too, I agree on some of what – how you rectified the situation. And obviously, it's more - it’s probably higher demand than what the supplier has been used to. Was it significantly higher demand that they just never seen it before. And I’m wondering, you’re a month into 3Q, do you have any data thus far even though it's only one-third to the quarter that gives you confidence that the situation has been rectified?
Josh Isner:
So there’s one thing in particular, the supply chain issue was with the battery supplier. I would not say that it's mind blowing quantities of batteries. It was more just as we were scaling, we’re very sensitive around issues like batteries. This is mission critical for [indiscernible] we do a lot of testing. And as we might - as supply was ramping, we found some things that we - that we weren't happy with how it is scaling. And our team was all over it. I'm really proud of them for that. And in fact, we thought we would get the replacement, the batteries we needed even by the end of the quarter. So it was just one of the disappointments where a shipment didn’t come in on time. But I’ve been assured that the team feels very confident that the supplier has been very collaborative, is taking the feedback and implemented and we’ve now – we’re receiving those in higher quantities and we continue to keep a very close eye on quality issues and we're feeling we're in a really good spot. But it wasn't like we blew up – it wasn’t less on quantity and I think just a higher retention, we’re very sensitive on the battery issues and paying a lot of attention, make sure they scale it well.
Unidentified Analyst:
So it sounds like it’s more of a quality thing than alliance thing, okay. And just another question, so the design change, the $3 million that was impacted by the design change, was it the design change that was unplanned or was it the amount of impact from the design change that was unplanned?
Rick Smith:
So good question. So in order for us to - the design of the TASER 7 cartridges using some components that frankly, adversely impact the cost and from an availability, we also just can't get enough supply to meet the demand. So this was a planned design change. This design change solves two big challenges for us. One of them is it significantly reduces the cost and the other it also releases a big constraint on quantities. So as we rolled that design change in, we decided to make a risk purchase of some of the components before we completed validation. And I was right in the middle of that decision, in fact, I think it was the right call. Those design changes rolled into the training cartridges. Ultimately, we didn't pass validation, I think part of that is because we're really doing heavy validation testing. And so the risk purchase there we ended up having to scrap a lot of what we’ve purchased there and that’s what hit the quarter. We have validated the revision to that design and we’ve been testing the heck out of it. That is not completely out of validation but we’ve tested it for all of the relevant issues for which it didn’t pass in round one and it went through with flying colors on the issues that we were concerned about so. And that is we – this was part of a design change. It was planned. We had to scrap the parts because the first pass of the design didn't pass full validation and we have made a decision to go ahead and purchase on a risk basis before the design was fully validated an asset. I think our risk is sometimes it doesn't go your way and in this case it didn't had it passed validation we’d be talking about a very different quarter. But we’ve now – that design has passed the hard parts of validation and our team is all over it and I’m feeling really good that this puts us in a much better position by the end of the year.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Julianna DeSimone with Imperial Capital. Please go ahead your line is open.
Julianna DeSimone:
This is Julianna DeSimone on behalf of Imperial Capital. Two question. What progress has Axon made in integrating with all major CAD systems being used by police departments?
Rick Smith:
If I understand the question correctly it’s, what progress have we made integrating with CAD systems?
Julianna DeSimone:
Yes.
Rick Smith:
So our current our current evidence management system, Evidence.com is deployed by pretty much all of our domestic U.S. customers with our body cameras has a CAD integration that we’ve used at high volume. I don't have the percentage off the top of my head but it's used in a lot of agencies to auto categorize the events which is a huge benefit to the agencies from a cost perspective. Now, we are also developing a new dispatch solution that we’re currently still in research and development on.
Julianna DeSimone:
And is the integrated solution that Axon is offering creating a situation in which those law enforcement departments and other large and smaller districts are now under pressure to keep up with their fellow departments in the same state?
Rick Smith:
I would say our Dispatch product is going to be revolutionary in terms of the approach that we've taken and it's tightly integrated with the Axon platform. So, once they roll out our entire suite of hardware and software product, they're going to see - just a totally different way of achieving efficacy with this new Dispatch solution which I think is going to put a lot of competitive pressure on agencies to say, hey are we using the latest technology that's available in these mission critical situations.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig-Hallum & Company Capital. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Ryan Sigdahl:
It’s Ryan Sigdahl on for Steve. Given the Q3 and full year guidance it implies a very significant ramp in revenue in Q4. I guess what gives you confidence in that acceleration and how much of that has been booked versus expectations for potential deals in the pipeline?
Rick Smith:
So, let me take the first part what gives me confidence is the team of people we have working on this. So, I have very high confidence in our team’s ability to deliver. Josh you were talking a bit about how much of this is already booked?
Josh Isner:
Yes, I'm not going to go into specifics on this but we have a healthy number of TASER assurance plan upgrades scheduled, as well as several large deals in the pipeline that we have to execute on frankly in the second half of the year. But certainly, it's right there in front of us. And after a miss, the team is a little upset and more motivated than ever to get this back on track, and that's what we're going to focus on doing in the second half of the year.
Ryan Sigdahl:
And then as a follow-up to that, I mean, so big revenue ramp, also the incremental EBITDA margins by my math is something like 90% from first half to second half. I guess as far as OpEx growth or lack thereof versus gross margin expansion, can you help kind of give – what gives you confidence in that in that ramp and then between the two, OpEx and gross margin.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So the way that I'm thinking about this, look, it's tough to give gross margin guidance in a year when you're launching a new product, and it's really tough to do that in a year that you're launching several products, which is why we haven't given specifically guidance on that. And we don't intend to do that but we have guided on the top line and the bottom line on revenue and EBITDA. And our intent is to deliver on that. We're very conscious of our margin profile. We spend a lot of time talking about that internally. And we're driving – we're taking actions to drive to that long-term guidance. Our focus right now is on successful product launches. These are new platforms TASER 7, AB3, these are new platforms that are going to drive value over a long period of time. And what we want to focus on right now is making sure that these products are performing to our high standards, providing the customers with the great experience. And we're going to trade gross margin dollars to ensure that in the short term. Rick mentioned, for example, there's a team working on design refinements that are going to deliver cost improvements, and that's an example of where we're trading up gross margin dollars to do that. And we're going to continue to do that to make sure that these products are successful. But again, we are mindful of the gross margin profile we’re driving to those - to that guidance over the long-term. So, recap, we’ve given a top and bottom line on revenue and EBITDA guidance for the year where our intent is to deliver on that and we're driving the business long-term on gross margins.
Ryan Sigdahl:
If I can sneak one more quick one in here and then I'll hop back in the queue. Previously, you guys said that you offered a larger TASER trading credit which was effective through July 1 with a lower credit available through the end of the year. Is that still the right plan or assumption? Thanks and good luck.
Rick Smith:
Yes, that's still correct.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Godfrey with C.L. King. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
George Godfrey:
Two questions. First one, a quick one. What was international revenue in the quarter?
Jawad Ahsan:
We’re just pulling that up, George. $18 million.
George Godfrey:
$18 million. Okay. Following up on the profitability you just talked about Jawad, can you remind me what are you targeting for the long-term operating margin between the TASER business and the software and sensor business?
Jawad Ahsan:
So we were not thinking in terms of operating margin because what we - one of the dynamics of the business is that we have all these administrative costs that are basically sitting in the TASER P&L and to try to allocate that is a very arbitrary exercise between segments. So, we have guided to that gross margin in the TASER segment and it will be 70% and then software and sensors will also be 70% longer term. And then the overall business for 2019, we’ve guided to the $80 million to $85 million in EBITDA. We still - we still are mindful of the fact that we’ve said at the end of 2017, that 300 to 400 basis points of margin improvement. But again, with all the product launches we have and frankly, the pretty exciting market opportunity we had ahead of us, we want to make sure that we're making investments into the business to capture those opportunities and so in 2019, the EBITDA guidance is $80 million to $85 million.
George Godfrey:
And I appreciate that and I always appreciate the color. I was just thinking in a steady state, whether that's one year, three years, five years, A, what is that margin look like and B, can you put a timeline on what that timeline is to get to a steady state because it just always seems like it’s constantly pushing out? Thanks.
Jawad Ahsan:
So on adjusted EBITDA, that margin what we're targeting is 30% long-term and we haven't given a specific time frame for that margin. But I can tell you that as we bring new software products online, we can expect that margin to accelerate. For example, this quarter when you look at our Axon cloud business, you strip out professional services, all our software products today are delivering over 80% margins and we're now over the next 12 to 24 months, we're going to be bringing records online dispatch those are going to be at very high margins as well. And so I would expect that in the next few years that we're going to be approaching that 30% adjusted EBITDA margin.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Charlie Erlikh with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Charlie Erlikh:
Thanks for taking the question. Just had a bigger picture question on RMS, when you look at the RMS competitive landscape there are a lot of existing players. So could you just remind us what it is about your record product that gives you confidence in your ability to displace those existing players?
Rick Smith:
So two things, in the short term, just the integration of digital evidence and records together is very valuable not to have to like write your records in one system and then have all of your videos and photos. We're seeing body camera videos. They're becoming the central element of every record. Right. That's the thing that records would actually happen and having one integrated experience where your video is built right into the record rather than sort of everything else is a digital representation of pieces of paper. And then you separately go into our system that these agencies for their records. I’m sorry for the video record, so that integration is one. The other I would say is just in general, the level of design experience is just - it’s very different from what customers had historically which is why we had be able to feedback our items from agent. Customers are going through training now saying wow, this is like seven stars on a five-star basis. And then the long term real advantage we have is to be able to extract the records from our smart sensors. AB3 is a connected device that is really being optimized with multiple microphones, so that we can really do some better transcription and audio tuning specifically so that we can do better transcription and we can ultimately extract the audio and the video to pre-populated much of the report. These officers today's spent - the sensors for today’s RMS systems are cops typing on keyboards, the sensors that will power our system, our body cameras in-car cameras, drones, interview rooms all of the smart sensors. That is the strength of our business today is the engine that will drive our record management system into the future.
Charlie Erlikh:
And then, just one quick one on Fleet. Is Fleet getting their reception that you guys expected so far and I’d also be curious to hear your thoughts on how Motorola WatchGuard acquisition changes at competitive landscape in Fleet or elsewhere.
Rick Smith:
Yes, we - I mean not to be critical of our competitors but we were really taking a bite out of WatchGuard's market share with our integrated offering. And so, we're not - I don't know that adding to subpar solutions makes a better one. And so, we're really confident in our Fleet program or Fleet roadmap our Fleet product lead is the kind of blade, and you just really got a compelling future vision, so we feel really confident about our in-car position.
Operator:
And your last question comes from the line of Julianna DeSimone with Imperial Capital. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Julianna DeSimone:
Thanks for taking my question. What types of software in forensic analytics upgrade is Axon’s working on to enhance the total solution?
Rick Smith:
We haven’t - that would require getting into a little more detail in terms of our specific roadmap around what we’re doing with record and dispatch. So, certainly, analytic is an area we see as a real differentiator particularly because of our AI theme and the thing that we’ll be able to automate with today are very manual processes. But we haven’t given any future levels specifics on our roadmap there.
Operator:
That concludes today's call. I now turn the call back over to management for any closing remarks.
Andrea James:
All right. So thanks everybody for joining us on the call today. In the next quarter we will be hosting an event for our analysts and major institutional shareholders at the International Association of Chiefs of Police. The conference this year will be in Chicago and we look forward to seeing you there and discussing our results on our next quarterly call. So thanks everyone.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Mike, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to Axon Reports Q1 2019 Financial Results. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers’ remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] I will now turn the call over to Luke Larson, President of Axon. You may begin your conference.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Mike. Good afternoon to everyone. I’m Luke Larson, the President of Axon. Welcome to Axon’s first quarter 2019 earnings conference call. Before we get started, Andrea James, our VP of Investor Relations will read the Safe Harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Hello, everyone. Here in the room in Scottsdale, we have Luke Larson, our CFO; Jawad Ahsan and our Chief Revenue Officer; Josh Isner, and CEO; Rick Smith who is joining us from San Francisco. This call is being broadcast online and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. You can find our reported results and our quarterly shareholder letter, which is available at investor.axon.com and we’ve also filed with the SEC. Today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our future expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies including projections for revenue growth, profitability, and products development. We intend that all forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Axon’s forward-looking information is based on current information and expectations. Our estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our Form 10-K and 10-Q under the caption, Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov by searching under the Axon ticker, AAXN. All right, go ahead Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea, and thanks for joining us to our investors today. This is a symbolic quarter for Axon because it is the first quarter where we are recognizing high margin software revenue on our TASER program. The revenue will grow as we move TASER 7 through the installed base and drive subscription contracts. And the marginal cost of that revenue is so low that this quarter it rounds to zero. So that feels pretty good. That's why you build software businesses, our recurring revenue is now more than $122 million, up 47% from a year ago. Our shareholder letter is pretty robust this quarter because our team accomplished a lot since our February update, including significantly retiring product launch risk on Axon Body 3 and moving closer to day zero with a major city agency deploying Axon records. Our software product launches, Axon Performance and Reduction Assistant are setting new industry standards for using AI to drive efficiency managing body camera programs. And I'm especially excited about that FedRAMP certification. That's a stealth initiative we've been working on for three years. Securing FedRAMP opens up the federal market for us. Last month, Luke and I attended an Axon Salute to Federal Law Enforcement on Capitol Hill formerly kicking off our entry into the federal market. Any of these accomplishments we're announcing this quarter could have been impressive on its own. And I'm really proud of Axon's teams who continue to push hard and deliver on behalf of our customers. Every products we bring to market is the result of extensive discussions with our customers. In the early days of TASER, we would develop new products in a black box and unveil them when they were finished. That's a model that could result in spectacular successes or failures. We spent millions of dollars developing the TASER X3, a three-shot TASER that I still believe was a great weapon, it's one of my personal favorites but it was a commercial failure and we barely sold any because it was just too big and complicated. I'm glad that I learned that lesson early on, today no product is developed in a vacuum. We spend a lot of time listening to customers and what we're hearing is that the result of this means TASER 7, Axon Body 3 with LTE connectivity and Axon Records are all game changers and customers love them. And while we've been confident in demand for these products we’re increasingly confident about the timelines we've publicly announced, Q3 for Axon Body 3, and later in the year for Axon Records. Making a slight pivot, I want to let you know – I want all of you to know that I have a book coming to market later this month, it's called The End of Killing. It's a personal project I did not seek permission from the board before writing it because I believe it's a book that needs to be written and I want you to hear about it from me. The subject involves my life's work and much of the work it acts on, which is using technology to solve one of humanity's oldest problems, the killing of people. I've been giving talks around the country to champion this idea and one thing that I ask audiences is to guess under what scenarios police are trained to shoot to kill. It's a bit of a trick question actually because police are not trained nor authorized to shoot to kill. Police are trained to shoot only to stop a threat, it just so happens that up until now the best tools we've given them to stop a threat are lethal bullets. Killing is a technology problem, we're making a dent in it and Axon is well-positioned ultimately to help solve it. We're getting a lot closer to competing with the handgun with TASER 7 and I think we'll get even closer with TASER 8. I've challenged our internal teams to develop a TASER weapon that outperforms a handgun as measured by time to incapacitation of a threat within the next decade and I believe less lethal energy weapons will surpass the performance of kinetic projectiles within this same timeframe. The bullets days at the top of the force spectrum are numbered. Speaking of TASER, let me turn the call over to Luke to do a bit of a deep dive on booting up TASER 7.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick and thank you to everyone who can make it out to Axon Accelerate last week. We had nearly 2,000 attendees largely representing the top 1,200 U.S. agencies in law enforcement as well as the attendees from police forces around the world. Our Axon Accelerate attendance was very intentional to get the right customers there. We also invited several analysts and investors and it was great that they got to see the excitement as well. One of our key goals for the year is to create a rabid fan base and I'm here to tell you at the event we've sold out our swag easier to have stuffed animals of canines, we sold over $30,000 worth of T-shirts and Axon branded swag. We will never be complacent with building on our customer relationships but selling out the stuff really blew me away. Of course, the purpose of the conference is not to sell T-shirts, we also generated more contract pipeline at Accelerate than we generated at IECP, a conference with over 10,000 people. Now IECP is still a very important conference to us, but to me these numbers are a great leading indicator that we're building the preeminent tech conference in public safety. In February I told you that I was laser focused on three main execution items this year ensuring the success of the TASER 7 launch, bringing Axon Body 3 to market and launching Axon Records. Let’s drill down on the first one. We feel confident that TASER 7 will be a major revenue and gross profit driver for our business over the next several years, in Q1 TASER segment gross margins were pressured by two main factors ASP, average selling price and scrap rates both will improve over time and we're improving even as we speak. On the ASP side we're making the strategic decision to offer trading credits to major agencies many of which we're - with who are buying new TASER devices from us early as a year ago. We offer a prorated credit to incentivize customers to adopt TASER 7 sooner and this delivers a greater total customer lifetime value than if we waited for their existing TASERs to age beyond their useful life. So we're seeing some near term ASP compression related to these credits but this was expected and it will actually paid out over time as existing devices in the field age actually view this as an extreme positive. And then it means we've got a great response to our new weapon where customers want to upgrade early. Now I want to touch on TASER 7 manufacturing yields and scrap rates which are all tracking to the plan especially I want to sharing a light here for the benefit of our software focused analyst and investors Axon in specifically our TASER unit has more than 25 years of experience in manufacturing TASER devices. And we've invested heavily in building out this capability. Anytime we introduce a new TASER there is a production ramp that requires us to refine the production process because TASER devices are used in tactical situations. We perform validation checks on every device before we ship it to the customer. If any part of the weapon does not pass our validation checks we scrap it and improve the manufacturing process. This process is par for the course for historically TASER launches. With Taser 7 we're seeing high demand and so we're ramping production more quickly than previous models. For example, our Q1 unit volume for TASER 7 is on par with the entire first year shipping of the TASER X2 which we introduced in 2011. I feel very confident that we have a clear line of sight to meeting customer demand while also improving yields with steady state production by the end of 2019. Regarding the other execution items, Rick, already touched on those. We are very excited to talk more about Axon records once it is live with our first major city customer. Now, turning the call over to Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke, and thanks to all of you for joining the call today. April month made two year anniversary with the company and also coincided with the two year anniversary of changing our name from TASER to Axon. I'm really pleased with our execution and how we’ve strengthened the business model over the past 24 months and I believe we're just getting started. As many of you know we made a commitment to our investors to drive strong growth on the top line while also demonstrating levels. And a lot of my day to day is spent ensuring we do exactly that. I've done that before, grown the SaaS business while driving leverage and I'm thrilled that Axon is also proving that it can be done. In Q1 we were reported strong revenue and you'll notice that we're raising our full year revenue outlook by $5 million while holding adjusted EBITDA guidance in line. This is very much by design. We've told our product team that the way to earn more R&D budget is through the top line, but we're confident we can deliver $80 million to $85 million in adjusted EBITDA for 34% growth at the midpoint. The adjusted EBITDA margin will vary depending on revenue as we look to accelerate our investments in R&D. With that said, as you can see from our guidance with Q2 looking like Q1 in both revenue and adjusted EBITDA, we've set ourselves up for a strong back half with much higher margins versus the first half. Another important area of focus for us is corporate strategy including ways to grow our total addressable market or TAM. Today, we have an $8.4 billion TAM, which primarily reflects our four strategic areas of investment, TASER, cameras and digital evidence management, Axon Records and Axon Dispatch. As we look out longer term, we see a great deal of potential to extend Axon’s growth outside of our existing scope. Our successful transition to both a technology products in SaaS business leaves us incredibly well-positioned to develop new revenue streams. We have a unique opportunity to take the same products and feature set we've developed for law enforcement and find applications for enterprise users who want similar capabilities. Axon has the right balance sheet, the right customer relationships and the right foundation of law enforcement technology products from which to expand. We’re continually thinking about the best way to steward our capital and exploit our market leadership and ensure we do that in a disciplined way to drive shareholder value. Thank you everyone. And with that, we'll go to Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from Jonathan Ho from William Blair.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon, and congratulations on the strong results. I just wanted to start out with a question on I guess the TASER 7 impacts from I guess the credits that are being offered. Can you maybe quantify for us a little bit how that works and help us understand maybe how that works through the next couple of quarters as well as maybe over a longer timeframe?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So when we launched TASER 7 and this is actually historical practice that we’ve used is we offer trading credits for customers that have weapons that are under the five year useful life and we have kind of a prorated calculation where if you were to let's say buy TASER X2 three years ago or two years ago and now you want to upgrade to a TASER 7 we'll give you some of the value of that useful life back in the trading credit. We usually users to make sure that we smooth out good customer relationships and again I actually view this as a strong positive in that we're seeing major city customers that want to upgrade to the TASER 7 because it's such a fantastic weapon.
Jonathan Ho:
Got it. And then just talking a little bit about Axon records you noted that the initial launch customer is getting pretty close at this point towards the back half of the year. But can you maybe highlight what they can do with your system versus what could not be done before in particularly since you're integrating some of the camera capabilities as well.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I'll take that one. So the first I would say we just came out of our axon accelerate conference and I was talking with the head of records just a few moments ago and we have a ton of customer interest across the board and we've been doing some demonstrations with various prospects across the country and getting very positive feedback. So the way to think about Axon records and it’s our launch product will have a couple of very unique features. Probably the most unique feature is the ability to integrate your digital evidence seamlessly in with the Axon record so we call it video at the heart of the record. So if you think about it having your video in a totally separate system you have to log into it is just a much clunkier experience whereas the way human beings communicate now we don't really send text only messages or documents very much. We tend to communicate using pictures, video, text evenemojis, even our correct record system won't have emoji, it will have a very integrated audio video capability along with the text elements. So that's sort of the way to think of it at the outset. And then we just really got a nice job. The team has been hitting all of the basic foundational work that you're not doing duplicate data entry for three different forms that there's that dynamic input from experience, so you're inputting only that data that’s necessary based on the type of report you're filling out and that can grow, if one incident ends up being a stolen vehicle, and a felony assault and some other thing historically might require several different reports be filled out in sort of duplicate data entry. So that's sort of the foundation. But what really will differentiate us over time is that we were evolving the use of AI to extract video from the audio data center. So this is we're having, both hardware and software is unique advantage for us. So Axon Body 3, we spend a lot of time tuning it with a multiple microphone array to be able to optimize how we handle voice data that's coming in, so we can turn and describe it more accurately and be able to have AI models that over time will learn when the officer asks what is your name, the next statement is likely to include the first name and last name and to begin to extract that information and pre-populate the report. So I’ll just wrap. I think at our conference, we talked a bit about how. If you think about autonomous driving, we're planning this autonomous report writing. And actually, it's not as difficult a problem as autonomous driving is. But it will evolve in several stages. So we're a sort of stage zero to one right now which is all about getting all the basic data structure stage 0 to 1 right now, which all about getting all the basic data structure right so that we can begin to optimize some of the AI data extraction using our smart sensors when those go live this summer as well. So launch of Axon Body 3 on records really complement each other in that Axon Body 3 is a center of its optimized to begin moving into this AI-driven future.
Jonathan Ho:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Mark Strouse from JPMorgan.
Mark Strouse:
Hey, good afternoon. Thanks for taking our questions. So it sounds like you can't divulge too much information yet about the major city that's adopting Axon Records, but are you able to say was that a competitive displacement? And then are they adopting your entire solution as it stands today or they kind of cherry picking certain modules?
Rick Smith:
I'll take that one. So this was a customer that’s been a development partner. They did look at the available options in the Records space, but there we've been primarily focused heavily on developing the Records system with them. So you can think of it with them as a standalone that is not part of a big – a bigger economic package. This is really focused on developing the Records system.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. And then congrats on getting the Redaction Assistant out the door. I guess can you just kind of talk about based on the trials that you've run so for kind of the efficiency gains that the customers are seeing? I think you guys are throwing out this data of multiple hours in the past for certain minutes of video. I mean it is that process now down to minutes of Redaction. Maybe you can compare that to kind of your prior Redaction tool and see some of the other competitors thereafter.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So, great question. So, we just launched. One of the launch partners was a city prosecutor that was meticulously tracking the time that we’re spending on redaction and before the redaction assistant compared to afterwards, once they deployed the redaction assistant, the city attorney reported they were spending 80% less time per video on redaction and that actually was going to lead to a change in how they budgeted. They wouldn't need to budget for more people to be able to do the redactions. So that's the one that comes to mind. We're a little early in the game in terms of having a bunch of agencies. But that first be back at 80% was pretty enlightening. Our target was to reduce redaction times by at least 50%. We’re looking graph for performing that.
Mark Strouse:
Go ahead. Okay. And then just one more quick one if I can for Jawad or Josh. Can you just remind us when the TASER 7 upgrade your credits end and I guess kind of secondary to that do they kind of dwindle down over time each quarter?
Jawad Ahsan:
Hi, Mark. Yes, absolutely. They do go down over time. They will start to – so we had an offer in Q4 of last year and it went down as Q1 and it’s been flat in Q1 to Q2 and then it is declining every quarter after that. So, essentially that's done to be fair to customers but also to draw some urgency around upgrade cycles. So you'll see in lower trading credit as of July 1st compared to what we're offering this quarter.
Mark Strouse:
Are you able to say does that completely end though by the end of 2019 or does it drag on into the 2020?
Jawad Ahsan:
We are planning to assess that decision at the end of the year. So I think I can’t really give an answer there other than they will continue to decline through the end of this year and we will assess it in December.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from James Lizzul from Morgan Stanley.
James Lizzul:
Great. Thank you very much. I wanted to ask may be for Jawad. Can you just walk us through a little bit on one thing that kind of looks - I look at is when you see the magnitude of upside versus your guide for the full year I don't think it's a big deal but I just want to make sure I understand the puts and takes of why may be the guide for the full year isn’t – as a least as much as is what the upside was in the first quarter.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah. So what we're actively doing or we're making a conscious decision to reinvest the upside from revenue into the business. When we came in at 2019 as you put together our budget process we were oversubscribed there were more things that folks wanted to do than we had the budget for. And so what we said was that as we progress throughout the year as we feed on revenue we're going to let basically take that and reinvest it into the business. And so that's what we're doing. We've raised our guidance for the year on revenue but we've held it on EBITDA.
James Lizzul:
Got it. Got it. Okay, that's clear. And then I guess I’ll open it up to whomever but as you're rolling out just thinking about long term as we're rolling out the different software products and it’s that adapt capability beyond just police forces et cetera. How do we think about the opportunity beyond that and what needs to happen to even start to expand it further into whether it's court systems, prosecutors offices or even more broadly to within the emergency response, within your emergency response deal. Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, so oftentimes, these first responder units will use the same technology platforms, and we've actually seen some very interesting inbound demand from these adjacent markets. We are being pretty tight lipped for competitive reasons on our exact approach, I would say we're definitely looking at the adjacent public safety spaces in addition to making a strong push into the federal space as well as international markets as well.
James Lizzul:
That's great. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, this is Rick. Let me add one more detail. One thing that I think will be -- will really help make body cameras more appealing in additional markets is once they are real time connected and can live stream, I think that just opens up a whole bunch of additional use cases from the traditional work then so far which has recorded an event and then some hours later, you dock the camera and that information becomes available. Being able to live stream that information opens up as you can imagine just a whole host of different types of services that I don't think we even understand yet. Once the camera is out there, we believe this is one of the things that will evolve and we'll iterate together with our customers. But I think that both in law enforcement and for these other markets like for emergency medical services, being able to live stream video from a scene using a system that has made law enforcement public safety and [indiscernible] types of regulations to be extremely valuable for emergency room positions where others will be able to see what's happening out in the field. So it’s just one example of where that live connectivity we think really could open up the available markets that will be interested.
James Lizzul:
Great. Absolutely. Thanks.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Scott Berg from Needham.
Scott Berg:
Hi, everyone. Congrats on the good quarter and thanks for taking my questions. I guess we'll start with on the FedRAMP side Rick or maybe Luke wants to take the question, how should we think of what products are going to be sold into that area? Is going to be TASERS, cameras, drones, software? Help us understand what that opportunity looks like?
Rick Smith:
Yes. Basically all of the above. Our options now we have been selling TASERS historically federal market, but they've not been using our cloud services. So FedRAMP now opens up the entire platform up to FedRAMP Moderate, which covers most of the use cases for all of the above for fleet, in-car systems for body cameras, or federal agencies to start using Evidence.com for managing their TASER weapons and certainly we think drones could be an interesting space there as well.
Scott Berg:
Got it. Helpful. And then on the I guess Jawad on a future contract value is up nicely a little bit less than 50% year-over-year. But your new bookings in software and sensors is down. How should we think about that metric? My guess is there's some camera movement in there given the expectations of some of those sales are being pushed off to the second half and AB3 is ready.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. The first thing I'd say that Josh is here with us today I’d love to frame the way in but one of the first things to note is that in Q1 last year we had a large a very large international booking about $30 millions, if you strip that out we’re actually up year-over-year and then Josh would you like to add color?
Josh Isner:
Yeah. I think the Q1 results in video bookings are purely at this point seasonality. I think Q1 is kind of our softest quarter of the year. Sometimes there is a large one-time like it was the case last year in Q1. But I certainly have a lot of confidence that this is not a sign of kind of anything to worry about. I actually think we're going to have a very strong rebound in the next few quarters in terms of Axon booking. So Q1 people get new regions, people have new quotas. We have the sales meeting first week of the year is kind of dead week, so it’s just naturally kind of our slowest quarter of the year. And again I think there's a lot of reason to be optimistic of that number bounces back.
Rick Smith:
And I would just add, your – I think your comment on AB3 was correct. We announced AB3 [indiscernible] at ICP in October and then re-emphasized some of the – all of the capability that Rick addressed with the ware and live streaming. And so we expect that to start shipping at the end of Q2. And we think that will end of Q2, beginning of Q3, we think that will drive to high demand.
Scott Berg:
Great. That’s all I have. I’ll jump in the queue. Thanks again.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from Will Power from Baird.
Will Power:
Yeah. Great, thanks for taking the questions. Yeah, first one maybe a bit of a follow-up perhaps for Rick or Luke. But just qualitatively love to get your perspective or color on conversations that accelerate around AB3 and how you're thinking about the pipeline and what your customers are perhaps most excited about with that product, I guess as part of that should we expect something similar to AB 3 to what we will see in TASER 7 with respect to potential tradings and credits how do we think about that. What that might mean for gross margins in the back half of the year.
Rick Smith:
Got it so yeah. One of the one of the really nicest surprises I would say at Accelerate this year was just how much interest there was in the live connected services when we first really started talking about Live services with our customers there was a lot of questions about whether that's something that they would actually use and we decided to go all in our customers almost all of our customers on a hardware upgrade program and we could have chosen to do AB 2 plus where we could have done a next generation body camera and focused on cost optimization on the hardware and met our financial obligations. But we felt the right thing to do was to extend ourselves and actually make this a really powerful camera upgrade so while our customers are effectively on the iPod upgrade program. We're giving them an iPhone and we believe that was the right thing to do because it basically enables a whole host of new services that we could begin to sell once the hardware can support real time connectivity. I would say a year ago that was a little bit dicey it was not the super easy decision to make in that as we are calibrating with customers it was not universally clear that they would basically value those connected services enough to want to pay for them. And I think we put that concern largely to rest this year. I think our team has done a really good job of understanding what the customer use cases are and I'll give you one example. So one of the downsides you worry about sometimes with police union management relationship is if it seen as a micromanaging tool where the Chief is going to be walking in on his cell phone remotely and trying to micromanage the scene that is a sort of thing that customers would absolutely not react well to. But when we help them understand, hey, if you're going into a situation where you're just uncomfortable that you as an officer could activate the live stream and ask your fellows to watch your back and know that other people are going to be able to see what's happening and begin to rally support if they see it starting to go downhill, right, because sometimes before an officer calls their intuition is starting – calls for help is starting to – they're starting to see things and make them uneasy and for us to give them the ability to share that with the rest of their team actually gives them a real sense of comfort going into the unknown. And I think as a result, somewhat of the positioning and a lot of great work the products done in the product design, every customer I talked to this year was very interested in the connected real-time services, and maybe every customer might be an overstatement, maybe some other team might have found some customers that were less interested, but I would say it was a real home run making the move to include LTE and act somebody…
Will Power:
Okay. Great. Yeah. And just any color from, I guess, anyone on the team on how to think about gross margins were just really the broader sensor segment in the second half of the year as [indiscernible] rolls out?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So what we expect is that we’re not going to like it – when we talk about it we’re not going to really see any – there is no trading credit on the body camera and those margins – we're managing that segment to about 25% margin and we expect that that will continue into second half.
Will Power:
Okay. Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum Capital.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Hey, guys. Ryan Sigdahl on for Steve Dyer. Quick question as it relates to guidance. So in the press release you expect significantly higher growth rates in the second half of 2019. But based on Q1 actual, Q2 growth of 16% to 17% it implies something like 16% to 20% in the second half of the year. So that basically brackets Q2 expectations. What am I missing there?
Rick Smith:
I don't think you are missing anything. We expect that Q2 is going to look very similar to Q1 and we're really ramping up for a strong second half.
Ryan Sigdahl:
So the significantly higher growth rates in the second half of the year, just maybe some color there on that comment.
Rick Smith:
Sure. We'll be in full production on TASER 7 and should be shipping and going into Q4 with shipping our records product as well.
Ryan Sigdahl:
All right. It sounds like a little bit of conservatism done in that 2019 guidance. Based on that, secondly just on the TASER 7 what of the orders in the quarter, what percentage were upgrades versus new users. And then what percentage of those TASER 7 orders received trading credits? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So, just if I understand the question correctly, it’s what percentage – you know we kind of view every customer as being a previous TASER customer. The question is what percentage are using the trading credits at this point. I think the maturity of the deals would have some trading credit.
Luke Larson:
Yeah, by definition the only one that who never wants that never have to deployed TASERs before.
Ryan Sigdahl:
So just to clarify that so it’s anyone that has TASER goods to credit not just once that are under the five year useful life warranty.
Rick Smith:
Correct but it's a scale to how was the weapon so by far the least valuable tradings are the ones that are older than five years and most valuable ones are the one that are within one year old and it just need to scales throughout the life cycle of the weapon.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Great. Thanks guys, I'll turn it over from there. Good luck.
Operator:
Your next question comes from George Godfrey from C.L. King.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Two questions. Jawad, is the 300 basis point to 400 basis point margin improvement on an annual basis now off the table.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah. George we at the beginning of the year we changed our guidance. We're still over the three year period managing to driving leverage in the business and what we said specifically for 2019 is that we're going to deliver $80 million to 85 million dollars in adjusted EBITDA. Now the margin rate the reason we don't want to guide to that specifically is that's going to vary depending on where revenue comes in. And given that we are committed to reinvesting any additional revenue into the business the margin rate is going to be really difficult for us to guide you. So rather than guide to that we're guiding to is the $80 million to $85 million in EBITDA.
George Godfrey:
Okay. So just one want to clear is we could have that type of improvement in any given year. But you’re saying that three year accumulative will average out to that range so that still on the table or no. I just want to make sure I understand that.
Jawad Ahsan:
When we put together our budgeting for 2019 and for 2020. Our expectation is that we're very much going to be driving leverage. And again if it turns out that is 300 basis points to 400 basis points but what we really are looking at when we set our budget, for example, for the $80 million to $85 million we wanted to stay within that range, when we put together a budget for 2020 [ph] would be in the same range as well, we want to consistently year-over-year continue to drive our EBITDA margins up. But again what we're really more focused on is not so much. What we want to do is invest in the business and make the right investments in R&D to capture this opportunity ahead of us while at the same time driving leverage but it's both of those, we're not prioritizing a specific margin target.
George Godfrey:
Okay. And then looking at the balance sheet, DSO this quarter 117 days, Q1 two years ago that was 51 days, is that the new level we should expect going forward?
Rick Smith:
No, that's an anomaly. And what we are seeing is that as we expected we did our following offering there was a greater shift to subscription, many of these invoices are paid annually in advance, it's a different model. And as we're making this transition we're working with our customers to make sure that we're working with them and doing what's right for them and helping them transition to these longer-term – or sorry, these recurring contracts. And so that’s something that in that transition we're experiencing a bit of an anomaly but we don’t expect that to continue.
George Godfrey:
And could you give an estimate of the CapEx? And that's my final question. Thank you very much for the answers.
Jawad Ahsan:
So we are anticipating in the range of $12 million to $15 million for the year.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty & Company.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks, guys. Congress on the good results. Wanted to come back to the weapon segment for a second, and you've had some nice traction thus far on the TASER 7 but in terms of thinking about the kind of the units and how they're going to play out the remainder of 2019 the growth that you might see in that segment from the TASER 7 how do we expect that in terms of taking over the total units that you sell in 2019 given the trading credits and so forth versus what we saw in the first quarter, we had about 25,000 of the legacy units and about 9,000 of the TASER 7?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, I think the expectation is things are starting to becomes a larger percentage of total handles sold in each quarter. I think as we rolled out T&E units and so forth, it's going to take time for TASER 7 to scales to that point. And there is some international orders and it was Q4 in the UK or Q1. So X choose the only legal lesson there. So some of those dynamics led to selling more smart weapons and T7. But over time, our expectations and what we’re driving toward is making sure that T7 becomes the most commonly sold handle as we go throughout the year.
Jeremy Hamblin:
To be more specific, yes we get into let's say Q3/Q4, would you expect T7 to be at least 50% of the total unit sold?
Rick Smith:
I'm not sure I can give a specific number because again it does rely on like there is large international deals in process with other units or if there's a big one-time order of X26 PRX2 if it’s kind of temporarily skew the numbers. But we certainly expect the trend to be that T7 becomes a larger and larger percentage of total handle sold throughout the year.
Luke Larson:
Yeah. And I think we have a very illustrative chart from our road show that shows how we've been very effective at transitioning to the new technology from the original X26 to the X26P and the X2 and to the TASER X26P and the TASER X2 and we would expect our execution to be the same as we transition to TASER 7.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And then one other question on the – on Axon cloud service revenue, you saw your gross margins fall down 90 basis points sequentially and down in almost 500 basis points from where you were a year ago. Can you give me a sense just in terms of that change, what's driving that, and how we would expect that to play out the remainder of 2019?
Rick Smith:
Sequentially, we're not really seeing much of an impact, all right. There's always – there's some cyclicality, but our pure, the pure software component of that is still flat, it’s a very high margin. It could be driven by the mix of lower margin professional services. So, that's something that that tends to wind up, but again that's part of the cyclicality.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. Thanks, guys. Good luck.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from Keith Housum from Northcoast Research. Keith Housum, your line is open.
Keith Housum:
Sorry about that, how you’re -- can you just provide a little more color on the third ramp opportunity, in the first-off is that included in the $8.4 billion TAM and perhaps as the numbers around how many perhaps production uses out there?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So today, our TAM is largely focused on -- forces as we look to grow that overtime we see federal being a very real opportunity to get deeper penetrations into the federal police forces but also our ultimate goal would be to have the actual like big army and more penetration into the larger operating units.
Keith Housum:
So right now that number is not including of the fed ramp your [ph] $8.4 billion opportunity?
Rick Smith:
No, it’s not.
Keith Housum:
Okay. Got you. And then as a follow-up question, can you just provide a little bit color on in the international efforts during the quarter and how they were comparing to last year and how – I guess, some of the RFPs are looking for the rest of the year?
Rick Smith:
Sorry, you are looking for an update on the international weapons?
Keith Housum:
International overall weapons and the body sensors inside the country?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Certainly that’s been where most of my attention is focused along with the T7 upgrades, I think we're seeing a lot of good indicators, our Q1 – sorry, our tier 1 markets are performing well, upgrading weapons, consolidating video contracts and so forth, I think we're starting to see some really good signs even back in the last year in tier 2 markets and I’d expect to see that momentum continue into some of our tier 2 markets this year. So certainly the expectation we're working towards is…
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time. I will turn the call back over to the presenters.
Rick Smith:
Great. Well, thank you everyone for a good Q1, and we will talk to you on the next earnings call. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today’s conference call. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Sheryl, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Axon Reports Q4 and Full-Year 2018 Financial Results Conference Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. Thank you. Luke Larson, President, you may begin your conference.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Sheryl. Good afternoon to everyone. I'm Luke Larson, the President of Axon. Welcome to Axon's fourth quarter 2018 earnings conference call. Joining today are CEO and Founder, Rick Smith; and our CFO, Jawad Ahsan. Before we get started, I want to give my mom a birthday shout-out. Now I'll turn it over to Andrea James, our VP of Investor Relations to read our Safe Harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Luke. Good afternoon. This call is being broadcast online and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. You can find our reported results and our quarterly shareholder letter excuse me which is available at investor.axon.com and on the SEC website. Today's call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our future expectations, beliefs, intentions, or strategies and projections for future revenue growth and profitability. We intend that all forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Axon's forward-looking information is based on current information and expectations. Our estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they're made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our Annual Reports on the Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on the Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov by searching for filings under the AAXN ticker. Okay, turning the call over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea, and welcome, everybody. 2018 was a record breaking year. We drove top-line growth of 22% and the bottom line grew more than twice as fast with adjusted EBITDA up 53%. We raised $234 million in follow-on offering, turned our balance sheet into a fortress, we acquired VIEVU, and as a result accelerated the largest Police department in the United States on the Axon Network. We released a completely redesigned Fleet in-car video system that is vying for market dominance. We released several groundbreaking software features including Axon Citizen and we booked $389 million in business in the Software & Sensors segment which is up 34% year-over-year. We also finished the year with a stellar Q4 for every product line. We had a record quarter for TASER, record quarter for Software & Sensors, record quarter for International revenue, and a record quarter for total company in bookings including a record quarter for Fleet. And of course in the last months of the year, we began shipping the all new TASER device; TASER 7 connects to our software network. We're excited about momentum and initial customer response from features and offerings in the Officer Safety Plan 7 or OSP 7 which bundles our next-generation body camera, Axon Body 3 with TASER 7 and with free Axon records for five years. We announced that at the IACP Conference which is the International Association of Chiefs of Police last October. To time it for the 2019 procurement cycle and we expect healthy tax rates in the back half especially once AB3 starts shipping. We're seeing great customer response to the TASER 7 premium certification plan. Our major city agency customers in particular view it as a significant upgrade over the X2. Demonstrating this for the first time in the history of TASER, customers are demonstrating a willingness to upgrade earlier than five years which is a statement to the utility and quality of the product in its value proposition. In order to facilitate customers who wish to upgrade weapons less than five-years-old, we operate a pro-rated trading program. Credits for trading of weapons less than five-years-old accounted for some of the margin compression in the quarter. But in my opinion, it's a very strong indicator that customers really do want to take advantage of the new features in TASER 7 and they don't want to wait their old weapon to hit end of life. I personally want to thank the 76% of voting shareholders who approved our exponential stock performance plan earlier this month. It has brought new energy to the workforce and of course we're excited to drive total alignment between shareholders, the executive team, and every U.S. employee. We still have some work to do to roll it out internationally. We have lawyers and accountants that are working on that now. Our first operational milestone is either $710 million in revenue or $125 million in adjusted EBITDA and I can tell you, we are laser-focused on hitting those first goals and beyond. It's encouraging as CEO to have our employees thinking and making decisions just like long-term shareholders. That's all from me. Luke?
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. The year is off to a strong start with several key wins. We look forward to welcoming the Swedish Police Authority on to the Axon Network. That's the first European nationalized police force to deploy Axon body cameras and go on the Axon Network. We also received notice a few weeks ago that the Phoenix City Council approved a $5.7 million contract with Axon Enterprise to provide 2,000 body cameras for the Department and evidence.com. We have a few more wins up our sleeve for both TASER 7 and body cameras that we look forward to announcing in the coming days and weeks. Some of you who have been with us for a while know that in late 2017, really led by our new CFO, Jawad, we pivoted our company culture to focus more on driving profitability. It was important for us to demonstrate leverage on the body camera business after years of heavy investment. So one year ago, I stood up in front of the company and I declared that I'd shave my head if we hit our 2018 EBITDA goals. So it's with mixed feelings that I share with the team or share with everyone that the team rallied and we did indeed hit those goals. In fact, we exceeded them. Even accounting for about a $10 million related loss with association of acquiring VIEVU in May, and so several employees took turn shaving my head on stage during our annual company kickoff which we privately broadcast to Axon offices all over the world. It was a pretty great moment for almost everyone except my wife. I also got a heck of a sunburn after Phoenix Open and I'm sharing this with all of our shareholders to let you know just how committed I was to driving this metric and the tone echoed throughout the organization as evidenced by weekly reviews of our expense structure. And of course, I recognize that even as we demonstrate successful annual leverage, Axon remains in a period of under earning while we invest in major growth opportunities. We feel great about our 2018 performance where the cost controls we begin implementing in late 2017 cleared the way for us to acquire VIEVU and make the right decisions for our customers and for the long-term, while still meeting our full-year profitability targets. Turning to 2019, I'm laser-focused on three primary execution items. The first is ensuring that TASER 7 is the most successful TASER rollout ever. And it's being very well received in the market. The second is launching our next-generation body camera Axon Body 3 midyear which is our first LTE connected camera. This is great timing. The launch of Axon Body 3 coincides with the rollout of the first dedicated first responders' cellular networks by AT&T, FirstNet, and Verizon, both of which are Axon partners. And third, we're extremely focused on delivering the Axon Records software product to our launch partners, double clicking on this third one; let's talk about what a successful Axon Records rollout looks like. We need to nail the product and we have the right team in place to do that. We also need to really succeed in our early deployments. 2019 the key goal is to gain a foothold and delight our early launch customers. We also want to sell Axon Records through our Officer Safety Plan 7 bundled with the TASER 7 and Axon Body 3 whose customers are setup for the full Axon experience. We're feeling really great about 2019. And now, I'll turn over the call to our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. I've never felt better about how the company is positioned for growth. We've proven we could execute. In 2018, we did what we said we're going to do despite a pretty substantial headwind from VIEVU in one of their large domestic customers. We have terrific momentum on our top-line driven by investments in our products and teams with International picking up and the Fleet business vying for market leadership. I also feel great about having more than $800 million in total company backlog and the fact that annual recurring revenue for Software has crossed $100 million in 2018. Axon Records and Dispatch are right around the corner and we feel good about records coming online and contributing to bookings in 2019. On the bottom line, this is the first year in our company's recent history that we hit our profitability goals and we expect that to continue going forward. I'm very proud of the team for embracing a new level of financial discipline. Turning to the balance sheet, our strong cash position gives us an incredible amount of resilience. In 2018, we generated $64 million in operating cash, up from $18 million a year ago. That combined with the follow-on offering gives us about $350 million in cash which puts us in a strong position to flip the switch on selling TASER subscriptions. Equally important, we have the financial muscle to continue investing in our four strategic growth areas to drive ongoing innovation and market leadership. The guidance we're providing today reflects strength on both the top and bottom line. As we look at 2019, we expect momentum to build throughout the year. Q1 sales reflecting a more modest growth rate relative to the back half. We will continue investing for growth with increases in R&D as a percentage of sales throughout the year. We plan to partially offset that by reducing SG&A as a percentage of sales. SG&A as a percentage of sales dropped from 40% in 2017 to 37% in 2018 and we expect to further reduce that in 2019. Our teams are incredibly excited about our success in 2018 and they're highly motivated to keep the top-line growing and maintain the operating discipline needed to drive bottom line results. And with that, operator let's turn to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. The first question comes from the line of Mark Strause of J.P. Morgan. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Mark Strause:
Yes, thanks everybody. Thanks for taking my questions. So Jawad, I think you've done a pretty good job of laying out the one-time items that were weighing on margins in fourth year. But just question for the guidance, how should we think about the -- I guess call it one-time items associated with VIEVU and the large contracts that they have. Are there any more expenses that we should expect here in the first half of 2019? And then kind of a quick follow-up to that is your guidance kind of points to EBITDA margin expansion a bit below your kind of long-term targets that you've talked about over the last year or so? And I guess how should we think about that longer term, are you kind of stepping away from those targets or can you reiterate those?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, great question, Mark. I'll start with the VIEVU one. So look VIEVU was dilutive we knew that when we acquired the business and we had issue with that one large customer domestically, ended up being more of a headwind than we counted on. And we're still working very hard to get that business integrated and to rationalize some of the duplicative costs and to make sure that it's no longer a headwind going into 2019 and we're certainly not going to see the level of dilutive costs that we saw last year earned in 2018. We are expecting still in Q1, I would say see some costs as we continue to just rationalize some of the cost base there. But it's going to be an order of magnitude less than it was in 2018. And then on the -- on your second question that's -- it's also a good question. What we're looking to do very much is still to drive leverage and we're not stepping away from our guidance but we are just again facing this headwind from VIEVU and also part of what you saw in our Q4 results was that the TASER 7 ramp costs ended up being higher than we're expecting and we're expecting to see a little bit better than in Q1.
Mark Strause:
Okay, that's helpful. Thank you. And then you're mentioning I guess you're kind of adjacent markets more in the press release. Can you talk about the incremental expense associated with that, that's kind of baked into your 2019 OpEx and then if there's anything high level that you can share to kind of help investors frame the addressable markets for those that would be helpful? Thank you.
Luke Larson:
Yes, Mark. I'll handle the first part of that question. In terms of growing OpEx to support additional markets, we actually have several key members of our team that are working on new market expansion and one of the great motivations for them, we actually had quite a few senior individuals on our customer facing teams opt into the XSU plan and so they're working overtime to figure out how to open up these new markets. So we don't see any great OpEx add there. I think this is -- we're going to continue to drive leverage in SG&A and still be able to open up some of these new markets. In terms of the focus of those markets, we really see an opportunity in what we would call very adjacent markets like EMS and Fire and we have teams talking in those, they're not quite as big as the law enforcement market. We also have had some interest from additional markets as well. I'm actually going to kind of keep that pretty tight lipped for now just because we don't want to release any competitive intel.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Will Power of Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Will Power:
Good. Thanks for taking the question. Maybe first just coming back to the 2019 revenue guidance and the expected build through the year off -- off of Q1. I guess just be interested in the visibility into the second half kind of the key drivers. I guess Body Camera 3 as part of that any reason why TASER 7 wouldn't continue to build off of Q4 or through the first half and then I guess continue to build in the second half. So just trying to understand the visibility of that second half improvement in revenue?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. We're expecting TASER 7 production to be fully ramped by about the midpoint of the year and so what we'll see is a pickup in revenue in the second half. And then what's going to happen is there will be sort of a force multiplier effect with AB3 and lot of those upgrades are also coming up in the back half of the year. So T7 being fully ramped as well as AB3 upgrades in the back half of the year are going to lead revenue to be, the profiles tested [ph] in the back half of the year.
Will Power:
Okay. And then on the four key kind of strategic growth drivers that you talked about in your presentation or the release. You talked about Records already pushing for bookings and key customers later this year. I guess I could hear much more on Dispatch, I'm just curious what's your thinking there and timing from here?
Luke Larson:
Yes, why don't we Rick take that question?
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Luke. Yes, just that we are not releasing a lot for competitive reasons on that point, it's an area we're pretty excited about. Stay tuned in person call later in the year and we will provide some more details on it but for now we're keeping on fairly closer to that.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho of William Blair. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, good afternoon. Can you hear me? Okay.
Luke Larson:
Yes.
Jonathan Ho:
Perfect. So just wanted to start out in terms of your bookings expectations around RMS. I know you talked about the second half being the opportunity timeframe but what magnitude of bookings should we be thinking about. And can you give us some color in terms of the types of customers you'd be targeting initially?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I can take that one. This is Rick. So most of the early bookings actually we expect to be as part of the OSP bundles. We have some safety plan bundles and we included Records in that because we think that the real target market for us are people that our agencies that are already using the majority of our ecosystem with TASER weapon, the body cameras and Cloud software. So the real player we see the opportunity there. Now there is some revenue allocation that is allocated towards Records. I'm actually in a different area of the country from Jawad, and look Jawad, we -- I said we're not giving any more details in terms of how that revenue allocation is being handled at this time.
Jawad Ahsan:
No, not this time.
Rick Smith:
Okay. So we really view it as part of the overall enterprise sale and the reason to include Records is a free add-on in that sales, we see the real value long haul is in the data not in the software itself. So fundamentally Records software is form filling software, it's the forms and reports officers fill out and we think that no matter how good your form filling software is, it will largely be a commodity. And as such when we see things that are commodity, our general strategy is to have a more aggressive go-to-market plan. And in this case, we decided to make it free in that bundle. And the rationale really is that the real value-add will be in the automation. It's possible by connecting the audio, video stream from the camera to the Records management software so that we can begin pre-populating and ultimately over a seven-year time horizon we believe we can dramatically cut the amount of time that officers spend filling out forms. We fundamentally, a law enforcement interaction is what my AI team sort of points to is a really great target for machine transcription because they're very structured conversations. Hello sir, what's your name? Where do you live? What's your date of birth? And with that sort of a structured conversation to be able to extract that information from the audio/video record and pre-populate into the printed record is something will be hugely valuable. And just give you an idea, I talked to one major customer in the U.S. and they had spent recently something like a $40 million contract on a record management system over a multi-year time period. But that same agency spends about $1.6 billion a year on payroll and their officers are spending about half their time doing administrative tasks. So the value creation opportunity is for us to automate that $800 million payroll cost that's going on value added bureaucratic tasks. And so that's where you'll begin to see, so you will see revenue associated with records. It will largely be a function of allocation against the bundle in the early years and then we're really kicked in is when we add the high-value analytics and AI automation that connects the body cameras to records over the next three to five years.
Jonathan Ho:
Excellent. Thank you for the color. And just as a follow-up when we look at sort of the strengths around TASER 7 and the excitement that you're seeing in the customer base. Can you talk about how maybe that impacts OSP. I mean are you seeing other customers that have historically been sort of hardware only now want to refresh TASER 7 and look at the broader bundle or like how does that potentially maybe change that mix?
Luke Larson:
Absolutely, go ahead, Rick. Yes, we see a great opportunity every time we get in front of our customers to talk about the total Axon Solution and so the strength of our portfolio is when all those products are used together, the agencies see additional benefits. And so every time, we're in, talking with a customer about any one of our products, we're kind of highlighting the benefit of the total solution. Over to you, Rick.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would say, the TASER 7 definitely it has a much stronger data integration element to it. Actually just yesterday, I was going over with our design team what they did on things like device assignments which doesn't sound particularly sexy or even the returns process but we're an agency is deploying thousands of TASER weapons. How you write down serial numbers and type them into a spreadsheet later versus now we do it with a mobile app where you tap it on the device and assign it to an officer. We're doing thousands of these. It just dramatically improves the experience and that's all part of that integrated software ecosystem and with AB3 that compare to your TASER 7 it starts to allow things like real time alerting. So that if an officer arms or fires their TASER 7 in the field, that alert can be routed to other officers within the agency or administrators and their service calling aware which really could help the agency be better aware of what's actually happening out in the field. And I dropped by saying, I'm -- to me the most exciting things coming this year will be Axon Body 3 because I think fundamentally we're poised for an iPhone moment meaning when the iPod went to the iPhone, the initial perceptions well my music player now has a phone in it. And now, as you look back at it, like pretty rarely people even use the thing as a phone anymore it became such a transformatively connected device. We see similar opportunities in effectively today; we make sort of a Nuance Go Pro type of camera. We make a great camera that the officers wear and they download the information and use it later. Once LTE kicks in, we'll be able to offer all kinds of real time services that will sit on top of that -- on top of that hardware platform, so the cameras become something more like an Alexa on your chest as opposed to just a camera you wear to record. And we think that will open up a whole host of really interesting services, some of which we're already planning for and some of which we think we'll discover once that connectivity comes online and we're out in the field. And by the way, the significant majority of our customers in the U.S. are on a hardware upgrade program and so they will get Axon Body 3 sort of like clockwork as part of their subscription which is a really big part of what the customer benefits that they, we carry them into the future with both hardware and software upgrade features. And it's great for us because we can plan our roadmap. We don't have the sort of plan to indefinitely support the last three generations of cameras. We can move our installed base along with and that gives us flexibility to move and innovate faster than any of the competitors in the space.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jeremy Hamblin of Dougherty & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks for taking the questions. I wanted to ask about that. You mentioned the time to rebuild the TASER gross margin. Can you give us a better sense maybe a more specific timeframe in which you think you'll get that business back into that 69%, 70% range on the gross margin?
Jawad Ahsan:
At this point, Jeremy that's something we're going to see throughout 2019. It'll successively build, there's a lot of factors there obviously we have the ramp costs that we're dealing with in Q4 and we're going to see it in the first half of the year until we're fully ramped. And then we're also still very much at the point where we've got trading credits that are in the mix in the discounting although we have changed the incentive structure with the sales team to minimize discounting. There's still some early leader pricing going on, there's some trading credits. And so what we're going to expect to see is throughout the year those margins will built and hopefully exiting 2019, there will be more in a normalized basis.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Got it. That's very helpful. And then just in terms of you've talked about investment and as we think about our R&D outlook this year, you had a little bit lower numbers here in Q4 as we think about 2019 in your R&D investments. How that's going to reflect, I guess the new product launches Axon Records coming along. How should we be thinking about that particular line item?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, good question, Jeremy. So you've seen, we've continued to increase our investment in R&D. We're very excited about the opportunities that are ahead of us certainly in the markets that we're addressing today. But there are some new opportunities in adjacent markets and we're very excited about Records and Dispatch as well and what we don't want to do is under invest and miss out on those opportunities. And so for 2019, you can expect that our R&D as a percentage of revenue will be slightly above 20% and that's up from about 18% in 2018. It's up from 16% in 2017 and what we're doing to help offset that, if you look at our SG&A as a percentage of revenue, that's coming down, so it was 40% at the end of 2017, about 37% at the end of 2018, and we're going to expect to drive that down even further in 2019 closer to about 35%. And so what we're very consciously doing is driving leverage in our support function costs and reinvesting those dollars into R&D.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, great. And then just a follow-up related to that question which is in thinking about Records specifically in terms of the timeframe in which that's going to be a revenue generating product. Can you give us a sense in 2020; is that something in early 2020 in terms of revenue generation or more the second half of the year?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So as Rick was saying earlier, we're actually selling Axon Records today bundled in with our TASER 7, OSP offering but we would see that being a contributor in the first part of 2020.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. Thanks guys.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I can just add a little color there, we don't expect that we're going to be selling many standalone deals with Axon Records because where our solution would be particularly strong is in the integrated piece of the Axon Ecosystem which it just so happens, that's where the major agencies are already on. So you'll see it's growing up in these bundled sales and we'll start recognizing revenue as soon as the product is in general availability with features that meet the Rev Rec guidelines that our customers conserve gaining utility from those features, we expect that to happen late this year.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Right. That was really the question of when that product is going to be recognized as revenue. But I think we got the answer. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Mike Latimore of Northland Capital Markets. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hi guys. Thanks for taking my question. This is Pavan [ph] on for Mike Latimore. I have two questions. My first one is like what percentage of your TASER sales were sold on a recurring plan and has upgrades?
Rick Smith:
We're just going to track that down. We got that shareholder letter.
Andrea James:
35% of all weapons sold in Q4 were on a recurring payment plan and in the U.S. specifically it was 48% of new TASER contracts and I believe it was almost all T7 was on a recurring.
Unidentified Analyst:
Yes. And my second question is like could you give us a sense of your backlog of evidence.com seats not yet activated?
Andrea James:
Yes, we do have that. It's generally about 20%.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, it's about 15% to 20% of our booked seats.
Unidentified Analyst:
Yes, thanks. Thanks for answering my questions. Bye.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Saliq Khan of Imperial Capital. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Saliq Khan:
Perfect guys. A quick question for you on my end first one is could you give me a bit more granularity on the actual Fleet 2 either regarding your expected revenue or the margin contribution and even more importantly is are you seeing any competitive pressures from the likes of WatchGuard?
Luke Larson:
Yes, so why don't I start with the back half of your question. We have really seen demand for Fleet 2 and are just really proud of the kind of market's response and the demand for Fleet. We sell the majority of our Fleet products just like we do our cameras where we sell them on bookings or they'll buy on a five-year contract and then we recognize that over a five-year period.
Rick Smith:
Saliq, if I could contribute as well, I would say a couple of years ago WatchGuard was the clear market leader in in-car video. And by the way they are a company we hold in high regard. But I say we've been quite competitive. Our competitor Intel tells us there have been quarters where we've been the market leader on a dollar bookings basis and we continue to feel that the momentum is heading our direction. So we feel really good about within a year or two of launch we've been able to be a strong contender for the number one spot. And we think we only get stronger with time.
Saliq Khan:
Perfect. Go ahead, please.
Jawad Ahsan:
I want to provide some extra color, we shipped about 4,000 units in the quarter and we're expecting in 2019 a quarterly run rate to be at or above that level.
Saliq Khan:
That's very helpful. Thank you for that. Guys, two more questions on my end as well. You may have touched upon the first one but the Axon inflection to sales; I noticed that they had declined roughly 3% year-over-year. Is that because you're seeing some of the sales be cannibalized by your other offerings? Or is there something else going on that I may be missing.
Luke Larson:
In IACP, we announced our Axon Body 3 Camera. And so we've been working with a lot of our customers on how we would transition them over to the new technology that's going to be shipping this year.
Rick Smith:
Yes, this is Rick. I want to add in there. In general, I think we've seen the market shifting in favor of the Integrated 1B Body camera versus the 2B, the original concept of Flex was that it would be a head mounted camera, it tracks the perspective of the officer and what we've found is just in practice officers really do not enjoy wearing the camera on their head, so they tend to wear it on their shoulders et cetera and that ends up really giving you a suboptimal experience, using up the narrow field of view and it's not ultimately tracking the officer's head. So I'm continuing to see a trend where officers and agencies are just moving towards a more simplified body camera design that both AB2 and now AB3.
Saliq Khan:
Yes, I would have mentioned that as well. I think the form factor and ease of use altogether for the AB3, this seems a lot better than what I saw with the Axon FLEX, so nonetheless it's a great product now. Last question on my end guys, Rick you have done a ton of work with this in the past. I believe you continue to do a lot more of this. If you take a look at the International business that tends to be a big difference, due to the four agencies that are out there. What have you done over the past year or two to be able to improve the predictability of your International business?
Rick Smith:
Yes, the main thing we have done is really hiring dedicated sales people in market and I think we've got a pretty good model of what it takes to open a market. I don't get into detail here. We have competitors on the call about how we resource markets. But I think we've got it down to where we were able to replicate that as we go into new markets in a pretty efficient way. We did just come off a record period in International sales and we do expect the year ahead, we could really start to see International continue to blossom really across the world but I think in Mainland, Europe are areas we've got our eye on. I was there in 2015, 2016, it has been two, three years and so we're now starting to see some national police forces like we saw in Sweden. And we've got some others that are in field trials of both TASER weapons and cameras.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Scott Berg of Needham. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Scott Berg:
Hi everyone thanks for taking my questions. I have one and a follow-up, I guess first of all I don't know if Rick or Luke want to answer the question but can you give us a sense of what you saw from customers in the quarter that were evaluating the new TASER 7 in terms of their willingness to purchase subscription. I heard Andrea give the metric that the vast majority of the sales in the quarter on the TASER 7 were subscription but how about maybe a broader comment on the conversations you had?
Luke Larson:
Rick, why don't you take that? Yes, sorry. So when we historically, when we were approaching customers a lot of the early TASER purchases for M26 and S26 were out of -- they were out of their discretionary funds usually kind of chunks of cash that they could spend on whatever they wanted. Now we've effectively positioned the TASER as mission critical gear. So the majority of the agencies especially in the States have actually come to us with a pull to put that into their operating budget which really aligns with our subscription plan. So I would see over the next three to five years, we would expect the vast majority of our U.S. customers to buy on a recurring service plan. Now we do want to keep in mind that they still have some of these discretionary funds and that's the way they like to purchase. We're never going to turn away VIEVU. But I would see the majority of the customers looking to buy on the subscription plans.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would add to that as well. TASER 7 is globally interested in that virtually every sales it has a subscription element even if they buy the weapon, there is a subscription element for the docs rechargeable batteries and software services that we really need to effectively run the program even if they bought the weapons outright. So my [indiscernible] every significant order in the quarter had some subscription element and I can't think of one offhand where the customer came in and said, no, no we are going to buy the weapons and only give the subscription for the smaller parts. There may be some of that. But the tone of the market is quite different whereas three or four years ago when we started offering payment plans for weapons, I would say the majority of customers would come back and say no, no, I want to buy this the way I've always bought it and pay you one-time and own it whereas now the majority of the larger customers where I'm having personal exposure they are almost, well they're all that I'm aware of that I would just go to one of these officers safety or certification type plans where it's a subscription model.
Scott Berg:
Got it, helpful. And then my follow-up would be on in your press release you mentioned some incremental investments outside of law enforcement like Fire Departments, emergency medical, or emergency services et cetera. Can you maybe quantify what those additional investments or those incremental investments look like here in 2019 and then how about any other success stories in your endeavors outside of law enforcement outside of the -- I think it was the Charlotte Fire Department that was a big wondering there? Thank you.
Jawad Ahsan:
So I will start with the level of investments, you can expect that we'll make those investments within the guidance that we've given for R&D. So we've guided to north of 20% R&D as a percentage of revenue and that's inclusive of the investments we're making for adjacent markets and at this point as part of the overall bucket, it's still relatively minimal.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would just add there that well we're mostly focused on how we take the same products and features set that we've created for law enforcement and find other enterprise users that would want similar capabilities. And in fact this is one where having law enforcement as reference customers is pretty, it's pretty powerful because that's seen by enterprises as a fairly elite very data secure oriented market where we're the clear leader and now we're looking at how we can parlay that leadership into revenue in other markets where we're doing a pretty scrappy way. So just going with Jawad said, it's not something you will see broken out. It's not -- these are nowhere near the level of investment that we're making into major initiatives like Records, Dispatch. This is really taking the major investment we've made in building these connected body cameras and now taking those into new markets. So from a SG&A perspective, I think our expectation is that new markets should pay for themselves relatively quickly. There's not going to be some huge upfront marketing and launch expense. We're moving to these markets in pretty cost effective way.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, actually I want to add to that, I want to give Rick and Luke lot of kudos here. Previously when we thought about getting into new markets, new products, we made pretty heavy investments. And what we've done recently is really shift to this smaller scrap your mindset and Rick and Luke to pioneer these Delta teams that you've heard us talk about where we'll take very small teams of one to three people and basically have them bootstrap their way into growth and we've done that with our drones business. There's some other new product categories we're getting into we're doing this and it's proving to be we're very, very excited about the early returns, we're seeing from these from these new products. So there is certainly markets for existing products like body cameras and TASERs that we're looking for markets outside of law enforcement but then there's also new product categories that we're approaching in a small scrappy mindset.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer of Craig-Hallum. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Steve Dyer:
Great, thanks. A question on the TASER business, one question on Software and Sensors. On the TASER business, I think you touched on a little bit of a gross margin degradation, operating margin of 18.5%, to what would you add back in other words a one-time FX but if you add those back what do you feel like a good sort of normalized operating margin in the quarter was?
Jawad Ahsan:
So for TASER, we were looking at your, one second, we've got here. On a pro forma basis, so yes, I mean this is part of the issue we have Steve is that we're really -- we are no longer breaking out SG&A by segment because a lot of our SG&A cost, actually most of our SG&A costs were allocated to TASER and it wasn't very meaningful to look at that by segment. And so we look at our gross margins by segment, we look at our R&D by segment but SG&A we really look at on a consolidated basis. So I would really point you to focus to the TASER gross margins and that's something where like we had said in the short-term 61% to 63% and we expect that to normalize by the end of the year.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. I guess one of my questions going is not that long ago, a couple of years ago as recently as that the TASER business was mid to high-30s operating margin business and it's sort of gradually declining over the last couple of years and I calculated 18.5% this quarter on an operating basis but I realized with a couple of one-time things playing out. And if guess what I'm trying to figure out, is the TASER business structurally different in any way than it was a couple of years ago or is pricing different, I mean I would think if anything more people on a subscription plan or that could be more profitable but anything going on there that I can make that curtailment?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, so Steve, that's very perceptive and what you're seeing is that the company overall is much different than it was a couple of years ago and a lot of the infrastructure that we've added from an SG&A standpoint is servicing the entire company but all those costs have been burdened in TASERs. When you look at the TASER operating margins over that period for sure, it's going to have degraded but that's not really reflective of what's going on in the TASER business because again we haven't been allocating those costs to Software and Sensors which is why we're really looking at gross margins by segment and SG&A, we look at it on a consolidated basis. Again I've already given you the guidance for the gross margins on TASER. So it's taking a bit of a step back as we're ramping up TASER 7 but we expect that it's going to normalize throughout 2019 and we also feel really good about the body camera business if you take out those costs for VIEVU those one-time headwinds. We actually were very close to break even.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. That's helpful, thanks. I guess one more question on weapons, well I had is on TASER 7 is your expectation that the buyers of that product will typically be people who already have TASER devices, do you at this stage sort of any new sort of conquest sales for people [indiscernible] like this going forward. What do you expect to get that growth from?
Jawad Ahsan:
I'd like to start with this before I turn over. So one of the things that I'm very excited about with TASER 7, so a key part of our strategy has been to shift towards a recurring pricing model with the TASER weapons. First we have always talked about the five-year useful life and that should be a driver of new sales. And then we talked about shifting from CapEx to OpEx and really being a line item in the budget. And for the first time, what we're seeing is demand for the new TASER weapon on the merits of the weapon being very good historically for X2, for S26 piece and five-year useful life. It's been the shift to OpEx but now what we're seeing is people actually want the TASER 7 because it's so good.
Luke Larson:
Yes, our -- we think every Frontline officer should carry a TASER. It wasn't that long ago that Chicago PD had a high profile incident where they called for a TASER 7 times and they didn't have one in the wake of that incident, they really made a push to get them on all Frontline officers. So we're working on filling out every, every major city, every white space, we believe Frontline officers should have TASERs. And then internationally, we're also seeing a big opportunity where historically we've seen smaller percentage of forces just a percentage deploy and we're now making strides in positioning hey this should be carried by every officer.
Steve Dyer:
Last one for me, just as it relates to body cams. They've been out there now for a few years and to the point just starting to see some opportunities for renewal. Where are you seeing as people come up for their first renewal, some of the early adopters of body cams certainly good thing to speak up or any color there would be great. Thanks.
Luke Larson:
Yes, one of our margin or one of our metrics for last year was actually on churn and retention. So we're laser-focused on every deal ensuring that when they come up for renewal, they stay on the Axon Network. We've not rested on our laurels, we're investing in making these products even better and offer more capabilities like the AB3. So both Rick and I are taking an active role in meeting with major cities. This week we're both going to be out at different major cities along with our Chief Revenue Officer, not only talking about the body cameras, but talking about the entire OSP 7 offering with TASER 7 and records but we feel very, very confident that we've got a sticky solution with the entire Axon offering.
Steve Dyer:
A follow-up, is there any steps that you are able to carry just around any first time any renewal percentages et cetera?
Luke Larson:
I'm sorry, could you repeat that. Your line is really staticky. I couldn't make that out.
Steve Dyer:
Yes, I guess that I am looking for some of the early adopters come up for renewal on the body cam, is this still anecdotal or quantitative numbers shifting back around the first kind of renewal or anything like that to suggest that it's a long-term sticky product.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So for the first time last year we changed our bonus metrics, they were previously all commercially focused and for the first time last year, we introduced some profitability metrics. We also introduced some mutations and we had churn as one of the metrics and it was less than a third of a percent. It was practically zero. And we had I want to say about 20 different accounts up for renewal and so it's been a very sticky product. Actually a lot of what we're seeing is that the customers don't even go the full five years end up renewing early and adding scope, adding users and scope of work to their contracts.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I would also offer when they go on -- when they adopt Axon Body Cameras, we're not only offering them cameras, we're going into their operating workflow where the officer learn -- gets to learn the product. They also day in a life they're talking not in a dock. That's infrastructure that we actually install on site and then all of that evidence uploads evidence.com which is now we have over 40 petabytes of data on evidence.com. So we want to continually provide new value to the agencies but we also have really cemented ourselves in that workflow with the infrastructure that we've put in place as well as just the amount of data that they're uploading to the SAP system.
Rick Smith:
Yes, this is Rick. Just a finer point on it of all the agencies large enough to get on my radar screen last year, there was only one that did not renew and that was not a customer that basically was a customer that had a small T&E, mainly a small TACT number of units that they were not actively using. So that's the sort of customer you'd expect wouldn't have renewed, if they got a small number and for whatever reason didn't deploy them but every significant customer with any decent number of cameras on the network renewed last year. So they should not done with what I said. But we're very happy to have customers are finding utility and there far we did -- we saw a lot of customers last year upgrade early because they wanted to add whether it's a TASER 7, whether it's adding Fleet, or any of the other new features, we're seeing that that is a very common phenomenon on that. And once agencies do go through adding something onto their contract, it's pretty universal. I'm looking at my team to make sure [indiscernible] that most of the time if they're going to go through a procurement, they want to co-terminate and extend to another five years, so they don't have to keep going through another procurement process and let's say once you because we've created another value prop for them to come in and increase it. At one-time it is working I would say better than I could have anticipated when we got into this business.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Godfrey of CLK. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Thank you for taking my questions. Question one for you Jawad, adjusted EBITDA is $82.5 million at the midpoint. And I'm just thinking that in 2018 adjusted EBITDA came in at $61 million, free cash flow was $47 million, so 77% conversion rate. Would you expect a similar conversion rate on your adjusted EBITDA in 2019?
Jawad Ahsan:
Directionally, yes. I think it'll probably. So what we were generally expecting to see a bit of a air part or a bit of an impact on cash with TASER 7 because most of those sales obviously on subscription versus the upfront like booking shift model for the previous weapons so we haven't seen as much of an impact because we also now have had customers on these recurring deals for some period of time and with these, then making there -- with that base building, it's less of an impact. But directionally it's going to be about the same maybe slightly lower, maybe slightly lower but about the same.
George Godfrey:
Got it. And then second question more a high-level. I've read through the announcements again just now for the Swedish Police Authority and taking action on body cam. I'm just curious what your sales picture is probably very similar across countries. But I'm just curious what did Sweden latch onto or what pushed them over the goal line versus other countries that you're still having to work through to get them to sign a contract?
Luke Larson:
Yes, so in international, we have a slightly different sales dynamic in the States, we've got these municipal agencies so they're much faster sales cycle. There's also a lot of now earned comfort with going all in on the cloud. In Europe, in Continental Europe in particular we're still working with some countries on issues around data sovereignty in some kind of mid-tier markets. They actually have infrastructure gaps like they might not have access to constant connectivity for like cloud-based solution. And so in Sweden, we have a great kind of reference customer. They're close to Greater London Metropolitan Police and other big agencies in the UK. And so I think all of those factors made it very compelling for them to go onto the Axon Network.
George Godfrey:
So Sweden is more comfortable with their infrastructure data connectivity versus say in Italy or Germany?
Luke Larson:
In Germany, in particular, there is a lot of sensitivity around working with German providers for technology and infrastructure or we've hired on the ground German customer facing rep. We're still in the process of developing the right technology and implementation partners in Germany and that is -- those are kind of slow down the adoption cycle.
George Godfrey:
Got it. Thank you for taking my questions.
Andrea James:
Operator, before we go to the next question, we can go a little bit few minutes already. So I just wanted a quick point of clarification of something that's been said in the last couple of minutes and it's pretty clear in the shareholder letter that the gross margin guidance for Q1 and rest of the year is 61% to 63% for the whole company not the TASER segment. So just want to make sure that was clear. Okay. Next question please.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Keith Housum of Northcoast Research. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Keith Housum:
Good afternoon. Thanks for the question. Guys as we are looking at the TASER 7 acceptance, I noticed about the 11% acceptance rate in the quarter. And I know you guys are saying it's going to ramp up throughout the year. Can you provide a little bit of color on I guess how fast you expect it to ramp up and you expect to perhaps exit FY 2019 with 100% TASER 7 sales going forward?
Jawad Ahsan:
We wouldn't expect a 100% on TASER 7 sales, 20% roughly 20% of our business is going to come from International and that's going to be a slower market for TASER 7 as we clear all of their regulatory things that we need to have in place. In the U.S., we would see we think the majority of the deals will end the year with TASER 7 being our number one seller. We will have some agencies that may be laggards or have price sensitivity in which case we've got a great offering in the X26 piece so.
Keith Housum:
Got it. And then Jawad, if I look at the profitability of the T7 under the subscription plan, I noticed in the release you guys talked about 45% of the revenue being recognized at the time of sale. What would be the profitability at that point in time? It would be the same percentage as the sale or no?
Jawad Ahsan:
So they're actually -- there are two models that we sell the TASER, the one is a $40 monthly and one is $60 monthly and 45% is for the $60 month plan. The $40 plan actually has more revenue upfront, it has about 75% revenue upfront and that's because of the $60 plan more of the revenue gets allocated to software components. And so that profitability will depend on the mix of the two plans. But overall, we expect the entire companies that the margin -- what we will see is that the margins will then start to tick up on the software side.
Keith Housum:
So maybe if I ask the question a little bit differently, so if let's say the 60 month plan, 60 bucks a month, 45% of the revenues recognized at that point in time. Does that mean 45% of the cost is also recognized at that point in time?
Jawad Ahsan:
No, well the -- no the costs for the weapon will be recognized upfront. And the less revenue then it would see under the $40 a month plan. So the margins would actually be less, if we have a higher mix in the $60 monthly.
Keith Housum:
I will take that offline as well. Thanks, appreciate it.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson of Ladenburgh. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, I know it's really a recent event but I'm just curious to see, if you guys are hearing anything in the field out there but the recent Supreme Court ruling that prohibits excessive confiscation in the terms of asset forfeitures and what that would mean for Police budgets going forward and especially in light of the fact that it's a kind of a major price increase. Your next, the current officer safety plan, so if you're going to continue to see success with that program then I guess you would be taking share from a shrinking budget potentially. So just generally your thoughts on if you're hearing anything yet or what you think you might hear down the road from that kind of a ruling?
Rick Smith:
Yes, so this is Rick. So we've seen no real impact from it to-date. I would say this is one advantage of getting into the annual budgets. The things get hardest hit by those asset forfeiture would be the one-time purchases where agencies, they have an event that leads to some confiscated assets. This leads to some money that they can buy things with. That's overall a relatively small portion of their overall budget and that's more again just the things that they buy one-off. Our business is become ever more integrated into the line budget line items. We've become less susceptible to those sort of whims of faith based on what they may or may not have in terms of complications recently. So we haven't seen much of an effect and I don't anticipate there to be much of an effect especially given the shift heavier to subscription.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I would like to turn the call over to Rick Smith for closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Hey everybody thanks for coming on the call today, come out and see us and accelerate our Annual User Conference, it’s coming up the end of April and the 1st of May we will have segments targeted for investors so you can come out and see hundreds to thousands of our customers and some of the new stuff will be showcasing as we move into the back half of the year. So thanks everybody and have a great day.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Andrea James - Vice President of Investor Relations Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer and Founder Jawad Ahsan - Chief Financial Officer Josh Isner - Chief Revenue Officer
Analysts:
Yuuji Anderson - Morgan Stanley Scott Berg - Needham & Co. Keith Housum - Northcoast Securities Charlie Ehrlich - Robert W. Baird & Company, Inc. Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company LLC Jonathan Ho - William Blair & Company Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Chase & Co. Ryan Sigdahl - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC George Godfrey - CL King & Associates, Inc. Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Christine, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Axon Enterprise, Inc. Reports Third Quarter Financial Results. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. Luke Larson, President, you may begin your conference.
Luke Larson:
Good afternoon to everyone. I'm Luke Larson, President of Axon. Welcome to Axon's third quarter 2018 earnings conference call. Joining us today are Axon's CEO and Founder Rick Smith; and our CFO, Jawad Ahsan. Before we get started, Andrea James, our VP of Investor Relations, will read the safe harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Good afternoon. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. During our call, we'll be making references to our reported results, which you can find by reading our quarterly shareholder letter which is available at investor.axon.com and on the SEC website. Statements made on today's call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected revenue growth and profitability. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail on our annual reports on the Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on the Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov and searching for our filings under the AAXN ticker. Okay, turning the call over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. Welcome, everybody. We've got a lot of exciting momentum at Axon. We expect to finish the year strong and believe our latest product innovation set us up for a fantastic 2019. For those of you who did not get a chance to come to IACP in Orlando and fire the TASER 7, I want you to know that it is a game changer. We don't introduce a new weapon every day, so I thought I'd take a moment to walk you through what we really built with TASER 7. We essentially reinvented the TASER weapon from the ground up. We looked at all the factors that can lead to an ineffective use and engineered significant improvements on each of those factors. Throughout human history, lethal weapons have always been the only truly reliable way to stop people. We've gotten to the point now where TASER weapons are getting very close. And as you know, our goal is to make the bullet obsolete. Fundamentally, we believe that society's gun problem is a technology problem and TASER 7 is a big step closer to solving it. We rigorously analyze the reasons why bullets can be more effective and more reliable than a TASER weapon. And we looked at all the technical limitations and then invented ways to overcome those limitations to make the TASER weapon more effective. We completely redesigned the entire cartridge system, spooling the wire now inside the darts, which makes the darts heavier. They retain velocity better. And because we spool the wire out through a nozzle in the center of the dart, we use the drag from the wire on spooling to stabilize the dart in flight. This design keeps TASER 7 darts really stable, whereas historically the wires were folded in the cartridge and the unfolding of the wires actually caused the darts to oscillate, which can cause darts to ricochet off a target depending on the angle of flight at the exact moment of impact. We also designed TASER 7 to hit with more kinetic energy. We have accelerated the dart and the wire all at one time. And so, now when it hits, it has more mass and at higher velocity. The tips of the darts are also now designed to break away on impact, so if you hit somebody at a glancing angle, historically, the momentum of the dart might cause it to bounce at an angle and ricochet off the target. Now, with TASER 7, the tip of the dart will actually break off and stay in the target if the body of the dart is at an angle, where the momentum would have previously carried it away. The dart might ricochet off the target, because of the physics around the dart. But instead of that bounce ripping the tip out, the tip will now stay in, and the system can achieve incapacitation. These designs lead to better clothing penetration, which makes the weapon more effective, especially in cold weather, when people are wearing winter jackets. This is historically been one of the challenging situations, things like heavy leather jackets, and TASER 7 improves performance in these scenarios. We also looked at the way we deliver the electrical charge. And we spend a lot of time thinking about how to maintain the margin of safety of the weapon while improving the electrical stimulation to make it more effective. TASER 7 delivers the same quantum of electrical charge, but in a shorter time period. The shorter pulse creates greater current intensity and makes it more effective at stimulating skeletal muscles, while still maintaining similar cardiac safety. We then increased the number of pulses delivered every second from 19 to 22, which further increases muscular impairment. We call these refinements Rapid Arc, denoting both the more rapid charge delivery and the more rapid pulse repetition frequency. Now, all TASER weapons deliver charge voltage, but at an extremely low current. The strength of the current from these devices is about 3 orders of magnitude below the current you can get from a wall outlet. And we'd remind our new investors, especially the point of a TASER is not to deliver pain, but to deliver neuromuscular incapacitation, by overwhelming and mimicking the brain's own signals to tell the muscles what to do. This is why TASER weapons do not rely on pain compliance like a traditional stun gun. So we preserve the same margin of medical safety, at the same time we optimize the pulse delivery to achieve better incapacitation. We also designed a new feature called Adaptive Cross Connect, which gives a whole new meaning to the term smart weapon. The weapon actively measures and optimizes the charge according to the spread with up to 4 darts in play. Now, everything I told you in the last minute or so may sound like abstract technical concepts. But when you see the effect on a human volunteer, you will quickly see why these refinements matter. It is significantly more effective. So to a layperson looking at a TASER 7, they might see, well, it's a weapon that fires 2 sets of darts, and wonder what makes it so different from the X2 or previous 2 shot weapon. And the answer is everything. Everything is under hood that makes it more reliable and more effective. I have not seen as much excitement about a new TASER weapon, since the X26, which we introduced back in 2003. Customers who've seen it absolutely love the new TASER 7. I believe TASER 7 creates a super compelling upgrade proposition for every existing TASER customer, which effectively resets our ability to drive a whole new upgrade cycle. And plus, there are some really important convenience factors. The dock-and-walk capability makes it super-fast and reliable, so you can integrate your TASER 7 into Evidence.com, and you never even have to think about it. Just swap your batteries once a month and we move the data in the background. TASER 7 also drives the concept of TASER as a service. We're seeing proof points of early adoption with several major agencies that are field trialing TASER 7. And two major agencies are already committed to full deployment. Also exciting, after some period time of capturing data about TASER, we'll be able to start surfacing up insights to officers and their managers inform officer performance and help them perform better. So, well, TASER 7 is really a fantastic product and customers love it. So with the new Axon Body 3, which you'd probably read about. We're going to talk more about Axon Body 3, as we bring it to market in the middle of next year. But it's our first real time connected body camera with LTE built in. Also exciting as Fleet 2, which we just announced in June and we're already shipping the customers. Fleet 1 was our disruptive entry into the in car market and Fleet 2 has been racking up competitive wins and sets us up to extend our leadership inside the vehicle. So our product teams are really on a roll, and if any of them are listening right now, I want to thank you guys for the amazing and hard work you're doing. These new products are a bridge to keep growth momentum going, while we scale up Axon records. All of our new hardware products drive software revenue, because we're really driving about to have connected devices and the software to manage it all. Speaking about Axon Records, we're making Axon Records core functionality free for agencies to sign up for the new TASER 7 Officer Safety Plan and we're making it free for the full five-year period. By core functionality, we mean basic reporting functions so after an officer shows up at a scene and performs an action, the officer then fills out an incident report about what happened. Our mission is not just to make the incident report a little bit better. Our mission is to make that entire manual form filling process obsolete. So our goal is to disrupt the entire manual data entry process and that's why we chose to do a strategy to maximally reduce the friction of market adoption. We see the real value records is in the data, not in the form filling software. We have the largest data set of public safety we're out over 40 petabytes, that's 40 million gigabytes. Aggregating the text records in the same system as the video, means, that we can create a uniquely powerful training set for our AI team to build out the models that extract the incident report right from the video. Freeing officers from typing in data will be something on the order of a magnet - one order of magnitude more valuable than the best form filling software could ever be. So we're streamlining our pathway to that future. Now speaking of software, we're thrilled to report that our annual recurring revenue in the Software and Sensors segment has surpassed $100 million in the quarter. We all knew it was coming, but it's a milestone worth highlighting, because it underscores our leadership in developing cloud software for law enforcement. To be clear our annual recurring revenue of $102 million refers only to software warranty revenue, it does not include hardware in that number. The way we approach the market and strategy - our strategy is to identify where the market is going and then look at what we can do to accelerate existing trends in a way that creates a unique customer value and a competitive advantage for us. We've been successful doing that today, and we're excited to keep that going. And with that, I will now hand off to Luke.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. I think there are three key themes to this quarterly update. There that we've got strong product development momentum, we're seeing an exciting 2019 sales pipeline and we continue to focus on driving margins, leverage and profitability. Let me give some more color about our product momentum and sales pipeline, in particular, in the last decade that I've been at the company TASER 7 with the most successful product launch that I've ever been a part of. The International Association of Chiefs of Police Conference is a big deal for Axon, it's one of the two major marketing pushes we have each year, the other being Axon accelerate, which is our user conference. At this year's IACP, we had close to 3,000 customers visit our booth, which featured the ability to fire the new TASER 7 as well as sample our new virtual reality empathy training. At IACP, we put 2,500 chiefs through the shooting experience. The new TASER 7 features were incredibly well received, and I'm confident in saying that this offer creates certain demand for a compelling upgrade cycle. Our sales team are also pretty excited, they haven't had a new TASER to sell in several years, so we think we're well positioned for incredibly strong 2019. We also had more than 2,500 guests attend a party for TASER 7 and Axon Body 3, where we unveiled the product followed by a concert from the band OneRepublic. Our marketing team made an incredible tribute video that was played by the band and a chief took an iPhone video it and shared it online it was viewed over 6 million times. Jawad has friendly asked me to remind you that the OneRepublic concert was sponsored by Verizon. Our partnerships with both Verizon and AT&T for FirstNet also sponsored portions of our IACP presence that were hugely synergistic, because they're building a nationwide LTE network dedicated to first responders and we are the market leader in connected devices that can communicate over those networks. We believe, we will see an inflection point next year in reliance upon those networks and Axon Body 3 is perfectly timed to leverage that inflection, starting in the back half of next year. The other thing, I'd like that update you on is a recent incident we had with a major customer. VIEVU LE5 camera overheated and no one was hurt, but this still track some press. You'll recall that we acquired the VIEVU of competing body camera provider in May of this year. I'm pleased to say that we've reached a resolution with the large customer in question that customer will accelerate their transition from VIEVU cameras to Axon Body 2 cameras and Axon Evidence. The transition may result in some incremental Q4 expense, which Jawad will discuss but overall this is an excellent long-term development for Axon to accelerate that major customer moving over to the Axon Network. Axon is proud to join forces with agencies to make their body cameras a success. Every new customer on the network benefits to others. Now, I'll turn the call over to our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. We feel great about delivering another quarter of solid performance, but more importantly we feel confident about the underlying strength of the business. Our strategic direction and ability to drive meaningful growth going forward. At our Analyst Day, one year ago, we projected a three to five year of CAGR of 16% to 20% revenue growth with continued margin expansion and today we feel very confident about that trajectory. As we approach the final months of the year, we're tracking to hit the midpoint of our revenue guidance. Q4 is typically our strongest weapons quarter, but this year we have a lot of customers trialing TASER 7 for shipment in 2019, so weapons will be lighter than usual and we expect software and sensors to carry most of the growth. You heard the level of enthusiasm from Rick and Luke around product innovation, particularly the ability to drive substantial volume and margin from TASER 7, which sets us up really well for 2019. We expect a modest contribution from TASER 7 in Q 4 with a more significant ramp next year. Our 2019 sales pipeline looks strong. In addition to TASER 7, we expect growth to be driven by full-year of shipping Axon Fleet 2, which is proving popular with customers, international expansion and several points of Axon Cloud SaaS growth. Before we go to Q&A, I want to expand on one of the points Luke mentioned regarding a large domestic VIEVU customer that's accelerating its move to the Axon platform. We may have some cost absorption associated with this move in Q4, we're actively working to minimize the impact to our Q4 P&L. But we believe, we can absorb a material amount of expense and still produce adjusted EBITDA margins for the full year within our guidance of 14% to 16%. For the long-term, moving VIEVU customers over to the Axon network is a great outcome and provides us with opportunities to deliver even more value added services to these customers. Thank you all for dialing in today. And with that, I'll turn it back to Andrea.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Jawad. Just really quickly before we go to questions, I want to remind you last quarter we had said that in the spirit of being scrappy, we're going to ask most of our investors to listen via webcast and save the conference call line for those asking questions. It's actually thousands of dollars' worth of savings per year. So I just want to thank those of you who are listening via webcast today for doing your part and helping us stay scrappy. Operator, let's go to questions.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Yuuji Anderson from Morgan Stanley. Your line is open.
Yuuji Anderson:
Thanks for taking my question. On the large customer transition off of VIEVU, outside of the plan replacement there, were there additional body camera rollouts that were originally slated for Q4? And if so, is there a delay there in that rollout, because of this activity that's now built into guidance?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, so this is Rick. So we, obviously, went back and met with the customer there. This is creating a little bit of a delay in the program. And that there was a shift, the decision to accelerate over to the Axon body cameras, obviously, it takes a little bit of effort to pivot the supply chain and to make that happen. So it will push out, I think by the end of February is the goal now to get the complete rollout done.
Yuuji Anderson:
Okay. That's very helpful. And then my second question is sort of just broadly on body camera deployments. In anticipation of Body 3, are you seeing customers pausing before that? And can you just remind us broadly how you're handling expected replacement activity before the slated launch? Thanks so much.
Luke Larson:
Yeah, so the majority of our body camera customers buy on one of our service plans, where they get TAP upgrade. And so that allows them to transition to the latest body cameras. So we haven't really seen any kind of blip in demand through Q4. And we expect this to be strong right up until the launch of AB3.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, one thing we've learned by including hardware refreshes in our subscription plan, it really does reduce some of the sort of discontinuity that might happen when you introduce a product and people are waiting for the next one, where we did want to introduce AB3 early enough before launch, to have our customers have time to put it in their procurement cycles. And then also we felt this year was a really transformative year for the LTE networks with both Verizon and AT&T FirstNet, really pushing hard to get these mission critical networks live. So we made the conscious decision to go ahead and announce AB3 a little further in advance than we would have been with the normal product launch. But what we are hearing from our customers is for the most part they can buy and get started on an AB2 and just take the AB3 during their upgrade cycle. So we're feeling pretty good about how things will balance out.
Yuuji Anderson:
Okay, great. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Scott Berg from Needham. Your line is open.
Scott Berg:
Hi, everyone. Congrats on a great quarter and thanks for taking my questions. I have two. Let's start with that large deal on the old VIEVU cameras that you had mentioned. Rick, I just wanted to understand, is there any additional revenue opportunities there? I understand they chose the VIEVU solution over Axon initially, because it was more of a price-driven decision versus functionality. And with the new Axon body cameras is there an opportunity for some uplift there in the revenues? And then secondly, since they're bringing on Evidence.com as a result, is there some, maybe incremental revenue opportunities there?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, so the way I would characterize this is, right now, this is all about helping an important customer that had a challenging situation. And we're investing in the relationship. So this does not create any short-term revenue opportunities. But we believe one of the things that makes us different is we do not allow programs to fail. And I think that's what we're demonstrating with the customer in question here. For them to go through to buy incremental services are not part of the contract. There are a lot of processes et cetera they would have to go through. And we've basically taken the approach that, hey, we are going to help you meet your goals and get these cameras live. And we're going to focus on making sure this program is successful. And I'm very confident that that will lead to long-term revenue opportunities. But now wasn't the time for us to be having those types of conversations with the customer. We have to help them through a difficult spot. And we think that's the right thing to do. And our history has shown that that pays off in really long-term profitable relationships.
Scott Berg:
Got it, helpful. And then my follow up would be maybe it's for Luke or Jawad, is on the new TASER rollout, big push of that rollout least from a marketing perspective was to push the Officer Safety Plan and to adopt these obviously via the subscription model is wanted to hear if you had any feedback from customers on kind of that thought process or what the pricing looks like there? And maybe how should we think about those expectations as we go into 2019? Does that actually be a little bit of a springboard to shift more of those sales to the OSP than a [product driven] [ph] sale?
Luke Larson:
Yeah, so we would expect the majority of the TASER 7 deals to go on a service plan. And we've got two kind of great higher-end offerings with the Officer Safety Plan 7, which is $149 a month. And that includes TASER 7, the AB3, [aware] [ph], and our core RMS offering. And we have an expanded offering, OSP 7 Plus. That's $199 a month that includes all of that, plus some additional software capabilities around performance, CAD RMS integration, AI redaction. And so, one of the great things about going to IACP is oftentimes you would hear customers, their first question is what's the price. I think you know you've got a winning product when they don't even ask about the price. They're just really excited about the compelling features that Rick talked about. And so, we've seen just a really positive response thus far to TASER 7.
Rick Smith:
One thing I would add as well, so the - in those two sort of different versions of the Officer Safety Plan, the top version of plan also includes some of the really intensive data streaming like live video, et cetera. So those are price points that are significantly up over the $99 to $109, that the Officer Safety Plan has been at historically. And early indications are our customers are seeing the value both between TASER 7 and between the connectivity. When you take a camera and turn it into a live connected sensor, all of a sudden, it's not just something that can help you after the event, it can help you during the event and with real-time information. So for our customers it creates a ton of value and obviously for our shareholders it's a compelling opportunity to continue to drive up ARPU.
Scott Berg:
Thanks again, very helpful. I'll jump back in the queue.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Keith Housum from Northcoast Research. Your line is open.
Keith Housum:
Good afternoon, gentlemen. A question for you on the new product offering with the RMS and the pricing arrangement, I know it's only been out there for about a month or so. And my understanding is the RMS is generally turned over very slowly. With the offer of 5 year free licenses, are you seeing interest in some of the agencies actually willing to accelerate their replacement of the RMS?
Rick Smith:
I'd say, it's probably early for us to characterize whether we're seeing that big of a shift in the overall market. I would say we have a lot more people asking about records in the context of it being included in the new Officer Safety Plan. So I would characterize it had a generally positive response. But it's early for us to characterize that it's shifted the market yet in a material way.
Keith Housum:
Got you. If I just follow up on the issue with the large customer, presumably now you're going to have excess cameras in inventory. What's the opportunity to sell those cameras, I guess, to other agencies? And then, are you seeing any pushback from people who are currently using the LE5 model, earlier looking also to perhaps put those back?
Rick Smith:
We've - so the incident report that came back showed that this was a battery that was damaged basically with a paper clip being inserted aggressively and puncturing through the wall and the battery cell. We are also making some modifications to make that more bulletproof, so it's harder to do that. But our analysis says it's not a defective product. And I think as we've had that conversation with customers, they're comfortable and they understand as well. I think it was just a bit unique in that the large customer that experienced the issue, it was right in the middle of a transition point. And given the complexities around deploying at scale, and all the issues in a large city that there - the customer work with us and really wanted to accelerate the transition over to AB2. And frankly, our assessment was that that's not a terrible outcome, right. But this sort of shows the value of the system that we built, that we have a major customer looking to accelerate their move over to Axon and the Axon Body 2s. In terms of the - it does free up, we had cameras that were on order that were slated for delivery to that customer. We do believe that there are markets, both U.S. and international, where we can we can sell those cameras. At least that's our current plan. So it's - we feel pretty good about where we ended up, that it sets us up really for long term success.
Keith Housum:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Charlie Ehrlich from Baird. Your line is open.
Charlie Ehrlich:
Great. Thanks for taking the question. Just one for me. Is there any change to the margin outlook longer term, specifically in the Software and Sensor segment, given all the growth opportunities and investments around those opportunities? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Hi, Charlie. No. There are there are no changes at this point time, we're still sticking to our full year guidance also maintain your guidance for the years, as we said. We're going to drive leverage in the business to the tune of about 300 to 400 basis points in margin. We change that earlier in the year to adjusted EBITDA, and with the investments we're making in records and dispatch, we're very excited about those markets and about those products, in particular. So we're going to be walking the line between driving leverage in the business and making investments in this new growth opportunities. At this point in time, there's no change to that.
Charlie Ehrlich:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty & Co. Your line is open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks for taking the question. I wanted to just ask about the Axon Cloud revenues, a little bit lower growth in that - in the quarter than we'd seen. I wanted to just get a sense of whether or not, is that a function of just fewer licenses that were activated from your backlog in the quarter? Or what drove a little bit lower growth in that sequentially?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, we are seeing typically normal growth as we see in that segment, we didn't see anything in the quarter as far as deployments or installs that was out of the ordinary. I'm sort of curious, where you're drawing that conclusion from the growth was lower than expected.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Just in terms of what the run rates of - from Q2 to Q3, and where the run rates had been flowing from let's say Q1 to Q2, or Q4 from last year to Q1.
Rick Smith:
It's just I'd say, we'd probably want to just take a look, and we did have a conversation with the offline. But there was nothing to caught our attention that was imitating sort of slowdown.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Understood. Just - and then another question I may have missed it. But in terms of international sales in the quarter, what was that as a percent of total sales and then just an update in terms of you reported a really nice large order non-English speaking country. Do you continue to - what kind of progress are you seeing again in those kind of non-English speaking countries in Europe or otherwise just an update there? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So we've been really pleased with our country managers that are managing APAC, EMEA, as well as the Americas. In Italy, in particular, there was a fairly large trial that has now moved to the next phase of the trial, where they've expanded from what was essentially six major municipalities in Italy to expand that to up to I believe 50 cities in Italy to continue the testing. So that's a key milestone in that market. As we look to 2019, we feel really good about international contributing at the same level that it did this year.
Jawad Ahsan:
And Jeremy to answer your question specifically, it's through nine months of year-to-date, International was 20% of our overall revenues that's up 34% year-over-year.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. Thanks so much for taking the question. Good luck.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Jeremy.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jonathan Ho from William Blair. Your line is open.
Jonathan Ho:
Hi, congratulations on the strong quarter. Can you guys hear me, okay?
Rick Smith:
Yeah.
Jonathan Ho:
Perfect. So I just wanted to get a little bit more detail on the Axon Records launch. Can you give us a little bit more color in terms of what you're hearing, in terms of feedback from customers and maybe you what they're most excited about as they start to test the solution mark?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. So what customers are really excited about is they were taking a very different approach. To the problem set, which is what we're not building is sort of a product that is optimized, sort of, for going through the RFP box checking exercise. I think, that's what led to a lot of really sort of overly complicated hard new software. The thing that we're really focused on is, just crushing the user experience. But I think they do day-in and day-out. Where it's all about making that officer able to operate efficiently all the way through the chain of those reports getting through approvals, et cetera. And ultimately automating the creation of the police report, so that cops are spending half their time sitting with keyboard type and stuff up. And we're getting just a ton of excitement, in fact, we had one major city that had recently maybe gone through a major RMS, RFP and acquisition process. And we thought they were off the table for a decade, and they were back talking with those already saying this is really interesting if the vision you guys have laid out, if you can deliver on this. We're interested in taking a look at engaging with you, which to me again with a very pleasant surprise to see an agency less than a couple years out of a major RFP process, putting their hand up and saying that interested. So - yeah, it's going to be a lot of fun in 2019, as we start to roll this out know into the marketplace. We feel pretty excited.
Jonathan Ho:
Perfect. Just one is also follow up on Fleet 2, just wanted to get a sense from you guys in terms of how that look in terms of the initial reception win rates, it's pretty early, but just wanted to get some perspective in terms of how we're doing on that as well?
Luke Larson:
Yeah. Fleet 2 has been really well received by the market, we've had several customers comment on just - the ease of use with the cloud connected features, which really differentiates us from these kind of large incumbent burdensome hardware centric options. We've had a really strong performance there, I would expect Fleet to continue to grow as a percentage of our Software and Sensors business and we're taking share from the incumbents and we feel really good about its momentum.
Jonathan Ho:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Mark Strouse from JPMorgan. Your line is open.
Mark Strouse:
Yeah. Hey, everybody. Thanks for taking our questions. So if we can just talk about the shape, I guess, of the revenue curve for the weapons business. If I remember right, you guys had talked about that being kind of a long-term low-double-digit grower. This year-to-date you're tracking around 10% or so. If I'm reading your comments though correctly, I mean, it sounds like there could be some acceleration in that over the next certain period 12, 18, 24 months, not looking for a specific 2019 guidance. But just kind of generically are you expecting that to accelerate near-term?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. It's a fair assumption, Mark, I think you probably feel the enthusiasm in our voices about TASER 7 and about the new OSP are positively they have been received. So at this point in time, we have no updates to the guidance. So I still say that your assumption low-double-digit growth is a good one? And I would just say that's very conservative.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. And…
Rick Smith:
Over the contract - I'd just say over the contracts like TASER 7 significantly increases revenue per user, because we're increasing with new software services with the dock, with the end-user certification plan. So not only do we think it obviously could open up new markets with this new capabilities, it can accelerate our ability to go back and installed base, and also significantly raise this revenue per user.
Mark Strouse:
Right. That's great. And then - it's only been a month or so since the seven was announced. But - can you just talk about what you're hearing from recent buyers of the X2 or the X26. And do you think that I believe there is a trade in credit for those customers. And if so just going to talk about it, if you think that's at the appropriate level in terms of drive of those customers.
Josh Isner:
Hey, Mark. This is Josh Isner. So we have not had any cause for concern in that regard. We feel that our customers are excited about the trading program and our customers always know that we will never let them fail in any way. So we've - this has been kind of a nonevent for those customers and we're doing right by all our entire installed base of weapons.
Andrea James:
So that was Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner.
Mark Strouse:
Great. All right. Thanks, Josh. Thanks very much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig-Hallum Capital. Your line is open.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Hi, guys. This is Ryan Sigdahl on for Steve Dyer. Within bookings, S&S bookings, can you break out either the dollar value or the percentage representing 10-year contracts?
Rick Smith:
It's a very small portion. We've signed a few recently, and so we've seen an increase in 10-year deal. But overall, it's still relatively immaterial.
Ryan Sigdahl:
And then maybe just a follow-up on that. Is that primarily at the customer's request, or you guys, I mean, five years has been the standard for a while. And are you guys now actively trying to move these 10-year deals or was it very specific instances with these customers?
Rick Smith:
There are customer requests and for us to enter into those deals. We've got to be satisfied with the long-term economics of those. So they're very rare and mainly driven by customer requests.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Thanks. And then one more for me, sorry to beat a dead horse here, but with the VIEVU customer that you're talking about. Is this a full transition for that department by February or will they still have some of the LE4s and service and this is just a transition for all the incremental units? Thanks.
Luke Larson:
Yeah, so they have multiple 1000 units already deployed, and we're going to keep those in the field for the remaining units that were yet to be deployed we're going to transition those two Axon Body 2, and then we would see kind of on their next upgrade cycle those would all on the entire deployment would move over to Axon Body 3.
Ryan Sigdahl:
And then, maybe, I guess, just one follow up on that. Then I'll turn it over. So how difficult will it be them from a back end user standpoint from Evidence.com, to use LE4s with some officers and then some officers using to the Axon body.
Luke Larson:
Yeah, we're going to make it a success and seamless transition for the customers, who are really kind of partnering on - with them on what's the right way to handle that. And we're very confident they're going to see the benefits of that Axon network, and we're actually delighted that we're going to get the opportunity to rollout that with a AB2 sooner than expected.
Ryan Sigdahl:
Thanks, guys. I hop back in the queue. Good luck.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Saliq Khan from Imperial Capital. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hello, this is [Reid Matilski] [ph] on behalf of Saliq Khan. We're wondering with the improvements of TASER 7. How does this rollout coincide with the sunset of the law enforcement agencies existing conductive electrical weapons?
Rick Smith:
Well, so there's so many agencies who bought the X2 or the X26P, when those where first launched in 2011 and 2012 timeframe. But there's just a ton of upgrade opportunity there. And so having a new weapon. And then frankly, even out agencies that were still using the older X26P, where for whatever reason they had not made it a priority to upgrade those into the current generation of the smart weapons. I believe, based on seeing customer reactions that all of those people are now an opportunity to take TASER 7, it really have the customer sweet spot, while I think it's going to be pretty compelling across the board with a lot of customers that have TASERS that are more than 5 years old. That are really primed for a new device.
Unidentified Analyst:
Got it. Thank you. And with your service platform push, our TASER weapons are beginning to replace guns and has the total ownership cost for TASER weapon actually cheaper than a gun?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would say that total ownership is cheaper in two respects. One, with firearms there's a lot of training that's required, training these cops are coming off the streets, and it's really expensive infrastructure. And two, when you shoot somebody, it's really expensive, not just in dollar terms, but in terms of litigation, in terms of officer, post incident a lot of officers end up leaving the profession. So TASER save money and they save lives. Now we're not at a point yet even with TASER 7, it's not yet replacement for a firearm, we're still, I'd say, about a decade away from where it started to think of non-lethal weapons as being a legitimate substitute. But we make a big step in that direction. This is one of the reasons that I think the subscription plan is a really compelling to our customers is, hey, we've got a roadmap to where over the next decade, we're going to outperform even your lethal weapons. And when you go on one of our subscription plans, it basically put them on a program into the future with us, where they know that they're going to get those upgrades as they come available. I've got a number of chiefs tell me that, that's one of the reasons they go with us, is they just they trust us as a technology partner across the whole platform software, sensors and weapons to sort of help them transform their agencies on a continuous basis, where we're rolling out new software, new hardware et cetera. So we're not quite there yet to make simple it obsolete, but we're making progress.
Unidentified Analyst:
Thank you. And just one last one given the body cams AI capabilities, would you consider partnering with gunshot detection companies to improve detection location of the gunfire?
Rick Smith:
Sure. I mean, we're open to - we generally purchase from the perspective that we need to be open to - an open platform to collaborate with the entire ecosystem of technology providers, so that our customers they've got a difficult job to do with them worrying about bunch of solid information systems. It's just not where we want them to be. So we're certainly, we've become I think the preeminent cloud software network. And we have open APIs and we work collaboratively with our customers and other tech providers.
Unidentified Analyst:
Thank you. And thanks for fielding our questions.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from line of George Godfrey from CLK. Your line is open.
George Godfrey:
Good evening. Thank you for taking my question. Do you have the TASER weapon operating margin for the quarter there?
Rick Smith:
Hold on a second. We will…
George Godfrey:
And then my follow-on question to that, do you expect the TASER 7 given the higher price point to be margin positive have a come at a higher margin, I believe, 40% was kind of the target range couple of years ago. It seems like, it's down around 30% now. Just curious will that have a lifting effect.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, we are expecting TASER to lift the margins overall. The gross margins for the quarter for just under 70%. The operating margin is in the shareholder letter. One thing I say is operating margin is not only meaning for the way that we think about margins. With the cross margins for weapons. And software and sensors separately and look at software and hardware at the gross margin level, but below that if it gets a little bit as good a living scramble because we make investments in SG&A across both segments some of the allocations are disproportionately getting TASER and they are software and sensors. We look at R&D by product line, we go into a lot of depth on that SG&A, we budgeted outside that process and also we want to control SG&A. And we've demonstrated that over the course of the year we driven a lot of leverage on SG&A costs, it's lower now as a percentage of revenue that was a year ago, it's part of the reason that we've been able to drive our overall margins up across the business. So for that reason, I'd say, it's not all that meaningful to look at operating margins by segment. But it is in the shareholder letter.
George Godfrey:
Okay. That's - Jawad, thank you for that that's a nice segue, because that's exactly where I wanted to go is, if I look at the R&D margin 2 years ago it's 10%, a year ago 16%, and now it's 21. And I heard everything you said about being scrappy. But it's more than doubled in two years. And if I look at the SG&A and I realize their stock comp, and amortization, intangibles, and other things in there, but it's only gone from 39 to 38. So it seems like the R&D spend is far outpacing any improvement in SG&A. And so my question is as we go forward from a 21% level what exactly does scrappy mean when it applies to R&D. Thank you for taking my question.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, great question. So scrappy does not apply to R&D, we're pretty open about that within the company. I'm a big proponent of investing more in R&D. We've targeted around the 20% range. And so, we have some very exciting market opportunities. This is part of what we laid out at our last Investor Day at IACP. There are huge market opportunities ahead of us and we've got to invest to go capture those. And so, we're not going to take our foot off the pedal with those R&D investments. What we are going to do is drive discipline across the business. SG&A, so that it's coming down. You should expect to see us drive further leverage there. But what I'd point to is that, overall enterprise our margins are ticking upwards and will continue to tick upwards over the next few years.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, I mean, at this point, we've got this incredible asset. And that we've connected two-thirds roughly of the major cities now to the Axon network. And now to take that and begin to scale out with records and dispatch, and all the AI capabilities and analytics we can run on top of that network. All of which gives us the opportunity to build and create additional value streams. So we're all about being scrappy in terms of efficiency and making sure that we're being careful how we spend the money. But we also don't want to throttle our ability to grow well into the future by cutting back on our investments in R&D, Given that we have this really unique competitive advantage, in that we can launch new services right within the same framework that our customers are already using. And we think it would be unwise for us to over focus on short-term profitability and leave those opportunities un-harvested.
George Godfrey:
Understood, thank you for taking - if I can just slip one more in here, the adjusted EBITDA margin for the year is 14% to 16% percent is the range. And for the first 9 months, you're at 16.5%, so there's a lot of room in Q4. Can you just qualitatively or in some measure, quantify how difficult is it going to be to transition 2000 plus body cameras by February for the large VIEVU customer, because it seems like there is enough wiggle room here that you could absorb a very expensive project. I'm just trying to get an idea of how expensive or complex that task is. Thanks.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, so this issue - their development center is still unfolding. It's going to depend on exactly which cameras are deployed, how many of each are deployed, how much development work is required if any, what the RMA pool will look like [Technical Difficulty]. And so for that reason it's we're unable to determine at this point what the costs are going to be to transition that customer. And so we wanted to reserve, we wanted to maintain some conservatism there as far as our Q4 estimates.
George Godfrey:
Thank you, Jawad. I appreciate it.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, thanks for taking the questions. Operating margin in weapons was 27% by the way. It was in the release. So there's that figure. But I'm curious about the excitement you guys are seeing around the new weapon. I was at IACP also. And certainly there was a lot of excitement around the booth and everything. And that's always the case for you guys. You put on a good show down there as usual. But there is a significant price point. And I think, if I'm not mistaken, the first new deployments that you saw were agencies that just took the weapon and didn't take the whole pricing plans. So I was wondering what the reason behind that was, if there was some sensitivity around the Officer Safety Plan and the increased price there or anything. And just kind of some more concrete evidence about why you're so enthusiastic about the uptake as you're looking into 2019.
Luke Larson:
So, one of the greatest assets that the company has is our TASER instructor network. And so, over the next year we're going to be rolling out an aggressive campaign to hold these events at multiple cities at a high frequency. Since IACP, I've already been to two of these events, where we have essentially a room full of police trainers. And we talk about TASER 7. And the excitement in the room is palpable in terms of they want this weapon. They want the capabilities. And that's something where it carries through to them, going back talking about officer training, and how this is really going to benefit communities. And that goes a long way when you're getting kind of stakeholders to buy in for it. So to me, that's just an incredible data point that's hard to communicate in numbers. But when you go out and you see literally hundreds of police officers excited for the device, that's giving me a lot of confidence. In terms of those first two deals, we had actually been talking about those deals before we kind of had the final pricings and stuff bundled. So we really wanted to lock in a couple key launch partners. So I wouldn't read too much into them buying on a program. We were just trying to secure them as launch partners.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, exactly. And I would say as well AB3 is going to be a couple quarters behind TASER 7. So I would expect we may see more decoupled sort of TASER 7 program. So before AB3 really starts going into field trials, which is fine. That's actually in our interest to continue to accelerate and make sure that we're able to shift and deliver revenue on the TASER 7. And then, this happens fairly regularly, where as we launch new customer - new features or new products that customers will come back. And they'll do contract upgrades and rewrite. We just is - as we pointed out, with TASER 7, those customers, we're obviously showing the product for them much earlier in the process to where the new Officer Safety Plans weren't even really fully baked. And we did not want to introduce the additional uncertainty and complexity of AB3 into those projects. There's already enough uncertainty with the TASER 7 weapon. So we focus our sales team on those and getting those across the goal line.
Glenn Mattson:
What's the pricing like when it's sold as a standalone, have you released that?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, it's - the all-in price is typically $60 a month, $60 a month is what we call a certification plan that includes the weapons, the docks, a subscription plan for all cartridges they need for training, the online training, VR empathy training, et cetera. And then there's a $40.00 a month plan, where they just get the weapons and the docks, and then they cartridges and training à la carte. So, some of the early ones as well I think we're on the more basic plan, because we haven't fully flushed out the whole certification plan. So, again, a lot of this was, we are in with these customers while the product was still sort of getting finalized in terms of the go-to-market proposition. But you basically spec between $40 and $60 a month.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. So that's like $500 and a 5 year lifespan usually, right, so that's $2,500 basically is one way to think about it. Is there going to be an increase from the $1,200ish or so that the prior weapon would sell at? And you get the…
Rick Smith:
Yes, yeah. A good portion of that does go into - yeah.
Luke Larson:
We will have an Evidence.com license. It'll be like $7 a month and then there is some allocated to the cartridges. But the overall economics are…
Rick Smith:
And just that's in the numbers we gave you, Luke was just saying. Some of that revenue - that revenue doesn't all come in upfront. A good portion of that is service revenue over the life of the weapon, the warranty, and cartridges, and training services.
Glenn Mattson:
Right. Okay, all right, great. Thanks, guys. Good luck.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Since there are no further questions at this time, I will now turn the call back to management for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
All right. For those of you that came out to IACP, it was great to see you there, so you could look customers in the eye and take their temperature on our new products. For those of you that weren't, I'd encourage you to come out to the show next year. Obviously, we're really excited. I think we've now got a lot of opportunity ahead of us. It's all about execution now as we roll into 2019. But a lot of opportunity for us, we just got to deliver on it now. And our mission is stronger than ever and opportunity in front of us is better than ever. And thank you to you shareholders, who've been with us for - some of you for more than a decade. And we'll be back to see you guys with our end of year results. And I look forward to talking to you then.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Andrea James - Vice President, IR Rick Smith - Founder and CEO Jawad Ahsan - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Yuuji Anderson - Morgan Stanley Scott Berg - Needham Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Will Power - Baird Jeremy Hamblin - Dorothy & Company George Godfrey - CL King Saliq Khan - Imperial Capital
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the Q2 2018 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded. At this time, I would like to turn the call over to your host, Luke Larson, President of Axon. Please go ahead, sir.
Luke Larson:
Thank you. Good afternoon to everyone. I'm Luke Larson, the President of Axon. Welcome to Axon's second quarter 2018 earnings conference call. Joining me today are CEO and Founder, Rick Smith; and CFO, Jawad Ahsan. Before we get started, Andrea James, our V.P. of Investor Relations, will read the safe harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Good afternoon. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. During our call, we'll be making references to our reported results, which you can find by reading our quarterly shareholder letter which is available at investor.axon.com and on the SEC website. We'll start with short prepared remarks, and then we'll take questions. Statements made on today's call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail on our annual reports on the Form 10-K and the quarterly reports on the Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov and searching for our filings under the AAXN ticker. Okay, now turning the call over to Axon's CEO, Rick Smith.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea and welcome, everyone. We’re pleased with our second quarter results and feel great about the way our team is blocking and tackling as we execute against the goals we outline. One of the big accomplishments in the quarter was our follow on offering which we consider a re-IPO. The offering was highly beneficial on a couple of key fronts. First it provided us with significant resources to be able to accelerate our shift across the entire business towards subscription. And we begun executing on the internal functions now to support that, so we can move the TASER business even more aggressively to subscription. We’ll note that subscription is a percentage of orders did drop in Q2 which was hardly the result of mix. We had some international and distributing orders that skewed the percentage, but also with the result the fact that we were not yet pulling every lever to drive subscription sales partly because of resourcing. We now have the flexibility to accelerate our plans. So please stay tuned for some exciting times as we transition the business model more aggressively. As I mentioned earlier, we view Axon is having re-IPO it’s a software and technology company rather than as a weapon hardware manufacturer. It makes sense for us to reintroduce ourselves to the capital markets in a way that more accurately reflects what Axon is rather than what TASER was. The TASER weapon obviously remains a huge and important part of our business. But even the weapon itself we believe has the ability to benefit from the strong network effects that we built into our software platform. There are so many opportunities for us to make the TASER systems more connected and more integrated into the larger Axon network. It’s not easy to transition from a hardware company to a SaaS software plus hardware solutions company. And we’re incredibly excited to be making this happen. And as CEO, I just want to thank our shareholders for responding well and thanks to all of you who have been so supportive of this transition over the years and have allocated the capital that will allow us to continue to execute and return value back to you. Moving now to some of our new initiatives. We’re now entering the testing and refining phase of Axon records which is a pretty exciting place to be. An early version of the product is in field testing with customers. I also want to highlight the new partnerships with DJI and Milestone. This is interesting to note because it shows they were really extending the network beyond the hardware that we manufactured and having robust partners and third-parties that can begin to come to life on the Axon network. We now have 30 petabyte of data, the sheer amount of data that we're hosting in our secured cloud is continuing to grow and customers are continuing to find great value and the goods and the services that we are selling. We also held our annual user conference Axon Accelerate in June and we were overwhelmed by the positive response from the industry. We've had over 1300 police security, legal and technology professionals in attendance which included both members of the Axon network and non-customers putting Axon and our Accelerate conference at the center of our leadership in public safety. And with that I will now hand off to Luke to go deeper into our operations.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. At Axon we want every police officer in the world to carry a TASER, wear an Axon camera and every public safety official have a seat on the Axon network. Every day we're executing against that mission. Everything we do comes back to our mission making the board obsolete and enabling truth and fairness in our justice system. I want to start off by talking about our VIEVU integration which is an important area of execution for us. As you know we acquired VIEVU in May which was a key body camera competitor because we're building customer synergies across the Axon network the addition of several new law-enforcement agency customers both enhances the value through our existing customers as well as the ones who are joining because they can more easily share data with each other across the public safety and justice system information chain. Those customers can take advantage of our skill and they are pleased to be working with Axon. We also continue to be very impressed with the VIEVU team that joined us in Seattle. We inherited a group of solid people and expanded our capabilities so we feel like we acquired more than just customers and products we added a team that makes us better and stronger. Also I want to mention one more item related to VIEVU. In June we received a letter from the Federal Trade Commission notifying us that they're looking into the acquisition to ensure that the marketplace remain competitive. We view this as a routine matter and you'll see some language around it in our upcoming 10-Q filing later this week. We’ll keep you posted on any developments but we are cooperating fully with the SEC and are confident that the acquisition was a benefit to customers and that the FTC will recognize this. We are highly focused on customer satisfaction and our customers continue validate our approach. You see that in our financial performance and also in new customer sign ups. In July Honolulu became the 45th major city customer to join the Axon network. And at end of June we now have over 300,000 booked seats on the Axon network. That represents a more than 10-fold increase in user account since the first half of 2015. We have 10X our evidence.com subscriptions in about three years. And with the total addressable market of more than 2 million users there is still great run way ahead of us. Now I’ll turn the call over to our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Great, thanks Luke. Our Q2 results reflected another quarter of solid execution and strong operating performance. There are few things I want to touch upon and then we’ll leave plenty time for questions. As Rick said the follow-on offering was success and puts us in a strong financial position for our next stage of growth. We want to transition the majority of our cash flow to subscription pricing models. The cash flow from selling TASER weapons funded two prong growth in investment strategy. First it allows to invest in products that address our existing market such as body and in car cameras and evidence management. Second it allows to invest in products that will expand our market reach such as records dispatch and drones. These investments will come in the form of people, programs, systems and potentially acquisitions. We now have a balance sheet that gives us the financial strength and flexibility to execute aggressively on this strategy. Second you heard from Luke about progress with the VIEVU integration. From a cost perspective as we expected the majority of integration costs hit in the second quarter and we expect about 100 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin impact to the full-year. As we said last quarter our strict expense controls are allowing us to absorb the gross margin pressure on some of the VIEVU contracts while maintaining our earnings guidance for 2018. As you can see the leverage in our business model continues to be evident in Q2 revenue grew 25% and adjusted net income more than double. We feel great about the leverage we've been demonstrating in the first half. Looking at the back half of the year you can expect to see us invest more heavily in some of our key growth areas including adding engineers to Axon records and dispatch while continuing to generate strong earnings growth and that's reflected in the guidance we’re providing today. You’ll notice that we’re guiding to a full-year adjusted EBITDA margins of 14% to 16%. To be clear this represents the same level of expense control that we talked about in prior quarters. But given the unpredictable stock compensation adjustments related to Rick’s new compensation plan and the one-time acquisition costs related to VIEVU removing over to an existing metric that’s its cleaner and works better for period over period comparison. Thank you all for dialing in today and with that I'll turn it back to Andrea.
Andrea James:
Thanks Jawad. Before we go to questions, I have one house keeping item for you guys. And instead of being scrappy, next quarter we're going to ask the majority of listeners to please listen to via webcast, and we'll save the conference call line for those of you who wish to ask questions. Okay, Dylan, let's go to questions.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your question please.
Steve Dyer:
Just couple of quick ones from me, on the software and services side of the business, you'd indicated ARPU down quarter-over-quarter, that's - you attributed some of that to VIEVU. Couple of questions, one, was it up year-over-year? And secondly, would it been up quarter-over-quarter organically?
Rick Smith:
Yes, organically it is up.
Steve Dyer:
Quarter-over-quarter as well as year-over-year?
Rick Smith:
And then quarter-over-quarter it's also up, yes.
Steve Dyer:
And then obviously appreciate the guidance for the second half of the year, any more - you can add just in terms of how we should think about the cadence? Typically, Q4 has been materially better than Q3, would you anticipate sort of a similar pattern this year?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I think that's typically how we see things go from a seasonality perspective, Steve, so I'd expect roughly the same.
Steve Dyer:
And then lastly, can you just remind me what you said at the Analyst Day just in terms of margin or leverage margin expansion beyond this year? It sound like you're kind of reiterating this year but can you just remind us how you had us think about the next several years?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, the guidance that we gave, Steve, at the Analyst Day was that we were going to drive 300 to 400 basis points of operating margin improvement every year for the next three years. And so we're now changing that to adjusted EBITDA because of the stock based compensation expense and some of the volatility there, which Rick explained. But the point is that we're still committing to drive in operating leverage within the business over the next two years. We're not backing up that.
Steve Dyer:
So, still 300 to 400 basis points, just a slightly different metric?
Jawad Ahsan:
That's correct.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Yuuji Anderson from Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead.
Yuuji Anderson:
I had a couple on the TASER side of the business there. First, can you help us unpack the growth between domestic and internationals just relative to the corporate average and then somewhat related, can you describe what percentage of the current TASER installed base is on some kind of a subscription or payment plan? Thanks so much.
Rick Smith:
Yes, this is Rick. I think the split was relatively typical this past quarter between international and domestic, and then in terms of the total base, it's on a subscription plan. I don' think we published the numbers on what the percentage of the total base is. Some of which is because we've historically sold more through distributors than direct. We've been transitioning to more direct over time. It's a little hard to come up with what the - what we use as the entire denominator of how many of those previous weapons sold many years ago, we're still in the field, but we obviously in the published letter to shareholders we gave the rates for the last four-five quarters.
Yuuji Anderson:
And just a follow up on the TASER growth, I mean, I guess I was just trying to get sense of just how much international is growing relative to domestic rather than the actual split?
Jawad Ahsan:
Historically we've seen international be about 20% of our overall business, there's a little fluctuation quarter-to-quarter but that trend has held over the last 18 months or so.
Rick Smith:
I think we do expect and I think we started to see international has been accelerating little faster than the U.S. and we think that trend over the next couple of years, there's a lot of opportunity for international to actually take up a greater percentage of revenue.
Luke Larson:
Just to add on that, as we look to the future, our goal would be to see international grow as a relative percentage of our overall revenue, and we feel pretty good, confident about that over the next two to three years.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Berg from Needham. Your question please.
Scott Berg :
I have a few here, first one, and I don't know who wants to take this, but I want to see how we should think about organic versus inorganic growth in the quarter with the acquisition of VIEVU. Just specifically, looking at the Axon cloud, I know there were some revenues that came over, just trying to understand how much that revenue growth came from one versus the other? And then maybe looking at that seat count addition, obviously that was a pretty large increase in the quarter, kind of maybe help us understand how much that is organic versus inorganic?
Rick Smith:
So, I'll take the headcount and then Jawad, you want to take revenue?
Jawad Ahsan:
Sure.
Rick Smith:
So, from the seat counts, we had a mix of both organic user growth and then the seats out from VIEVU, as well as we platform some which were originally booked this on-premise. But we're then migrated into the cloud. So, new book seats were up sequentially organically, but we're not going to break it out to any greater level of detail.
Jawad Ahsan:
On the first part of your question Scott, on the organic versus inorganic, so on revenue VIEVU only contributed about less than 3% to our revenue growth. And from a margin standpoint it was actually - it's at a loss, so, it contributed to a loss organically, there's not much of that. Organically we have most of the growth coming from the business, from the core business and then it didn't really contribute much to that.
Scott Berg:
And then kind of a bigger level picture, probably for Rick, since you made the comments on the call is - is the transition to the subscription base plan on the TASER product, does that become more of a push or a pull do think over the next, I don't know, two, three, four, years, whatever that time horizon looks like, and I asked the question because obviously the percentage of sales coming from the subscription has been a little scrappy, they're down this quarter, not a surprise I expect that to vary at least for the short term. I'm just trying to understand maybe what those levers, pushes or pulls look like going on a short term? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
I would say it's - probably you expected it's a mix, we think that there are things that we can do that will make these subscription offerings more compelling in terms of features and services that will help create more pull. So, we think that we can really influence that in a positive way. So, I guess you could say that as push, but ultimately if we can create these interconnections that are even more valuable, it's going to just really simulate demand. If there's anything you need some more details, then like I said, stay tuned, we do have some - we think there's some pretty exciting new programs that we'll be in a position to launch now.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Mark Strouse from JPMorgan. Your question please.
Mark Strouse:
Just wanted to get some more color on Axon Dispatch? Can you just kind of talk about what the - I know it's early but kind of what their view is and how that is different versus [indiscernible] that are out there. And then how we should think about timing of commercial availability and then also, I guess, is that investment for that new segment, is that contemplated in the long term targets that were given at the Analyst Day as far as margins?
Rick Smith:
In terms of -- you can think of Dispatch as sort of the more real-time communications where it's record tends to be more proposed incidents, historical data that's collected in reports that have been put through the business processes all the way to prosecution chain, where Dispatch is the process of handling inbound calls, managing your resources, communicating to office, giving them information about the calls that are going on. We see a real opportunity that these systems really want to be integrated tightly, the most pure record that you have is the - the video incident itself, just videos tend to have lot of unstructured data in them. So, the records of a structured data and of course we're working on tools to extract structured data from the unstructured data and of course bring that into a more real-time environment, make that information more actionable with the individual officers. So they're making decisions and they're getting smarter as they're going in to these situations. We've seen -- I mean the fact that you can see call computer aided dispatch, we note a little bit more. What other type of dispatch would we expect in the world today. These are pretty dated systems, we tend to see some really pretty old software that's just been sorted so heavily integrated into a bunch of other things that sort of ossified into a really challenging user experience. And we see the opportunity to leverage the network we build from digital evidence into records and bringing it all real time with Dispatch. So, we see all these pieces coming together in a very progressive way, and yes all that Jawad confirmed, but we do have -- it doesn't change any of our guidance we've given.
Mark Strouse:
And then -- again, I apologize if I missed this, but any update on the weapons testing in some of those larger European countries that you talked about last quarter or two?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, so those are both progressing, we are not quite at the deal stage yet but we're seeing positive momentum in the U.K. as well as Italy that are two key markets that we're focused on. In the U.K. the chief firearms instructor Simon Chesterman, they comment when I was there in March saying he thought every constable should carry a TASER, and then in Italy the trials that they started are in progress. I'm actually meeting with the rep from Italy next week, so looking forward to that update, very, very confident in expansion in continental Europe with TASER.
Jawad Ahsan:
We have also seen some pickup of activity and interest in Latin America.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Will Power from Baird. Please go ahead.
Q – Will Power :
I guess a couple of questions. I recognize it's early, but it will be great to get any early qualitative feedback with respect to the records deployment. I know, it's just one trial today, but any early learning's there and then just any color kind of qualitatively around the pipeline of opportunities, increasing inbound interest, just any further color on that initiative would be great?
Rick Smith:
I think it's just too early for us to be providing any real feedback, I would think at this point. The first users who are interfacing with this software, and we've got engineers riding along with them and learning a ton and I think we're really learning, we're hitting the mark generally and of course there is things that we're tweaking and adjusting and trying to be very agile sort of development loop there. So we're feeding those learning's back in quickly. Pipeline, we are getting a lot of interest. I think customers really see the vision that -- the more they interact with Alexa, or their Siri, or their Google Home device, they're seeing that voice to text is not science fiction but that really – we will have the ability to bring this to life in a way that's going to meaningfully impact the way that records are created. I can't give you any real quantitative feedback in terms of pipeline. We are not at a stage where we can show that publically. We do have the International Certification of Chief to Police conference, coming up in early October. That's typically a place where -- if you're interested in seeing customer reactions et cetera, it's a great place to go off the show, get a feel for the competitive landscape and I believe, Andrea, that we'll be hosting an event for investors in Orlando at ITP this year as well.
Q – Will Power :
And may be a similar answer to the second question here, but coming out of accelerate looking at some of the new products you announced there, Fleet 2, Axon Air, any sense, any update for -- since for timing for revenue I assume those are both more 2019. And I guess, there's also been some early feedback on those products?
Rick Smith:
Fleet 2, we'll have revenue, we expect same impact certainly by the end of this year. Axon Air is relatively new product for our customers. We don't think it's going to be material this year, but we view that as really creating the framework for another very interesting business over the next three to five years. And Fleet 2 was really you know a lot entered feedback from Fleet 1 as we mentioned in the letter we believe that Fleet 1 is become the top selling in carrying video system within its first year of shipment which is pretty remarkable and Fleet 2 really enhances the major points of feedback that we got on Fleet 1. So we do expect that Fleet 2 should have an accelerating impact on ability to continue making impact in the space.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin from Dorothy & Company. Please go ahead.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Congratulations on the strong results I also wanted to ask a follow-up question on Axon Air just in terms of the partnership you have with DJI there. Can you talk a little about how you know managing that business it sounds like it's going to be a little bit more of an outsourced model with you really leveraging your selling network. But can you talk to one the kind of the TAM that you expect for that particular product. And then two in terms of thinking about margins and kind of the cost ramp because your partnering with them, do you expect that to be profitable more quickly than maybe some of the other products?
Rick Smith:
Yes so I will take this one as well so yeah we do have a great partnership with DJI. So we will be reselling their hardware and that will and to be much lower margin than when we were reselling or selling our own hardware. But we do see significant opportunity in value added premium software services. So we are building out the team to really sort of build out a long-term drone roadmap in the software space but this isn’t like a one or two quarter sort of hoping. This is where we’re laying the foundation, your drones is creating new type of metadata related to managing fleet of drones relating to flight data that might be incremental product control giving in place giving some of the privacy concerns people have about how drones are used et cetera. So I think this is it certainly much deeper than us just spying drone stock in the warehouse and having our sales people right orders. We see with our subscription software services we’ll go with those drone leveraging our training network to provide training to drone pilots in the field. I don’t want to speak on behalf DJI but in our discussions I would say share price down is quite near of interest given our training infrastructure for training comps, how to use laser weapons. So we will be able to use that so similar resources and infrastructure to train pilots on drones was pretty important and making this the fact partnership for them. I think it’s over premature for us to setting a password we think it’s going to be profitable, but the good news we’re not going to be incurring a lot of hardware revolving costs. There will be some software revolving cost but I do think overall that this is not going to be one of those heavy lifts huge investments over years before we’re seeing a return that this one it’s a much more sort likely path to profitability.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And then I just wanted to ask a question on the weapon segment you have some really nice I think 110 basis points of gross margin improvement year-on-year but if the operating margins were down about 520 basis points. Can you just give me a little color in terms of that change in profitability was this just allocation of costs as you are selling more kind of package deals or can you just give me color on that?
Rick Smith:
Jawad?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes just broadly speaking Jeremy we had an increase in OpEx and these are to invest we’re continuing to make in the business. So we had some OpEx that hit the TASER segment. We also had some also distributors that are typically at lower pricing. And we talk about before the way that we allocate our cost and we tend to have more of an allocation to the TASER segment. So when we have an increase in OpEx across the business it tends to hit TASER more broadly.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Weidemoyer from William Blair & Company. Please go ahead.
Unidentified Analyst:
This is for [Jonathan Ho] we are having some technology challenges for NATO so thanks for letting me ask the question. So again on the drone first of all can you hear me okay. Okay sorry the relatives to the drones – how big is the drone opportunity relative the fleet of body camera market?
Rick Smith:
Yes it’s a little hard to say right now just the future is hard to predict I mean you could imagine world where every police carrying has a drone associated with it or if we go further down field you could imagine maybe even drones that are being replaced that might be greater than the number of petrol cars. So yes, I think it’s sort of anyone guesses as you have significant with drone market will be long-term but we do see that there is a real advantages to being able to have over side over the top of the scene both visually and to be able to use in this communication hubs be able to jump wireless communications. What interesting things that we could be done with drones. But it just can be really hard to predict how that market is going to evolve let me based on your customer feedback.
Luke Larson:
Yes, I would add one point on Axon Air this is one where we definitely see the market is pulling this technology and they are coming to us saying hey, help us understand how do we package in such a way that we can have a simple easy-to-use workflow. And that where we see the real benefit of the Axon cloud and the network that we've developed.
Unidentified Analyst:
Another question now that you’ve had the officer safety plan and subscriptions for your weapons. Have you seen any sort of change in buying behavior by police department where they might be upgrading stepping up their upgrade to take advantage of it or do you think it's more gated by budgeting in the RFP process?
Luke Larson:
So compared to a few years before RFP I would say we definitely seeing an increase in the percentage of weapons that are being brought on subscription. We started first doing variants of municipal leases while I mean six or seven years ago with very low attach rates and I think over time as agencies have begun to get used to subscription on the SaaS side of the business with [indiscernible] we’re actually I think first came to us with the idea of bundling together TASER weapons with cameras and software into one easy to budget for subscription price. And we see the generally up trending again there is some noise quarter-to-quarter. And I think we have seen that, that has increased the velocity of sales namely agencies that previously may have wanted to buy a 100 weapons a year over five years so that they could fit it in their budget we’ve got 500 weapons now and paid for them over five years. And the great news there that sudden just bring out one set of orders forward but now only to get to year six all the weapons are five year hold. And they have already got the budget line item in place so it’s far higher likelihood that they them replace all those weapon in the beginning of year six and now we get two or three sales cycles within a 10 year period well us historically. If they done the space rollout the problem you get into is in your six like a good portion their weapons are still pretty new and mostly these don't have mixed fleet they don’t have halfx 26 and halfx 2s. So what we saw in that historical buying pattern is once they finish the multiyear rollout then you got sort wait until the last batch of weapons who sort of coming out with useful life. So you went to that first upgrade probably for nine or 10 years as opposed to right at the end of the buy.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Mike Lattimore from Northland. Please go ahead.
Unidentified Analyst:
This is Bailey on for Mike Lattimore congrats on a great question. I know you guys said that your international segment growing faster than the U.S. do you see that this might change your EBITDA margins and your basis points that you’ll guide for the next few years?
Rick Smith:
So just to clarify that we’ve historically seen international come in at about 20% of revenue. We see our international pipeline is growing faster relative to a percentage. And so we’re optimistic about future international expansion we’re also growing our overall revenue and domestic business very well. So on this needs work that’s ahead us to realize those sales.
Unidentified Analyst:
That’s it sorry guys as a follow-up do you see that changing the margins at all, can you use – give a little bit more color about how we should think about that?
Jawad Ahsan:
So, weapons margins are relatively the same across international and domestic. And some of the earlier international markets we’re seeing more of a pull for just a body worn camera a [morocco] was one of our big deals, but they don't have the infrastructure for Axon cloud today. And so they started with a body worn cameras deployment only. And so there's some deal mix on margins in that segment.
Rick Smith:
So, we do see international across the board tends to start little lower on margins but we're seeing international margins overall are increasing steadily.
Q – Unidentified Analyst:
And then just as a follow up question, do you expect body and fleet cameras sales to be the main SaaS revenue driver? I assume that records for to be the main one thereafter, but how should we think about that?
A – Rick Smith:
Yes, I think the - go ahead Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, sorry in the near term we've got a lot of momentum in our evidence.com enabled services like body camera, fleet. And so over the near term that's going to be the main driver, but as records and dispatch come online, we think that ultimately that's going to be the majority of the growth of the business from a cloud perspective.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from George Godfrey from CL King. Please go ahead.
George Godfrey:
Just a couple here, the seat count added this quarter roughly 80,000, if we look at the organic adds and the reclassification of Axon let's say 35,000 its 45,000 of reasonable seat count for VIEVU?
A – Rick Smith:
Yeah, we're not going to go into – sorry for strategic reasons we don't want to go into like explain those numbers up in any finer detail.
Q – George Godfrey:
Okay, shifting over to the TASER weapon base. What is the installed base for the TASER weapon right now in the U.S.?
Rick Smith:
Jawad, I'll kick that in VIEVU we are using for the estimate on the installed base on TASER weapon.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, we believe that to be about 450,000.
Q – George Godfrey:
450,000 about a 10% increase I want to say from roughly two and half years ago?
A – Rick Smith:
That's a fair assumption.
Q – George Godfrey:
The camera count of 300,000 we ended this quarter, what milestone and metric are you waiting for before you start segmenting that domestic versus international?
A – Rick Smith:
I don't know the reason – I know we set a firm metric for when we started segmenting those out.
Q – George Godfrey:
Well, that's my question, what are we waiting for?
A – Rick Smith:
Go ahead Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
At this point as Rick mentioned earlier, we're still establishing our presence in the international markets, and there are some early beachhead accounts that we're trying to win but that we've won. And there is some pricing that's not really indicative of what this business is going to look like long-term. And so, at some point it will make sense when that business is more matured, to split it out but at this point it doesn't really add a lot of value.
Q – George Godfrey:
And then my last question, is it relates to the artificial intelligence and machine learning that call over in your press release, thinking about the facial recognition software. Two questions, one is, if you invent facial recognition technology into the existing camera base, do you think that's a [PTU] charge extra for or is that an ongoing upgrade to the existing subscription? And then I have one follow on to that.
A – Rick Smith :
So, at the point when we do launch something like facial recognition biometric, we think likely that would be a premium service, that would be something that just happened within the existing contracts. I would also give you caveat that we've done pretty careful, they were not yet – we don't have a time line to launching facial recognition, we do not have the team actively developing it this is a technology we don't believe that sitting here today the accuracy thresholds are right where they need to be making operational decision of the facial recognition, but once we see sort of daylights where it will be accuracy thresholds and once we've really got a tighter understanding of the privacy and accountability controls that we need to ensure that it'll be acceptable by the public in large, at that point we would then move into commercialization of that capability. But this is one where we think -- you don't want to be premature and end up where you have technical failures with disastrous outcomes or something where there is some unintended use case where it ends up then being unacceptable publicly and impaired for long term of the technology.
Q – George Godfrey:
And then my last question, you mentioned the 30 petabytes of data, they had a legal restrictions where Police Department even if they want to share data between Seattle and Chicago they can't or under your agreement they're obligated to do so? Thank you very much.
Rick Smith r:
No under our agreements the data belongs to the customer, they have to opt in specifically to any use of their data, and then certainly there are local guidelines or restrictions that may impair whether or not they're – intending – whether they can share that data across to other jurisdictions et cetera. But we do find in many cases that we now the [indiscernible] accredited AI training center where we have a staff that has been cleared to the same standards as other law enforcement agencies that are able to help create training in inference data off of the underlying data and enough to train our models and we are having agency customers that are opting in to participate in those programs. But they do have to opt in.
Operator:
Our last question comes from Saliq Khan from Imperial Capital. Please go ahead.
Q – Saliq Khan:
First one being is, you've done a pretty great job of introducing several new offerings over a very short period of time. Are you concerned about being spread too thin and what are you doing to be able to ensure the success of all the programs that you have recently introduced?
A – Rick Smith:
So, two of our key metrics that we focus across our entire business is net promoter score and usage. And so we really want to make sure on a quarterly basis and even on kind of daily and features set that we're measuring our customers using the product that we're creating and would they give us a positive recommendation. And so we've got a very tight feedback loop for monitoring these systems daily to see are they using and would they recommend. And we've got really, really good customer feedback I would also say, Axon accelerate conference is just a great kind of testament to the customer's satisfaction with the Axon network. We actually sold Axon T-shirts and swag and our customers bought $24,000 worth of Axon swag, which was just I think an incredible testament to the affinity that they have for the Axon kind of brand and network.
Luke Larson:
Yeah the other thing I would point out is, there is an incredible value to having systems that are integrated and just work well together. And one example I can give you is our – if you stack up Fleet 1, our in-car Fleet system against most of the in-car systems out there today, on a feature-by-feature basis like there's a lot more features in the incumbent systems that are out there. But where our system really shines was it played really well with body cameras. There was a lot of tight integration between them on the back end being able to do multi camera safe tab, all the information stored in one system, they can be shared with prosecutor et cetera. And that seamless integrated user experience was far more important than a list of [indiscernible] features et cetera. Now, some of those features were things were causing customer pains, which is why we had a very fast cycle times from Fleet 1 to Fleet 2. But we believe in each of these segments we’re going into the key advantage we have is if we just make it integrated well and easy to deploy with great customer service and training, that we're going to provide a much better user experience and be able to rapidly gain market share and learn from the customer on which of those incremental features we need to bake back into the product. So, we just think the network affects there are particularly compelling for the end user.
Q – Saliq Khan:
And then as you continue build out the end-to-end public safety platform – are you finding you're having more success or more successful conversations either in the field, the station, or in the court room. Where are some of these lower hanging fruits for you?
Rick Smith:
Such a great question, I would say we're definitely -- the conversations are getting easier and easier over time. When we first launched cameras, how long ago is it now, its eight years ago. I think there was a ton of skepticism that, wait a minute, you're a weapon company, you're going to do cameras? And cloud software, hey what is that? And how do we know that you're the people to develop it. I think having delivered on a number of successive transformational product experiences we've gained a ton of creditability with our customers, many of them tell us that evidence.com is the most reliable and enjoyable software that they use on a day-to-day basis. So I think as we extend into things like records and dispatch, we're finding a very hungry user base for better user experiences. Now, we're continuing to see -- the most program is still with law enforcement agencies themselves, but obviously we've extended now into prosecution, it's extending from there into defense attorneys and with court. So there's certainly a ton of opportunities for us to continue expand the network. We just want to make sure, we stay focused on -- the most important thing is that we have a really solid core in law enforcement as we then begin to stand up further into the broader public safety agencies.
Q – Saliq Khan:
How are you being impacted by any either budgetary or political constraints?
Rick Smith:
We've not seen any slow back when we sit across from customer. Certainly in the U.S. but really around the globe they are saying we got a need for your products and we've not seen budget being an issue.
Operator:
Our last question comes from Brian May from Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead. I show no further questions in the queue at this time. I'd like to turn the call back to CEO of Axon, Mr. Rick Smith. Please go ahead with closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Thank you - so as you can see this last quarter and frankly last several years, we've really been focused on driving ARR, annual recurring revenues and bookings rev, and you can see we continue to make solid progress there. Thanks for those of you who are relatively new, who've joined us since the secondary in May. We really do believe that sets up a foundation where we've now frankly have to align our investor base with the mission of the Company, it's been a lot of work to transition from manufacturing Company into the leading cloud provider of software and connected devices, in the public safety market, and transitioning to bringing in investors who are excited about in supportive of that vision, it's really great. We believe we've got alignment across all of our stakeholders now, investors, employees, and customers. And stay tune, we're going to use those resources creatively to continue to solve big problems, to continue to accelerate our reach into our customers. And this next quarter we're going to have some really exciting events. I'd encourage you if you get a chance to come and visit us at one of those. We'd love to get to know you all a little bit more personally and stay tuned as we continue to protect life and change the world together. So thanks for joining us today.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen for attending today's conference. This concludes the program, and you may all disconnect. Good day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Andrea James - Vice President of Investor Relations Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer and Founder Jawad Ahsan - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Saliq Khan - Imperial Capital Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Bill Baker - GARP Research George Godfrey - CL King
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the Q1 2018 Axon Enterprise, Incorporated Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to introduce your host for today's conference, Mr. Luke Larson, President of Axon. Sir, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thanks. Good afternoon to everyone. I'm Luke Larson, the President of Axon. Welcome to Axon's first quarter 2018 earnings conference call. Joining today are CEO and Founder, Rick Smith; and CFO, Jawad Ahsan. Before we get started, Andrea James, our V.P. of Investor Relations, will read the safe harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Good afternoon. This call is being broadcast on the internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. During our call, we'll be making references to our reported results, which you can find by reading our quarterly shareholder letter and the supplemental materials, both of which are available at investor.axon.com and on the SEC website. We'll start today with prepared remarks, and then we'll move to a live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today's call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, which is today, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our annual report on the Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on the Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings, as well as our other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov by searching for filings under the Axon ticker, AAXN. Okay, turning the call over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Andrea. Welcome, everyone. First and foremost, I want to commend our employees throughout the organization for helping us achieve outstanding first quarter performance. Our results reflect strength across the board, in our Weapons and Software & Sensors, domestically and internationally. The team has been working really hard to execute, and they deserve a lot of praise. In Q1, we delivered record revenue and solid gross margins, while continuing to execute against our cost control initiatives. This drove first quarter GAAP earnings per share of $0.24. We're incredibly excited about the opportunity in front of us and continue to position the business to deliver growth and increase shareholder value. The strategic tuck-in acquisition of VIEVU we announced last week is a great example of this. The deal adds a solid team that shares our mission of saving lives. Our new holster partner, Safariland, produces high-quality products and, most importantly, has history and credibility with the law enforcement community. Those of you who aren't in law enforcement might not notice, but Safariland is a very well-regarded holster supplier and has a lot of fans in law enforcement, and it's very exciting to work with them in developing a holster for the next generation of TASER weapons. Also, VIEVU technology is used by hundreds of police agencies and the acquisition adds 5 major U.S. cities to our customer portfolio. Internationally, the acquisition adds Mexico City and Mexico's federal police. We believe this deal is great for customers because Axon has made an outsized investment in software, which will give these customers access to new features sooner than they otherwise would have had. Also, serendipitously, VIEVU is based in Seattle and so we plan on integrating that team into our existing Seattle office. This next part is really important, especially for the employees who are listening. This acquisition does not mean we get to rest on our laurels. The public safety video and digital evidence management space remains crowded and highly competitive, and our customers have dozens of vendors to choose from. We compete with large, well-funded and highly respected companies, including Motorola, Panasonic, L3 and more. We believe we make the best solutions and we believe our solutions scale the best, but we need to keep innovating so that we can remain competitive and deliver the best solutions that our customers expect from us. We're continuing to expand Axon's footprint and gain momentum within our four primary growth engines. Bookings remain strong. Our product pipeline is robust with innovation at the forefront of everything we do, largely driven by input and feedback with our law enforcement partners. And as you saw in our shareholder letter today, we're taking up our top line guidance to reflect the strong start to the year, as well as the addition of VIEVU. I'm also proud to note that the organization has fully embraced our not-so-new mantra of "be scrappy" so you can expect to see us continue to be conservative on costs going forward. Jawad will talk more about our guidance in a few minutes, but first, I'll turn it over to Luke to update you on product, execution and the integration of VIEVU. Broadly speaking, I'm thrilled with how our teams are performing and how the business is becoming increasingly dynamic to ensure that Axon remains at the forefront of industry change and writes the future of law enforcement. Now over to Luke.
Luke Larson :
Thanks, Rick. We're moving pretty fast at Axon, and it's an exciting time to be part of the company that is executing on such a large and important mission. We've come a long way since 2010, when Axon's stock was trading at just under $4 per share and we were under a lot of pressure to exit the body camera business, and instead of exiting, we doubled down on body cameras and more importantly the software ecosystem, Evidence.com. One particular moment I'd like to call out is at a company meeting about five years ago when we did a survey, and 90% of the company wanted to exit the Axon business, and Rick Smith showed a picture of General Patton from World War II with a quote that said, "The road home goes through Berlin." I call that out because this has been a big investment cycle, and I want to thank the investors that have supported Rick and Axon's vision. We are realizing the benefits of those investments today, and at the same time, we are investing for the next stage of growth. We're all working very hard to accelerate the speed at which we bring the leading public safety technology to police forces around the globe. We want to equip every officer with a body camera, a TASER and a seat on the Axon network. You have the shareholder letter in front of you that does the heavy lifting, talking about many of the ways we are executing. I'll pull back the curtain a little bit more and then turnover the call to Jawad. Over the next few quarters, there are three execution items that are most relevant to the investment community. The first and newest is the successful integration of VIEVU into Axon. I've appointed Bryan Wheeler, a Vice President of Software Engineering, to lead that integration. Bryan is a VP up in our Seattle office. He built out our record management system and computer-aided dispatch teams, while bringing those programs to life and also made significant contributions to our Digital Evidence Management road map. Bryan now reports directly to me, and he's been doing a fantastic job leading the integration so far. Bryan brings a ton of energy, focus and technical product knowledge and a deep understanding of how our business runs today, which will be essential for making the integration a success. Our goal is to eventually convert every VIEVU customer to the Axon network, but initially, we will deliver upon VIEVU's contracts while it operates as a subsidiary within Axon. We've already notified those customers that Axon is committed to their body-worn camera programs, and the customer feedback has been positive. The second area of importance is on moving the Software & Sensors segment to profitability, which means continuing our existing momentum with body cameras and software and expanding and scaling Axon Fleet. We've set a goal to be the market leader in in-car video. Our third area of focus is the development of our Axon Records product, which is still pre-revenue, but remains key to our long-term vision of using technology to automate boring and tedious police report-writing. We want to put officers back out on the streets, doing what they do best and getting to know their communities and keeping them safe. We’re on track for a successful launch of Axon Records in 2019. I want to end with a quick update on International. Our focus on Tier 1 markets is really paying off. Our Chief Revenue Officer, Josh Isner, has built a fantastic team that is organized with three managing directors for EMEA, APAC, and the Americas. Two of our largest video booking deals in the history of the company came in, in Q1
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. We're pleased to report another strong quarter of execution. Record revenue, strong gross margins, and good cost control enabled us to bring $0.24 to the bottom line. I'm going to first talk about the VIEVU acquisition, then I'll unpack the guidance for you. After that, I'll touch upon a few housekeeping items, and then we'll go right to Q&A. So first, the VIEVU acquisition. As you can see in our shareholder letter, we paid $7.1 million upfront in cash and stock, with contingent consideration in the form of a stock-based earn-out over the next two years. This is a great deal for Axon shareholders and most importantly for the customers, who can now access the Axon network and the software features we're investing in. This deal turns a competitor into a partner and supplier and is synergistic for both companies. We only recently closed on the deal and are still working to quantify the extent of these synergies but expect there to be significant opportunities to rationalize expenses by eliminating duplicate sales efforts and combining certain aspects of our teams, both of which are based in Seattle. I’m particularly excited that this deal gives us five U.S. major city customers at about a 20% lower customer acquisition cost than we'd normally realize organically. Many people on both sides worked hard to get this deal done, and we're very pleased with the result. Next, I'd like to unpack our guidance and how we're thinking about the full-year. We're raising our revenue guidance by 2 percentage points, which reflects both the strength of Q1 and the VIEVU acquisition. In Q1, we had very strong international weapons revenue, which we do not expect to benefit from in Q2. We expect Q2 weapons revenue to grow about 7% to 10% year-over-year. So, as you think about the timing of how revenue will flow through the P&L and you rebalance your estimates for the full-year, we expect Q2 revenue to be down sequentially from Q1. Turning to operating margin guidance. We did a great job on costs in Q1, and as Rick said, our new culture around driving leverage is here to stay. We were pleased to deliver a 13% operating margin in Q1, but we're still investing for growth and we have more investments to make this year. As you think about VIEVU's impact on operating margins, it's really in two buckets. First, some of VIEVU's larger contracts were priced at a level below what Axon would've bid, and we are going to honor those customer contracts. As a result, we'll see some gross margin pressure in the Software & Sensors segment as we deliver on those contracts. Second, we expect some nonrecurring transaction and integration expenses. What we feel great about is that, thanks to our rigorous cost control, we can absorb those contracts and still maintain our 2018 guidance for operating margin expansion. To be clear, this implies an operating margin of 6.8% to 7.8%, excluding onetime transaction costs, consistent with what we told you in February. Onetime transaction integration costs should amount to about 50 basis points of margin for the full-year, with the majority hitting in Q2. So, as we look at the balance of the year, we expect Q2 to be the low point in operating margin and build from there. This reflects an expected increase in OpEx in the second quarter, driven by focused investments we're making in our new product pipeline, VIEVU operating expenses and onetime acquisition costs. Also, because we don't want there to be any surprises, our guidance commentary excludes the impact from stock-based compensation associated with Rick Smith's new 10-year, no-salary, equity-based compensation plan. Our shareholders will vote on that plan on May 24, and the board and myself recommend they vote for that plan. We think it's a great plan for Axon and for shareholders. Rick hasn't gotten a paycheck in the past few months, and he won't get one for another 10 years. Under this plan, Rick will only get paid if we deliver outsized growth in revenue and EBITDA and corresponding shareholder returns. We expect to incur some noncash expenses associated with Rick's stock plan, and the amount will be determined by the stock price at the time of the vote. We'll make sure to give visibility around that on our next earnings call, and as a reminder, our non-GAAP earnings now exclude stock-based compensation expenses, so adjusted EPS won't be affected. To wrap up our margin commentary, even with absorbing VIEVU's contracts and operating costs, we're still on track to hit our operating margin guidance for the full-year. Next, I want to address the portion of our shareholder letter that talks about TASER Weapons growth. We've historically talked about TASER Weapons having four primary growth drivers. Those are
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from the line of Mark Strouse from JPMorgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
Yeah, good evening. Thanks for taking our questions and congrats on another solid quarter. So, my first question is for Jawad. I'm sorry if I missed this in the prepared remarks, but I'm just trying to kind of back into what the organic guidance is for the year. Did that change? Or is everything just because of VIEVU?
Jawad Ahsan:
No. The organic guidance for the year, we're sticking to 300 basis points to 400 basis points of improvement.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. But it sounded like though – right. It sounded though that it – maybe my impression was that you had a good start to the year and you got these lower-margin VIEVU contracts coming on. So, is it fair to assume that the organic operating margin might have been a bit stronger, if it hadn't been for this acquisition?
Jawad Ahsan:
That's correct.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, okay. And then, Rick, I know it's still early, but with VIEVU, can you share any kind of initial feedback that you've gotten from VIEVU's customers? And technically speaking, is there any kind of a change-of-control clause or anything in those contracts that could be a potential risk?
Rick Smith:
Yes. So, we've reviewed the contracts. There's no legal risk from a change-of-control provision. And I would say, generally, the feedback from customers has been positive, in that some of them, their procurement ended up going to VIEVU largely for price. And so, some of the commentary I've heard back is that they're actually rather excited that they're now getting on to the Axon platform and that we're going to honor those contracts. So, we intend to make this a very positive experience for every one of those customers.
Mark Strouse:
Got it. Okay. That’s it from me. I’ll hop back in queue. Congrats again.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig-Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks. Good afternoon and congratulations as well. Just following up on Mark's question around organic, how the organic growth is tweaked in the guidance. On the revenue side, sort of the new revenue guidance would sort of imply that Q1 was flowed through, and maybe not a lot was added or expected for VIEVU. I just wondered if you're willing to sort of break out, ballpark, what you're sort of anticipating from VIEVU over the balance of the year versus what was already in the numbers.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, so we took up our revenue guidance, as you pointed out, Steve, and we were, as Mark pointed out, on track to exceed our initial guidance. And the operating expenses in VIEVU, that business is dilutive to our Software & Sensors business. And so, what we feel comfortable is that we're going to be able to absorb that and stick to the original guidance we gave around operating margins.
Steve Dyer:
Yes. I'm talking, I guess, revenue. If, very rough numbers, you'd be by about $10 million in the revenue line this quarter, and the raise on the revenue line would sort of imply about that kind of an uptick. So, just wondering if maybe the last three quarters of the year organically were a little softer given the big first quarter, or if there's just not a lot of VIEVU revenue you're assuming.
Jawad Ahsan:
Well, we don't expect generally VIEVU to be all that material for the year. We did, as you mentioned, have some onetime items in Q1 from the international Weapons segment that we don't expect to recur.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay. And so, I guess, along those lines, Weapons grew by 10% in the first quarter, and I think you had said 7% to 10% for the second quarter. Are you seeing sort of, I guess, a broader downtick in growth? Or is that sort of a, I guess, a sequential anomaly? I'm trying to figure out at some point, if TASER 60 has gone on long enough to where, potentially, you just see an organic slowdown a little bit.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, great question. We're still seeing our Weapons business grow lower double digits organically. What you're seeing is really the sequential anomaly.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay. And then, I guess, lastly for me, staying with Weapons. The operating margin there ticked below 30% this quarter. Historically, that used to be sort of a mid- to high-30% operating margin business. I'm just wondering if mix has suddenly shifted there a little bit over time, or maybe what I'm missing, if there's more R&D expensed for new products or what have you.
Rick Smith:
Yes, so this is Rick. I would say, I think the majority of what you're seeing there is we're seeing more and more of the TASER deals are going in as part of the Officer Safety Plan, OSP. And so, when you bundle the TASER Weapons together with cameras and software, some of it is just a little bit of just revenue allocation, but some of the discount on – like the Software & Sensors business tends to see more discounting than the TASER business, so on those bundled deals, by the time you end up with the revenue allocation, that ends up perhaps allocating some revenue away from the TASER hardware, which would obviously impact the margins.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay. Thanks very much.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Saliq Khan from Imperial Capital. Your line is now open.
Saliq Khan:
Great. Thank you. Hi, Rick, Luke and Jawad.
Rick Smith:
Good afternoon.
Saliq Khan:
Guys, a couple of real quick questions on my end, the first one being is, if you take a look at the outlook, what are your thoughts on the percentage of the trial users that are becoming full-paying customers?
Rick Smith:
Got you. So, let me take that one. It's a little bit hard to give exact numbers, because in many cases, people have contacted us about the trials. We're in the midst of – they might have already been procuring weapons, they may have gone into a field trial. I can tell you this, and I'm just going to look at Luke and Jawad, make sure you guys agree with this, of the major customers that moved into a trial, if they completed the trial, pretty well universally, we won the deal. I mean, we still have some of them where there's contracts – those trials are still ongoing. But we're very happy that it was strategically a very successful project, in that we saw the vast majority of procurements moving towards trials, which is what we wanted to see, right? Put the stuff in the hands of the users, not in the hands of some bureaucratic purchasing committee, and let the users evaluate what does the job for them. And I think we've moved the ball materially in that direction, and when it moves that direction, we do really well. And of those deals that have closed, a very high percentage have gone our way. And I can't think of any that went away from us.
Luke Larson:
Yes. Any time we see a trial of over 100 units, we have a very high success rate. I can't think of a deal we've ever lost where we have a 100-unit trial.
Rick Smith:
Well, we had one or two, and that's particularly if it went on-premise because of a, sort of an institutional belief within IT, where they said, "Hey, we're going to run this on-premise." And frankly, our assessment on that is that we believe the tides of history are kind of on our side here, that the world is moving towards an internet-enabled, connected cloud world, and so we believe we've got a very good shot to win those customers in the future.
Saliq Khan:
[Indiscernible] what really kind of surprised me is you had Kanders that, for years, was talking about how great VIEVU, was and he had a real good market opportunity there. So, what do you think motivated Kanders to sell Safariland's VIEVU over to you guys?
Rick Smith:
So yes, he's a very smart guy. I mean, it's a well-run company. We actually were talking about this internally, and to be honest, I was expecting the phone call. Because I remember, when we first launched into the software space many years ago, we were surprised at how expensive it turned out to be to build the team, to build the support infrastructure. To basically build the platform cost far more than we expected. Now in our case, we pressed through that because, ultimately, we saw the opportunity that we were the first mover and that we were creating the space, and we felt we could create a very valuable business. If I put myself in the Safariland position, basically realizing the importance of the software and the cost of doing it, it's hard to make the economics work when there's already a really strong market leader. So, if I were in their position, I likely would have come to the same conclusion, that just the level of investment simply couldn't be justified, given that Axon already had such a strong lead in the marketplace. And I really respect that Safariland reached out to us, and ultimately, we found a way to leverage everybody's strengths and help them to continue to build a strong and growing business. And frankly, I'm delighted we can work with them now because they're really good at things around support gear and holstering that is going to make our solutions more valuable and allows them to focus on continuing to run where their core competencies are really strong.
Saliq Khan:
Well, I agree. I've just had a pretty nice switch over there into the marketplace. And just one last question, Rick. If you take a look at the product portfolio versus your – and if you map one over the other, how do I start thinking about the margin potential opportunities that you have once the integration happens? And what could that product portfolio look like when you really tighten it up?
Rick Smith:
Yes. So, I think part of what – as the Safariland team looked at this, they would have had to spend a lot of time, energy and effort building a system to be competitive with what we had already built. So, from just a global economics perspective, this is much more efficient for us to acquire VIEVU and be able to leverage what we've built. So, I would say, over the next 6 to 12 months, the team at VIEVU is going to be really helping figure out how we integrate the best of what they've got into our platform, and then everybody can shift their focus to moving the ball further down the field, building new exciting features that are solving new problems for our customers. And at this point, it's really an exciting time to be at Axon because this, having the major cloud platform in public safety and running one of the largest datasets in the world, opens up just virtually unlimited opportunities for us to leverage that into additional capabilities and additional expansion opportunities. So, for us, one of the challenges is making sure my partner Jawad here keeps us focused on sequencing those investments so that we're making the investments the right way to add maximum value for customers, while also managing the company with some financial rigor.
Saliq Khan :
Fantastic. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty & Company. Your line is now open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Hi, thanks for taking the questions and congratulations on the deal and the strong results. I wanted to jump into thinking about this kind of intermediate-term plan that you have on your Software & Sensors business on breakeven. You mentioned that – overall to the Axon business that revenues may not be material, but I imagine, as it pertains to Software & Sensors, it is more material. Are you still on track to see that business break even, given the contracts that you've inherited, kind of in the next three years?
Luke Larson:
Yes, we're not making any changes to our long-term model. Every day, Jawad and I get up and think about how do we turn the Software & Sensors business into a profitable business, and we've got really good plans in place to execute on that plan.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, great. And then I wanted to also ask, you had some great updates here on progress in Europe. And just thinking about the sales cycle that you saw play out in the U.K., maybe in Australia, how has the evolution of the length of the sales cycle played out in the U.K. where it is today, and how we might expect that to play out in some of these newer frontiers in Germany or Italy. Have we gone from a kind of 36-month sales cycle to now, in the U.K, we're at 12 months to 18 months? Can you provide any color on that, Rick?
Rick Smith:
Yes, so I don't know that it has changed the sales cycle. We're just a few years into this sales cycle, where we're now seeing the approvals in Italy, we're seeing field trials happening in other continental European countries. I think there are some differences, where the U.K. and Australia still tend to have regional police units. So, there's 44 constabularies in the U.K. and around 10 in Australia, whereas in Italy and France, for example, we're dealing with more major national police forces. So, larger institutions tend to have longer decision cycle times. So, I don't know that I've seen it changing, but we're a few years into it now, and I'm glad to see that we're starting to see some progress. Luke, do you have anything to add?
Luke Larson:
Yes. I mean, I think, when we look across the table at our international customers, we've done a really good job building out a direct sales channel where we've hired local nationals. And we now, I think, are gaining access to key stakeholders that we just didn't have before. And this isn't just in the last few months. This is really a culmination of two to three years of hard work. This last quarter was a record international quarter at $23 million. Again, when I was over there at the end of March, they were preparing for Mayday events. Every major city in Europe has protests, and they're looking for effective use-of-force options to deescalate those types of situations. And so, we're seeing all the right signs in markets like Germany and Italy in addition to expansions in the U.K. So, we feel really good about our international progress.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes. Just to expand on the question, or maybe clarify, the sales cycle that you have in the U.K., where you're now an established player, has that shortened? That's really the base of the question.
Rick Smith:
I think it'll likely shortened a bit. Yes, I think there's growing confidence versus when we were new in that business, in the body camera business, in the U.K. and the cloud was a brand-new concept when we first started, whereas now the largest agencies in the U.K. are customers. I think we're seeing more and more customers starting to convert over onto our platform. And the buzz between them is sort of validating that, this whole business model of using the cloud and internet-enabled docks is some real advantages. So, I'd say that it's accelerating the decision cycles in the U.K.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, great. And then last one here is on the Axon Fleet. And just thinking about that business, you've really made very quick progress on gaining market share there. I wanted to understand, in terms of the reporting of that revenue and the way that you're selling that service, clearly disruptive to the current player and market structure. Is that going to be reported under software services revenues moving forward? Or how is that business going to be reported?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, it is under Software & Sensors, Jeremy. And at this point, we don't have any plans to break that out separately. At some point in the future, we may revisit that, but for the foreseeable future, we're going to include that in Software & Sensors.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. So, but is that going to be included, right now, in net sales from products or net sales from services?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, it's actually both. So, the software portion will be under Axon Cloud, as I said the new nomenclature for our software revenues, and then the hardware around Fleet will be under the Sensors and Other.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay great. Thanks for taking the questions guys. Best of luck.
Rick Smith:
Thank you. And by the way, I would add in there, we, last year, mentioned we had acquired a team in Finland. Juha and his team over there are just doing a fantastic job. I'm really excited at the vision of bringing, particularly around where the Fleet product line's going to evolve in the future. So, we're – I think that's one of the exciting areas of the business for me.
Operator:
And our next question comes of the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, thanks for taking the questions. Just a couple. On the acquisition, can you give us a sense of how many years are left on those contracts, for instance? Like, take the NYPD. Was it a three-year or five-year deal at the time that they signed with VIEVU? And the reason I'm curious is just, like I know they were significantly underbidding you in a lot of situations, which you've mentioned. But how do you feel about the confidence of getting those contracts up to more standard – your more standard pricing structure upon renewal?
Luke Larson:
Yes, so at this time, we're not going to talk about any specific customers. But I would say, the way we're thinking about this is, there'll be a natural kind of upgrade cycle where those customers, the average life of the hardware is anywhere from 2.5 to 3 years, and we're going to go out and work with those customers and really earn their trust and show them the benefits of the Axon network. And in early discussions with several key customers, we feel really good about their willingness to move over to the Axon network.
Rick Smith:
Yes, and I would add that, we're – part of the value of building the Axon network is that it gives us the ability to offer future products and services that are extremely valuable. So, I've already had some discussions with some of these customers where they're validating that these future products and services that we're building are going to be really valuable. So, I don't think we have – we're not thinking of those in terms of like how do we increase like the prices at some renewal in the future. We're thinking about this; how do we delight those customers with new services and new capabilities that are going to be really valuable for them that they'll want to purchase some of the new things we're building? And I'm very confident that we'll be able to earn the additional business with these customers over time.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. And actually, just to build on that, the proof point of what Rick just spoke about is that many of our contracts, even though they're on average 4.5 to 5 years in length, don't end up running their full term because we're introducing new products and new solutions at such a rapid pace, some of these contracts get rewritten in upsell situations. And we would expect the same to continue in the future.
Glenn Mattson:
Great, that's helpful. Jawad, how about service margins? They were up, I think, 10 percentage points sequentially and maybe 8 year-over-year. Is there anything going on there beyond just getting better scale, I guess?
Rick Smith:
So, part of it was we've completed our migration costs from AWS to Azure. So, there were some duplicate costs, there were migration costs in there. So, some of that, we just benefited from having that complete and behind us. Jawad, do you have anything else to add?
Jawad Ahsan:
That's exactly it, and also the fact that we continue to add users to the network, and we're getting scale there.
Glenn Mattson:
Great. And last thing, just curious on the – seems like the TASER Cam and – I mean, the dock ebbs and flows, I guess. Dock was kind of – TASER – the Dock was a little weaker maybe last quarter, so maybe there was some catch-up, but TASER Cam was oddly strong this quarter. Was that just a few random orders maybe in the international orders?
Luke Larson:
Yes, we had a really, really strong international quarter. It was actually a record quarter, and we're still selling some TASER Cams internationally.
Rick Smith:
I can think of one major U.S. order as well. Probably – our U.S. customers typically don't like us talking about them with specificity, but there was at least one that I know who went with TASER Cams that was pretty significant.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Great thanks guys. Congrats.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our next question comes from the line of Bill Baker from GARP Research. Your line is now open.
Bill Baker:
Hi. My question is about artificial intelligence. I greatly appreciated you having some folks from that part of your business in the Analyst Day several months back. And just wanted to hear your thoughts about developing this internally, you've placed a lot of emphasis on that, and strategically how you're thinking about that. Because I see you passed on Avigilon, and a lot of my colleagues out here in The Street really were a little fearful of Motorola a year or two ago, and to see them do this deal, are you seeing this as a signal that there's a divergence in strategic thinking here among the two companies, and you're not going to be in that adjacent market? Or do you think internally you're going to be morphing beyond the straight police kind of applications over time?
Rick Smith:
Hopefully, for sure. We're very focused on building our [indiscernible] as a core asset. I would say there is a bit of a difference. Some of our competitors are growing through like a heavy acquisition approach. And interestingly I was talking with some of our technical leaders, and the risk of that is you end up acquiring a bunch of technical debt because you're buying a bunch of things that weren't necessarily designed to play well together. And doing that integration, it's really hard to buy a lot of different things and then end up with an Apple-esque user experience where things really work well together. So, our approach is much more focused on building things in a highly integrated way. So, from an AI perspective, we're not doing foundational AI research on the scale of like a Google or Facebook. Our team is really focused on leveraging the best-in-class AI tools and algorithms, and we're building the data models based on this wonderful, you know we have one of the largest datasets in the world at 22 petabytes and growing exponentially. Now, that's our customers' data. We'll be very clear. It is not ours. But our customers can now opt in to be able to have that data used to train our AI algorithms. They can then automate many of the mundane and boring and tedious tasks that law enforcement has to do with this data and, ultimately, to unlock the value that's inside that data. So, we believe having more data and a focused AI team allows us to build better features so we win more customers, which gets more data, which we can feed to our team to build better features and so forth, and the flywheel continues. So, we're feeling very confident about our approach. We do know that we're up against some people with deep pockets that are competing with us, and we're enjoying the competition. We feel really good that our strategy is one that, over the long haul – I'm just saying, let's just say we're confident in our approach, and we're excited to see how the future unfolds.
Bill Baker:
Well, thank you, and again I appreciate having to have a chance to speak with some of your engineers. So, it is a really fascinating area.
Rick Smith:
Great. Thank you.
Bill Baker:
You’re welcome.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of George Godfrey from CL King. Your line is now open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Thanks for taking the questions and congratulations on the great quarter. I just wanted to start with VIEVU. From – Rick, from the comments, it wasn't clear to me whether you were leaving the customers on VIEVU hardware and then moving them over to Evidence.com or do you plan to migrate them to the full Axon solution immediately. How does – and what is the time frame for moving the existing customers to your solution?
Rick Smith:
Yes, those are issues that we're working through right now in consultation with our customers. So, we don't – we don't have a firm time line on that. So, that's going to be determined, again, in close consultation with our customers to make sure that they have input on the path that we choose forward.
George Godfrey:
Got it. And then, secondly, New York City and Boston, I think, are two Northeast cities that have been really slow to adopt the body camera solution. Given that New York signed a contract for 5,000 cameras with VIEVU, has their thinking around that changed? Have you been able to ascertain that?
Rick Smith:
So, the biggest agencies in particular have asked us not to comment or hypothecate [ph] about what their plans are, although I do know that the mayor of New York has made public statements earlier this year about accelerating the cameras to full deployment. And if you – we'll have our IR team send you references to some of those statements, but we will be really careful not to speak on behalf of our customers.
George Godfrey:
Understood. Okay, thank you. Nice quarter.
Rick Smith:
Thank you. We are pretty excited about it.
Operator:
Thank you. And at this time, I'm showing no further questions. I'd like to turn the call back over to Rick for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Okay. Well, hey, everybody. It's hard not to smile when you see the fruits of the labor and the hard work that all of our people have done over the past few quarters to just pitch in on a quarter like this one. So, thanks for sticking with us, and we're really excited to have you all come out to our shareholder meeting and tune in for our calls in the rest of the year.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your participation in today's conference. This does conclude the program, and you may all disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Executives:
Andrea James - VP, IR Luke Larson - President Rick Smith - CEO and Founder Jawad Ahsan - CFO
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Mark Strouse - J.P. Morgan Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company George Godfrey - CL King Allen Klee - Sidoti & Company Glen Madsen - Ladenburg Diamond
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen and welcome to the Q4 2017 Axon Enterprise Earnings Conference Call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session and instructions will follow at that time. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference call may be recorded. I would like to introduce your host for today's conference Luke Larson, President. You may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good afternoon to everyone. I am Luke Larson, President of Axon. Welcome to Axon’s Fourth Quarter 2017 Earnings Conference Call. Joining on today’s call from management are Rick Smith, CEO and Founder; and Jawad Ahsan, our Chief Financial Officer. Before we get started, Andrea James, our VP of Investor Relations, will read the Safe Harbor Statement.
Andrea James:
Good afternoon. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. During our call we will be making references to our reported results which you can find by reading our quarterly shareholder letter and the supplemental materials both of which are available at investor.axon.com and on the SEC website. We will start today's session with prepared remarks then we will move to a live Q&A session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions, or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This forward-looking information is based upon on current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise and these estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance, and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption, Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as other SEC filings at investor.axon.com or at sec.gov by searching for filings under the Axon ticker AAXN. Okay, now turning the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thanks Andrea and good afternoon everyone. Thank you for joining us and welcome to day one in the next decade of Axon's mission to protect life. 2017 was a big year for Axon and I am extremely proud of what our team has accomplished. We executed on our short-term goals and at the same time laid the foundation to drive continued top line growth and long-term profitability. There were several highlights from the year that I want to recap. First and foremost we changed our name from TASER International to Axon Enterprise to better reflect what is now an unprecedented platform of devices, software, and technology. Next we completed the enormous task of migrating 20 million gigabytes or 20 petabytes of data onto Microsoft's Azure cloud. Let me tell you this was no small feat and I could not be more proud of our team who worked tirelessly to make it happen seamlessly for our customers. Back to my recap of the year, we also launched our artificial intelligence group Axon AI. We accelerated market adoption of our Body Camera program, we expanded our product ecosystem with Axon Fleet, an in car video system and we started to take market share in this new market. We grew our booked license count on Evidence.com to more than 200,000 seats. We introduced Signal Sidearm which allows all of our cameras in a certain radius to begin recording after a firearm is drawn. We rolled out Axon Citizen which allows the public to submit evidence and we enhanced our Board of Directors and expanded our leadership teams across IT, product, and finance while promoting some of our existing superstars. Notably we brought in financial leadership that significantly deepens our bench and has already facilitated a new cultural -- a new culture of discipline that will enable us to deliver increased profits and drive greater shareholder value. I couldn't be enjoying working with anyone more than I have with Jawad this past six months, it is great to have you on board. Jawad will discuss our OpEx shortly but suffice to say we entered 2018 with good progress under our belt and expect to continue that momentum. In 2017 we delivered record revenue of $344 million and we also ended the year with software and sensor bookings up 15%. Importantly we continued to make progress against our four key areas of growth which are, one, the TASER weapons; two, evidence management software and body cameras; three, Axon Fleet; and four, Axon Records. With that as a backdrop I'm incredibly excited about our plans for 2018 and the way our team has come together to embrace our new mantra of being scrappy to drive leverage. We have long had a culture of excellence, hard work, and fun and what I view is a collegial atmosphere at Axon. That will not change but it will be enhanced by disciplined financial management combined with top line growth. Broadly speaking Axon is at a new juncture, we have a platform of innovative and interconnected businesses that will allow us to continue creating and dominating new markets. You heard our perspective and the path we are taking at our November Analyst Day. We believe our market position and the opportunity to drive shareholder value is unique. We've continued to shift our business model, our mission is clear, our teams are invigorated, and we're all looking forward to keeping you updated on our progress. As you have no doubt seen today we also announced a new plan for me to lead this amazing company with amazing people through the next decade. Later this week I will report to accepting my last paycheck for the next ten years. I'll be shifting to a 100% perform compensation package based on stock options that only vests if we can increase the market capitalization to a range from starting at a doubling to ten-fold increase coupled with financial operating targets to ensure we are building both shareholder value and financial rigor. The planned development was led by Hadi Partovi and our compensation committee and is largely inspired by the recent program announced by Tesla for its CEO Elon Musk. And I will tell you I'm incredibly excited at the opportunity to earn back a share of the company I founded 25 years ago if we can deliver 10X results. I also relish the accountability of knowing that I will take home nothing from this plan if we don't at least double the market cap based on the six month averages starting today while either doubling revenue or tripling adjusted EBITDA just to get to the first milestone. Jawad can give some more details later and of course this plan is contingent upon you, our shareholders voting to implement it at our upcoming shareholder meeting in May. But I can tell you I'm pumped and ready to roll. With that I will turn over to Luke.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. You should all have our reported financial results and shareholder letter in front of you, let me add some color by taking a look at where our teams will be focusing their energy in the New Year. First, I'll talk about product development and second, I'll give some color about our execution. For product 2018 is going to be another year of intense innovation for us. We will be launching several new products including Axon Records a breakthrough record management system built to fully integrate audio and video data and to leverage artificial intelligence to streamline report creation in addition to several game changing enterprise software add ons. Another product that fit into our four strategic growth categories highlighted by Rick, Evidence.com is constantly improving. For those of you who are new to Axon briefly Evidence.com is our cloud based digital evidence management system that stores body-worn and camera video and does so much more. We are constantly improving this product adding new features upon our customer's requests for our different pricing tiers and we sent out updates in real time to improve the user experience. For example most recently we dramatically reduced the time it take to search for videos uploaded at Evidence.com. We are excited about the increasing utility of Evidence.com. Today the platform posts officer [ph] body cam videos and that's great but our customers need the software to do more. We're developing enhancements that will enable Evidence.com to seamlessly take in CCTV footage and other forms of video and audio evidence. We can't touch on all of our products today especially as our suite grows but I want to note that we are seeing good traction with Axon Citizen which is the community evidence submission tool that we announced in Q4. Oxnard Police Department out of Southern California put out a video to their entire community outlining how they could submit evidence via their smartphones to the police agency using Axon Citizen. Fort Worth Police Department in Texas also announced they were doing an entire agency wide trial of Axon Citizen. The second area of focus I want to cover is our ability to execute on our growing TAM. Back office operations may not be that glamorous but it's important to get these things right and we feel really confident about the decisions we are making to support our growth. We're scaling up our offices across the world and we have set a priority in 2018 to cross pollinate our internal groups to ensure we execute against one vision for Axon. For perspective, in 2017 alone our net headcount increased by 250 reflecting 36% growth. We have recently added staff in key markets including Scottsdale, Seattle, London, Frankfurt, Finland, Amsterdam, Sydney, Vietnam, and New York. Our senior leaders are spending time on the ground in these areas and working across functions to keep the global team marching in lockstep. We are also consolidating our global logistics group as we prepare for continued international growth. We recently folded our EMEA logistics and operations responsibilities into one global logistics group. During the past year this group dramatically improved our HQ customer fulfillment and warehousing operations. They also crafted a strategic warehousing plan and developed new key transportation partnerships. We also recently opened a distribution center in Melbourne, Australia which is becoming an increasingly important market for us. Hopefully you saw our announcement earlier this month that in the first quarter of this year Victoria Police in Australia ordered 11,000 Body 2 cameras and secured a five year subscription to Evidence.com. We believe we now have a solid foundation in place to provide even better support to our international customers going forward. Joined forces is one of our internal core values and encourages people to step outside of their individual silos. We already see this happening and we believe this will be critical to the organization as we continue to grow. Now I will hand the call over to Jawad who will talk about our financial results and outlook.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks Luke. One of the good things to talk about this quarter from a financial perspective, we delivered solid fourth quarter results with record revenue, strong gross margins and adjusted earnings per share above consensus. Fourth quarter revenue came in at $5 million reflecting 15% growth year-over-year. We saw strength across the board. Weapons revenue grew 10% and software and sensors revenue was up a healthy 27% reflecting a large number of customer add ons and another record quarter competitor conversion wins. We will come back to gross margin and operating margin in a minute but I wanted to jump down the bottom line first to point out that in Q4 we had an $8 million non-cash tax expense related to U.S. tax reform. This put us at a GAAP EPS loss of $.04 per share excluding this non-cash tax expense and also excluding a non-cash intangible asset abandonment charge, our Q4 non-GAAP adjusted EPS was $0.13 which we feel really good about. Also you may have noticed in our shareholder letter that we are giving two non-GAAP EPS figures. This is because for the first time we're excluding stock based compensation expenses from income and plan to do so going forward. Excluding stock up our non-GAAP EPS was $0.18 in Q4. As you can see on our reconciliation tables, this is up from non-GAAP EPS of $0.15 in the same period a year ago. So to be clear the $0.13 non-GAAP EPS is what compares the consensus and the $0.18 non-GAAP EPS reflects a new adjustment that we are introducing this quarter. You have the tables in front of you so I don’t need to hit every number but I do want to take a few moments to unpack gross margin and operating margin. Our consolidated gross margins were great this quarter coming in at 66.6%. This reflected strong pricing, lower data migration costs than in previous quarters and a favorable mix. We are proud of this result but we also believe that we had a favorable confluence of factors in Q4 that boosted our gross margin. And so we believe that 300 to 400 basis points of the gross margin performance was non-recurring. Drilling into gross margins a little bit more you'll notice that software and sensors product gross margin flipped from negative 5% in Q3 to positive 43% in Q4. This was mostly tied to strengthen pricing as well as the timing of shipments and favorable product mix. With all the puts and takes of the past few quarters behind us we expect software and sensors product gross margins to normalized to about 25% excluding Axon Fleet pass through hardware. On operating expenses I want to take a minute and commend our team for working hard to implement and embrace robust cost controls in November and December. We've already started to see the results of their efforts as we started to bend the trajectory of our cost growth curve. Our Q4 operating expenses of $55.4 million include $900,000 in restructuring costs associated with a reduction in force. We believe that this reduction in force will lead to $4.5 million in annual cost savings starting this year 2018. Q4 operating expenses also included a $1.1 million non-cash charge related to an intangible asset write down. You can also see the results of our cost controls on the adjusted EBITDA line which came in at $15 million in Q4. This compares to $13 million a year ago and is up substantially from $7 million in Q3. Turning to the balance sheet we feel really good about our financial condition with over $80 million of cash. Also we told you two quarters ago that we would take inventory levels to sub $50 million by the end of the year and we did exactly that. Inventory was $45.5 million at year-end. Before going over our guidance I will briefly discuss ASC 606, the new accounting standard is applicable to Axon effective January 1, 2018. This standard effectively eliminates the concept of contingent revenue which will result in accelerating some of our revenue recognition on new contracts while at same time moving previously stored up deferred revenue straight to the retained earnings line. We're still working through the details but our accounting team has worked hard to prepare for the accounting change and in 2018 we will disclose revenue results under both standard 605 and 606 starting with our Q1 2018 results. Now to our 2018 outlook, we are providing the following guidance. Revenue growth of 16% to 18%, operating margin expansion of 300 to 400 basis points driven by strong gross margins and strict expense control. We're looking at a normalized tax rate of between 20% to 25% which can fluctuate depending on changes in our stock price and the geography in which our earnings are booked, and finally capital expenditures of $12 million to $16 million. Looking a little further ahead we're in the initial playing stages for a next generation manufacturing facility and headquarters building that will consolidate our four Scottsville locations into one complex. This is a long range project that would see us break ground sometime in 2019 with a target completion date of 2021. The expected return on investment for this project is compelling and as it would enable us to retool our Scottsville manufacturing lines, consolidate office space, and ultimately move our Axon accelerate user conference on to our own campus. We'll have more to say on this as we move through the playing stages. We appreciate your time today and will now be happy to take your questions. Operator we're ready to move to Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. And our first question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks good afternoon, nice quarter guys. As you dig in I guess a little bit to the margins in the software segments area within hardware guessing, wondering Jawad if you could be a little more specific around kind of the puts and takes that kind of drill that outperformance? And then on the software or on the services side of it gross margin was down year-over-year which seemed a little surprising given the bigger base, so maybe just a little more detail on the puts and takes there?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes sure, let's start with the first part of your question there, so we saw some upside relative to product mix and really we had the heavier portion of software versus hardware in the quarter and generally when that happens we tend to see favorable margins. We also had some upside from adjustments to be made to inventory that came in at the end of the year as part of our inventory balance. And then the second part your question.
Steve Dyer:
Yeah, just the lower recurring margins in the quarter, just on a higher revenue base?
Jawad Ahsan:
Could you clarify please Steve?
Steve Dyer:
Yeah, I mean just as I read through it quickly it looked like the recurring gross margins were lower year-over-year, we can take it offline if you want to, I can kind of look up to specific numbers. I guess I'll just move on quickly so, your operating margin as reported was 3.8% in 2017, is that kind of the bogey that the 300 to 400 basis points of improvement is based on or are you -- is there something that needs to be backed out of there?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, that's correct, that is what it is based on. And sorry Steve I understand your other question now. We still had some data migration costs in Q4 since that was a bit of a headwind and then we do have some storage costs and that will continue to be in our financial profile going forward. The migration is complete, we do have storage costs.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, and then tax rate 20% to 25% is that also kind of the right way to think about the cash tax rate?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, great. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Thank you and our next question comes from the line of Mark Strouse from J.P. Morgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
Yeah, hey guys. Thanks for taking our questions and I'll add my congrats as well. So Rick just wanted to start with the weapons order that came out whenever that was a week or two ago, we were encouraged to see the NYPD included in there with a fairly large order. I know you won't discuss any agency specifically but just generally speaking is there anything incremental that you're seeing regarding some of the larger agencies that makes you a bit more optimistic that relatively lower penetration can increase?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, I mean I think we are continuing to see as of I would say a few years ago predominantly the larger agencies were sharing TASER weapons and I think we're now seeing that shift to where the larger agencies starting with LAPD a few years ago, with Chicago and others moving towards individual issue of the TASER weapons and I think we're seeing in New York obviously a continued expansion there. So, I'm a little bit biased on this topic but I believe every police officer who goes out with a gun should have a TASER and I think that is starting to become a more mainstream view of the world that -- in Ferguson, Missouri that officer did not have a TASER and consequences were catastrophic. And while we can't necessarily stop every tragedy from happening we think we can have a big quantitative impact and that's no longer seen as a sort of a futurist view. I think that's becoming the present.
Luke Larson:
Yes Mark, this is Luke here. We're actually in San Francisco doing the call today and I might add that in November of last year, November 2017 San Francisco voted to approve TASERs for that PD. Now that's going to be a process they have to work with to go through the actual procurement but they approved it and we were actually out on a walk here around the block and we saw the officers wearing the body cameras, so really optimistic. Every police officer in the country will carry a TASER weapon, wear Body Camera, and have a seat on the Axon network.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, thank you. And then can you just talk about for the remainder of 2018 how we should think about uses of cash as far as M&A opportunities, are there any kind of holes in your product portfolio or any just acquiring R&D if you will that you see that are out there that are compelling? And maybe an add on to that if there's anything new and different that you're seeing from competitors that might drive you towards one particular offering?
Rick Smith:
Got it, great question. So I'll take that with one, we recently announced the team that we hired in Tampere, Finland. I was just on a conference call getting them started this week and it is really exciting and energetic to have some really great talent around imaging that I think will help pick up our hardware game and sort of increase our hardware capabilities to drive future software capabilities. So we continue to be mostly interested in finding great teams that we can acquire. I don't know if there's any glaring holes in the product ecosystem but I would tell you I generally tend to be a skeptic on acquisitions, I’m a Chicago school guy that if we're going to look at an acquisitions it has got to have to pass a pretty high bar that it is more valuable but because it is part of us then it would be a standalone or part of someone else. So our strategy is not to go through acquisitions unless they either have a team that we really think exhilarates us or some other unique in sense of value that is unlocked by being part of us.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, that's helpful. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you and our next question comes from the line of Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty and Company. Your line is now open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
I'll add my congratulations. I wanted to ask going back to your November Analyst Day you noted a couple of things; one, it sounds like you're realizing maybe some of the cost savings a little quicker than expected. I think that you've implemented some incentive changes for your sales team as well to focus on selling contracts at better margins or better pay outs for lower discounts so to speak. Tying those two things together first, how has the change in incentive plans been received for the sales team? And then secondly you noted previously that you expected the Axon or the software and sensor side of your platform to achieve profitability in two years in 2020, is that still kind of the track that you're expecting today?
Rick Smith:
So why don't I take the first part of that question and then I will hand it over to Jawad here. On the cost savings we have just been delighted that the company has really embraced the new value that we're calling be scrappy. So I hosted an exec dinner, had the entire executive team the 10 person team, we ate pizza it was 100 bucks and I paid for it out of my own pocket. So we feel really good about the be scrappy initiative. On how we incentivize our sales team, we have really focused on segregating that team into hunters and farmers and so they're still -- their main incentive is to close business. We have put in some structures that we think will help facilitate lower discounts but we're still really incentivizing them to go out and win new business, get full penetration, and add our additional tiers profitably. And let me turn it over to Jawad on the kind of that two to three year outlook.
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, I would add to that also been pleasantly surprised with just how well the cost controls and the discipline has been adopted within the company. And I would tell you we are sticking to the guidance that we gave. At this point we're not bringing anything up. We still feel good about the three year plan that we've communicated and that we've signed up for. There are lots of things that we want to do as far as investing in products and so the roadmap that we've got we're going to continue to execute on that and I would say at this point we're still on track with the guidance that we gave in November.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great, if I could sneak one more in quick here on the 16% to 18% sales growth for the year, on the weapon side are you expecting kind of similar like 10% growth on that, can you give us a little color on the weapons business outlook for 2018?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah I would say we would expect certainly more of the growth to come from software and sensors. And we feel great about our opportunities internationally on the weapon side and so I think you're going to see -- continue to see as a mature business domestically for weapons, lots of great opportunities internationally. There is a bit of lumpiness given the sales like we have talked about that in the past. And then really the main growth engine for us will continue to be software and service centers.
Jeremy Hamblin:
But just confirming, you are expecting a little bit of growth on the weapons side this year?
Jawad Ahsan:
Correct.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great, thanks so much for taking the questions guys.
Operator:
Thank you and our next question comes from the line of George Godfrey from CL King, your line is now open.
George Godfrey:
Thanks gentlemen and my congratulations, very nice job. Two questions, one is that you mentioned winning some competitive win backs, was that this quarter and can you tell us what cities those were?
Rick Smith:
So yes, so the ones we were referring were this quarter. I don’t know that we have disclosed exactly which cities those are.
George Godfrey:
Okay, and I want to pay particular attention to the operating margin expansion, thank you for that clarity and just to be crystal clear because margins are always such an issue. If I go to the midpoint the 350 basis point improvement is that inclusive of Axon Fleet or a new product introductions in the year such that once all said and done you are target is 7.3, is there going to be adjustments for new product initiatives, I heard Jawad mention the software and sensors normalizing around 25% excluding the Axon Fleet pass through hardware?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, great question, no adjustments that is what we're targeting for bottom line.
George Godfrey:
Okay, thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you and our next question comes from the line of Allen Klee from Sidoti and Company. Your line is now open.
Allen Klee:
Yes hi, you provided some for your adjusted income some tax affected adjustments, what tax rate were you using for that and what would you expect to be using going forward?
Jawad Ahsan:
So we have tax in multiple jurisdictions. For that particular adjustment we used our U.S. tax rate. It was impacted that we do have some -- we had a tax structure in the Netherlands that we wound down and there is some residual effects of that in Q4 in our tax rate.
Allen Klee:
Okay.
Jawad Ahsan:
In the U.S. just to be clear, it's about 37%.
Allen Klee:
And for 2018 when you provide these numbers will it be similar or will it be a lower number?
Jawad Ahsan:
It will be lower as it -- the U.S. obviously we're going to see a lower income tax rate in the U.S. in 2018. And some of the items that helped our tax rate in 2017 we do expect some subset of those to continue in 2018. We had an R&D credit, we had -- there is obviously if you have seen the impact from the accounting change relative to equity and so that we continue -- we expect that to continue to help our tax rate. But there's some volatility there, we can't really obviously predict the stock price to the extent that that fluctuates and that will drive some volatility in our tax rate as well.
Allen Klee:
Thank you and then for Mr. Smith you provided some, I missed it but some of the like the longer term targets to hit his new payment plan, can you just them?
Rick Smith:
I'm sorry you are looking for specificity around the milestones themselves.
Allen Klee:
Yeah.
Jawad Ahsan:
Sure, so what we are effectively doing are, Rick needs to achieve 12 tranches and they are not time based, they are market cap based or milestone based and there are two sets of milestones, the first one is market cap and those are in successive increments of $1 billion from 2.5 billion to 13.5 billion. The second set of milestones are operational milestones and those there are eight revenue and eight EBITDA milestones. So 16 total and any 12 of those needs to be achieved to get effectively tied up -- tied into one market cap milestone. So to basically achieve the full award we need to -- we would basically need to be $13.5 billion market cap company and achieve 12 of the 16 operational targets. And those targets we included in our press release but effectively they start at $700 million of revenue hundred, $125 million of EBITDA. The highest revenue milestone is 2 billion and the highest EBITDA milestone is 230 million. And really I would think about those separately, while we thought we structured the revenue milestones independent of the EBITDA milestones because they weren’t really meant to be looked at together.
Allen Klee:
Okay, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you and our next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, thanks for taking my questions. Jawad I believe you had brought in some outside consultants to help you reorganize the operations and things, is that work complete now or is there still some more work to be done there?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah, that work is still continuing in Q1 so we're expecting to see there's an expense to that and actually it'll likely continue into a portion of Q2. There's a lot going on right now. I would say we brought those folks in but the bulk of the work has been done by the new team that we've got in place. I'm very excited about the team that we have in place now led by Jim Zito our VP of Accounting. And we brought in some great leadership under Jim and in conjunction with the consultants we've put in a new system to automate our revenue recognition. We're implementing a new HIS, we are implementing a new ERP or migrating over to a cloud based version of our earpiece. So there's a lot of work going on, and the consultants are one part of that.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, thanks that's helpful. Curious on the video hardware gross margins, I mean I think when you just say mix is the reason for the outperformance but I guess maybe it is the mix of flex versus body but I thought the cards -- the docking stations also carried very high margins. I know they were down year-over-year, was that -- can you help me get my hands around that a little better?
Rick Smith:
So, yes the hardware that we shipped was at a significantly better margin than what we've seen in prior quarters.
Jawad Ahsan:
A large part of that was the international beachhead account that accounted for thousands of cameras the prior quarter. And then there was a little bit of adjustment the inventory was favorable.
Rick Smith:
Yes that's right.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, the shift in one other question on the RMS launch, when you start landing accounts with that product are you going to need -- is there like a professional services component where you need to have implementation process that help people pour it over from their old system to a new or is it more seamless than that?
Rick Smith:
No, for sure there will be professional services components and we've been building up that team which also when you install things like Axon Fleet you are working with agencies to be doing integration for their vehicles, also requires professional services. So Fleet has been a nice chance to cut our -- at that and then there's going to be employees we can achieve that through partnerships as well as company based employees.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. Thanks for taking my questions.
Operator:
Thank you and we have a follow up question from the line of Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty and Company, your line is now open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thank you, just a quick one here on more current trends I think with the very sizable order that was received kind of a lot of nuance behind the shipment and timing on that. Can you give us a sense for typically you might provide a little color on where the quarter is tracking and how we should be thinking about kind of the current quarter sales, do you want to provide any color on that?
Rick Smith:
We feel good about this current quarter. We don't normally give quarter-to-quarter detailed guidance. We believe we have got strong momentum thus far.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, I'll stick with that and thanks so much. Good luck guys.
Rick Smith:
Thanks Jeremy.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions]. And we have a follow-up from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig-Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Yeah, that was just going to be kind of be mine as well typically, I think you give commentary around at least directionally. I know Q1 is usually down 5% to 10% from Q4 but it sounds like maybe this year's Q1 will be a little bit stronger than it typically is. I mean directionally should we think about it being down more flattish this year and then build from there?
Rick Smith:
Yes Steve, I certainly appreciate the question. Last year one of the dynamics that was a little challenging for us was giving the guidance quarterly as far as revenue and OPEX. And so what we'd like to do is guide to the annual guidance 16% to 18% of the top line growth, 300 to 400 basis points in operating margin expansion. And I would continue to expect to see some fluctuations quarter-to-quarter but for the full year we expect to deliver.
Steve Dyer:
Got it and then as it relates to guidance, is the intention to update that as needed quarterly or bi-annually or just see how it goes?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yeah every quarter we'll give you an update on how we are tracking to the full year.
Steve Dyer:
Alright, got it, thanks guys.
Operator:
Thank you and I'm showing no further questions over the phone lines at this time. I'd like to turn the call back over to management for closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great, to the shareholders thanks for joining us today. And obviously we are pretty proud of the results team has turned in, proud of the team we've been building. I was in our Seattle office just yesterday meeting with some of our new employees and just continue to be dumbfounded at the level of talent that this organization has attracted. And we just couldn't be more excited to continue to grow and improve. To our financial team who is listening today, you guys are doing a great job. Jawad talked a little bit about Jim and got Andrea in the room here with us and a whole bunch of new folks that really make it Axon, setting the foundation for the next 10 years of growth. So, obviously I'm excited about this new competition plan that we've put in place. We are excited, I know I am going to be here for the next 10 years and it is going to be a lot of fun working with great people, doing great things. So stick around for the ride and we will talk to you guys in a few months for our next call. And we will see you at our shareholder meeting in May. With that have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen thank you for your participation in today's conference. This concludes the program and you may now disconnect. Everyone have a good day.
Executives:
Andrea James - VP, IR Luke Larson - President Rick Smith - CEO and Founder Jawad Ahsan - CFO Arvind Bobra - Director, Finance
Analysts :
Mark Strouse - JP Morgan Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company George Godfrey - CL King Glen Madsen - Ladenburg Diamond Allen Klee - Sidoti Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the Third Quarter Axon Enterprise Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call may be recorded. I would now like to turn the call over Luke Larson, President at Axon Enterprise.
Luke Larson:
Thank you, and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to Axon’s Third Quarter 2017 Earnings Conference Call. Joining on today’s call from management are Rick Smith, CEO and Founder; and Jawad Ahsan, our CFO. Before we get started, I’m going to turn the call over to Andrea James, our VP of Investor Relations, to read the safe harbor statement.
Andrea James:
Thanks, Luke. Our earnings are available on the SEC website and our Investor Relations site. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. Please note that the earnings shareholder letter as well as supplemental materials, including our key operating metrics, is available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. And we will follow the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon on current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise Inc. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption, Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as other SEC filings on our website, www.axon.com. With that, I will now hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Andrea, and good afternoon, everyone. Thanks for joining our call and thank for your interest in Axon. In Q3, we executed against our long-term plan of creating the end-to-end technology platform for policing and public safety. We are proud our revenue and product milestones achievements in the quarter. While we incurred some additional costs, they were necessary for the long-term success of our business. We are also taking a harder look at our operating margin performance and improving rigor around operating expenses. Specifically our domestic body camera business is now transitioning from the early market formation phase where growth is the dominant focus to our scaling phase where we are now placing significant emphasis on operating leverage and building the foundations of long-term profitability. Our strong quarterly revenue is indicative of our product leadership across all categories. There is no doubt about our market leadership and our strong customer relationships. Our record revenue in the quarter was driven by strength across our product segments including strong international weapons revenue growth. Our weapons revenue growth is quality growth. Giving on budget line item where police department grows the long term revenue stream from the customers by giving them a clear mechanism to be able to consistently upgrade every five years. Without these budget line items in place, we estimate our historic upgrade cycle was closer to the 8 to 10 years range. We believe that we can shorten that cycle to five years for agencies with a budget line item in place. We also believe that service plans for the weapon will pave the way for us to add software training and other service plans as upgrades to create additional customer value and revenue opportunities starting in 2018. Our operating loss in the quarter was caused by three key factors which we addressed in our shareholder letter in detail and which Jawad will cover in more detail. At high level though let me offer a quick review. First, when we enter a new market we usually do so with disruptive upfront discounting which compresses initial ASPs and gross margins. We did this with TASER weapons 20 years ago, with the domestic body-worn camera and Evidence.com starting five years ago. This is the case today as we penetrate international green field markets with body-worn camera as well as the introduction of our new fleet product domestically which began to scale in the third quarter. We are displacing several competitors with our fleet offering and we shift 1,600 fleet units in Q3 at higher discounted pricing and higher implementation cost as we iron out the new deployment processes required with this new product segment. We are gaining an important foothold with our in car video system. As many of you know, we've already converted several police on to our platform because fleet was coming. But the cost and discount did impact the profitability of both of our weapons and software in sensor segment due to how the accounting work which Jawad will cover in more detail. Under the generally accepted accounting principles, a discount on one element of this multi element deals must be proportionally applied across all the elements regardless of appearance on the customer invoice. So this not only caused compressed margin in the software and sensors segment in the quarter but also compressed weapons margin because of those fleet contracts where we also sold a bundle weapon. This effect can be a bit exaggerated with deferred contingent hardware under the current accounting guidelines. While there are many challenging aspects with the new 606 guidelines coming next year, this new guidelines will much better match the economics of our sign deals to the accounting. And as a result we expect to see significant improvement in body camera hardware economics starting in the first quarter of 2018. The second factor, gross margins were also compressed by $1.4 million in data migration cost in the quarter as we performed the largest cloud data migration ever with about 16 terabytes of data migrating from AWS to Microsoft Azure. After this data migration is complete, we'll have a strong sales partner in Microsoft and can leverage their relationships with customers around the globe as we grow our own product offerings. And the third factor, we made the decision in Q3 to bring closer scrutiny to our financial control functions. Jawad will go over this in a few minutes but I just wanted to point out that the investments in restructuring are international entities should yield a significant ROI going forward. We expect to see reduction in our effective rate over 10 percentage point as a result of these efforts. Although we plan to continue investing in R&D for future growth areas such as records management, artificial intelligence and fleet, we've identified other areas that would benefit in greater cost control in our company and we are taking a magnifying glass towards discounting practices to identify areas for improvement. Up until now we've been focused almost entirely on growth. Our key metrics including all the compensation metrics were focused primarily on growth and that’s exactly what the organization has delivered. As part of our pivotal profitability in body camera segment, we are adding profitability metrics to our compensation and long-term performance equity plans for 2018 and beyond. While we believe these strategic investments we made in Q3 with the right decisions to make for the long-term management of the business, we also wanted to highlight to investors that we have internal plans in place regarding cost control and slowing many areas of spend growth. We are committed to executing in this next stage of growth with more rigorous focus on profitability. I'd like to conclude by reiterating that our focus today has been on building the network of devices, apps and people so that we can create new highly valuable services that are only possible because of that network. And we've made tremendous progress today. We have over 6,000 agencies on the Axon network utilizing Evidence.com, we've added over 200 prosecutor's offices and are adding the crown prosecution offices across the entire United Kingdom to enable highly valuable and secured information sharing services. We have 245,000 camera sensors in the field today and have ingested over 16 million gigabytes of data or 16 terabytes, one of the largest datasets in the world. And we've added the industries leading artificial intelligence research and engineering team to develop advance AI services that will unlock the value in the data for our customers enabling the automation of commerce and business processes and creating high value services. In 2018 we expect to begin launching some of these premier services that are made possible by the network that we've built. These new services will create significant and unique value our customers and will create high margin services that will accelerate long-term profitability. And with that I'd like to turn the call over to Luke.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. We had had exceptional bookings in Q3 of $78 million as we continue to lead the market. Bookings grew 36% or by $20 million from the prior year quarter similar to the 2017 second quarter, this quarter's strong bookings were not reliant on any one large order. Fleet bookings made a more meaningful contribution representing over 10% of this quarter's booking. Our customers see and appreciate the value in our end-to-end solutions which improved the workflow of everyone in the chain from officers to prosecutors to defenders. This was evidenced by 12 wins in Q3 where our body-worn camera or fleet offering displaced competitors. This is on top of 12 win backs we announced in Q2. It's not easy for any agency to switch body camera providers but the fact that they do and migrate to our platforms speaks to the quality and value proposition of this solution we are providing. We also saw four large customers' expansions in Q3 where agencies including the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department chose to upsize their contract and their reliance on the Axon network. Las Vegas was one of earliest body-worn camera customers and in Q3 they decided to renew their contract early and sign on to our officer safety plan. We are pleased with the pace of our product development which is accelerating and our software and sensors segment has seen a rise in operational discipline in 2017 as we've seen improvement in hitting product development milestones compared with past year. I want to touch on four product development milestones or accomplishments in this quarter. Artificial Intelligence, evidence.com, Signal Sidearm and Axon Citizen. First Artificial Intelligence. We are investing in AI and machine learning that will deploy across our product for enhanced functionality. We see AI as a productivity multiplier and not an end product in itself which differentiates us from competitors and offers us a clear path for monetization. While our AI research investments are still pre revenue, we received a major validation of our approach in the quarter. We had a really big win with the Las Angeles police department choosing Axon over several competitors to be the AI technology supplier for special video analytics project. A panel of reviewers evaluates each of the competitor's work via scientifically rigorous test. We were evaluated against benchmark such as categorizing the video, accuracy and work flow improvement speed up. LAPD received the federal grant to pay for the project and though it is not material to results we believe the win points to our strategic advantage of specifically focusing on solutions for law enforcement. Second our software development team sold out three new Evidence.com updates in Q3 as we mentioned in our shareholder letter. Not only this Evidence.com eliminate pain points for officer in the field but it will also solve problems in the back office that agency is helping department to make the best use of their body camera investment. For example, our update in the quarter to the device search feature now allows agencies to filter video by which camera recorded it. One of our customer said, I used the device search feature and the first day it was available it saves me hours of work. These are really meaningful features for customers. We also received encouraging feedback regarding feature updates that gives customers more granular control over who has access to evidence from an update that allows users to run a device summary report that brings together all the various device related details into a single place. One of the customers wrote, thank you, thank you, thank you for the device summary. Again, we are really connected to our customers and making VOC driven feature decisions. We take customer feedback very seriously. Evidence.com is continuously improving as we roll out mostly update to agency customers. Third Signal Sidearm, we continue to see strong interest from customers and our internal development is tracking to plan. We finished beta testing in October and the product is now available for shift for all Axon customers. Signal Sidearm is a smart sensor that attaches to most law enforcement firearm holsters, when a firearm is removed from its holster, a wireless alert is sent to all Axon cameras within range to begin recording and capture buffered video from before the firearm withdrawn. And fourth we've recently released Axon Citizen, a pubic safety portal that allows us community members to submit evidence directly to law enforcement agencies only for crimes under investigation. This is a specific product that was requested by our customers and has generated a lot of user interest. Finally, I'd like to update you on RMS which is still pre revenue and represents a large future opportunity. RMS on track to shipping 2018 to select agencies that our early access partners. In Q3, we signed up one major agency and a number of smaller agencies as early access partners. We are really encouraged by the level of customer interest shown for our Axon developed RMS at The International Association of Chiefs of Police Conference in October. And now I'll turn it over to Jawad who will discuss our financial results.
Jawad Ahsan:
Great. Thanks Luke. Before I begin my prepared remarks, we want to briefly address the SEC's comment letter. We've been working to address the SEC's questions and earlier today we received a letter from the SEC stating that they completed their review of our Form 10-K filing. Turning back to the quarter. We had record revenue of $90.3 million in Q3 which represents 26% annual growth. On the weapon side we continue to execute in domestic weapons penetrating in deeper in agencies who are upgrading at a healthy pace. International weapons was also pretty exciting as we drove a lot of growth there. In software and sensors, we continue to add users to the Axon network and to shift hardware to new customers. That switchover 63% revenue growth of that segment in the quarter. Within software and sensors, Axon service grew 88% and hardware grew 42% as we shift nearly 37,000 cameras in Q3. This quarter's record camera unit volume was driven by continued strength in the domestic market, shipments to international customers and contractual upgrades on customers who have hit 2.5 year market in their five year contract. The third quarter also included $2 million in catch up service revenue previously held pending fulfillment of contractual terms or milestones. The 12% year-over-year increase in weapon segment revenue to $59.4 million was driven primarily by an increase in both international revenue and domestic revenue. International revenue growth was driven by strong X2 smart weapon sales in the UK and some large orders outside of our Tier 1 markets. For the first time this quarter, we offer our TASER 60 payment plan in the UK. This help drive our total weapon order on payment plan to 43%. Total international revenue in the second quarter increased $5.7 million or 51% from the prior year to $17.1 million. The growth was driven primarily by an increase in weapons and cartridge revenue and more than doubling of software and sensors service revenue. In the UK this quarter, we received continued benefit from the approval of sales of the weapon in the UK in the 2017 first quarter. Annual recurring revenue which captures the growth of our subscription base business, at the end of the third quarter was $63.7 million doubling our Q3 2016 number and representing 16% or $9 million growth sequentially as we converted approximately 17,000 domestic book seats to paid seats. Gross margins in the second quarter were 55.1% on consolidated basis. Weapons segment gross margin was 67.6% and was unfavorably impacted by greater mix of X2 weapons and the pricing impact of bundling with initial Axon fleet customers. In the software and sensors segment, we were impacted by several items leading a 31.1% gross margin in the quarter which is down slight 2.7% in the second quarter. Software and sensors' hardware margin was lower due to three items. First, we were impacted by our early fleet deals, some of which were booked more than a year ago where we offered both aggressive leader pricing and concession on accessories such as the routers needed for data flows. Our recently signed fleet deals do not have the same level of discounting and in fact we now charge $99 a month for fleet unlimited package plus the cost of upfront hardware. Axon fleet bookings are accelerating even at our full pricing which is highly disruptive in the industry. Second, we did not receive the full benefit we expected from standardizing the terms and conditions across our contracts which would have allowed us to recognize all the revenue allocated to the upfront camera at the time of shipment. We expect to see uplift in margins in Q4 if you are able to ship on a larger percentage of contracts with a standardized language. As a reminder, this contract change is expected to partially accelerate the hardware gross margin improvement we expected in Q1, 2018 under the new 606 accounting guidelines. Lastly, we were unfavorably impacted by the pricing on certain large international beachhead accounts at levels that we do not expect in 2018. Software and sensors service gross margin was 64% and was unfavorably impacted by $1.4 million of cost related to the previously disclosed migration from Amazon web services to Microsoft Azure's government cloud. As a reminder, this is a largest cloud data migration in history. We completed the first phase of the migration in October and are on track to be entirely on Azure by the end of Q4. However, we still expect up to $1 million of cost related to migration in the fourth quarter. Additionally, cost of services includes $520,000 of amortization related to the Misfit acquisition which was previously recorded in research and development expense but will now be classified as cost of good sold as it is revenue producing. Total operating expense in the quarter was $50.6 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $36.4 million, up from $31.8 million in the prior quarter. In the quarter, we had about $1.5 million of professional fees and contractor expenses related to material weakness from the Asian and international tax restructuring which we decided to prioritize in this quarter. After our last earning's call, when we forecast Q2 as a low point in margins, we had to make a call to bring outside help relative to three subsequent events. We weren't satisfied with the pace at which we were remediating our material weaknesses, getting ready for new ASC 606 accounting guideline or addressing lingering issues in our back office support capabilities. These are independent issues with different yet critical deadline that are important to hit. We were making progress against these goals but I felt it best to bring it outside consultants to help us ensure that we put these issues behind us definitively. We could have solved through these items with internal resources but it wouldn't have happened at the pace we needed it to. We are very excited about 2018 and made the call to deal with these items now so we can exit the year with a strong foundation on which we can execute with confidence and continue our great momentum. Overall, we've been working to bring our finance organization to world class level by bringing in new leadership and thought partners in key areas. This includes our new VP of Accounting Jim Zito, critical hires in other important finance roles, and a team at Ernst & Young led by Todd Stein that I previously worked with. A key focus of this team going forward will to be improved our expense and operating vigor to steadily drive up profitability. Additionally, flowing through SG&A, we had a sequential $1.4 million increase in expenses from increased commission in selling expenses, both type of revenues that beat our internal forecast. Research and development expenses were $14.2 million in Q3, up from $13 million in Q2. The increase was driven by a $2.4 million increase in headcount related spend as we accelerated our investment in new lines of business including fleet and RMS. The increase in headcount was partially offset by lower professional and consulting spends and the shift of Misfit amortization expense to cost of good sold. Below the operating line, other income of $1.4 million consisted of $1.1 million of gain related to foreign currency transaction adjustment and interest income which includes interest on a TASER 60 program which GAAP rules require that we allocate a small portion of customer payment on the TASER 60 to interest income as we are essentially financing the hardware for our customers. We are executing on our inventory management plan. Total inventory in the quarter decreased by $8.1 million to $52.7 million putting us on track to meet or exceed our target of $50 million by year end. Turning to our outlook for the rest of the year. As you have in our shareholder letter in front of you, we now expect full year revenue growth to exceed 25% which surpasses our original guidance of 15% to 20% growth in 2017. We expect modest sequential gross margin improvement and a sequential increased in operating expenses of 5% to 8% in Q4. We are actively working to adjust the trajectory of our operating expense growth rate to drive leverage as Rick stated at the beginning of this call. We look forward to provide an overview of our long-term vision at our Investor and Analyst Day next week in New York. And with that we can now move to the questions-and-answer portion of the call.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Mark Strouse of JP Morgan. Your line is open
Mark Strouse:
Hi, guys. Thanks for taking our questions. So I just want to clarify something if I could. The one time items that way down on gross margin this quarter. Sound like they are still some impact in 4Q but by the time we get to 1Q of 2018 it will be much cleaner margin number, is that accurate?
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes, that's exactly right. We have -- as we mentioned the data migration we had some of the leader pricing on the international beachhead account and we are expecting by Q1 that's going to behind us.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, okay. And then as you mentioned transitioning into profitability phase you are now for the market. In 2018, you are going to have a pretty easy year-over-year comp for operating margin. So, I guess can you just kind of maybe I am stealing your thunder from next week but is there any kind of more specific target you can give for operating margins next year.
Jawad Ahsan:
So that's absolutely something that we are going to discuss next week. I can tell you though that what I -- as Rick mentioned we are making this shift to profitability and we are going to be also Rick mentioned incentivizing our executive team and frankly all of our employees to be driving towards profitability.
Mark Strouse:
Got it. And if I can just sneak in one more if I can. Rick just your high level thoughts coming out of IACP on the competitive landscape, people getting more aggressive and the competitors exceeding and then your latest thoughts on where you see Axon's market share in the domestic body cam space. Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yes. I mean we feel really good about coming out of this. We are continuing to see lots of win backs. We are having discussions with some senior team customers that have gone on different platforms and are really struggling and they are hearing really positive things from the people who run at our platform. I was particularly delighted at the feedback on Axon fleet that product took us a little longer to get market that we initially we expected. I think we tried got on previous call, the complexity of immigrating into wireless networks and all the hardware in the patrol cars turned out to be big a little lift when we first launched that product. But I was just delighted at the positive feedback, every chief I talked to who had Axon fleet was telling me that they were just sort of blown away by the experience, the sort of connected nature of the cloud in their car was really compelling, the light weight hardware approach that we had taken it makes it easy to maintain, as well as giving really great feedback on the overall experience with our customer service staff we got to build sort of new function of people to be handling the customer installs and professional services related to that. So that I think felt a really good, we feel well position in the in car space. I had a great meeting with lot of state police colonels; they are very interested in our product. Then I think we are continuing to see a lot of customer excited around our AI strategy. A year ago we sort of announced going into record management with the idea that really video records and text records should end up in one system and ultimately the text record should be meta data that's extracted from the video record. And we made a lot of progress towards that with the build out of our AI capabilities in our team. So I think that is really resonating at a number of customers coming back and frankly tell us they selected us for their body camera vendor because they believe that vision is the right one that's much bigger than camera, so this is about a new whole new way to collecting and analyze information. So I think it was really solid show for us and we are feeling I mean better than ever about the overall competitive positioning.
Operator:
Our next question comes Steve Dyer of Craig Hallum. Your line is open
Steve Dyer:
Thanks for taking my question. On the software and services side even if I exclude the one time hits in the quarter for severance revenue, gross margin was still down year-over-year which sort of seems kind of intuitive given the bigger installed base now. Any other color you can add us to why that would be?
Rick Smith :
Yes. I think there is two items. And one we had a big shipment on one of this older contract from last year internationally that just really not high margins particularly the way the contingent hardware is handled so those things were at significant negative margin actually the way they accounted for and then there was fleet. The fleet hardware was sort of some of our initial pricing which is more aggressive and as Jawad pointed out early on there were some confusions with some of our customers about supporting hardware that they might need such as in-car routers et cetera and we made the call in some cases we provided at our cost some of combinations to those customers and that we think that's the right-- most important thing when you are entering new market space is make sure your first customer is have a great experience and so in that case we determine the right thing to do was to ease the cost and get off on a greater advantage. I think that was the right call but it did impact the quarter adversely. Though we got pretty good deals on that we should see continued improvement in fleet although fleet relative to body cameras is going to -- that we are in still sort of market introduction phase there so the margin and fleet will be less favorable than they are in body camera. I think it especially started in Q1, we expect to see overall net improvements so they are significant particularly in the body camera segment. And then fleet will improve relative to its performance last quarter. But we will provide more detail on that in the future.
Steve Dyer:
Great. And that sort of ducktails into our -- my next question. Just you talked about 2018 being a transition year more focused on profitability in the body camera market. Is that -- should I take that to mean the same thing as software and services or is that sort of deliberate distinction where there might not be as much profitability on that overall segment of the business?
Jawad Ahsan :
You are good. Yes, I mean we are being very specific that body cameras are entering the profitability base. We do see that the overall software and sensors segment, at least what we have traditionally had in the software and sensors will be improving not only due to margin on hardware but also we will be launching some premium software services that are only possibly now that we build the network. It's going to help raise ARPU and those should be high margin services. The effect of fleet because of that using your product with lower gross margin will sort of counteract that a bit, the question comes out is how successful fleet is relative to body cameras. And that remains to be seen. Ultimately we've run the long term model on fleet; it is going to be very profitable segment for us. But we did -- when we call out that specifically as we think about these different segments, each of them are going to show their own S curve and they are on lifecycle and we are just calling it out now that very deliberately we think we had a hit a point now where body camera it is high on shift toward profitability.
Rick Smith :
Steve, I want to clarify that this is also we are talking profitability in the body camera segment and we are making investment in other areas but at a enterprise level we are absolutely looking to drive leverage.
Steve Dyer:
Right. I guess maybe relative to Mark's earlier question, I mean is it fair to expect improved operating margins next year at least directionally?
Rick Smith :
Yes.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. A quick housekeeping one Jawad and then I'll jump back in queue. The new effective rate is obviously a plus. When is that effective and I don't even know what that will be? Your tax rate is jumps around so much I mean how are you thinking about that in terms of modeling?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So it has jumped around a bit and we had a little bit of noise with that accounting change relative to equity this year but the headline point for us was that we simplified our tax structure that took effect in October and so we would expect that in Q4 you should start to see it come down. So at this point-- so it's hard to estimate what the impact is going to be from any of new equity tax changes but we are anticipating it will be south of 40%.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, got it. I'll hope back in queue. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
One thing I'd like to jump in adds is just Jawad only been here for a few months and the impact on the organization has been pretty significant. Right of the gate he identified our international tax strategy was not optimal and moved aggressively to rectify it. And to have that completed a few months into job I think was a pretty big accomplishment. I mean that took a lot of work of booking accounting and legal to figure strategy, implement and execute. And then frankly bringing Jim Zito in .over in accounting, Jawad moved aggressively there as well. So let you -- we know we have not been great at forecasting our expenses and that we really need more rigor in our financial systems here -- also the material weaknesses are not something that are acceptable going forward. And I have been very pleased to see Jawad brought in, known people he has worked with in the team at E&Y, he has been I think pretty awesome as well to make sure that we move aggressively to get all leasing dialed in so they are behind us as we move into 2018.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin of Dougherty & Company. Your line is open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Hi, guys. I want to come back to the hardware margins and think about -- you mentioned that fleet was about 10% of bookings in this quarter and I am guessing that it's probably going to be even larger portion moving forward but you know that you expect hardware margins to return to the 25% level as we enter 2018 but you also know that excluding fleet. So from the perspective of what -- given the difficulties that you had with gross margins this year and the underperformance on that. Should we -- what type of level should we be assuming that the Axon fleet gross margins are going to look like? I mean is this going to be selling at kind of negative 5%, negative 10% gross margin or how much of an impact could that have on next year's gross margin overall.
Rick Smith:
I think the question would probably better answered at our Investor Day where we are going go through a little bit more detail both between 2018 and the long term
Jawad Ahsan:
Also I wanted to clarify Jeremy that we said excluding fleet pass through hardware not excluding fleet in its entirety. So they are component of the deal which are third party pass through and that's where we are excluding.
Rick Smith:
Just putting more color there we got in your discussions there is elements like routers and servers that are frankly sort of commodity items where we've gone through the debate do we have our customers go buy those independently rather than having a significant portion of pass through at very low margin and ultimately we made the decision that we need to make it easy for our customers that's more important than trying to optimize the margins and how they look on our income statement. So we think that's right call. We also I think understand it better but a lot of the deals through this quarter were early deals where we didn't have a great handle on that. And so there are lot more accommodations that we expect to make in a future.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes, now that's helpful. I think what I am -- the heart of my question is there is -- that they had really, really difficult time forecasting gross margin this year including this last quarter when you expected them to sequentially be up from Q2 and yet they were down significantly from Q2. So what I am really trying to get at is thinking ahead to next year and forecast in next year it sounds like there will be some improvement but maybe not that much of an improvement.
Luke Larson:
Yes. This is Luke here. I mean with these new products it's difficult to know exactly what the core cost is going to be. We owned that. We are trying to communicate that in such way where we can get more confidence in the products that have more maturity. With fleet we are very confident in the long term. With the storage we just had the largest data migration in history and it was hard for all of the parties involved to understand what are all the components of that transfer would be. And we did not have accurate visibility on that. And therefore we couldn't forecast it. That something that's now behind us. At the Investor Day we are going to sign up for bottom line growth over the next three years and we feel really confident about it. We are putting both annual as well as long term performance act in place for key leaders to hit those targets.
Jeremy Hamblin:
No, I understand that Luke. And just to be fair even I add back the three times that were called out in your summary release. You still have gross margins that would have been just under 60%. So I am just trying to wrap my head around thinking is maybe kind of low 60s a better baseline to be thinking about rather than historically the company has been in the 63%, 64%, 65% range. And I just want expectations to be set appropriately.
Jawad Ahsan :
So with something like fleet as we talked about it's tough to know what that pricing is going to do in the early stages. And as we shift that hardware there is going to be given the accounting rules, it is going to be some compression in the upfront margin but we are confident that over time these deals are going to be accretive to our margins and you may not see that effect immediately but again over time we do -- we are confident that that's going to be accretive.
Rick Smith:
And just the silver lining on this fleet will be largely incremental to the existing business so it will be adding gross margin dollars even if a percentage rate may not be as high as the average segment so more the fleet we are adding the more gross margin dollars we will have in the business which is not maybe the same margin percentage.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Let me move on to operating expenses which also came in higher than forecast. In terms of -- I just wanted to clarify the guidance for the fourth quarter is $53 million $54.5 million, is that or do we need to back out the recurring amortization expense for the Australian distributor. I mean since it's recurring I am assuming that's inclusive of your guidance. But I want to just pin down the range. $53 million to $54.5 million.
Jawad Ahsan:
That's correct, it includes --
Jeremy Hamblin:
And does that include any cost related to the free camera trial?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes.
Jeremy Hamblin:
It does, okay, great. So let me transition to something that was a very strong positive. On your Evidence.com revenues it looks like they were up about $3.5 million sequentially to about $16 million. In terms of what drove that growth - how much did your active paying licenses increase in Q3.
Rick Smith:
I am not sure I understand the question.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Your Evidence.com service revenues right they occurred to roughly $16 million in the quarter. My question is how many active paying licenses, what was the increase in active paying licenses in the quarter. Paying licenses not the booking.
Jawad Ahsan:
17000 domestic
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, great. And then thinking into Q4, is there going to be a similar type of growth in terms of the number of licenses turned on or how should we be thinking about that.
Jawad Ahsan :
Yes. We would expect to be roughly in line of that same growth rate.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, great, thanks guys for taking --
Rick Smith:
One thing I am going to add there is just to punctuate this 2018 I think will be the first year that you start to see us adding additional up sales services that would tend to go back and the uplifting some of those existing fees to some of the additional services we are launching. So historically our primary focus has been on growing the size of the network. We are certainly going to be continuing to do that but some of the things we are doing with AI et cetera there is an opportunity to go back and increase revenue for existing customers.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Yes. While you are already growing a pretty nicely on the service revenue side. So we look forward to continue growth and thanks for taking the questions.
Operator:
Our next question comes from George Godfrey of CL King. Your line is open
George Godfrey:
Thank you and thank you for taking my question. So just to be clear on the Q4 so given the revenue growth on full year 25% and the OpEx so operating income should be a loss of about $2.5 million is what I am getting. Maybe a little bit more.
Jawad Ahsan:
So I think we are not going to give guidance specific guidance on operating margins for next quarter. What I can tell you that first of all we acknowledge that we got an opportunity to better at our forecasting and so we are -- and I owned that right. That's part of what we are doing with the building out the team and ensuring our capabilities. And so we are trying to -- we want to give guidance that we felt we could hit for Q4 as far as operating expenses. The other thing which shouldn't be lost in the comments we've given you is that we are bringing additional expense rigor and it is absolutely our intention to call back as much as of the increase as we can. And we are not going to give any specific guidance relative to that. But it is our intention to get Q4 as close to Q3 as we can.
Rick Smith:
Yes. And I would just highlight I think Jawad shown a lot of leadership here. This is a tough call for a new CFO to come in and say I want to add expense structure to get ready for the 606 change as well as remediate the material weakness and we could choose not to make those investments but we feel strongly and supporting that we enter into 2018 prepared for 606 as well as have this restructuring with our international entity in addition to really having a handle on these material weaknesses., and so Jawad made a strong push to come in and say let's bring in the right consultants, E&Y to get this done. And there is a cost to that and so I am supportive of that and I think we really believe this is the right investment for the company.
George Godfrey:
I appreciate all that I am just trying to understand what the impact of these financial implications is in Q4 and where they are going to go over the next three years. What I was getting at is if we start at margin of minus 3 and will go back to the Investor Day a target margin of 30% and we take a three year timeframe and I realized they are probably won't work on a linear basis but that's 12 quarters of adding 300 basis points of operating margin per quarter. So my question is, are we resetting base expectations relative to where we were a year and half ago or just the 350,000 seats you are looking just Axon gets to that steady state 200% margin or these -- or those figures and number that we talked about a year ago, do they need to be reset?
Rick Smith :
Yes. So we are obviously going to be resetting the forward looking models in just a few days. So rather than getting into some of the details here I would tell you just in general we are really - -we are not optimizing for EPS in the fourth quarter. We are optimizing of a very solid 2018 and a predictable trajectory towards high profitable business over the next three years. And we know that our -- it is not surprised nor shock anybody in this call our ability to actually be forecast expenses in the street is not going to be bright spot for us. And Jawad has committed that those days will be behind us as we roll into next year. So he is got a team that's really focus on it and we are going to improve our performance there.
Operator:
Our next question comes from [Glen Madsen of Ladenburg Diamond] your line is open
Glen Madsen:
Yes, thanks for taking the question. And just on the weapons little better than I expected. Can you talk about what drove that? There was one large deal that you called out, I might have missed that and I am just looking at the units. It doesn't look like there was any unit growth between X26 and X2; the decline in one offset the gain in the other. So what drove your revenue growth and maybe a lot of it attributed to cartridges as there is no growth in weapons. Can you give us idea why cartridges are growing fast?
Rick Smith:
Yes. So couple of things. There were some big federal orders. The approval of TASER in the UK, in United Kingdom, Jawad, how many cartridges do they typically use in training for TASER, it's significantly higher than the US.
Jawad Ahsan:
15 to 20 per officer per year
Rick Smith:
So right there the expansion of TASER in the UK that's significantly more cartridges they consume in training than our typical US customer. Then they are also launching LASER 60 in the UK is also have been helpful and helping them to sort of drive growth in bundle cartridges into service plan.
Glen Madsen:
Sorry Rick what was the number on the cartridges?
Rick Smith:
Jawad?
Jawad Ahsan:
15 to 20 cartridges per officer per year between training and --
Glen Madsen:
Versus from what I remember in the US it was like 3 to 5 or something wasn't it?
Rick Smith:
Yes, that's accurate.
Glen:
And that's sustainable. I mean if they train everyone after a while they will stop using them at that rate or is that I mean it seems like --
Rick Smith:
It's completely sustainable so much so that most of our UK customers are committing to TASER 60 premium which builds in that number of cartridges every year and so that's -- it's going to turn that way here now in UK specifically. It's something they are particularly proud of I'll tell you in the UK. If you talk to UK policing that they believe that they are making the proper investment in weapon handling and weapon training and it's we don't see that going way they would get other countries and that may have more misuse issues and they believe part of the reason they've got lesser than in UK is the extensive training they do.
Glen Madsen:
Next question on you said international large beachhead accounts margins also, was that in video and could you give us more color on what you are talking about the new countries that we haven't heard about before or just a little color there Rick?
Rick Smith:
No, again we don't like to give too much specific details but this is one very large customer that we signed last year. It was important flagship customer that opens international market for us and we shift a lot of cameras on that order.
Glen Madsen:
Okay, great. And then one last point someone asked couple of questions ago about the video service sales growing sequentially but there was a one time catch up in that right. There was $2.5 million catch up or something. $2.5 million catch up.
Jawad Ahsan:
That's right. $2 million catch up.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Allen Klee of Sidoti. Your line is open
Allen Klee:
Yes, hi. Two questions just clarifying some stuff you mentioned. First for going forward for fleet gross margins for new sales, can you give us a sense of what type of range that gross margin would be? And then -- probably well I will just start with that.
Rick Smith:
Yes. I don't think we are prepared to release that number here today.
Allen Klee:
Okay. And then for that - you said that you are going to add profitability metric to management compensation. Could you just tell us what profitability metric that would be?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So the way we that we calculate our bonus plan is we have annual set of metric for the entire company is pay down and we are going to have one of the key metrics be tied to EBITDA and then for key executives we do long term three years performance [RQ] that will also be tied to EBITDA and next at the Analyst Day Investor conference we are going to lay out the plan for three year growth on the top line and the bottom line and we will kind be showing some targets that we are aiming at that we believe this incentive plan will align.
Jawad Ahsan:
I actually want just to highlight something here so what you can takeaway from this is that we don't have any of those profitability metrics in our compensation today. They have all that historically we focused on top line growth and that's exactly what the organization delivered. It's the system is working really well to do what it was designed to do. And now with the shift this pivot towards profitability we are fully expecting that we are going to execute on exactly the same thing and gain profitability. And so I think -- I point to our execution on our top line growth over the past few years as a proof point and more near term there were some concerns recently about inventory but we've executed on that and we are very much trending towards the guidance that we gave by year end, we will also have a line of cash flow. So I think the team has got a track record of executing and when we introduce profitability into our compensation metrics and I am fully expecting that you are going to start see manifest itself in the P&L.
Operator:
Our next question is a follow up from Steve Dyer of Craig-Hallum Capital. Your line is open
Steve Dyer:
Thanks. Just a couple of follow up. I guess directionally Jawad the puts and takes of 606 in your business I mean are there any obvious swing that we should be thinking about. I mean I have some familiarity with it. But as you look at what's gotten to be a fairly complex P&L. What's your sort of US puts and takes and opportunities here?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, good question. So on an overall level we are not expecting 606 to have a huge impact on the business. But there is a lot of complexity in our revenue recognition and when we talked about as far as modifying or standardizing our contract language would in effect mimic the effect of 606 which will allow us to accelerate the revenue on hardware components that are delivered upfront. And there is really no other meaningful impact other than that we are expecting.
Steve Dyer:
So just to be really clear we expect to see hardware margins improves significantly based on 606 although there is going to be some other pressure, the other direction from fleet being at lower margin hardware product and --
Jawad Ahsan:
That exactly right.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, got it. And then I guess just bigger picture as it relates to operating expenses. I think one of the hard things about kind of giving operating leverage is there is always something new or really interesting new opportunity to invest in which sort of keeps it from -- keeps you guys from really optimizing the model. I think you will sound likes you will layout some bullies next week. But just in terms of the OpEx spend et cetera is there anyway you think about or you are willing to sort of take a stab at what you are guys are spending on a quarterly or annual basis on non revenue producing products or services? Because I mean the growth has been great and it's obviously important to see that pipeline but I think it would help investors a lot to know sort of what's going in the managing business and what's going into three years from those revenue.
Luke Larson :
Yes. That's a great question, Steve. Currently we think about our business in four key value stream, TASER, our digital evidence management and body-worn camera business have include ancillary product like Axon Signal, we got Axon fleet and then we have RMS. We will at our Investor Day talk about how we are thinking about signaling, how we are having dents in the body camera business contribute to the bottom line. One metric that we are discussing is showing percentage of our R&D invested on net new products. So great question, we will have more to talk about at the Investor Day and how we are thinking about that.
Operator:
Our next question is a follow up from George Godfrey of CL King. Your line is open
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Just two quick ones I hope. Headcount at the end of the quarter?
Jawad Ahsan:
We will get that. I don't have it on hand.
George Godfrey:
Okay. And then just directionally and now that we will be lapping TASER 60 program, is working capital likely to be a drain or generator of cash in 2018?
Rick Smith:
I would say that we are going to -- we are in this transition right now to the subscription model. Where historically we've been actually selling more booking shift and so you are going to see an impact on working capital but as our top line continues to grow I would expect that to normalize.
Operator:
There are no further questions. I'd like to turn the call back over to Mr. Smith for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Very good. So thanks everybody for joining us today. Obviously we are delighted with the top line growth that we experienced in the quarter. And we know we got some work to chop we got on expense issues. We've got some short term expenditures that we are making to really shore up our finance function. We are confident that we are in the right rigor in place so that we can improve more dramatically on both the top and bottom line as we roll out into 2018 and beyond. We look forward to giving you guys more details on that plan. Hope to see you all in New York. Thanks. Have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today's conference. This does conclude the program. And you may all disconnect. Everyone have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Rick Smith - CEO and Founder Jawad Ahsan - CFO Arvind Bobra - Director, Finance
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - JP Morgan Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company George Godfrey - CL King Saliq Khan - Imperial Capital Allen Klee - Sidoti
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the Axon Enterprise Q2 2017 Financial Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call may be recorded. I would now like to introduce your host for today’s conference, President of Axon, Mr. Luke Larson. You may begin, sir.
Luke Larson:
Thank you, and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to Axon’s Second Quarter 2017 Earnings Conference Call. Joining on today’s call from management are Rick Smith, CEO and Founder; Jawad Ahsan, CFO. Before we get started, I’m going to turn the call over to Arvind Bobra, our Director of Finance, to read the safe harbor statement.
Arvind Bobra:
Thanks, Luke. Our earnings are available on the SEC website and our Investor Relations site. The identical release contained in the 8-K will be crossing the wire momentarily. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. Please note that the earnings release as well as supplemental materials, including our key operating metrics, are available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We will follow the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based on current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail on our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption, Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as other SEC filings on our website, www.axon.com. With that, I will now hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Arvind, and good afternoon, everyone. We just finished our first quarter since rebranding the company as Axon, and our recent results underscore the timeliness of our name change. I am thrilled to report record Axon bookings of $82 million for the second quarter, approaching $10 million higher than any other prior period. And future contracted revenue continues to grow. At $446 million, we’re rapidly approaching the $0.5 billion mark. Our record bookings reinforce our strategic direction and validate our innovation leadership. We continue to consolidate and win market share because we’re make compelling solutions for our customers. And while we welcome the signing of large customers, the increase in bookings in the second quarter came from a diverse group of agencies. This speaks to the quality of our expanding technologies and the trust that law enforcement officers have for us across the board, that also leads to greater predictability in our performance over the long term as we generate recurring revenues from a larger and growing customer base. The quarter was very strong, but we’re just getting started. Our pipeline of new product offerings has never been better, and we continue to expand our international footprint. Our in car Fleet offering, which began shipping in the second quarter, and our international bookings combined represented less than 10% of total bookings in the period. As we continue to receive very positive feedback from Axon Fleet, we expect our solution will gain wide adoption and become a larger contributor to both bookings and in turn, revenue. Once again, this quarter, for agencies which added Fleet to their orders, we saw annual contract value per user was approximately double our average. Early feedback from customers has been encouraging, and one customer that reached out, saying, I’m so confident in Axon, their product and their people, I’d be more than willing to host additional agencies here, so incumbency, Axon Fleet themselves. We had two very significant win backs of agencies who had previously deployed a competing body camera solution. After extensive testing and evaluation, Alameda County, one of the major county sheriffs’ offices, converted over 1,200 officers over onto the Axon network. And Boulder, Colorado deployed 200 Axon Body 2 cameras as well as 50 Fleet vehicles. Our cloud connected in-car view system is one more integrated capability that increases the total value of the Axon network and our ecosystem for our customers. While international accounted for a small portion of bookings in the quarter, we continue to gain traction in our target markets that should lead to increased bookings in the next few quarters. Law enforcement agencies across the world, which tend to be larger and more centralized than domestic agencies, are beginning to recognize the challenges associated with organizing and analyzing a massive influx of digital evidence. This provides us with a clear and compelling opportunity for our products just as it does in our domestic markets. As we expand to new geographies, we will continue to put the right people in place to grow the Axon network abroad. I am particularly excited about some of the great work our team in Australia is doing and the traction we have on a variety of opportunities across the country. One key customer, the Queensland Police Service, has been studying the use of Axon solutions in domestic violence. With over 21,000 domestic violence-related files now in EVIDENCE.com, they have seen a 22% increase in reported assaults, coupled with a 60% to 70% decrease in police summary hearings, meaning offenders are taking pleas rather than going to court in light of strong video evidence. This ensures more fair and efficient pursuit of justice in these cases. And as a result, Queensland recently expanded the number of Axon cameras and licenses from 2,700 to 5,000 starting earlier this summer. Queensland took appropriate pride in announcing that this is the largest rollout of body cameras in Australia and the third largest in the world. Turning to product pipeline. One of our new technologies, it is particularly timely given some recent events, is the Signal Sidearm, which we announced earlier this year. Signal Sidearm is a wireless technology that alerts body cameras when a firearm is removed from an officer’s holster. Our solution is unique in that it wirelessly alerts every camera within a range of about 30 feet and is compatible with existing holsters. When law enforcement officers must draw a weapon, the last thing they should worry about is their technology. The Axon network gives officers the confidence they need to focus on the work they do. It also assures the public that transparency isn’t limited to certain situations. Considering some of these recent events, Signal Sidearm is needed now more than ever and releasing this product is imperative to allow our Axon cameras to capture escalated encounters. It is also an important step in extending the reach of the Axon network to connect to other devices. Signal Sidearm is in trial now and will be ready to ship later this year. Sheriff Leon Lott of Richland County commented to CNN that he’s very excited about this new capability, which will provide a new level of transparency to his agencies. Our technological innovation is central to the work we do, and just as our team at Axon works diligently to develop cutting edge products for law enforcement, we work with the same measure to protect what we have built. We aggressively defend our innovative technologies and reject any efforts of competitors to trade on our goodwill and reputation for quality. We have a proven track record in litigating these cases of patent infringement against infringers, and we regard a recent injunction in July against a competitor as a huge success. We shut down the third consecutive infringer. We believe we’re also well positioned as it relates to outstanding litigation regarding Video IP. We felt it’s important to make our position clear as we are seeing what we believe are some misrepresentations perpetrated by others on the public domain. In terms of our national free trial offer, the program continues to be a success. We’ve had over 1,500 customer inquiries about the offer, and it’s serving to restart or accelerate discussions with agencies across the country. We currently have many trials in place. And additionally, as customers learn more about our connected solutions, several of them have decided to bypass the trial process and proceed straight into procurement. This, again, is telling us how compelling our offering is for the needs of our customers. And we’ve been so pleased with the outcome of trial here in the United States that we’ve extended the offer to all law enforcement agencies in Canada. We’re now more than halfway through 2017, and I’m excited for the road ahead, from our bookings, to our free trial, to our exciting new technology solutions, we have tremendous momentum moving forward. I remain excited about the opportunity in our domestic and international weapons businesses. There’s so much more to come as we introduce new hardware product, develop record management systems and release our artificial intelligence capabilities. And with that, I’m now going to hand over to Luke Larson to go through the operational update.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. We had an exceptional bookings quarter and strong revenue this quarter. I’m proud to share the highlights of our accomplishments. Bookings on our Axon platform were $81.9 million in the second quarter, an increase of 14% compared to the second quarter of 2016 and an increase of 36% sequentially. As Rick mentioned, this is a record for the company and speaks to the increased demand for the multiple capability sets we are offering on the Axon network. Annual recurring revenue in the second quarter was $54.7 million, including the contribution from international customers, an increase of 18% sequentially and 159% over the prior year. In the second quarter, we booked approximately 20,600 incremental new seats on our Axon platform. That brings our cumulative total booked seats to 169,000 since inception and represents 14% growth sequentially. Operating income for the TASER Weapons segment was $17.6 million at a 33.2% margin in the second quarter of 2017, up $15.1 million at a similar margin in the prior year quarter. The increase was driven by a 10% increase in weapons units and a 40% increase in cartridge units, partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses. The ratio of lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition cost in the second quarter was 5.4 times, up from the 4.3 times in the prior quarter on higher new booked seats. As a reminder, this ratio was calculated only including current product at current price levels. We strongly believe the true value of each customer will be significantly higher as we are able to add premium service tiers and new products. We had several notable bookings in Q2 as we continue to lead the market. We closed another major city that moved to full deployment of our body camera and EVIDENCE.com platform to over 4,000 patrol officers. We’re working with this agency on the announcement but wanted to make sure this was noted as contracted in Q2. This win is yet another example of the trust and confidence large cities have in our platform and solution. I’m particularly pleased with the incremental contribution Fleet provided to bookings this quarter. The Fleet bookings demonstrate how we are expanding our ecosystem through technology innovation. Additionally, this quarter, we won a small in-car Fleet deal with an incumbent competitor. In fact, we’ve won several recent deals from incumbents. In the top 1,200 agencies, we won 12 deals in the quarter away from competitors. In aggregate, these 12 deals represented over 4,000 new booked licenses. Displacing an incumbent provider is never an easy undertaking, however, the benefits of our work flows and technology leadership far outweigh the near-term inconvenience for these agencies. I’m very proud of these wins as they reaffirm our R&D efforts are well placed in generating strong returns. In June, we held our second annual Axon Accelerate conference, and it was an absolute success. We had over 600 attendees, and our customers were very excited about the solutions we’re bringing to market to meet their needs and pain points. The conference featured 47 interactive sessions with our customers and provided them with an opportunity to learn about our new offerings and provide a feedback. We surveyed conference attendees, who rated the event 4.7 on a scale of 1 to 5. We believe Accelerate will become a unique conference to help our customers adopt to rapidly accelerating technologies and also give us a chance to promote our new platforms. At the conference, we also previewed our Records Management System offering. Initial feedback on the solution and its intended capabilities has been very positive. Customers trust our vision and ability to execute, and several are willing to commit to us even though our solution won’t be available until next year. As a reminder, we are currently working with several partner agencies to develop and trial an early version of the product. Most important, we left Axon Accelerate with a high level of confidence that the value we are delivering to our clients is well established. In addition, the efforts we are making to extend our technology offerings are in the right areas for our customers and will translate into increased revenues over time. We have tremendous energy and momentum as we move forward, and I’m really excited about the strength of our team and the opportunities of our integrated solutions that we’re bringing to law enforcement. And now I’ll turn it over to our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Thanks, Luke. We’re coming off another strong quarter with great momentum in the business. Revenue in the second quarter was $79.6 million, a 36% increase from the prior year period. Year-over-year growth was driven by more than doubling in Software and Sensors segment revenue and a 16% increase in Weapons segment revenue. Software and Sensors segment revenue represented 33% of total revenue in the period. A $13.4 million year-over-year increase in Software and Sensors segment revenue to $26.6 million was attributable to a 161% increase in our Axon service revenue and a 66% increase in hardware revenue as we shipped over 36,000 cameras in the quarter. This quarter’s record camera unit volume was driven by filling Flex 2 backlog, shipments to international customers and contractual upgrades on customers who have hit the 2.5-year mark on their 5-year contracts. The second quarter also included $650,000 in catch-up service revenue previously held pending fulfillment of contractual terms or milestones. A $7.5 million or 16% year-over-year increase in Weapons segment revenue to $53 million was driven primarily by an increase in international revenue and a small increase in domestic revenue. International revenue growth was driven by our continued focus in our Tier 1 markets. Domestic weapons growth was limited as certain Q2 opportunities moved to Q3. Further, domestic weapons sold on our TASER 60 and OSP payment plans dropped to approximately 25% in the quarter or 35% in the 2017 first quarter. As a reminder, we recognize the full purchase price of the weapons upfront on these payment plans. Despite the lower contributions from these programs in the second quarter, we still grew our Weapons business in the period, with higher contribution from the TASER service plans moving forward. Total international revenues in the second quarter increased $6.9 million or 105% from prior year to $13.4 million. The growth was driven primarily by an increase in Weapons revenue as well as an increase in Video hardware and service revenue. [Indiscernible] our Smart X2 TASER Weapon in the United kingdom is limited compared to the 2017 first quarter for the longer-term opportunity in the U.K. and [Indiscernible] Annual recurring revenue, which captures the growth of our subscription based business, at the end of the second quarter was $54.4 million, representing an 18% or $8.5 million growth sequentially as we converted approximately 17,500 domestic seats to paid seats. However, we temporarily excluded the revenue in ARR from 4,500 seats in the quarter pending the contracts that we expect to complete later this year. [Indiscernible] addition of international seats in ARR this quarter. [Indiscernible] $81.9 million were up 14% in the prior year. This represents a $10 million increase from the 2016 second quarter bookings. As a reminder, the year-ago quarter included the $20.5 million LAPD win. This further underscores the strength of the recent quarter’s record bookings which weren’t reliant on any one large order. Fleet bookings made an incremental contribution but still represented a small percent of total bookings. As we look back to the second half of the year, we have considerable bookings momentum across the domestic and international body worn camera markets as well as our Fleet offering. It’s important to note that our bookings number includes contract renewals, which will become a larger contributor in the coming quarters. The incremental booked seats we provide in our supplemental materials are intended to be net of renewals and upgrades. Total deferred revenue increased by $8.6 million sequentially to $100.2 million. Over 80% of our domestic Video hardware contracts include the TASER insurance claim feature under which customers prepay for their future camera upgrades. Software and Sensors segment deferred hardware revenue or customer prepayments for future camera and dock upgrades represents $21.8 million of the total deferred revenue balance. These future hardware upgrades will have a lower implied discount in the initial camera purchase and as such, will flow through the P&L at a higher average selling price. Gross margins in the second quarter were 57.3% on a consolidated basis. Weapons segment gross margin remains relatively consistent at 69.7%. In the Software and Sensors segment, we were unfavorably impacted by several items, leading to a 32.7% margin in the quarter. Software and Sensors hardware margins were lower due to shipments on certain multiyear contracts with heavily discounted upfront cameras and docks. We are modifying new contracts to limit discounts on upfront cameras and docks and the allocation of revenue to contingent hardware, which is recognized over the life of the contract rather than when hardware is delivered. In Q3, we will still be shipping on some of the older contracts and expect to see some hardware gross margin improvement in Q3 and more improvement in Q4. This change partially accelerates the hardware gross margin improvement we expected in Q1 2018 under the new 606 accounting guideline to the second half of 2017. Software and Sensors hardware gross margin was further impacted by nonrecurring costs related to higher scrap rates on the new Flex 2 camera due to supplier related issues during launch, which have now been resolved. Software and Sensors gross margin was 70% and was unfavorably impacted by $600,000 of costs related to the previously disclosed migration from Amazon Web Services to Microsoft Azure’s government cloud. We expect to complete migration by the end of the third quarter but will still incur an additional $750,000 of migration costs in the third quarter. Consistent with our comments on last quarter’s call, we expect Software and Sensors hardware margin in excess of 25% by Q4 and service margins in excess of 75%. At those margin levels, our Software and Sensors gross profit in this quarter would have been $4.3 million or 50% higher. Total operating expenses in the quarter increased 3.5%, coming in favorable to our estimate of a 4% to 6% sequential increase. SG&A costs increased 3.1%, primarily due to increased headcount cost related to our Axon Accelerate conference and our rebranding. Research and development expenses increased 4.2%, primarily due to our investment in Records Management Systems and advanced artificial intelligence capabilities. Other income of $1.7 million consisted of a $1.3 million gain related to foreign currency, transaction adjustment and interest income, which includes interest on the TASER 60 program. Income tax expense in the second quarter was $232,000 for an effective tax rate of 9%. We had a favorable $400,000 discrete tax benefit associated with the gains related to stock-based compensation. This gain was driven by a change in accounting guidelines this year. Excluding this discrete item, our earnings per share would have been $0.03 compared to our reported EPS of $0.04. Our normalized tax rate for the year, excluding benefit associated with gains related to stock-based compensation, is expected to be approximately 40% for the year. Total inventory in the quarter increased to $60.7 million, a $12 million increase from the first quarter. Our inventory growth in recent quarters was driven by several factors
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Mark Strouse of JP Morgan.
Mark Strouse:
So congrats on the revenue and the bookings. I think we wanted to just dig into the cash flow statement though, if we can, to start. So cash from operations, you’ve been burning cash for the last 2 or 3 quarters now. Balance sheet is still in very good shape. But just kind of wondering if you foresee any need for a capital raise anytime in the near future?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, just to reiterate. Our biggest use of cash has been our increase in inventory. As we mentioned, we’ve got a plan in place to take that tax to a normalized level by the end of the year. Excluding inventory build, our cash from operations has been positive. [indiscernible] meaning our [indiscernible] potential builds [indiscernible] to provide any additional temporary liquidity in the business, we do have facilities available to us [indiscernible] that would be reduction in inventory by the end of the year that we will need to draw on those facilities.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. And then with some of the future investments in RMS and AI, I’m just wondering if you have any updated comments around timing of when initial deployments of that technology could begin and when we should expect that to become more material.
Rick Smith:
This is Rick, and I’ll take that one. We expect that we will be starting to field trials late this year. We’ll likely be making some announcements at the IACP Conference in October about some specific products related to some of these capabilities, and we expect, in 2018, that we’ll start to see revenue contribution.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. And then just lastly, Rick, you mentioned on the Video IP lawsuits that are out there, you have one company, I don’t know, several companies may be misrepresenting the case. I’m just kind of wondering if you can give a bit more detail on your view of how this all plays out.
Rick Smith:
Sure, yes. As you’ve seen, we’ve got a -- a competitor puts out press releases on just about every minor ruling in the case. Obviously, it’s going to be a complex case. We believe there’s very strong prior art to these patents. Some of the evidence is in the form of prior patents and filings that we presented at the patent office, which should be noted, they’ve accepted one of our 2 challenges. And that challenge will proceed to hearing in February on the first patent. Additional evidence, particularly related to public disclosure of our own inventions and marketing of this technology at least 3 years prior to Digital Ally’s patent filing, will be presented at the appropriate time in District Court. We also have strong arguments that our technology designs did not infringe these patents, so even if they somehow survive, what we see is very clear prior art that we’re presenting. We have strong arguments of non-infringement. And then finally, as with any thorough risk management plan, we’ve identified alternative technology pathways to achieve similar product value for our customers. So we believe we’re in a really pretty strong position.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Steve Dyer with Craig-Hallum.
Steve Dyer:
If I could dig in to operating expenses a little bit. It looks like about $25 million or so of operating expenses this quarter, on the software and segments business. As I talk to people who try to get a better read on the real profitability of the Video business, is there any way to kind of, I guess, estimate maybe what portion of that, particularly in R&D, is for projects that are not generating revenue, call it, this year?
Rick Smith:
Arvind -- or I’m sorry, Jawad, why don’t you take that one?
Jawad Ahsan:
So we are -- what we’re doing for you is continuing to invest in R&D initiatives and customer-facing roles to expand product offerings and geographic reach. We’re not disclosing the split of that business between the existing products in this still, but we are making, as you know, an investment in RMS in future products.
Rick Smith:
Yes, the other thing that I would comment on, with our existing revenue streams that we have to market today, which is primarily around our body worn cameras and the digital evidence management system, we’ve got a long-term operating margin target with these net new technologies that we’re investing in, RMS, Records Management System, which will be a pure software play, it’s not going to have the storage cost or the associated hardware cost as well as artificial intelligence features. We expect these to have a lot higher operating margin that will bring up the total operating margin for the entire Axon segment.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. Got it. And then, I guess, as it relates to gross margin, it sounds like the issue there has been hardware gross margin and the guidance there is for improvement. So is it safe to say, I guess, all things considered, that sort of near-term, Q2 will mark the operating margin trough for the business?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, we still feel that that’s the trough for the year.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. Great. And then, I guess, a couple of housekeeping issues. One, as it relates to the inventory, working down the inventory through the end of the year, do you expect to have to write any of that down?
Jawad Ahsan:
No. No. There may be some limited exposure, but the build is in primarily in high-volume items.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. Great. And then lastly, I don’t if I know missed it, but the $1.7 million other income in the quarter, did you talk about what that was?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, so $1.3 million of that, Steve, was related to a gain in foreign currency transaction adjustments.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin with Dougherty & Company.
Jeremy Hamblin:
I wanted to just get a little more involved with your international side of your business. I think you had indicated that was $13.4 million in this quarter. Not seeing as quite as much of a step-up maybe in that as we had expected as a total mix of your business. But Rick or Luke, can you give us a sense of where you expect that international mix of business to flow in the second half of the year? And then really, as we start to get into ‘18, we sense that you’re maybe on the cusp of some nice international wins. But could you speak more to that?
Rick Smith:
So we don’t give specific guidance, particularly on these international deals. They tend to be large. I can tell you, we have some very large deals in the pipeline that it’s hard to tell whether they will close in the second half this year or into ‘18. I would say, overall, over the next 18-month horizon, we do expect international to be a growing contributor as a percentage.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Is that something where you think that international mix could be over 20% though in the -- by the back half of ‘18?
Rick Smith:
It’s certainly within the realm of possibility. But again, I’d -- a lot of it will just depend on some of these larger deals.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And then in terms of some of the geographies you’re looking at, without getting specific, historically, you’ve been doing pretty well with the English-speaking countries. I know a big push has been to progress around that to some of the non-English-speaking countries. What kind of progress now with -- a new sales office in Europe opened up. What kind of progress are you making there?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I think we’re feeling really good. We’ve got a solid team in most of the major Continental European countries now, and we’re engaged in customer -- meaningful customer conversations across pretty much all the major European countries at this point. We’ve also been expanding our presence in Australasia. We’ve added -- started to add some staff, not only in Australia, but up in Asia, and we’ll continue to make a few more investments there. We’ve also added some salespeople in Africa. I think we’re really sort of getting it dialed in. A few years ago, we really started to follow some of what we learned in the U.S., which was that, particularly for the Software and Sensors business, that we really had to have direct salespeople engaging with the customer because these are fairly sophisticated sales that are really kind of hard to accomplish through third parties. And we’ve seen that result play out in UK, in Australia, and we’ve followed that same model. And I think we’re seeing all but the same early indicators of success happening now in Continental Europe, and we’re, I’d say, even a little earlier in the process in some of the other Asian countries and in Africa. But we’re seeing a lot of the same sort of patterns that we saw early in the English-speaking countries, and we really have begun to internationalize both the product and the marketing. So we feel really good about those investments long-term.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And then I want to come back to just the margin question and in getting the understanding of the guidance that I think had been put out there. I wanted to confirm, by Q4, was it -- was that when you’re expecting gross margins in the 75% range in Weapons and then back to 25% margins on Sensors and Software? Did I hear that correctly?
Rick Smith:
Jawad, over to you. I believe that 75% was referenced to -- well, Jawad, you got it?
Jawad Ahsan:
The 75% was for the service margins within the Software and Sensors segment, and the 25% was on the hardware margins in that segment.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And then just thinking about the hardware in terms of giving us some confidence of working off that inventory. Does it -- should we have the sense that by the end of this year, that, that is fully resolved? Or is there still going to be some lingering issue heading into ‘18?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, this is a big focal point for me and for the leadership team, and we expect to have that resolved completely by the end of the year.
Operator:
And our next question comes from George Godfrey with CL King.
George Godfrey:
Rick, could you give us a number of how many free cameras are out actively in the field right now...
Rick Smith:
Yes, I don’t think we’ve disclosed that. I don’t think, for strategic reasons, that we’re planning to disclose that at this point.
George Godfrey:
Okay. And I think you said some of them have moved right to procurement to go to a fixed model right after getting it. Is that -- did I get that right?
Rick Smith:
Yes, what we’re seeing happen, so part of the reason for the inventory buildup was when we announced this program, we wanted to make sure we had sufficient inventory on hand to be able to fulfill on it. And what we have found is that the program was extremely successful from a public messaging standpoint. Remember, we bundled this together with the name change of the company, and it literally drove, I think, over 500 independent news articles that really helped get the message out about the name change and it really drove a lot of customer conversations. However, what we’ve seen is that customers, once they engage, in many cases, it’s as much work for them to do a free trial -- field trial as it is to go ahead and move into a procurement process. So it’s -- in many cases, it’s actually less total work for them maybe over the long haul if you just move into the procurement process rather than having a separate trial and then doing procurement later. So we have seen a good number of agencies that reach out to us as part of the field trial process, and then I think they just sort of -- they put it into their more standard procurement business process, which is great news. And then the other thing that’s caused us to draw down our expectation for inventory needed for this program is that the larger agencies that are looking for field trials are typically saying that they want to do a trial with a subset of officers, not necessarily take cameras for every officer in the agency. So again, our offer was compelling, and then it got their attention and they have engaged. But the net expense of the field trials are going to be significantly lower since they’re testing with subsets. The main thing for us is we just want to get them in the field trials or at least into in-depth procurement discussion. And in that respect, it’s really working quite well, and we do have some additional large agencies that had gone with competing solutions that are back at the table because of the field trial offer.
George Godfrey:
Okay. So are you constrained either resource-constrained human capital, cameras or infrastructure to meet both the free demand as well as the paid demand?
Rick Smith:
On the body cameras, no. I would say, on the Fleet cameras that we’re rolling out, some of the constraints around our ability to scale Fleet are that there is more installation and that’s a new product. So that portion of the business we are making, and that’s part of the other reason for some of the expense buildup, is to support the installation and customer support infrastructure for Fleet. But the body cameras, we have all that infrastructure in place so there really are -- there shouldn’t be any operating limitations to support the field trials and the ongoing business.
George Godfrey:
Got it. And then my last question on the artificial intelligence side. Have any police departments come to and asked you to embed facial recognition software capabilities in the camera? And if so, would that require a new camera or a significant upgrade to the platform, or could that be an add-on feature to the installed base? And I’ll leave it there.
Rick Smith:
Yes, great question. So there certainly is interest in artificial intelligence for facial recognition. As we talked about earlier, we believe that’s a very sensitive subject with the general public, and it’s one where both we and our customers need to move carefully to make sure that we’re doing this in a way that sort of respects privacy laws and general privacy rights in this country. So that’s an issue. We’re in the late stages forming an advisory panel on those ethics and privacy laws. The other piece I would tell you is, well, facial recognition technology is very promising. It’s a bit early, we believe, to be putting it out in cameras for real time identification, just the net error rates in facial recognition, even best-in-the-world cases, are still not at the level of reliability where you’d want to be feeding officers information on which they may make life and death decisions in the field. So we -- as we look at this technology, there’s certainly customer interest, there’s issues we have to navigate around legal and ethics to make sure we get it right, and then there’s also making sure that we get to the right points of maturity of the technology. And so at this point, it’s not the limitation of the cameras per se. We have 1080p, high-definition recording capabilities. That’s plenty of resolution that is relative to the types of facial recognition technology that are out there today. But we’ve seen that there are less controversial, more mature and more high-value services that we can offer to our customers using AI that don’t carry some of the risks and baggage of facial recognition at this point in time. So our team is really focused on some of those other areas at this point. But we do have -- facial recognition is something that we’re monitoring given all those other factors to find when that right product mix and timing would be.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Saliq Khan with Imperial Capital.
Saliq Khan:
Rick, you noted on roughly 1,500 customers for the trial program. How many of those trial customers are in the region which Axon is not in previously?
Rick Smith:
I don’t necessarily have a good read on that. I mean, I would say, in terms of regions, we’re in all over the country. We have thousands of customers. We have 95% of U.S. law enforcement agencies using TASER Weapons. So in that respect, we’re pretty ubiquitous in the Axon camera and EVIDENCE.com. We also have -- we have customers in every region of the country, so I’d say I don’t know that there were necessarily new regions where we did not have a presence. We are seeing it sort of accelerate the conversation though, particularly in agencies that may be in the Northeast, where the Northeast has been perhaps a little slower, in some cases, to adopt a body camera technology. So in that respect, I’d say it probably has helped the pickup and I’ve had some personal conversations with some large agencies in the Northeast that had previously expressed specific disinterest in body cameras that are now finding it worthy of some exploration.
Saliq Khan:
Perfect. And I got just one further question, but I have a myriad, which is now that you’re more than halfway through the overall year, what is your outlook on the percentage of the trial users that could potentially become paying customers?
Rick Smith:
Well, at this point, I would say most of the -- we’re only about a quarter into these trials. And what’s interesting, the smaller agencies are the ones who tend to make decisions relatively quickly, and it’s the smaller agencies where we’re seeing, I would say, a significant portion of those once they engage in a conversation are moving really more in towards a procurement than an extended trial. And then the larger agencies tend to move slower in general, so like a lot of the larger agencies are still gearing up for how they would do these trials. So it’s a bit of the bog out there, where the smaller guys are moving pretty quick and the bigger guys as sort of still getting moving because the -- for them, the limitation is less about the actual funding of the program, it’s more about the logistics and staffing and just sort of getting the program moving through a larger agency.
Luke Larson:
Yes, and just -- so Rick addressed the timing on that. I would just comment on what we believe the percentage of customers that convert after a trial is very high. We haven’t lost a single agency where they’ve trialed over 100 cameras. And so we feel very confident when customers are trialing our product. Our head of sales like to say our competitor’s worst nightmare is the well-informed customer, and we feel really good about these trial programs and expect a high conversion rate.
Saliq Khan:
And then I know you guys talked about this previously, but the bureaucratic process that is a part of this overall program of yours as well, has there been some sort of a hindrance to you and your ability to penetrate the marketplace? Or is there a way for you to be able to work around this and work with the agencies to continue to deepen the penetration level?
Rick Smith:
So absolutely. You’ve hit the nail on the head. I would say, when we talk, where it’s been a number of years since the Ferguson, Missouri incident, and when we look at the penetration of body cameras in American policing, a lot of people say what’s the main obstacle, it really is just inertia. It’s getting these processes moving within these larger agencies. Just in -- and it just takes time, and you’ve got to identify advocates, you’re competing with other priorities. And in that respect, the national field trial, at least, is having the intended effect of where it’s getting that higher on their priority list as it’s creating a rationale for why they need to do this sooner than later and if there’s this opportunity over the course of the next year for them to have a no-charge field trial. So it’s helping, but I would say that still remains the number one -- our number one competitor is really inertia.
Operator:
And our final question comes from Allen Klee with Sidoti. You may begin sir.
Allen Klee:
In the Axon segment, you’ve given -- I’m sorry, you have a new name for now. The product and service gross margins going to 25% and 75% in the fourth quarter, how do you think about how that can improve in 2018?
Jawad Ahsan:
So excluding -- we basically would have -- excluding nonrecurring items, we would have been at $4.3 million of profit or 50% higher. We still feel, for the long term, the guidance that we’ve given for that segment is 25% margins, which we -- or 20% margins, rather, which we feel is conservative. So without giving specific guidance, we do feel that there’s considerable upside.
Allen Klee:
And then for the tax rate for the quarter, can you explain -- it came in lower than I had modeled, and is there any reason why I should think that we should be using a lower tax rate going forward?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. This is very similar to the same phenomenon we experienced in the first quarter for the [indiscernible] for stock-based compensation that drove some favorability [indiscernible] quarter of $200,000. [Indiscernible] as stock price increases, you’re going to see favorability [indiscernible]. So we take it to use the -- some favorability, but at this point, we expect that our tax rate for the year, normalized, will be approximately 40%.
Allen Klee:
Okay. Great. And then maybe just one last question, bigger picture. I know you’re spending to increase your total addressable market. But how do you think about balancing that with when you’re going to get operating leverage to basically that we can see the growth in the bottom line numbers? Is there any sense that, that needs to happen in a certain period of time or whatever color you can provide?
Jawad Ahsan:
My perspective here is that there is [indiscernible] momentum in the business. And Rick [indiscernible] and get it for [indiscernible] his words in thinking of a long-term funnel. But what I don’t want to do is step on this great momentum. I think we should continue to invest in [indiscernible] to capitalize in the great momentum that we’re building. I wouldn’t put a horizon on when we would expect to see some margins improve. What we do know is that longer-term, we’re building a very profitable, sustainable [indiscernible] business to go with our profitable hardware business. And [indiscernible] horizon on it, but obviously, that’s something that we’re very mindful of, that we want to do this in a way that’s accretive.
Operator:
And that concludes our Q&A session for today. I would now turn the call back over to Mr. Smith for closing remarks. Sir, you may begin.
Rick Smith:
Great. Thank you. Everybody, we appreciate you spending time with us here today. Again, really excited at the momentum in the business. I would like to reiterate Jawad’s comment at the end. We are looking at the long-term profitability of all the investments that we’re making, and we believe the investments around Fleet, artificial intelligence, RMS and international, that each one of those can create revenue flows, highly profitable revenue flows, that are comparable in scale to our existing digital evidence management and body camera business. So when you look at it that way, the investments that we’re making really are to build out sort of 4 revenue streams, all comparable to the revenue stream where we’re already showing a significant momentum in growth. And when you view it through that lens, you’ll understand -- and not only are these additional revenue streams, all of them helped make the ecosystem more defensible, more valuable. Like we pointed out, some of the win-backs we made this quarter were because we had the new in-car capability. So that capability is helping us win body camera deals as well. So each of these capabilities are being built in a way where they are making our current solutions more viable, increasing our win rate, increasing the net value to our customers and frankly, the stickiness of the product and ecosystem long-term. So we’re, obviously, very excited to see the growth continue and also begin to really see some of the international markets start to kick in, in a more material way. And with that, we’re going to thank you for joining us, and we look forward to joining you in another 3 months for our conference call results on the third quarter. Everybody, have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for attending today’s conference. This does conclude the program. You may all disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Arvind Bobra - Director, Finance Patrick Smith - Co-Founder, CEO and Director Jawad Ahsan - CFO
Analysts:
Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company Steven Dyer - Craig-Hallum Capital Group Andrew Uerkwitz - Oppenheimer & Co. Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. George Godfrey - CL King & Associates Allen Klee - Sidoti & Company
Operator:
Welcome to the Axon Enterprise, Inc. Q1 2017 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. I would now like to introduce your host for today's conference, Mr. Luke Larson, President of Axon. Sir, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to Axon's First Quarter 2017 Earnings Conference Call. Before we get started, I'm going to turn the call over to Arvind Bobra, our Director of Finance, to read the safe harbor statement.
Arvind Bobra:
This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the Axon Enterprise website. Please note that the earnings press release as well as supplemental materials, including our key operating metrics, are available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We will follow the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today's call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding future and including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the safe harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding Axon Enterprise. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to materially -- to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption, Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as our other SEC filings on our website, www.axon.com. With that, I will now hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Patrick Smith:
Thank you, Arvind and good afternoon, everyone. Welcome to our first earnings call as Axon. As we announced on April 5, we rebranded the company as Axon Enterprise. Over the last several quarters, we've outlined our growing vision for the company as the platform technology provider to law enforcement, from TASER Weapons to Axon cameras to evidence management, records management and artificial intelligence, we've been expanding well beyond any single solution. Axon is a connected network of people, devices and applications. We're excited that our new corporate name now reflects the end-to-end integrated nature of our business. This is a change that was a long time coming and we're really excited to move forward as Axon. We also announced a program to equip every police offer in America with a body camera and software for a free 1 year trial. No other provider in the market today can offer the same capabilities as Axon. With this program, we're removing any barriers to field testing. This gives us the opportunity to compete head-to-head in the field where it matters. The response to this offering has been tremendous. Since we announced the program in April, we've had over 1,000 inquiries, resulting in hundreds of qualified leads at this point. In addition to the Mecklenburg County sheriffs who had publicly announce will be participating in this field trial, we have several major cities, multiple major sheriffs, several state patrols and hundreds of smaller agencies in active discussions regarding this program. I have personally participated in several meetings with key prospective customers where this program was a clear game changer. One major agency had previously told us they have no interest in body cameras, but once we began to discuss the national field trial offer, they've thought of 2 areas where they would like to trial the cameras and now say they will be moving forward. Another agency was a large department that we had lost to an on-premise provider some time ago. They are now experiencing how difficult and expensive it is to setup their own digital evidence data center operations. They also indicated that our national field trial offer will enable them to competitively test us against their existing solution. And once customers put our solution to the hands of end users, we really like our odds. As Luke will discuss, this was the case in Alameda County announced yesterday. Darren Steele in our communications team did a fantastic job designing a program to combine the messaging of the company name change and the national free trial offer into one integrated campaign. It was the most successful campaign I've ever been associated with. They grow over 514 unique stories with over 4 billion total media impressions and the name change is driving exactly the conversations we want to be having with our customers, explaining our broader solution offerings in this new context. Turning now to the first quarter. We're off to a strong start to the year as we continue to advance our innovation. In the first quarter, we ramped up to full production of our Flex 2, our industry-leading point of view camera. We added management tools to help us scale including proactive device monitoring and industry-leading features including multi-camera sync, dynamic map tracking and further to our enterprise integration APIs. Multi-camera sync is a great example of our value proposition where we utilize our cloud-connected ecosystem to continuously deliver more value to our customers. We're currently rolling out software updates to every Axon Body 2 and Flex 2 camera in the field. All these cameras, including the new Fleet camera will be able to detect the presence of other Axon cameras nearby. And now, if you search for a video at EVIDENCE.com, the system will tell you if there were other cameras on the scene. It will show you a list of those cameras and best of all, with a click of a single button, it will automatically synchronize all those videos and play them all back together. This is a huge time savings for agencies where this used to be a very time-consuming process. In fact, several agencies said that their inability to reliably find videos from an incident, could place criminal prosecutions at risk if they fail to find and disclose all relevant evidence. Also, some agencies told me that historically, it took forever for them to watch videos because they'd have to watch them one at a time, one after another, whereas now they can watch them all time synchronized at once. And this new groundbreaking capability pushed seamlessly to all of our existing customers were delighted and surprised to get this new functionality. I'm particularly proud of the advancements we've made in improving our automated redaction during the quarter. This progress is a direct result of the machine vision technology developed by our newly acquired teams in Axon AI. We've had extremely positive response from our customers using this improved feature. The cost and time to redact video is often a hurdle that may even prevent some agencies from implementing body camera programs and this upgrade is a major step in automating that process in removing that hurdle and the cost associated with it. In the second quarter, we'll begin shipping our Fleet in-car camera with a direct camera to cloud workload that is fully integrated with our digital evidence management platform. Fleet is a critically and strategic expansion of our ecosystem. It has unlocked our ability to compete in the state patrols and increased significant additional revenue opportunities for us. Our Signal Sidearm holsters are still on track to be released in the third quarter. These investments we're making in R&D are yielding great results. We have a compelling series of differentiating features on the road map through the remainder of the year and we will continue to update you we release them. Coming up at our user conference in June, we will preview our record management system. We're building software that works for the officers, rather than the other way around. Our goal is to put cops back on the street using sensors and software to gather information seamlessly, rather than through arduous manual processes. We do that by placing video with a hard record and by building an extensible, flexible system that works for police, prosecutors and the communities they serve. We've selected our first development partner for RMS and we have several additional agencies in process to become development partners with us. We've assembled a stellar dev team and we're really excited about our progress. We're seeing strong leading indicators that Axon is gaining leverage from our international investors. In Australia and U.K., we continue to see increased adoption of both Smart Weapons and Axon and EVIDENCE.com. Canada as well as some European markets are beginning to consider both large X2 deployment as well as demonstrating increased comfort with cloud technologies. In fact, some customers in those regions are now requiring cloud application and storage as part of their RFPs and product assessment. We believe this sentiment will only become stronger over time as international law enforcement agencies are beginning to recognize the potential challenges associated with managing the massive influx of digital evidence in an on-premise system. While slow and bureaucratic sales cycles will affect the timing of some of these deals, the international outlook is as bright as it's ever been across all product lines especially following the approval of the X2 platform in the United Kingdom towards the end of Q1. We expect a significant opportunity to upgrade the existing install base of Taser weapons in the U.K., the vast majority of which are all past their 5-year expected life. We're well into an execution focus in 2017, focused on extending our leadership in the domestic body camera market, introducing new hardware products, developing records management, releasing AI capabilities and strengthening our international position. And with that, I'll now pass it over to Luke to go through an operational update.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. We had a strong first quarter of 2017 and I'm proud to share the highlights of our accomplishments. Revenues came in at $79.2 million with international sales contributing $14.5 million to the total. Bookings on our Axon platform were $60.1 million in the first quarter, an increase of 15% compared to the first quarter of 2016. We're coming off a record $72.5 million in bookings quarter as we were successful in closing several deals before year-end. Annual recurring revenue in the first quarter was $46.2 million, an increase of 15% sequentially and 155% increase over the prior year as we converted over 10,000 seats to paid seats. We ended the quarter with 7,000 Flex 2 camera backlog which will be recognized in future quarters. In the fourth quarter, we booked approximately 16,400 incremental new seats on our Axon platform. That brings our cumulative total booked seats to 148,000 since inception and represents 12% growth sequentially. Operating income for the TASER Weapons segment was $20.2 million at a 35.1% margin in the first quarter of 2017, up from $15.4 million at 33.5% margin in the prior year quarter. The increase was driven by an 18% increase in weapon units and a 28% increase in cartridge units. The ratio of the lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition cost in the first quarter was 4.3x, down from 6x in the prior quarter on lower bookings. As a reminder, this ratio is calculated only on including current product at current price levels. We strongly believe the true value of each customer will be significantly higher as we're able to add premium service tiers and new product such as our RMS offering, Fleet in-car system and AI-based offerings. Together, we see these offerings more than doubling the potential value of each customer seat. We may see temporary further decline in this ratio when we include the cost of the free trial body camera offer as part of our customer acquisition cost. We had several notable bookings in Q1 as we continue to consolidate the market. We had a major city win with Sacramento, a major county win with Santa Clara and a major state highway patrol with Nevada. Our several recent state patrol body camera wins were enabled by our compatible and integrated in-car solution, allowing all video evidence to be managed under the same platform. Our largest booking in the quarter was Fort Worth, Texas which has agreed to go full deployment on our Axon body camera, TASER Weapons and Fleet in-car camera. Agencies are continuing to realize the value of the connected and integrated Axon network. Yesterday, we announced a significant win with Alameda County, a member of the Major County Sheriffs of America. This was particularly strong in momentum shifting win. In 2012, Alameda selected another vendor for its body camera program. After a series of unresolved issues, they decided to conduct an extensive 4-month field trial after which Axon received the highest score of any vendor. This agency had previously been a key reference account for the incumbent. Alameda is a perfect example of why we strongly support head-to-head field trials and why we believe our national field free trial offer will have a very high ROI. We also recently received notice that the city council in Albuquerque approved a 2,000-unit body camera contract, renewal and expansion, in a highly contested deal. This renewal win in a highly contested process reinforces the value we provide our customers and the lead we have on our competition. I'm very excited about this start to 2017 and our road map for the rest of the year as we continue to focus on driving innovation at a rapid pace as we extend our leading position in the market. And I'm excited to introduce our CFO, Jawad.
Jawad Ahsan:
Great, thanks, Luke. This is my first earnings call since joining in April and I'm excited to be onboard as part of the Axon team. I look forward to bringing my expertise to Axon, including my experience working with cloud-based software models as well as international operations. I see a tremendous opportunity for Axon to continue to lead with innovation. Rick and the team have evolved the business into the robust platform provider that it is today. I look forward to working with the team to drive continued growth while maintaining our focus on financial discipline and sustainable long term profitability. I also plan to build upon our relationships with investors and analysts, to increase awareness and understanding of the Axon vision. I'll now the move on to the discussion of financial results. Just a housekeeping note here that we -- since we've rebranded the entire company as Axon, going forward, we'll refer to the business segment we used to call Axon now as Software and Sensors. Revenue in the first quarter, as Luke mentioned, was $79.2 million, a 43% increase from the prior year and another strong quarter of year-over-year growth. This quarter's increase was driven by more than doubling in Software and Sensors segment revenue and a 26% increase in Weapons segment revenue. The $11.9 million year-over-year increase in Software and Sensors segment revenue was driven by 105% increase in hardware revenue as we shipped over 23,000 cameras in the quarter and 140% increase in our Axon service revenue. Our hardware and service revenue growth in the first quarter did not include the future anticipated contribution from the outstanding backlog on our new Axon Flex 2 camera. The first quarter also included $1 million in catch-up service revenue previously held due to the delay in meeting contractual terms or milestones. The $11.8 million year-over-year increase in Weapons segment revenue was primarily driven by an increase in domestic revenue. Internationally, Weapons segment revenue was relatively flat year-over-year. Domestic growth was driven by the same factors as in prior quarters. Our TASER 60 and OSP payment plans which served to accelerate the upgrade cycle, continued success of our telesales team servicing the long tail of the market and demand for full deployment into existing customers. TASER 60 represented approximately 20% of our domestic unit volume in Q1 and weapons under our Officer Safety Plan represented approximately 15%. We continue to drive customers to our TASER 60 and OSP payment plan to help drive full deployment and shorten the upgrade cycle. Total international revenues in the first quarter increased $1.4 million or 11% from the prior year to $14.5 million, the growth was primarily driven by an increase in video hardware and service revenue. In the prior year quarter, we had a single $6 million international weapons order which made for a tough year-over-year comparison. As Rick noted, this quarter, we benefited from the approval of the sale of the TASER X2 weapon in the United Kingdom. Annual recurring revenue which excludes the impact of onetime catch-up revenue at the end of the first quarter was $46.2 million, representing a 15% or $6 million growth sequentially. Our Flex 2 camera backlog was 7,000 units at the end of the quarter which limited the increase in paid license count. We're actively working through this backlog and expect to clear it in Q2. Bookings of $60.1 million were up 15% from the prior year. International bookings were still less than 10% of total bookings, but are expected to contribute more meaningfully as we progress through 2017. Domestically, our bookings pipeline remains very strong and we expect continued growth in 2017. As a reminder, we booked $254 million of business in our Software and Sensors segment in 2016 on 73,000 net new licenses on EVIDENCE.com. Total deferred revenue increased by $6.4 million sequentially to $91.6 million. Over 80% of our domestic video hardware contracts include the TASER Assurance Plan feature, under which customers prepay for their future camera upgrades. Software and Sensors segment deferred hardware revenue or customer prepayments for future camera and dock upgrades, represents $19.1 million of the total deferred revenue balance. These future hardware upgrades will have a lower implied discount than the initial camera purchase and as such, will flow through the P&L at a higher average selling price. Gross margins in the first quarter were 61.4% on a consolidated basis. We were unfavorably impacted by an approximately $1 million amount of nonrecurring cost of services related to the migration from Amazon Web Services to Microsoft Azure. Excluding this nonrecurring expense, gross margins would have been 62.7% in the first quarter on a consolidated basis compared to 66.5% in the prior year period. Gross margin in the Software and Sensors segment was 41.8% in the first quarter. Excluding the nonrecurring migration cost, Software and Sensors segment gross margin was 46.5%. We expect to incur approximately $150,000 a month in incremental cost until the migration is completed which we expect to happen in Q3. Software and Sensors hardware margin was 7.9% which reflects customer mix. We continue to expect Axon hardware gross margins to increase back to the 25% level we saw in the first half of 2016, though we may still have some quarterly fluctuations. Longer term, we see the impacts -- or excuse me, the opportunity for the Software and Sensors segment hardware margins in the 50% range as service plan upgrades start to meaningfully kick in. Weapons segment gross margins were relatively unchanged at 68.7% for the period. SG&A expenses increased to $30.9 million compared to $24.8 million in the prior year period. This increase was due primarily to increased headcount and related expenses. In the first quarter, we also had $900,000 of CFO severance cost. SG&A expense was relatively flat sequentially from the fourth quarter. R&D expenses increased to $12.5 million compared to $6.7 million in the prior year. The increase is driven by the impact of our 2 recent acquisitions or investment in RMS, increased headcount and higher professional fees. Sequentially, R&D is up $2.9 million, primarily due to the impact of the acquisitions and headcount related to investment in RMS. Our total operating expenses, excluding the impact of acquisitions, were up approximately 4% from the fourth quarter coming in at the low end of our 4% to 6% increase guidance we provided on the last call. This increase again was driven primarily by R&D. Income tax expense in the first quarter was $1 million for an effective tax rate of 18%. We had a favorable $1 million discrete tax benefit associated with the gains related to stock-based compensation. This gain was driven by a change in accounting guidelines this year. Excluding this discrete item, our earnings per share would have been $0.07 compared to our reported EPS of $0.09. Our normalized tax rate for the year is expected to be 42% to 44%. Turning to the second quarter, we expect revenue growth of approximately 25% year-over-year. As a result of our strong Q1 and anticipated Q2 performance, we expect full year revenue growth to slightly exceed our 15% to 20% target range. We're anticipating a 4% to 6% sequential increase in operating expenses in the second quarter as we continue to add customer-facing roles, continue to invest in our R&D initiatives and expand into new international markets. We could see a slight variance on either end of these range, based on the timing of hires and some anticipated expenses in the quarter. We expect margins to decline sequentially in Q2 2017 from Q1 with margin improvement sequentially in the third quarter as we add users to our Axon platform and continue to make inroads internationally. Our margin improvement will be partially offset by nonrecurring expenses related to the national free trial offer which we still expect to have a $5 million P&L impact in the back half of the year. I'm currently doing a deep dive into our existing cost base and required spend the new growth initiatives. I've already identified some areas where introducing process rigor will help us drive growth with improved profitability. We're on a tremendous growth trajectory and I'm focused on driving leverage in the business as we grow the top line. We're now going to move into the question-and-answer portion of the call.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. And our first question comes from the line of Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty and Company.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Congratulations on the strong results. I wanted to just get in real quick to the operating expenses. I believe, Jawad, that you said you're looking for a sequential increase of 4% to 6% versus what we just saw in Q1. Is that -- do I have that right?
Jawad Ahsan:
That's correct.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And as we look forward a little bit in terms of just thinking about your base and where operating expenses are likely to grow, do you see kind of a commensurate growth rate in the R&D side versus SG&A? Or are you going to continue to see the R&D side grow at a much faster rate given the number of staff that you brought on earlier this year?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. I'm a month in and I'm still really getting the lay of the land in understanding the cost structure. What I can tell you is that for Q2, we're expecting the 4% to 6% increase sequentially over Q1 which again is going to be primarily driven by our investments in RMS, AI, also in international and in Fleet. And for the rest of the year, we're still calibrating where we expect our cost structure to be relative to our revenue and bookings growth.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And then for Rick and Luke, if you could just provide a little bit more color. You mentioned that you had 1,000 inquiries since the free camera offer was initiated. You mentioned that you've got kind of concrete leads potentially on hundreds of agencies. Could you provide a little more color in terms of where you're seeing the best traction? Are you seeing at those mid-level tier agencies? Or are you seeing a lot of the growth here on much smaller agencies that maybe you thought that body cameras were years and years off, but because of this software, we're seeing a pull forward on that? Or is it much larger tier cities?
Patrick Smith:
Well, I would say we're seeing pretty even interest across the board and I mean that quantitatively, most of the inquiries are coming from small agencies, right, because there's, what I'd say about 17,000 small agencies in the U.S. and a thousand big ones. We're seeing really good interest. If I were to characterize the one pleasant surprise has been the sheriffs have really -- seem to be coming on strong, where a few years ago, I think we talked about that sheriff's offices tended to be less interested in body cameras than the major cities in the early phases. I think we're now seeing that really a spike in interest from the sheriffs. And hard to say if that was just happening on its own organically or if we -- if spurred that with the trial offer.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And then in terms of the trial offer itself, are you looking at all towards extending that deadline because I think when you initially discussed it, you were looking at really 1 year providing that? Or is this going to be something that's kind of an ongoing marketing effort for the company?
Patrick Smith:
I think our plan at this point is that we're going to offer this for a 1 year period, meaning that agencies would have up to a year to sign up and from the point that they sign-up, we would give them a year-long trial, but I don't envision at this point that we would continue it beyond that in that it's a pretty sort of breakout program that we're doing. I don't know if we'd leave it indefinite that we would do free trials for every agency for every officer indefinitely. I think will always have free trial programs. But this is really something that's on a pretty large scale and I think part of the philosophy here is that we saw this is a unique moment in time, where now is the time for us to do something out of the ordinary to help accelerate the market forward. But again, we're learning. We pride ourselves on being a business that experiments and learns. So I don't know. I could draw a line in the sand and absolutely, we would not extend it. But at this point in time, that's not our intention.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. Last one for me. On the gross margins, it came in a little bit lighter, I think, than most expected. I think a lot of that obviously is being driven by mix. And I think you noted kind of the onetime nonrecurring payment that I think you said adjusted gross margins were 62.7%. As we look forward, is there kind of a natural time line at which you see those gross margins bottoming out and then starting to lift as we move forward and as most of the U.S. market has been divvied up on the body camera and video side of the business?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes. So in the Axon or the Software and Sensors segment specifically, the margins there were driven by the customer mix which really includes the strategic decision we made, the pricing decisions around some of our international beachhead accounts to open up those markets. And we would actually expect -- part of our model is that we would expect those margins to improve over time. As you're aware, there's a discount on the hardware upfront and we expected in the near term margin to improve to 25% and over the longer term on those contracts to get to 50%.
Jeremy Hamblin:
On the hardware?
Jawad Ahsan:
On the hardware upgrades, yes.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig-Hallum.
Steven Dyer:
As it relates, I guess, initially, Jawad, to your commentary around Q2, that implies an 8% or 9% sort of sequential downtick in revenue which as far back as I can remember, has never happened. So I guess I'm just trying to figure out if that's just conservatism on your part or if maybe you pulled something into Q1 that you had anticipated in Q2? Or how we should think about that?
Jawad Ahsan:
So actually, Steve, do you mind maybe adding a little color on where you're getting that number?
Steven Dyer:
Well, I think, I guess what I heard was Q2 revenue up 25%, year-over-year. Maybe I heard that wrong, but that would imply like a 73-ish million dollar revenue quarter which would be obviously down from the 70, 90, just...
Patrick Smith:
We did see some revenue coming in earlier and -- obviously, Q1, we had really strong quarter particularly coming out the heels of the U.K. approval, with weapon sales starting in the U.K. So there was some -- revenue became -- we had a really strong quarter. And I think some of it too, we're being a bit conservative in our outlook.
Steven Dyer:
Yes, okay, got it. On the weapons side, you know, growth there just continues to be really, really good. You have -- it certainly helped penetrated things are in North America. Maybe a little bit of color as to where you're seeing that. If you sense is there's a lot of upgrades, I know that the 2 outsold the X26P for I think the first time that I've seen, had a really strong quarter. Any color around sort of what's driving that at the moment?
Patrick Smith:
Yes, I think -- well, part of it, again, is the U.K. approval, of the X2. We think that's really got a nicely -- it just opened up a key market for us. And we see actual opportunity for expansion in the U.K. We've obviously seen some pretty terrible events happening there recently where the national police union has been pushing for every officer that wants to carry Taser, to have the ability to carry one. We believe that there's actually some traction there and we'll see some expansion. So not just a replacement of the -- the X26Es that have been out of production for a few years, the only weapons that were in the U.K. up until this approval. So it will see continued growth in the U.K. and the TASER 60 and the Officer Safety Plan, these payment programs are continuing to drive some of that growth and we think there's still some fuel in that tank.
Steven Dyer:
And I think looking forward long term, I mean, is that 20%, 25% of weapon sales being toward the TASER 60 program? I'm mean is that kind of what you think is a reasonable number going forward? Or do you sense it will be more than or less?
Luke Larson:
Yes, great question, Steve. So approximately 35% of our customers purchased on a payment plan either TASER 60 or OSP. Now our goal would actually be to get as much of our revenue as possible on these payment programs. A lot of the law enforcement still has discretionary funding that they get from asset forfeiture or other seized assets and will never turn down those deals, but our goal would be to push as much of our business possible on these subscription plans. So I think it can be much, much greater than 35%.
Steven Dyer:
Okay. And then real quickly on the, I guess, the old video side sensors, the sensors business now. The bookings rate seems to have kind of found a level maybe between this 60 million and 80 million. Is that your sense of sort of the new normal, just because you gobbled up so much of the market already and so forth? Or does that still have room to grow in your view?
Luke Larson:
Yes, so I think that's a good insight, Steve. Q1 is seasonally slower a quarter with less overall activity than Q4. Our pipeline still remains strong and I think we're looking at future growth opportunities with product expansion, specifically Axon Fleet and then our next RMS product.
Steven Dyer:
Okay. Lastly for me and then I'll hop back in the queue. We're probably, I'm guessing, coming up at sort of towards the end of the initial video contracts that were being signed. I'm just wondering anecdotally if you have any commentary about what you're seeing in terms of renewal rates. In other words, has it proven to be sort of a sticky as you had thought kind of initially? Or any color there would be great.
Patrick Smith:
Yes. So I would tell you what we see is if agencies are using this system at any scale, I think they almost all renew. The only agencies I'm aware of it didn't renew were people who potentially flock the products and then weren't using it, smaller agencies. Those are literally the only agencies that I'm aware of, where when it came up time to renewal, hey, is anybody using this? And they weren't using it and they didn't renew. But if they're using it, they renew. Probably the best example there is Albuquerque. With the approval we just got from the city council. Those of you who have been watching over the years, Albuquerque had no shortage of controversy. They're one of our early adopters many years ago. And the Chief in Albuquerque used to come and speak in a lot of our conferences because we absolutely turned their program around. They've started with the standard off-the-shelf camera and when they transitioned onto our platform, it was a real game changer. There was again some controversy around the Chief speaking at our convention et cetera, to where it was sort of a politically challenging environment in Albuquerque and I think when they actually -- and so there was a lot of scrutiny on the program and they tested multiple vendors. And what they found was our solution just really stood out. And not only did they renew, but they expanded the program in Albuquerque with thousands of additional cameras. So we really do stand by the customers that use our product find tremendous value in it. And just like we saw in Alameda County, getting an agency to change is really hard. They got to retrain their officers, et cetera. And -- but if we get that opening to go on and tested, all the investments we've made, building out a great hardware and software team and all the support functions, you know it really pays off because when customers actually try the solution, we're in a really great position.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Andrew Uerkwitz from Oppenheimer & Co.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Luke, I think in your prepared remarks, you mentioned that you expect gross margins to increase over time. One, is that based on what's already been booked in the contracts you have there and just a matter of time until those hit? Or two, does that require further upsell on some of the new software features you guys are developing?
Luke Larson:
Andrew, great question. So Q1 margins are primarily driven by 2 factors. The customer mix which includes strategic pricing decisions on the international beachhead accounts to open up additional markets. And also discounts on upfront camera purchases on multiyear contracts. We're really confident as we continue to add more high value-add features and expanding the product, that those margins -- we'll see margin expansion in that Sensor and Software segment.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Great. And then my second question is around bookings. If you could share with us, was -- dash camera or auto-related cameras, was that material in the quarter as far as bookings go? And how do you see that shaping bookings in the back half of the year?
Luke Larson:
In this quarter, it was roughly 10%. We're still -- just to clarify, we're still not in full production in shipping that. We did -- we had some very high-profile betas and at the end of Q2, we expect to be shipping product. And so in the first quarter of shipping, I would suspect that it's not going to be meaningful. By the end of the year, we suspect that will be a meaningful bookings contribution with the Fleet program.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
And then my last question. You guys have continued to have kind of a backlog on the camera side. You're ramping dash cameras. Should we expect to see some larger than expected CapEx going forward on manufacturing expansion or plant moves or anything along those lines?
Jawad Ahsan:
No. No, we -- at this point, we're not anticipating any unusual CapEx related to that.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of George Godfrey from CL King.
George Godfrey:
Two questions. Based on the revenue guidance and the OpEx guidance for Q4. It looks like the operating margin for the company is going to be probably around 4% give or take or maybe 3%. Do you view that as the low-water mark given that you expect the margins to ramp up in Q3 and Q4 as we move out into '18 and '19?
Patrick Smith:
Yes, I think our general expectation is would be the low-water mark at this point.
George Godfrey:
Okay. And then secondly, you mentioned some cost related to the Microsoft transition from Amazon. And I was just wondering, have you seen any sales benefit from being with Microsoft versus Amazon on helping opening accounts or customer education or anything like that?
Patrick Smith:
Yes, absolutely. In the U.K., the CEO of Microsoft U.K. went with me to the London Met and they were absolutely critical, up until that point in time, the London Met was on track to build and run their own data center and that would have been really disruptive for us. You have to sort of run EVIDENCE.com in a customer's data center that's not going to have all the sort of standardization you'd get in a major cloud data center. And Microsoft was absolutely critical there. They've been very helpful in other international markets as well and here in the U.S. with federal agencies, we've co-presented in several places. So yes, they had really -- Microsoft sales channel is really effective and they've been a good partner.
George Godfrey:
They don't carry a quota, but they're very helpful in generating conversations would that be fair?
Patrick Smith:
Yes, they don't carry a quota specific to our solution, but since the new CEO took over at Microsoft a few years ago, it's been palpable. I mean they've made -- they've really -- it's been impressive how they pivoted their organizational focus and they just been on fire about cloud and they see us as a very strategic account because of all the progress we've made and really being the first mover in public safety and they courted us, frankly, really hard and they made a compelling case that together, we did really sell effectively and they've delivered on that.
George Godfrey:
And my last question, I don't have a full cash flow statement in front of me, but it looks like working capital due to the inventory build, a pretty significant use of cash. How do you see working capital this year versus '16 on impacts on cash flow?
Jawad Ahsan:
Yes, so in first quarter, that was really primarily driven by the build in inventory which we had discussed. We don't expect that operating activities are going to be a significant use of cash for the remainder of the year. We're expecting towards the back half that the inventory levels will normalize and that trend will continue.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann.
Glenn Mattson:
Just a couple of things. On the SG&A, being a bit lighter than you had anticipated coming in, was that a result of not being able to hire fast enough or perhaps the bookings being a little softer than expected? What was the root cause of that?
Luke Larson:
Yes, so actually, while we were transitioning to Jawad coming on board, we did slow our hiring a bit just to make sure when he was coming in, we had a good base for him to understand the cost structure.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Sounds good. And then the other question I had was on the -- I mean, I guess you could try and back into it through the percent of people on the TASER 60 plan, but the growth rates in Weapons have been abnormally high for a relatively mature product, the last 3 quarters which coincides with the time when you introduce that plan. I think 34%, 25% and then again, 25% this quarter. So after Q2, I guess, then Q3 of this year, you'll start to lap that, anniversary that plan. So what would be a more normal growth rate for the weapons once that surge kind of has run its course?
Luke Larson:
Yes, I would probably not give a specific gross percentage. I think the 2 key items that we're focused on is international growth will continue to be a contributor. And we're also looking to get -- we want full penetration in the U.S., every officer to carry a weapon and that weapon to be on a payment program. And so for the next few quarters at least, we continue to see growth.
Operator:
And our final question comes from the line of Allen Klee from Sidoti.
Allen Klee:
My apologies, I jumped on late. Maybe you touched on this, but have you -- did you -- have you said anything about the impact of the free trial on the quarter? Your thoughts on kind of how that impacts your kind of analysis of lifetime profit to cost acquiring a customer? And any impacts from customer responses to this program?
Patrick Smith:
Yes, I'll take that one. So in general, we have not seen that it derails deals because for the most part, if you're in a law enforcement agency and they're moving through a procurement, procurements are frankly somewhat painful process to go through and most people don't want to hit the restart button. And so what we found is what -- we just need to reassure our customers is sit down and take them through the economics that yes, you could take the year free, but -- or what you're effectively doing when you sign up with us is we'll have discounts and other incentives that gets you to as good a deal or better, as if you've taken the free year. And we're finding in most agencies, as long as they feel we're being transparent, they're being fairly treated and the deal is sensible, most of them say, let's just take this through to completion. We don't want to like pause, take a free year and then start a procurement over. But again, I think it's one of the reasons why we're really are focused on these payment plans for agencies to be able to just get on a program where they pay a known fee and we're upgrading their hardware regularly. That's really great for us. It accelerates our upgrade cycle and makes our business more predictable. But our customers I think love it even more than we do because for them to go back and have to do onetime purchases, it's just bureaucratically painful for them to do. So if we can streamline that process, it's great for both sides.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes today's Q&A session. I would now like to turn the call back over to Rick Smith, CEO, for closing remarks.
Patrick Smith:
Great. Well, everybody, appreciate you joining us today. I'm really proud of the team and the work they did across the board. Josh and the sales team really delivered this quarter. You have Darren and the communications team, I think just did a great job with the name change and the national field trial offer. And we're really excited to add Jawad on board, bring a fresh perspective here and really look forward to seeing how the rest of the year plays out, feeling great about the momentum across the board. We just had our international sales meeting and we're really feeling great about the team that we have on the field globally now and tons of opportunity there for growth. So appreciate you all being shareholders and being part of the company and we look forward to hopefully seeing you here at our Shareholder Meeting here in Scottsdale later this month. And if you can't make that, then hopefully we'll have you on the next earnings call. So thank you, everybody. Have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today's conference. This does conclude the program and you may all disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Arvind Bobra - Director of Finance Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - J.P. Morgan Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC Saliq Khan - Imperial Capital, LLC Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company LLC Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Andrew Uerkwitz - Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. George Godfrey - C.L. King & Associates
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the TASER International Incorporated Fourth Quarter 2016 Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session and instructions will be given at that time. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to your host for today, Luke Larson, President. You may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you, and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s fourth quarter 2016 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I’m going to turn the call over to Arvind Bobra, our Director of Finance to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Arvind Bobra:
Thank you, Luke. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the TASER International website. Please note that the earnings press release as well as supplemental materials including our key operating metrics are available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We will follow the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the forward statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail on our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. With that, I will now hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Great. Thank you, Arvind, and good afternoon to everyone. Before we begin, I’d like to share some news on the TASER team. As we announced last quarter, Dan Behrendt, our CFO, will be transitioning out of TASER after filing the company’s 10-K for 2016. On January 31, Dan was hit by a vehicle while he was cycling. And following the accident he was hospitalized for an extended period of time. Since the event, Dan has not been able to act in his CFO capacity, and he will likely not be returning. We are thankful that he is now been released from the hospital, and he is now recuperating at home and is expected to make a full recovery. Dan has been colleague and friend for 12 years, and we wish him a speedy recovery and success in his future endeavors. We are in active negotiations with a strong candidate and look forward to announcing the appointment of a new CFO in the coming weeks. In the interim, [Maurie Mesanga] [ph], our Controller has been acting as Principle Financial Officer. Maurie and Arvind, along with the entire finance team, are doing a wonderful job ensuring a seamless transition, and that’s in reference to Arvind Bobra, our Director of Finance. And now, turning to our business, our fourth quarter represented a really strong finish to a tremendous year. In 2016, we booked $254 million on our Axon platform, an increase of 88% over the prior year. We now have over half of the major U.S. city policy departments on the Axon network. We grew our weapons business by 25% over 2015, shipping nearly 130,000 weapons and 2 million cartridges to our customers. We launched two new industry-leading cameras the Axon Body 2 and the Axon Flex 2. We also began rolling out our in-car camera, Axon Fleet. Fleet trials are currently underway with several agencies. And we have already received notice we’ve been awarded several contracts. Customer feedback has been very positive, particularly around the simple cloud-based workflows and instantaneous upload of critical incident videos. In the past few months, we have won major body camera contracts with our first three state patrols, which we believe was enabled knowing that we have a compatible in-car solution coming to market. We have multiple state patrol field trials going on currently and we expect accelerating momentum in this important market segment in 2017. In addition, to our extended market share gains in the U.S., in 2016 we expanded our presence in our Tier 1 international markets. We announced significant Axon bookings in the UK, including the London Met, South Wales and West Mercia and in Australia including Queensland and the northern territory. We were excited to end the year with record quarterly revenue for our international business, and international accounted for 23% of total revenue in the recent period. Our focus throughout 2016 was on continuing to scale the Axon platform and enhance the industry-leading ecosystem as evidenced by our new product and feature releases. We are continuing that momentum in 2017. We just announced the new Signal Sidearm yesterday, the first wireless sensor to alert Axon cameras when a firearm is removed from an officer’s holster. Signal Sidearm is a seamless Sidearm that works with majority of holsters in use today and offers high reliability and maintainability with a battery life of around 1.5 years. It is a strategic addition to our ecosystem adding an important capability to sense fire draws. And we do expect that kind of signal to have a high attachment rate with our cameras and add solid gross margin contribution. We will continue to develop and launch new sensors and devices to round out our offering to drive adoption and usage of the Axon platform applications. Earlier this month, we announced the acquisition of two industry-leading teams in artificial intelligence, Dextro and Misfit’s computer vision group. In doing so, we are moving forward aggressively with the implementation of AI technology to help our customers make use of all the data that they are recording while significantly reducing their workload. As many of you know, our Axon platform is based on the concept of a network of people, devices and apps. They collect, analyze and put data to use. AI represents the next step in harnessing the power of this data. To build a world-class AI platform in a specific space, you need three elements
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. We had an exceptionally strong fourth quarter and full-year 2016, and I am proud to share the highlights of our accomplishments. Revenues came in very strong at $82.1 million with international sales contributing $18.6 million to the total. Our other key metrics also showed continued strength within the quarter. Bookings on our Axon platform were a record $72.5 million in the fourth quarter, an increase of 62% compared to the fourth quarter of 2015 and up 26% sequentially from the third quarter. It is important to note this number exceeded the bookings of Q2, which included the very large LAPD order, yet, without any similar singular large events. We see the achievement of this milestone without any outliers as strong evidence of the general momentum of this business unit. Annual recurring revenue in the fourth quarter was $40.2 million, an increase of 26% from the third quarter as we converted over 17,000 seats to paid seats. In the fourth quarter, we booked approximately 21,400 incremental new seats on our Axon platform. That brings our cumulative total booked seats to 132,000 since inception and represents 19% growth sequentially. Operating income in the TASER weapons segment was 36.1% in the fourth quarter of 2016, down from 38% in the third quarter. The slight decrease was driven by higher research and development expense, as well as end of the year physical inventory adjustments. Our last metric, the ratio of lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition costs in the third quarter was 6X up from 4.9X in the prior quarter on higher bookings. We view this ratio as one of the key operating metrics used by management to evaluate the effectiveness and validation of our strategy, as we invest in the customer acquisition, and should be noted that this ratio is calculated only including current product at current price levels. We believe the true value of each customer will be significantly higher as we are able to add premium service tiers and new products such our RMS, Fleet, in-car systems and AI based offerings. Together, we see these offerings more than doubling the potential value of each customer seat. We had several notable bookings in Q4 as we continue to consolidate the market. The Louisiana State Police went with full deployment on the Axon platform on our unlimited plan for all officers. Other notable Q4 wins included Seattle, Winston-Salem, Garland and Chattanooga PD. We’re excited with the pace of innovation at TASER. We’re not satisfied with just maintaining our position as a leading provider. Instead, we’re pushing the bounds of technology applications for law enforcement to truly deliver on our vision of an end-to-end experience. As Rick noted, we’re extending product lines and developing future revenue streams including Fleet, RMS and artificial intelligence offerings. With nearly two patrol cars for every three officers and the increasingly positive feedback from our trials, we see the Axon Fleet in-car camera as a tremendous opportunity to extend our capabilities. Investments in Records Management System, the central technology hub of public safety, we believe is the best way to expand our current offerings from the Axon platform. As we mentioned on our last call, we estimate the addressable market for RMS as nearly double the size of our current offerings on the Axon platform. We expect to start shipping full fleet deployments beginning in the second quarter of 2017 and we will unveil our RMS product at our Axon Accelerate user conference in June. I’ll now move on to the discussion of financial results, which I will be reviewing this quarter. Revenue in the fourth quarter was $82.1 million, a 46% increase from the prior year and our third consecutive quarter of record revenue. The increase was driven by a 154% increase in the Axon segment revenue and a 25% increase in weapons segment revenue. The $14.4 million year-over-year increase in Axon segment revenue was driven by a 167% increase in hardware revenue as we shipped over 28,000 cameras in the quarter, a 140% increase on our Axon service revenue. We continue to add users to the Axon platform and ended the year with almost 95,000 active paid licenses on our Axon platform. The fourth quarter also included $1.5 million in catch-up service revenue, previously held due to the delay in meeting contractual terms and milestones. The $11.6 million year-over-year increase in weapons segment revenue was nearly evenly split between international and domestic revenue growth. Internationally, weapons segment revenue growth was driven primarily by our focus on our Tier 1 markets. Domestic growth was driven by our TASER 60 and Officer Safety Payment Plan, a continued success of our telesales team servicing the long tail of the market and demand for full deployment into existing customers. TASER 60 continues to resonate well with customers representing approximately 20% of unit volume in Q4. And we expect this percentage to increase in 2017. We continue to drive customers to our TASER 60 and Officer Safety Payment plan to help drive full deployment and shorten the upgrade cycle. Total international revenues in the fourth quarter increased 53% from the prior year to a record $18.6 million. The growth was primarily driven by an increase in TASER weapons and cartridges with approximately 80% of international revenue coming from our TASER weapons segment. We continue to have strong momentum in the Axon bookings in our target international markets. As we’ve discussed previously, due to the seasonal procurement patterns and the typical size of international orders, we expect to see some revenue lumpiness from quarter to quarter in the international part of our business. For the full year, total revenue increased 35.6% to a record $268.2 million driven by a 25% increase in our weapons segment, and an 85% increase in our Axon segment. This growth rate significantly exceeded our internal expectations and we’re really proud of these results. Annual recurring revenue which excludes the impact of a one-time catch up revenue at the end of fourth quarter was $40.2 million, representing a 26% or $8.2 million growth sequentially. We expect to see relatively consistent growth in ARR through 2017 as we add users to the Axon platform. We’re experiencing some initial backlog on our new Axon Flex 2 camera, as we ramp up capacity to meet demand. Our backlog on the Flex 2 is currently approximately 9,000 units. As a reminder, we began recognition of service revenue in the month following the shipment of the camera. We’re actively working through this backlog and expect to clear it in Q2. Bookings of $72.5 million were also record for the company, up 62% from the prior year and 26% from the third quarter. This exceeds our prior record of $72 million in Q2, which included $20.5 million in the LAPD booking. The largest booking this quarter was $5.3 million, showing broader body camera adoption across all agencies. International bookings were still less than 10% of total bookings, but are expected to contribute more meaningfully to bookings in 2017. Domestically, our bookings pipeline remains very strong and we expect Fleet bookings to begin to contribute incrementally as well. Total deferred revenue increased by $7.9 million sequentially to $85.2 million. As a reminder, over 80% of our Axon contracts include the TASER Assurance Plan feature, under which customers prepay for their future camera upgrades. Axon hardware deferred revenue are customer prepayments for feature camera and dock upgrades, represent $21.1 million of the total deferred revenue balance. These future hardware upgrades will have a lower implied discount in the initial camera purchase and as such will flow through the P&L at a higher average selling price. Gross margins in fourth quarter were 60.6% on a consolidated basis, due primarily to a significant decrease in Axon segment hardware gross margin. This decrease was driven largely by nonrecurring items including inventory write-downs related to the end of the life of Flex 1 and year-end inventory adjustments. We expect Axon hardware gross margins to increase back to the 25% level we saw in the first half of 2016, that we can still have some quarterly fluctuations based on the customer mix. Longer-term, we see the opportunity for the Axon segment hardware margins in the 50% range as service plan upgrades start to kick-in. Sales, general and administrative expenses increased to $30.7 million compared to $21.9 million in the prior year period. This increase was due primarily to increased headcount, variable compensation, legal expense and professional fees. In the fourth quarter, we also had $600,000 of CFO severance cost. And we will have another $900,000 of CFO severance costs in the first quarter of 2017. R&D expenses increased to $9.6 million compared to $6.6 million in the prior year. The increase is driven primarily by increased headcount in our Axon segment and higher professional fees. Due to the strong momentum in our business, we elected to increase spend in areas where we expect to generate superior levels of return. As a result, our 2016 full-year operating expense was $138.7 million. This was above our target range for the full-year of $130 million to $132 million, which excluded non-recurring expenses in Q3 of approximately $2 million in the Q4 severance expense of $600,000. As previously noted, we continue to ramp investment levels. As we saw the opportunity to drive revenue and bookings level higher. Income tax expense in the fourth quarter was $3.2 million for an effective tax rate of 33%. We recognized some favorable R&D tax credit adjustments, which were partially offset by the losses in foreign entities, which we do not currently expect to receive a tax benefit from. We expect the first quarter of effective tax rate to be in the 41% to 44% range. Turning to 2017, we expect first quarter revenue growth of approximately 25% year-over-year. However, we expect Q1 to be down sequentially due to seasonality around municipal budget cycles. For the full-year 2017, we expect year-over-year revenue growth consistent with our stated objective of 15% to 20% growth. We anticipate 4% to 6% sequential increase in operating expenses in 2017 first quarter as we continue to add customer facing roles, invest in R&D initiatives and expand into new international markets. Our areas of R&D investment in 2017 consist of new hardware technology, including the signal holster we announced yesterday, next generation Axon body cameras, Axon Fleet, Records Management System, Axon artificial intelligence and continued feature enhancements to our Axon digital evidence management platform. We are confident that our investments will continue to drive revenue and bookings growth and expand our addressable market over time. We will continue to calibrate our expense level relative to bookings and revenue, and carefully accept the return on our spend. We expect to see margin pressure in Q1 2017 with margin improvement sequentially through 2017 as we add users to our Axon platform and continue to make inroads internationally. Please note that the anticipated sequential increase in Q1 operating expenses is in addition to the expenses relating to our two recent artificial intelligence acquisitions. The combined impact of the two transactions is expected to approximately $6.5 million of incremental R&D expense for the full year, of which $2 million will be non-cash amortization expense. We’re now going to move to the Q&A portion of the call.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Mark Strouse of J.P. Morgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
Thank you very much for taking the questions. Dan, if you’re listening, best of luck. Wish you a speedy recovery. So, guys, just wanted to talk about the timeline for new offerings here. I understand Fleet in 2Q, and you’re going to introduce RMS at the user conference. But when can we expect RMS and a bigger presence of the AI to be commercially available?
Rick Smith:
I think those will be - AI would be late 2017 and RMS would really be 2018 revenue.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, okay. And then with the OpEx, I understand all the color there. Thank you very much for that. Just long-term though, are we still expecting - I think in the past you said that you expect bookings to outpace the growth in OpEx. Is that still your target?
Luke Larson:
Yes. Just to add a little more color there, specifically I think it’s important to add a little context around the fourth quarter. A majority of the increases relate to our cost structure to support the accelerated growth. So in Q1, we expect a 4% to 6% sequential increase in operating expenses. We’re not providing guidance past Q1. And I would just want to reiterate the largest drivers of these cost are going to be towards quota carrying sales rep as well as engineers developing net new revenue streams for our business.
Rick Smith:
Yes, and I would just add in general, we believe bookings can continue to outpace or at least match the spend rate. Now, again, maybe bounce around little bit quarter to quarter, but we’re really keeping a close eye on how we’re spending, how we’re investing, so we’re building something that’s long-term will be very profitable and defensible.
Mark Strouse:
Got it, okay. And then just one more quick one if I can. Just pricing of Evidence.com, are you seeing any shifts either towards the low end or towards the high end of your pricing scheme? What are we seeing over the last quarter? Thank you.
Luke Larson:
Mark, that’s a great question. And I think coming out of Q4, there is a lot of questions around pricing pressure in regards to the NYPD deal. And we really pointed analysts to the Seattle deal as a good proxy. I would say, the other large deals that we announced on the call today would be kind of in that similar vein as Seattle. And we still feel really confident in the price structure that we have.
Mark Strouse:
Got it. Okay. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Steve Dyer of Craig Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks. Good afternoon, guys. On the weapons side, based on the units and the revenue, the implied ASP appears to be very higher or - either that or there was a one-time sort of other piece of revenue that fell in that. Any - or maybe it’s just the way that that TASER 60 is recognized. But any sort of commentary on that? It looks like about $6 million of upside either came from higher ASPs or something one-time in nature.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I would say - I would just talk to two items there. Approximately 20% of the Q4 deals came in from TASER 60 program. And then, we also had a strong international quarter, which is going to have a slightly different ASP than the domestic deal.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And just to kind of refresh, the TASER 60 revenue is recognized upfront and it’s the cash flows that come ratably over the five years, is that right?
Luke Larson:
That’s correct except for the warranty. So we recognize the TASER handle and the cartridges that are delivered, and then we spread the warranty at over time. But the cash flows do come in like you said.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. On the Axon side, gross margin as you noted on the hardware side was basically zero. If you backed out, I guess, could you give us little more color on the one-time issues whether it’s end-of-life inventory adjustments, et cetera? If you back that stuff what would gross margin have been sort of versus previous quarters?
Luke Larson:
That’s a great question, Steve. I don’t know that I have the number off the top my head. I would say, the biggest two reasons were kind of deal mix in combination with some inventory write-offs for Flex 1 as well as end of year inventory adjustments. We do feel pretty confident that we are going to see margin expansion there especially the original cameras that are sold in are often discounted. And the next cameras that comes through will see a higher ASP, so we think that’s going to drive up the margin.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then we are probably far enough along into this cycle that you’re starting to have some Axon deals come up for renewal. Any color around, I guess, renewal rates are sort of the tone you get when you go back sort of for the second or for the renewal of that contract?
Luke Larson:
It’s still not a big enough sample size, but we are going to give the exact data on it. But that’s a great question, Steve, and I would say we feel really, really confident with having a very low churn rate. And actually, we are seeing just a lot of moment in these kinds of bundled deals with things like OSP and tightening the integration with our TASER line of products with offerings like Signal. And so, we feel really confident in a low churn rate.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then I just want to make sure that I’m clear on the OpEx increase here. It was $40.3 million in the quarter, but that included some severance and then subsequently you made a couple of acquisitions. So, I mean, should we just think about the $40 million in add 4% to 6% sequentially?
Luke Larson:
Yes. That’s correct.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then presumably that will grow at some level sequentially after that or do you feel like you’re getting to the point where most of that fast growth is behind you?
Luke Larson:
Yeah, we are not really going to provide annual guidance at this point. As Rick said, we are still putting together the plan to monetize these acquisitions. And so, I think as more information comes to light, we’ll communicate that at our user conference in June, and have more information at our investor events that we are going to hold once the CFO joins.
Steve Dyer:
Got it.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, I would add on that as well. Last year we provided some expense guidance, but then the business frankly grew significantly faster every quarter. The bookings numbers in particular were well above what we were expecting. And we were calibrating every quarter to the bookings, opportunities in front of us. So we ended up making so many adjustments to the annual number, that I think at this point we felt the most productive approach was to give you some guidance on Q1; and just let you guys know that if we see the opportunity to keep growing the business, we are going to keep making those investments. But we tend to give little more color I think quarter-to-quarter based on how we are seeing the business continue to grow. How Fleet gets accepted is going to be really a significant opportunity for us. And that’s where some of the investment in the fourth quarter came in, adding the right roles and people to be able to support the whole new implementation of rolling out in-car video and then the international space. So we’ll continue to calibrate relative to the bookings level.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. One last question for me and I’ll hop back in the queue. Inventory was up pretty meaningfully, sequentially almost doubled year-over-year. Anything to read into that, is that just gen-2 Axon backlog or was there any sort of year-end push or pull around that?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I’ll take that one. We’ve really been in - at this point, we think it’s most important that we are able to satisfy orders quickly as the bookings have continued to grow. And frankly, earlier in the year we had some times where we felt we were not providing right customer experience. And so, we strategically made the decision that it made sense for us to ramp up some of our finished goods inventory to make sure that we are able to fulfill demand in a really timely fashion.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Saliq Khan of Imperial Capital. Your line is now open.
Saliq Khan:
Great. Thank you. Hi, Patrick. Hi, Luke.
Rick Smith:
Hi.
Saliq Khan:
Hi, just two quick questions on my end. First one being is, if you take a look at the international bookings, there is still a relatively small part of the total bookings. So what do you need to do on your end to make sure that international bookings become a much larger percentage of the total bookings?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So we see international as a really big opportunity. And what we really see opportunity is to have markets where we can sell our full product suite with both TASER, Axon and the service. Today, we see really, really big opportunities in the UK, Canada and Australia, where I would say we become kind of the market leader in terms of capturing significant footholds, and we’ll continue to drive out full deployments in our offerings there. And then our next big focus is on Continental Europe. And we’re in key discussions. Rick has actually spent a lot of time in Europe and might be able to add a little more color on that.
Rick Smith:
Yes. So, again, I think we now got to the point where we’ve got really good momentum in our Tier 1 countries. So some of that required investing ahead, acquiring our formal distributor in the UK. And some of these beachhead accounts, we found sometimes getting into a market that we got to be more aggressive on pricing to get a foothold. And then we tend to see pricing return to more normal levels as we start to scale up in each market. So really at this point, what we need to do is just continue to execute really well. We feel great about the team we got on the field. We spent the last two years, really revamping our whole structure going much more with the direct sales force internationally. Now long-term, that’s going to lead better margins and a more reliable customer relationship. The downside of what we’ve seen over the past couple years is that you’ve got to invest in teams of people probably two years ahead of when you start to see meaningful revenue. But we should start to see some - we think that the tier 1 market will become more significant this year that the bookings are going to really start to become material. And then we should start to see some of what we considered in Tier 2 markets, start to place some initial orders and start to get some footholds.
Saliq Khan:
Great. The other question I had was, previously you talked about the Tier 2 market. That market opportunity being roughly about $1 billion and so with little bit over 100,000 [ph] that you guys talked about previously. From the conversation that you had with your country managers, particularly in France, what feedback are they giving you right now regarding either the competition from low price providers that are out there or other reasons why they think that either 2018 or 2019 there could be other things outside of low price solution providers that could serve as headwinds as opposed to what they previously thought?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would say the main thing we’ve learned globally is we got to help our customers get to field trials, so that they are actually deploying the products in the field. That is where the game change is. When you’re buying it off of some arcane bureaucratic purchasing process that’s where you get things - like late last year, we had a large U.S. order that didn’t go our way and there was no field trial. So we’re really trying to be frankly aggressive in educating our customers. You can’t buy sophisticated technology with procurement processes that were built 20, 30 years ago for buying belts and holsters and that sort of stuff. So we’re really working proactively with our customers to enable field trials both in the U.S. and internationally. I think that’s our most powerful weapon. As our head of sales like to say, our best advocate is a well-educated customer. And we’re starting to see some real momentum around that where we’re starting to see a shift in perspective where agencies are starting to do some more field trials.
Saliq Khan:
Great. Thank you, Rick.
Rick Smith:
Yes. Thank you. Good questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin of Dougherty & Company. Your line is now open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Hey, guys. Congratulations on the terrific year and quarter. I wanted to ask a couple questions about the weapons side of the business for 2017. You saw 25% growth year-over-year. Can we safely assume that you expect that business, that segment I should say, to grow in 2017?
Rick Smith:
We are still expecting growth. 2016 was really a banner year. I think we’re still prognosticating double-digit growth. We do see some opportunities where we could see some upside to that. But I would model it or plan on sort of double-digit - low double-digit growth - it’s not clear that we would be able to replicate the same level of growth we had this year.
Jeremy Hamblin:
No. I understood. And just embedded within that you saw significant acceleration in the second half of the year on your single cartridge sales. In terms of why - what is driving that, is that really attributable to TASER 60, is that partly attributable to field usage on increasing, because you simply have more officers carrying the product. I think…
Luke Larson:
Yes, Jeremy, that’s a good question. I would say attributable to the three things. You’ve got our service plans that include TASER 60 and the Officer Safety program, overall the strength in the business has reselling more TASER’s going to be selling more cartridges. And then we’ve actually introduced an unlimited cartridge plan as well, where officers can sign up to pay for their cartridges with the predictable line item. And so those kind of three key drivers are where we’re seeing the strength.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And then in terms of just a follow-up on that on the international side. You’ve obviously seen some success on body cameras, but in terms of the weapon side of your business. The profitability that you’re getting overseas on your weapons segment. How was that comparing to what you’ve seen in your U.S. markets, in terms of kind of your margin profile?
Rick Smith:
This is Rick, I’ll take that one. I’d say generally international is somewhat favorable to the U.S. in general.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay, guys. Thanks for taking my questions. Best of luck this year.
Rick Smith:
Yes. All right. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Glenn Mattson of Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, question I guess for Luke. The 9,000 unit backlog, I believe it was in the video segment, is that can you talk about how that’s going to flow through as the year progresses?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So as we mentioned Glenn, good to talk to you. There is a backlog of 9,000 seat today due to at just launching Flex 2, making sure we have good quality. In Q1, we expect to clear some of that, but the bulk of it is going to be cleared in Q2.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. So I’m just trying to think about the guidance for 25% sequential revenue growth, that was the number correct? - 25% year-over-year, right?
Luke Larson:
Yes. We committed to 15% to 20% for year-over-year for the whole business.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay.
Rick Smith:
Hey, not for the whole year. In the first quarter, I think we are projecting 25% revenue growth for Q1.
Glenn Mattson:
Right.
Rick Smith:
That’s over Q1 of 2016.
Glenn Mattson:
Right. I guess in order to get there, I mean weapons has been so strong. A part, I’m guessing due to the TASER 60 program. You have that kind of a significant down quarter and weapons assuming that video as imagine, the service business is not going to be down sequentially, maybe hardware fluctuates a little bit. But I wonder, what’s the thought process behind the drivers of the weapons being down so significantly sequentially?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So seasonality in our business Q4 is always very, very strong quarter with it. So we believe year-over-year Q1 is going to be up from the previous Q1, but not sequentially the Q4 and that’s just normal business conditions for our market.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. It just seems a little more severe than in previous years the sequential. And then perhaps you’ve been just cautious, and maybe there was some driver in Q4 that was stronger than expected.
Luke Larson:
Yes, Glenn. International in Q4 was a record for us. And so that’s also going to drive some of our thinking around what we’re communicating for Q1.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Great. And then the free cash flow was affected this year by the changes in working capital, is that those changes expected to continue to affect free cash flow in 2017, or do they stabilize here of talking about like inventory and receivables growing?
Luke Larson:
Arvind, I don’t know, if you want to comment to that?
Arvind Bobra:
Yes. We would expect free cash flow to be relatively stable. We don’t expect working capital be a significant tap in free cash flow for 2017. Of course, we have some long-term receivables driven by our TASER 60 program, which may see a continued increase in 2017.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. Thanks for the color, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Andrew Uerkwitz of Oppenheimer. Your line is now open.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Hey, thanks, gentlemen. I’m not sure if you address this in the comments before. When you do the dash cameras, you start selling those commercially. What’s going to be the accounting treatment for those, will those be similar like an Officer Safety Plan will be more TASER 60 like you walk us through the different pieces there. And then additionally will you package dash camera with Officer Safety or with the weapons introduce the new program?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So on the accounting, it’s going to be very similar to the body cameras, upfront hardware and service towards license. And then any kind of warranty will spread out over the deal.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
And then implementation time for dash cameras, is that long like the body cameras where we could see an implementation over multiple quarters or just the pretty quick introduction?
Luke Larson:
No, I think it’s going to be similar to the body cameras where you’ll have an agency and they might buy just for example several hundred, but they might rollout that over a couple of quarters.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Got it. Thank you. And then on RMS, I think Rick you mentioned, you can see that sometime in 2018. You could restart to see like a new product offering overall, and how you tackle rolling that out either discount some of these other program to get RMS in there or how do you see selling that into the end markets, once it gets close to being ready.
Rick Smith:
Yes. At this point, I’d say strategically we haven’t announced anything and probably we don’t want to give too much color, operating in some pretty competitive spaces already with cameras, and so the RMS were new entrant. So we are certainly looking - one of these that, I think if you look at all the new products and services we’re talking about they share two characteristics. One, they increase the value of the ecosystem. They’re more valuable as a part of ecosystem, we’ve already built and make the ecosystem what we have more valuable by adding the new service. And each of them are new profitable, highly profitable product opportunity. So none of these things are big loss leaders, each of them will be able to stand on their own more profitability perspective. And then in terms of how we end up selling RMS in terms of bundling and what we do with fleets in the body camera programs. We tend to be very customer driven looking at what are the hot buttons frankly that matter to our customers, they did make the offers most compelling to them. One of the examples if I just sort of look back to history with body cameras, what we found in lot of cases is that customers really appreciate discounts on the hardware upfront. And we’ve been very successful gaining market share, and I think we’re now going to see the benefits of that is we start to get in to, I think in 2018 - 2017, we’ll start to see the kick-in where customers have gone on these replacement plan. And you’re going to see those second and third cameras, as the hardware goes in it’s going to be much more profitable on the back end, because the way we structured our programs is really catered to the way our customers what they were focused on. So I guess it’s a longwinded way of say, we’re not going to give any more color on it right now, then I could tell you we will apply a lot of creativity based on where our customers see values in bundling them together.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Sure. Understood. I appreciate that answer. Last question, as you guys have done a great job of penetrating Tier 1 cities. How do you see your sales force size? Is it sized appropriately as you approach Tier 2, Tier 3 and maybe even Tier 4 cities going forward to kind of drive that bookings growth?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I think Andrew, we’re, go ahead, Luke.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I think domestically, we’ve really built out a strong sales channel, where we got great coverage in all segments to the market. So their sales channel is going to be relatively flat, where we may continue to add additional SG&A cost, should be on kind of post-sales support and implementation, specifically around products like Fleet and RMS. But in terms of our domestic sales force, we feel like we felt just a really strong channel there today and that’s just remained relatively flat.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Great. Thanks, guys. I appreciate the color.
Operator:
Thank you. And our final question comes from George Godfrey of C.L. King. Your line is now open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Good afternoon, gentlemen.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
George Godfrey:
Just two questions, I mean, I wasn’t clear on the free cash flow from working capital impact in 2017. Historically, working capital has been a net contributor. Do you expect it to be a net contributor or a drag on free cash flow?
Luke Larson:
Working capital in general?
George Godfrey:
Yes.
Luke Larson:
It’s tough to tell. But it generally should be relatively flat. Going into 2017, we have two kind of offsetting factors that we hadn’t had historically. We primarily had the prepayments for the hardware upgrades being a source of cash. But we have that little bit offset by the TASER 60 payment plan. So it really depends on the level of TASER 60 uptake in 2017 that really drive how much working capital we generated, cash in working capital.
George Godfrey:
Got it. And then my other question, on the fleet camera. Is the pricing of the service component similar to the body camera or is there anything different depending upon the tier that shows in?
Luke Larson:
George, great question. It’s going to be similar to the body camera.
George Godfrey:
Okay. And then just to follow up on that. You said you already have some orders. So a two-part question. One is, I guess, there for some departments there isn’t a concern of overlapping services or cost as such an issue that they still feel the body camera on the officer as well as in the car as something they want. And then the flipside of that is, are you still - are you having to educate departments on the value of having two cameras or departments continuing to push back, say, no, we’ll choose one or the other but not both? Thank you for taking my questions.
Rick Smith:
Yes, let me take that one. I would say, a few years ago I was under the impression that body cameras would obsolete the need for in-car cameras. And it turns out we’re dead wrong. Particularly for the state patrols, we had zero uptake in the state patrols until this last quarter. And now we won three of them and we got a bunch more that are going into testing. And the rationale was really the state patrols felt that they really needed the in-car camera. Frankly, I think it’s just become so much a part of their operating use case. So this is a qualitative statement. But I would say, in general, what we’re finding is not just the state patrols. That once agencies have gotten used to dash cams, I would say the vast majority of them want to maintain dash cams even if they add body cameras. And they typically already have preexisting budgets where they’ve just built it into. When they buy a patrol car, they’ve got budget money there to onset the car with an in-car camera and to allocate money towards the backend. And so we - I mean, we certainly aren’t having to educate them on the need for both. I would actually say, our customers educated us more on their need for both, namely if they’ve already had in-car.
George Godfrey:
Understood. Thank you for taking my questions.
Rick Smith:
Yes, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude our question-and-answer session. I would now like to turn the call back over to Rick Smith for any further remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Well, thanks, everybody. I know it’s been a little bit of a long call. We had a lot to talk about. And, man, what an exciting year it was in 2016. As we’ve told you, we’ve been very focused on consolidating the market. We made a ton of progress there. And we’re really excited to continue that momentum this year and with some of the new service offerings we’re bringing out to start to launch some additional revenue streams. So it’s really exciting time to be at TASER. We are delighted to have you shareholders. And we look forward to seeing you all at our shareholder meeting coming up in May. And with that, I wish, everyone a good day and we’ll see you all soon.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today’s conference. This concludes today’s program. You may all disconnect. Everyone have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer and Founder
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Jeff Kessler - Imperial Capital Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann David Burdick - Dougherty & Company George Godfrey - CL King
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen and welcome to the TASER International Third Quarter 2016 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call may be recorded. I would now like to turn to your host for today’s conference, Mr. Luke Larson, President. Mr. Larson, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s third quarter 2016 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I am going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the TASER International website. Please note that the earnings press release as well as supplemental materials including our key operating metrics are available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We will follow the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Inc. These estimates and statements speak only as to the date in which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in a press release we issued today and in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as our other SEC filings in our website, www.taser.com. And with that, I will hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Dan and good afternoon everyone. I have the distinct pleasure of once again being able to report great results that are the result of tremendous work by just a fantastic team of people that I am blessed to work with. We had a tremendous quarter, with strong domestic and international revenue growth across our Axon network of connected devices, applications and people, a network which now connects over half of the major city police departments in the United States and dozens of the major prosecutor offices. Our results reflect the continued strong demand for our range of technology solutions and reinforce our belief that our vision and strategy continue to resonate with our customer base. In the third quarter, we expanded our major city presence with wins in Cincinnati and Atlanta, an agency which we won back from a competitor, where the agency had initially selected a competing body camera and yet ultimately saw this was much bigger than body cameras and they saw the value in joining the Axon Network. Since Q3 of last year, we have added 12 major new cities on our Axon platform and we now have an active presence in 35 of the 68 major U.S. cities. Our pipeline remains stronger than ever and we are optimistic about our outlook for the rest of this year and into 2017. Our customers value the advantages of our platform, including cost savings, intuitive features, proven reliability, the ability to scale and peace of mind. Most importantly, the value of our network of people, devices and apps continues to grow in value as we add more people and technology into the ecosystem. I am excited to report that we shipped over 30,000 cameras in the quarter, which to put it into perspective is approximately equal to the number of cameras we shipped in the first three quarters of 2015 combined. The strong camera shipments, along with our push to realized contractual milestones and fulfilled terms on held revenue, led to a 51% sequential increase in annual recurring revenue from $21 million to $32 million. In 2016, we have executed on establishing a strong beachhead presence in our focused Tier 1 international markets. We now have several major accounts in the UK, including the three largest agencies in the UK in the National Rail Police. We have major accounts in Australia and several active trials in Canada. We are pushing deep into our current Tier 1 markets. In the third quarter, international revenue was $11.3 million or 16% of our record $71.9 million of consolidated revenue. We are coming off another strong showing at the IACP, the International Association of Chiefs of Police held in San Diego, where we had over 3,000 visitors to our booth. Our virtual reality experience gave officers a unique 360-degree immersive view of how the Axon Network of people, devices and apps enables them to go with confidence from the field to the courtroom. We also announced our all-new point-of-view Axon Flex 2, a camera with unmatched durability, best-in-class HD retina low-light image quality and enhanced wearability. The Flex 2 is the first wearable camera that has the polymer molded directly around the electronics encasing them in a solid brick of protection from abuse and weather. We know how tough cops are in equipment and the Flex 2 takes our durability up another notch. We have also increased the retention strength by over 300% while improving the user interface of all of our mounting options. This is one of our critical differentiators for the Flex product line. And of course, we have extended our industry-leading retina low-light capabilities to full 1080P HD video and yet we still remain – retain the ability to buffer video for a full 12-hour shift, even in 1080P. Customers love the new Flex 2. And initial shipments are expected in December with full production ramping in early 2017. During IACP, we laid out our vision to reboot the entire enterprise software ecosystem of public safety built around video and multimedia at its core, phasing out paperwork and labor-intensive manual data input, but automating data collection through our sensors and our apps. We see this as a breakthrough capability only possible with our network of devices, apps and people. We are uniquely positioned to extend the concept of body-worn video. From today, it’s something that protects an officer – an individual officer in high-profile cases to a capability that automates the entire process of gathering, analyzing and acting on information in every incident of every kind. We see an opportunity to expand our current offerings on the Axon platform with the addition of a next generation records management system, or RMS. RMS is the central technology hub of public safety, including law enforcement, fire safety and medical emergency response. RMS systems are typically – they are just simple digitizations of the same paperwork driven workload of the last 100 years. We think multimedia information is far richer and far more compelling and can actually be far more efficient to gather and analyze. Just as smartphones with apps like Twitter, iMessage, Facebook and Snapchat have changed the way that we all communicate in our personal lives we believe wearable cameras with the Axon Network can revolutionize the backbone of public safety information infrastructure. And we are well along on the hardest part, which is building the network, getting the nation’s leading law enforcement agencies on the network platform. And they are now deploying over 100,000 of our camera nodes. Now, we can leverage this unique network to replace the outdated manual information systems that are prevalent today. Now another key development that’s moving us forward in this strategy around our creation of this rich, hardware software ecosystem was the addition of Todd Basche to our management team. Todd has a long history of innovation both as an entrepreneur, where he helped create the category for personal portable scanners and as an executive. While he was at Apple working directly with Steve Jobs, Todd proposed consolidating a number of different software products into the iLife suite, which included iTunes, iMovie, iPhoto etcetera. Jobs approved the project and appointed Todd to lead the effort. Now, as we discussed our strategy with our customers, we sometimes use the analogy that we are building something very similar to the Apple ecosystem, only we are building it for public safety rather than the consumer market. What a wonderful advantage we now have to have one of the leaders of the Apple transformation bringing that DNA into our executive team and into our product development programs. Todd has only been here for a few weeks, but I can tell you, I am having a ball working with him. His creativity, imagination and operational rigor are going to add tremendous value to our company. And I hope you, as our shareholders, can understand how excited I am to have him on board. We are going to do great things together. Todd, if you are listening, welcome aboard, man. Alright. As the next step in our evolution, we have started development of this cloud-based alternative to digital RMS, which I talked about. Now, the domestic addressable market for RMS includes all law enforcement, including both patrol and non-patrol officers, both sworn officers and civilians of all public safety, including fire and emergency medical services. As a result, the RMS market is more than double the size of our current addressable market which was primarily patrol officers. RMS represents an extension of our Axon platform and customers would also pay a monthly service fee for this new service. We believe that TAM, or the total addressable market, for RMS will more than double the TAM of this – that we have today for our current digital evidence management solutions. We have informed our customers that we will preview the Axon RMS solution at our user conference in June of 2017 and we had very strong interest from agencies interested in joining us as development partners as we develop this customer driven technology platform. We look forward to updating you on our progress on this exciting program in 2017. Now, we have gotten some questions about the long-term model that we published at our last Analyst Day. We remain very bullish on our model and our ability to build a large, sustainable, sticky and profitable business in our Axon segment. With the addition of RMS, which more than doubles the total available market, we see even more growth opportunity to build our business with high margin sustainable solutions. Before turning it over to Luke Larson, our President for additional details on the quarter, I would like to say a few words on today’s announcement that our CFO, Dan Behrendt, will be transitioning from TASER in the first half of 2017. Dan has been a tremendous contributor to the organization in his time with us. He has brought financial discipline and focus to the organization through several major inflection points in our development as a company. I want to thank him for the critical role he has played and the dedication he has demonstrated throughout. I also want to thank him for agreeing to stay on Board through Q4 reporting and filing the 10-K as we navigate this transition period and identify someone to fill the big shoes that Dan will be leaving behind. Dan, thanks for all you have done and for being a good friend to me and to the company and a good steward for our shareholders over the last 12 years. And with that, I am going to turn it over to Luke.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. We had an exceptionally strong third quarter in 2016 and I am proud to share the highlights of our accomplishments. Revenues came in at a record $71.9 million, with international sales contributing $11.3 million to the total. Our other key metrics also showed continued strength within the quarter. Bookings on our Axon platform were $57.5 million in the third quarter, an increase of 56% compared to the third quarter of 2015, but down sequentially due to $20.5 million LAPD booking in the second quarter. Annual recurring revenue in the third quarter was $32 million, an increase of 51% from the second quarter as we converted over 22,000 booked seats to paid seats. Our active paid seat count increased as we shipped over 30,000 total cameras in the quarter and worked through our Axon Body 2 camera backlog. In the third quarter, we booked approximately 15,600 incremental new seats on our Axon platform. That brings our cumulative total of booked seats to 110,600 since the inception and represents growth of 16% sequentially. Operating income in the TASER Weapons segment was 38% in the third quarter of 2016, up from 33.2% in the second quarter. The increase was driven by record revenues in the segment and manufacturing efficiency. The ratio of lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition cost in the third quarter was 4.9, which was up slightly year-over-year and is a reflection of strong bookings resulting from our investments. On a sequential basis, it was down from 2016 second quarter, which benefited from higher booked seats related to the LAPD award. I am really excited about the momentum we have in all parts of our business. For our TASER Weapons, we are seeing broader adoption and deeper penetration both domestically and internationally. Our TASER payment plan programs, TASER 60 and the Officer Safety Plan, are helping accelerate sales domestically and increasing our warranty attachment rate. Our growing installed base of weapons is helping drive cartridge sales, which is a source of recurring revenue for TASER, though not reflected in our ARR metric. In the Axon segment, customers continued to resonate with our current product offering and the vision of the future. As we expand into additional solutions for law enforcement and bring them onto our platform, this creates enormous value to our customer base. Internationally, we continue to win major accounts on our Axon platform in our Tier 1 focus markets. In Australia for example, we have won two key counts with Queensland and the Northern Territory. We have several active trials in key accounts in Canada, Australia and in the UK. We continue to welcome new agencies to the Axon platform. During the period, we announced major city wins in Cincinnati and Atlanta. Atlanta was an especially meaningful win for us because they had previously chosen one of our competitors. However, the city realized the need for a full end to end hardware-software ecosystem and have now decided to join the Axon network. Following the close of the quarter and earlier this week, we received notice that we were awarded the Seattle Police Department body cam and digital evidence management contract. So there had been some noise in the market of late around less well-established competitors trying to blunt our momentum and gain market share with lower priced offerings. The recent Seattle PD win is a great example of the strong customer acceptance of TASER and the demonstrated performance of our platform as a key differentiator. In our press release on the Seattle award, we linked the preliminary and final scoring of our product versus our competitors. And the initial scoring, based on written evaluation, TASER was virtually tied with two other competitors, as with most large agencies, though. Seattle PD opted for a thorough product testing of the full hardware and software solution and also was made aware that certain competitor capabilities were not yet developed. After thorough testing and review, we received the highest score by a wide margin and were subsequently awarded the contract. This is very noteworthy and indicative of the real value of the platform. Time and time again, agencies that undertake field tests recognized the superiority of our offering. When our customers trial our products in the real-world situations, difference between us and the competitors is clear between how our full solution stacks up to the commodity camera offerings of our competitors. This is a testament, in part, to the time we spend with our customers to best understand their needs and then innovate and expand the platform feature set to meet their requirements. When field tests have been conducted as part of the process, our win rate stands at nearly 100%. Price is often a consideration and we work with our law enforcement partners to ensure that we are responsive and competitive. But time and time again, field tests provide agencies with the assurance that they will be purchasing a vastly superior experience with TASER and that others simply cannot deliver at scale regardless of how they price their body cameras. I am really happy about the progress we have made in 2016 and we expect to close out the year strong with lots of momentum to carry us into 2017. And while it’s too early to discuss any financial expectations for the coming year, I am excited about shipping full deployments of Axon fleet, continuing to consolidate the major cities on our Axon platform, adding new customers on our TASER payment plan and growing international bookings and revenue and developing our record management system on the Axon platform. And now, I will turn the call over to our CFO, Dan Behrendt.
Dan Behrendt:
Thanks Luke and thanks Rick, for the very kind words. It’s been a tremendous opportunity to work with both of you along with everyone else at TASER over the last 12 years. When I joined TASER in 2004, we are focused solely on our weapons business with annual sales of just under $68 million. Today, we offer a comprehensive cloud platform solution along with our weapons products and combined revenue for the recent quarter was nearly $70 million, which surpasses our full year revenue total in my first year. And then on a trailing 12-month basis, revenue is now more than $240 million. That significant revenue growth and diversification has required the build-out and scaling of our finance capabilities and processes. I am proud to have led that effort as we have established the top notch finance team with the capabilities and resources required to see TASER through its next phase of growth. I look forward to working with the team over the next – over the coming months to ensure a smooth transition. And now onto the results for the quarter, as Luke said, revenues for the third quarter set yet another record, increasing 43% from the prior year to $71.9 million. The increase was driven by a 34% increase in the Weapons segment revenues and the 75% increase in the Axon Video segment revenues. The increase in Weapons segment was driven by growth in both domestic and international sales. Domestically, we are seeing continued success of our TASER payment programs such as TASER 60 and the Officer Safety Plan in agencies of all sizes. In fact, the top three domestic deals – weapons deals in Q3 were all TASER 60 deals. The growth in the Axon segment is driven by the shipment of over 30,000 body-worn cameras as they work through the Axon 2 backlog, as previously anticipated. This drove up an increase in both our hardware revenue and the number of active paid seats, which narrowed the gap between the booked seats and paid active seats. Total international revenues in the third quarter increased 69% from the prior year to $11.3 million or nearly 16% of the total revenue for the period. We saw strong sales in several markets with no single country accounted for more than 25% of our international revenue. We continue to have strong momentum in both Weapons segment and the Axon bookings in our targeted international markets. However, as we discussed previously, due to the procurement patterns and typical size of our international orders, we expect to see some revenue lumpiness from quarter-to-quarter in the international part of our business. On our last call in August, we mentioned that we shipped 10,000 cameras in July we are on track for record shipments in the third quarter. We ended up shipping approximately 30,000 cameras in the quarter more than doubling our previous record of 13,300 cameras set in the previous quarter. As anticipated, we do not see a commensurate increase in camera revenue due to additional discounting initial camera purchases, but the gross margins on the underlying contracts continue to meet or exceed our expectations. As a reminder, over 80% of our contracts include the TASER Assurance Plan feature, under which customers prepay for the future camera upgrades. Future hardware upgrades under the program will have a lower applied discount in the initial capital purchase, and as such, will flow through the P&L at a higher average selling price. Axon segment service revenue grew 78% sequentially driven by the additional active paid seats to the Axon platform and a $1.7 million in catch-up service revenue. The catch-up revenue was due to the recognition of service revenue previously held due to delay in meeting contractual terms and milestones on certain of our contracts. Annual recurring revenue in the third quarter which excludes the impact of the onetime catch-up revenue was $32 million, representing a sequential growth of 51%. During the quarter, we are also able to reduce the delta between our booked seats and active paid seats by almost 7,000 seats. As a reminder, there will always be a delta between the booked and paid seats due to the customer request for stage deployments and the lag of service revenue beginning the month following the shipment of cameras. Camera shipments on new orders remain strong and we expect continued growth in our annual recurring revenue. As we look to our full year 2016 results, Q4 is typically the highest revenue quarter of the year. But given the strength of the Q3 results, the $1.7 million catch-up in service revenue and the shipment of the backlog cameras, we expect that Q4 revenue will be relatively flat with Q3, which we still view as very encouraging, indicative of the momentum in our business. Bookings were up 56% from the prior year, but down $14.5 million from the second quarter due to the $20.5 million LAPD booking in the second quarter, which made for a tough sequential comparison. Excluding the LAPD contract, bookings were up sequentially. Our bookings pipeline remains strong and we expect to see continued wins in both small and large agencies. Future contracted revenues at September 30 were $302 million, an increase of 15% sequentially from the second quarter, which was driven by our strong bookings, which made up of about service and hardware components. Gross margins in the third quarter were 64.8% on a consolidated basis compared to 61.7% in the prior year period. The increase in gross margins was driven by manufacturing efficiencies in Weapons segment and the benefit of the $1.7 million of catch-up service revenue and favorable mix impact with the higher margin service revenue taking up a larger proportion of our total sales. Sales, general and administrative expenses increased to $28.1 million compared to $17.8 million in the third quarter of the prior year. This increase is primarily due to increased headcount, variable compensation and consulting expenses. Additionally, in the third quarter, we had approximately $2 million of non-recurring legal expenses and professional fees. Research and development expenses of $7.4 million compared to $6.5 million in the prior year. The increase is almost entirely driven by increased headcount in our Axon segment. As we mentioned in our last call, we expect our operating expenses guidance to increase by 2% to 3% to end up in the range of $130 million to $132 million for the year. Our strongest sales and bookings growth results in increased wearable compensation, but excluding our non-recurring expenses in Q3 of approximately $2 million and Q4 severance expense, we still expect to stay within our prior range. We are pleased with the results of our investment growth initiatives and continue to do opportunistic investment initiatives that drive customer adoption, broaden our customer reach and expand the offerings on our platform, our message, the one area that Rick highlighted which complements the continued development of our Axon cloud platform solution. In the third quarter, we had approximately $700,000 of other expense related to exchange rate fluctuations between the British pound and the U.S. dollar. Income tax expense for the quarter was $6.8 million for an effective tax rate of 63.9%. We are adversely affected by losses in foreign entities, which we do not currently expect to receive a tax benefit from. Additionally, we recognized unfavorable provision tax return true-up relating to our 2015 tax return filed in September. The combined impact of the foreign entity losses, which we do not currently expect to receive a tax benefit from, and the return provision true-up is approximately $1.5 million or $0.03 per share – $0.03 per diluted share. We expect the fourth quarter effective tax rate to be in the 44% to 47% range. Operating cash flow in the third quarter of 2016 was $11.6 million, a decrease of $7.7 million compared with the third quarter of 2015. The decrease was primarily driven by an increase in inventory, long-term customer receivables and prepaid commissions offset by an increase in accounts payable and net income. As a reminder, as the number of TASER 60 deals increase, we will see an adverse near-term effect on cash from operations, because customers will pay for the weapon over 5 years rather than the entire amount at sell-in. For most TASER 60 customers, weapons revenue will be recognized at sell-in and the warranty revenue will be recognized over the life of the contract. We still believe this is a very attractive tradeoff as it allows agencies to purchase weapons and upgrade their weapons at a schedule with lower upfront cost, while also increasing the warranty attachment rate. One of the things we announced in the Q that we are filing today as we have canceled our Rule 10b-5 share repurchase plan based on the initial success of our TASER payment plan options in order to allow us to have flexibility as we run the business going forward. And with that, I am going to turn the call back over to the Q&A session of the call.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Steve Dyer with Craig-Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Thank you. Dan, best of luck. You will be missed. Thanks for everything. Great quarter, guys. A couple of different questions. Weapons overall was very strong in the quarter, both handles as well as cartridges. Can you elaborate a little bit more on what drove that? Were there any large one-time orders, especially on the cartridge side? Any more color there whether it was domestic or international, etcetera?
Rick Smith:
Yes. This is Rick. The – really, the subscription payment plans are really being well received. I think our three largest orders all came in on some sort of subscription plan. And in those, we have bundled together for the customer what they may like is it we are sort of taking a lot of the unpredictability out of the cost. So, we include things like warranty and service, but also 5 years worth of cartridges in many cases or at least in some of those plans. So that can also help drive the cartridge volume. So, it’s primarily domestic, I would say, is what was driving most of that volume.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. And then just from an accounting standpoint, do you actually send out the cartridges right away or is that just you are recognizing the revenue for those and we will send them out as the contract progresses?
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. Yes, typically, we would be sending the cartridges out with the handles. They have a shelf life that’s certainly the life of the weapon itself, so there is no issue with delivering them upfront.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, great. And then on the Axon side, you obviously worked through a lot of the backlog did you still have some remaining Axon 2 backlog entering Q4 or did you work through all of that?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, this is Dan. We always have a little bit of a backlog just orders received in the last few days of the quarter, but we certainly built up our camera backlog to the point where we are certainly able to meet the demand as it comes in. We don’t have the significant backlog we finished Q2 with.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, okay. I guess, just back on the weapons then. I am wondering, as you kind of think about future growth rates and it seems like you always talked about sort of 10% to 15%ish on a CAGR basis. Does anything changing there or are you pulling some weapons demand from future years forward because of the offer and the terms right now or how should we think about sort of overall growth?
Luke Larson:
Yes. I think we are still really confident in that 15% growth target. I think the service plans are seeing a lot of traction with TASER 60 and OSP. We currently don’t disclose what percentage of the deals, are on those service plans, but that’s something as it becomes a bigger part of our business, we will think through how we communicate that to investors. The other item I would say internationally we still have a lot of opportunity, the need for a non-lethal alternatives is a universal problem and we feel really good about the teams that we are building out in those markets.
Rick Smith:
If I could add in there as well, Luke, this is Rick, obviously, we have seen some of the larger agencies this year start to expand towards full deployment with LAPD now moving towards putting TASERs out for every officer. But the mayor of Chicago has made comments that they are going to make TASERs available to all their frontline officers. We are hearing rumblings from some of the other largest agencies in the country that idea is really gaining traction in the world that we live in now. Frankly, with cameras everywhere, including the ones that cops are wearing everything that they can do to avoid using lethal force is becoming an imperative. So we see the expansion in the larger accounts and then these subscription plans are helping agencies accelerate their deployments. And we also feel pretty confident that that’s also going to accelerate the upgrade cycle, which if we can take the upgrade cycle from like an 8-year to 10-year proposition, which if you include people who haven’t upgraded, that’s maybe about where we are sitting today, if we can accelerate that down to a 5-year upgrade cycle, that basically doubles the size of the business over a 5-year time horizon in terms of the replacement cycle. So we think between that and the international segments that there is just still so much white space that we are feeling really good about the growth opportunities in the quarter.
Steve Dyer:
Great, that’s very helpful. And then last question for me and I will pass it along, I know you don’t want to talk probably too much about next year, but as we think about OpEx, it’s been a little bit of a moving target and now we sort of seem to be zeroed in on a level, is next year the year you can sort of find some leverage on that, I mean do you feel like you are at a point where you are well staffed and spending to sort of still grow or are there still a lot of things to spend on and a lot of growth in the expenses as well?
Luke Larson:
Steve, great question, 2016 has been a fantastic year for us year-to-date with revenue up over 30%. We expect to have some tailwind going into 2017 with a lot of our paid seats coming back. We are actually still working through our budgeting process for next year. And I think our philosophy here is as long as we continue to see the opportunity that aligns with our investors, we will continue to build out the core teams that we need to gain the dominant market share.
Rick Smith:
I would add in a little bit there, too. I would say that especially with things like RMS, we are going to continue to see some growth in R&D to support something that doubles the total available market. And I think given our position, where we are at now with this unique position of having the majority of the market now on our platform is our ability to develop and deploy, frankly a business that could match the size of our current Axon business. And it should be a lot more cost effective than it was to build that first business over the past 7 years or 8 years. That we – we are going to continue to see, I would say, some investment in R&D and then in the SG&A with international opportunities. We are really starting to see some fruit there, right. You are looking at what’s happening in the UK, Australia, in Canada and then we have got some of the non-English speaking countries that do some of the formative work we did over the last year, I think we will start to see next year. So we are continuing to watch things to make sure that the overall revenue growth trajectory of the business is heading the right direction such that the investments we are making are all being looked down on an ROI-type basis. And we will be getting back to you guys, obviously as we get into 2017. We are still kind of fleshing out our model. Frankly, part of what happened this year is the bookings growth in particular and the revenue growth really exceeded our internal expectations. So as the year went along, we were sort of recalibrating spend to sustain and augment the growth. So we are now going through really analyzing 2017, so we can give you some good numbers in the first part of the year.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Thanks again and congratulations.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Mark Strouse with JPMorgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
Yes. Hey guys. Thanks for taking our questions. Congrats on the strong 3Q here. Dan, I would also like to say best of luck and thank you very much for all your help over the years. So Luke, I know you don’t want to get into details, but I just wanted to press here a little bit more on Seattle, so I can appreciate your commentary around quality versus the price based competition, but – from our side of the house here, is it fair to say, generally, that the Seattle contract will be similar to pricing to your other contracts that you have already secured despite the NYPD noise?
Luke Larson:
Yes. I think Seattle would be a good proxy for how we would handle the majority of major cities. I would like to add a little bit of color just on how we think about NYPD. We think that that’s kind of an anomaly in terms of how they play into the market. It’s drastically larger. We also – with that deal, we think there is still an opportunity for us to come back and win that over the long-term with one of the solutions that we bring to market. And fundamentally, we think the landscape hasn’t changed. Our head of sales likes to say, an informed customer is our competitor’s worst nightmare. And we really believe that when they do these trials, they see the value of the system that we have created, specifically around the value of the workflow and when you start to add in the cost that it takes for them to do these processes manually as well as the exposure that they would have, if they were to have a security breach. In Charlotte, had a major high profile video where they had several groups calling for the release of the video and we worked with Charlotte PD to handle that situation. And I think that’s something that none of our competitors could do is provide that level of security.
Rick Smith:
We put our security operations team hand in hand, so we were working with the customer, threat monitoring, monitoring network traffic and taking very proactive info set capabilities to help our customers out.
Luke Larson:
So to just answer your question Mark, we do think Seattle is a good proxy for the rest of the major cities. And final point for me on this is when agencies field trial, we feel very confident in our solution. And then the last item I would say is, it’s just part of our strategy to get them onto our platform and then we can expand the platform with future capabilities like RMS, which Rick talked about in his section.
Rick Smith:
And just to be super clear, the Seattle pricing is consistent with prior contracts. So – and hen one other thing I would add is it’s not just about – your question talks about quality. This isn’t just about quality. It’s really about capabilities. I think fundamentally, what we are competing with are camera vendors selling cameras. The majority of our investments has been around the integrated hardware-software experience. And unfortunately, we had New York and frankly Phoenix PD, both just kind of tested cameras and priced out cameras and like the price of cheap cameras. We are doing everything we can. And frankly, I don’t think those are fully baked yet, where some of the people are asking questions, given the complexity of deploying thousands of cameras, maybe a field trial is in order. And it’s not just again the quality of the cameras, it’s the full ecosystem of information management and sharing. There is a pretty rich enterprise software program on the back end of this. And once we get agencies looking at that, there is no one else in the market that can deliver on it. Now of course, everybody can put together a PowerPoint that says, we are in the cloud and we will do this. And sure, we will have docks that connects the cloud by sometime in the middle of next year if you give us the deal, it’s a whole lot different when people ask to deliver on it. And one of the things that we – our customers will tell you and we take great pride in, our customers do not fail. We do not allow them to fail. And that’s a combination of the investments we made in technology, but also customer service and support and field engineers and sales engineers and training staff. And all of that has to come together for a large scale program to roll out effectively.
Mark Strouse:
Got it, okay. And then just one more and I will hop back in queue here, it’s my understanding that the deployments under the London Met program have begun, were there – are you able to quantify how much of an impact that was, if at all, to 3Q bookings. And then how we should think about those deployments and that the impact of bookings over time? Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yes. I think so the London Met was included in bookings. There was a little bit of a small true-up in the quarter. They are a very strategic customer for us, as we have talked about. Some of the dynamics in first mover agencies, beachhead accounts in international agencies, maybe on a more different or aggressive pricing model, but we are not going to shine a lot of visibility on it frankly, for strategic reasons.
Mark Strouse:
Great, okay. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeff Kessler with Imperial Capital. Your line is now open.
Jeff Kessler:
Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. And Dan, for the short time we have known each other, congratulations. Of course quickly on – on IACP, did you demo enough video multimedia integration to show that somehow you could get the end user to believe that that upgrade cycle because of greater technology, greater integration that was needed that you got feedback saying that their upgrade cycle might be shortened by – on the services side?
Dan Behrendt:
I think the service – we are talking about the service plans increasing the – I am sorry, decreasing the length of the upgrade cycle.
Jeff Kessler:
Yes.
Dan Behrendt:
That’s primarily on the Weapons side. The upgrade cycle on the camera side is actually kind of built-in, because the majority of our customers on the Axon side actually choose service plans that include automatic upgrades that happen every 2.5 to 3 years. So, that’s kind of baked into the service plan.
Jeff Kessler:
Okay.
Dan Behrendt:
And so, yes, it’s something like 80% are choosing those plans. So, it’s really that same dynamic we are trying to replicate over in the weapons side of the house. Now we don’t have a lot of data, because those agencies really are just maybe in the next year starting to come up, the first agencies, who went on these service plans 5 years ago. But I would say, as long as we have got compelling new products for them, cops really like weapons. I mean, it’s an important part of what they do and we are pretty confident that what we have identified is the budget cycles have a main impediment, but if we are bringing on compelling new product offerings and they have already got a budget line item assigned to it, yes, we think that really should help accelerate it, but we do – it’s still too early for us to have statistically relevant data on that.
Jeff Kessler:
On a real-time basis – on a real-life basis in discussion, how are you getting – how the sales – or how to get your clients to upgrade to RMS, what is the pitch and what is the mechanism by which they are doing that?
Luke Larson:
Jeff, that’s a great question. So, we have really started these discussions at this year’s IACP about the capability of the ecosystem. We have got a great user conference lined up for next year, where we are really inviting a lot of our existing Axon and Evidence.com customers, actual users of the system to come to that user conference where we will talk to them about the RMS capabilities. And the real benefit that we have is that just the TASER brand strength and the customer experiences they provide, the vast majority of our customers really value the TASER experience that we have created. And I talked with probably over 300 customers at IACP and the general response which was very high was customers were interested in expanding to more capabilities on our platform.
Rick Smith:
Yes. And really what we are setting up here is a record management system is the core ERP of a law enforcement agency. So, these things have very longer sales cycles and long implementation timelines historically. So, we are beginning the process now of discussions with our customers and frankly getting them the opportunity to be participants in how we are developing and with how we are prioritizing the features of this, but ultimately if you think about it today records and police work are primarily text-based. It’s the cops who need computer typing about stuff. That’s sort of the world of 50 years ago, right? We used to get our news and information reading the newspaper. Now, we are totally transitioned where we are consuming multimedia information, photos, videos, whether it’s Snapchat, or frankly watching a game on TV as opposed to reading a newspaper about a sports game. Similarly, a law enforcement activity or report, when you can show people a video, it is a 1,000 times more informative and more credible and more transparent than anything you could ever achieve with all the time we spent creating paperwork. And so what we basically have announced is a vision that says we are going to use these videos to be your report and we will extract from those videos the information that needs to be searchable and shareable and redefining what a police report is for the 21st century. And I would say that vision absolutely struck a nerve where customers were like, yes, I had one guy I think the Minnesota chief came up to me, he was emotional and he was like I have been talking about this for 10 years. It seems like it’s finally happening. But we are early in the process, where we have the June conference, where we are going to be showing sort of the initial product and helping customers help us iterate on it, but you don’t expect this to be a revenue product in the short-term, but it can be a very large one in the long-term.
Jeff Kessler:
Okay, last question about that and that is the feedback you are getting from customers on this, are you beginning to develop analytics that are going to create the type of user experience that they want? I mean, that’s an obvious question, you are going to say yes to it, but the real question is, is the value proposition that you present how is that going to be reflected in the way – in the suggestions they are giving you to put into this new product?
Rick Smith:
Got it. So, what we think about it, all the information that we would ever need for a police report is based on what an officer sees, hears and thinks during an incident. Our cameras can capture what he sees and hears and with a little bit of dictation, we can capture what he thinks or what the perceptions were. So, very – really, this is about – our sensor is doing the information gathering into the back end. Now, where we need a lot of customer input is what are the most important features early on and what should the user experience feel like and what do they want to dictate versus what they do want to type and where do you selections and drop-down menus? And this isn’t going to happen overnight where we have this incredible artificial intelligence robot or agent that’s able to watch the videos and write the reports for us. So, there is sort of an element of crawl, walk, run, as we move into the end state, where ultimately we do want to get to where the AI tools that are so rapidly evolving or machine learning and natural language transcription sort of the big data use your buzzword of the day, all these technologies that are rapidly advancing in sort of the core tech industries. For us, it’s the sort of magic here is we don’t – we are not going to develop all those groundbreaking tools, but it’s us mapping them on top of the right user experience that’s appropriate given the maturity of the technology today and developing the user interface that just works for a street cop with minimal training. So, just one quick example, one of the first things we launched is transcription. So, our customers can now mark any video or any segment of the video and say, I want this transcribed. Now in the future, we would love to have a computer do that transcription, but the fact is today computers are not that great at transcription, particularly of sort of messy audio like you would get in a police report. So, that is – we have taken that business process and we have managed that through a partnership, with a partner that has lots of people that are court certified transcriptionists. And in many states, actually if you are going to submit a video to court, you have to have a transcription. Well, now for our customer, that’s as simple as clicking a button. You have to pay for it. We have all the back end of transporting that through court-certified transcriptionists and it will the next day or so magically show up in Evidence.com. So again, this is sort of mapping that what level of things can we do with technology versus people services and then taking that into the future and having a good strategy and good understanding of where the right technologies meet the right customer needs at the right point of maturity.
Jeff Kessler:
Okay, great. Thank you very much.
Rick Smith:
Thank you. Great questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Glenn Mattson with Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi, congrats on the results for the quarter, guys and Dan congrats on moving on in a great job at TASER. So, I just want to highlight on the weapons outperformance again this quarter. In the subscription plans and how it’s recognized, so you said you are going to recognize 5 years worth of cartridges upfront, but the weapon, the handle itself that gets recognized over time? Is that right?
Dan Behrendt:
So typically, we will recognize the handle and the cartridges delivered upfront. There is a couple of different TASER safety plans, one that includes just a few cartridges, one that includes more cartridges, depending on which plan people will record with a hand on the cartridges with the sell-in and then record a long-term receivable. TASER recognized overtime is the warranty.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. It feels – I wonder if the cartridge number is going to be inflated for a couple of quarters and then drop off. And I guess unless there is a big pickup in overall handles, is that kind of how that would smooth out?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. And a lot of it will depend on how many of the TASER 60 programs we sell. I think one of the things we are seeing at least early on is that people are buying more weapons at upfront. So, instead of buying, say a fifth of their arsenal each year for 5 years, they buy them all upfront, because the cash flow impact is the same and they can sort of upgrade their entire installed base at the same time. So – and as a result, we sell more cartridges at that point as well. So, I think it’s – certainly, we will see how it flushes out, but we see this as being just a big net positive for just the weapon segment in total.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. And then – but other than that, you said the three largest deals were on the subscription plan. But I just wonder if those plans would take some time to hammer out and come into the quarter, I think you guys were kind of guiding to just kind of flattish or down after a big front half of the year in weapons, so – but the demand kind of surprised you in the quarter, I guess?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. It’s definitely stronger than we expected. And again, I think that these subscription plans are making a difference. I think they are helping to drive business and helping to make the overall deal sizes a little bit bigger. So again, some of this is potentially buying. Our cash flows maybe are going to be as reflective as the deal size because people are paying over time. And on a revenue perspective, we are seeing just larger revenues because people are gravitating towards these plans and buying more products.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. And then – with the comment you made on the flat – I think you said, typically Q4 is a lot higher, but you think it’s been closer to flat to Q3, was that regarding the total revenue or was that one segment, I didn’t quite catch that?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s the total revenue.
Glenn Mattson:
Total revenue, okay. But that’s minus the one-time catch-up payment, right, excluding that, I mean...?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, we expect – I think the one-time catch-up is one of the reasons we expect it to be relatively flat because we had some items that certainly helped Q3. So we think Q4 will be in line with Q3.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Alright, great. Thanks guys.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin with Dougherty & Company. Your line is now open.
David Burdick:
Hi there. This is David Burdick on for Jeremy. Thanks for taking my question and great quarter guys.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you.
David Burdick:
I just wanted to touch on the Axon service revenue growth, it looks like it had quite a big jump of 80% sequentially, just wanted – hopefully, you could provide some more color on that as well as I wasn’t sure if I caught it or not, but could you tell us the active users growth in Q3 by chance?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. I will start with the last part. We didn’t say the exact growth. We did narrow the spread between the booked seats, which we disclosed and the active paid seats. We don’t disclose the exact number for the active paid seats. But Q3 was benefited from few things. One is the catch-up service revenue of $1.7 million. So that certainly helped and then the fact that we had a lot of the cameras that we shipped in Q2, were shipped in June. So you saw a lot of those cameras come in through the service revenue in the third quarter along with the 30,000 cameras we shipped in the quarter. So I think that really led to almost a – roughly a 50% increase in the ARR. And as a result, we are seeing that in the quarterly service revenue.
David Burdick:
Okay. And then just on maybe the SG&A, on the Axon side, it grew I think 98% while the sales on that sector grew about 75%, I was just wondering why there was such – usually those are maybe a little more connected?
Dan Behrendt:
Well, we are certainly continuing to add sales people both domestically and internationally. We are starting to pay attention more to the bookings growth versus the GAAP revenue sales, just because GAAP has to be sort of a trailing indicator. The other thing I would say is that because we – with the much higher bookings we are seeing higher commission and variable selling expenses as well, which is part of what’s driving that as - and then we have got some additional marketing expenses.
David Burdick:
Okay, great. And then just on the TASER 60, I know you guys mentioned a few benefits and offers as well as its – it seems like it’s finding some success, just hoping to maybe get a little more color on that as well as maybe just when looking at the cost for your customer, what kind of incremental benefit do they gain by choosing the plan over just maybe a one-time purchase?
Luke Larson:
I think they get a few benefits. One is they are getting the warranty sort of bundled in. They have got the ability to spread out their cash flows, which I think is important to them. And because of that, they have the ability to upgrade a larger proportion of their installed base at once without having to outlay more cash. So I think that sort of certainly comes with that. I think has really resonated well with customers.
Rick Smith:
The other thing I would say is any time you are doing a big purchase there is a certain amount of bureaucracy that they have to navigate. And one thing that we are finding resonates well with them is, if you are going to navigate that bureaucracy, go get special one-time dollars. You could spend that same amount of effort to get budgetary approval to put it in your budget and now you are not going to have to go fight that fight every time you want to upgrade your equipment. And there is real benefit to these guys, like great this is one – they can see it can be a future pain point that’s eliminated because they sort of plan for this as an ongoing program, not something you just buy once and then have to deal with it again down the road. And that goes for both of us.
David Burdick:
Okay, alright, great guys. Thanks and good luck in Q4.
Luke Larson:
Thank you.
Rick Smith:
I think we got for one-time – for maybe one more set of questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And our final question comes from George Godfrey with CL King. Your line is now open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Just made in under wire, congratulations on a great quarter, two quick questions, the customers that chose the TASER 60 program, can you segment what percentage were Greenfield, new customer buys versus upgrades of existing weapons?
Luke Larson:
I would say the majority – we don’t have – we are in 95% of agencies across the country. So I would say the vast majority, nearly all of them would have been existing customers. What we do see, especially in the smaller deals, is that when they buy on one of these payment programs, we are seeing a great indicator that they are actually buying more unit handles than they would have if they just bought with a one-time expenditure.
George Godfrey:
So we could have been selling the weapon to an existing customer, but now they are rolling it out to a larger percentage, so I am making this up 50% of existing offices who had weapons and 50% are all new officers?
Luke Larson:
Yes, correct. That’s right or they are upgrading their entire installed base all at once versus doing it over time.
Rick Smith:
Which also really helps the upgrade program since a lot of these guys are like, well I want to – I have got maybe for some years upgrading, I have got 500 TASERs, now I want to upgrade them, but I can only afford to do 100 this year. And we say, great, guess what if you can just put us in your budget, we will give you the 500 now and then un-stick the deal because otherwise, they will think, now we have got to support two different weapons in the field, two different types of training. Here, we can say, look you got a clean program cutoff what’s upgraded all your officers and pay for it over time. And so that deal, otherwise might not happened at all because of the sort of complexity of having a mix fleet of devices.
George Godfrey:
Right, understood. And then the second question. On the records management system, which sounds very exciting, two pieces. One is after you would show it in the June user conference next year, would you expect GA to be in the second half of ‘17. And then the second part of that is, the pricing, would you price that as a standalone recurring monthly model, augment existing contracts, how does the accounting work on how you roll it out to a customer that has evidence.com and now wants to go with RMS?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I hate to say this. I think it’s premature for us to comment on either of those, but just at this point, I do know that we would have – it partly depends on how wide and complex the initial version of the product has to be to meet customer requirements. If it turns out that a fairly narrow product that covers the 80% of interactions they have is sufficient, then that’s going to be launched sooner than if they – if what we learn with customers is no, no, no we need to even have these hedge cases covered before we could upgrade to it. And then in terms of pricing, those are decisions we are going to refine based on how the products evolves. So we know that it will be a significant incremental – there are budgets for this today and of some courses from law enforcement, our ultimate pricing, I think is going to turn it – depend on strategically how we can determine the best make that work for customers.
George Godfrey:
Got it, understood. Great. Thank you very much for taking my questions.
Dan Behrendt:
Best of luck.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, everybody. Obviously, exciting day for us here, I appreciate it. I saw some comments on line back and forth, we have got some shareholders who’ve been with us for a while sort of exuberated today’s results. Delighted we could surprise you with some great results here. But surprised us as well as our customers continue to just really find value in what we are doing together. So everybody have a fantastic holiday season. Happy Thanksgiving, and look forward to talking to you all in 2017.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your participation in today’s conference. This does conclude the program, and you may now disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Dan Behrendt - CFO Rick Smith - CEO and Co-Founder
Analysts:
George Godfrey - CL King Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Andrew Uerkwitz - Oppenheimer Steve Dyer - Craig-Hallum
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to your TASER International Second Quarter 2016 Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session and instructions will be given at that time. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded. At this time, I would like to hand the conference over to Mr. Luke Larson, President. Sir, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you, and good afternoon to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s second quarter 2016 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I’m going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO, to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the TASER International website. Please note that the earnings press release as well as supplemental materials, including our key operating metrics, are available on our website. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We’ll follow up the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as to the date in which they’re made, are not guarantees of future performance, and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These results are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as other SEC filings our website at www.taser.com. With that, I’ll hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Dan, and Good afternoon, everyone. What’s an exciting time to be at this company. Second quarter results were yet another record for revenue and bookings. Our strong results reflect the demand for our range of technology solutions to meet the needs of law enforcement. Axon bookings reached a record $72 million for the period and right now our 2016 bookings for the first half of the year are approaching the full year bookings from 2015. Axon segment revenues grew 49% year-over-year driven by a 65% increase in service revenue and a 41% increase in hardware revenue. Weapon segment revenue grew 20% year-over-year driven by an increase in both weapon and cartridge unit sales. These results reflect the positive return on significant investments that we’ve made previously we’ll continue to make to extend TASER’s leadership position in public safety technology. Specifically the Axon network lead the industry in bringing the power and truth to public safety by connecting people and technologies. While we view both the segments as complimentary. It’s important to note that for the second quarter in a row Axon bookings didn’t simply surpassed weapons revenue Axon bookings surpassed revenue by $13 million as Axon bookings grew over 135% versus last year. We start investing in these connected devices and software in 2008 because we believe from the outset that the inherent benefits of video for law enforcement would be significant. Today these systems are seen as indispensable in helping to address suicidal challenges. For private served law enforcement and communities that they serve as we offer most sophisticated and scalable, found in wearable camera solutions available anywhere in the world. As evidenced by an important milestone, more than half of the major cities of the United States now deploy our Axon network and cameras and more than 80% of the major cities that have wearable camera programs have selected Axon as their platform. Law enforcement officers put their lives at risk everyday in the field. Therefore our passionate mission heritages to provide the best tools in technological solutions to ensure their effectiveness and their safety. We serve as a trusted partner and listen to our customer so that we can bring the most advanced solutions with the right capabilities to market. Our mission to protect life and to protect crew is more relevant than ever. The need for technology and law enforcement will only increase and we will continue to leverage our scale and resources to maintain our leadership better. We intend to further invest to build the infrastructure to support our record growth of revenue and bookings and to develop new features and solutions. We shipped approximately 13,350 body cameras in the second quarter, a 55% increase from the first quarter. And we are on pace to significantly exceed this number in Q3. During the second quarter we added two more major cities to our Axon network Philadelphia and San Jose. As a testament to the value agencies receive from our platform we also add two major agencies who are already users of our body cameras and TASER Weapons, who place follow on orders to make both our body cameras, our TASER Weapons and our Axon and Evidence.com software platform standard issue for all police officers, for all patrol officers. You know it’s been really encouraging to see how officers had responded to body cameras. Back in 2006, when we started down this journey conventional wisdom was that cops would never wear cameras in court. And just in the past -- since our last conference call, I was at a conference, where I had a chance to talk to one of the people, who served on President Obama’s mission on 21st Century police and this is a guy, who is ahead of one of the major police unions in his country. And he shared a story with me, where he said Rick years ago I used to hear our officers really resistant to the idea of wearing body cameras. And now to a person, when I talk to them, they tell me, they don’t want to go on control without this, not in the environment that’s out there right now for sure. And not in the sort of amount of world where there is an expectation that there will be a video of these events. So obviously encouraging for me to hear that, especially coming again for a major union head. The LAPD moved to full deployment for all 7,000 front line officers, resulting in the single largest booking in our company’s history at over $20 million. Minneapolis PD selected our solution to be standard issue for all patrol officers. Again, including body worn cameras, weapons and our cloud-based digital evidence management capabilities. The agency is excited to have another tool to help increase public trust and transparency. The order is received in the first quarter and shipped in the second quarter. Both LAPD and Minneapolis feels we’re on our officer’s safety plan, which led to our 35% of seats booked in the quarter on this plan. As a reminder, our officers safety plan includes our higher tier software service as well as TASER Weapons all purchased on a monthly subscription, including cameras as well. And replacements of the TASERs and cameras overtime. Internationally, we continue to make key hires in our tier one markets and expect to see continued traction in international bookings later this year in the Axon bookings. We’re generating momentum and building efficacy in our target markets for both our TASER Weapon and our Axon network. Building beachheads remains our number one priority in order to capture market share and frankly to replicate the successful strategy we’ve seen in the U.S. Our recent deal in Australia is illustrative of the results we look forward to seeing from our investment in our tier one markets. The Queensland fleet service, the third largest fleet agency in Australia moved from a 500 camera trial to a 2,700 camera deployment and a subscription to our Axon cloud solution. The orders expected to ship in phases through the end of 2016. As a reminder in Q1, we also shipped a single $6 million weapons order to a Tier 2 country. So we do continually look for incremental opportunities in our Tier 2 countries. As of today, I permanently relocated back to the United States; however, I will continue to contribute to the development of our international teams and markets. We now have an excellent team in place in Europe, to manage the day-to-day operations I am confident they will continue to build on the relationships and momentum that we’ve built in the key markets. To conclude, I’m extremely pleased with the progress we’ve made in realizing the strong financial results from the investments we made in prior quarters. Both our Axon and TASER business continue to perform well. And I want to thank the entire team here for their continued efforts to deliver the most advanced technology solutions, which will benefit to both law enforcement and the communities they serve. And now over to Luke for additional details on the quarter.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. We continue to execute in the second quarter of 2016, and I’m proud to share the results of our continued success. Revenues came in very strong at $58.8 million, with international sales contributing $6.5 million to the total. Our other key metrics also showed continued strength within the quarter. Bookings on our Axon platform were $72 million in the second quarter, yet another record and an increase of 135% compared to the second quarter of 2015. Annual recurring revenue in the second quarter was $21.1 million, an increase of 16.9% during the same period. In the second quarter, we booked approximately 20,200 incremental new seats on our Axon platform that brings our cumulative total of book seats to 95,000 since inception, and represents a growth of 28% sequentially. As Dan will discuss, we did see an increase in the GAAP between booked and paid seat, however, we are increasing capacity to meet the demand. Operating income in the TASER Weapons segment was 33.2% in the second quarter of 2016, which partially reflects higher international sales expenses and additional infrastructure and investments. Over the near-term, we reiterate our expectations that as we build out the international team and gain beachhead accounts, there could be some pressure on these margins. We will continue to evaluate future investments to ensure continued operational efficiency. The ratio of lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition cost in the second quarter was 6.2, a continued increase over prior periods. Our focus investments continue to produce incremental bookings growth. We continue to expand our lineup of Axon solutions. During the second quarter we shipped our first trials of Axon fleet our in car camera solution, which is the only in car product offering that seamlessly linked the devices to the cloud. Initial feedback has been very positive and I am proud of our team’s execution in bringing the new product to market so quickly and effectively. Initially demand for Axon Interview is also strong and we expect to complete installations in meaningful quantities in the coming months. Our Weapons business delivered a very strong performance in the period and included a single $5 million order the largest domestic weapons order in the company’s history a state highway patrol agency upgraded all of their weapons and moved to standard issue with a 3,400 unit X-2 Smart weapon order. Additionally we saw our first large TASER 60 order with Jacksonville deploying 2,500 smart weapons. Customer response from the TASER 60 installment payment program has been extremely positive and we believe the program will be helpful for agencies to move older plan and help them upgrade their weapons on a schedule without a significant outlay of capital upfront. In June, we launched our first ever Axon user conference it was a great event it brought together Axon law enforcement customers, industry consultants, partners and experts to share best practices and learn about emerging technology trends in law enforcement. We believe the user conference will help build out the [indiscernible] for our platform both within agencies and across agencies. In July 12th issue of Bloomberg Business Week, Axon was featured as the cover story. The Reporter astutely captured that Axon is not just about video, but about a larger connected network in public safety. We’re seeing great success across our Axon brand and we’re going to continue to investment in building that brand. A strong brand helps perpetuate our differentiation in the marketplace and also defines our value proposition. We’ve got some phenomenal momentum with the Axon brand and we’re excited to continue to invest in it. In summary, the second quarter showcased continued execution of our 2016 strategic plan and also strengthened our position as a trusted partner and provider of technology solutions to law enforcement around the world. Our team is diligently working both internationally and domestically to capture market share in all segments and continue to build our outer infrastructure for future growth. We continue to innovate and invest in development of new products to lead the market and build our pipeline. I’ll now turn it over to Dan to review our financials.
Dan Behrendt:
Thanks, Luke. Revenues in the second quarter set yet another company record increasing 26% from the prior year to $58.8 million. The increase was driven by a 49% increase in the Axon video segment revenues and a 20% increase in Weapons segment revenues. The increase in the Weapons segment was entirely driven by domestic sales as we continue to upgrade older weapons and increase deployments within agencies. Bookings growth was also exceptionally strong increasing 38.4% from the first quarter of this year to $72 million. The LAPD order represented $20.5 million of the second quarter bookings. International revenues in the quarter were $6.5 million compared to $8 million in the prior year, as we’ve discussed previously due to procurement patterns and typical size of international orders. We continue to expect to see lumpiness from quarter-to-quarter in the international part of the business. As we look to full year consolidated results for 2016 and beyond, we continue to be comfortable with the annual consolidated revenue CAGR of 15% for the overall business. It’s fair to say that we are pace to exceed this target in 2016, driven primarily by the single $6 million order and $5 million orders in Q1 and Q2 respectively, due primarily to the $5 million weapons deal in Q2, which made Q2 exceptionally strong. We do expect Q3 revenue to be relatively flat with the Q2 this year. During the first quarter earnings call, we discussed our significant backlog of Axon Body 2 cameras going into the second quarter, which was a function of previously held shipments as we finalized quality checks. We worked through that backlog shipping 13,350 cameras approximately in the quarter versus 8,600 in the first quarter. Even with the strong shipments in the quarter we received more new orders for cameras than we shipped leave us again with the backlog at the end of the second quarter of approximately 14,000 cameras. We continue to increase production capacity of cameras and ramp our supply chain in order to be well positioned to fulfill this increasing demand. In July alone we shipped more than 10,000 cameras, which puts us on track for record unit shipments in the third quarter of this year. Annual recurring revenue in the second quarter was $21.1 million, representing a 17% sequential growth from Q1. However we booked more seats that we converted to active paid seats in the quarter so the delta between our booked seats and active paid seats increased in the second quarter versus the first quarter of this year. Included in that delta our camera shipped in last month of the quarter plus sheets relating to the cameras shipped before June where we not start to recognize service revenue yet due to either implementation not being complete yet or contractual milestones, which have not yet been met. Another component of the difference between booked seats and paid active seats are stage deployments. Some customers contract for the cameras to be delivered overtime the full deployment the total shipments are include in the book seats , but the annual recurring revenue only reflects the seats we’re currently recognizing in revenue. We expect strong growth in our annual recurring revenue as we continue to ship cameras on new orders and begin to recognize service revenue of prior shipments. We should see similarly consistent growth in our service revenue and annual recurring revenue overtime. Future contracted revenues at June 30th was $262.8 million, an increase of 30% sequentially from the first quarter, which was driven by the increased bookings, which were made up of both service and hardware components. Gross margin in the second quarter were 63.5% on a consolidated basis compared to 65.8% in the prior year period. The decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by the mixed shift to lower margin video hardware and discounting at some of the initial hardware purchases and multi-year contracts. Sales, general and administrative expenses of $24.4 million in the quarter compared to $14.4 million in the second quarter of last year. The increase is primarily due to increased headcount, variable compensation, increased international travel and consulting expenses. Research and development expenses increased to $6.7 million compared to $5.9 million in the prior year. The increase is almost driven almost entirely by increased headcount in our Axon segment. As expected both SG&A and R&D declined sequentially due to some non-recurring expenses in the first quarter. However, a strong sales and bookings growth will result increase in variable compensation for the year as mentioned on the Q1 call. We’ll continue to invest in our infrastructure to support the growth and expect to see OpEx growth accelerating in the second half of 2016. As a result we’ll likely exceed the upper end of our prior operating expense guidance for the year of $123 million to $128 million by 2% to 3%. We continue to expect full year 2016 bookings to growth to actually exceed our full year operating expense growth as it was the case in the first half of this year. Year-to-date bookings grew 132% compared to 55% increase in operating expenses, which included significant one-time expenses in the first quarter. Our ratio of lifetime value of the customer to the customer acquisition cost in the second quarter increased to 6.2 giving us confidence in our investments continue to be well placed. Income tax expense for the quarter was $2.4 million, yet leaving the company with a 40% tax rate for Q2 although we expect our effective tax rate for the year to still be in the 37% to 39% range. Operating cash flow in the second quarter was $3.2 million, an increase of $5.3 million compared to the second quarter of 2015. This is driven primarily by a change in excess tax benefit from the stock-based compensation, increase in cash from working capital and increased deferred revenue. As a reminder, as the number of TASER 60 deals increase we will see an adverse near-term effect on cash from operations because customers will pay for weapon over five years rather than the entire amount of sell-in. For most TASER 60 customers, weapons revenue will be recognized on sale in and warranty revenue to be recognized over the life of the contract. We believe this is very attractive tradeoff has allowed the agencies to purchase additional weapons and upgrade their weapons on schedule with lower upfront cost, while also increasing the warranty attach rate. On February 26, 2016 our Board of Directors approved the $50 million share repurchase programs, during the three months that ended June 30, 2016 the company purchased approximately 1.3 million common shares under the program for a total cost of approximately $24.8 million for a weighted average cost of $18.92 per share. As of June 30, 2016, $16.2 million remains available under the plan for future purchases and the company will continue to opportunistically repurchase shares under the program. We’re now going to move on to the Q&A portion of the call.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions]. And our first question comes from George Godfrey from CL King. Your line is open please go ahead.
George Godfrey:
Thank you very good afternoon and thank you for taking my questions. Two questions, the first one is looking at the weapons now two quarters where you’ve had really large single deal $6 million last quarter $5 million this quarter. I’m just wondering are you seeing a renewed emphasis on the TASER Weapons we’re all aware recent events, but is the TASER Weapon itself becoming a greater focal point both internationally and here in domestically perhaps relative to what it’s been over the last couple of year? And then I have a follow up on that please.
Rick Smith:
This is Rick. I would say that we are seeing renewed interest and I would say even a more generalized acceptance of TASER Weapons. With LAPD moving to standard issue, I think that was a pretty important event for these larger agencies, in the city of Chicago around Rama Manual [ph] is engaged on this issue and basically said if I remember correctly they are going to make TASERs at least available to every patrol car that’s going on shift. We believe this is moving towards standard issue. I might be a little bit, bias but it seems a little crazy to be sent somebody up in 2016 with a gun and without the best non-legal alternative to prevent them from having to use it. We are also seeing more acceptance in Canada, a few years ago I think there was a lot controversy in Canada. More recently the controversy has been around police shooting where they didn’t have TASERs available. So I think the core technologies has been sort of through the public wedding process. So where it’s now accepted as sort of standard policing equipment and I would say it’s kind of we hope to see continue to expand.
George Godfrey:
Got it. And then my follow-up question is just looking at the Axon service revenue and I know you touched on this a little bit. Sequential growth 4% in Q1, 1% here and the seat count is exploding at 27% plus growth on a sequential basis. How quickly do you think you can get those to converge? And does that mean you need to hire more implementation consulting person or outsource that function?
Dan Behrendt:
George, this is Dan. Yeah, I’d say there is really a couple of things. One is we did ship a lot of the cameras we shipped in Q2 pretty late in the quarter. So that definitely had an impact on the number of seats we are actually recognizing in revenue. So we expect it just a normal sort of floor of recognized in those in the subsequent quarter will happen for those camera shipped late. We do have a number of larger scale deals that typically attach implementation services to it. We continue to ramp up our implementation folks to keep up with that demand and sometimes it’s the city itself that is will work on their schedule. We are trying to make sure we’ve got enough people here and we feel like we are well positioned. I think again some of this is just the backlog as well as shipping 10,000 cameras in July should certainly help that count as well. So we do expect that the seats there included in that ARR to come up pretty sharply in Q3.
Rick Smith:
I would add operationally we do use both internal employees and consultants and we are expanding that network to make sure we’ve got the right infrastructure team to be able to support and not rely entirely on employees.
George Godfrey:
Great, thank you. Nice quarter.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Mark Strouse from JPMorgan. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Mark Strouse:
Hey, guys. Thanks for taking our questions. Can you just talk about the sales process on the video side? Is that shortening at all? I am just kind of curious if all of the recent events and all the really free advertising that you guys have got. If that’s helping educate your customers before you even knocking the door and making the process a bit shorter?
Luke Larson:
It’s a great question Mark. We’ve certainly seen an increased demand and the awareness is at an all-time high. However we have not seen an acceleration in the sales cycle. We still I would say anywhere from 6 to 18 months they have to go get the funding and move it through. So we are seeing very strong demand, but even with the increase we don’t see that accelerating the sales cycle.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. That makes sense. Thank you. And then just a quick one the latest you are hearing on NYPD and if you think the transition and the commissioner will have any impact on that contract? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
So at this point New York City has really specific guidelines for vendors participating in bids, which prevent us from giving any commentary or color on the status. So we really can’t say anything.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, that’s fair enough. Thanks guys.
Luke Larson:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your line is now open, please go ahead.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks, good afternoon. I think you said about $20 million sort of bookings was LA, how many seats was that then?
Luke Larson:
I’m not entirely sure to be honest with you, Steve. We’ll have to take a look at that. With that booking it’s really takes them to sort of full deployment.
Rick Smith:
It should have been around 6,000 cameras and the seats associated with those, and we’ve even some additional non-camera user seats.
Luke Larson:
Yeah I think right around, I’d say between 5,500 and 6,000 roughly.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And how many of those were shipped? I mean roughly in the quarter. I’m trying to get a sense for how many of the 13,000 actually went to LA.
Luke Larson:
Yes. So we’ve started just some initial rollouts, but the bulk of that is going to happen over time.
Steve Dyer:
Yes. Okay, got it. Staying on the body cam side, the video side, have you seen any changes in terms of competition, I know there has been a couple of cities where a competitor has tried throw up the road block here or there. Are you seeing any changes in who you’re seeing in the bake offs and the success?
Luke Larson:
Steve, that’s a great question. We’re certainly seeing a lot of increased competition on the camera side. Our end-to-end solution has really met the market needs. And so, with the major cities, we’re still very confident that we’ve got the only product that really meets the market need.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, got it. And then just lastly, I know you don’t give bookings guidance, but given that you had LA in the second quarter. I’m assuming, we shouldn’t necessarily expect that number to be up again sequentially in Q3?
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah, this is Dan. I think clearly LA is one of those sort of bluebird orders, there is only agency, or a couple of agencies of that size in the country. So I would say that makes for a tough sequential comp. Although, I’d say the overall demand remained strong. But I think it’s been tough to increase at least in the subsequent quarter from this quarter.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, got it. I’ll hop back in queue. Thanks, guys.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions]. Our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty & Company. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Good evening, guys. Congratulations on the strong results. Wanted to just see if I could get an active Evidence.com license number for the second quarter?
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah this is Dan. We’re actually not disclosing that anymore. We’ve kind of moved to the ARR number on a go forward basis.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. But just in terms of -- is there a time waiting associated with that active licenses number how we should be thinking about this? It sounds like a lot of stuff kind of transpired at the very end of the quarter.
Luke Larson:
Yes. I guess, so the only color -- it’s a good question. I think the only I could give is that a pretty significant number of seats that are in that book seats that aren’t in the license count yet or the sort of ARR, and we expect a lot of those to come on in the -- they aren’t start coming on and it will better magnitude in Q3.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And just as a follow-up to that. In terms of that ramp time, right, from winning contract to an active user on or seat on Evidence.com. Is that starting to compress? Are you guys -- the business kind of exploding higher? Are you starting to see efficiencies and compression of the time, or is it some of these contracts are so big, and it’s coming fast and furious that you are not getting that efficiency yet?
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah this is Dan. I would say that it’s really more of a factor of how quickly agencies can roll it out. And that’s -- I don’t know if that’s really sort of efficiency driven more than just that these large deployments might take two, three months from the time we shipped a camera to the time they are deployed and up and running, and we start counting those seats. So I think that, we’re very good at getting people up and running, but depending on how big the agency is, how many pre seats there are, how much training they need, what level of support there maybe a little bit of time from when we ship the camera to when we start recognizing those seats.
Jeremy Hamblin:
And thinking as a follow-up to that point, am I right in thinking that you’re not really starting to accrue that revenue associated with that camera or I should say on the service side of it until they’re actually an active user?
Dan Behrendt:
That'’ correct yeah so we don’t -- so it wouldn’t be in the revenue for the quarter nor would it be in the ARR until that become an active seat.
Jeremy Hamblin:
So as we look at kind of it's thinking about it in a straight line sense as these contracts I know they’re all individual contracts that’s not really the right way to be thinking about it you're getting capturing a lot of this revenue on the backend as you’ve got all the licenses associated with that up and running.
Dan Behrendt:
Let me kind of clarify. So if we add an agency that said hey they want to take 200 cameras every six months for the next two years. Once that first 200 cameras implemented we would start recognizing those at that point. And then we’d add each additional shipping once they became active. So we wouldn’t delay the all 800 cameras in that case until the end, we sort of recognize and readably as they came online and were implemented.
Jeremy Hamblin:
No I guess maybe I was asking more in the service revenue side of it rather than the Camera itself.
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah service would be the same thing. So if an agency said everyone rollout over two years we’d start recognizing the service and the cameras are actually active throughout that rollout period as they became active.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Right, okay thanks for clarifying. Best of luck.
Dan Behrendt:
Alright, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions]. Our next question comes from Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi perhaps I missed it could you explain a little bit better Dan on maybe why the backlog grew this quarter. Is it production issue or just trying to figure out why that number expanded?
Luke Larson:
Yeah I’ll take this one Glenn. We work through a significant part of the backlog that we had in Q1, but the demand has continue to be extremely strong.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. So it’s just -- it’s going to be ramp up in production is there plan for that I guess is there capacity for that?
Luke Larson:
Yeah so during the period we will continue to ramp capacity. And I think our Q2 shipments -- our Q3 shipments will definitely exceeds Q2.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. And then Dan would you comment or maybe Luke also about how to begin to think about expenses for 2017 with the LTV to cap ratio still being so high if it remains at this levels would you continue to invest aggressively in operating expenses?
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah this is Dan, I would say the sort of two things. One I think is that as we add people throughout 2016, 2017 will naturally be higher because you have the full year of expense to the people you added this year. So I think that 2017 will definitely be up regardless. As far as looking at investments we’re making to grow the business, we’ll continue to look at that if the business is continues to expand faster than expectations we’ll continue to add resources to make sure we’re meeting that demand and capturing as much market share as possible.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. Thanks good luck guys.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have follow up from George Godfrey from CL King. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Just one follow-up on Scotland Yard, can you give us any update there on when we would expect to hear any further updates?
Rick Smith:
At this point I don't think we’re going to be issuing further comments on the London Met program.
George Godfrey:
Okay.
Rick Smith:
Although we’re excited about it, but I think we’ve release all the details that we planned at least at this point.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeremy Hamblin from Dougherty & Company. Your line is open, please go ahead .
Jeremy Hamblin :
Hey guys, just a follow-up on operating, thinking about the operating expenses. I think you noted based on the updated guidance that we'd be looking kind of in that $130 million to $132 million range for 2016. As we look forward into ‘17 do you think that you’re kind of in a position now where you're starting to harvest a little more of that spend? Or is the name of the game still we’ve got to win contracts and we need to be as aggressive as possible to win those first contracts internationally in particular, but certainly in the remaining large agencies in the U.S.
Rick Smith:
Yeah that’s a good question. I mean today I don’t think we’re going to get into any specific guidance for next year. But I would say we’re -- this is an issue we’re constantly looking at. It really just comes down to identifying where we believe investments are going to have significant net positive net present value. And while we’re in the -- most of the to be bought I mean the growth we’ve seen here in the U.S. is consistently exceeded our financial plans over the last couple of years. And so we’ve been ramping -- we feel it’s more important that we're agile that we're matching the investments just given the size of what's developing in the market opportunity. We’re seeing similar opportunities now happen internationally. So I would say in terms of direction there is likely to be international ramping as we're starting to see some of the same things that we’ve done in the U.S. now paying off internationally first in the UK now in Australia and we certainly are putting people in additional markets. So again we're not really prepared to give more color at this point in terms of next year’s spending. I'd say we're really -- that’s something that we're managing in real time just given the growth slope of the company.
Jeremy Hamblin :
Okay, great. And then one last question actually coming back to the licensing for a second, what’s the approximate churn rate that you're seen?
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. I would say that most of the deals that we’re booking at this point are multi-year deals, three, four, five year deals. So we haven’t seen a significant number of contracts come up for renewal if you will. As a result we haven’t I would say the churn rate so far has not then meaningful.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. Alright, thanks guys.
Rick Smith:
And one thing I would add to your last question is we do want to assure that we -- our goal here is to build a very profitable sustainable business in the Axon segment over the long-term. While we are in the steep growth curve we do have to -- we are making the right investments but we're fully committed that that is going to be very profitable at scale. Right now our goal is making that scale is large as possible.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from Andrew Uerkwitz from Oppenheimer. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Hey thanks for taking my question. I was just -- I'm trying to understand the bookings conversion to paid seats a little bit better. As my understanding that most of the time you book revenue for EBITDA comp a month after the camera ships except in cases where there are larger deals. If that is the case could you kind of talk about mix between and the camera sales between large agencies and smaller agencies.
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah this is Dan. I would say that even some small agencies will take advantage of implementation services it’s a pretty good value for them because this is again it’s lot of lessons learned from prior customers. So a lot of even small and mid-sized agencies will take advantage of implementation services because it really gets them off on a right foot. So it's not necessarily just the large agency. So we'll contract for implementation services. You’re right any deal that we just ship the camera without implementation we recognize a month later. But deals with implementations those can definitely get delayed a little bit. There is also some of the bigger customers may have some milestones that could cause that to slow up a little bit if there are some specific things we’re looking for on our end. But we do expect it will hopefully we’ll narrow that gap between the contracted sheets and the sheets we’re actually recognizing in Q3 with I think two things will help one is we'll have we’ll catch up on that backlog hopefully this quarter. Secondly with ramp in production and supply chain we’ll be able to ship cameras earlier in the quarter versus in Q2 we ship cameras late in the quarter, which really led to a lot of cameras ship not being in that recognized revenue yet on the service side.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Great. So is it fair to say at this point majority or more than half are taking the services? Or at milestone payments.
Dan Behrendt:
I don't know if I can make a specific comment that that. Let me take a look at that as you preload out the bigger deals almost always do it, but we also have a lot of smaller size to medium size cities. So we'd have to take a look at those as well. Let us do a little research and we'll put something out of that.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Sure, that's fair. And then one last question on the camera backlog included in that number do you include cameras that you know will ship in later quarters, for example, like in LA that's on a schedule. Are those later quarters in that backlog numbers so we should always expect a camera backlog or is that backlog just cameras that need to be shipped out next quarter you’re just trying to ramp production?
Dan Behrendt:
Andrew it's the really the ones that we actually could ship right now and we're could actually ship at the end of June that we had not shipped yet.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Perfect, appreciate it. Thank you gentlemen.
Dan Behrendt:
Sure thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. And our final question comes from Steve Dyer from Craig-Hallum. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Steve Dyer:
Yeah I know you started a shipping a little bit of the fleet in the quarter, when should we sort of expect that revenue to become a little bit more material is that still a ‘16 event or is this still very much trailing?
Luke Larson:
Yeah Steve so we expect to ship our Axon fleet in the coming months, we've got couple of early shipments already, but we expect to see some revenue in Q4 on that.
Steve Dyer:
Alright, great. And then kind of a little talked about area the pulse and the bolt, I mean, you've redesigned that a little bit how are you thinking about that? I mean what are sort of the expectation going forward for those programs?
Rick Smith:
Yeah this is Rick. My expectations are certainly optimistic I think it's a good refresh for and important part of our long-term vision. I'm not sure from the perspective of financial modeling that it’s going to be material at this point. So we’re in the long game in the consumer space. And it’s interesting I read Elon Musk's blog poster earlier this week where he talked about Tesla and how they think about autopilot given the controversy over the one case in Florida where they had Adept. He made an interesting statement based on the moral obligation to continue to push autopilot out there because it's already improving safety when used properly. And I would say that the way I think about the consumer business in some ways is kind of a moral obligation that we keep that business alive. It is small, it's still profitable, it's a small team we've done on it. But we started this business because we are in a country where 35,000 people die of bullet wounds every year. Our goal is to make the bullet obsolete. In order to do that I think we need to not only service the business sector and law enforcement where our primary business is today. But we need to keep the option available for consumers to have a viable alternative to a firemen and I would say that alterative is going to get better and better over the next decade. Got really exciting things in our product technology pipeline. But we need just a conservatism the purpose financial modeling it’s not something we should be moving the needle on at this point.
Steve Dyer:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. I would like to hand the conference back over to management closing remarks at this time.
Rick Smith:
Great, well again thank you everybody for joining us today. 2016 continues to be incredibly strong in all front. Our focus on ensuring the remainder of the year successful as we strengthen our position as the trusted technology solutions provider to the public safety market domestically and internationally. We look forward to updating you on our progress during third quarter earnings call little later this year. So thanks so much have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen thank you for participating in today's conference. This concludes our program. You may all disconnect and have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer, Director and Cofounder
Analysts:
Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Mark Strouse - JP Morgan Jeremy Hamblin - Dougherty & Company George Godfrey - CL King
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to your TASER International, Incorporated first quarter 2016 earnings call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session and instructions will follow at that time. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference may be recorded. I would like to introduce your host for today’s conference, Luke Larson, President of TASER International. Sir, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good afternoon everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s first quarter 2016 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I’m going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO, to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt:
This call is being broadcast on the Internet and is available on the Investor Relations section of the TASER International Web site. Please note that the earnings press release as well as supplemental materials, including our key operating metrics, are available on our Web site. Today, we will open the call with prepared remarks. We’ll follow up the prepared remarks with our standard live question-and-answer session. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions and/or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date in which they’re made, are not guarantees of future performance, and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as other SEC filings our Web site at www.taser.com. And with that, I’ll hand the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO and Founder.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Dan, Luke. Good afternoon, everyone. First quarter results exceeded expectations for both revenue and bookings, reflecting strong performance in our Weapons business and continuing gains in the Axon segment. In fact, we passed an important milestone this quarter. For the first time ever, our Axon bookings of $52 million surpassed our TASER Weapons segment revenue of $46 million. We’re excited to see the years of effort, the significant investments in building this platform paying off for the business that is now booking greater sales than our core business. Operating expenses for the quarter were in line with our expectations, which keeps us on track with our previously discussed outlook on operating expenses for the full year. Luke and Dan will have more on that subject in a moment, but let me speak at a high level in terms of our progress in the period against our longer-term objectives. We continue to execute on our strategic initiatives, including solidifying our market leadership in the Axon and Evidence.com segment, increasing our TASER Weapons penetration and setting up the international business for long-term success. All these initiatives are consistent with our broader vision for the company of offering a comprehensive technology platform to the global law enforcement community. Axon segment revenues grew 51% year-over-year, driven by a more than doubling of service revenue. This growth illustrates the continued interest in the network of devices that we’re building as we connect public safety officers to each other and to their core technology tools. And if the customer response to Axon Body 2 is any indication, we are trending in the right direction. We did extensive voice-of-the-customer research in developing this generation of body camera and that research paid off in yet another camera favored by law enforcement professionals in the market. We shipped over 8,000 cameras in the first quarter and continue to work through the backlog of orders, which we expect to be caught up in the current quarter. With Axon Body 2, we’ve been able to add three more major cities to our Axon ecosystem – Chicago, Minneapolis and Baltimore during the first quarter. We see the largest agencies as being the key drivers to broader adoption. We see the market leaders as being a significant influencer on what on-body camera and, more importantly, what digital evidence management solutions get deployed in any given region. So we’ve been laser focused on winning the biggest agencies on to our platform. 81% of major cities who have deployed on-officer cameras have chosen Axon as their trusted partner. Axon has captured 29 of the 60 US major city police departments using our Axon cameras and Evidence.com with an additional three agencies on our MediaSolv platform. However, only 36 agencies in total have made a purchasing decision to date. We’re also seeing the benefits of the network effects we’ve historically effects by the addition of major prosecutor offices. In fact, the State of Delaware recently standardized on Evidence.com for their statewide information sharing system with digital evidence. Now, we may not win every opportunity, but we’re certainly winning a dominant share as we lead with the best hardware and then offer a service platform no other provider can match. As we continue to build the community around our platform, we’ll only further extend our leadership because we’ve become the entrenched incumbent with even deeper competitive advantages. What I mean by that is we are creating a networked community of users from police officers on the front lines to management within their agencies to third parties in the criminal justice system like prosecutors, city’s attorneys or various federal and state agencies, bringing all together under one unified platform encompassing video capture, smart weapons and general digital evidence management. That is what we’re offering to our end user customers today. And our financial model, which includes both recurring revenue on the hardware and software sides, reflects how law enforcement relies on TASER as a trusted integrated partner increasingly at every step of the way. Our Weapons business had a very strong performance in the period, including a large international order as well as continued performance in upgrading agencies here in the US under our newer smart weapons platform. Internationally, for the second quarter in a row, we had record results. We’ve also made several key hires in our tier one markets and expect to see – to really start seeing traction in international bookings later this year in the Axon business. We’re generating momentum and building advocacy in our target markets for both TASER and Axon. Building beachhead accounts will remain a priority over the coming months and years to capture market share and replicate our successful strategy here in the United States. After the past year in Europe, leading the relationship building effort there, I, along with my family, will relocate back to the United States permanently in September. I’m confident we have the right hires and have an excellent team in place in Europe to manage day-to-day operations. Of course, I’ll continue to contribute to the ongoing development of Europe. However, I can – and additionally, I plan to spend time between now and August focusing on our international teams in key Asian markets. Looking ahead, I’ll continue to lead our team in the development of new technology that extends our valuable platform strategy to set us up to be the dominant market leader in law enforcement technology arena. We will continue to add the right people and resources to our already world-class team, with a disciplined approach. And now, I'm going to turn over to Luke Larson, our President, for additional details on the quarter.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, Rick. The first quarter of 2016 has been about execution and I am extremely proud to share the results of our continued focus. Revenues came in very strong at $55.5 million with international sales contributing a record of $13.1 million to the total. Our other key metrics also showed continued strength within the quarter. Axon and Evidence.com bookings were $52.1 million in the first quarter, yet another record, and an increase of 127% compared to the first quarter of 2015. Annual recurring revenue for the first quarter was $18.1 million, an increase of 8.4% during the period. In the first quarter, we booked approximately 15,800 incremental seats on Evidence.com. That brings our cumulative total booked seats to 75,000 since inception and it’s a growth of 20% sequentially. Operating income in the TASER Weapons segment was 33.5% in the first quarter of 2016, which is lower than the prior quarter and our long-term target, and it’s partially due to the fewer related international sales expenses. Over the near term, we reiterate our expectations that as we build out the international team and gain beachhead accounts, there could be some pressure on these margins. We’ll continue to evaluate future investments to ensure continued operational efficiency. The ratio of the lifetime value of a customer to the customer acquisition cost in the first quarter was 5.1, a continued increase over prior periods. Our focused investments continue to produce incremental bookings growth. As Rick discussed, we believe that the major cities in the US will drive the purchasing decisions for much of the middle tiers of the market and the body-worn camera and digital evidence management space. Therefore, we have focused our sales teams to win these major cities by showcasing our advanced features, the end-to-end workflow of our platform, and our proven ability to successfully implement and support large-scale deployments. We are proud to officially add Chicago, Minneapolis and Baltimore to our platform in the first quarter. Subsequent to March 31, we've also been awarded the pilot in Philadelphia. Out of the total of 69 major cities in the US, 36 have made a decision on body-worn camera deployments. Of the 36, 29 of them have selected our Axon solution. And of the other seven cities, the market is fragmented among three other vendors. There's a lot of noise in the marketplace, but we are focused on continuing to provide a bar-raising platform that makes the decision easy for cities to choose us as their long-term technology partner. We will not let them fail. On the Weapons side, we continue to push deeper penetration into the domestic market, highlighted by CEW purchases in Chicago and San Antonio. Internationally, we are continuing to gain traction in our tier one markets as well as in secondary markets. As stated earlier, international agencies are much more centralized than domestic agencies and, therefore, we will and do expect some lumpiness in international orders. In summary, the first quarter showcased the focused execution of our 2016 strategic plan. Our team is diligently working both internationally and domestically to capture market share in all segments and continue to build out our infrastructure for future growth. We continue to innovate and invest in the development of new products to lead the market and build our pipeline. Dan will now go through our financial update before the Q&A.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you, Luke. Revenues in the first quarter increased 24.1% over the prior year to $55.5 million, driven by a 51% sales increase in the Axon video segment and a 20% increase in the Weapons segment. Bookings also had a very strong quarter, increasing 16.5% sequentially to $52.1 million. International revenues in the quarter were a company record of $13.1 million in sales. This is the second quarter in a row of strong international results. But it’s important to note that we expect continued lumpiness from quarter to quarter internationally due to the procurement patterns and typical deal size in international orders. As we look to the full year 2016 consolidated results and beyond, we continue to be comfortable with the annual consolidated sales CAGR of 15% for the overall business. During the fourth quarter earnings call, we updated the market on our strategic decision to hold shipments on the new Axon Body 2 for final quality checks to ensure product performance at a level that meets our exacting standards. In the first quarter, primarily in the month of March, we worked through the significant portion of the backlog, shipping approximately 8000 Body 2 cameras. Even with the strong shipments in March, we still had a backlog of approximately 9,000 Axon 2 body units at end of the first quarter, but anticipate working through the backlog in the month of May, which is in line with what we discussed on the February call. Annual recurring revenue in the first quarter was $18.1 million, representing growth of 8.4% sequentially. As we worked through the body camera backlog during the first quarter, the majority of the shipments occurred in March. As a reminder, we began service revenue recognition one month after the shipment of the hardware and, therefore, expect significantly stronger growth in our second quarter in recurring revenue. Future contracted revenues in the first quarter were $202.3 million, an increase of 27% sequentially from the fourth quarter, which is driven by our increased bookings and are made up of both service and hardware components. Gross margins in the first quarter were 66.5% on a consolidated basis and are relatively flat compared to the 66.7% in the prior year. Sales, general and administrative expenses increased 70.5% compared to the prior year to $24.8 million. This increase is primarily due to increased headcount, variable compensation, increased travel related to international operations, international trade show expense and consulting expenses. The increases also included approximately $2.5 million of non-recurring expenses related to contractual agreements. Research and development expenses for the first quarter were $6.9 million, an increase of $2.4 million or 52% compared to the prior year. The increase is almost entirely driven by increased headcount in our Axon segment. We continue to expect operating expenses to be in the range of $123 million to $128 million for the full year 2016. However, variable compensation related to sales and customer acquisition targets may push us to the higher end of that range. We expect operating margins in the first half of 2016 to experience more pressure and then improve in the second half of the year. We continue to expect the full year 2016 bookings growth to exceed the full-year operating expense growth as was the case in the first quarter. Income tax expense in the quarter was $1.8 million. The company's effective tax rate was 34.1%. We now expect the effective tax rate for the full year of 2016 to be approximately 35% to 36% for the year versus our prior expectation of 38% to 40% due to an increased contribution from the international segment and then certain discrete beneficial items in the US. Operating cash flow in the first quarter of 2016 was $7.1 million, a decrease of $5.9 million compared to the first quarter of 2015. The decrease was primarily driven by decrease in net income of $3.7 million and a decrease in cash from working capital of $1.5 million, partially offset by the change in excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of $1.7 million. On February 26, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a $50 million share repurchase program. As of May 3, we’ve completed over 50% of the repurchase under a 10b(5) plan. We have repurchased 1.4 million shares for $25.4 million at an average per-share price of $18.57. As a reminder, we’ll be hosting our Analyst Day in New York City on May 16. Space is limited and attendance is by invite only. To those investors and analysts invited, if you have yet to RSVP, please do so. The event will be webcast on our IR website, which is investor.taser.com, so that a broader community will have access to it. We’re now going to move into the question and answer part of the call.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Hi. Thanks for taking the question. I’m really curious about the strength in international. I guess, could you kind of highlight how big that one large international order is? And then, secondly, maybe, Rick, can you describe – is this kind of the normal up-and-down you see in international Weapons or is this somewhat related to some of the work you're doing, travelling around, trying to build those markets up a little bit?
Luke Larson:
Great. Thanks for the question. It was around $6 million order, so it was a big one. I would love to take credit for it, but I really can’t. This was the fruit of some investments that we made several years ago in, frankly, some of our non-tier one markets. The work that I’ve been doing is – I think we’ll start to see that come to fruition next year. These tend to have longer cycle times. I would say, in several markets, we’ve definitely moved from being sort of way behind in markets we’re looking at body cameras, et cetera, to I think moving into a very competitive position. We’ve really put some great people on the ground in Europe, whether it’s in our in our Amsterdam office, new country managers in Italy, and France we’re hiring couple more. So the strength we’re seeing right now, I think, is really related more to some of the investments made a couple of years ago. We, obviously, hope to see the fruits of the new level of investments start to kick in probably next year. And between now and then, it’s going to continue to be a little bit bumpy along the way.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. And can you give us an update on what's happening in the UK while we’re talking about international?
Luke Larson:
Well, we’re feeling great about the UK. We've now won the three largest agencies in the United Kingdom, who’re all on Evidence.com and Axon, which is a big shift to year-and-a-half ago or so. We were starting cold in a market where there was a pretty strong local competitor that has done a pretty good job. And for us to move in and sort of aggressively have the impact that we’ve had. We also have the national rail police on Evidence.com. The next sort of big opportunity in the UK is we really see an opportunity for an upgrade cycle there. We’re still working with the home office to gain approval for the new smart weapons. I say new, in that they will be new in the UK. The UK has a pretty rigorous approval process. We’re hopeful that we’ll – I'm not going to try to prognosticate in which month or quarter it will happen, but we believe there’s some real pent-up demand that we’ll be able to unlock in the UK once we get the new smart weapons through the last stages of the approval process. So we’re feeling really good across both segments of the business in the United Kingdom at this point. And I think we’ve done some good foundational work in Continental Europe that we’ll start to see again probably in the next year.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay, great. Thanks. I’ll hop back in the queue.
Luke Larson:
Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. You next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Good afternoon. And congratulations on the good results.
Luke Larson:
Can you speak up?
Steve Dyer:
Is that better?
Luke Larson:
A little.
Steve Dyer:
Let’s try this. Is that better?
Luke Larson:
Much better.
Steve Dyer:
All right, great. Sorry about that. I was wondering, as you look out into Q2, you obviously had the big order in Q1, any guidance, maybe even directionally, as to how you see things shaking out for Q2 from a top line perspective?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. Steve, this is Dan Behrendt. We certainly had a great first quarter. As you know, the first quarter is typically seasonally weak. So it’s a good base and it’s great to start the year so strongly. Typically, we would see – I think with a strong first quarter, we wouldn’t necessarily expect significant growth from the first quarter because it was exceptionally high. And, again, as we indicated, we had one international order that was roughly 10% of the sales or a little over 10% of the sales for the quarter. So it creates a tough comparison from a sequential basis. So we wouldn’t expect any growth from this at this point.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then, I think you had said you have a backlog or you had a backlog on March 31 of 9,000 of the Body 2s, how many of those did you ship in Q1. I think it was 8,500. Are those numbers right?
Luke Larson:
Yeah. We shipped roughly 8,000 of the Body 2s in Q1.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay. And then last for me and I’ll jump back in the queue. I’m wondering if you could comment a little bit on the video side, just sort of about the pace of deployments. It seems like a lot, at least anecdotally reading. It seems like a lot of departments have kind of made a decision and they kind of run into – whether it's policy or funding or what have you and it ends up sort of delaying things a little bit. Can you talk maybe just anecdotally about the pace of what you're seeing? Thanks.
Luke Larson:
Yeah. So we see the average deal cycle for an Axon is anywhere from 6 to 12 months. And there are some instances where those get caught up in procurement for maybe a quarter or so and we have a high-profile ones that have been even longer. But we see the adoption still is extremely high and we think in the next 2 to 3 years the majority of the top 1,200 are going to move to a body worn camera and a digital evidence management system.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. Okay, thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Mark Strouse from JP Morgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
Hey, guys. Thanks for taking our questions. So just following up on Steve's question there, a lot of media coverage about the LAPD contracts year-to-date. Without getting into details that you're not able to share, just wondering if there's anything that you can share with us regarding the status of that contract.
Luke Larson:
We’re not commenting on that deal specifically, but just in general around some of the noise around sole-source and procurement, we've invested heavily, as you know, in bringing a product to market that’s not just simply a body camera, but an entire workflow solution. About 40% of agencies’ procurements go through a sole-source. And those are generally for items that are unique solutions that aren’t lowest bidder kind of commodity type purchases. Axon and Evidence.com are clearly not a commodity. And that's why we’ve seen the majority of the major cities go with our solution. What I think a really interesting fact is, is out of the 50 – out of the major cities that have purchased us, 50% of those have actually gone out to bid and they still selected our solution. So we’re very proud of the solution we’ve built and we expect more major cities to go with us.
Mark Strouse:
Okay, that’s helpful. Thanks, Luke. And then just a quick follow-up. Any update on the competitive environment? You talked about – you’ve won 29 of the 36 large cities that are out there. The other seven, is there – what have you learned from those losses? Is there a hole in any of your offerings or is it really coming down to price?
Luke Larson:
Again, we don't comment on specific individual deals. I would say, we have seen some losses come back over to us. And I could see that trend happen in the major cities as well. We’ve developed the best solution and that’s why I think we’re seeing the majority of the agencies go with us. Coverage was an issue where we were very concerned about not having coverage. We’ve ramped up our customer-facing teams with a real focus on the major cities and the top 1,200 agencies as well as a robust tele-channel. In addition to that, we've invested heavily to bring to market three really compelling offerings, with a POV camera, our latest body camera, and also announcing a fleet camera. In addition to that, we’re making heavy investments in our software platform with mobile and cloud feature offerings. So we’re certainly not going to win every deal, but we are incredibly well positioned and we have a strong conviction to really win the dominant market position here.
Rick Smith:
Yeah, this is Rick. I’m going to maybe add a little bit more color. Several – I think at least three of those agencies – had made purchasing decisions before we had the Axon Body camera when we only had Flex several years ago, only the head-mounted camera. So a couple of those agencies were driven by the convenience factor of a body camera. So that covers probably half of the agencies that had gone with competitive solutions before we had that. At least one or two of them have gone – frankly, it was an on-premise thing where IT departments decided that they really – how to say this politely, they weren’t going to sort of go with what’s happening in the worldwide trend towards the cloud, but they wanted to stay on-prem and what, frankly, we consider a pretty outdated business model. And the agencies that have done that, the feedback we're getting is that they’re struggling. They’re having a hard time. This is hard stuff to do. And then there’s a couple that frankly – at least two more come to mind where the agency, I think, really wanted to – we felt really good going into it, but sometimes these procurement processes are sort of unpredictable bureaucratic processes that sometimes comes up – which, again, some of the reasons that a lot of agencies do look at the sole-source where something this important, they want to test it and actually control what they're going to purchase, so they get something that’s going to work for them and not sort of turn it over to an unpredictable bureaucracy. And there’s been a couple of those. So I think, in general, when it comes down to the product, we’re winning the deals.
Mark Strouse:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Jeremy Dougherty with Dougherty & Company. Your line is now open.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Thanks, guys. Jeremy Hamblin with Dougherty. Thanks for taking the question. I wanted to ask about the – in the international operations, in thinking about how those contracts are being laid out, negotiated, and the opportunities, do you see the storage side as a solution as any different from the opportunities you're seeing in the US? Is there some greater hesitancy, it appears, from international agencies to have the storage solution be outside of the control of their agency?
Luke Larson:
For sure. There are differences. And I would characterize that, for the most part, the international markets are probably five years behind the US. So sometimes it feels a little bit like Groundhog Day with some customer meeting there and I have the sensation of déjà vu that I had these same meetings with the US agencies five years ago. So there's certainly some more trepidation about the cloud because it’s newer and it just is not as far along in some of those countries. But what’s been really encouraging is, when you sit down and you talk with people through it, in almost every meeting I can think of that I’ve had overseas, the net outcome of the meeting is, wow, yeah, this is the direction we need to go. Now, there might still be – you get the but. This is clearly the direction we need to go, this makes sense, but we need to check and see if we can do it here. A lot of times there's sort of almost these preconceptions that they can’t do it. So we’ve gotten – it’s been a great learning experience where a lot of times these police agencies might have beliefs just because they’ve never done it before, they think they can’t. And so, we’re developing strategies that probably going into a lot of detail here on to help sort of give them concrete sort of analysis and feedback from third-party sources that show they clearly can use the cloud and that there’s real benefits. So I think we’ve made a ton of progress conceptually. Like, in the UK, we’ve got three or four big agencies on the cloud today. And I think we’re going to see some continental agencies starting to deploy on the cloud within the next 12 months. But it certainly – I wouldn’t say that it is fundamentally different other than it’s just further behind where the cloud trend was relative to the US
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. I guess, the one thing I’d add to that potentially is that – one of the things, I think, we feel good about is we’ve engineered the system to be able to be localized both from a language perspective as also where the data is housed. So that sensitivity of getting comfortable with the cloud, the next question is where is this going to be domiciled? We’ve engineered the system’s ability to domicile locally, which I think helps with some of those objections as well.
Luke Larson:
And in fact, it’s been really helpful – the partnership with Microsoft that we announced last year has been really quite helpful because Microsoft has got a pretty extensive set of relationships around the world in enterprises. They’ve got probably the strongest sales team. They’re a thought leader. And their number one priority right now as well as – is helping their customers migrate to the cloud. So that’s lining up nicely for not just us in there at the customer, but they’re seeing us partner with some real industry leadership, and that helps get them comfortable that the cloud is a safe, scalable and it’s the right choice for the future.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Should we then think of initial international orders as being a little bit lower value since the likelihood of initial storage kind of coming with that being lower than what you’re seeing in the US?
Rick Smith:
I would say it’s probably more – it is likely to be probably lower margin on some of these countries when they’re new. Much like when we were in the US, we did some things with, like, Bay Area Rapid Transit and some of our first US customers, getting the first agencies to move, sometimes you’ve got to be really aggressive from a cost perspective. And then as the market matures, the margin will get better. I do think we’re going to see that dynamic take place internationally.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Okay. And then just one additional one. In terms of – we haven’t talked a lot about weapons upgrade cycle. But my sense is, the average age of a TASER weapon deployed out there is six, seven years old. And I think you recommend replacement at about five years. So, one, where do you see the opportunity and how are those discussions going? And then, secondly, are there any new weapons on the horizon?
Rick Smith:
I’ll take the last question because it’s the easiest one to answer, which is, we can't answer about our future products. We’re always investing in future products. We can’t really give you any details. I think your assessment of the age of weapons in the field is actually maybe a little bit understated. I think of the weapons that are on the field today that are not smart weapons, their age is probably up in that seven, eight, nine sort of time frame. So there’s a big upgrade opportunity still out there. And actually we just did something we’re pretty excited about that we think is going to help move the upgrade. And I’ll turn over to Luke.
Luke Larson:
So about 12% of our weapons deals come in through payment programs where they pay for the device. It's not just a book and ship type deal. At the Analyst Day in New York City, we’re going to go into some greater depth on a new program that we just introduced that we’re really excited about. Unfortunately, I'm not going to go into too much more depth on that today, but if you come to the Analyst Day we’re going to be talking through some of our new pricing programs that would move that book and ship business over to more of a subscription model that we are really, really excited about.
Rick Smith:
When I think early customer indication, they’re really excited about it too.
Jeremy Hamblin:
Great. Thanks for taking the questions. I’ll hop back in the queue.
Luke Larson:
Sure, thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Just a follow-up to that. It’s my understanding that some civil asset forfeiture laws, I guess, or monies were not flowing maybe in your Q1. You didn’t seem to be impacted by that. Is that anything that you're concerned about? I don’t know what percentage of your sales you feel like comes from that. But any color would be helpful?
Luke Larson:
Yeah, that is something that we were quite frankly concerned about, which drove some of our thinking around offering more flexible pricing programs. We've actually seen a little bit of a reversal on the state and municipal level. And what we’re hearing from our customers is they don't think that will be an impact to them. At the federal level, there is a much stronger and definitive statement around removing asset forfeiture funds. So it’s something that we’re keeping an eye on. The great thing about our business, though, is, especially for the TASER Weapons and even now the cameras, these have kind of turned into mission-critical devices, and so we’re not currently seeing funding being an issue. But it's something that we’re keeping an eye on and we want to offer the customers flexible pricing program, so they can get these mission-critical items.
Steve Dyer:
Got it. And then just back – Rick, you had indicated – I think that you said the top three departments in the UK were all on Evidence.com. Presumably, the London Met is one of those. I don't know how much you can comment on sort of what they've decided on a bigger rollout, but anything would be helpful there. Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Yeah. I’m not really in a position to provide any more color on London Met. They are one of the big ones. They are the biggest and I think we have a really solid working relationship with London. But that’s about all I can say on it at this point. We’re helping to get their plans in place to deploy those 22,000 cameras.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of George Godfrey from CLK. Your line is now open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Good evening. I was just looking at the operating metrics page. I just want to make sure I understand. The annual service revenue, recurring piece, $18.1 million, that’s based on the active seat count that you have, am I right?
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. Yeah, the annual recurring revenue, yeah, would be based on the active seat count at the end of the quarter.
George Godfrey:
Okay. Which you don't disclose now? We’d look at the total seats booked, but not the active, correct?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s correct.
George Godfrey:
Okay. If I look at the total value for the customer acquisition cost, I see it’s $5.1 million versus $3.5 million a year ago. Can you help me breakdown the math on how you get to that, the roughly 40%, 50% increase in the value?
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. I think a lot of that is really just driven by the fact that we’ve really seen a dramatic increase in the number of new seats booked each quarter. So even though we’re continuing to invest heavily in sales and marketing, the growth in the seats is really growing very quickly and that’s actually allowing us to have that customer acquisition cost stay relatively low even with the higher spend. And that’s why we continue to see that metric go up even with the higher spending.
George Godfrey:
Okay. What do you assume for the lifetime length of a customer? Is that indefinitely?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. So, basically, it is an indefinite life. We do have a – we basically plug in an annual attrition rate, even though, for the most part, most of our deals are multi-year deals and we won’t see any attrition for three or five years. But we do have – we basically have an annual attrition rate that we plug in today.
George Godfrey:
Okay, thank you. And then on the London Met deal, when the camera deal was announced, details were thought to be coming soon. But how much is it that you can work with them to get them over whatever their hurdles are or is it something that they just have to deal with and get comfortable with on their own and then they come back to you?
Rick Smith:
They are an enormous agency in terms of the scale. And I’d say it’s largely internal planning, logistics. I’ve sat in some of the meetings where they're planning this rollout. It’s a big logistical lift for them. So I’d say it’s primarily internal process.
George Godfrey:
Okay, that’s it. Thank you very much.
Luke Larson:
Thank you.
Operator:
At this time, I’m showing no further questions. I would like to turn the call over to Rick Smith, CEO of TASER, for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Well, everybody, I’d like to thank you for your time here with us today. 2016 is off to a solid beginning and we’re focused on ensuring the remainder of the year is as successful with our Axon market domination and our international expansion. We look forward to discussing our long-term trajectory of the business in greater detail at our upcoming Analyst Day in New York and we hope to see you all there.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your participation in today's conference. This does conclude the program. You may all disconnect. Everyone, have a great day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Rick Smith - CEO Dan Behrendt - CFO
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Greg McKinley - Dougherty & Co. Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Allen Klee - Sidoti George Godfrey - CL King
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen and welcome to the Q4 2015 TASER International Inc. Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, there will be a question-and-answer session and instructions will follow at that time. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. Now I would like to hand the conference over to Luke Larson, President of TASER International. Sir, you have the floor.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International's fourth quarter 2015 earnings conference call. Before we get started I'm going to turn over the call to Dan Behrendt, our CFO to read the Safe Harbor Statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. Statements made on today's call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements information is based on current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press releases we issued today and in greater detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 under the caption Risk Factors. You may find these filings as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. And \with that, I will turn back the call over to Rick Smith, our CEO.
Rick Smith:
Good morning and thank you, Dan. What a year. We're proud to yet again be able to share with our results for the fourth quarter and the full year of 2015. Fourth quarter results exceeded expectations for both revenue and profitability and demonstrated progress on multiple fronts towards solidifying our market leadership position in the Axon and Evidence.com segment, increasing our TASER weapons penetration and encouraging the upgrade cycle domestically in the weapons segment, while setting up the company for long-term success internationally as well as domestically. Looking to 2016, I continue to focus our team on the most important goals. First, extending our hardware and software platform with additional products and services, that create more value to the integrated whole. Examples of this strategy include Axon Fleet, our pod connected in-car video system launching in 2016 and the new video forensic products available through our partnership with Amped. These products add value to our entire ecosystem with each element creating a whole solution more valuable to our customers than each product would as a standalone. Second, focusing on services that create high value network effects for our users such as sharing and interagency collaboration tools and third, extending our customer intimacy to global markets. The real key to our success over the years has been that we have a unique understanding of law enforcement's challenges and we have the ability to translate those challenges into distinctly valuable technology solutions. We're continuing to invest in people and focus, including me personally spending a lot of time overseas to build these relationships around the globe. In only two years, we went from having zero presence in the body-worn camera market in the United Kingdom and the [digital] management market in the United Kingdom and in two years we've gone from no presence to becoming the market leader being selected by the largest and most influential agencies. The body-worn camera market is developing rapidly in many countries and we're now active contenders in several key markets where previously we were not on the radar even just a few years back. I am truly excited and optimistic about the trajectory that TASER is on today and going into 2016. We're executing very well across the organization, which is now truly multifaceted. We're continuing to add the right people and resources. We've built a truly world-class team. We're focused on maintaining a disciplined approach to our investments in the next year. Even as we increase our operating expenses to grow the business next year, we expect that our bookings growth will exceed our operating expense growth in 2016. This is a very positive indicator of the traction we're generating from our growth initiatives and the return on investment that we're realizing from prior spend. The energy and pace of innovation is the highest that's ever seen in our company's history. I look forward to our team updating you on our Q1 progress in April as well as in person at our next Analyst Day, which we're excited to hold in New York City this May. I am now going to hand the call over to Luke, our President, who will go through an operational update.
Luke Larson:
Thanks Rick. 2015 was a very strong year for the company. In review, we grew the topline over 20% to record levels. We announced three revolutionary products, introduced partnerships with Microsoft, Ambarella, Amped. We acquired our British distributor, grew our major city Axon count to 30 and set the international business up for success with country managers, infrastructure and the strategic relationships to hit the ground running. Our key metrics have also continued to show strength in the period. I’m going to go over this. Axon and Evidence.com bookings were $44.7 million in the fourth quarter, an increase of 82% compared to fourth quarter of 2014 and a quarterly record for the company. LTV to CAC in the fourth quarter was 4.3. We're very pleased with the return on our investment in customer facing roles and marketing efforts this quarter. As a reminder, our calculation for the lifetime value of a customer is based on a blended hardware and software gross margin figure rather than sales. Operating income in the TASER weapon segment was 37.4% in the fourth quarter while there will be some near-term pressure on this metric as we invest internationally, we remain very pleased with the fourth quarter results. We benefited this quarter from strong revenue in this segment and continue to evaluate investments to ensure continued operational efficiency. Dan will cover our other key metrics including ARPU and future contracted revenue in his section. We're providing some additional guidance on our increased investments and operating expenses in 2016 that Dan will go through in a moment. We're excited by investments and believe they're a well placed benchmark to our LTV to CAC ratio, our bookings, which we expect to grow faster than our operating expenses and overall return analysis. In the fourth quarter we made a strategic decision to delay shipments of Axon Body 2, our reputation for quality products is paramount and we employed the necessary discipline to ensure that this product met TASER's high quality standards before we began shipping units. As a result, shipments that were expected to go out in the fourth quarter were delayed as we work through final quality checks and compliance testing. We're excited to have begun shipping units in Q1 and expect to be through a heavy backlog in the early part of the second quarter. Internationally, we're continuing to set the business up for long-term success and have also seen near-term success with a record $12.1 million in the international revenues in the fourth quarter. We feel this is an early sign that our international investments are paying off. We've hired country managers in our Tier 1 target countries and regions. They're focused on capturing beachhead accounts similar to how we built the early U.S. market where we moved aggressively to get their early large adopters on our platform to service as important reference accounts. We expect near-term that the international Axon deals will come at lower margins as we build those reference accounts. Over time similar to what we experienced in the U.S. we expect that the next phase of adoptions will be at higher margins. While the international business will always be lumpier than the domestic business in the near term due to the centralized purchasing that is typical and broad, we're pleased with the fourth quarter results and will continue to invest based on these types of positive indicators for long-term growth, To calibrate the magnitude of the difference of centralized purchasing international versus domestically the U.K. has 43 law enforcement agencies while the U.S. with 5X of population has over 18,000 purchasing agencies. Operationally, in 2016 I’m working with the entire team to continue to execute at our highest levels. We're focused on maintaining organizational excellence as we continue to grow quickly. In 2015 we hired over 130 professionals and now have six offices in four countries. We're ensuring that we effectively on-board, train and integrate each of these individuals to ensure that we maintain our high bar of excellence across the organization. Part of operational excellence is the diligence to continually evaluate the ROI of our investments. While there have been and will be near-term pressures on margins, we remain focused on growing the Axon and international businesses into profit engines. We'll also continue to push deeper adoption and faster upgrades of weapons domestically. There is still significant white space in terms of officer account. We've sold weapons to more than 17,000 out of 18,000 agencies in the U.S. There are nearly one third of the total patrol officers in the U.S. that do not carry a TASER weapon today. This is further highlighted by some of the high profile incidents that we've seen recently across the country. We want to close that gap and make TASER weapon standard issue for all officers in the U.S. through our officer and agency education and programs such as the Standard Issue Grant. For officers who already have a TASER weapon, we want to ensure that they upgrade to one of our next generation smart weapons. We also believe that there can be synergies between the Axon Platform in TASER weapons. The mystery of why a weapon is used by an officer eliminated by the deployment of an Axon on officer camera. The combination of innovative hardware and software differentiates TASER in the market as we solidify our standing as a fully integrated platform services provider for law enforcement. Finally, we'll be relentless in our pursuit of capturing Axon and Evidence.com market share. We're winning the vast majority of deals in the marketplace today due to our unparalleled end-to-end software platform. In fact, due to our success, we've seen our competitors take desperate actions, but as we've indicated, their claims are without merit. We will continue to add sales reps in narrow territories to ensure we are in front of every single agency that is making a purchasing decision. We will refine marketing strategies and measure their relative success in building pipeline and generating leads. We will continue to add innovative products and services to our platform to ensure our offering remains unparallel and we will remain competitive in each and every process as we know our offering is the best for our customers and therefore it is a long-term partnership that we're entering with each customer. Looking into 2016, I am personally really excited about our new product introductions. We launched our Axon Body 2 camera, which has tremendous response for overall user experience and it's advanced features. Later this year, we will launch our in-car camera system, which we believe will disrupt the market. We had numerous other products in the pipeline that are progressing very well, which I look forward to announcing later in the year. We will continue to add differentiating features to our software platform that not only add value for our existing customers, but also makes our products increasingly more attractive for new customers. Dan will now go through our financial update before the Q&A.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you, Luke. As indicated, revenues in the fourth quarter increased 19.7% over the prior year to $56 million, another company record. Bookings also had a very strong quarter, increasing 21% sequentially to $44.7 million. For the full year, revenues came in at $197.9 million, an increase of 20.3% compared to the prior year and bookings for the full year of 2015 were $135.1 million, an increase of 136.7% compared to the full year of 2014. Investors should remember that the first and third quarters are typically our weakest quarters due to the seasonality around this full budget cycles and as a result, typical Q1 revenues are lower sequentially by 5% to 10% when compared to the fourth quarter. In reviewing the fourth quarter product line sales, it is notable that on officer camera units in both body and flex were both down sequentially and year-over-year. This is due to the fact that we delayed shipments on the Axon Body 2, the new camera we announced in October, which has received outstanding reception from our customers due to advanced features, including a Wi-Fi offload and high definition recording. As Luke discussed, in the fourth quarter we made a strategic decision to hold shipments of the Axon Body 2 as we work through final quality checks to meet TASER's high standards. We've begun shipping units in Q1 and expect it through the heavy backlog in the early part of the second quarter. On the Flex unit side, we had a large number of bookings at the very end of the quarter, which didn't ship by the time we finished out the year. Between our Body and Flex products in Q4, we finished the year with 7500 cameras in our backlog to ship. Service revenues also had a very notable sequential increase in the fourth quarter of $1.6 million, coming in 50% higher than Q3. As we previously mentioned, some of the contracts include implementation services that delay revenue recognition until they're complete. In the fourth quarter, professional services team really delivered and caught up on the backlog of pending implementations. As such, within the fourth quarter, there is approximately $900,000 of service revenue catch up that will not repeat in subsequent quarters. Normalized service revenue will continue to grow based on new users that we add into our ecosystem. We added 12,900 active paid sheets to our Axon platform in Q4, which is significantly more than the 5,000 cameras we shipped in the quarter. This was due to our lag between shipping and C revenue recognition as well as the backlog of cameras at yearend. Out strong, continued user growth continues to increase our annual recurring revenue, which at the end of December is over $16 million. Gross margins in the fourth quarter were 65.8% on a consolidated basis compared to 58.6% in the prior year. The improvement in gross margin was marginally driven by the increase in smart weapon sales volumes, which have a better margin profile than the Axon hardware as well as the service revenue catch-up within the period. The prior period also had reserves taken for obsolete inventory related to the end of life for the X26E as well as the excess inventory related to raw component shortage for the Axon hardware. Sales, general and administrative expenses increased 51% compared to the prior year to $21.9 million. This increase is primarily due to increased headcount, variable commissions and compensation and increased investment in both the ICP and international trade shows. Research and development expenses in the fourth quarter were $6.5 million, an increase of $2.6 million or 62.9% compared to the prior year. The increase is driven almost entirely by increased headcount in our Axon segment. We're still working at building out the world-class software development, hardware engineering and product management teams to ensure that our capabilities to build the preeminent law enforce technology platform are unparalleled in the market. As we look to the full year 2016, we'll continue to invest in opportunities as appropriate. We’re being diligent in evaluating the returns, current or future of these investments and are quarterly making operational decisions based on these analyses. For example we've recently discontinued direct investments in Brazil as a traction in that marketplace could not justify continued investment by TASER. We anticipate that total operating expenses in 2016 to range between $123 million to $128 million between SG&A and R&D combined. The increase in operating expense was primarily due to increased headcount, which includes the full year impact of 2015 hires as well as our expected 2016 hires. Approximately 40% of the 2016 headcount ads are customer facing, 30% are research and development and the remainder are expected to be in administrative and operational support roles. We anticipate the first half of 2016 to see greater operating margin pressures than the second half of 2016 as many of the new roles added don’t have an immediate ROI. As Rick said earlier in the call, it is important to note that we expect bookings growth to exceed operation and expense growth in 2016. The way we calibrate the spend in our Axon business to get a sense of the financial help in Axon segment is to compare our spend to our bookings each quarter. This gives us confidence that as our investments in the period are appropriate to the current levels of bookings. Further if we can grow bookings at a rate similar or greater than the operating expenses the Axon business will be very profitable at scale. As Luke mentioned earlier, our LTV to CAC in the fourth quarter was $4.3 million. This means for every dollar we invest in customer acquisition, we get $4.3 million of gross margin over the life of the customer. Income tax expense for the quarter was $3.4 million. The company’s effective tax rate for 2015 was 43.6% due to the lack of profitability and the new TASER international BV Subsidiary located in Netherlands that was really resulted from some manufacturing delays, some start-up cost and increased expenses to grow the international business that we undertook in 2015. We do expect the effective tax rate to come back down to more traditional 38% to 40% range in 2016 with the effective tax rate coming down -- continue to come down as the operating account for the international business increases over time. Operating cash flow in the fourth quarter of 2015 was $16.1 million, an increase of $3.3 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. The increase was primarily driven by the change in deferred income taxes at $8.1 million offset by a decrease in cash from working capital changes of $6.6 million. The change in cash and working capital changes was due to a decrease in inventory offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and accounts payable. As we announced on this morning’s earnings announcement, on Friday, February 26, the Board of Directors approved a $50 million share repurchase plan. As we noted in the supplemental materials there is significant sequential increase in average revenue per user. Keeping our methodology consistent, the fourth quarter ARPU was $44. In Q4 there was approximately $0.9 million one-time adjustments to service revenue our officials skewing this metrics higher. Because of the revenue catch-ups that occur in the quarter from implementation completions that could vary widely, we believe that ARPU is not an accurate measure to track the growth and success with the Axon software platform. Rather the metric, which does accurately reflect both the growth in users and revenue per user, is annual recurring revenue. At the end of Q4, our annual recurring revenue was $16.7 million. This is up from $12 million at the end of Q3. Please see our supplemental statistics dashboard for our quarterly results for the full year of 2015 as well as our calculation methodology. Going forward we'll continue to provide annual recurring revenue metric as a replacement for ARPU as part of our key metrics in 2016. Future contracted revenue grew to $159 million in the fourth quarter, representing a sequential growth of nearly 30% from the third quarter of 2015. This metric grew faster than bookings because of our increase in backlog that we mentioned earlier. Lastly before going to Q&A, there are a few administrative items I would like to update investors about. First, while we'll continue at our discretion to announce large otherwise material orders individually, we're no longer going to be doing the monthly wrap-up or the press release. We create the monthly press releases have over time to claim in value and do not necessarily reflect the health of the business. Second, and keeping with the goal to provide the best set of metrics there consistent with how we operate and manage the business, we'll no longer be providing attachment rate, ARPU, active pay sheets and future billings each quarter going forward starting with the fourth quarter of the last time we report those metrics. Thirdly, and starting with the first quarter of 2016 earnings release, we're going to start releasing earnings and hosting the call after market hours rather than pre market and finally as Rick said earlier, we'll be hosting an Analyst Day in New York in May, which will provide us with an opportunity to discuss our long-term objectives for the business. This event will be webcast. The details will be forthcoming by the Analyst investors. We're now going to move to the Q&A portion of the call. We’re going to take two questions from each person in the queue for the first round of questions to ensure everyone has a chance to ask questions and should you have additional questions, please hop back in the queue. And with that, I'll turn it over to the operator to set up the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Mark Strouse of JPMorgan. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Mark Strouse:
Good morning. Thanks for taking our questions. Congrats on the results. Just touching on the international business, can you just talk about the strength in 4Q? Is that concentrated in one or two particular countries? And then Rick, if you could just give a quick update on your plans for the year, I think you had over the last couple of quarters you had talked about the regions you would be visiting over time. I just wanted to see if there is an update on that?
Rick Smith:
Dan, do you want to talk about the distribution of international order and then I'll take the second part?
Dan Behrendt:
Yeah, we’ll continue to see really strong results in Canada as well as Europe, but really we saw at in almost every region in the fourth quarter. We had some strong sales coming out of Asia with our Australia, New Zealand as well as the other Asian countries that we have strong sales into. We're strong, Europe was strong in the fourth quarter and we saw strong quarter with Canada as well. So it was across lots of markets. We are starting to see the heavy investments we're making in some of the Tier 1 market pay off. So we're encouraged by the Q4 results.
Rick Smith:
And then in terms of my efforts as you know and focused for the last six months or so on Europe, I'll still will be focusing Europe in the next several months and then over the summer, I'll be spending some time in Asia. I don’t know that I want to go into too much detail in terms of actual country focus because we've got lot of people trying to compete with us and follow us around the globe. So I don't want to give a roadmap of everywhere we're going to be, but I’m finding it's been pretty remarkable how spending time aboard you just end up building much better and deeper relationships then you do when you pop in for a weak of sales calls and then at home. In fact some of the other executives have started to spend little more time aboard and we're actually looking at how can system tie with us, so when I come back to the U.S. we start to cycle some other people out. I think it's just important to continue to inject the international customer relationships into our bloodstream at TASER and its going to be something we're going to want to operationalize and continue long after I am back from the extended trip.
Mark Strouse:
Got it. And then just one follow-up if I could. I think I seem to ask this every quarter, so I apologize. I still get quite a few questions about just competitive environment. So I just wanted to see since the last time -- last earnings call, there has been any lengthening of the sales cycle or any significant change in those dynamics.
Luke Larson:
Yeah, this is Luke, I'll take that one. We've certainly an increase in body-worn camera competitors. We're still winning the vast majority of deals, especially in major cities and agencies that have over a 100-plus officers where the majority of the market is. And we credit that due to our work flow approach. So we believe the camera is just the tip of the iceberg and what really sets us apart in the market is that we solve the workflow from end to end. One other miss perception is we've seen some larger competitors come into the space. And I think if you were to do a channel check and talk with the agencies in law enforcement, TASERs brand is really unparalleled and when you talk to the agencies, they really value our very customer driven product design focus as well as the service and support that we provide. So we still feel very confident in the marketplace today from a comparative standpoint.
Mark Strouse:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum Capital. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Steve Dyer:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for taking my question. Curious as to your early comments what you're seeing on Axon fleet, the new looking product obviously it seems like the price is right. Maybe a little bit more clarity as to when that will start shipping and what you're hearing from departments in the early days?
Rick Smith:
Yes, so we announced Axon fleet at this year's ICP due to the relatively long sales cycles. In law enforcement we tend to find that doing a pre-announcement helps our sales team build the channel before we actually start shipping. We intend to ship that in the back half of the year. Without giving away too much, I would say the response has been very positive and as these agencies move to this kind of end to end workflow on the Axon platform, the notion of adding really disruptive low price hardware with really powerful cloud based features has been very well received.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I would like to add on to that. This is Rick of course. When I was at ICP, I had the opportunity to meet with the heads of the State controls and that's really a market segment where in-cars is frankly pretty important because most of what they do is state patrols is in front of the vehicle. I would say historically, we've not performed super well in the state patrols with body cameras because body cameras are just seen as secondary to in-car and I would tell you there was a very enthusiastic reaction from a number of the different state patrols. One of the analogies we used in terms of how we're approaching the market is effectively by bringing a very connected, a cloud connected small piece of hardware into the vehicle where we're plating these big multi-component systems where you install it once and then as things break, they're very expensive to fix and maintain. So at a disruptive price point, we believe we can bring far more capabilities by getting in place a system that is upgraded through software within 30 days. So there is quite a bit of excitement. I need to temper myself because you know we're not shipping it yet and until the product is out with customers in mass, you don't want to get too excited. But I think it can be a game changer for us in the state patrols and I think it's further building the value of our total ecosystem to be able to have a cloud connected disruptively priced in-car video system.
Steve Dyer:
Great. Thanks. And then just as it relates to the weapons, obviously a very strong quarter; do you still see that as a high single digit type grower over time? Is that still the right way to think about it despite the really strong quarter in the traction internationally?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, this is Dan. Yes, I think overall I think between price and volume and the ability for the international business to continue to -- there is lot of -- as you know, a lot of wide space internationally. I think the weapons business is certainly a single digit grower. Going forward we feel, overall we still feel like we've got a 15% CAGR business as we feel comfortable and so I think it's -- certainly the weapons is a part of that -- part of that growth.
Steve Dyer:
All right. I'll hop back in queue. Thanks Rick.
Rick Smith:
All right. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Greg McKinley with Dougherty. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Greg McKinley:
Yes. Thank you. So just maybe some questions on investments back into the business in 2016. Maybe can you help us understand where you what are the biggest areas of investment for '16 and is that different at all or new initiatives at all from what you've invested in the last year too?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would say in 2015, the three key areas that we invested in were sales, engineering and international. Moving into 2016, I think our domestic investments are going to slow down on the sales side relative to the investments we're making in international and engineering and we expect to see the ability to have some leverage in the model as our coverage increases and we can now use the same sales rep to cover multiple product line.
Greg McKinley:
Okay. Great. Thank you. And in particular from a sales and engineering standpoint, are most of these I am assuming are recurring in the video business and I don't know if there is any I don't know, metrics or headcount or anything like that you could share with us just to give us a sense of the order of the magnitude of the growth investments in that business?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, this is Dan, Greg. I would say overall yes, I think a lot of it is in the video business. So internationally the people we're hiring will be really to drive both the weapons part of the business as well as the Axon part of the business. So those folks tend to be across -- we're hiring people that really are capable of selling both products that we don't always need two sales teams like we're done in the U.S. So there will be some leverage going out of those resources over time. I think overall, as we said earlier, the bookings growth in 2016 will be higher than the operating expense growth and therefore we think we're calibrating this correctly and getting the right people in place and you're going to continue to see a good ROI on those investments over time.
Greg McKinley:
Very good. Thank you. And then my second question would be, can you just remind us a little bit, you're making some disclosure changes going forward, maybe just highlight those again and the rational for what about the -- what about the business do you feel is better described to investors with your new disclosure practices versus the old ones?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, this is Dan. I would say the biggest changes we're replacing ARPU with annual recurring revenue. We just think that -- we've been tracking a number of these metrics and really as you know, we've been really transparent with the market, but some of these metrics as we've looked through 2015, we're really said look like in the case of the ARPU because of the noise in the quarterly revenue with these catch-ups, it's had this impact on the ARPU each quarter. And again with the fourth quarter's 44 -- over $44 for the quarter, which is not something we want to keep the model on. So we said, look what's a better metric and really as we've measured things internally, we said ARR is a better metric to measure both the user growth and revenue growth for that business over time. That's probably the biggest change. We're not really going to disclose the traction rate going forward. That's been pretty consistent. So we don't really think there is a lot of meaning in that. And then, we're going to go to really just the total book sheets and again because of the timing of when we start recognizing these sheets, we think having the total sheets that we've sold is probably more meaningful than the exact number of sheets that we have on the platform at a point in time because that backlog of sheets is eventually going to be the number and we would rather just disclose the total sheets that we've sold versus the exact number at that point in time in the quarter.
Greg McKinley:
Okay. Thank you.
Dan Behrendt:
Sure Greg.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson with Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Glenn Mattson:
Yes, Dan maybe you talked about the international by region. Can you say the breakdown of international video versus weapons, which was more important there? And then also the X2 had a great quarter, was there one big international shipment there or anything like that?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, so on the X2, there was definitely some international to help drive that in the quarter. So it's been a strong product for us, especially international because you don't have -- lots of times, these are early adopters in the company. So I have a training component of having to train our new weapon platform. You don't have that same headwind that you do in the U.S. where somebody is using a single shot weapon and he used to get pretty trained for the two-shot weapon. So that helps a little bit internationally. As far as the sales, we're seeing sales in both products internally. We see opportunities for both product lines, both segments of the business internally. And as I said earlier, I think that one of the things we're doing is we're building up teams that are really capable of selling both segments. So we can leverage those costs on a go-forward basis.
Luke Larson:
Yes, I would just add one thing that we're seeing internationally is the customer's approaches about video cameras and then that opens up a discussion about the TASER devices as well, which we've not previously seen. So I think there is going to be a lot of channel synergy across the two products.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Great. Thanks. And then just a second question on the confidence for the bookings growth in 2016. Can you give us just little more color as to where that confidence derives from?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. We see a lot of our early adopter customers who've made purchases in the 50 to 100 units that will now be making larger deployments in 2016. We also are starting to see some regional effects where you may have a couple major cities or leading cities in metropolitan areas and the surrounding areas due to network effects in sharing, see the benefit of the platform. So we feel really confident about our bookings target for next year.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. Great. Thanks.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Allen Klee with Sidoti. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Allen Klee:
Good morning. First question on -- you mentioned that some of the -- the Axon Body 2 cameras were delayed from Q2 to -- I am sorry, Q4 to next quarter. Can you give any sense of the magnitude of that?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, in Q4 we did ship some early try units, which is pretty standard when we're doing a production launch. Between our Flex and Body 2 products, we have a backlog of over 8,000 units. We've been working through this backlog and I expect to be caught up in the second quarter. As we mentioned earlier, the backlog of Flex cameras was due to the bookings at end of the quarter.
Allen Klee:
Great. Okay. And then can you comment if there has been any issues with -- on international accepting -- using your storage in terms of where the product is actually stored and if that has been an issue, has it been elevated?
Rick Smith:
Yeah, let me take that one. I can tell you it absolutely is an issue. Just like it was in the United States, we first started this venture five years ago. The reaction of our customers was there is no way that we’re going to wear our camera and there is no way that we can put our data in the hands of a private company. We saw that absolutely slip in the U.S. where body cameras now when you talk at least to users they're saying, every officer is going to be wearing a camera in the near future and obviously we've seen Evidence.com really become a standard where every major agency we've sold is going on Evidence.com. Now we have that one or two agencies where there are still this religious -- we want to build it and we run it ourselves. Even in the U.S. we've seen a couple of those. Internationally I’d say, the international space is where the U.S. was five years ago. When I first showed up in Europe six months ago, the general feeling was that it was a real uphill battle, up at the cloud. We're now seeing that sentiment shift and luckily it's because police or people too I hate to over-simplify, but when I sit with the Head of an International Police Agency, I look at what phone they're carrying and we talk about how is your email experience? You have personnel email right? Yes, and you're probably storing some pretty valuable personal information on those emails right? Or your online banking, there are so many analogues to how internet connected businesses have made our lives better as a consumer that immediately resonates. And then we start to turn to things like security and other issues where once they take the time to dig in, it start to realize the impact the cloud outperforms what an agency can typically do on their own internally. In fact they're just number one customer and we're talking about this is the customer that’s considering and they're still considering whether to build on camera and the cloud and that same customer told me that they're running Windows 2000 on all their laptops. And we then -- we both kind of chuckled and said, well that's sort of an example of how hard it is to keep up with technology when you're running it yourself and you’ve got to do it an environment where you've got these incredibly bureaucratic purchasing requirements, why wouldn’t you want to outsource that to someone that does technology for a living and is able to always make sure you're updated and up to speed with the latest security patches and technology. So, it’s a bit of a long story, but I’m having a sense of déjà vu to where things were in the state years ago, but we’re early in the process. I think we’ve got the U.K. pretty comfortable. At most of the agencies in the U.K. are now getting comfortable and with Microsoft putting an amateur instance in the United Kingdom and it's helping our partnership with [Amped] having instances in other areas of the EU and other international segment is helping. But I would say -- we're still in the early innings, which is something I actually really like because I think TASER is there as a thought partner and we're helping to share the thinking that it's driving our customers to help them see the advantages of this cloud approach. So I’m actually delighted that the international markets is where it's at where we have the opportunity to come in be the thought partner that helps to move these customers into a cloud model. So it’s an exciting time for us. Certainly there is a lot of work to be done and we’re not going to win every account to the cloud. But I think over time the underlying economics and technology advantages of our cloud model are overwhelming. That’s why the cloud connected business models tend to dominate in just about every other market segment where they've effectively entered. We believe all those advantages accrue to us and we’ve liking the first mover, but it is going to take some time to get the international space to where the U.S. is now where you just see big agency after big agency hop in on the cloud.
Allen Klee:
Okay. Thank you. Very helpful.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of George Godfrey with C.L. King. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Two questions, the first one is can you give us an update on the financial metrics or any other details on the London met deal and perhaps where we stand on the New York City? I know they upsize their trial role out there. I just want to get -- see if you can provide an update? And then second question is just the tax rate, you said it comes down; it was 38% roughly in the '14, then 43% this year. Is it somewhere in that range below 43%, but above 38% or is 38% a good metric for tax rate? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Well Dan, why don't you go and take that last and then I will go -- take the tax one.
Dan Behrendt:
Okay. Yeah so on the tax rate yeah we expect the 2016 tax rate to be between 38% and 40% to get to back to more normalized rate for 2016.
George Godfrey:
Great, Thank you. Got it.
Rick Smith:
And let me talk a little bit about the -- there has been a ton of news flow in the marketplace for sure. These large agencies do tend to -- they've got good -- it's like turning a battleship that some folks would say. So, we’re still in process with them finalizing the terms of the deal and there is really not much more we can share at this time. Similarly with the NYPD, there is pretty stringent guidelines than any of the vendors that are participating in their bid processes. Can’t comment on it and so we’re really in addition to our normal practices of not commenting until we have something really solid to comment. We have to be particularly respectful of the requirements of the process there. So we at this point can’t share any additional details on those two accounts. We don’t -- we actually don't anticipate sharing further details on an account by account basis, which is in line with our general policy of not disclosing individuals deals, but you'll see that I am showing up in our quarterly numbers as those mature into -- from being selective into an prudential order and of course in New York, they’ve not yet made a selection.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, and I would just add, we don’t really think about the margins on a deal-by-deal basis. We do look at that from a market perspective and I talked a little bit about my section how we think about going after these markets and we want to create a healthy margin business and we believe getting these reference accounts is key to doing that.
George Godfrey:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have follow-up question from Steve Dyer of Craig Hallum Capital. Your line is now o pen. Please go ahead.
Steve Dyer:
Yes just real quickly, Rick you touched on the Azure platform and obviously you guys partnered up starting at IACP and my own perception was that that was very much the defect of standard for a lot of these governments. Have you seen any better receptivity to being on Azure as opposed to AWS?
Rick Smith:
For sure let me first up by saying that Amazon was also a great partner for us, I think that Microsoft when we did the final analysis. For this market sector, Microsoft is particularly good with government compliance. Organizations that have lots of compliance issues and they've got really deep customer relationships around the world with the IT departments. Since we’ve announced the switch to Azure we've had a number of agencies that frankly were -- had really deep relationships with Microsoft move further and faster in our sales pipeline and I would say internationally it's making a difference as well, where I've been able to meet with Microsoft sales team and to collaborate their helping introduce us. You had various points in different organization like I just came from a meeting this morning with a Microsoft team here in Europe. So it’s a little early, I wouldn’t say that we've seen things, big deals go from start to across the go line as its only been a few months but I would say, the early indications are really positive. Microsoft has been great to work with. Their sales team is really supportive and they actually -- one thing I would point out is they do see Axon and Evidence.com as really helpful to Microsoft, which is great. So Microsoft has a goal of frankly building out their cloud business and migrating for example email and on prem Microsoft office installations to the cloud Office 365. And one thing we've talked about is for them, there is a bit of a challenge where there is just organizational inertia to take for example an email system that you have today and then moving it somewhere else, you've got all the standard point of organizational inertia that might resist that. One thing that I think Microsoft has found very attractive about us as a partner is body cameras aren’t new. They don’t displace an existing system and it creates the need for a new system and it’s a scale that's at least in order of magnitude greater than what they're used to building internally. And that makes us a great talking point for Microsoft in it helps to make customers comfortable with the cloud as they think about body cameras and that’s strategically advantageous to Microsoft across all their cloud offerings. So I think this is a great example of one of those relationships. It's really a win-win. It's been a win for us. It's been for Microsoft and as such their people are helping us a lot and we’re really -- we felt it was a great move and it’s a great partnership and we're excited to keep working with them.
Steve Dyer:
All right. Great color. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have a follow up question from Greg McKinley with Dougherty. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
Greg McKinley:
Yeah, thank you. First of all you provided great visibility on your investment levels for '16, can you or are you able to provide a topline view, I don’t know on percentage growth in terms of any high level guidance you're able to provide there? And then secondly can you talk just a little bit about how TASER has or can continue to support agencies, the complexity of rolling out theses system because I’m sure you've seen a lot of the news like Memphis is trying to figure out exactly how to administer this new process. What insights would you share with us on that topic?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. This is Dan. Let me start with just topline guidance. We don’t provide exact specific guidance, but we do feel comfortable with a 15% compounded growth rate overall and that's something we've indicated previously and we still feel comfortable that the business has got the ability to continue to grow at that 15% rate annually.
Greg McKinley:
Okay. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
I will take the second part. I think in terms of complexity of deployment, that's our biggest differentiator and that's the reason we've seen the majority of the agencies, large agencies go with our solution and that's why we think we're really well positioned in the next two years both in the States and internationally. When an agency is looking to do a scalable deployment, we've got through the end-to-end workflow and that makes a really big difference when you look at how much time the officers and the agency is going to invest in this program. And some of our features like the ability to add Metadata and then have that automatically trigger retention schedule saves the agency countless hours of time and that's just one example. We also have similar features with [indiscernible] and I can list them all, but I would say that that's the biggest differentiator TASER has in terms of deploying large scale deployments for video and software solutions.
Greg McKinley:
Okay.
Rick Smith:
Yes I would just add, when we, this is Rick, when we see some of these challenges, a lot of times the challenges end up being more policy related as agencies that are new to this are working through privacy issues. When they're going to release video? What level of oversight they're going to allow or access as the public is going to have. And we do help connect agencies with resources that will help them think through the policies, but the good news is most of our deployments are not slowed down from a technology perspective, whereas if they build this on site, they've got to hire people and buy a bunch of the data center gear and then prove to get it up and running, go through all the trials and fibrillations of bringing a big system from zero to operational. In our case, really all we need is high speed Internet access and we can take it from there. So it dramatically decreases the technical lift the agencies got to do. So most of it I think end up where there are delays, they tend to be more on policy issues, negotiations with union, negotiation with simple groups etcetera over how, when, where they're going to report and what they're going to do? How long they're going to keep it afterwards and all those policy issues.
Greg McKinley:
Yes. Okay. All right. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have a follow up question from George Godfrey with C.L. King. Your line is now open. Please go ahead.
George Godfrey:
Thank you. Just two quick ones. On the share repurchase, do you have a timeframe when to start or complete that? And then the second question Dan, you may have given this, but maybe I missed it, did you provide the annual recurring revenue for the Q4? I know you're not going to provide the ARPU going forward and you're going to shift to that metric, did you say what it was?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, so George, this is Dan. So on the annual recurring revenue, that's $16.7 million as of the end of the year. And then on the buyback, our window will open in a couple days and at that point we'll -- the buyback will commence, but we're planning to do it through a 10b5 plan. So that may take a few days to be put to -- to get put in place.
George Godfrey:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Dan Behrendt:
Sure thing.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes our question-and-answer session. I'd like to turn the call back to Luke Larson, President of TASER International for closing comments.
Luke Larson:
Thank you for calling in today. We're really pleased with the 2015 results and looking forward to a great 2015. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentleman, this does conclude today's program and you may all disconnect. Everybody have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Luke Larson - President Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer
Analysts:
George Godfrey - CL King Andrea James - Dougherty and Company Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Andrew Uerkwitz - Oppenheimer Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Allen Klee - Sidoti
Operator:
Good day ladies and gentlemen and welcome to the TASER International Third Quarter 2015 Earnings Call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session and instructions will follow at that time. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded. I would now like to introduce your host for today's conference Mr. Luke Larson, President of TASER International. Sir, you may begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International's third quarter 2015 earnings conference call. Before we get started I'm going to turn it over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO to read the Safe Harbor Statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements information is based on current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today's call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press releases we issued today and in greater detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 under the caption Risk Factors. You may find both of these filings as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. With that, I will turn it back over to Luke Larson, President.
Luke Larson:
Thank you, Dan. As a reminder, we’re going to be accepting some questions via Twitter today during the Q&A portion of the call. To follow our updates on Twitter during the call follow the account @taser_ir. For those of you without Twitter, all updates and graphics stream directly to our Investor Relations website www.investor.taser.com. Our team is coming of the most exciting IACP events that I have experienced in my seven years at TASER which was a fantastic culmination of a quarter firing on all cylinders of growth oriented execution. Revenues came in over internal expectations and set a new Company record of $50.4 million. We also increased our investments and accelerated spend above our messaging from last year in an intentional and strategic decision to capture market in a limited window of opportunity as the market forms. Based on our leading indicators of marketing pipeline including [cap to] LTV ratio and that we surpassed our internal bookings target for the year, we made a very deliberate decision to continue our investment strategy in order to capture the most market share. We strongly believe these investments will result in a consolidated platform that will create much value for both our customers and the investors. At the beginning of this year we set the FY 2015 booking score at 100 million, it is 10 months into the year and we’ve already surpassed that goal and are expecting our Q4 bookings to exceed the third quarter results. In the third quarter, we not only won the major cities of Denver and Memphis but just last week we learned that we won the City of San Antonio for our largest Axon and Evidence.com deal to-date making our total major city counts 29 cities as of this call. This quarter, we went through an exercise to determine how to best display our total addressable market to investors and our supplemental package and currently being tweeted, we posted an illustration of how we see the expansion of an execution on the platform strategy that we've been talking about for several years and now it’s direct correlation to the size of the opportunity ahead of us. Prior to 2012 this segment was really just the TASER cam and then our very first generation body cam in Evidence.com in its infancy. These ideas were ahead of their time but needed refinement. In 2012, we launched Axon Flex point-of-view camera which is still in the market today and was our first real winner with the compelling product market fit for the body camera space. In 2013, we launched Axon body camera after advance of the market and further expanded our platform into offering professional services. In 2014, we introduced integration services which further expanded our platform of offerings for those customers who wanted their records management integrated with Evidence.com. Finally in 2015 after years of ramping R&D spend, we have introduced a litany of new products including Axon Interview Room, Axon Fleet and in-car camera system and our next generation Body Camera, Axon Body 2 all with unprecedented unlimited HD storage. We realized our platform can be much more than digital evidence and are now positioning the sum of our total offerings as the Axon platform. We further are continuously offering more advanced platform features such as automatic adoption that are compelling regions for agencies to choose the premium service tiers. With our current products and service offerings, we view the domestic market as having a total addressable recurring annual revenue opportunity of $1 billion. For the international opportunity, we looked at our current focused markets where we have directly placed internal resources. No, this does not reflect the entire world, we believe just in those select markets, the opportunity represents 2x of the domestic opportunities or $2 billion annual recurring opportunities. So the next question is obviously where are we in this opportunity cycle? The next graphic you will see is our progress. In the domestic market we believe that there is 1 million potential touch points in the U.S. on our current platform. Approximately 600,000 patrol officers, and another 400,000 patrol vehicles. To-date we have booked approximately over 45,000 licenses on Evidence.com meaning we are at the very beginning stages of this adoption curve. We already the dominant force in the market today with over 45,000 licenses and we are dedicated to consolidating the market on our platform. Our vision with the Axon platform strategy is to get every officer in our target markets having seen on our system and using several of the products in our products portfolio. This is a very customer focused strategy and we are extremely confident in our ability to create great products that create immense value for our customers, investors and society as a whole. This concept of a platform of connected capabilities is by far shining strength today. We’re committed to becoming the preeminent technology providers for law enforcement and are executing accordingly. One of our Directors, Hadi Partovi really crystallized our positioning in a code after the announcement of Axon Fleet. He said with the announcement of Axon Fleet combined with Axon Body 2 in the expanded Axon platform. This provides an insight into the strategic vision held by TASER. We’re witnessing a major shift and exiting transformation of TASER’s business that's on par with the likes of net puts of evolving from shipping DVDs to be in the world's largest streaming video services or that of Amazon becoming a major cloud computing provider. TASER’s metamorphosis to the Axon software platform with multiple hardware extension provides the unified law enforcement customer experience similar to what consumer see today with the Apple or Android ecosystem. This lays the foundation for tremendous growth and it’s the beginning of an incredible story. I would like to reiterate, we’re committed to providing long term shareholder value and look forward to continuing to update you on our progress of this incredible story. This is why we like to share with our investors, five key metrics that we will continuously be sharing and measuring ourselves against for the foreseeable future and you will see today in today's earnings press release that we added a new section to technically share the results of each of these metrics with the public. So here is our five metrics. Number one, Axon and Evidence.com bookings to show the momentum in Axon and Evidence.com contract values. Number two, LTV to cap, we show that our targeted Axon investments are providing long term return on a book seat basis. Number three, ARPU, average revenue per user, to show the market acceptance overtime of higher more value added price [increase] on the Axon platform. Number four, TASER weapons operating percentage to show continued diligence in running our legacy business profitably for investing in new markets internationally. Number five, future of contracted revenue. This is cumulative bookings, less cumulative recognized revenue clearly we are looking at our two businesses with different lenses. We want to measure the growth and well place investments in the Axon segment and we’re focused on long term profitability in the more matured TASER weapon segment. Each of these metrics may have hiccups from time to time as we test new markets, products and strategies but we want to remain transparent with investors about the management - about what management looks as to calibrate the business and measure our success. Rick will now discuss the excitement of IACP and an update on the international markets.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Luke and good morning to everyone on the call. We are coming off really an exciting and incredible IACP conference and I’m the one excited by the success that we had. By all measurable metrics, this is our most successful show to date. We put over 3,000 people mostly Chiefs of Police through our customer experience and introduced the number of disruptive new products and services. All of our products were met with resounding excitement but there were two that I am dealing particularly impactful. Axon Fleet and our new unlimited HD data storage programs which is made possible through our partnership with Microsoft. After just a few days, I’m personally aware of over $30 million in pipeline for our new fleet offering, already generated through just a few major accounts. Axon Fleet is exciting because this is really the first time we disrupted an existing market as oppose to creating new markets. Now TASER is always been an innovator, when we introduce the TASER conducted electrical weapons to the world, we had to educate our customers on why they needed this new capability that they’ve never seen before. We were then the first mover in the on-officer body camera space and again we had to take time to help our customers understand why they needed this new capability. Overtime, we succeeded in building these markets and creating dominant market positions. With that complete we’re now enjoying the benefits of entering the established market, in a sense that we don’t have to convince our customers that this is a need, they get it, they have been buying in-car systems for years and there is significant budgets that are already in place. We’ve just now built a product that’s smaller, smarter and heck a lot of less expensive than what they’re use to which explains the overwhelming response we are seeing so far. In LTVs reviews and talk about customer is similar to have the iPod disrupted the home stereo space. You use to have these big expensive systems with many components wired together, and then this tiny piece of hardware connected to a great software experience gave us all a far better user experience at a fraction of the cost. Suddenly you could put a 1,000 songs in your pocket and you could build its playlist with drag and drop versus the old method of putting CDs and records in and out of your stereo while you made cassettes, music you wanted. While existing in-car systems remind me of these old home stereos that complex and lots of components from cameras to digital video recorder in the trunk of the car and wiring harnesses everywhere. Axon Fleet is a simple piece of hardware connected to the power of the cloud. So for a fraction of the cost and with far simpler installation and replacement. We believe Axon Fleet will give more capabilities and a much better user experience. This analogy clearly resonated with people's personal experience as we introduced this product. Well it's important to showing some more about the traction and impact both with our business and with our customer base that these products have as we move into the coming year. Outside of this being a great product for customers in a compelling edition to our platform, relatively this is a crucial strategic competitive move for us. By introducing an in-car camera at a disruptive price point, we are able to gain traction and deals where the incumbent in-car providers previously had an advantage. I talked to several agencies that we are leaning towards staying with their incumbent in-car video providers for body-worn cameras. These agencies indicated that they were now much more likely to consider our solution now that we could offer a full suite of in-car, body worn and interview room video all on one platform. Strategically, we believe we have the opportunity to rapidly gain market share in the in-car video space. Further, given that many of our competitors that are coming into the body worn space have built their core businesses around this bloated economics of $5,000 in-car video system., we felt we needed to bring our best game to compete in this market at a price point of just 499 or 90% below these older systems. Now as many of you know, I've been spending past six months living abroad, working to build out our international infrastructure. We long discussed that the sales cycle internationally is much longer but that doesn’t mean that we are not trying to see some traction. We are working hard to set up the infrastructure for long term success and met several key milestones over the past quarter. And our domestic business, our relationships with key decision makers and key influencers is key to our success. On the international side, I’ve been focusing on developing the same types of strategic relationships in our target markets. Specifically, in Canada, we’ve launched the Axon Public Safety Canada, a wholly owned subsidiary of TASER International and the company has now active employees to function its TASER’s primary contractors hiring entity in Canada for Axon solution going forward. We have also hired a new Canadian country manager to focus on the Axon segment. In Australia, we hired a country manager to start identifying those specific market needs and setting in place plans to hire sales engineers and other support personnel, working with customers and evaluating digital evidence storage ahead of implementation. We are already starting to see some momentum in Australia. In EMEA or Europe and Middle East and Africa, we’ve hired a new general manager to oversee the entire region with plans to hire country specific managers much like Canada and Australia to own the P&L of those countries over time. And finally in the U.K., as many of you know, we acquired and integrated our former distributor TSR in the third quarter. We’re also opening an office to support that growing team. Now we have some really solid momentum in the U.K. with early wins at the city of London, a national pilot with the British transport police and our 1,000 camera pilot with the London Met. Many investors have inquired about the status of the London Met which has announced a procurement for approximately 22,000 cameras. We too are waiting to hear back about this procurement and at this point we simply just can’t comment further. I’d also like to update you on the metrics that I use personally to gauge how we are doing “steady state earnings” and as I previously discussed, one of the challenges with our sack business is that GAAP revenues are spread out over a very long time horizon making GAAP revenues and earnings very much a lagging indicator. So, as a management team, you really can’t use GAAP revenue and earnings to assess the relative levels of investment and spend especially in the business that’s growing at greater than 100% year over year right now. So, help me calibrate, I conducted thought exercise where I forecast with business will be like in future. Once the business was in the steady state and we just froze last quarter’s results and we repeated them into the indefinite future. Now into this scenario, GAAP revenues would eventually equalize at the same level of bookings. Sure there would be some quarter-to-quarter timing differences but those would cancel out over time. So in this steady state, we would have $36.9 million instead of 10.9 in revenue. If we assume the 65% gross margin on this revenue in scale, the additional $26 million of revenue would generate additional $16.9 million of operating margin. [Indiscernible] take the Axon business - units operating margin from an actual loss of 7.3 million to an operating income of 9.6 million or 26% operating margin. Now first I want to emphasize, this is a purely theoretical exercise but it really helps me mentally calibrate our level of expenditure versus the size of the business that we are building. We know that these assumptions are not going to hold true. We are continuing to ramp up our investments as Luke discussed because we still believe we’re in a very steep part of the growth curve. We also expect to see the booking number climb over time. So this steady state earnings again is a thought exercise is helpful in balancing our investments for the size of the business as it exists in a snapshot today. Perhaps the simpler way to look at this is, you can just evaluate the growth of spending versus growth in bookings. I’m happy to see our bookings growth up 20.6%, that’s sequential growth. Previous quarter 20.6%, outpaced our estimated growth of 15.5%. The next thing I would like to discuss is our philosophy as a management team about creating and growing shareholder value. We understand and acknowledge that value in the business are two different kind of operating units and this could be challenging. And in TASER’s case, we have a highly profitable manufacturing business, with our weapons business and a fast growing digital evidence management or SaaS business in Axon which is not currently profitable but has the potential to deliver significant repeatable profit of scale. This leads to different operating metrics to measure each discrete business and our progress towards success. So for the weapons business, we are focused on operating income as a percentage to sales which is basically a proxy of EPS for that segment of the business. However, when we look at the Axon business where we measure for making the necessary investment in sales marketing software development to capture a dominant share in this market that we believe has the potential total available market around $3 billion globally. The challenge with that is the investments we are making due create a significant drag on short term earnings. Even though the business we're driving towards is highly profitable at scale. So that’s why the metrics that we focus on for the Axon business are around bookings growth and the result increase in sales. Every first rule we add to the system will be highly profitable for TASER over its life. So we want to capture the bulk of the market now as the market swarming. The way we know we are on the right path [indiscernible] investment is our LTV, long term customer value to CAC or customer acquisition ratio. How much we are spending versus how much of these customers work. As long as that ratio is about 3, we feel our investment and sales marketing are working and are being effective. Hence, we do not look at blended operating income across the two business units as the right way for us to maximize shareholder value. We look at operating income in the TASER business and the other metrics which measure the growth in long term value in the Axon business. So at this point, I’m going to hand over to Dan to take you through some of the financial highlights of the quarter.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you, Rick. So revenues for the third quarter were very strong and above our internal expectations at $50.4 million in the quarter. We expect fourth quarter revenues to come in line with these results due to the strength of third quarter taken projected annually year-over-year growth to approximately 17%. We also expect to see an increase in bookings in the fourth quarter from the third quarter with very strong momentum we’re continuing to see in the market. So revenue recognition asset can be lumpy for several reasons of which we believe investors should be aware. The first is the delay of revenue recognition due to customer request to delay shipping the product in order for their team to have time to get the appropriate policies, training, and roll outs in place. We have had several large customers dictate staggering shipments of the camera for this purpose which can delay the revenue recognition in total. The second is the delay due to the implementation and integration services. Some customer purchase integration services with RMS, Record Management Solution or CAD system through our professional services team. Delays can happen for many reasons during these process and we believe that we waiting for the customer to accept the work is the appropriate time to start revenue recognition. Finally, there is a concept of contingent hardware for highly discounted camera purchases where the customer gets initial camera for free or at highly discounted price. The cases where the hardware is highly discounted we still allocated post of the total contract initial camera purchase based on the sales value the camera versus the other products service in store purchased. We spread that allocated revenue over the life of the camera which causes little revenue be recognize its selling but more camera revenue be recognize each subsequent month versus traditional sales where the camera revenues recognize at once at the time of selling. Although life of the contract, the revenue recognize is identical to similar size deal where the customer pays full price for the initial camera, the only difference is the timing when revenue takes place for the initial camera. So gross margins for the third quarter came in at 61.7% which is compared to 64.7% the prior year and 65.8% in the second quarter. The decrease was driven by a mix shift to the lower margin video signal hardware, an increase in contingent hardware deals and an increase in discounting through programs such as the standard issue grant program. As mentioned above, in contingent hardware deals, revenue of the camera dock is recognized over the life of the contract, which might be as long as five years, while the cost of the camera is recognized upfront. As a result, we may see some continued fluctuations in gross margins as the product mix changes, a proportion of the contingent revenue deals recognize [various]. However, having a more significant portion of our sales to be the Axon camera is a positive leading indicator of an increasing install base seats on Evidence.com which will lead to a growing software portion of the business creating predictable, high margin, recurring revenue stream for TASER in the long run. We anticipate gross margins on a consolidated basis to range from 60% to 64% in the near term. As Luke, mentioned earlier, we want to share with you the key metrics we are using as a Management team and our Board are also reviewing constantly with us. These include, lifetime value of the customer compared to the customer acquisition cost ratio, which keeps us focused on the return on our sales and marketing investments in the business. In the third quarter of 2015, our lifetime value for customer to acquisition cost ratio was 4.7. So as a reminder, conventional wisdom indicates that anything greater than three means that investments are well placed. While we're investing in additional sales and marketing cost, we're also introducing incremental revenue producing products to increase the lifetime value of each individual customer. In the third quarter, we saw a new seats book at an average of $3,500 per seat. As Axon Fleet [indiscernible] and other products gained traction and along with unlimited HD plans ramp up, we expect the average booking per seat to continue to trend higher over time. We're also very keyed into our active paid user base. These are the seats that are past the integration of customer housing points, and are included in our revenue recognition figure. In the third quarter, our active paid user base increased to approximately 33,000 seats. While we're still happy with the increase here, as I discussed earlier, some of the items that delay revenue recognition also delayed the timing of when seats go out of system. Total booked seats for the third quarter by comparison was approximately 9,300 and on a cumulative basis we've booked over 45,000 seats. That means that we have about 12,000 seats under contract which will eventually be in our monthly service and stores revenue, but are not currently in that statistic at the end of September. Our average revenue per user ARPU was 27.59 in the third quarter, which is sequentially down. It's important for investors to recognize there is some noise in this figure due to catch ups of revenues based on milestones for customers that incurred during the quarter. The second quarter had a larger catch up in the historic run rate which normalizes itself in this quarter. We believe that the trend from approximately $26 per month earlier this year to $27.59 in the third quarter is still favorable. And we expect this trend to continue upwards over time as we're signing more and more customers into our higher tiers of service. In the third quarter, approximately 70% of customer signed up for either the ultimate, unlimited, or officer safety plan license tiers which is priced at $55 per officer, per month and above. Clearly, all the metrics just discussed are solely focused on the Axon segment. We want to make sure that we're placing our investments in all areas of the high quantum return as we continue to believe they're paying off. Regards to the weapons business, we remain focused on profitable growth. And as a result, income from operations and weapon specific earnings per share are the target metrics for the segment. To get to weapons segment EPS, we're simply taking the operating income for the weapon segment, plus or minus interest and other expenses, lessen allocated provision for income taxes based on our consolidated year-to-date tax rate. Based on this calculation, we had weapons earnings per share of $0.14 per diluted share in the third quarter of 2015, and $0.44 per diluted share year-to-date. This compares to $0.19 and $0.42 of diluted EPS for the same periods in the prior year. As we grow the international portion of the business, there'll be some near term drag on the metrics, but we believe the long term ROI is evident given large potential addressable market in our top tier countries alone. There are other ancillary metrics we're including in our statistics, that's what our website for investor reference such as seats booked, future billings, future contracted revenue, average book contracts earned, [indiscernible] attachment rate. However, we believe that the above metrics are the ones that are most critical drivers in business over time and we're consistently sharing these with investors with commentary on each call. We're ultimately looking to create a long term value for both our customers and our shareholders and want to be consistent in sharing our progress with investors. Sales, general, administrative expenses for the third quarter were $17.8 million, an increase of $5.4 million compared to the prior year. We've recognized this is up 4.7% higher than the amounts we referenced in last quarters call. But as we messaged over the past year, this market is moving fast. At third quarter, this momentum peaked at all time high going in the IACP. We knew that incremental investments are necessary to continue to capitalize in this opportunity and capture market share. We spent incremental dollars on Axon [indiscernible], we also hired another 19 sales and marketing employees in the quarter as we're shrinking our sales regions to be able to be in front of the ever expanding ground with interested customers. We want to be in front of every deal that is in the marketplace. IACP made it clear that the competition in national space is multiplying quickly. We have a very large first floor advantage, we need to capitalize on it now in order to avoid market fragmentation. Given the sales leadership is not adjusting in the target bookings or sales on a per rep basis as we increase the number of reps and reduce the size of each territory. We're confident that each rep that we add, well that should be accretive to both sales and earnings. As we look at Q4, we're further increasing our spending guidance to an incremental $2.1 million and SG&A compared to the third quarter. We're exhibiting at the MILIPOL conference in Paris, which is the international equivalent of IACP to continue our momentum stemming from our latest product announcements in the international market. We also anticipate higher consulting spend to fill some long term gaps in our organization and search for the best hires. Research and development expenses in the third quarter were $6.4 million, an increase to $2.8 million compared to the prior year. Due to the additional test tools and materials related Axon Body 2, and associated consulting, we anticipate that our research and development –several hundred thousand dollars higher in the fourth quarter of 2015, compared to the third quarter amount. We believe that it was imperative to have a fully function models of Body 2 at IACP show, going into last weekend, which proved to be a phenomenal decision as we learned that many of our competitors did not make the same choice, and as a result had to talk in generalities about their technology, giving our customers the opportunity to interact and observe live demonstrations of these new products. It's just one of the many examples of how our team executed to ensure our presence in IACP was tremendous. Income tax for the quarter was $5.2 million, which is -- obviously abnormally high for the Company. The effective tax rate for 2015, increased to 47.7% due to changes in expectations for the profitability of the new TASER International BV subsidiary located in Netherlands. Because of the manufacturing delays, startup cost and increased expenses to grow the international business undertaken in 2015, the Company no longer expects the TASER International BV to be profitable in 2015, as a result the Company's effective tax rate has increased to 47.7% for 2015. The Company does expect the effective tax rate to come down to more traditional 36% to 40% range in 2016, and see additional effective tax rate coming down as the international business increases and the international income resulting from that also increases. Operating cash flow in the third quarter of 2015, was $19.3 million, an increase of $2.7 million compared to the third quarter of 2014. The increase was primarily driven by the increase in deferred revenue balances of $7.5 million, and decrease of inventory of $5.2 million during the quarter. Finally, as we look into 2016, we want to make it crystal clear to the market that we're going to continue to invest to win the market. Every customer that we get on our platform strategy is significantly more valuable over their lifetime than the cost to acquire them. In addition, we expect the return of our customer base to be relatively low, making it very important to win the majority of new deals, or risk losing a customer to competitor for five or more years. We're now going to move into the question-and-answer portion of the call, but I would like to remind investors, we've added supplementary results package on our investor website, www.investor.taser.com, to review the drivers of the third quarter results and provide a dashboard of our statistical metrics. We're going to take two questions in each person in the queue in the first round of questions, and ensure everyone has a chance. Should you have additional questions, please get back into the queue. And with that, we'll turn it back over to the moderator to start the Q&A session.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of George Godfrey with CL King. Your line is open.
George Godfrey:
Thank you, and thank you for taking the questions. I just want to dig in on the ARPU change sequentially a little bit. Am I understanding this right that exiting Q2 the ARPU was about $29, but as you move through the Q3, the ARPU for those existing seats that you had from Q2 and Q1 there, actual revenue sale, and that's how we get to the 27.6?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, George, that's a good question. It's really more of a reflection of the adjustments that we make each quarter. Basically the ARPU calculation, we've been taking just the total revenue for service and sales in the last month of the quarter divided by the number of paid seats. So there's little bit of noise on that number[at the end of] [ph] each month of the quarter, and in the second quarter, there's little bit more of that some of that noise which alter that number a little bit more in the Q2 versus Q3. I think we're confident that the ARPU is going to continue to go up over time and especially with the new seats signed in Q3, most of those -- about 70% are higher priced tiers that are above that 27.59 rate. So, we do expect that that number will continue to increase.
George Godfrey:
Okay. Thank you. And then my follow up is, international operation, do you expect those to be profitable next year?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I mean, right now we're making significant investments. I think that as that business becomes closer to breakeven and profitable, that will get our effective tax rate back down into that more normalized rate, and then over time as the percentage of our profits that get driven from the international part of the business increase, then we'll see that effective tax rate continue to drop below the sort of normal U.S. rates into lower effective tax rate over time, but a lot of that is going to be driven by the percentage of profits that are being generated from that international operations.
George Godfrey:
Great, thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Andrea James with Dougherty and Company. Your line is open.
Andrea James:
Thanks so much for taking my questions. This is a question on future portion of sales that you anticipate will come from outside North America. I know you gave us a long term TAM, I'm just thinking about how do we think about it in next year and next five years kind of in a shorter time frame.
Rick Smith:
Yes, this is Rick, I think -- traditionally we've been seeing international sales coming in maybe around 20% of the revenues of the business. I think our long term goal would be to see that climb north of 50%, but that's going to take some time. In terms of what's going to happen in next year, the challenges that we’ve got are just that these international customers tend to buy in big lumpy orders. So, it makes it really hard for us to know for sure or predict with a great degree of precision when those are going to come in. So, I don't know that we have a great answer that the next is going to be significantly better than the 20% it’s been historically. But I think we're doing the right things at this point, but putting more resources in these markets, I think one thing we've realized is we're not going to be able to grow the business to the point that it needs to be by just relying on international distributors and not having a direct Company presence in key markets around the world.
Andrea James:
Okay. And then another quick question. How sticky do you envision your Evidence.com customers to be? Do you think it's going to be easy or more difficult for competitors to come in and kind of bid that away from you once you’ve won a market? Thank you.
Luke Larson:
This is Luke. I think our solution is very sticky. We've focused on the work flow from capture to court room. So, all along are kind of value proposition that customers are using our system to add metadata, share cases; we just released, a really, really exciting announcement with our Prosecutor Platform [5.25] [ph] that allows them to securely share digital evidence along out to their prosecutors as well with adjacent agencies. So, we feel really confident in our customers seeing the value in the usage that we're seeing today.
Andrea James:
Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yes, I would just add that, I think our real differentiator is that we have really focused on a great user experience and I can tell you, I was speaking in front of group of -- in this case the state patrol, the people that run the highway patrols, one of the comments in their executive committee, one of the colonels spoke up to me and said, it's just terrible that the user experience that we have it worked when we go and we deal with our systems it work, it's nothing like the systems that we have in our consumer lines, where we just have these wonderful user experiences. And I think that's something we've heard consistently which you typically will not hear that from our users. We've really spent a lot of effort from the time we acquired Familiar, the mobile company in Seattle about two years ago. We've really sort of taken a different approach that we're winning a lot of market share by winning the hearts and minds of the end-user through a great user experience. And we think that that is what will make us really sticky long term that we're integrating into their business flows in a way that makes our job easier and this is a market that does not change the business processes very readily. So, as long as we're giving them a great user experience, we think there's going to be a very high bar for someone to try and displace us.
Andrea James:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum. Your line is open.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks, good morning. Dan, I don't know if I am a little slow here, but I still am not necessarily understanding given all of the bigger sort of unlimited data plans that you guys have announced off late, and maybe there's a lot of them in the queue in that extra 12.5, but I guess I'm not seeing why your incremental ARPU would be down so much this quarter. Can you elaborate a little bit more on the catch ups or noise et cetera that you talked about?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I mean, in addition to the catch ups, I think the issue is I think a lot of these larger customers that are buying our high service tiers with unlimited storage, those are typically customers that are more likely to have delays from the time we sort of announce the booking to the time we start recognizing the revenue. They typically take advantage of the implementation and integration services that take time, there's usually more from a policy perspective they need to work through. So, I think the best way to look at it is, I think the ARPU of sort of the 12,000 seats still to be recognized is better than the 27.50 or so that we announced for this quarter, and that will drive that ARPU up over time, because the customers that are sort of easier lift that maybe are not doing implementation integration are the ones that are going to kind of go through quickly. So, I think the ARPU of the sort of still to be recognized customers is better and that's why we think the ARPUs continue to trend up over time.
Steve Dyer:
And I think you added like 5,000 or so if my memory is correct, users onto the network this quarter. I mean why would their ARPUs be incrementally worse than the 28 that you had on previously?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I mean I think there's just going to be mix differences over time. I think it's depending on the level that people -- obviously our service offering started at $15 a month plus store. So we do have some customers who are going to be at the lower end of the range. So, there's definitely going to be some mix differences and this quarter the new customers added were a little worse than the $29. But the customers that we've already booked, that are still to be added are better and that's why -- this will kind of normalize over time and it's definitely, there's a little bit of lumpiness there but we do expect a long term trend to continue to go up.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then my follow up, the 70% of bookings in the quarter that took the $55 and up packages, just for context do you have what that number was in Q2 or even year-over-year?
Dan Behrendt:
I don't. I could tell you that it continues to trend positively for us as more and more customers, especially the unlimited storage plans and with the introduction of Body 2 and that's an HD camera, having sort of unlimited storage built in and becoming a predictable cost for agencies, I think is going to be very popular and we're seeing that in sort of the bookings already, and I think we'll continue to see those trends going forward because of -- I think it's really compelling for customers to have that unlimited storage especially with HD video.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Paul Coster with JPMorgan. Your line is open.
Mark Strouse:
Yes, good morning. This is Mark Strouse on for Paul. Thanks for taking our questions. So, Dan, last quarter you mentioned that the -- you guys had seen a bit of a lengthening of the sales cycles as some new competitors had come out with solutions. But you kind of reiterated that you're still seeing success in the contracts that you won but just that the sales cycle was lengthening, I'm just kind of curious especially with some new competitors coming out at the conference last week. What's the latest thought on that sale cycle is? Thanks.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I mean I think it's -- I don't think it's changed that dramatically. Obviously there's lots of new hardware vendors coming in the market. The barrier to get into the sort of camera business isn't that great. But from the beginning, we've looked to differentiate ourselves with the SaaS solution, and we think ultimately that's where customers once they really sort of understand that cameras are going to -- they're going to find new cameras every two and half or three years, so they can't, they're making a long term decision on work flows and other things that are not -- the cameras, it's not that's unimportant but that's not the most important piece of it, and I think that as we get more entrants in the market, I think there is -- certainly the sales cycle, customers will continue to try out vendors besides us, and we actually encourage that because I think that's where we really shine. There's a lot of competitors out there that are promising the world and I think once the customers really understand kind of what they're buying, what the competitor versus us, I think we win the vast majority of those deals and so we feel good about our market position. I don't know if you to add anything to that Luke.
Luke Larson:
Yes, I think the key announcement that we made at this year’s IACP with Axon Fleet and our Microsoft partnership really positioned us as an innovator and the market leader. With our customer relationships, this is really a customer intimacy story, and when we’re in deals our customers really value the TASER brand, the professional sales force that we have both with kind of the consultation on what’s the ROI the agency is going to see with our solution to eliminate [indiscernible] disks, as well as the post sales service support we offer. And then really the point that Rick mentioned on, we create a great user experience. We’ve got a very, very long reach into our customer base that we pull back into our product development and so we feel confidently if we get –in a face off with a competitor the majority of the time, a high, high percentage of the time we’re going to win those deals based on those factors.
Mark Strouse:
Got it, okay, thanks. And then Dan you touched on this in your prepared remarks about 2016 OpEx. Are you prepared to quantify that at all yet? Maybe a different way of asking it is, I mean you’re seeing the kind of consensus number that are out there can you talk maybe directionally if we’re in the right ballpark or need to go up or down.
A – Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I think, probably not right - prepared to talk specifically to 2016 other than the fact that we do expect that the OpEx to continue to turn upwards in 2016 as we invest in both sales and marketing resources to capture the business as well as development resources to add to our platform and keep our competitive advantage. So we definitely expect that the OpEx will continue to turn upwards over time.
A – Luke Larson:
Yes, I’d want to just reiterate, we really like to focus our management team, our Board has alignment around this and investors, how we’re measuring the two businesses really on those five metrics that we called out earlier.
Mark Strouse:
Got it, got it. Okay, makes sense. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Andrew Uerkwitz with Oppenheimer. Your line is open.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Thanks, gentlemen, for taking my call. I just wanted to better understand the revenue recognition that's going on here. I think you said, you had about 12,000 seats that have yet to be recognized. Could you give us some color on when you think those could be recognized and when those will originally – just give us an idea of the timeline here to understand some of these bigger contracts better? Thanks.
Dan Behrendt:
Andrew, this is Dan. That’s a good question. I think there is some variability with that. I would say that typically we’ve recognized the camera is selling, but then there is a delay around the recognition of the service and storage revenue based on implementation services, milestones with customers and other things and that could certainly delay it by a quarter or even as many as two quarters just based on sort of the variables in a given deal. I think that this quarter we saw it probably more pronounced than we’ve seen it where we have really significantly less new users added into the system versus what we booked. Typically it’s been more of a sort of the users you book in one quarter you recognize the next quarter and there is just sort of a continues sort of snow plow pushing things out a quarter on the revenue recognition on the service side. This quarter we saw that a little bit more pronounced, it’s mostly due to some bigger deals in the system, that’s a little bit more complex but we do feel that within a quarter or two those seats will certainly be in the system and part of the recognized revenue.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
That’s helpful. How does that affect the contracts, so is my understanding, you may have shipped some cameras but you may not be booking the Evidence.com. Does a five year contract start when the camera gets shipped or does is start when the Evidence.com get shipped, how do we think about that timing?
Dan Behrendt:
Typically for most deals we’ll recognize - there will be sort of a catch up once the customer is up and running on the system. And lot of that depends in where the delay is, if the delay is the customer saying, hey, we’re not quite ready, they make a 10 months of service the first year and then 12 months after that. Most of these customers it’s sort of –to their advantage to get the clock started because that means they’re going to get their - lot of these, especially if they are customer around TASER Assurance Plan deals, where they have sort of prepaying for their next camera, they’re going to want that clock to start and will get the camera sooner. So there is a fair amount of moving pieces there, it does sort of depend deal to deal.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Perfect. And this is my last question, and I will jump offline. If there are delays like this, is there any risk that a city misses a budget cycle?
Dan Behrendt :
Can you repeat that question, I’m not sure I heard it clearly.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
If some of these major large cities, large deals are having slower implementation issues or having issues that are slowing implementation, is there any chance that they miss a budget cycle and not able to place a second or third order to fulfill their obligations?
Dan Behrendt :
Yes, we don’t expect that to really be an issue because most of these deals when a customer is committing to a multi-year deal, they’re thinking about future budget sources and stuff like that. So usually we don’t expect that to be a real issue.
Andrew Uerkwitz:
Great, thank you. I really appreciate the color. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson with Ladenburg. Your line is open.
Glenn Mattson:
Yes, I think the topic of the adoption rate on the services may have been picked over enough although it’s not I think 100% clear yet but maybe moving onto weapons for a minute, can you say, did you pull any revenue forward from Q4 into weapons because I think you’re expecting something a little down sequentially and it turned out up? And gross margins were a little weaker in that segment, can you talk to that also please?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, we had - so on the sales, we had a real significant weapon sales basically last couple of days of the quarter which easily could have been fourth quarter deal, where our sales people were effective in getting that in the third quarter, so that’s why we’re thinking sort of fourth quarter will be more flat although we had record - this is - the thing we want to just sort of remind ourselves and investors this quarter is the highest quarter sales in the company’s history. So repeating on the fourth quarter is still and putting up sort of 17% year-over-year growth on an annual basis, we still feel good about that trend. On the gross margin, I think it’s really driven mostly by some of the new programs we have like the standard issue grant program, some of the other programs, I think the good news is it’s driving the business which is great. There is some discounting that goes with that which will have a little bit of an impact on margin in the quarter.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. That does it for me. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Allen Klee with Sidoti. Your line is open.
Allen Klee:
Yes, hi. Just following up on weapons, also how do you think about just normally seasonality of fourth quarter and budget flushes, how that would normally play out?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, that’s a good question, this is Dan. I mean typically we do see some budget flush in the fourth quarter which is - can be a net positive, I think, I guess there is sort of two pieces of color, the third quarter of 2014 still set the record for the highest quarter in CEW sales in Company’s history, so we sort of grew pretty close to matching that this quarter which we feel good about. So I think it’s - as we look at the fourth quarter, we think that sort of repeat, we think it’s a reasonable target. We had some large CEW deals in this quarter which certainly helped and I think those are - that creates sort of a top sort of sequential comp to go against. So we need some of that budget flush to make up for some of these big deals that we saw in the quarter. So I think we feel good about the 17% year-over-year growth on a total year basis and I think some of that puts and takes of big deals versus budget flush are kind of baked into that expectation.
Allen Klee:
Okay, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And we have a follow-up from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum. Your line is open.
Steve Dyer:
Thanks. Sticking with weapons, your overall unit sales were down quite a bit more than CEW revenue and I don’t think ASP normally changes all that much. Is there something else in there ex-rep revenue or some other things that that maybe drove revenue to be better than the unit results?
Dan Behrendt:
No, I think probably the biggest part is just sort of the amount of direct sales continues to increase both with more direct business in the U.S. as we continue to take more states direct which increases our ASP, as well as some of the international business is now direct which also helps because we are seeing sort of the end user price come through ASP versus the distributor price.
Steven Dyer:
Okay. So it is pretty much entirely explained by ASP?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s correct.
Steven Dyer:
Okay. And then you mentioned the incremental 12,500-ish users loaded in the queue and said you expect ARPU to be higher. Is there any way you could quantify at all how much higher et cetera, I mean 70% taken that $55 and up package would imply. It’s quite high barring discounting but are you prepared to give any more color on that?
Dan Behrendt:
The $55 is really from – probably just clarify that, the $55 includes sort of camera upgrades. It is really probably more of a $40 ARPU as comparison because the 15 of that is future camera upgrades. But I guess I’m not prepared to quantify that specifically other than the fact that we think this trend towards the higher price service tier should help with the overall ARPU number over time.
Steven Dyer:
Okay, thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. I’m showing no further questions at this time. I’d like to turn the call back over to Mr. Larson for closing remarks.
Luke Larson:
Thank you everyone for the time. I’d like reiterate that we are committed to providing a long term shareholder value. We strongly believe in our Axon platform strategy and we look forward to continuing to update you on our incredible progress in this story. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentleman, thank you for participating in today's conference. This does conclude the program and you may all disconnect. Everyone have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Rick Smith - CEO and Director Dan Behrendt - CFO Luke Larson - CMO
Analysts:
Steven Dyer - Craig Hallum Mark Strouse - JP Morgan Andrew Grone - Dougherty & Company Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann George Godfrey - C. L. King
Operator:
Good day ladies and gentlemen and welcome to TASER International Second Quarter 2015 Earnings Conference Call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct the question-and-answer session and instructions following at that time. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. And now I’ll turn the conference over to your host, Luke Larson, President of TASER International. Please begin.
Luke Larson:
Thank you and good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s second quarter year 2015 earnings conference call. Before we get started I’m going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO to read the Safe Harbor Statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thanks Luke. Safe Harbor Statements
Luke Larson:
Thank you, Dan. As a reminder, we’re going to be accepting some questions via Twitter during the Q&A portion of the call. To follow our updates on twitter during the call follow the account @taser_ir. For those of you without Twitter, all updates and graphics streams directly to our Investor Relations website investor.taser.com. The team here TASER have continued to achieve extraordinary results in the second quarter or following up a strong start to the year in Q1. We continue to exceed expectations in both the top-line and bottom-line bookings in the AXON and evidence.com business posted a new record of $30.6 million, a growth of 170% compared to the second quarter of 2014. Revenues in the second quarter of 2015 were $46.7 million, growth of $9.5 million or 25.7% compared to the prior year. We now have 26 major cities on our AXON platform including both evidence.com and MediaSolv. During the quarter, we announced the Dallas, Louisville, Montgomery County AXON deployments, but we also added DC and Milwaukee to that list as well. We remain hyper focused on consolidating the top two of the market on AXON platform through incremental sales personnel, a sales development team and a professional implementations team and we are seeing the fruits of our investments with continued bookings growth and new major city wins. We pride ourselves in being a trusted partner in law enforcement which results in continued multiple year contract being assigned accommodating in future contracted revenue in Q2 of $94.9 million. The company had several exciting announcements in the last couple of months including new product offerings, acquisitions and big new order wins. The second quarter was the first in which we had the opportunity to see early traction of the standard issue grant program, which is a resounding early success. As of the second quarter, we have already issued three quarters of a million dollars in grants for approximately 4300 officers. Perhaps most interesting is that we believe the program has accelerated adoption of the officer safety plan licensed tier, our highest tier of service. As a reminder, standard issue grant is another program in place to help incentivize agencies to ensure their officers are fully equipped on the job, they are only with an officer cameras but also with smart weapons which historically have not been standard issue equipment. In these times, we believe in this day in age every officer should have a TASER, a camera and an evidence.com license and we are moving aggressively to bring our technology to the men and women out there doing one of the hardest jobs in managing law. Over the last 20 years, TASER International has been in business, we’ve evolved our products, we paid some to needs that we have seen we are closer relationship with our customers from the intent scenarios in which smart weapon is used, we learned that the TASER cam could capture the use of the weapon to protect officers and citizens alike in a potential excessive use forced scenario. The TASER cam provided our first insights into video evidence market, where it ultimately informed the AXON platform. We could now capture the context of the scenario leading up to the use of the smart weapon by filming an entire citizen interaction rather than just to exposure itself. Upon the launch of the first generation of the AXON camera in 2009, it became abundantly clear that the management of digital evidence was the next challenge facing law enforcement entering the digital age, hence the development of evidence.com. Next week is the one year anniversary of Ferguson Missouri and the death of Michael Brown, while absolutely and unfortunate from the perspective of our country’s history in the present state of communities, it highlighted the need for more transparency between law enforcement and their communities. At TASER, we look to solve tough societal problems with technology. By leveraging technology, we believe we can help solve these massive societal issues in the unique way that creates the most value. This is an always readily apparent at the early stages of the technology investment. When we started investing in a cloud platform for a law enforcement there was a lot of doubt it would be successful. We have been investing in AXON and Evidence.com, our cloud and wearable platform for upwards of five years prior to the Ferguson event happening. This positioned us to be the top leader in helping agencies deal with these extremely complex and difficult problems. Since this event the demands from both law enforcement and the general public has surged far quicker for a solution to this transparency in AXON and Evidence.com than we ever expected and this year has been huge success from the increase in bookings ARPU, major city adoption, active and paid users, just to name a few of the proven statistics. As management, it is hugely rewarding to start to see those five years improving work begin to pay off, but we believe that we are still in the early maturity phase of this adoption curve and as technology refresh within the public safety sector. As we look forward it is imperative that we continue to move at start up speed and capture the market-share under our end-to-end solution, something that we believe we are the market leader in today. In 2015 as more and more agencies are joining this movement and subsequently recording, managing and storing digital evidence, all eyes have been open to the implications of this technology to the entire criminal justicism. We experienced some push back to body camera deployments from participants downstream in the prosecution cycle of cases as there were fewer of in surging influx of evidence on disks. The historical way agencies shared their digital evidence. We sent some of our sales team and product managers to the district in Florida to learn about their processes and we showed them Evidence.com, the result of which is an addition to of a prosecutor licensed tier. At the same districts in Florida chose to standardize on Evidence.com and now all agencies in the area will be required to utilize our system. A text book example of how important the network effects are in this ecosystem, we viewed district attorneys and prosecutors as key influencers in the decision making process to deploy AXON and Evidence.com. By giving the standard version of the product to them for free, we believe we can gain additional key proponents of our platform in this increasingly competitive market. Overall we feel strong that our product iteration process is successful because of our intense voice to the customer research and we will continue to evaluate opportunities accordingly. It is our long-term goal to manage an officer's entire digital life be on cameras hence our continued investment in the cloud solutions variables and mobile. In order to maintain a leadership position, we will make full technology investments in these emerging technologies, some of these investments will succeed, some will fail. We believe that the investments we make with both our successes and our failures will be critical to maintaining a learning organization that can evolve and adapt to future technologies and market challenges. Today we are investing heavily in mobile around communication and collaboration features for public safety. We see the trend from desktop to mobile as something that will certainly come to the public safety market as it has to so many other markets and we are intent on being a leader in the space. Much like our early investments in cloud technology seven years ago, division we have for mobile it will be significant differentiator for our products from those of competitors. Our increased mobile capabilities add to our holistic end-to-end technology solution that creates great benefits for our customers and value for our shareholders. It is incremental services such as implementation and prosecutor support that differentiate us from the competition which as everyone knows is heating up as other seek to emulate the success we are demonstrating. Others have realized that this is a very interesting market that is happening now, there are new entrance more pressure in the hardware stack and others claiming to have a comparable cloud solution. We are extremely confident that we have a substantial lead on the end-to-end solution of video capture storage and management through the entire criminal justice system. When we are in front of the customer we win time and time again as our offerings excel on total value created, total parts of ownership, the ecosystem and the customer experience. To simplify, we are investing in the channel to win share now that we are investing in engineering to continue to deliver a world class technology platform where the value increases with each additional user. As I mentioned on the last call, hiring is a huge priority for me, especially this year. The first quarter started out a little slower than planned even with adding over 50 people by the first quarter call, our people and culture team has really been running at top speed and we have added an incremental 50 people in the second quarter, hiring nearly all areas to the business, but remaining focus on customer facing position, software engineers and international infrastructure. In the third quarter, we have our new class from college hire starting a truly impressive group of nine talented recruits. We also went through a hiring deep dive in July to prioritize our hiring for the rest of the year to ensure we are being diligent in our investments to make sure we are hitting the most long-term ROI from each hire as their integrated into the organization. But we are confident that our investments in high quality hires across the business will continue to provide corresponding incremental returns, there is a lag between the initial date of hire and the positive impact on results. As we look forward to the third quarter results, incremental hiring is going to increased expenses in addition to some increased travel expenses due to our annual sales meeting, public relations expense for a new AXON brand campaign acquisition-related to legal personnel and integration expenses and new system implementations. In the third quarter, we anticipate R&D expenses to increase sequentially by $500,000 and SG&A expenses increased sequentially by $1.6 million. Further, in the fourth quarter of this year, we expect another incremental increase in SG&A and R&D of $1.4 million and $500,000 sequentially. I'd like to reiterate our commitment to the long term and set the expectation this is a consistent message you'll be hearing from me and the rest of our leadership team. We believe that by investing to obtain, extend and solidify our market leadership position will create a public safety platform that we can leverage to create a powerful economic model. We're planning to win a much larger market over the long run and look forward to generating long term shareholder value as a result. Rick is now going to update you on the progress in the international market.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Luke and good afternoon everyone. Or maybe I should say good morning. I'm currently in France where it's a beautiful afternoon and I've been spending a lot of time with our international team and we're just beginning my year-long international tour to focus on getting our tier 1 markets up and running. Continental Europe and the UK has been my focus for the summer and as many of you know the Europeans take their summer holidays quite seriously, so while I've had several meetings with national level police forces, we primarily used the past few months to focus on setting up our foundation for the long term success and we'll begin more intensive customer engagements at summer's end. When I talk about setting up our foundation, I'm specifically talking about recruiting the right people. Setting up our facilities and our business processes in the key infrastructure to drive sustainable growth. One key structural change I'd like to talk about is that we've consolidated all of our global sales under Josh Isner, our Executive Vice President of Global Sales. You may recall that we restructured our sales organization in December when I promoted Josh to run all of North America and another person to run international sales. This was largely to give me more visibility into the people and processes across our sales organization and based upon what I learned, I felt that our international team can truly benefit from Josh's talent around hiring, implementing world class sales process. Accordingly, in May, we made another move and I promoted Josh to oversee all sales globally. He's been quite busy helping build out our international team. Josh directly led the hiring efforts for our new UK country manager along with three new enterprise sales people there, sales engineering and account management and various other support resources. Following in July, we announced the acquisition of Tactical Safety Responses Limited or TSR. We're moving quickly and aggressively in the UK which is the most advanced market in terms of the evaluation of our product suite today. The UK market represents approximately 120,000 officers and currently has an installed base of around 16,000 TASER weapons. We're currently waiting on a pending approval of our new Smart Weapon, but we believe that we'll be seeing that come sometime in the next six months. This represents not only an opportunity to upgrade of 16,000 aging weapons in the install base, but there is also clearly a lot of wide space in that market to expand. There's recently been support expressed by some public officials by the national police union and by the general public to arm frontline officers with TASER Weapons, particularly in light of the current -- against police in the west. While encouraging main addition of TASER Weapons in this market is a long way off due to the established - culture and we have a lot of work to do. The acquisition of TSR will help us in this market in a multitude of ways. Their experts is in the public procurement with - logistics, compliance, import and export laws of the UK which are very complex. Further, they are deeply in bringing in existing client base, so not only been we buy their experience in expertise on logistical weapons side, but we are continuing to model and ensuring that we own directly the customer relationship in key markets. The TSR team brought some pace foundation for our weapon business and we are now adding on top of that a new general manager, enterprise sales and support staff to build up a full team we believe we need to win the market across our entire technology platform including Evidence.com and AXON in our enterprise software sales. The existing staff will cost us approximately $375,000 in SG&A expense per quarter. We plan to hire out some additional talent internationally in the marketing and sales engineering roles as well in the second half of 2015. We are deeply committed making the AXON platform, leading cloud mobile and wearable technology ecosystem across the United Kingdom and frankly across the work. We are actively recruiting country managers in at least three additional countries with respect to fill in the third quarter in addition to two other international regional sales managers we added in the first half. This is all about meeting closer to our customers. We are decreasing the communication distance from our customers to our product developers and support team. Some of which will be deploying people in country. Beyond operating item support, we will now be positioned to better develop UK customer-driven solutions from nationwide in the management system to UK specific supports reported. This investment underscores to TASER International's commitment to the UK market and our focus on the international market by delivering the best value and innovations in public safety technology to our customers. In order to the United Kingdom we have been building out our team at our new international headquarters in Amsterdam from sales to finance IT bringing new systems online to support our supply chain, manufacturing and accounting logistic this has been a significant undertaking and our team has been working really hard and I am really proud of them. On spirits in building out our U.S. business we know that we need at the right team and right systems to win across the globe and we have been delivering out and setting the foundation. The UK is great example of the model -- international tour while my focus is on getting the right team in place in our tier 1 countries, getting some of the higher level of introductions made with key decision makers in these markets so that our team can run fast. After the UK and northern Europe this summer I headed the France, I will be based in Paris which provides a great central location from which I can support efforts across all of Europe. In the Spring I relocate to Rome and again have the ability to move across Europe as we scale up our customer engagement. I have planned during summer of next year in Australia and Asia helping our teams there. The addressable markets in Europe and Asia in aggregate represent a well over million police officers which is collectively greater than the science of our North American markets. [indiscernible] on our challenges and our success in these markets in the course of the coming year. But before I hand up I’d like to take you on one other metric that I personally find very helpful in engaging how our business is doing, this is what I call our steady state earnings. So one of the challenges with the SaaS business, as we evidence.com is it GAAP revenues are spread out we’re very long time horizon, making GAAP revenues and earnings are very much lagging indicator, you really can’t drive the business using GAAP revenues and earnings to assess relative levels of investment, it's a wayward looking metric, especially the business is growing at faster than 100% year-over-year. So to help collaborate just remind you we talk about this previously but I play a hypothetical game, which is what at the business within a steady state, just like this quarter, and we just repeated this quarter’s performance into the indefinite future. Under this scenario GAAP revenues would eventually equalize at the second level bookings sure there might be some quarter-to-quarter timing differences but those can cancel out over time, so in this hypothetical future steady state, we would have add revenues equal to bookings or 30.6 million in the AXON business segment instead of the 8.9 million of recognized GAAP revenue. If we assume a 65% gross margin on this revenue at scale, the additional 21.7 million of revenue would generate an additional 14.1 million of operating margin. This would make the P&L look very different, this will take the operating margin from an actual loss of 5.3 million today to an operating income of 8.8 million. Though it feels like a pretty reasonable business earning 8.8 million on 36 million of revenue, a theoretical operating margin of over 28%, now of course I want to emphasize this is a purely theoretical exercise that I use to help mentally collaborative our level which expenditure in reasonable for the size of the business when we have today normally assumptions are going to whole true. I am going to continue ramp up our investments as Luke talked about because we believe that we’re still in a very steep part of the growth curve. So we also expect the booking number to climb over time. But the steady state earnings is a part of exercise that I find very helpful in looking at a snapshot of the business as it is today and evaluating our level of investment spend. Dan is now going to take us through some of the financial highlights for the quarter.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you, Rick. Revenue in the second quarter was $46.7 million, a growth of 25.7% compared to the second quarter of 2014. We’re very happy with our second quarter sales results as it exceeds our expectations, because we were able to close some deals in Q2, which we had forecast to happen in Q3. As a result, we expect Q3 results to come and close Q2 actual. This is more align with our traditional seasonality with Q3 normally being seasonally weaker than Q2. And 2013 and 2014 that seasonality was match by strong orders in the federal space due to year-end sweep up orders. With this sequestration, we see the same amount of federal [indiscernible] money and Q3 this year will probably not come to provision because the tighter budget climate. And general, we continue to become 12 on a consolidated basis with an annual figure of 15% for the foreseeable future. Gross margins continue to be very strong with this quarter’s gross margin coming in 65.8%. This is in line with our guidance last quarter, the normalize margins on a go forward basis. We feel that they should fall somewhere in the 63% to 66% range. And TASER Weapon segment, gross margins were 70.2% in the second quarter of 2015, compared to 64.7% in the second quarter of 2014. We expect margins remain strong, programs like standard issue grant program have ability to decrease average selling prices and resulting gross margins on those sales. In the AXON segment, gross margins improved 47% in the second quarter of 2015, compared to 26.7% in the prior year. As service revenue scale, we’ll continue to get leverage other fixed costs needed run our evidence.com platform resulting improved margins overtime. In the second quarter, our service margins were 66.3% improvement over the prior year service margins of 40.7%. At scale, we think the AXON segment margins could mimic the margins of the weapons business, but the time scale is clearly very independent on future trajectory of the license count and ARPU for the necessitating investments we’re making in today and sales marketing and Research & Development. Well 2015 got after a slow start with anticipated hiring, we started running fast in the second quarter. We added 50 people in the second quarter and continue to aggressively accrue very high performers from some of the top companies in the world for remaining critical roles within the organization. We’re looking forward to our new class and leadership development program participant strongly in September and we’re continue to build out the international organization with country managers in the UK, France, Australia and Canada. Domestically, we’re hiring more tele sales and sales development roles more video original sales managers as we increased our territories and key software engineers to help continue to move both down the quarter in our mobile, wearables and cloud strategy. We’re still very focus and return on these investments measuring statistics such as customer acquisition costs versus lifetime value, ARPU, license counts et cetera. And the second quarter 2015, our customer acquisition costs lifetime value ratio was actually the highest we’ve ever had at 4.9. We do expect this ratio to come down a bit in the near term as we add new sales people and consider the time it takes for new sales professionals to ramp up and become productive. We're including all the presales cost enumerator to capture all the incremental sales people, marketing, personnel, sales commissions and sales development initiatives. We believe our investments have been well placed thus far and are confident enough in the future growth of video business to increase the spend for customer facing sales and support roles shortly in the second half of 2015 in order to ensure to continue to capture a significant share of the growing market for on officer video and digital evidence management. With active user base of approximately 29,000 users at the end of the second quarter compared to 22,000 last quarter, we're seeing continued growth. As we introduce higher revenue tiers of our service which include additional features such as unlimited storage and integration into other core systems at agencies, we're seeing the average revenue per user or ARPU go up. In Q2, we had an ARPU of $29.04, this is an increase of $2.24 over Q1 of 2015. We've priced our monthly service as low as $15 a month per user for our basic service tier and as high as $65 per user per month for the monthly service and storage part of our officer safety plan. Both of those price points are undiscounted. So sales mix will continue to have an impact on ARPU. We're encouraged by the trend we've seen in ARPU, seeing the ARPU move from $21.70 in September of 2014 to $29.04 that we enjoyed in June of 2015. This is a 33% increase in nine months. As we mentioned in our conference calls over the past year, we are ramping up our investments in both R&D and SG&A. We continue to see large whitespace opportunities in both on officer video space as well as international markets. As Luke mentioned, going in the third quarter we took a close look at our strategic hiring plan and the timing of our critical hires base and the market dynamics we're seeing. Result of that exercise is the expectation of our incremental spend in the third quarter compared to second quarter R&D is expected to go up by $500,000 incrementally. In SG&A we expect an incremental $1.6 million in expense in the third quarter compared to the second quarter. On top of those increases, as we feather in additional hires over the next five months, we expect that R&D will go up an additional $500,000 or $1 million from today's run-rate in the fourth quarter and then SG&A will go up incrementally another $1.4 million or $3 million more than today's run-rate. In the fourth quarter, the increase in SG&A is partially driven by the International Association of Chiefs of Police Conference which is happening in Q4 this year. It's our biggest trade show of the year in terms of expense as well as the pipeline we generate from it. So in this quarter you might know is we had kind of unusual income tax expense. We did have a benefit this quarter as we kind of announced on the calls and in our 10-Q, our 2012 tax return was under audit by IRS. That audit actually completed in the second quarter. The company takes a reserve for the audit risk around on certain tax positions such as potential reduction of our R&D tax credit allowed -- amount we claimed in the return. As the 2012 audit concluded without any adjustment the R&D tax credits claimed in the 2012 return we did take a benefit in the second quarter of $388,000, which reduce our Q2 2015 income tax expense. On normalized basis, our effective tax rate is approximately 36%. So we see great feedback from the shorten cost structures in the last quarter. So I will wrap it up here and take some questions from the queue. We have added the supplemental results package on our investor website, investor.taser.com to review the drivers in the second quarter results. And as a result we will only take three questions per person in the first round to make sure that more people have a chance to talk.
A - Dan Behrendt:
As the operator to making the announcement to put people in the queue, we have actually received a question from Twitter address to look.
Unidentified Analyst:
What other adjacent markets are there for cameras commercially?
Dan Behrendt:
Well, there are several other potential uses for on-body cameras. We believe our strength in the long person arena as we already have the relationships with 17,000 out of 18,000 of the domestic agencies through our weapons business. This has really been the catalyst for either the growth in our AXON and Evidence.com business as well to these preprior relationships. This market is still in the early majority adoption phase of the technology cycle. So we are laser focused on consolidating not only the top tier of the market with major cities, but also counties at insuringly up coverage in the middle and lower tiers of the markets. So our regional sales representatives and - sales function will really really laser focus on our core market which is the domestic law enforcement market for AXON and Evidence.com growth.
Luke Larson:
Thanks, -. That's helpful. So with that we will turn that over to the operator to announce the -- to go to the Q&A portion of the call.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Our first question is from Steven Dyer of Craig Hallum. Your line is open.
Steven Dyer:
As it relates to weapons business, the upgrade cycle, I mean you have had a number of very good weapons quarters in the row now. Do you have any sense as to maybe where you are in the upgrade cycle and you how many of the deals you are getting are replacement versus new, et cetera? Any color there around the weapons business would be great.
Dan Behrendt:
That's a good question. Luke do you want to take that?
Luke Larson:
Yeah. We are still seeing a lot of opportunity in the weapons business. What we are focused on today is selling our Smart Weapons. We still got 500,000 officers to go into top 1,200 and we’ve seen a lot of traction from major agencies moving to our Smart Weapons platform that’s are real focuses.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. So really no sense has to use a baseball analogy kind of maybe what any more in this upgrade cycle et cetera or how many one point time you feel like you had a pretty good read and harmony in the field or over five years old et cetera?
Rick Smith :
Yes, our focus, we want to try to get a Smart Weapon on every Police Officer in the country and so with our sales teams we’re looking at that as kind of opportunity and driver.
Dan Behrendt:
Steve, this is Dan. I would say in the baseball analogy I would say we’re still in relative early innings here. There is a large amount of X26Es, so the legacy X26 still in the market as well as a number of the largest agencies in the U.S. like NYPD still have a pretty low TASER penetration versus the officer count. So we still think there is a lot of opportunity for continued upgrade. The other thing as we look at it become sort of a positive cycle for the business. There are earlier adopters for the Smart Weapons will be up for upgrades here in the next couple of years. So we think that cycle just continues overtime.
Steve Dyer:
Yes, I think what you’re saying maybe it’s just one peer cyclical perhaps it’s been in the past?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I think that’s fair. Rick, do you have a comment?
Rick Smith :
Yes, I’m going to say the upgraded cycle from European perspective. We have 16,000 each weapons, I think I got the number right. In the United Kingdom, all of which or the vast majority of which are pas there five year life and UK there is a lot of focus on making sure they are very careful about maintaining their weapons, keeping them within warranty. While we just waiting on home office approval and when we get home office approval we think there has been a lot of pent-up demand to upgrade those we’ve got another, I think it’s each thousand in France, they’re also going to pretty old. So there is some significant upgrade opportunities internationally, but I think as Luke was pointing out we really start to do shift our focus away from the concept of upgrade to the concept of standard issue that there shouldn’t be a specialty piece of equipment they could share and upgraded periodically but just becomes a part of every officers kept and we think that is really sort of the key to, we are a number one for our customers is much better. I mean to have comp go on the street with the gun and no TASER in this day and age to strikes me as arcane. And our customers that message is resonating with them as well. So we’re also really put a lot of focus on helping our customers to create a budget line item for their TASER devices, so that they are on one of our service plan like offer some safety or we’ve got the TASER assurance plan as we managed programs we’ve done that includes, so there are already budgeted for their upgrade every five years. And if we look at that the opportunity is we move people on to those payments programs where they now have budget line items, we think we can effectively double the rate at which agencies are upgrading their weapons. Mainly that using some back the envelope map that we look at all the weapons and probably they have not been upgraded and the ones that have been upgraded its probably around a 10 year replacement cycle we’re on right now. Because those do upgrade, typically do it at year seven may be year eight, so we’ve a lot of people who never upgrade it. So if we simply met sort of 10 year-ish average down to five years, obviously that would substantially grow the business and that will give our customers the best equipment all the time. So between those two areas of focus getting every officer have a TASER and getting them on our plan with getting the TASER refresh in regularly every five years. There is a lot of growth left in the business as we push towards those two goals.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. Great hopping over to the video segment, TASER cams really jumped up in the quarter is that driven by one particular order or a couple of big orders is that just sort of a residual from sort of the move to body cams and this is sort of middle ground?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, we had one big order from Australia that kind of drove that number up.
Steve Dyer:
Okay. And then last one then I’ll hop back in the queue. So curious your focus has historically been cloud based storage of video but you did by MediaSolv because there is obviously some that are seeking to do it on premise, any color there as to what you are hearing from people maybe the split as to how many roughly are looking at each way and any characteristics of what kinds of departments are up for which?
Dan Behrendt:
So we still think that it’s inevitable that these agencies are going to move the cloud model I think Louis there was a great example of an agency that had been a MediaSolv customer and like their solution and then we went in front of them with AXON and Evidence.com and MediaSolv and they ended up going with kind of an integrated approach. So we see the main value of MediaSolv as giving the agency the opportunity have additional ingest points for more data kind of on [indiscernible] that were eventually upload into our cloud model, so we feel extremely confident that Evidence.com and cloud model is the best buy for the customer and we have been fairly successful in seeing traction with the customers to move to that.
Operator:
Thank you. And next question is from Paul Coster of JP Morgan.
Mark Strouse:
Good morning, guys. This is Mark Strouse on for Paul. Thanks for taking our questions. So I think we are encouraged to see the ARPU number, especially the incremental ARPU number tick up this quarter. But just thinking about the subscriber additions going forward specially with some at least press releases of new companies coming into the space, are you seeing any lengthening of the sales cycle, any RFPs that are out there that you would have expected in a particular month that are now a couple of months later as those agencies are potentially evaluating more technologies?
Dan Behrendt:
That's a good question Mark this is Dan. I would say that we definitely, I think that agencies as always I think some political pressure to make sure - to bid on any significant purchase and I think we see that. I think we continue to win almost every RFP situation. So I think although it may have lengthened the sales cycle, I think it's actually, I think that agencies continue to get to the right answer and take us, because really we are really the only proven end to end solution that really has shown the ability to scale, a lot of our competitors very small install bases, I think we are really the only one that have shown that they could do this as scale. So although it may have a near-term impact like in a sales cycle I think as long as we continue to win, I think we are satisfied with the process.
Rick Smith:
I would add as well this is Rick that we have heard from frankly some of the smaller agencies that have gone with continuing systems. Some of the feedback even in relatively small scale they are having a bunch of challenges and we are now back in discussions with agencies that purchase within the past year, again were maybe too small or they were in the top agencies that we have talked about mostly in our conferences size. But though what we do well is hard. Putting together the brochures and the PowerPoint slide it’s pretty easy, we have a lot of folks in or sort of marketing stuff at playing to be pretty similar to ours, but there is a lot of moving parts, there is a lot of technology from hardware stack through firmware through all of the intermediating pieces whether it's software that runs on a laptop or the doc or on a server that ingest in the new bed in the cloud. So I don’t think -- we haven’t seen anybody else I think that to able to do it, that sale is fast and efficiently and reliably as we're doing it and a lot of these other folks. I think it got some a lot of room to -- we've got a lot of distance to cover to catch up to us and frankly that's part of the reason we're continuing to double down on our investments in engineering to make sure that we're continuing to move further and further ahead.
Mark Strouse:
Thanks Rick. Dan just one real quick follow up. I think you mentioned something before in your prepared remarks about the 15% CAGR. Are you talking about the total revenue or are you talking about weapons revenue, what was that?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, the total revenue for the company both segments of the business. We still feel comfortable that that long term CAGR can continue at that 15% rate.
Operator:
Thank you. And next question is from Greg McKinley of Dougherty & Company. Your line is open.
Andrew Grone:
First question was just regarding MediaSolv, was any portion of the 30.6 million in bookings related to contracts signed through MediaSolv?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, I don’t think any substantial part of the bookings was from anything from MediaSolv. I think we did have a 350k section from them. Revenue, just to clarify, that was revenue.
Rick Smith:
I would add to that, so there's a couple of million dollars over $2 million I'm aware of in Evidence.com bookings that we would attribute those bookings to the MediaSolv acquisition, so in certain accounts where we went in as MediaSolv became a part of TASER and Evidence.com we saw those accounts move our direction and in fact expand the level of deployment by sort of deciding rather than trying to put some stuff local in some of the cloud they expanded their purchase through the Evidence.com as with several million dollars but to be clear in Evidence.com business we would attribute to that growth to the MediaSolv integration.
Andrew Grone:
Would you I guess on that note, are there any cities that were previous MediaSolv relationships? Are any of them utilizing competitor cameras right now or have any converted over yet to AXON pilots at least?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes this is Dan I think there's installed base of MediaSolv customers and some of those do have body worn video, it's just sort of a small portion of their installed base and clearly I think one of the strategies around the MediaSolv acquisition is for the customers that have on pram solutions or like on pram solutions to get them sort of a clear migration path to the cloud in the future to Evidence.com
Andrew Grone:
Okay. Great, shifting over the margins here, so specifically so AXON product margins are pretty strong at 37, just over 37%, can you provide any color on just which hardware components are contributing to that of its I guess a little bit of a surprise of how they were and in the last quarter they were just over 30%, but part of that was from a that reduction of an obsolete and inventory charge or reversal of that charge?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, this is Dan I think overall it's a little bit because of the sort of revenue recognition, sort of allocating to all the pieces, but I think in general I think it just a -- I think it just indicative as we continue to sort of get our operations in line and make sure that we’re not having sort of any kind of negative variances, we add some the warranty expenses continue to be low for that product it's a high quality product with relatively low return rates. So that certainly helps the margins. So it's a lot of little things and it's little bit of mix but for the most part, we’re satisfied where we are. As you know our strategy is not to maximize the profits on the sale on the cameras but to get people in ecosystem and on our service and we’re encouraged to be able to see that we can make money on the hardware as we continue to win business. But I think it’s really sort of one product is driving that I think it just as, I think it discontinues improvement and then I would say the general talent would just disapproved warranty cost because the product, turn rate continue to drop.
Andrew Grone:
So are these $15 months have the upgrade features or is that allocating into this product margin, right now?
Dan Behrendt:
No its not, so the $15 a month for future cameras get the first that's part of the deferred revenue balance on the balance sheet. And that's not included the ARPU, the ARPU only includes the service and storage and that service include things like integration and things like that but that ARPU is sort of monthly service and storage, the payments from the customers for future cameras get deferred until we deliver the second camera.
Andrew Grone:
Okay. And are you seeing any less of a need to discounted order to win some of these contracts? Maybe the new or six months ago discount on the hardware specifically?
Dan Behrendt:
I think in general I think we’re seeing a market from up a little bit, we could change to structural sales people to make sure they are going to be competitive on price on the hardware, but in most of the cameras in the market continue to be priced higher than our camera, so I think we should start even to start -- starting prices typically better than most and major competition we see out there. So its I think that certainly helped us well.
Andrew Grone:
Okay. And then last from me just look clerical question that over the past couple of quarters, you were sharing a metric regarding the percent of contract signed that were for five years in length and I know this quarter you share that 88% for multiple year. Is just an apples-to-apples comparison or is language in [indiscernible] ?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, that’s a fair question. The 88% is multiple year, so that could include some two and three year deals as well. Accountably we also had a six-year deal that was a small deal this quarter, but some really multiple years or anything sort of over one. This quarter is a little bit unusual, because we had more this two and three-year deals and we typically see. But we still expect to have relatively low turn overtime. So ultimately we don’t think it makes that big difference, but the 88% would be any all the customers are assigned multiple year deals.
Operator:
Thank you. Our question is from Glenn Mattson of Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is open.
Glenn Mattson:
Can you talk about what percent of the increase in the sales expense that you’ve laid out today is related to international, is that more international? And then I’m just wondering about sales capacity, do you feel like by Q4 you’ll be in a pretty good spot or is this continue to ramp at this pace or something similar in ’16?
Dan Behrendt:
It’s a good question. I probably can get on specific, I can tell you that we are seeing sort of significant investments both in the international space as well as a video space. As I mentioned, we’re going to continue to increase a number of territory. So each sales person has a lower number of accounts they’re working. Our sales people are, the marketing is doing a great job generating sales pipeline as well as leads and we want to make sure we have enough sales people exactly work those leads. So I think really disappointing if some of the competitors are able to get a hold in the market or increase our market share because we didn’t have the right count of sales coverage. So we’re going to continue to add. On the video side, we’re also adding a little bit on the CW side as well especially as we take more and more business direct, it’s causing us to need more direct sales people on the weapon side of the business. And then international as Rick indicated we’ve got a number Tier 1 countries that we’re hiring people into and some cases like the UK were that’s now direct country we’re making those investments. In other cases, we’re working a lot of science distributors in order to drive market adoption or products.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. And it’s just like, this expense that you expect to continue to ramp as you exit the year or is it, or you feel like you build that infrastructure and you can leverage in future periods?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, we see 2016 is being a year that we continue to ramp. Although in certain parts of the business, we think the 2016 we make it’s a sort of steady stake going into ’17. But certainly on the international side a lot of it’s going to be dependent on if these investments were making the tier 1 markets start bearing fruit then we’ll look at making similar investments in other tier 1 markets or going into the tier 2. So international may just continue to grow even going into ‘17 and beyond, for the video business I think we eventually get to a point where we have the right number of territories and that would be a leverage we’ll expense but we do expect that we still see some ramp up in both SG&A and R&D in 2016 as well.
Operator:
Thank you. And next question comes from George Godfrey of C. L. King. Your line is open.
George Godfrey:
Of the 38 hires, that you hired this year and customer facing, how many of those people carry a code and we disclose that cause as we’ve bouncing around different calls?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, so for those customer facing roles they all carry a code and previous question was around capacity, we don't feel we’ve got capacity on the channel side and when we were talking with the market, we see series indicators that the market is happening now and we feel strongly now as we time for us to make the investments to be in front of the customers, when we are in front of the customer, we win the majority of deals and especially with our model, we’re going to capture each individual officer on our platform and really get that long -- multi-year contract and lock it out, so we think this is our window opportunity, we’ve said 2015 is our super bowl, and we really feel strong, we’ve got to be in front of the customers. So we can win those deals,
George Godfrey:
Understood. Last question, so existing 2015 in the number of people carrying quota for Taser?
Dan Behrendt:
I wouldn’t get into specifics other than saying we’re going to keep investing in the channel so we hit capacity, because we think this is our window of opportunity to win that share.
Operator:
Thank you. There are no further questions at this time. I’d like to turn the conference over to Luke Larson for any closing remarks.
Luke Larson:
Yes, we had a couple of other questions come in via twitter that I’ll address real quick, one is can evidence.com also be used for interview rooms and holding cells? And absolutely Evidence.com can be used to store all of the agencies through evidence. We see that active pain to the area of the biggest kind of growth in digital evidence is this push toward body camera, we’ve got the best solution for that. But evidence.com can also be used to really store any piece of digital evidence. So thank you for listening in to our Q2 2015 earnings call. And with that we will end the call here. So thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for your participation in today's conference. This concludes the program. You may now disconnect. Have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Rick Smith - CEO and Director Dan Behrendt - CFO Luke Larson - CMO
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Greg McKinley - Dougherty & Company [Abrupt Start] …it is the tool that is used in violent and dangerous confrontations in which emotions can be extreme, while they had been involved in some tragic situations including Arrest-Related Death. We have also saved more than 140,000 lives from death or serious injury in more than 2.7 million field uses. That is the nature of exactly what TASER International is focused on, defying conventional wisdom with revolutionary and proven methods to protect life and truth. You have to be willing to endure the critics from afar as we try to resolve some of the world’s most complicated and dangerous issues of stopping violent people, while improving transparency at the same time. What matters is that we can make a difference that matters in the world and we are determined to tackle these problems. With that I’d like to turn it over to our CFO, Dan Behrendt to provide some more color on our financial results and the outlook for 2015.
Dan Behrendt:
Thanks, Luke. As Rick mentioned earlier revenue in the first quarter was 44.8 million a growth of 24% compared to the first quarter of 2014 which is stronger than expected. There are a couple of deals on either end that bolstered results for the first quarter. We had some deals which were pushed from Q4 into Q1 and we were also able to pull a couple of Q2 deals earlier, but we’re certainly very happy with the results. Research and development expenses of 4.6 million are slightly lower than anticipated again due to the slower hiring of plan. We did make several critical hires in both management and G&A roles but have plans to continue to aggressively grow both hardware and software engineering staff bulks throughout the remainder of the year. We anticipate that with the hiring plans as well as incremental consulting spend in the Hardware segment we will grow R&D approximately 1 million quarterly from the first quarter levels in the second quarter. In order to maintain a leadership position in the market we will make all technology investments in emerging technologies such as wearables, mobile and cloud. The gross margins in the quarter were epic. In the TASER Weapons segment gross margins were 71.1% in the first quarter of 2015 compared to 66.4% in the prior year. In the AXON segment gross margins increased to 40.6% compared to 17.5% in the prior year. As you can see from the supplemental package online there were a few one-time reversals that contributed to gross margin strength. However, as our service revenues continue to increase and a critical mass of licenses is reached, corporate service and levered margins will continue to improve as the fixed cost associated with provision of software as a service. Due to one-time and if you think the gross margins on a go forward basis will be at a 64% to 66% range on a consolidated basis. The investments we’re making are still paying-off and proven to be prudent. In the first quarter our customer acquisition cost to lifetime value a standard ratio used to value of the level investments spend in SaaS companies was 3.5. As a reminder the general thought is investments are well placed with a ratio greater than 3, with an active user base of approximately 22, 000 users this quarter versus approximately 15,000 last year we’re seeing continued growth. While the fourth quarter ratio is greater than four, our incremental investments in sales personnel during 2015 creates a longer return run rate as reps get trained up and deployed into the field but we’re certainly very comfortable with the 3.5 ratio for this quarter. We are realistic in knowing that some of these investments will succeed and some would fail. We believe that the investments we make in both our successes and failures will be critical to maintaining a learning organization that can evolve and adapt to future technologies and market challenges. We are diligent about integrating our customers’ feedback into our technologies so that we ideally innovate to their direct needs. Today we are investing heavily in mobile around communication and fibration features for public safety. We see the trend from desktop to mobile as something that will certainly come to the public safety market as it has to so many other markets that are intent on being a leader and we are intent on being a leader in the space. I’d like to reiterate our commitment to the long-term and set the expectation this is a consistent message you’d be hearing from me and our leadership team we've assembled a world-class development team and which we see as competitive advantage and which we will continue to supplement with strong hires. We are playing to win a much larger market over the long run and look forward to generating long-term shareholder value as a result. You may have also noticed the tax rate for the quarter is 32.5% which is lower than the historic rate. This is due to two things the first is we're benefitting from the domestic production activities deduction which we get for producing our goods in the United States. The second and even more significant is the impact we’re having from having our international business structure run out of Amsterdam. While we set up the Amsterdam office to be closer to our customers we do get some tax benefits under this arrangement. It is worth noting that because we will have an income in the United States as well as various foreign jurisdictions outside the United States. Our effective tax rate could fluctuate due to changes in the mix of earnings and potential losses in countries with different statutory tax rates. We look at this each quarter and update our effective tax rate as appropriate. As a reminder the Annual Shareholder Meeting will be held in a couple of weeks on May 18th in Seattle. It will be held at 1800 Yale Avenue at the SpringHill Suites Seattle Downtown at 09:00 AM Pacific Standard Time. After the formal voting procedures, presentations will be made by Luke Larson, Rick Smith and Marcus Womack. There will also been an informal round table discussion with Company's product managers on both the video and weapon of the business where you could ask questions about product offerings and the development process. We also have some videos and momentums from the ISTP Conference so investors will be able to experience a bit of what our customers went through at that foreign conference in the fourth quarter. While not required we would appreciate RSVPs to be send to [email protected] so we can plan it for the appropriate number of attendees. You may have also noticed we changed up earnings release, earnings process this quarter. We heard feedback in the last quarter that were perhaps a little bit too for both during the call and did not leave enough time for questions. This call is meant to update you our investors on our quarterly progress so we tweak the process to hopefully we make this more useful for you. We not only added AXON second statistics into the release as well as two more business highlights from the quarter but for the first time we have uploaded supplemental package to the investor Web site which goes through each of the line item drivers and provide investors a little bit more color to about what happened in the financial statements. As a result we will be skipping most of the financial highlights of the call and going right to Q&A at the end of the call we will be tweeting our survey line. Please let us know what you think about this new format and ways that we can continue to improve this process going forward. And with that we will go to the Q&A portion and take questions from the audience.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question or comment comes from the line of Paul Coster from JPMorgan. Your line is open.
Mark Strouse:
This is Mark Strouse on for Paul. Thanks for taking our questions. So Rick thanks a lot for going through your travel plans I guess for the next six to nine months. I guess are some of those countries and cities that you are going to be visiting are they cities that have already expressed an interest in on officer video or is the goal more to set up the salesforce and build more sustainable long-term business I think another way of saying it is, should we think about those international opportunities as kind of pilots maybe in 2015 and then more hold deployment orders in 2016 or could there be some meaningful orders in 2015?
Rick Smith:
Well, certainly I think the UK is getting to a point of maturity where we could start to see meaningful orders this year. France we’ve got to just frankly get little more engaged there with the customer they have 8,000 weapons that are I think they were eight or nine years old.
Dan Behrendt:
Easily eight or nine years old?
Rick Smith:
So we see a real need for them to upgrade those I’d like to hope we can make some progress on that in a relatively short-term. Italy is a brand new market for us but there we got the largest lease force in Europe side okay that one is more of a long-term. So the general idea here is really more to start momentum I don’t think I’m going to be closing orders per se but what we are finding is these international agencies are really large compared to the U.S. like the City of London is considered a small agency in UK It has got a 1,000 officers here in the U.S. we call that a pretty good sized agency. For example the result of some of the work goes down in UK I was invited into the London Met to do a session on leadership during transformation of an organization. So this had nothing to do with sales per se but the London Met is going through their own transformational project right now and I think that’s not something that typically they would invite sales rep in to do something like that. And that gave me access to something like a top-150 leaders now of course I’m very careful in those things not to try and head into a sale pitch but really to try to be a helpful thought partner but I think that really resonates with these agencies more so than the product per se because most lease agencies around the world I think are struggling with the same problems. They are very far behind technologically I mean actually this past quarter the NYPD had put in I guess $1 million line item to replace their typewriters and that resulted in a City Counsel New York actually banning typewriters from the NYPD or putting in a motion to do so. And that’s not a uniquely American problem. So I know it is a little bit of a long winded answer I’m not going over there to sign contract and celebrate big orders that are already baked. This is setting the foundation for the long-term. And also we are using this as sort of a forcing function like we did in the UK this kind of helps focus the team on getting new hires in place. So we have the team in place to continue to follow-up as we start each market.
Mark Strouse:
Dan, just on the evidence.com the 26.80 monthly revenue proceed figure that you guys have, is there any way to -- and I know that’s an average number but is there any way to kind of frame what the ranges of those ARPUs are maybe not by customer obviously but maybe by customers that are doing their minimum with you versus those that are doing the total package, what kind of range is there in that monthly ARPU number?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes it’s a fairly wide range. And some of the new offerings that are actually pushing out the lease to top-end of that, so our basic service starts at $15 plus stores. So sort of assume and sort of the low end of the marquee may be at $20 or $22 probably closer to $20 before discounting and then our highest tier for the highest tier service with unlimited storage and integrations would be $65 per month before any discounting. So there is fairly wide range there but obviously hopefully we can drive people into programs like the unlimited storage program with AXON Ultimate with unlimited storage or officer safety program are both some of the higher tier programs. And as we get traction of those higher tier programs hopefully that can start moving the need. The other thing I would sort of that we are very cognoscente of is that that install base gets bigger and bigger it’s going to be harder to sort of move it dramatically in one quarter it’s going to be more of a trend overtime just because you have got that large install base.
Rick Smith:
One thing I would add is well Dan is that that number is just the software and storage services. So, additionally the people that go on these new hiring license tiers are also signing for some pretty significant sort of monthly deferred revenue related to hardware and warranty services.
Dan Behrendt:
That’s correct.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question or comment comes from the line of Glenn Mattson from Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is open.
Glenn Mattson:
Questions about the gross margin especially in the video hardware segment, maybe Dan can you walk us through why that was so strong and it has fluctuated widely as four or five quarters maybe a little more on that?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, sure. So I think -- so on the software side we’re really encouraged to see that sort of 65% margin for the quarter and that’s mostly driven by the fact that we sort of we finally got to sort of that critical mass where we’re starting to see the benefit of our variable cost of one more sort of user in the system versus variable cost of delivering that and that’s why that improved so much this quarter as we sort of craft on [indiscernible] we are really seeing that benefit. On the hardware side we did benefit a little bit this quarter. We had as you know we took a large reserve last quarter and for some excess and obsolete inventory. We were able to reverse a little bit of that this quarter about $200,000 which improved the margins. So that’s -- those margin on a normalized basis would have been closer to 25% this quarter.
Glenn Mattson:
And then could you say what you think going forward the video the service the software margins would -- if you look out two or three years like kind of what the potential is on that side?
Dan Behrendt:
Well I think it’s partly based on that ARPU as we move that ARPU up I think that’s got the ability to expand margins. A lot of these advanced features will drive people to those higher tiers there is not a lot of variable cost to delivering it there is a lot of R&D cost but our cost to service a customer on the ultimate plan is not that different from customers in some of the lower tiers. So if we move that ARPU up I think that that 65% can improve overtime. Certainly, if you looked at other sort of SaaS companies we certainly have the ability to move that up now I would say that probably unique or somewhat unique to TASER is the fact that we also have storage which is going to be a little bit of a lower margin product overtime just because of the efficiencies of what customers would expect to pay for storage. But overall we’re very happy with the 65% and hopefully we can improve that overtime as we see that ARPU go up.
Glenn Mattson:
And then last from me, the weapons number was quite strong this quarter. You mentioned that you may have pulled an order or two forward from Q2 can you talk about the magnitude of that and do you expect Q2 to be last quarter Q1 to Q2 was basically flat do you see it maybe sequentially down or still growing here, what do you think?
Dan Behrendt:
No. That’s a good question. As you know it we are sort of a book and ship business so it’s a little bit harder I can tell you that we did have a couple million dollars worth of orders that we expected in Q4 that just basically just missed and we were able to close those deals early in Q1 so there is a couple of million of stuff that’s we have trickled in from the fourth quarter that was pushed to the first. We pulled in probably another million plus of Q2 orders as well. So, we certainly benefit from that. As far as sort of the seasonally it’s almost hard you get some of those positive sort of lumpiness in a quarter it sort of mutes some of that normal seasonal trends just because the Q1 is typically one of our weaker quarters from a seasonality perspective and we exceeded even our own expectations for the quarter with these results.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question or comment comes from the line of Steve Dyer from Craig Hallum. Your line is open.
Steve Dyer:
Dan I just want to clarify something you said on gross margins, did you said excluding kind of one-time items you expect 64% to 66% gross margins going forward?
Dan Behrendt:
I did, on a consolidated basis, that’s right.
Steve Dyer:
And then real quickly another quick question Luke I think you had indicated you anticipate OpEx going up by 1 million is that kind of per quarter or is that the next quarter will be 1 million higher than the last quarter?
Luke Larson:
That’s for next quarter we see the business as happening now I am sure you saw on the news we had a presidential candidate Hillary Clinton called for body cams events that are occurring in Baltimore we feel now is the time to build out the sales teams and capitalize on that momentum.
Steve Dyer:
As it relates to the video business ARPU obviously didn’t go up kind of at the same sequential trajectory than it did last quarter. Is that a function of just kind of been since real recently that you guys have started signing the kind of the all you can need is a bigger data plans or is it a function of you still have some early guys on the network that maybe got the first year free or something like that or any color there would be great?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes Steve, this is Dan I think it’s a little bit of both. Certainly these newer pricing tiers are new and there is a kind of a long sales cycle for our really both products but certainly the video product has a new capability there is a long sales cycle that goes with it. So, I could tell you that the new pricing tiers have been well received by customers that we presented them to, and over the next several quarters hopefully we’ll see more deals close at those pricing tiers as those sales cycles come to a close and we start getting orders for those higher tiers.
Steve Dyer:
And then as it relates to the bookings I know it’s variable and a lot of it is swung by big deals. Generally directionally how do you see the trajectory progressing throughout the year given we keep getting these public incidents? And looking at your sales book I mean would you expect Q1 to be a low watermark or too tough to call?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes it is tough to make a exact prediction we certainly feel very comfortable that we’re going to see strong year-over-year growth on total year to total year as you know it’s very deal dependent so each quarter is we don’t want to put too much weight on an individual quarter for that reason but we feel that the macro trends are great for us. As Luke said earlier we see this market forming this year so we think that certainly as we look at the market and our pipeline we’re very happy with where we sit right now.
Steve Dyer:
Last question for me then I'll hop back in the queue. And I know there is not a perfect answer to this just given that you don't know but if had to guess, at kind of what percentage of your weapons orders this quarter or sort of in general right now are replacements or upgrade versus new, how would you make that split?
Dan Behrendt:
Well actually it is a tough question I would say that the international is probably still the bulk of those are still net new deployments just because you've got so much wide space internationally the OPP iskind of a good example where they have legalized the carriers TASER weapons for patrol officers now so yes some of those are replacements for supervisor weapons but the fact that you can now sort of open up the market certainly makes that a net new capability for a lot officers out there I'd say in the U.S. I think our tele sales has done a really nice job I think there is probably some wide space that those guys are capturing as well just you know being in front of customers and provide a great service we think that's enabled some of these agencies that are say some of the 100 go from maybe same kind of thing where you are going from sort of supervisors to wire deployment is because they I think we're just more top of mind so it's definitely a mix in the U.S. as you know there is still a fair amount of wide space we still have some large cities that are under representative of TASER hopefully some of the indications from like LA last year as they started fielding more of the TASER weapons and their desire to put a TASER in a camera and officer will see that trend continue in some of the other big cities for a lot of wide spaces.
Luke Larson:
Yes I would add in as well we are really trying to shift the focus on the conversation with our customers sort of away from the idea of upgrading what you have to expanding TASER's for everybody that come on guys in 2015 every cop that goes out there with a gun should have a TASER and probably I camera now so that's why we shifted towards the standard issue grant program where we’re giving basically from an investor perspective think about as sort of a replacement for our old training programs well now the incentives are if you want to get the $100 to $400 per officer you basically you have to step up and make TASER standard issue so that every officer coming out of the academy gets one and they can show to us some sort of plan that they are giving every officer on patrol a TASER a camera or both. So as we have shifted that focus and then also frankly the logistics costs of having people send stuff in just so we can destroy it here so I’d say our visibility on what's operating and what are not is kind of dropping and so we’re not really just really focusing on that a whole lot as we shift to this focus of every officer getting a TASER.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question or comment comes from the line of Greg McKinley from Dougherty & Company. Your line is open.
Greg McKinley:
We have a $71 million backlog. Can you help us break that between hardware and software?
Luke Larson:
We don’t have that we haven’t really disclosed exactly where it is coming out of certainly as you see more of these ultimate deals that some of that backlog is going to be hardware for future cameras and anybody in the ultimate plan is going to get a camera it is a 2.5 and 5 year mark so that is definitely included in the number, so we will see fairly it will certainly be a mix on a go forward basis the deals that are not on those ultimate plans is going to be all software on those deals so it's going to be a mix I would say if that's something that is interesting we can take a look at that but it's not something that we’re ready to talk specifically to today.
Greg McKinley:
Yes I mean I think as you are bookings continue to build that will be something that I think investors increasingly have an interest in understanding how that revenue in March makes us strong and within that backlog may be given I'm sure you have higher ARPU in that backlog than what you reported this quarter can you talk at all about how you expect that to behave as backlog you amortized through the income statement over the next 12 months or so?
Luke Larson:
Yes I mean I would say it is probably the way that we maybe encourage investors to look at that as look at the sort of user count and sort of we've got the 80% or so attachment rate and sort of look at how that approximately 22,000 user count at the end of Q1 and how that grows overtime and just the fact that we're seeing about a 65% margin on the service side today I think that makes for a pretty good case just as that user count grows throughout this year and into next year so we see that will be that the AXON business gross margin should continue to improve so you will see improvement in mix you see a greater percentage of their total sales coming from the licenses versus the hardware which should improve the overall profitability at least on a gross margin line for that business.
Greg McKinley:
Going back to weapons can you -- you have really strong weapons units during the quarter although international didn't necessarily stand out as being the source to that so should be interpret that your focus through the tele sales group on medium to small sized agencies was the big driver there? And if you can tell us your thoughts on that and then as you look at the next nine months of the year is it, with Rick spending a lot of time traveling internationally is that where some big opportunities lie from a weapon standpoint or is it more domestically?
Luke Larson:
Yes. So on the first question, our tele team has just done a phenomenal job servicing what I would call the long tail of the market. As you know we’ve got 10,000 agencies in the U.S. that are very small and so our tele team has been servicing these agencies that are 1 to 25 officers that have historically not been actively service from the sales perspective. And so we certainly benefited from pulling some of that revenue in.
Dan Behrendt:
On the international front yes certainly there are some really big opportunities internationally. Historically we’ve not seen them -- I’m not been happy that we’ve been to pull those opportunities into the boat and certainly that’s part of the reason for the renewed focus there. I’d say the other thing is, in the U.S. I’ve been doing thought leadership type stuff speaking at key conferences et cetera, it’s being less and less that really involved in individual sales call frankly I’d say the caliber of our sales team is dramatically higher than it was just a few years ago and the team here is really hitting on all cylinders across the board. So certainly as we’ve got our teles doing great we’ve also added what we sort of call, junior reps in each region to focus on the middle tier and then our senior regional reps are focusing on the largest agencies and as we increase that level of focus I think we’re seeing improvements across the board.
Greg McKinley:
And then maybe if I can just ask you to repeat I think you commented on the degree to which the accrual reversal impacted margins in the quarter, could you remind of that please?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, sure. So, on the video segment we have about $200,000 pick up on the hardware revenues, or hardware gross margins. So on a normalized basis the hardware margin for video would have been closer to 25%.
Operator:
Thank you. I’m showing no further questions in the queue at this time. I’d like to turn the conference back over to management for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Well, obviously we won’t have any calls like today. I’d like to congratulate the whole TASER team and our new AXON group out in Seattle to the great quarter. We look forward to seeing you all at our shareholder meeting in Seattle. You’ll get a sneak peak of our new facility up there. We’ll be quite ready for move in until June but those of you who have been to our headquarters in Scottsdale know that we take great pride in putting together a unique and compelling work environment. We are doing some similar work in Seattle. Come on up check it out and meet some of all these new people we’ve been hiring. Everybody have a great day and we’ll see you in a few weeks in Seattle.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today’s conference. This concludes the program. You may now disconnect. Everyone have a wonderful day.
Executives:
Rick Smith - CEO Dan Behrendt - CFO Luke Larson - Chief Marketing Officer
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company
Operator:
Welcome to TASER International, Inc. Q4 2014 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. I would now like to introduce your host for today's conference Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Rick Smith. You may begin, sir.
Rick Smith:
Thank you. Good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International's fourth quarter 2014 earnings conference call. Before we get started I'm going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our CFO to read the Safe Harbor Statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as to the date which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 under the caption Risk Factors. You may find both of these filings as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. And with that, I will turn it back over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Dan. As a reminder to everyone on the call we’re going to be accepting some questions via Twitter during the Q&A portion of the call. To follow our updates on twitter during the call follow the account @taser_ir. For those of you without Twitter I will update some graphics streamed directly to our investor relations website at investor.taser.com. The conclusion to 2014 was yet another record company [ph] for the quarter solidifying a record year that we’re excited to discuss with you today. We also have a lot of exciting developments and new data points to share with investors on today's call. First consolidated revenues grew 17% year-over-year to 46.8 million continuing the streak of record course. This marks the 12th straight consecutive quarter of year-over-year top line double digit growth. We continue to work hard to aggressively grow the top line and are eager to continue to show our progress and successes throughout 2015. Bookings related to our AXON and evidence.com products saw tremendous growth this quarter reaching 24.6 million which is growth of 372% over the fourth quarter of 2013. For the past several quarters we have talked about continuing momentum and new milestones and the fourth quarter is no different. Consolidating the top tier of the market to be on the AXON system continues to be our number one priority in this segment. The Los Angeles police Department was our first customer to purchase the new Officer Safety Plan which was actually something we developed in close collaboration with them. LAPD was very proactive in their valuation and procurement of on officer cameras and we’re thrilled to be partners with such a large agency who is considered to be a thought leader within the law enforcement community. They are taking the first steps to ensure their officers are fully equipped on the job, not only with on officer cameras but also with our new TASER smart weapons which historically have not been standard issued equipment to LAPD. LAPD has announced their intent to outfit 7000 officers in the next year with on-officer cameras and an additional 3000 officers with X26P smart weapons moving them towards the day when TASER devices and cameras are standard issue for every new officer coming out of the academy. We have confidence in their full commitment, however investors should note that during the public procurement practices there may be delay factor such as the involvement of foundation, political entities and/or bid processes. Another major city win for us this quarter came from San Francisco, a phenomenal example of how the network effects of evidence.com and information sharing can influence purchasing decisions. As you all should know the Bay Area Rapid Transit Police was one of our early adopters. Therefore it made sense for its colleagues at the San Francisco PD to follow suit when they were ready to move. Another notable fact about this deployment in the heart of Silicon Valley is the fact that they do not have TASER weapons meaning that San Francisco is a completely new customer for the company. We often credit our relationship with the agencies from the TASER weapons business where we are a trusted partner with creating a competitive advantage for us in the AXON business. Net new customer wins like San Francisco solidify our superiority in comparison to other vendors in the on-officer camera and cloud space because of our simple, robust end to end solution. The AXON and evidence.com business exceeded our best expectations in 2014. At the beginning of the year our internal target was $30 million in bookings. The market grew faster than our expectations as we nearly doubled our target. We set out to win every major account with AXON and evidence.com and we succeeded in that endeavor. Every major city that made a new purchasing decision in 2014 selected our solution. We exceeded our targets in 2014 through a combination of market dynamics and peer execution. But we have had to hire rapidly to support the business that is at least double the size we anticipated in total dollars despite our moving to cut prices significantly in 2013. However despite - and speaking to the long term view of this opportunity we have innovated to ensure that we continue to walk customers up the value scale over time thereby increasing the average revenue per seat through new programs such as the Office Safety Plan and the new Unlimited Plan. If we can continue this market momentum through 2015 we believe we can consolidate the market on our platform. We have 15 of the major cities on evidence.com today and another 28 in serious discussions in or field tests. Our number one focus is to ensure we win every one of these agencies on evidence.com and we believe this is possible to achieve. As we saw with the San Francisco PD [embark] [ph] there are significant network effects where there will be significant advantages for agencies to all be on the same system. We’re determined to be that system. Given the significant increase in attention to body cameras following the Ferguson incident 2015 is our super bowl. We’re showing that we can win consistently but we need to make sure we are actively engaged with every account across North America and engaging globally as well. To this end we will continue to accelerate our investments in sales functions and R&D. Specifically SG&A, we anticipate will increase roughly $500,000 in the first quarter from fourth quarter levels. R&D, we anticipate increasing over a $1 million from the fourth quarter levels. On the SG&A side we’re building out a robust professional sales channel and are intent on owning the customer experience from sales through support. Fundamentally the reason to hire more sales staff is because we suspect that there is a greater demand for our products than we are realizing with our current staff who can only handle so many accounts. Our [indiscernible] at hiring new staff and support will soon lead to a proportional increase in revenue bookings. To support our customers in addition to sales reps we’re adding incremental product managers, account managers, customer service reps and order processing staff, each of these functions ensure that the customers are having a world class experiencing when choosing TASER products and services thereby gaining loyalty and future business. On the research and development side, we’re focused on creating software and hardware that transforms agencies’ critical work flows to help them do their job better gaining massive efficiencies in day to day operations. Some examples of these are automated uploads through a docking station, automated grid action features and the ability to have smart evidence retention schedules essentially removing the need to have police officers spend time dealing with these processes. In the fourth quarter a new file was uploaded to evidence.com every four seconds and as you will see in the curve that we just tweeted out system utilization measured by file uploads continues to grow on an exponentially increasing curve. TASER increasingly views the business of the technology for public safety as a very large market in which we’re the defacto leader. However we cannot maintain or grow that leadership position unless we’re hiring more of the best and brightest software engineers. We’re competing for engineering talent with companies like Facebook, Amazon, Google and Dropbox. This does increase our cost but it also means that the caliber of the products and services we can deliver in public safety have the opportunity to grow from our leadership in the market for years to come. This fact has already proven itself in the bookings growth for AXON and evidence.com last year. We’re hopeful to innovate further in these platforms and create new ones as well for continued market success. We have also shown the new programs and features are creating more value for our customers resulting in increasing per seat revenues. By continuing to scale our engineering resources we ensure our systems continue to scale reliably and then we continue to streamline the customer experience. We ensure that we’re offering key additional capabilities that will not only differentiate us from many follow-on competitors trying to imitate our offering but to create more value for our customers and create additional revenue opportunities. One of the great challenges where we focus a significant amount of our attention as a management team is balancing the financial rigor of running a profitable enterprise with ensuring that we’re making sufficient investments in the long term business. If we’ve established the clearly dominant mobile wearables and cloud enabled technology eco-system 5 to 7 years from now we will have a massively valuable enterprise on our hands. If we fail to achieve a dominant position because we failed to invest the resources required today it would be a tremendous loss of potential future shareholder value, and as such and based on in-depth discussion with our technology advisors on our Board of Directors we’re continuing to make the significant investments we feel prudent to enable us to own the space. There are two metrics I’d like to share with you today to help me understand if our level of spending is appropriate to the task at hand. First we compare the customer acquisition cost or CAC to the long term value per customer or LTV. This is a standard ratio used to evaluate the level of investment spend in software as a service company. We’re tweeting out a link to a great article from the venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz that gives a nice overview of the CAC versus LTV that we believe you may find helpful. Typically if the customer acquisition cost compared to the long term value is a ratio over 3.0 meaning that each customer is worth at least 3 times what you spend to acquire them then your investments are probably pretty well placed. If the number climbs too high it could be an indication you’re underinvesting relative to the opportunity to gain profitable customers and market share. In Q4 our ratio of customer acquisition cost to long term value was over four which is a great indicator that our investments in customer acquisition are well placed even raising the question if we were investing enough. A second metric I use to personally gauge how well we were doing I’d call our steady state earnings. So one of the challenges with a SaaS business is that GAAP accounting revenues are spread out over a very long time horizon which makes GAAP revenues and earnings a very much lagging indicator. So as a management team you really can't use GAAP revenue and earnings to assess the relative levels of investment especially in a business that’s growing at greater than a 100% year-over-year growth rate. So to help me calibrate I play a hypothetical game, what if the business was in a steady state just like last quarter and we repeated last quarter's performance into the indefinite future. Under this scenario GAAP revenues would eventually equalize to the same level as bookings. Sure there would be quarter to quarter timing differences etcetera but those will likely cancel out over time. Hence in this future steady state we would have revenues of 24.6 million instead of the 6.4 million of GAAP revenue. If we assume a 65% gross margin on this revenue then the additional 18.2 million of revenue would generate an additional 11.8 million of operating income. This would take the operating margin from an actual loss of 5.9 million today to an operating income of 5.9 million. So maybe this feels like a very reasonable business, earning 5.9 million on 24.6 million of revenue, a theoretical operating margin of 24%. Now I want to emphasize this is a purely theoretical exercise that I used to help me mentally calibrate if our level of expenditure is reasonable for the size of the business we’re building. None of the assumptions are going to hold true. We’re going to continue to ramp up our investments because we believe that we’re in the very steep part of the growth curve. We also expect the bookings number to climb significantly over time. But the steady state earnings is a thought exercise I found helpful to me in thinking about how we’re doing in balancing our investments versus the business as it exists in an snapshot today. So I wanted to share it with our investors. This is about as non-GAAP a thought exercise as you could imagine so please pause now, re-read all the language from our safe harbor statement and multiply by two. Hopefully we made it clear to you that we’re out to win super bowl this year in law enforcement. When you’re going for the world championship you need to continually optimize your team. Sometimes you trade out some of your starting players, you know, like trade out your starting half back to refine your team’s performance even if he just had a great season. In December we went through a restructuring process to optimize our team and to plan the origination at the top. We eliminated the position of Chief Operating Officer which means that Jeff Kukowski is no longer with the company. He had a great impact at TASER during his time here. But elevating the position of VP of International with Ron Brandt and then domestically promoting the VP of the Video Sales Organization, Josh Isner to oversee all of domestic. We as an executive team have greater visibility into the sales organization. We also announced that Luke Larson will be promoted to President in the beginning of April as part of our long term succession planning. Doug Klint will remain on as General Counsel for the company. One of the reasons for this restructuring was to give me more time to focus on where I believe I can add the most value in customer facing roles. In particular I felt our business has not met our growth goals for international. We’re not meeting the potential that we see, and as our U.S. business is really hitting on all cylinders I see the greatest value I can add will be spending a lot more time overseas helping to grow our global business. As such starting in June I will be spending roughly 2/3rds of my time on the ground in international markets helping to build out our teams to drive meetings with high level public safety leaders. I have already begun significant time investment in the UK where I will be back again next week. Starting in June of this year I will be spending intensive eight week surges in key markets to drive momentum. Target markets included the UK, France, Italy, with the largest police force in Europe which also recently authorized the use of Taser. Australia and broader Asia. In order for me to be able to spend this much time out with customers I had to ensure we had the right team in place to continue ramping the business and overseeing day to day operations. December restructuring put the team on the field that I believe will help us win the market this year. Before I introduce Luke Larson to join us on the call I want to give investors a little background on why I selected Luke for this role. When Luke first joined the company in 2009 he came to me with an idea. Rick you know leading companies like GE and Google have leadership development programs where they recruit a top tier schools, rotate fresh talent across different parts of the organization and use the program to build a ball pen of internal talent that you can grow up over time within the organization, was an idea that he brought to me. Well this idea became our Leadership Development Program and has been one of the transformative programs in our company's history. The leaders of our engineering and our North American sales organizations both came up through the LDP program as have many of our product managers, our UK country manager, our Asia sales manager and many others. In fact Bret Taylor, our Board member who was previously the Chief Technology Officer at Facebook after he had earlier created Google Maps in his career, well Bret came up through the similar program at Google, called the APM program. The Google APM program has yielded many of Google's top leadership and many CEOs of Silicon Valley like Bret. And I can't tell you how proud I was when I asked Bret his impression of our LDP candidates versus the APMs at Google. Bret’s opinion is that our people could go toe to toe with the team at Google largely considered the best in the world. That’s the type of company we want to be compared to. After starting our LDP program Luke took over as Product Manager of the AXON product when it was a program in crisis. You may recall our first AXON pro camera, big, expensive, complicated. The program was failing, it was way over budget. As product manager, Luke set the strategy and negotiated partnerships with [indiscernible] and Oakley that created the AXON Flex product that is dominating the market today. Now there are many people here at TASER who worked on this program and contributed greatly but I would point out that Luke played a pivotal leadership role for sure. After his run on AXON I promoted Luke to run marketing and since then we have seen huge increase in both the quality of our programs and the sales pipeline generated. Luke has been a true change agent a driving force in helping us transition the company from a weapon company into an integrated technology company with extensive hardware and software offerings. So as part of our concession planning process Doug, Flint and I together with the Board of the Directors felt that now was the time to promote Luke to even larger role as President of the Company. With that I would like to introduce you to all Luke Larson and ask him to provide his perspective on our marketing efforts Q4, and the road ahead.
Luke Larson:
One of the things that TASER has benefited from its having a Founder as CEO because they usually take a long term approach to running the business. TASER has always had that in our DNA but as the company has grown we have made a concerted effort to formalize that as a philosophy and ensure we communicated to all of our stakeholders, investors, customers and our employees. We believe that using a longer time horizon to make business decisions will directly result in increasing shareholder value as well as increase the total market value of the company. We believe that by investing to obtain, extend and solidify a market leadership position we will create a public safety platform that we can leverage to create a powerful economic model. Our emphasis on the long term directly influences decisions that we make and it's guided by few principles that we feel are best suited for us to create the preeminent technology company in the worldwide public safety market. During last quarter's call we spoke about the runway success that TASER enjoyed at the IACP conference with our Don’t be a Dinosaur theme, over the last couple of months we have had the opportunity to quantify that bit, over 2500 customers went through our booth experience and we added 21% to our pipeline opportunity from this single event. Further we have seen a 43% increase in pending trial and the evaluation programs at the end of the fourth quarter sequentially from the third quarter ending the fourth quarter with over 200 open T&E programs. We continue to hear over and over from our customers that no one at IACP had the proven scalable end to end system that we have spent the last six years developing with AXON and EVIDENCE.com. Others will try to follow but those starting to make investments now will have an enormous mountain to climb to catch us because we have invested the time, capital and talent years ago to establish a wide first mover advantage upon which we will build aggressively. As of the fourth quarter we now have over 30,000 AXON units in the field and in the fourth quarter nearly 80% of the camera sold also purchased at EVIDENCE.com further out of those with EVIDENCE.com 87.5% of new EVIDENCE.com contracts were for five year terms. We’re clearly set to be the long term partner for law enforcement with on officer camera programs. In the last year we talked extensively about the success and future trajectory of the AXON segment but in the fourth quarter our TASER weapons business also showed great execution strength and our corporate strategy of international expansion. There were very large international deployments in Australia, France, Poland and the UK. We also received a first smart weapon order and subsequent deployments in Canada with the Ontario Provincial Police. In aggregate revenue in the TASER weapons business was 45.5 million, growth of 8% over the prior year while adding three additional major city deployments for a total of 43 major cities utilizing smart weapons. We introduced the officer safety plan in December in conjunction with LAPD. LAPDs deployment of 3000 weapons, not only it's a fantastic avenue for consistently owning the budget line items for law enforcement, it is a tool that we’re introducing to close the white space gap domestically. We have TASER's on one out of every two officers in the United States, the penetration rate at the largest agencies is much less than that. TASER weapons are a vital law enforcement tools for their safety and proven ability to reduce officer and suspect injury rates, reduce litigation, workers compensation cost, and ultimately save lives. When combined with AXON on-officer cameras the synergistic results are astounding. We’re setting our sights high. Our vision is a TASER weapon on every officer in the world and in the U.S. we want this to be standard issue equipment at every agency. To achieve this vision we’re continuing to add more headcount in both our telesales function, domestic weapon sales staff, video sales staff and international sales staff to ensure that we’re consistently at the top of mind for agencies around the world. We wanted to take some time on this call to go through the new programs that we have introduced in the past couple of months to ensure investors understand the tremendous opportunity they present and the collaboration and relationship with law enforcement they embody. These new license tiers are not only meant to own the budget line items at law enforcement but also to increase the average monthly revenue per seat which as of December 31 was approximately $26. The first program we have mentioned a couple of times on this call is the Officer Safety Program or the OSP. This is introduced as a mean to simplifying the capital expenditure process for agencies. The programs allow agencies to pay $99 per officer per month and know that their entire TASER weapon, cameras and digital evidence programs are covered for the next five years. The programs include one weapon upgrade every five years, a camera upgrade every 2.5 years, full warranty coverage and unlimited storage for their AXON cameras. In short we take the risk off the table of any unforeseen expenses for maintenance breakage or data overruns. Early indications are that customers absolutely love it. Past experiences with agencies indicate that once operating expenses are incorporated into a municipality's budget, it becomes much easier to rebudget for such predictable expenses on a go forward basis versus the need to periodically request inconsistent material funds for ongoing irregular capital expenditures. The Officer Safety Program aims to position TASER's products and services into municipality's budgets as a consistent and predictable prices as a mean to preserving future revenue streams. Providing such a bundle also helps solidify TASER as a one stop shop for an agencies technology needs while TASER may make slightly less per weapons hand on the OSP transaction we anticipate that it will be made up in volume. Admittedly the revenue recognition for this program is complicated and we’re still finalizing how this will be accomplished. We anticipate hosting a webinar to go through the specifics in the relatively near future for those investors who are interested. It's important to note that in terms of bookings, approximately 20% of the contract value of an OSP deal is backed out of bookings as it relates to the CW upgrade. The second new license tier introduced is known as the Unlimited Plan. Maricopa County Sheriff's Office and Pasco County Sheriff's Office were our flagship customers to purchase this tier with their purchase of 700 AXON Flex cameras and 415 AXON flex cameras respectively. The unlimited plan offers unlimited storage for the data uploaded from AXON cameras and the EVIDENCE Mobile as well as the added benefit of an agency being able to upgrade their AXON cameras every 2.5 years. The unlimited plan cost $79 user per month and it's offered with a 3 to 5 year contract. Just to be clear the only difference between the two plans is that the officer safety plan adds the TASER weapon warranty and upgrades to the unlimited plan for an additional cost of $20 per month. Maricopa County was also our flagship customer with the launch of RMS integrations with EVIDENCE.com. This program takes information exported from the agencies record management system and correlates it with videos on EVIDENCE.com and agency's AXON videos are then automatically tagged with the correct metadata including Incident ID, category and location. Officers are no longer required to spend valuable time entering this data after each incident and supervisors no longer have to search extensively for untagged or incorrectly tagged videos. The RMS integration is priced at $15 per user per month thereby increasing the average revenue per seat further. You probably notice in the press release we’re doing a rebrand of our previously called EVIDENCE.com & Video Segment now to be named the AXON segment. This will serve as the umbrella brand for all of the non-weapon technologies, we felt that AXON a name familiar to us, our investors and our customers would give us the flexibility to grow and expand while eliminating the confusion of multiple naming structures. As investors you will see the AXON segment in our SEC filings and press releases as well as in the upcoming brand launches. Our Seattle office will also be named under the AXON brand as it primarily houses our software R&D and product management teams. We think we have got the same opportunity that we had with the TASER brand to turn the AXON brand into a household name. I spoke earlier about some of our investments in SG&A but I also wanted to discuss some of our investment philosophy around R&D. We believe that technology shifts are inevitable. In order to maintain a leadership position we will make bold technology investments in emerging technologies such as wearables, mobile and cloud. Some of these investments will succeed and quite frankly some of them will fail. We believe that the investments we make with both our successes and our failures will be critical to maintaining a learning organization that can evolve and adapt to future technologies and market challenges. Today we’re investing heavily in mobile, around communication and collaboration features for public safety. We see the trend from desktop to mobile as something that will certainly come to public safety market as it has to so many other markets and we’re intent on being the leader in this space. We could easily make our earnings number in any given quarter by cutting SG&A or R&D investments but then we wouldn't be capturing the market share that we need to create a consolidated platform or developing the future innovations that we need We believe this market is significantly larger than what we’re selling to today, we're seeing the tip of the iceberg and we aren't satisfied with monetizing the business we have when we see a significantly larger opportunity. I would like to reiterate our commitment to the long term and set the expectation, this is a consistent message, you will be hearing from me and our leadership team. We're playing to win a much larger market over the long run and look forward to generating long term shareholder value as a result. Dan will now go over financials in greater detail
Dan Behrendt:
Thanks, Luke. So in the fourth quarter, consolidated sales were $46.8 million, a 17% increase from the fourth quarter of 2013. The increase in sales was primarily driven by total law enforcement smart weapon sales of 20.4 million partially offset by the lower legacy X26 sales which fell by 4.4 million versus the prior year. As a reminder we have ended the life of X26 e-legacy product but will still support warranty at handles we will be focusing solely on the smart weapons platform this year. Cartridge sales also had a strong quarter increasing 2 million over the prior year. Overall the weapons segment sales increased 2.9 million or 7.7% over the prior year's fourth quarter with fourth quarter total sales of 40.5 million. In the AXON segment AXON camera revenue increased 3.1 million compared to the prior year and service revenues for the AXON segment increased 0.8 million to 1.5 million in the fourth quarter compared to prior year. Overall the AXON segment sales increased 3.9 million or a 159.4% over the prior year fourth quarter with fourth quarter 2014 sales of 6.4 million. On an annual basis the weapon segment grew 18.1 million or 14.2% over the total 2013 sales of a 127.5 million finishing the year with a 145.6 million of sales for 2014 and the AXON segment grew 8.6 million or 82.6% over the total 2013 sales of 10.4 million finishing the year with 18.9 million of sales in 2014. Overall sales grew by 26.7 million or 19.4% finishing the year with 164.5 million of sales which is a new record. A significant contributor to the overall growth in 2014 was the strong performance in the international part of the business. The company has been investing heavily to grow the international business and in 2014 w started to see the impact of those investments. International sales grew $10.2 million or 45.9% over 2013 to 22.2 million finishing the year with 32.3 million of sales. As we look towards the first quarter revenues, investors should note that historically the first and third quarters are seasonally weaker than the fourth and second quarters and normally we see stepped on revenues from Q4 to Q1 as a result of this seasonality. Gross margins in the fourth quarter were 27.4 million or 58.6% as a percent of sales compared to 25.6 million or 63.8% of sales in the prior year. The decrease as a percentage of sales versus the prior year was driven primarily by the 2.1 million of excess inventory reserves and loss contingencies on open purchase orders of inventory. The gross margins without the reserves for the X26 and AXON cameras would have been 29.2 million or 63.8% which is in-line with the prior year. We are also beginning to see a product mix shift with greater percentage of sales being represented by AXON cameras which we’re selling at low gross margin in order to help drive camera adoption. In the fourth quarter of 2014 7.6% of our total sales were made off of AXON Flex and Body cameras as well as the docks compared to the fourth quarter of 2013 were only 1.8% of the total sales were made up of AXON cameras and docks. We expect this mix shift to continue into 2015 as AXON, flex and body cameras and the continue to represent an ever increasing percentage of total sales. Conversely we do expect that the high margin license revenue will also increase as a percentage over total sales overtime but because the camera sales are typically recognized at the time of delivery it will take longer for the license revenue to be a greater percentage of sales than what we’re seeing with the cameras. Overall gross margins in the AXON video segment were 9.7% in Q4 of 2014, we expect these to improve as the business scales because of the profitability of license revenue as high in a variable basis is currently depressed because of the high fixed cost. The weapon segment had gross margins of 66.2% for Q4. Obviously we have room to improve on the supply chain part of the business, we took expenses at 2.1 million in the fourth quarter due to excess inventory reserves and loss contingencies on open purchase orders. We had two major issues in the fourth quarter, the first was the end of life of the X26 legacy products. We had forecast a stronger demand for X26 in Q4 of 2014 and what materialize as customers who we expected to make some final buys of the X26 legacy products, instead started upgrading to new X26P. As a result we wrote off roughly $700,000 inventory related to X26.The second issue relates that AXON cameras, we have supply chain issue which affects a key component on broad use in both AXON Flex and AXON Body. We have plenty parts to satisfy the current camera forecast for 2015 but we have additional inventory of open purchase orders of ancillary parts that are no longer useful due to shortage of this component. As result, we’ve recognized 1.1 million of expense in Q4. Now we’re actively working to rectify the issue by trying to find the components in the open market, as well as trying to get the manufacture of this component to make a final production run for us. Thus far we have been unsuccessful in either of those endeavors. If we’re able to find the components on the open market, we’re convinced the manufacture due to financial production run we will be able to reverse all or part of expense taken in Q4 2014. We’re actively working to improve our forecasting and supply processes to prevent issues like this from recurring in the future. Also I want to reiterate that we have enough cameras and supply to satisfy our forecast for 2015. SG&A expenses saw an increase of 2.8 million or 23.7% to 14.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2014. As percentage of sales SG&A expenses increased to 30.8% in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to 29.1% in the fourth quarter of 2013. Compared to the prior year personnel expenses increased 1.4 million mostly due to increased headcount investment in sales and other customer facing positions. Personnel expense in the fourth quarter of 2014 also included approximately 0.4 million related to restructuring expenses, travel expenses also increased compared to the prior year due to both the ICAP Convention as well Additional International Travel and there is increased spend in the sales and marketing area of 0.6 million due to the ICAP conference that was held in fourth quarter of 2014 compared to the third quarter of 2013. These increases were partially offset by decreased liability expenses and lower legal and accounting fees. We expect to continue to see elevated SG&A spend over the fourth quarter amounts in the first quarter of 2015 by $500,000 as initiatives to grow the top line internationally and in the AXON segment are executed and further infrastructure is put in place. Research and development expenses of 3.9 million in the fourth quarter were an increase of about 0.5 million over the fourth quarter of 2013. The increase continues to be primarily due to additional personnel expenses related to the AXON segment development initiatives, but the current planned hires and another research investments in AXON segment we continues to expect R&D expenses to increase from the fourth quarter levels in the first quarter by over a $1 million. We’re finding that larger customers such as the I met in Los Angeles Police Department required advanced features and additional functionality that are EVIDENCE.com solution and as a result is delayed the launch of some of the new products, but we do believe that ensuring the major cities, utilizing our solution has the best experience possible will continue to solidify our position in the market and the new advance feature set should allow us to continue to drive up our average monthly recurring revenue per seats. We like to also share future billings as of 12/31/14 with investors. We define this metric as cumulative bookings to-date net of the cumulative recognized revenue for AXON and EVIDENCE.com revenue and also backing out AXON E.com deferred revenue balances. So as of 12/31 we have 39.3 million in future billings solely related to the AXON EVIDENCE.com business that are not reflected in the financial statements but will be invoiced and recognized over the next five years. It's important to note that however the future billings are subject to the same non-appropriation clauses as bookings therefore if an agency does not appropriate funds in the future years these amounts would be reversed in that period. We expect the amount of future billings will change from quarter-to-quarter for several reasons including the specific timing, duration of large customer subscription agreements, new bookings, varied billing cycles and subscription agreements in a specific time a customer knowns. For multi-year subscription agreements billed annually the associated future billings is typically high at the begin of the contract moves to zero in last year contract and then increases again when the contract is renewed. Similarly we can look at future contracted revenue which is to find as cumulative AXON bookings minus the cumulative recognized revenue related to the AXON products. This figure like future billings is subject to appropriation clauses and we recognize over the next five years but as of 12/31 future contracted revenue is $53.6 million. Adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter was 13.8 million compared to 13.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2013. Moving onto income from operations that was 8.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to 9 million of fourth quarter 2013 and as a percentage of sales operating income was 19.1% in 2014 compared to 22.5% in the fourth quarter of 2013. If we excluded employee severance expenses, the inventory reserves, income from operations actually would have been 11.4 million or 24.4% of sales. Net income for the fourth quarter was 5.5 million or $0.09 per diluted share compared to 5.4 million or $0.10 per diluted share in the fourth quarter of last year. Now deferred revenue on the balance sheet at year-end was $35.7 million, that’s actually increased 15.5 million from the prior year balance due to increased sales of extended warranties of EVIDENCE.com services and the TASER insurance program. The preferred revenue of balance related to warranties increased $6.1 million to $22 million, the deferred revenue associated with EVIDENCE.com future services yet still to be delivered and recognized in future is actually 9.3 million at year-end which is up 5.3 million from the prior year-end and deferred revenue associated with the hardware upgrades increased 3.9 million to 4.3 million during 2014. So as of December 31, our cash and investment balance was $90.4 million which is a growth of $27 million over the previous year-end balances of $63.4 million despite the fact that we bought back $22.4 million of company stock during 2014. To wrap things up we’re continuing to invest in the business because we’re serious about executing our strategy and providing top line double digit growth consistently and we’re driving even more significant growth in the AXON segment for as long as feasible. We feel that these investments are necessary to continue to solidify market position in the AXON business, investigate and develop adjacent revenue producing opportunities and continue to growth internationally so we can provide long term value for all our shareholders and with that we will take questions from the queue.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. I'm showing our first question or comment coming from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum. Your line is now open.
Steve Dyer:
Luke, I think you said your average monthly revenue pool per software seat was $26 which seemed low, given, what you appear to have been booking lately - how has that trended - maybe if you us - what was that a year ago, for example?
Dan Behrendt:
Actually that has trended up, I think part of it is just as we - certainly we’re seeing the larger agencies grab a day towards more advance offerings which drives that up. But there are certain amount of the bookings especially that P&L get by the levels of service include future camera upgrades, that doesn’t count in that sort of monthly recurring revenue. We’re counting that at sort of getting deferred on the balance sheet. So there is about $15 and a lot of those contracts is getting deferred which may be the reason why the booking numbers seems high compared to what you’re seeing in the monthly recurring revenue.
Steve Dyer:
Okay, and I think you had said 80% again, I'm looking more for trends here, 80% of the deals signed or the camera sold in Q4 had the E.com subscription and I think 87% or 88% of those had five year, how has that trended, I guess anecdotally seems like when this first started the attach rate was much, much lower 40% or 50%, is that consistent with what you're seeing?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes that’s definitely trended up both in the amount of the - attachment rate is certainly up over time, and then the number of five year deals continues to the increase. So I think we’re seeing customers - I think we’re doing a better job of convincing customers across all sort of strata of the market. I think we have always had really good attached at sort of large customers, the trouble we had is sort of the smaller customer service through telesales. We’re having a harder time getting attach rate; we have put a number of programs in place in order to get a higher attach rate across all the market. In Q3 we had about 75% attach rate so that’s gone up to 80% and then almost 90% of the customers taking five year deals is certainly up as well.
Steve Dyer:
Like to dig into the investment spend a little bit, is that primarily sales, is it software? It seems like maybe on the bigger deals with the enormous agencies, there is more customization required there. Maybe it's not quite as much of an off the shelf solution. Can you give a little bit more color of what you're spending on? And then secondly a couple of years ago you guys did a big kind of an investment spend and then that number came down pretty considerably. Is this sort of a shorter term year or two type surge to sort out land grab this thing or is this sort of the new level that we grow off from?
Luke Larson:
So on the SG&A side, we feel that there is the market is happening now for body cameras and we are winning 90% of the deals that we’re in. We feel by adding additional channel resources we can capture additional market share, and we believe this is the time to invest, so we can consolidate the market and really our core belief is we want to get this people on the platform so we can capture that reoccurring revenue stream, walk them up to the pricing tier and then also have the potential to add on additional applications as we develop them. So that’s why we’re increasing the spend on the SG&A side. On the R&D side, we really feel that we have got an opportunity to build and become the preeminent technology in law enforcement and these features that we’re creating by having the same talent, that we said, Google or Dropbox, we’re able to create transformational value for our customers where it's not iterative but they are capturing real efficiency gains and getting police officers out on the street and this is something that philosophically we’re getting advice from Bret Taylor, the Former CTO of Facebook and Hadi Partovi, are saying we have never seen a company that has enough good engineers and you should be strategically building up a world-class engineering department and they will continue to create additional features that we can upsell to and also position us in a competitive advantage where it's going to be very difficult for our competition especially in the law enforcement space to catch up and I will maybe turn it to Dan on terms of--
Dan Behrendt:
I think that’s exactly right. I think it captures the R&D side, I think on the SG&A side I think it's just, we want to make sure that we continue to have as many people in customer facing roles that we can make sure that we’re in front of every opportunity that post-sale we have good account management and people are helping make sure we have the great experiences and every customer is referenceable. We want to capture this entire market, as a result we don’t want to concede any sales due to lack of cover. So we’re going to make sure we’re investing not only to make sure we’re gaining the sales but also to make sure that once people have bought the product they have great experiences and expanded programs over time.
Rick Smith:
I want to chime in last time, there is a fundamental difference between bubble in R&D back in 2008ish time frame versus what you’re seeing today. I would say back then we were moving into a new space and we invested very heavily early on. And frankly some of that was learning curve for us and we cut back because I think partially we were early to the market and frankly we made some hiring and other mistakes. I think we tried to grow the team to fast, this is very different from the position that we’re in today. If you just do the math on the last quarter, we are at a bookings run-rate of a $100 million in this business and it's growing in the 100s of percent year-over-year. So the business is scaling. The team that we’re hiring now is very dialed in. Again we have - this is not new to us anymore. We have been through the learning curve, so I wouldn’t expect though that this is a bubble in R&D that’s going to like sort of come up and then absolute levels of R&D come down, that’s not likely to happen. What I think you’re going to see happen is that team is going to continue to not only build out the revenue stream that’s existing today but we see - virtually the biggest problem we have got right now is picking which adjacent software opportunities we go after because there are still many that we could build out in this platform. So having that team I think it is going to enable us not only to meet the needs of our big customers today and we’re not doing one-off customizations of any major significant, what we’re learning from these big agencies is there is just a lot of additional workflow but they are pretty similar across the different agencies. So don’t take it if they were doing one-off customizations, that’s not what's going on. We’re building out the product to be more robust as we have gotten to better understand our customers. So, I think the R&D spend is here to stay for the long term but that’s what building the business at the levels that we’re seeing and we think in addition to the business we have built right now there is a couple of adjacent ones that this same team could continue to go after in the future.
Steve Dyer:
Could you give maybe some examples of those adjacencies, are those things that the departments and law enforcement is asking you for or maybe how do we think about the progression of those?
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would say at this point for competitive reasons, we don’t want to telegraph, what we see the next expansions to be. But I just don’t think we want to comment exactly where we go you yet other than we will just say if you look at the spend our customers make technology, we estimate it's in the $15 billion a year sort of range and that’s far larger the size of our company today but we’re the disruptive force that’s coming into these industry, these cloud hosted business models have ripped through industry after industry and when you think about, mobile, cloud, wearables these tech trends that are massively disrupting other spaces, we’re the disruptors with the best tech platform.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. I would say one investment that we have made in R&D that’s paying off now would be integrations. So the capability for the agency and we talk a little bit about that earlier to pay for an integration with our RMS system. What this does this is it deeply seats our software product into their workflows. The other features that we have been investing in our network features where they can do external sharing would DAs or other agencies. We believe that this is integral to our platform strategy. This software platform play, if you want to look to a comparison company Salesforce did a phenomenal job capturing a seat with their CRM system, and then it allowed them to introduce new revenue streams, 1 to 2 to 3 years later as they kind of captured that consolidated platform and that’s a company that we emulate in terms of creating kind of the public safety cloud platform.
Steve Dyer:
Last question for me and then I will hop back in the queue as it relates, I think you said you’re winning 90% of the deals including virtually all the major departments. Has anything changed on the competitive landscape, is it getting more crowded, less crowded and when you don't win a deal is there a typically common denominator as to why you wouldn't win it? And I will hop back in the queue. Thanks.
Dan Behrendt:
When we don’t win a deal I say that it's typically because there is either - like it's an agency that has some pre-existing they have got an in-car system that they have heavily invested and they just decide maybe we want to keep this stuff on premise. So if we lose I would say that in terms of the competitive landscape, one thing that’s shifted pretty dramatically is two years ago everybody in the digital admin space, basically our competitors are all hardware vendors for the most part, they give away software or sell it at very low cost, they get very small software teams. So two years ago the competitive landscape was - those TASER guys were kind of crazy with this cloud thing, you’re a law enforcement agency, you can't put your data in the cloud you need to keep it on premise. We have seen that flip a 180 degrees where our customers are now realizing information security is a specialized field that the part that we and the partners we put together are bringing information, security practices and technology that individual agencies can't do on their own. So I would say our competition has given the fight against the cloud and so everyone of our competitors are now saying, well we’re going to have a cloud platform too. I would just point out, we know what it's like to transform from a hardware company to a software company, it's not easy. The level of talent and time and investment it takes is significant. So we’re delighted to see all of our competitors following suit, we just thing it has validated our business model but we feel very well-positioned to win. But that’s another reason to make the big investments. Luke, had a comment at one of our business meetings, it's a whole lot easier to take the hill when there is no one on the hill rather than if the market fragments defragmenting it later it would be far more expensive and difficult. So that’s why we need to take advantage of our unique position now to consolidate the market.
Operator:
And our next question or comment comes from the line of Paul Coster with JPMorgan. Your line is now open.
Mark Strouse:
This is Mark Strouse on for Paul. So a follow-up to Steve's question on it. You said you're winning about 90% of deals that you go after. But if we think just sticking with the U.S. to start, if we think about the total units that are out there - I guess just trying to see what you peg your market share, I mean you guys are obviously having great success with the larger agencies but some your competitors quite have thousands of agencies that are using their our solution. So I think from the percentage of agencies is interesting but if you have anything from a percentage of units that would be really helpful.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, so we probably won't talk specifics, although I would say we understand our market very well in terms of the distribution of officers in the agencies and if you look at where the majority of the officers sit, 65% of the officers sit in agencies that have more than a 100 police officers and that’s where the majority of our focus has been. So it's a little bit misrepresentative if you were to look at number of agency count. There is probably 10,000 agencies that have less than 50 officers and out of those majority of them might even have less than 10 officers. So we’re focusing the majority of our time on the top kind of 1200 accounts where the majority of the officers sit. That’s not to say we’re not also focused on the bottom end. We have a teller team that focuses there as well. So we feel that in the deals that we’re in we’re very successful and that’s part of the reason that we’re increasing the spend in SG&A to get additional channel coverage.
Rick Smith:
Yes I would pipe in as well, one of our competitors, some of them have tried to do a pretty good job sort of saying well we sold a bunch of cameras historically and we’re in 1000s of agencies, off these are non-public companies there is nowhere to verify those claims. We haven't seen them win any deals of significance in recent history, so if we were looking at like that market that’s happening today, we’re very confident. We have a very dominant market share and we just have 5000 agencies using EVIDENCE.com platform, that’s over a quarter of U.S. law enforcement. We don’t think there is anyone else approaching anywhere near that scale. And if you add in the TASER cams, historically we now have over a 100,000 cameras in the field. So we’re very confident, we’re winning the big agencies and we’re doing well in those small agencies but that’s - we have some agencies that have gone out and bought cameras on Sky Mall, they have bought them in consumer outlets, they bought some either from some competitors, if they have an in-car system they have bought one maybe from their in-car vendor. That is an area we’re looking to tune up as well to make sure that we’re working more deals in the lower end of the market. We don’t want to leave any part of this market untouched, but the big ones are going to be the leaders.
Mark Strouse:
And then maybe since you gave us and ask for a mile here, thanks for the guidance on the OpEx and 1Q but if we look at the year now, I mean how should we think about that, I think your OpEx in 2014 was up in the high teens percentage growth should we be thinking similar magnitude year-over-year in 2015?
Dan Behrendt:
I would say that we’re going to continue, obviously we want to give some sort of directional information here at least for Q1, I think we will continue to build for those levels. I think part of the gaining factor for us will be the high bar we have for hiring but I think as we continue to find top quality engineers and top quality sales people and other folks that will help create a great customer experience for our customers, we’re going to continue to hire throughout 2015. So I do expect that those expenses will continue to rise throughout the year.
Mark Strouse:
And then last one for me, I appreciate Rick's comments about the hypothetical operating margins for AXON in the quarter, but on a GAAP accounting basis it kind of apply to your last two or three quarters, I'm just kind of curious in 2015 is that revenue scales up obviously with the investments so if we should expect that to stay at these levels or if we can from a GAAP perspective anyway if that should continue getting better?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s a tough question to answer, I would say that as you model out, certainly we’re seeing the revenues go up and that the problem in our business is that the GAAP revenues, I know obviously we’re going to continue to focus on that it's sort of a lagging indicator. So we’re sort of focused on the leading indicators which are bookings and I think as long as we continue to see the strengthen in bookings that gives us the confidence to make those investments even though on a GAAP basis it may not look great in the near term, we think we’re building a really very strong, very profitable business for the long term.
Operator:
And our next question or comment comes from the line of Glenn Mattson with Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open.
Glenn Mattson:
Just two quick ones, I know it's late, the camera supply issue you said you had enough supply to satisfy your forecast but what about if there was any upside to that forecast like if you get big wins like large agencies that are out there, is there any concern should demand exceed, what you’re currently forecasting?
Rick Smith:
We’re obviously managing that very closely, that is something that we’re keeping eye on. We do feel like we have got enough cameras to satisfy the forecasted sales for this year. We’re working hard from a supply chain perspective to make sure that we have enough cameras to satisfy demand even if we get some of those upside orders but it is something we’re addressing and feel like we have got a good team in place working hard to make sure we continue to satisfy the demand as it comes.
Glenn Mattson:
Okay. And then I guess secondly just conceptually I think you guys have been doing such a great job especially in the U.S. gaining market share that you know it's interesting to see the increased spend because I think a lot of people are kind of already assuming that you’re going to win large majority of the U.S. maybe the wild card out there is international and grabbing a large chunk of the share there. I mean the U.S. is kind of a market that’s ripe and it's growing rapidly, that level of acceptance might be different countries. How can you be confident that the demand is there to justify the spend to say in the international market?
Rick Smith:
International you’re right, it's been a challenge. I think if we looked at the 2013 results it was a little frustrating because we had started ramping expenses at the end of 2002 and spent significantly higher amounts in 2013 and really didn’t see any impact on sales because the sales cycle of international was so long but in this year we went up close to over 45% year-over-year internationally that was a big part of our growth for the overall business within international. We think there is tremendous white space opportunity, Rick talked about one out of every two officers carrying TASER in the U.S., internationally that’s one in 50 and then we have a camera business because of the way we have engineered the product with to be a cloud solution allows us to sell that that product around the world and have a localized product and different markets. So we think we have got not only a big white space opportunity in the weapons business around the world, we think we have a tremendous camera opportunity as well and we’re confident that the investments we’re making will pay off. Again longer term pay offs but I think the growth we saw in 2014 is giving us confidence that there is a pay-off for those incremental investments.
Operator:
And our next question or comment comes from the line of Greg McKinley with Dougherty and Company. Your line is now open.
Greg McKinley:
I'm wondering if you can talk about I guess the breadth of the opportunity of the marker, the concentration risk in it when you think about your potential big customer relationships from a booking standpoint, it's obviously something investors are monitoring very closely around your bookings levels, those numbers have grown dramatically in recent quarters. Is there enough volume of potential customers out there that bookings can continue to grow consistently quarter-to-quarter or where are we in the maturation of the business such that visibility on bookings level becomes easier for investors.
Rick Smith:
So the way we think about the market is once we’re able to put an officer on our platform we got additional opportunities to walk them up the pricing tier with features that provide value for the agency, so we think the first phase is we need to grab the market share and the second phase which we’re investing in now is developing additional features that provide value so we can walk that customer up the pricing tier and we think there is a lot of opportunity and that’s what we’re assessing now is how do we develop those features where we can get more price per seat per customer.
Dan Behrendt:
I think the other thing too is that a lot of this - at these big agencies there a lot of the initial bookings are not fully deployments, they are sort of the initial deployment for an agency that still has a lots of room to grow. LA is a good example it's great, they are now in our list of customers but there is a lot, there is a tremendous opportunity on top of the booking we have already recognized in LA for future camera sales as they go to full deployment. So I think it's not only a matter of getting new customers but also getting the customers on a system going to where every patrol officer has the camera that’s still a lot of upsides to the numbers we reported.
Rick Smith:
Yes. I would just jump in I think what you’re getting at is can we expect a relatively smooth upward trajectory of bookings and the answer there is probably not because we do have these bookings are coming in relatively large chunks. If one or two of those slide out of quarter you could see a sequential dip. We think we’re going to continue to see solid year-over-year growth but I just wouldn’t want to miss that expectation that we’re into this highly predictable phase, we’re not dealing with millions of consumers large numbers, lots of small transactions, the big transactions are driving a lot of our bookings. So there is going to be some lumpiness quarter-to-quarter.
Greg McKinley:
And then as you’re moving after some of these big markets, you talked about I think in your officer safety plan, the notion of bundling a weapon with the camera and the software, does that help crack the code on some of these major municipalities that historically haven't used weapons and how significant of change is that to the way you can work with them to get weapons in their hands?
Rick Smith:
Well I need to contain my enthusiasm here because we’re talking about the future but I would tell you it made a big difference in LAPD. LAPD we have been working on for 15 years and this opportunity of putting the cameras and the TASER's together I think it's what gave them sort of the emphasis and the opportunity to expand our TASER's to every officer together with the cameras, because the cameras answered the major concern you would have about TASER's in a large city which is maybe a more political environment. What's the push back from various non-government organizations, they might have concerns about at least potentially misuse the taser, while if they have got the camera, they have police agencies simultaneously introducing a higher level of oversight. So we’re great at LA, I would say qualitatively we’re hearing a lot of interest from other large agencies but it's early in the game we’re 45 days into this. I'm excited and enthusiastic about it but we need to see how the market actually develops, I would just tell you reactions have been real positive early.
Greg McKinley:
And then Dan, you had given us some metric I think of 53.6 million of future revenues, 39.3 million of future bookings. Is it essentially true that the difference between those two is just differed revenue and then secondly on that 53.6, any visibility you can provide to us how that splits out between software and hardware.
Dan Behrendt:
On the first question yes it's exactly right, so the only difference between the numbers sort of the differed revenue if you take the future billings plus the deferred revenue that is going to be sort of future recognized revenue so that’s exactly right. As far as the mix, that’s probably one we’re not ready to talk through. I would say that as you model out the business, I think as you sort up the license count and look at sort of the monthly recurring revenue proceed I think there is a way to model that but we’re probably not in a position to sort of give that split between hardware and software at this point.
Greg McKinley:
Again focusing a little bit more on software and also you’ve a $26 monthly revenue proceed, was that in Q4 bookings or is that where the business stands at cumulatively today? And can you comment if it wasn’t for Q4 bookings, how that changes as people are opting for the OSP and the ultimate plans?
Dan Behrendt:
So what I can say is that is the cumulative so that’s actually December's revenue was at that $26 proceeds so that’s sort of the cumulative of all deals before that we have already sort of invoiced and recognized a revenue for and that did go up and it's been going up. So I would say that the most recent deals that were recognized started to be recognized in fourth quarter helped drive that rate up over that same number say for this month of September. So we’re seeing that head in that right direction. You know the one thing just to be clear is that things like officer safety plan and the ultimate plan we’re going to take roughly 20% of the bookings on officer safety plans and strip that out, that’s the weapons part of business so that won't be included in the monthly recurring and the part that represents sort of future camera upgrades will also be stripped out and put on the balance sheet. So you’re going to have about $15 a month on those plans that include future cameras, they are not going to be that monthly recurring that’s going to be on the hardware side so that won't be in the monthly recurring. Even though we’re seeing we’re collecting the money every month that’s getting differed, so the monthly recurring is actually the revenue we’re recognizing each month.
Greg McKinley:
So just to be super clear, so on the $99 a month, take 20 bucks a month off for the weapon and another 15 bucks a month off for future camera hardware?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s correct.
Greg McKinley:
So taking $35 out there and then as you take - go down in the unlimited plan which is DOSP [ph] but without the weapon and unlimited and ultimate in both of those you take $15 roughly out for the future camera hardware.
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, roughly that would be a good approximation.
Greg McKinley:
And then lastly can you comment on how many, so 80% of your cameras booked seats in Q4 up from 75% in Q3, how many seats are you at cumulatively today is it something you’re willing to disclose?
Dan Behrendt:
We said last quarter we are about 10,000, we’re about 15,000 at this point so we’re continuing to grow that seat count. The other thing too is that seat count, we wait for sort of the implementation everything else before we start recognizing the revenue on the seats so sometimes there is a little bit of a lag in that seat count from when the booking is just because we’re we need to implementation services.
Operator:
And I'm showing no further questions at this time. So with that I would like to turn the call back over to the Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Rick Smith with any further comments.
Rick Smith:
Well in view of the time we’re not going to take the Twitter questions here. I think Eric will deal with those offline. It's been a long call. Everybody thank you for tuning in today. Again couldn’t be a more exciting time at the business. Feel very excited about the team we have got, the products resonating, this year you’re going to see us really starting to tune up some of the international performance, continuing to consolidate the market. So thanks everybody for your time and we look forward to seeing you all at our shareholder meeting coming up in May which will be held at our new Seattle office. So look forward to seeing you - any of you can make it up in Seattle in May. Thanks and have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today's conference. This concludes the program and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Rick Smith - CEO Dan Behrendt - CFO
Analysts:
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann
Operator:
Welcome to the TASER International Q3 2014 Earnings Conference Call. (Operator Instructions). I would now like to turn the call over to Mr. Rick Smith, Chief Executive Officer. Sir, the floor is yours.
Rick Smith:
Thank you very much and good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s third quarter 2014 earnings conference call. And before we get started, we’re going to start with everyone's favorite part with Dan Behrendt, reading our Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you, Rick. So Safe Harbor statement, statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions and strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements only speak as to the date which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 under the caption Risk Factors. You may find both of these filings, as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. And with that, I will turn it back over to Rick.
Rick Smith:
Thanks Dan. As a reminder we’re going to accepting some questions via Twitter during the Q&A portion of the call which can be submitted using the #tasr_earnings. To follow our page on Twitter during the call which you will want to do, we will be posting various graphics, follow the account @taser_ir, that’s @taser_ir. So we will be posting graphic, then commentary and link to some videos during the call. And for those of you who are without Twitter all updates and graphics streamlined directly to our investor relations website, investor.taser.com The third quarter of 2014 was a business one here at Taser and I'm personally excited to share some of the progress and milestones reached during the quarter. First off, consolidated revenue grew 26% year-over-year to 44.3 million, yet another new record for the company. This marks the 11th consecutive quarter of year-over-year top line double-digit growth. We continue to work hard to aggressively grow the top line and we’re eager to continue to share our progress and success through the remainder of the year and into 2015. The EVIDENCE.com and video business realized another quarter of increasing momentum and exciting announcements which culminated in a strong bookings for year up $15.3 million and we hit the milestone of selling over 100,000 cameras into the field to-date including AXON and our TASER Cams. In the macro environment, it's ever more clear that we are at a tipping point for this technology in law enforcement. The unfortunate event at Ferguson put a brought spotlight on the issue upon officer cameras both within communities and in law enforcement. I believe there has never been a more singular point in time for on officer cameras that has caused such a fundamental shift in customer attitude. Inquiries increased 10 fold, our video pipeline is at largest it has ever been and RFPs have more than doubled compared to last year for video specific bid. We feel that Ferguson switched the light on for some officers eliminating some of the resistance remaining to be adopted by this technology and perhaps the most striking example of this shift in adoption comes from the Seattle Police Union. A few years ago the Seattle Union had taken a strong stance against wearable video. After Ferguson the President of the Union said that they now support wearable cameras to protect their officers. At TASER seem to compare the adoption trends of this technology with beginnings of our TASER weapons business so many years ago. TASER Weapon implementation was initially pushed by front line officers. It was typically met with initial top-down resistance to change and the potential for controversy. With on officer video we now also have officers asking for the technology in order to protect themselves while on duty. In fact some of them were buying these units personally. And we also have broad external support from the community including group's like the ACLU for more accountability by police. Further there is a very high return on investment for the agency as a result of pure citizen complaints and reduction in use of force. In one example the now famous, Rialto PD study estimated that they saved $400,000 in hard cost just from the reduction in complaints once they deployed the cameras. Their first year cost for the program were $90,000 yielding over 300% return on investment in the first year. In other words the agency saved $4 for every dollar they spent. Further I just stand on the panel with the Chief of Rialto at the IACP, which is the International Association Chiefs of Police at the conference, I sat with the Chief. And he said that they realized another big savings before cameras they had three people dedicated full time to internal affairs. Now they have so few complaints, he only needs one officer. So he has been able to redeploy the other two officers to do police work. This equates to another approximately $380,000 in savings per year. They have also seen their overtime for officers going to court to testify dropped by 41%. We can't yet quantify what that is in dollar terms but hopefully by our next call we will have some estimates. If we add up the numbers the first few ROIs starts to reach incredible levels. We now three forces pushing for the adoption of video, police officers, the community and the return on investment. The largest agencies are continuing to choose our solution AXON and EVIDENCE.com to address this seismic shift in law enforcement. As of the third quarter we had 11 major cities actively deployed and another 35 in some form of pilot program, that has nearly tripled the number of major cities in pilot from what we discussed last quarter. We’re very confident that these trials are doing well. Large cities who deploy cameras in previous quarters are expanding their programs. For example Salt Lake City and Birmingham have decided to manage all their additional leverage, not just from AXON cameras but everything on EVIDENCE.com and Miami Beach helped us with strong conviction about the benefits of these cameras that they purchased AXON cameras from multiple departments within the city including their fire department, building inspectors and parking attendants. These expansions prove the concept of EVIDENCE.com as a digital evidence and management platform and we look forward to integrating more agencies in the future. We’re often asked about the benefits of our solution versus our competitors in this space. To our knowledge we’re the only proven, scalable, end to end solution in the marketplace today which is why we’re winning these large agencies. Birmingham is a great example, like Albuquerque, of a turnaround story, they initial went with a competitor of ours; they found it was not scalable or robust. They came back to TASER and then clearly became our advocate with the expansion to all digital evidence. The 3700 agencies were choosing EVIDENCE.com as of the third quarter of doing so because of the end to end solution and extraordinary customer support experience they get from TASER. By the way just to be clear, the 3700 agencies include agencies that are using the full EVIDENCE.com with AXON cameras as well as EVIDENCE-lite for managing their TASER CEW weapons. EVIDENCE.com received a new file upload every six seconds during the third quarter; culminating in a total of 1.3 million files uploaded this far into EVIDENCE.com. If you take a look at the graph which we’re getting out right now, the mathematicians among you will notice it is still resembling a smooth exponential curve. In 2014, approximately 75% of cameras sold included an EVIDENCE.com contract initially. So 75% of cameras were sold online. Further other cameras have come online that were initially purchased as offline units. Birmingham is a great example of this. That’s the beauty of our system, it's as easy as flipping a switch for customer should they change their mind and decide to utilize EVIDENCE.com. Additionally, in the third quarter, bookings over 87% of contracts were from multiple years. To us this is a fabulous sign, not only do agencies understand the value proposition of EVIDENCE.com but (indiscernible) technology and the solution that here is to stay and that TASER is the right partner for long term success and new technology implementation. Frankly one of our stand out benefits to competitive differentiators, TASER will not allow a customer to fail. We provide the best support the industry will hear [ph] consistently from our customers, program scale because the solution and the because of the people behind it. We’re also innovating to develop the most requested features from our customers. Last week, we announced AXON Signal, a Bluetooth add-in that will turn all cameras within a certain radius on with the activation of a Police Light Bar from their car or when a TASER weapon is on, a unique feature that only TASER could offer. This feature will be available on AXON Flex cameras starting in the first quarter of 2015 and it's a feature that can be added to previously purchased cameras for a small additional cost. I just returned from the International Association of Chiefs of Police, it was by the far the most successful show of my career. There was so much traffic to our booth, we overheard other exhibitors complain, why is this show just all about TASER? Our theme this year was don’t be a dinosaur. We wanted to drive a conversation about the need to adapt a change particularly the need to adapt a new technology, like the internet, cloud and wearables. There was a line around our booth for two solid days and we estimate around 3000 attendees primarily police chief, went through the TASER experience. Many who came to our show were absolutely energized to help drive change at their agencies and they see TASER and EVIDENCE.com as the key partner to drive that change. To ensure we kept the don’t be a dinosaur topic, on top of every conversation, we had two life sized velociraptors walking the show floor all day. And we took them to some key events such as the Major Cities Chief of Police reception and I can tell you everyone was talking about why we had dinosaurs roaming the reception, and a place to see for the exact conversation that we wanted to occur especially among our current customers education new prospects on the great experience that they are having with EVIDENCE.com. Our dinosaurs even made a guest appearance at the TASER party with another 3000 plus attendees talking about dinosaurs. And they even talk about the dinosaurs within their agencies, exactly the conversation we need to have. Now to help entice people to come through our presentation, we gave away large oversized stuffed dinosaurs, 2000 people received the EVIDENCE.com dinosaur and every one of which was a mobile billboard that saturated the show floor. These dinosaurs were too big to stick in a bag so when you carried it you were advertising for us. You can get a chance to see later on when we tweet out some videos from the show, just how impactful this program was and these dinosaurs will go home to kids and grandkids teaching the, don’t be a dinosaur campaign alive long after the show was over. I cannot put into words how proud I'm of our marketing team for the work they did this week. I think it was the most impactful marketing campaign in the history of law enforcement and certainly the most creative campaign I’ve ever been involved with. Last year we set the objective to establish dominant market share and to do what it takes to avoid market fragmentation. We increased our investments and our team has executed rigorously, we have won every major agency that has made a purchase design in the past year. If we continue this momentum with the 35 major cities that are in some form of trial with us today, it is conceivable that we can have 46 of the 66 major cities or 70% of them on EVIDENCE.com by the end of 2015. This will establish EVIDENCE.com as a nearly unstainable [ph] market leader. The smaller agencies will typically fall the larger ones which drive standard regionally. We will continue to aggressively invest in expanding our sales team, our marketing programs and our product development to maximize our chances to succeed in this mission. We believe these investments will be as fruitful as the investments we have made in 2013, they are yielding the winning results that we now enjoy. Following the Ferguson incident, body cameras were everywhere at IACD. One of our people joked that even hot dog vendor had a camera to sell. But what we have heard over and over from our customers was that no one there had the proven, scalable, end to end system that we have spent six years developing with EVIDENCE.com. Others will try to follow but those starting to make investments now will have an enormous mountain to climb to catch us because we have even got the time, the capital and the best talent in the industry years ago to establish a wide first mover advantage upon which we’re now building aggressively. In addition to the fantastic momentum we’re seeing in our video and cloud business, the TASER Weapons business continues to execute and show strong resulted delivering revenues were up 26.5% to 40.0 million. Gross margins for the weapons were epic as 68.9% from the third quarter. Domestic weapon sales increased 20% year-over-year. The upgrade to smart weapons within the weapon segment is progressing. As of the third quarter we have 40 major cities with significant numbers of smart weapons deployed. We’re able to Dallas and Houston to that list this quarter. In the third quarter there were several large orders, they were actually expected to close in the fourth quarter. We brought them forward. So as you previously mentioned we have 10 to 12 deals a quarter which are over $250,000 but we have approximately 450,000 orders totaling each quarter. If these large deals shift in one quarter it can cause lumpiness in the domestic business so while the lumpiness was favorable for the third quarter it could potentially have the opposite effect in future quarters. Our sales team executed flawlessly this quarter brought in several deals from the fourth quarter into the third which of course could cause a bit of lumpiness next quarter both revenues and potentially in bookings. Now on the other hand, we’re working some very large international deals which could come in during the fourth quarter. Internationally, there were some great wins as well. In total revenues were 6.7 million internationally in the third quarter, an increase of 81.6% compared to the prior year. In fact year-to-date, 2014 international revenue has surpassed all of 2013. Notable to mention in the quarter, international included the sale of smart weapons into Poland for the first time and there by opening a new market for TASER. A smart weapon expansion in France, in Australia and we saw the level blend in that double their in-field pilot program, bringing the total upto a 1000 units which was arguably the most influential agency in the world and certainly outside of the U.S. Our international headquarters in Amsterdam is in the process of setting up one (indiscernible) team are busy hiring incremental sales and administrative staff to help run and expand that business which we’re comfortable will continue to grow stronger overtime. We continue to be excited about the direction of TASER and EVIDENCE.com and look forward to sharing more success in the coming quarters. Now I'm going to handover to Dan to go over the financial results in more detail.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. As we said earlier in the third quarter, consolidated sales of 44.3 million were represent 26% increase from the third quarter of 2013. The increase in sales was primarily driven by the total law enforcement weapons handle sales which increased $6.9 million in the third quarter compared to the prior year. AXON camera revenues increased 1.2 million compared to the prior year and service revenues for EVIDENCE.com of the videos increased 0.7 million to 1.2 million in the third quarter compared to the prior year. The legacy X26 CEW declined $4.3 million in the third quarter as a result of the agencies embracing the new smart weapons platform. As we mentioned in the last quarter's call at the end of the fourth quarter the X26E which is the legacy product, it will be going out in production. While we still support warranty at handles we will start focusing solely on the smart weapon platform going into 2015. The new single shot, smart weapon, the X26p saw sales increase 8.1 million over the third quarter of 2013 which is the main total law enforcement handle sales grew by 6.7 million when compared to the prior year. Gross margin for the third quarter was 28.7 million or 64.7% of revenue which is up from 22.1 million or 62.8% in the prior year. As sales have increased we continue to benefit from higher operating leverage. Due to the price increase institute at the beginning of 2014 and more sales being sold directly to the end users rather than through distribution channels we have also realized higher ASPs on our product and proven gross margin. Cost of services delivered increased 0.9 million in the third quarter compared to the prior year, primarily due to the increased personnel and travel cost associated with the professional services team. (Indiscernible) storage and hosting fees also increased compared to the prior year as more data and files are uploaded into EVIDENCE.com. Gross margins in the TASER Weapons business were especially strong with gross margins as a percentage of revenue in the third quarter of 2014 being 68.9% compared to gross margins of 65.5% in the third quarter of 2013. In the EVIDENCE.com the video segment revenues increased 0.8 million to 4.3 million for the third quarter of 2014, loss from operations at EVIDENCE.com, the video segment worsened to $4 million from a loss of 1.5 million in the third quarter of 2013 largely due to the increased investment in research and development activities and additional sales representatives and marketing expenses for AXON and EVIDENCE.com. The investment in sales and marketing are continuing to yield results as evidenced by our current customer acquisition cost, life time value of the customer ratio. This statistic looks at sales and marketing cost in the quarter dividend by the number of new seats acquired in the quarter and if I compare to this to the net present value of future gross margins for that customer. And in the third quarter the video business had results where the customer acquisitions cost to life-time value ratio was greater than three. As a general rule of thumb, when you have investments -- when that ratio is above three it indicates that we’re getting a lot of leverage out of our sales and marketing and it's a good indication that increased investments warranted in the future. SG&A expenses of 12.4 million and 12.8 million for the three months ended June 30th, 2014, a 13 respectively represented a decrease of 0.4 million for this year or 2.6%. As percentage of net sales SG&A expenses decreased to 28.1% for the third quarter compared to 36.3% for the third quarter of 2013. Compared to the prior year professional, accounting and legal fees and litigation expenses decreased 2.8 million driving primarily by lower cost of defense relating to product and commercial litigation, that’s the main driver for the reduction year-over-year. Liability insurance also decreased approximately 0.3 million compared to the prior year due to a favorable rate changes in that insurance. These decreases were partially offset by increased personnel cost of $1.2 million as the company has increased customer facing positions as well as some other administrative functions. We expect to see elevated SG&A expense continue into the fourth quarter due to the timing of the International Association Police Show that Rick mentioned earlier. That show typically has an investment of roughly $600,000 for us. Last year that expense was divided by Q3 and Q4, this year all that expense will be in Q4. So we do expect to see elevated spending in Q4 due to the show as well as additional incremental investments we’re in SG&A. We expect the higher SG&A cost to continue into 2015 as we continue to hire people and spend money on sales and marketing activities in order to drive the business. Research and development expenses of $3.8 million for the third quarter of 2014, this represents an increase of 1.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2013. The increase continues to be primarily due to additional personnel cost relating to our EVIDENCE.com and video segment, development initiatives. As the team begins development issues expenses will be capitalized until the product launches. However given the newness of this initiative, the company cannot be certain of the timing of the capitalization or the completion of the development projects and we do not capitalize any expenses in Q3. With current planned hires and other research investments in EVIDENCE.com the video segment, we continue to expect R&D expenses to increase from these levels. We’re finding that larger customers such as the one of them that required additional functionality in our EVIDENCE.com solution which is to lay the development and launch of some of the new product lines. We believe that ensuring that major cities utilize our solution have the best experience possible and will continue to solidify position in the market. Adjusted EBITDA which includes items such as detailed in the press release was 15.1 million in the third quarter of 2014, this compares to $9 million on third quarter of 2013, with an increase being driven by the higher sales and gross margins in 2014. Income from operations was $12.5 million in the third quarter of 2014 compared to $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2013, as percentage of sales operating income was 28.2% at 2014 compared to 19.5% in the third quarter of 2013 with increase mostly due to higher gross margins on the higher sales in the Q3 of 2014. Net income for the third quarter of 2014 was $7.6 million or $0.14 on both the basic and diluted share basis compared to net income of 5.1 million or $0.10 per diluted share last year. So moving on to the balance sheet, we finished the quarter with -- the company generated 16.7 million of operating cash flow which led to -- finished in the quarter with $74 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. Accounts receivable for the end of the quarter 27.1 million, this is a 4.6 million from the year-end balances due to the timing collection as well as the higher sales in the quarter and inventory balances of $16.1 million is actually up $5 million from the prior year due to increased stocks of both raw materials and finished goods, anticipation of future sales. Total assets as of September 30, 2014 were a $164.1 million. Total deferred revenue for the quarter was $30 million, this is an increase of 9.8 million from the year-end balances primarily due to the upgrade program of the X26 and X2 which include an extended warranty. We also had sales of EVIDENCE.com solution which contributed 2.8 million, an increase in deferred revenue from prior balances. As you know we have deferring revenue related to EVIDENCE.com service at the time of the purchase. So the service revenue ends up being recognized over the service period which is between 1 and 5 years depending on the sale agreement. Also contributing to the increase in deferred revenue is the TASER Assurance Plan which has increased about by year-end by 2.6 million as customers continue to embrace the program from both weapons at AXON cameras. Total liabilities of 46.1 million and the company finished the quarter with a $180 million in stockholders equity. Company continues to have no long term debt other than some small capital lease on the balance sheet, continue to have plenty of liquidity and a strong cash flow engine in our core business to fund our sales, R&D efforts and operations into the future. Moving on to the selected information from cash flows, the company had cash provided from operations of $22.6 million for the first nine months of 2014. This compares -- the company paid approximately $4.5 million year-to-date on several litigation cases including the AA & Saba Consultants, Inc versus TASER which was a negative cash flow, the operation cash flow were then higher without those expenses. Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 2014 was 17.1 million compared to cash used at 13.2 million in the same period over the prior year. The net use of cash is driven by the net purchases of investments during the time period of $23.8 million. Cash used in finance activities was $9.3 million for the first nine months of 2014 compared to the cash used in finance activities of 11 million in the same period of prior year. The net use of was really driven by the repurchase of company stock of $22.4 million for approximately 1.7 million shares partially offset by proceeds from employee stock option exercise of about 8.6 million and excess tax benefit from stock based compensation of 5.8 million. To wrap up, our continued investment in business because we’re sure [ph] by executing our strategy, providing top line double digit growth consistently. We feel that these investments are necessary to continue to solidify our market position in the video business, investigate, and develop adjacent revenue positioning opportunities and continue to grow internationally so we can provide long time value for all the shareholders.
Rick Smith:
Okay. With that there are still things that I want to mention that I failed to in my segment. The first, some of you might have noticed that during the IACP we launched the EVIDENCE.com partner platform program with three launch partners, a drone company Aerovironment, iRobot and Net Transcripts [ph]. We stood up a business development function this year and I can tell we were frankly overwhelmed with inquiries from companies that want to come and partner with us. I think it has been seen in the industry that we have the strongest brand and that our platform is the core platform by a fairly large margin. So we see partnering as a way to further solidify the power, the stickiness and the momentum of EVIDENCE.com. And by that I will point out as well our party at ICAP was seemed as a retirement part for the X26, so again our creative team did just a great job. We had a small roast and a send-off for the X26 banking it for it's dozen years of service in the field which is a fun tongue in the cheek way to sort of remind the market that the X26 goes out of production at the end of this year and help customers transition to our newer and smart weapons platform. And so with that we will transition and we will take a few questions.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions). And our first question comes from the line of Paul Coster, JPMorgan. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan:
:
Dan Behrendt:
As Rick indicated earlier we certainly -- our sales team executed flawlessly this quarter and really there is a number of deals we’re able to pull forward, individually they weren't saying on the orders of magnitude like the San Diego deal last quarter but collectively they are as bigger, bigger than the San Diego deal. We had a number of million dollar deals that we closed this quarter so there is some lumpiness. Obviously we continue to execute hard as Rick said the pipeline for video it continues to be very strong, in fact it increased from the last time we saw I think it continues to be larger than CW pipeline but it's tough predict exactly when those orders will happen but certainly very happy with the results this quarter.
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan:
Then switching to weapons, I know you guys don’t give guidance, so this may not be a fair question but is there any way to quantify for us the amounts of orders that were pulled forward into 3Q kind of what the whole level is in 4Q?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s a tough one, again we closed the quarter very strong with sales team executing both in the federal space with some of the year-end moneys that we’re able to pull forward and get into Q3 which was useful as well as a couple of the transactions, the Dallas deal is a deal that could have been easily in the fourth quarter it was kind of a lease deal that we did. It's kind of nip and tuck there at the end, that was a deal for about $2.5 million to $3 million. So there is certainly I think that they executed well and I was very pleased -- we’re pleased with this company with the way they executed in the quarter. So, certainly we had both between the large federal deal and Dallas is what they call in particular -- easily deals that could have been fourth quarter deals.
Mark Strouse - JPMorgan:
And then one last one if I can, just any thoughts on potentially updating the long term targets or maybe hosting another Analyst Day?
Dan Behrendt:
It's certainly something that we’re looking, it's as you can see that things are very much in flux right now in a positive way and we want to make sure that we have got plenty of flexibility to continue to make the investments which we think will pay off long term for our investors but makes it a little bit tougher to predict certainly down to the net income level with the investments we’re making. But we will continue to look at that, we certainly like to do that, have another Analyst Day maybe sometime in 2015 but we will certainly update you once we’re ready to do that.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Greg McKinley with Dougherty and Company. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
I wanted to touch on a couple of different topics, first of all Rick you talked a little bit about international operations, can you maybe just summarize for us what your infrastructure is in international markets where you see that going and then maybe what are some of the most attractive opportunities you think that will help you capitalize on?
Rick Smith:
Let me start, so the epicenter is now moving to Amsterdam that’s where Ron Brandt and his team are based. In Amsterdam I would say we probably have around eight employees today, that will be probably going through your 12 to 15 next year as we add international controller, etcetera. There are some tax advantages to operating out of Holland. So obviously we see that as a -- we did a pretty exhaustive review on where it made the most sense for us to be looking at tax implications as well as operational implications one that will be close to the heart of Europe there. That’s our largest team internationally. In Brazil we have got a team I think of about five people. In Brazil we’re still working to try to get approval from the army as we will be able to start manufacturing TASER's with our contract manufacturer and reenter the Brazil in the weapon side. In the meantime, we have had some of the largest agencies in Brazil are now in paid pilots with AXON and EVIDENCE.com, we’re able to deploy from Amazon data center in San Paulo. So those are going well, so even while the weapons approval has taken much longer than we would have hoped, we are seeing that the camera business down there can be very interesting. We have a couple of individuals in other parts of the globe; frankly as we look at 2015 we’re just going to our budgeting process now. It's interesting -- basically ramp-up our investments in international sales and marketing and frankly as we look at history we have done well in the English speaking countries, in the UK, in Australia, New Zealand and not as strong elsewhere. So I think we have realized late last year if we’re going to be truly international we have got to behave more internationally and provide the sorts of investment and infrastructure and personnel to our international customers that we do here. We began internalizing all of our websites in terms of language, we hired a European and a German guy to run -- not just an American, we transplanted overseas. I would say three years ago our international sales plan was largely send Americans around the world on -- senior executives go make presentations but I think we’re strong on having teams on the ground to follow-up and drive the ball down the field. That is changing now and we see a lots of opportunity to drive more growth next year. So you will see some more investments in the international as we build out both the team in Europe and I think you will see investments in putting a more structure in larger team in Asia.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
And then on the bookings side within your video business, maybe can you and Dan you also talked about deferred revenue. Can you remind us how much deferred revenue is on the balance sheet today as it relates to EVIDENCE.com and can you talk about a backlog number? How much has been already recognized for software and service revenues versus how much is in backlog just to give us a sense for how that’s aggregating?
Dan Behrendt:
We have seen a significant growth, this quarter is almost 3 million of deferred revenue growth just for the video business on top of what was already on the balance sheet. We will have that in the queue.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
$3 million sequential increase?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes sequential increase. I will get you that total hopefully by the end of the call here, we can sort of look at and pull it out of the queue. We certainly see it's about almost about $7 million on the balance sheet right now for the deferred revenue, for the video business. Again that balance will be partly driven by how much cash we have received. So our future billings are actually significantly higher than that. This year we have had $32.5 million of bookings, the amount of cash that the amount of billing is fraction, that’s probably about maybe 10 million a billing. So even it's future 22.5 million of future billings it will be down in subsequent years. You know most of the customers with multi-year deals will still prefer to pay for the product annually. So it doesn’t create a large deferred revenue but it does create a sort of large future billing amount.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
And then regarding the EVIDENCE.com product itself in the AXON hardware, how -- I know you’ve already recently announced new features on the AXON camera to link it back to squad car or turn the camera on remotely. How frequently do you anticipate new features being introduced and is there a long life cycle to be able to get new features into the camera if needed?
Dan Behrendt:
I would say one of the things that is unique for TASER and really a competitive advantage, our ability to do a lot of voice [ph] for the customer research. Customers, we have a really good relationship with customers they are very open with us as far as features that they desire. Our marketing team and our R&D team does a really good job of helping customers prioritize the feature so we work on the things that are most important to them and we work on those things first and the things that have the most universal need. So, I think the lot of what the team is working on today has been sort of additional features in EVIDENCE.com that specifically for the larger customers that make it more efficient for them to roll-out the product, make their use of the product more efficient and again it creates a competitive advantage because these are advanced features that are hard for competition to replicate. And I think it's a big reason why we’re winning the large deals. Rick, talked about being the only scalable and the solution -- part of that scalability is having advanced features that make large customers, make their experience in our system excellent and make some reference customers going forward for other big customers, that allows them pulling into the system as well.
Rick Smith:
Yes one of the thing I would point out is I believe every major deal we have signed last quarter was our ultimate plan or at least the vast majority of them were and our ultimate plan is where we bundle-in and included upgrade every 2.5 to 3 years. So for our customers they love that, we take the risk out of it for them and say, look as you get on this plan you don’t have to worry about, are you going to obsolete when the next camera comes out. We can have you on a regular upgrade cycle and frankly I think that’s something uniquely TASER could do with some of our larger competitors that -- obviously there is a lot of noise out there -- there is a lot of vapor -- lot of competitors have memorized our product specifications to like comical detail. But the fact is our customers is not going to get on effectively a prepaid plan with some of the company (indiscernible) that’s going to be here in a year or two. The stability, the customer relationship we have with TASER allows us to enter in indigenous relationships and take down risks off the table for our customers and that’s something that is not replicable.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum Capital Group. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Unidentified Analyst:
(Indiscernible). I was wondering if you can go on to some detail on the bookings number, obviously a big jump sequentially and I'm sure Ferguson had something to do with that but can you talk about the cadence for those orders received, you know obvious results will be lumpy on a quarterly basis going forward but given the active deployments and pilots you guys have talked about. Kind of what's the right level to think about it going forward?
Rick Smith:
First of all let me just Ferguson had very little to do with the bookings number this quarter. Our customers don’t buy in 30 day cycles, Ferguson drove a big shift in inquiries and new trials but we won't see the effects of Ferguson in the booking number for another quarter or two. Dan?
Dan Behrendt:
I agree with that. I think as I’ve indicated before earlier on the call, I mean we have had a number of $1 million deals this quarter which I think is really encouraging, you know that quarter is not dependent on the single deal. Last quarter we had pretty good percentage of the total quarter bookings were one transaction. So having a number of sort of $1 million size deals I think it's useful. Certainly on a go forward basis as Rick indicated in his comments earlier I think that certainly some lumpiness, it makes it tough to predict we feel very good about the macro environment. We think we continue to win the vast, vast majority of any competitive situation we’re in. So as the faster the market moves, the faster the bookings will grow but we’re at a number of outside influence here as well.
Rick Smith:
And one another anecdote I will share about the Ferguson incident, you know we did have a number of agencies in that area obviously, they will call us up and say we want to get cameras out fast. We’re able to deploy 70 or 80 cameras at one agency, they wanted them in a matter of days and what I heard back from our team that was out there is that while they were, in one of these agencies, one of the competitors also had some product there and the agency couldn’t get it to work. So that’s again one of our advantages, this thing scales -- we have got in the 10s of 1000s of cameras, 100,000 in total, in the field we have 1000s, 1000s cameras online and our business processes continue to get more and more streamline so we can bring cameras online faster and easier for the customer and we believe of those competitive advantages. We have an opportunity to widen the goal from the position we’re at now and incidents like the one we heard about there with that agency struggling -- as new competitors grow, lots and lots of features and try to compete. This stuff is hard to do well. It takes really great engineers and a lot of work and a lot of rigor and a lot of folks trying to do this, we don’t see they have the resources and talent and time frankly to be able to do something competitive while the market is forming here.
Unidentified Analyst:
Moving on to weapons business and sorry if I missed this, but you guys are obviously end of life in the X26 this year. Can you talk about the impact of that -- what that had on Q3 results if any and kind of what kind of impact it has going forward on the upgrade cycle for the next couple of quarters?
Dan Behrendt:
Certainly historically when we end of life the M26, it certainly helped customers, they were sort of waiting or on the fence for an upgrade to help to sort of drive adoption. It gave them one more data point to use with their city councils as they try to get capital money to buy new weapons. They would say look our weapons are sold, they are not supported by the manufacturing and we think that will be a useful fact for them to have and their argument about why they need to upgrade and certainly we think by end of life in X26, you know that could help to continue to drive the upgrade cycle. It's not to quantify exactly how much -- how big an impact it's having in any given quarter but certainly we know from sort of historically that it is useful and gives -- it forces customers to look at our new products. We think candidly the new smart weapon platform has some significant advantages over the legacy products and by no longer supporting legacy product it forces customers to take a look at the new products which hopefully will help drive the cycle as well to upgrade.
Unidentified Analyst:
And then last one, maybe as you take a step back and kind of compare what's going on with the video segment now and think back to maybe what your expectations were like a year ago. What has changed? What's different from your initial thoughts? Whether it be accelerated adoption? Take rates, usage rates? I know the Ferguson event has probably had a pretty significant effect but just trying to get a sense on how things are ramping compared to your initial thoughts?
Dan Behrendt:
I think we very pleased with where we’re right now. I would say that couple of things that we find really encouraging, one is that 87% of the deals this quarter were multi-year deals that to me has just been amazing statistics. It shows confidence in our customers continue to execute, it shows confidence that the solution is something that they are going to need long term. This isn't a one year and we will figure out in a year if we really need it. They get it. I think our sales team has done a great job of helping our customers understand the complexities of trying to manage digital evidence on their own without a robust solution behind them. So I think the fact that we’re seeing 75% of the camera sold this quarter were online meaning they bought subscriptions to MSICOM [ph] and then 87% of those bought multi-year deals. I think we’re very encouraged by both of those statistics and we feel compared to our expectations I would say we’re very pleased and meeting or even exceeding our expectations at this point.
Rick Smith:
Yes I would add-in as well, look we’re feeling phenomenon right now. I mean five years ago when we started down this path, lot of people thought we were crazy, cops -- lot of people said cops are never going to wear cameras, big brother. I mean we had people use the overwhelming feedback was we will never put our data outside of the four walls of the agency in the cloud. We’re frankly -- lot of people thought we were kind of crazy and we went through some dark years there I mean this is hard to transfer the business, this has not been an easy transformation what we have built was intense from a capital perspective from an effort and engineering perspective and we went through some dark days, I say about two years ago we had folks in the company asking us, hey, is it time to shut this thing down? Is this thing ever going to scale? Well I think we have that answer now and the great news is when you can see what's coming when the rest of the world doesn’t see it yet that can set up for a great advantage and so what everybody thought was crazy five years ago is now accepted as inevitable and we’re well positioned. I would like to thank our shareholders, some of you guys have stuck with us through those dark days and through the years where we bounced around breakeven to get this done and I got to tell you it feels great right now to have the validation of the market and the validation of the customers and we’re running hard and we’re going to own this thing and we feel like, much like the TASER business, we created it from nothing and we’re going to run hard and I think we can win this, we can run the table. We’re winning every major city right now and I think we may have a couple of blips along the way. Things aren't always sunny and challenge free but as people perhaps few years ago, this could be a very competitive place. There is lots of cameras. People can do software. But this business also has some aspects where if a true market leader emerges there would be a lot of momentum for people to consolidate around that market leader and we got a shot at it, it's not in the bag but in another year or two we could have this really dialed in and locked up and this business is materially more valuable if we have the dominant industry standard than if we are just one of several in the market fragments. So we have sent out message before and we repeat it again, and that is a battle cry for our employees and frankly for our investors. We know that you guys aren't always delighted when we say, hey we’re going to invest more to get this done but when we see the sort of growth possibilities and when Dan talked about that customer acquisition, the long term value number, to me that’s a super conservative approach because we’re just modeling in the customer value with our current products today. Every customer that we’re in we have opportunities to expand with future products with additional premium add-ons. If we started modeling that in, the number increases even further but of course for investors we want to be conservative but in case you can't tell I'm feeling great, and the wins at our back and this is not the time for us to relax and let up, it's time to go for the kill.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Glenn Mattson with Ladenburg Thalmann. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann:
So I guess keeping on that same thing, same theme, it's nice to see the uptick in new services by some of these other agencies like Salt Lake City and Birmingham, the fire in buildings departments in Miami, curious if those extended use cases are being brought up in other cities. But then also I think we have spoken in the past about next year 2015, you guys are starting to potentially release some new products down that EVIDENCE.com sales channel and was curious how that process is coming along but also is it customer feedback? Is it things that they are asking for and requesting that’s driving the new product development there or is it things that you guys think that the market needs that they don’t know they need yet. So any thoughts on that?
Rick Smith:
The introduction of sort of completely new products is slightly delayed. I would say we have made resourcing decisions, for example deploying in England with the London Met, they required some significant work to get that done because we couldn’t use Amazon Web Services long term we had to deploy a local provider that met certain requirements within the UK. So as we have looked at it and we have had to make some prioritization decisions where we have said, you know we got to win every big deal that’s coming across the table right now and so we have invested a little more heavily and we have redeployed some of our engineering resources on making sure -- so a number of our priorities win every big deal. And right behind that is we want to make every one of those customers ecstatic. We look at them now, the successful program that they are bragging about that it's going so well. And that requires a lot of support. I mean the reason we do that is two-fold, these guys all talk to each other that’s going to impact the next deal and then frankly that setting the stage for when we want to come in with our next product and services. Some of which are even just placed with incumbent [ph] systems they have got. Customers sat is typically very low at law enforcement agencies with their existing systems. We think our customer sat is like secret weapon that will enable us to come in with the next generation products as we expand out from our beach head [ph]. So I think we’re doing -- obviously we feel it's the right thing from a discipline perspective to make sure that we have the current business opportunity under control, stable scaling and working and not over-extend ourselves and introduce something else too soon if that means taking resources off of the opportunity at hand. Dan anything you would want to add on that?
Dan Behrendt:
No I think you hit that perfectly. That’s great. I think the only thing I would add is, you had a question about sort of digital evidence amount and examples like Salt Lake. I would say that’s definitely something our sales team reinforces with all the customers. We have engineered the system to be a digital evidence management solution, for all digital evidence not just our video. So having customers like Salt Lake, store other digital evidence in there I think makes them referenceable for other customers consider using our product for everything and having all their evidence in one place from a digital perspective. So I think that’s a one more value proposition we offer, we have got good workflow for in just of other products. And some of the partnership stuff we’re working on will certainly allow for other things to be loaded in the system and have all the digital evidence in one place.
Rick Smith:
One more thing I would like add, answering the second part of your question, which is are we developing things that customers are asking for? Or are we going to sneak upon them with some new things they don’t they need? We sort of learned our lesson as you will hear many years ago about trying to sneak up on our customers with things that we haven't gotten their feedback. We would always tend to do that, so you’re not going to see something come of the left field that it's just totally out of the blue that we hope law enforcement would like. The engineering team when acquired Familiar last year, they spent four months in the field on right along with cops and go on SWAT calls out and send them to dispatch centers. So it's not just even products, it's about engineers who are in the field with cops taking their feedback in what they need and those are the things we’re building. So it's a very customer driven approach that is not an internal engineering driven approach on all of our new products and services.
Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann:
That’s why I think the X26p was a good example of how you guys have moved towards listening to the customers and what a success that product has been.
Rick Smith:
The X story is still my favorite TASER we ever made. I have one on my bed side, unfortunately I'm sort of alone in that perspective and you don’t want to have another one of those. So we’re going to make sure it's right for the customer and not right for us.
Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann:
Quick from Dan, you mentioned the inventory rise due to some potential I guess new sales or kind of how you see the sales is going to plan out. I guess the inventory rise if it's mostly related to weapons would equate to a revenue number just looking at the year-over-year comparison, is there something to flat to slightly up in Q4 sequentially. I'm curious about how the policy is? I know it's a lot of book and ship business within the quarter, so what kind of look do you get ahead of times that gives you the confidence to build that inventory?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. I mean I think one of the things for that makes it a little bit easier is we don’t have a proliferation of SKUs at so it makes a little easier to go heavier on inventory and not worry about ops lessons risk. So certainly as we look at the business especially as Rick indicated we’re making large investments to grow the international business. We expect that to grow faster than the U.S. business over the next few years and become a more meaningful part of the business and certainly the international business as you know tends to be a little bit lumpier, it tends to be punctuated by larger individual deals, so you need to keep a little bit more inventory in order to react and be able to satisfy that customer's demand when it happens. I think on the video side candidly the video business has been so strong, it's been hard to build inventory because the demand has been so strong. So we’re continuing to ramp up the supply chain and make sure that we continue to meet demand both now and in the future.
Glenn Mattson - Ladenburg Thalmann:
And last, real quick one, the comment at the end of the top line double digit growth, is that something -- is that a consistent language that you’ve always used or is that a part of your add to the script?
Dan Behrendt:
I think we certainly, I think we have felt that way and I think that’s something we talked about at our Analyst Day, a few months and we continue to make the investments to drive that double digit top line growth and we feel with the international business, the video business and a continued upgrade cycle we have a good growth engine and continue to deliver on that.
Operator:
And our next question is a follow-up from the line of Greg McKinley. Your line is now open. Please proceed.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
Just a couple of follow-up items, can you give us any color on your Telesales Group's progress and how that’s impacting U.S. performance?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes they are doing, they are just absolutely continue to do exceptionally well. This quarter we had $8 million of Telesales Deals in the quarter. So it continues to be a big contributor for us both in the top line as well as in gross margins because that’s all direct business. So that’s part of the shift and we have seen higher ASPs as well. And again the purpose of Telesales wasn’t necessarily, that’s more of a byproduct of taking more business direct, it's making sure we’re serving that smaller customer that’s typically being underserved by both us and our distributors and those customers are having a great experience with our Telesales.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
And then at then Rick at the ICAP Show, you mentioned that you partnered with Aerovironment and iRobot and I thought there was a third company you mentioned but, can you tell me what those partnerships do or how you’re collaborating with them?
Rick Smith:
Yes, Aerovironment and iRobot both have devices you know, are autonomous vehicles, either aerial or ground based but they are used for a variety of things whether it's observation, trying to find missing people and something's bomb disposal unit etcetera and all those have video feeds on them that are typically used for real time situational awareness. We’re partnering with them so that those video feed can be fed into EVIDENCE.com and preserved for evidentiary use later. So obviously these incidents where these robots and drones are being used are pretty high risk incident. They are likely to end up in some sort of legal case after the fact and so we’re just making it seamless for our customers and this solves, yes it's a great add-on value for our customers there that they can take that video and rather than bringing it to a disk they can put it into EVIDENCE.com and enjoy all the chain of custody, and sharing and collaborative features that we have got. And the other one is Net Transcripts, they are a transcription company specializes in transcription for law enforcement. So this makes it easy for our customers to click the button and that’s their job to have it transcribed and delivered it back to the agencies so that they have a transcript. You will see a number of additional partnerships that we’re evaluating over the coming quarters and years. So we continue to build out additional functionality for our customers, but really want all their digital evidence in one place and that’s EVIDENCE.com.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
And then I don’t know the degree to which you can comment on this for competitive purposes but you talk about extending EVIDENCE.com features and responding to other needs that agencies have that aren't being addressed yet. Can you give us some more granularity on helping us understand what are those needs and where do you see the bigger opportunities?
Rick Smith:
Not really, for competitive reasons and still we aren't ready to announce it up. We don’t want to put it out there and give our competitors a heads up which ways we’re going.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty and Company:
Okay and then last question, Dan, you had shared on this last quarter 75% of your cameras sold also included an EVIDENCE.com subscription. You’ve quantified camera sales in the past, can you give us a sense for how many licenses are out there either through what's supplied so far or perhaps included in the bookings numbers so we understand how many of those we can look for starting to generate revenue when they are deployed?
Dan Behrendt:
We’re not quite ready to disclose that. I would say that we have you can see from sort of the service revenue line that it is growing. We can certainly say it's above -- over 10,000 licenses at this point.
Operator:
And with that I'm not showing any more phone questions at this time. I would like to turn the call back over to Mr. Rick Smith.
Rick Smith:
All right let's take a couple of questions from Twitter. I will take the first one here, will TASER ever be a dividend stock? The answer to that is we don’t know what the future holds. Certainly it's something that we do consider. We talk about the Board level every quarter about our strategy for our capital structure. As you’ve seen we have been pretty aggressive over the years with buybacks and we’re not shy about returning capital to the shareholders. We’re in a phase right now where we’re letting some capital accumulate just given the opportunities that is ahead of us and frankly the uncertainty -- you know things are moving fast in a target predict the future. So we’re letting the cash balances build up or a big year so that we make sure that we have the assets available to support our plans and if we see opportunities to jump on then we have got the capital available. Right, we have also shown investors that we’re disciplined about this. We remain very careful just because the cash is in the account, certainly we don’t feel like we need to go spend it but that’s something we will continue to evaluate and we will let you if we ever come to conclusion if we think dividend makes sense. At this point we think that might be a little too constraining, because when you start setting a dividend policy, right that’s forever. It creates a long term expectation and right now there was so much opportunity in front of us, I don’t think we’re prepare to constrain our capital usage. Dan?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes I have got a second Twitter question, asking it for capacity constraint and all in the next six months. It's a big question, currently we run one shift, four days a week. So you have always had the ability to add shifts on Friday and over the weekend and we have the ability to add a second shift which in fact will double our capacity. So we certainly have a plenty of capacity, we’re constrained at this point. The supply chain continues to ramp up to make sure we have got the raw materials to produce and the manufacturing team is working overtime at this point and certainly has the ability to add a second shift as we move forward. We just have to find the personnel to work the off-hours. But something we’ve done successfully in the past and certainly available to us as we go forward.
Rick Smith:
I guess I would wrap up with that, you know if we do give one of these real outsize international orders, short term there could always be an issue with trying to get stuff done in the quarter by the time you got to move supply chain along. But, we wouldn’t certainly over a multi-quarter basis, I don’t think we’re seeing anything from a capacity constraint at least on the hardware side. And we’re hiring software developers right now, so anybody who knows some great software developers, keep sending those in. That might be one area where you might say we’re constrained just in building out the team to continue to extend our lead. So with that we will go ahead and we will wrap up. We have been on for over an hour. I guess calls like this you want to just to let them keep going because we’re having a ball and really enjoying the results we had this quarter. Thank you again to our shareholders who have stuck with us over the years. We’re committed to doing great things here and serving our three stakeholders, our customers, our shareholders and our employees. And with that we’re looking forward to wrapping up the year and we will talk to you all in February on our next conference call. And we will see you at our shareholder meeting next May. Have a great day.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today's conference. This does conclude the program and you may all disconnect. Have a good day everyone.
Executives:
Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Greg McKinley - Dougherty
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen and welcome to the Second Quarter 2014 TASER International Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will have a question-and-answer session and instructions will follow at that time. (Operator Instructions) I would now like to turn the call over to Mr. Rick Smith, Chief Executive Officer. Sir, the floor is yours.
Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you very much and good morning to everyone. Welcome to TASER International’s second quarter 2014 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I am going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our Chief Financial Officer to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer:
Thank you. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based upon current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as of the date which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, under the caption Risk Factors. You may find both of these filings, as well as our other SEC filings on our website at www.taser.com. And with that, I will turn it back over to Rick.
Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you, Dan. As a reminder to everyone on the call, we are going to be accepting some questions via Twitter during the Q&A portion, which can be submitted using the hash tag TASR_EARNINGS. To follow our updates on Twitter during the call follow the account at TASER_IR, that’s at TASER_IR. We will be posting graphics and commentary throughout the call. And for those of you without Twitter, all updates and graphics do stream directly to our Investor Relations website at investor.taser.com. The second quarter of 2014 was a busy one for TASER and I am personally excited to share some of the progress and milestones that we had during the quarter. First off, consolidated revenue grew 15.5% year-over-year to $37.2 million on a consolidated basis. This marks the 10th consecutive quarter of year-over-year top line double-digit growth. We continue to work hard to aggressively grow the top line and are eager to continue to show our progress and successes throughout the remainder of the year. Traction in the EVIDENCE.com & Video segment continues to accelerate. Most notably, the leading indicator of bookings increased to $11.3 million in the second quarter, which is a significant increase nearly doubling from the run-rate of the past three quarters in the $5 million to $6 million range. There were several major city wins this quarter that contributed to this level of bookings growth including the Winston-Salem Police Department, the Spartanburg County Sheriff’s Office and the San Diego Police Department. Out of the 72 major cities, we now have active deployments in 7 cities with 3 more currently in paid trials and roughly another 10 in some form of pilot or active discussion. We continue to win the competitive deals that we are pursuing. We are aware of only one large competitive procurement, which we lost in the past year. The purchase of cameras and the decision for managing the digital evidence is a highly visible complicated decision for these agencies. It’s not as simple as handing them cameras and sending officers on their way. Their policies must be written and implemented IT departments to work with public relations messaging to be crafted by these cities. Time and again, the largest agencies in the world are choosing TASER and EVIDENCE.com, because we work so closely with command staff and the city to make sure that these implementations and rollout of our solution in particular goes smoothly. Because of this and our continued marketing efforts, we are seeing continued positive indicators for the business. We are also finding that the usage of our EVIDENCE.com solution is growing exponentially. In the second quarter, we saw approximately 950,000 files and 95,000 gigabytes of data uploaded into EVIDENCE.com versus approximately 250,000 files and 20,000 gigabytes uploaded a year ago. See the graph on the three we just sent out, we are seeing an impressive curve in accelerating system usage. Our pipeline of actionable deals is the largest it’s ever been. And in fact the number of request for proposals or RFPs that we have done for cloud and wearables surpassed those for weapons this quarter. Further, initial survey results from our technology summit attendees shows that the soft provoking events are paying off. We found that 98% of attendees would recommend attending a technology summit to a colleague, 72% of the attendees reported that the event helped to remove any objections they have had regarding video and cloud technology and 95% of the attendees reported that after the event they viewed TASER International as the technology company, not a weapons manufacturer. This was a very important shift in perception in our opinion. We want to continue to be seen as a strong partner and a natural choice for agencies to partner with to implement the seismic changes coming to law enforcement in the future through cloud and wearable technologies. Internationally the video business continues to pick up steam following the London Met pilot announced earlier this year. This pilot has spurred interest in several additional markets that look after the Met as a leader in international policing. Further the Brazilian market has now begun adopting our video and cloud products. In quarter, we had received orders from two of the largest agencies in Brazil for initial deployments. We extended our partnership with Amazon to have an instance of their data centers in Brazil as well Dublin so that we can be prepared to be evidence produced and the potential concerns that international customers may have about storing that data in the United States. In addition to Amazon, we are also evaluating other partners with in-country data centers so that we will not be respected by data centre location in our sales process. Our team in the Netherlands continues to set up infrastructure to grow the international part of the business. And we look forward to continuing to share their success in future quarters. We do anticipate that due to the large incremental little jump in Q2 that the third quarter video bookings will fall in the range somewhere between the first and second quarter levels. One way to show why we are excited about the current video business is to look at one recent win. I was talking about San Diego. The San Diego was the major city that will ultimately pay TASER about $4 million over the next five years for the AXON and EVIDENCE.com solution. If for example, they didn’t set upgraded their CEW weapon space X26 we will be recognizing approximately $1.6 million over the same five year period including cartridges, batteries, etcetera. So the AXON and EVIDENCE.com deal creates a five year opportunity which is 2.5 times larger than the CEW opportunity and offers TASER the opportunity to close both of these types of deals. Ten years of benefits in this deal as well they will be realizing a significant return on their investment and gain incremental IT capabilities by making EVIDENCE.com a core to critical systems of the city. This example truly exemplifies why we are so enthusiastic about the current opportunity in front of us. Yes, we are investing for adjacent technologies and new revenue streams of the size of the present opportunity camera on every officer remains unanimous. The TASER Weapons business continues to execute and also showed strong results, delivering revenues that were up 7.9% to $32.7 million. Gross margins continue to be extremely strong at 67.4% for the second quarter. Domestic weapon sales increased 9% year-over-year as well. Internationally while the revenues were a bit lower than the last two quarters which is a result of the lumpy nature of that segment, there were some great wins. We received our first smart weapon sale in Canada following the approval that occurred in Ontario and the completion of a success evaluation of our smart weapon technology by a governmental study. We believe these approvals have now cleared the way for an upgrade of a large install base of all the reference in Canada of more than 10,000 weapons which are right for an upgrade. We think this is a great indication of future international weapons growth. We are also expecting approvals from several additional international markets in the coming quarters which will clear the way for further upgrades around the globe. And finally, there were several international markets we are working on significant programs for new TASER weapon deployments, setting the stage for what we believe will be a record year in international sales. I would also like to provide an update on the highly successful telesales program we launched last year. In short, this telesales team continues to do an outstanding job closing business with smaller law enforcement agencies in weapons and AXON and EVIDENCE.com. In the second quarter they booked approximately $9.7 million in new business. And we saw consistent quarterly growth every quarter since we launched the program. The team is now up to 10 employees and we will be adding one or two more reps who will be focused solely on selling and renewing EVIDENCE.com. We wanted to share their success with investors to help you better understand and model our business. Every quarter, we ship thousands of orders the large majority of them including those were telesales or small orders. And as we all know, small orders can add up very quickly, but they won’t be material in their own right. These small orders will never get announced on the press release and with the telesales function growing and the smallest tier of the market procuring more TASER products that based on small orders looks different today than it did a year and a half ago. We have heard some speculation in the marketplace about pending revenue levels in any quarter based upon adding up the orders announced in the press release. We don’t think this is a very accurate methodology. We have continued and committed to updating the market on our material orders with each part of our business once a month, but caution that due to timing small orders and other factors such as some agencies requesting to refrain from public announcements that the approximation of revenues from these press releases is not a reliable way to estimate revenue performance. Another positive event occurred during the quarter was the addition of the new board member. Bret Taylor, the former Chief Technology Officer of Facebook, the Co-Creator of Google Maps and currently the CEO of Quip joined TASER’s board in early June as a replacement for Dr. Matt McBrady, who unfortunately had to leave our Board focused on his new position of Chief Investment Officer with (indiscernible) Investments. Bret’s background is founded in high-tech and he is widely seen as a thought leader in software and online technology. We think that he will be a great contributor to driving our strategy around our cloud and wearables business. (indiscernible) sequential for joining TASER’s board was shortly after speaking with Hadi Partovi, another tech leader on our board. We took his family on the trip to Disney Land and he saw an officer wearing an AXON Flex in the wild, which bolstered his hunch that TASER was going to be the leader in this space and it was something he wanted to help guide us as a board member. We have a great video with Bret on our EVIDENCE.com website. If you want to learn more about him and his interest in TASER, you can find the link on Twitter now. In March 2013, the company held its first Analyst Day at the NASDAQ marketplace in New York. At that time, we shared TASER’s five-year long-term financial projections for 2017 for both top line and operating results based on a number of underlying assumptions. Our business has evolved rapidly since March 2013. We have seen increasing success in our international sales efforts as well as adoption of our video solutions, particularly by the largest agencies faster than anticipated. We continue to win the vast majority of our competitive bids on larger deals. We also acquired the top notch software development team when we purchased Familiar in the fourth quarter of last year. Because of the traction we are seeing the business as evidenced by the continued significant increases in EVIDENCE.com and AXON bookings, we have continued to expand our investment in marketing initiatives and customer facing roles to enter our ability to compete in the all new video camera and evidence management opportunities. We have also continued our investments in research and development as we developed products and applications in adjacent technologies that will meet the needs of law enforcement. We have the goal of having a highly integrated platform, which offers capabilities that will fundamentally change how law enforcement agencies operate. We feel that our current success is based on our full featured cameras as well as the best in the industry end-to-end solution, which not only captures events on video, but makes the management of digital evidence far easier and more effective thinking feeding solutions. The success, we are seeing in large agencies and in international fronts also creates the opportunity to not only develop new features for our current products, but to launch adjacent products and services with significant additional long-term revenue opportunities. We believe the investments we are making in R&D and sales and marketing will yield long-term results, but at a near and medium term impact the profitability. As a result, we no longer feel that investors should rely on the long-term financial projections we presented at the Analyst Day in March 2013. The company plans by conducting an Analyst Day in future, where we may to take market on our long-term expectations as we gain more visibility on these new opportunities. We continue to be excited about the TASER and EVIDENCE.com and reported hearing more success in the coming quarters. Dan will now go over the financial results in greater detail.
Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer:
Thank you, Rick. In the second quarter, consolidated sales are $37.2 million, a 15.5% increase from the second quarter of 2013. The increase in sales was primarily driven by our law enforcement weapons handle sales, which increased $2.5 million at the end of the second quarter compared to the prior year. AXON cameras, EVIDENCE.com and TASER CAM sales also grew by $2.6 million to $4.5 million in the second quarter of 2014. Service revenues for the EVIDENCE.com & Video segment increased $0.6 million to $0.9 million in the second quarter compared to the prior year. Including service revenues are approximately $83,000 in professional service revenue for implementation of our solution. These are generally one-time billing to – can introduce some lumpiness into the service revenue line. The legacy X26 CEW declined $2.1 million in the second quarter as a result of the agencies embracing the new smart weapons platform. There are still some international and federal customers who are continuing to purchase the legacy X26 because it’s the only CEW that’s been approved for their market or application. We are working with these customers to get them to review and refer the new smart weapons platform. And at the end of 2014, X26 will be going out of production. While we will support the warranty handles, we will be focused solely on the smart weapons platform going into 2015. The new single-shot smart weapon, the X26P saw a sales increase of d 5.7 million over the second quarter of 2013, which is the main reason why the total handle sales grew by $2.5 million when compared to the prior year. Gross margin for the second quarter was $23.2 million or 62.4% of revenue, which is up from $19.7 million or 61.4% in the prior year. As sales have increased, we continue to benefit from higher operating leverage and due to price increases instituted in the beginning of 2014 as well as more sales being sold directly to the end user through our own distribution channels, we are seeing higher ASPs on our products also improving gross margin. Although, service revenue increased quarter-over-quarter, the cost of service delivery actually decreased by $0.1 million in the second quarter compared to the prior year due to continued benefit of the completion of the depreciation related to capitalization of the EVIDENCE.com software development cost which was only $300,000 recorded previously. Gross margins in the TASER weapons business were especially strong with gross margins as a percentage of revenue in the second quarter of 2014, up 67.4% compared to gross margins of 65.5% in the second quarter of 2013. In the EVIDENCE.com & Video segment, revenues increased $2.6 million to $4.5 million for the second quarter of 2014. The loss from operations in EVIDENCE.com & Video segment worsened to $4.1 million from loss of $2.7 million in the second quarter of 2013 largely due to the increased investment in research and development activities as well as additional sales representatives and marketing expenses for the AXON and EVIDENCE.com products. The good news is the investments in sales and marketing are yielding results. In the past 12 months, we have sold nearly four times the number of cameras as we did in the prior 12 month period. SG&A expenses were $13.5 million versus $10.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2013. This represents an increase of $2.6 million or 23.8%. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses increased 36.4% for the second quarter of 2014 compared to 34% for the second quarter of 2013. Within this current quarter SG&A, there is approximately $2.2 million related to settlements of commercial litigation cases related to disagreements with two former distributors. Excluding these settlement expenses, SG&A for the second quarter would have been $11.3 million or 30.5% of revenues, compared to the prior year personnel expenses increased by $0.4 million as the company has increased customer facing positions as well as some administrative functions. Expenses also increased related to the TASER-hosted technology summits which take place promote law enforcement awareness, about recent developments in cloud technology in the past year. Increases were also seen in travel expenses as the company works to growth its international presence. These increases are partially offset by lower spending on liability insurance, expert witness fees, and legal fees. We expect to see the elevated spend in SG&A continue through 2014 as initiatives to grow the top line internationally and EVIDENCE.com & Video segment are expected to continue and further infrastructure is put in place. Research and development expenses were $3.5 million for the second quarter of 2014, an increase of approximately $1.5 million when compared to the second quarter of 2013. The increase continues to be primarily driven by the additional personnel expense related to EVIDENCE.com & Video segment basically hiring developers in that segment of the business. And as the team begins development initiatives, expenses will be capitalized until the product launches. However, given the newness of some of these initiatives, the company cannot be certain on the timing of the capitalization or the completion of the development projects as we – and we did not capitalize any development expenses in the second quarter of this year. With the addition of the Familiar team as well as same hires in other research investments in EVIDENCE.com & Video segment, we continue to expect R&D expenses to increase from these levels. We are finding that larger customers such as London Met required additional functionality to our EVIDENCE.com solution and while we are able to roll the step functionality out in more widespread basis of the future has delayed the start developing of some of the new initiatives we had in place. We believe that ensuring that major cities utilizing our solution have the best experience possible continue to solidify our position in the market. Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes certain items as detailed in our press release, was $9 million for the second quarter of 2014 compared to $9.5 million in the second quarter of 2013 with the decrease being driven by the higher R&D and SG&A expenses in 2014. Income from operations were $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2014 compared to $6.8 million in the second quarter of 2013. Net income for the second quarter of 2014 was $3.9 million or $0.07 per diluted compared to net income of $4.5 million or $0.08 a diluted share in the prior year second quarter. As we move onto the balance sheet. The company generated $1.7 million of operating cash flow, and we finished the quarter with $59.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. Accounts receivable of $22.1 million were down about $0.4 million from the year balances due to timely collections. Inventory finished the quarter at $50.1 million which is an increase of $4 million from the prior year end balances due to basically increased raw materials and finish goods anticipation of 2014 sales. Total assets at June 30, 2014 were $149.4 million. The total deferred revenue of $24.4 million actually increased $3.9 million for the year end, primarily due to the upgrade program sales of the X26 and X2, which increases our sales extended warranties. Sales of our AXON cameras and EVIDENCE.com solution also contributed $0.8 million of increase as we deferred revenue related to those sales and recognized it over the service life of those deals. The – also contributed increase in the deferred revenue is the TASER insurance plan which has increased the balance from year end by $1.2 million as customers continue to embrace the program for both weapons and AXON cameras. The total liabilities of $37.9 million and the company’s finished the quarter with $110.5 million of stockholder equity. The companies continues to have no long-term debt other than the capital lease and we continue to have the liquidity and strong cash flow engine for core business to fund sales, R&D efforts and operations in the future. As we move onto selected savings of cash flows. The company had cash provided by operations of $6 million for the first six months of 2014. During the first six months, we did have number of settlements for related to litigation that ran through the cash. We had paid $4.5 million on the AA & Saba Consultants case versus TASER and additional $0.8 million on the Turner case. So, there is – both of those cases were a large use of cash in the first half of the year. Net cash from investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $14.4 million compared with cash used of $12 million in the same period of prior year. The net cash – use of cash is driven by the net purchases of investments during this time period of $13.1 million. Cash used in financing activities was $7.9 million for the first six months, June 30, 2014 compared to cash used of $17.3 million in the same period last year. The net use of cash is driven by repurchase of $19.6 million we are processing $1.5 million shares. Partially offset by the proceeds of stock option exercises of $7.4 million and excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of $5.5 million. As we stated in the last quarter, leaving more time to the Q&A portion on the call, we started including the unit sales statistics in this press release for your reference. To wrap up, we are continuing to invest in the business because we are serious about executing on our strategies and providing top-line double-digit growth consistently. We feel these investments are necessary to continue to solidify position in the video business. Investigate and develop adjacent revenue producing opportunities that continue to grow internationally, so we can provide long-term value for our shareholders. And that will take – turn over to the questions. We are now ready to take questions now with the operator instruction.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions) And our first question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Steve Dyer – Craig Hallum:
Good morning, Rick, good morning Dan.
Rick Smith:
Good morning.
Dan Behrendt:
Good morning.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
If I could start in the weapons side of the business I am wondering if kind of the end of license sort of speak of the X26, are you seeing anecdotally did your – you’re seeing anything anecdotally but that’s helping sort of drive the change over the upgrade here. Or do you anticipate that will like Q4, Q1 and actually it does happen?
Rick Smith:
Yes, this is Rick. I would say I think we will see that we have greater impact as we get close to the end of the year. I don’t know if it’s had a major impact yet in the deals that we have been working until this point. So it will be interesting to see how this plays out as we get towards the end of the year?
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay and then I noticed in your prepared remarks, you talked about how that’s the X26 is really all of it that is approved in a lot of places internationally, do you anticipate any kind of an air pocket a delay or do you think that they can move in time to keep that fairly continuous?
Rick Smith:
We believe we have given sufficient lead time for most major customers, if not all of them to be able to get through the approval process. So we are pretty delighted that Canada sort of got through their approval process this quarter. And some of the other major markets internationally are looking at the issue right now. So I certainly don’t expect to see any air pockets of significance.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. On the video side, I am wondering if not the pure number, if there is any way that you can quantify kind of the number of users that you have on-boarded on to the recurring system, whether it’s quarter-over-quarter or year-over-year, just to get some sense I mean you can kind of see how the service revenue is trending, but anyway of kind of being able to see that would be helpful, anything there?
Rick Smith:
I think the best example you will see there is the chart which we had earlier showing system wide usage. We thought that was a good indicator to go and share with investors, Dan do you want to answer about users?
Dan Behrendt:
I think you are right I think that’s probably the best metric we can share at this point. I think it shows the fact that it’s not only, I think what’s really important while it’s not only we are selling customers on this solution, but they are actively using it. So when we see almost 950,000 files uploaded in a quarter, obviously this is a solution that’s adding value for those customers. And they are utilizing it.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. And can you remind me roughly how big San Diego was in terms of bookings in the quarter?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, just it’s roughly $4 million for the quarter.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. So you still saw some pretty impressive momentum outside of that one large order?
Dan Behrendt:
That’s correct.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. And then last software question, when would you anticipate we could see kind of some revenue from an adjacent software product, is that a ’14 thing or is that start of next year?
Dan Behrendt:
I think its start of next year at this point.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. And then one last question just as it relates to the operating expenses, I am assuming at least as we think about it today that all of the legal settlements are sort of behind us, so if you back that and you call it kind of $15 million or so OpEx run rate, I mean is that a good run rate to use with a little bit of growth each quarter or is there a step up here whether it be for video or telesales or anything that’s material that would raise it from that number?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. I mean I think it’s good, obviously the settlements have been – had a material impact on expenses this quarter. So because they will sort of use the on a normalized basis to sort of back that out, but on a go forward basis we are going to continue to ramp our SG&A costs as we add sales people for coverage both to grow the video business as well as international. I think we are seeing that there is a large opportunity internationally. We probably underinvested historically. And I think we are addressing that by putting more people in market to assist our distributors to drive that part of the business. And then in the U.S., the fact that we have only lost one competitive situation in last year it tells us that when we have visibility of the deals and can participate we have got a great solution, but we need to make sure we are standing in front of those customers and things aren’t going to other vendors because we are not aware of it. So we are going to continue to invest pretty happily to grow both the international as well as the video sales. And in our R&D, we are going to continue to look for top caliber people because we think we have got a long-term platform play here and want to make sure that – I think what we have seen in this quarter because we are seeing just the traction we get in the business. I think it’s giving us the confidence that we wanted to execute a number of the strategies at the same time versus doing sequentially. So I think you will see both the ramp in both the SG&A and R&D expenses.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Are you able to quantify the magnitude at all Dan I mean are we talking $1 million a quarter for the next couple of quarters or less I mean just I guess some sense of magnitude?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes. I mean I think it’s going to depend on how fast we find good people. It’s got a high bar on hiring here. So I think it can certainly be sort of the upper end of that range on a quarterly kind of increase each quarter, but its going to depend on how fast we find good people, but we are definitely – we see a big opportunity here when we continue to expand our investments both on the SG&A and the R&D side.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay, I will hop back in queue. Thanks guys.
Rick Smith:
Thanks, Steve.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Greg McKinley with Dougherty. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Yes, thank you. I guess, I wanted to just make sure I understood a little bit context, Rick, you made the comment that you are not really seeing investors in the longer period of reliance or that, I think you had base case, ball case and bare case scenario from the Analyst Day. What are the maybe puts and takes around that comment? Is it where are you seeing the differences in those potential scenarios and why that changed?
Rick Smith:
Well, I would – and I will let Dan give a little color after my initial comment here. We certainly is mostly around the expense level, I would say, in the video business. We could still manage the business to hit those ranges, but we would come to conclusion that’s not the optimal strategy for the business that we believe we are more likely than not going to be investing more heavily, particularly again for the reasons of there is a lot of additional work to winning these big agencies. We have got a lot of additional requirements. And then internationally, there is some additional cost of complexity both around sales support and having to deploy internationally in some cases outside of the Amazon ecosystem, which means there is more engineering to be done to make that work.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay.
Rick Smith:
But those are the right things to do for the business. So, I would say, we, in general, believe the opportunity is greater than it was 18 months ago, the leases coming into focus as we are seeing more success. But we believe the right thing for the business will likely be to invest at higher levels, not only in existing business that exists today, but also in some of these agencies, one of the great things about EVIDENCE.com frankly compared to our TASER Weapons business. From the TASER Weapon business, it’s not as clear what are the revenue streams around the weapons, whereas with the software once we are in EVIDENCE.com, there is a whole host of additional extensions and we believe it becomes each sale becomes easier to the agencies, we can opt for more integrated services on one platform. And so investing in those opportunities to grow the overall size of business, we believe this is the right strategy and so we thought it was appropriate to share that with investors at this point. Dan, do you have any other color you would want to add?
Dan Behrendt:
I think that’s right. I think we are – I think the – maybe ironic part is I think it’s because we are – this business is, we are getting tractions faster, especially with larger agencies, typically larger agencies can be a little bit slower to move to a new technology. We have seen an offset with video cameras and I think that’s encouraged us to make bigger investments and as a result we think sort of the profit targets we laid out, we don’t want sort of people to rely on those numbers, we don’t want to sort of be hamstrung with the investments we are making to feel what we think will be a very successful business in the video as well as growing the international part of the CEW business.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay, that’s helpful. Thank you. And then yes, I wonder if you can talk about how you are viewing the domestic market right now, I think you indicated domestic weapon sales were up about 9% year-over-year in the first – in the second quarter, sorry, obviously continue to get it older and older installed base. Sequentially, things are maybe flat from Q1 to Q2, any color you can give us on how you view that incremental agency upgrading versus what might have been the case, I don’t know three, six, nine months ago?
Dan Behrendt:
This is Dan. I think we continue to feel very good about our business there. I think that’s certainly a large installed base. We think that we are going to continue to message to customers that the fact that we think the most appropriate thing for them to do is to proactively replace their TASERs before they break and replace them. We think we have got attractive upgrade programs in place still to drive them. So, I think the good news from my perspective is that regardless of whether so many things to five years is the appropriate useful life or it’s six or seven eventually all weapons get to that age. And the upgrade opportunity in front of us continues to grow at this point I would say that we are continuing to see that total opportunity actually grow faster, because we are probably upgrading less units in the year versus how many units hit that 5-year mark.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Yes.
Dan Behrendt:
So – and I think we talked a little bit earlier, I think the X26 going end of life, I think will help, we saw that with the M26, I think sometimes it gave us our agencies little bit of political cover that can go back to their city councils and command staff and say hey, the product we have is it even supported by the manufacturer anymore. And I think that, that can help to drive it. So, we hope that as we go into next year that, that’s one more thing that sort of helps. But the domestic CEW business is pretty much where we expected to be. I think that we had a couple of years of significant growth as the upgrade started. And I think that I think the significant growth as we go forward from this point is going to be driven by the international expansion, but the U.S. business continues to be a solid base to build the both international strategy on top of as well as the video strategy.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay, thank you. And then Rick you mentioned $9.7 million of revenue is generated from telesales, I have heard you guys mentioned numbers in the past anywhere from sort of that $3 million to $5 million range, can you give us the sense where that was maybe a year ago, so we understand how quickly that’s growing?
Rick Smith:
Yes, I don’t have the numbers in front of me as I sit here. I can tell you it’s been pretty consistent upward trajectory every quarter in a fairly linear fashion since we first launched telesales.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay.
Rick Smith:
Dan, do you have the numbers handy to give a little more color on that?
Dan Behrendt:
Yes, it’s up $5 million.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay.
Dan Behrendt:
So, yes we have seen as Rick said that’s been pretty consistent growth engine for us. I think that they encouraged us me, I think part of it, I think some of this is actually wide space growth. I think dealing with some of these smaller customers are probably underserved by ourselves as well as our distributors and now it’s calling on them, explaining the product, I think we are helping to expand the use of the weapons from maybe predecessors only at the supervisor level, because of the amount of sort of current feeding we can give these customers, I think we are helping to grow to patrol issue product versus maybe something there is only at the supervisor. So, I think that’s helping with their growth as well.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Great. And then just last two questions, you shared some comments seven major city deployments, but I think you also shared how many major cities are testing? And then could you also just revisit Brazil for a moment, what are you doing differently with AXON and EVIDENCE.com down there than you are in the U.S.? Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Yes. So, we have 7 of the major cities that are in what we would call active deployments at some sort of scale. I believe we have another 3 major agencies that are in effectively paid trials. And then we have got around another 10 that are in some form of either a free trial or active discussions, whether it’s RFPs and other indications that they are in an active purchasing cycle.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay. And then what were your comments regarding Brazil?
Rick Smith:
So, in Brazil, in your question specifically was what’s different in Brazil than in the U.S.?
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Yes.
Rick Smith:
Well, number one, virtually every international market wants their data stored outside of the United States due to Patriot Act issues. So, in Brazil, we have setup and we are running on in-country servers within the Amazon ecosystem and of course the entire solution had to be ported or translated into Portuguese. So, those are the primary differences and then of course we have been hiring and deploying sales and support staff down in Brazil to support the AXON and EVIDENCE.com solution.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay, thank you.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And with that, speakers, I am not showing any further questions in the queue.
Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer:
So at this point, I am going to take a question that came in from Twitter and I believe it’s from (indiscernible) now the prices for body and flex have increased since the beginning of July, is that a sign of confidence in the market space? Well, the early adopter in leaders’ pricing programs has been very successful in rewarding agencies that won additional financial incentives to realize the benefits of body-worn video. We actually announced the pricing would be at its lowest levels initially and then would slowly increase over time to more normal levels. And that was intended to really help reward those agencies that move first. It took a leadership position, which is why we called it the leaders’ pricing promotion. There will be I believe one or two more pricing step ups in the future. So, there are still incentives for people to continue to move more expeditiously. So, as bookings ramp in the number of large agency wins and deployments are showing that we believe this state is moving from sort of the early adopters into the mainstream. So, with that, I think we are going to ahead and wrap up the call for today, certainly continue to contact us through [email protected] or through Twitter etcetera. Obviously, we are very excited about the progress that we are making particularly in AXON and EVIDENCE.com and I would refer you back again, those of you that track tech companies probably the most important factor you would want to look at is user adoption and we tweeted out the curve there showing utilization of the system, which again is pretty rewarding for us to see our customers are continuing to accelerate their utilization of what we have built. We look forward to joining you all again in another few months to report on our third quarter. And again, we like to thank our shareholders for your patience over the years as we have invested heavily to build out this new business segment. It’s really exciting to see it crossing over to the mainstream. With that, everybody have a great day and thanks for joining us.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today’s conference. This does conclude the program. And you may all disconnect. Have a good day everyone.
Executives:
Rick Smith - Chief Executive Officer Dan Behrendt - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum Mark Strauss- J.P. Morgan Greg McKinley - Dougherty Glenn Mattson - Sidoti & Company
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen. And welcome to the TASER International Inc. Q1 2014 Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session, and instructions will be given at that time. (Operator Instructions) I would now like to turn the call over to your host for today’s conference, Mr. Rick Smith, Chief Executive Officer. Sir, the floor is yours.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, and good morning, everyone. Welcome to the TASER International first quarter 2014 earnings conference call. Before we get started, I am going to turn the call over to Dan Behrendt, our Chief Financial Officer to read the Safe Harbor statement.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. Statements made on today’s call will include forward-looking statements including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, including statements around projected spending. We intend that such forward-looking statements be subject to the Safe Harbor provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking information is based on current information and expectations regarding TASER International Incorporated. These estimates and statements speak only as to the date which they are made, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. All forward-looking statements that are made on today’s call are subject to the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks are discussed in our press release we issued today and in greater detail in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, under the caption Risk Factors. You may find both of these filings, as well as our other SEC filings on our website www.taser.com. With that, I will turn it back over to Rick Smith.
Rick Smith:
Thank you, Dan. As a reminder, we are going to be accepting some questions via Twitter during the Q&A portion of the call, which can be submitted using the hash tag TASR_EARNINGS, again that hash tag TASR_EARNINGS. To follow our updates on Twitter during the call follow the account at TASER_IR, this is at TASER_IR. We’ll be posting graphics and commentary during the call. For those of you without Twitter all updates and graphics stream directly to our Investor Relations website at investor.taser.com. I’m eager to share with you our investors the results of our hard work from the first quarter on today’s call. First off, we grew revenue 18.9% to $36.2 million, compared to $30.4 million in the first quarter of 2014. This marks the ninth consecutive quarter of year-over-year topline double-digit growth. We also made historical record in international revenue, recognizing $10.6 million on a consolidated basis. Workings in the EVIDENCE.com & Video segment on the third quarter in excess of $5 million. We continue to work hard to aggressively grow topline and we are excited to continue to share our progress and successes throughout 2014. I will review the progress in each of TASER’s three core strategies today. Those strategies being, number one, international expansion, number two, CEW or weapons upgrade, and number three, gaining dominate market share in the cloud computing and wearable technology space for public safety. I’ll start by discussing the traction that we are seeing internationally. We are seeing the results of our investments start to pay-off of smart weapon upgrades in our primary focused territories. Further, we are seeing growing interest internationally for AXON and EVIDENCE.com products. The London Metropolitan Police arguably the most influential law enforcement agency in the world and certainly outside of United States will be rolling out a 500 unit pilot program of our cameras and EVIDENCE.com, which TASER won after a competitive bid process. We are looking forward to working with the London Met, make sure the pilot goes well and that we can extend the program with them. One thing to note is that this is basically an unpaid trial with no associated revenue. These successes are the results of hard work as we are bring TASER experience to our international customers. One way of doing this is to what we call technology summits which have been tremendously successful here domestically. Through these tech summits, we bring in technology leaders to speak about the rise of cloud and internet technologies and wearable, and how it is going to change the way this leasing is done. It reiterates that we are here to be thought partner for our customers as they enter this new technology age increasing. Internationally, we have localized this tech summits bringing in local experts and studies to continue the technology discussion. We think these are very valuable tool in driving not only international success but success in the EVIDENCE.com & Video segment specifically. We are continuing to invest in other ways as well. We are very excited to announce the hire of Ron Brandt as our new Vice President of International Product and Services. Ron was the former Chief Technology Officer on major projects at T-Systems. He brings a wealth of experience in deploying major cloud-hosted systems into large international organizations. We believe his skills, his strategic insights will be key in winning large international agencies with EVIDENCE.COM. We are excited to welcome Ron on the TASER team and look forward to sharing the successes of his team in the future. Also a significant announcement is our plan to open a new European headquarters in the Netherlands. We will be extending our direct sales team abroad through this office and plan to have an up and running in the second half of this year. In summary, the results internationally have been strong for two quarters in the row now and while this market is still very depended on large deals. It can be quite lumpy in nature. We have a strong outlook for the remainder of the year. Attraction in the EVIDENCE.COM & Video segment continues to accelerate as well, as we saw EVIDENCE.COM and AXON bookings saw its third consecutive quarter of bookings over $5 million. EVIDENCE.COM & Video segment GAAP revenues in the first quarter grew 52.6% to $3.7 million compared to last year’s first quarter. We think this is evidence to sustain power of our cloud-based and wearable electronics business, and while we don’t expect this group to always be consistently up and to right during the -- especially during this early stage, we are very excited about the continued strength of bookings in the recent quarters. Within the Board, there were several notable deals including the follow-on order from Fort Worth. These large follow-on orders were perhaps most important indicator of success, showing the large agencies are seeing great value in the system, Fort Worth did an initial paid trial with 50 cameras then in this quarter, they subsequently expanded their deployment from 50 to 400 cameras. They heavily testing and using initial deployment of 50 cameras, Fort Worth saw the benefits of wearable technology and ease of managing (indiscernible) through EVIDENCE.com. These large agencies understand the efficacies of large scale digital evidence management and know that it is not just about buying a camera. As a result they are choosing the AXON and EVIDENCE.com as a complete system. We are working hard to continue to demonstrate law enforcement professionals at EVIDENCE.com use technology that will make the administrative type of law enforcement far more user friendly, cost effective and efficient, as well as reducing litigation cost for tax payers and providing accountability to the public. We spoke about technology-focused event that we have been hosting and we are finding large agencies from the major cities are attending in disproportionately high numbers. We find this to be incredibly encouraging that the discussion of moving towards the cloud is really here to stay and its accelerating. The focus is to continue to invest these initiatives to aggressively drive topline growth and become the standout leader, as well as the thought leader in this field. As an update to the progress was next-generation products team. They have been -- they have completed some really interested research in this field with our customers to define what the next prospects should be for product development. The team has also established a real technology center of excellence within the company. We have significantly extended our software development talent. We expanded our Seattle office as a result. We have now more than 25 employees working on that team today. Seattle is hard better talent and really look forward to continuing to growth that team in 2014, accelerating our development efforts. As I just mentioned, large agencies are moving faster than anticipated towards our solutions. Large agencies are highly educated and require more sophistication and features than the small agency does. Our next-generation product team is working hand to hand with these larger agencies to develop the features necessary for them to get up and running on our systems smoothly and effectively. So although team is prototyping options for new products, they are also very hard at work making sure the experience our customers get today ensures these customers are there for the long haul and that we continue to provide a great experience when it comes to verbal technologies and cloud solutions. We will continue to update on the teams accomplishment as we move through 2014. We see 2014 as the year the things are going to move forward at full throttle with EVIDENCE.com solidifying market share. We are out to grow on this space and to grow it fast. The recurring subscription revenue opportunities created very high potential life time value for every customer. Further, EVIDENCE.com festival becomes natural customer for future cloud-based products. The more services each customers are using more likely they are to adopt additional services from our virtual cycle. We are adding capabilities with one integrated platform, it’s easier and easier largely going out to outside the vendors. In this virtual circle the lifetime potential of every customers far more significant. At the front end of this business, there is a high level of investment required with revenues being deferred over the length of the contract. There is an inherent loss period until a critical massive customers is achieved. Our philosophy and breakeven in investment is as long as the business is growing and the size that our product is going to work we continue to invest. If the growth in the business slows then we can pull back on our investments. We’re managing our EVIDENCE.com & Video business with aggressive investment to drive top-line growth and seize maximum market share now as the market is forming. We continue to believe the biggest we could make would be to under invest in creating market share now. The TASER Weapons business continues to execute and show strong results, delivering revenues that were up 16% to $32.5 million year-over-year. The first upgrade continues, but starting 2014 we are introducing incentive to promote the TASER insurance plan in conjunction with customer upgrades. The normal trading credit for the first quarter was $85, plus an agency signed for cap, again TASER service plan, they would receive an additional $100 credit per unit. In the second quarter, this is $75 for upgrade. But the additional $100 for signing up for taps is the same. And to refresh your memory the TASER insurance plan a lot of agencies do make equal installment payments over the period of a 5 year contract. At the end of that contract period, the customer receives a new weapon. Along the life, customer realizes other benefits as well including white glove, customer service plan and full warranty coverage and onsite test. We are passionate about helping our customers’ budget for their future CEWs and their program, capitalize our customer having predictable and manageable expense that is now consistent during the contract period and results in an upgrade 5 years from now. So we sell (indiscernible) locking upgrade in five years and the customer receives both savings and budget predictability. It’s a real win-win. We still believe there lies a large opportunity ahead to upgrade agent weapons as well as to sell more in to those agencies that don’t CEW on every opposite, In our north America weapons business which is in a more mature phase than our spa business we are focused on operational and driving long-term profitable growth. Income from operational were up in business increased to 29% of revenue in the first quarter compared to 24% in the prior year. To wrap up before Dan goes over to financial results in greater depth, exciting things continue to happen here at TASER and I am looking forward to sharing more success in the coming quarters ahead.
Dan Behrendt:
Thank you. As Rick indicated, first quarter consolidated sales were $36.2 million, which represent 18.9% increase from the first quarter of 2013. The increase in sales was primarily driven by the continuation of the upgrade cycle with agencies upgrading to the newer X26P Smart Weapons, which contributed $7.9 million in the first quarter. AXON Cameras and EVIDENCE.com sales also grew by $0.8 million to $2 million in the first quarter. Sales of TASER (indiscernible) contributes $2.5 million in the first quarter result from the large international order that were shipped during the quarter. The X26, CEW declined 1.1 million as expected as agencies moved to the new smart weapon platform but we still have some international and federal customers that continue to buy legacy products while they get the newer X26 platform approved for purchasing their markets. Gross margin for the first quarter was $22.2 million or 61.4% of revenue, which is up from $18.5 million or 60.6% in the prior year. A sales of increased would continue to benefit from higher operational leverage due to price increase instituted at beginning of 2014 and more sales being sold directly to the end user rather than to distribution channels we’ve also realized higher average prices on a products also the improving gross margin. Although service revenue has increased quarter-over-quarter, the cost of service delivered decreased $0.2 million the quarter compared to the prior year due to the continued benefit fro the completion and depreciaton relate t to the capitalization of Evdent.com software which was running $300,000 previously. In EVIDENCE.com & Video segment revenues increased 1.3 million and 3.7 million for the first quarter of 2014. Loss from operational at EVIDENCE.com & Video segment actually worsened to $4.6 million from a loss of $1.5 million in the first of 2013 largely due to the increased investment in research and development activities as well as additional sales reps and additional market expenses for the AXON and other EVIDENCE.com products. We expect the currency levels of spend to continue to increase through 2014 as we work to gain market share and aggressively grow the top line as well as invest in new products and features. Sales, general and administration expenses were 13.7 million in the first quarter compared to 11.2 million in the first quarter last year. As a percentage of sales SG&A expenses were 38% of net sales in the first quarter of 2014 compared to 36.7% in net sales for the first quarter of 2014. Compared to the prior year personal expenses increased 0.5 million as a result of strategic hires that we made over the last year primarily in customer facing role such as sales representatives, caller sales, customer service and account management, field services, but also incremental administration functions. Commission expense also increased in the quarter without the high sales in the quarter increased number of sales reps in the field and a greater percentage of our sales being conducted directly through our sales box versus through distribution. Sales and marketing expenses increased year over year due to tradeshow expenses associated with TASER-hosted technology summit as Rick talked about earlier, as well as other customer facing events in order to continue contribute the benefits of our products to wider number of customer. In the first quarter we did settle turner case for 3.4 million which is a $2.1 million savings from the $5.5 million judgment that was a vacated on a field. Insurance will pay 2.7 million and stays responsible for the remaining $0.7 million. The $0.7 million is included in the first quarter SG&A figure. We expect to see elevated strength in SG&A continues through 2014 as initiative to grow top line internationally as well as the EVIDENCE.com and Videos are executed and further infrastructure put in place. Research and development expense were 3.6 million for the first quarter of 2014, an increase of approximately 1.69 million compared to the first quarter of 2013. As forecasted last quarter the increase is primarily due to additional personnel expenses related to EVIDENCE.com & Video segment development initiatives. Earlier as we indicated on the class the team is finalizing plans around the involvement so as a result of that we did not capitalize any of the expenses incurred during the quarter. As we begin development initiatives expenses will be capitalized until the product launches. However, given the newness of these initiatives company cannot be certain of the exact timing of capitalization, but we will be capitalizing some of the costs associated with the new product development. With addition of the similar team, as well as expand hires in other research investment in EVIDENCE.com & Video segment, we continue to expect increase from these levels. The investments are being made, accelerated both and sales of adjacent technologies as well as new products. Adjusted EBITDA which excludes certain items as detailed in our press release were 7.2 million for the first quarter of 2014 compared $7.7 million in the first quarter of 2013 with the decrease be driven by higher R&D and SG&A expenses in 2014. Income from operations were $4.9 million in the first quarter of 2014 compared to $5.3 million in the first quarter of 2013. Net income for the first quarter was $3.4 million or $0.06 per share on both basic and diluted basis, which is basically in line with last year’s results as well. Income taxes were $1.5 million in the first quarter. Effective tax rate for this first quarter is 30.6%, which is unusually low. The company’s tax rate in Q1 was reduced by set of stock option deductions for disqualifying dispositions of set of stock option exercises in the quarter. Excluding those benefits which are difficult to forecast, our effective tax rate would have been approximately 39%. And we continue to think that’s a good number to use for the remainder of 2014. Moving onto the balance sheet. In the first quarter of 2014, the company’s generated $4.3 million of operating cash flow, which we drove our cash balances up to $77.5 million for cash, cash equivalent and investments. Accounts receivable of $20.5 million were down $2 million from the year balances due to timely collections. Inventory actually grew $2 million to $13.3 million for the prior year balances due to increased stock of raw materials anticipation of 2014 sales. Our investment in property, plant and equipment of $18.4 million is actually down $0.6 million from the year balances, basically driven by depreciation expense of $1 million, offset by new CapEx in the quarter of $0.4 million. CapEx is primarily for production equipment as well as some computers and some other investments in technology around the expanding of employee base. Accounts payable of $7 million which is approximately up $0.8 million for the year balances, just driven mostly by that increase in inventory. Total deferred revenue of $21.5 million has actually increased $1.3 million for the year end, primarily due to the upgrade program which -- with X26P and X2 which includes an extended warranty. We also had the sales of the AXON cameras since that cost solution has also contributed $0.4 million to that increase as we deferred revenue related to those deals. We’ll recognize again over the service period. Total liabilities of $41 million and the company’s best quarter was $123.8 million of stockholder’s equity. Companies continue to have no long-term debt other than the capital lease and continue to have funding liquidity in cost and the strong cash flow engine in our core business to fund our sales, R&D efforts and operations in the future. As we move onto selective information for cash flows. The company had cash provided by operations of $4.3 million during the first quarter of 2014. Net cash used in investment activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $12.3 million compared with cash provided $1.2 million in the same period last year. The net use of cash is driven by purchases in investments made during the first quarter. Cash provided by financing activities was $10.9 million during the first quarter compared to cash used in financing activities of $3.3 million in the same period last year. The net cash generation was driven by proceeds from employee option exercises of $7.3 million as well as excess cash benefits from stock-based compensation of $4.7 million. As we stated in the last quarter, we’ll leave more -- to leave more time for Q&A on the call, we started including the unit sales statistics in this press release. To wrap up, our continued investment in the business because we are serious about executing on our strategies and providing top-line double-digit growth consistently. We feel these investments are necessary to continue solidify our market condition in the video business. Investigating involves the revenue producing opportunity and to continue to grow internationally. So we can provide long-term value for our shareholders. And with that we’ll take questions from the audience. If you could go ahead and make the announcements for the questions, that would be great.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions) Our first question comes from the line of Steve Dyer with Craig Hallum. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Thanks. Good morning guys.
Rick Smith:
Good morning Steve.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
I think in the past you have given a metric just regarding the percentage of five plus year old handles in the field that you have thought have been upgraded at that point. Do you have that sort of updated?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Steve, it’s become difficult to track that. I think we still feel like there is a majority of weapons out of five years still remain to be upgraded. And that number continues to grow. But we don’t have that exact percentage. It’s been tough to track because of the -- as we’ve reduced the trading price, we have a number of customers that are just going through that upgrades without actually trading into old weapons. So it’s been become difficult to track that. But we still think that a majority of the weapons in the field that are over five years old remain to be upgraded.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. In the international business, obviously, it was great to see again this quarter but I think if you back it out at employees that the North American business was actually down year-over-year which seems unusual at this point in the upgrade cycle. Anything kind of one time there that we should look at whether it was big order that slipped or was done last year, I don’t know if there was anything in particular last year that would have driven that?
Rick Smith:
This is Rick. I think in the general there is a -- the first quarter tends to be a little bit seasonally weak compared to the fourth quarter. And the second quarter is just based on budget cycles. So I don’t know if there was anything particularly that standout as I can sort of typical seasonality.
Dan Behrendt:
I think, it’s just -- as you know, the business is sort of subject to a little bit of lumpiness driven by larger deals and that deal flow quarter-to-quarter can certainly have an impact. But we still feel like the -- North American business has been driven a lot by the upgrade and we continue to see finding of plenty of them continue to see that contribute.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. Moving over to the video business, I know that the actual video service revenue was flat quarter-over-quarter and actually declined from Q3. And maybe I guess, what I would assume is in that, there is a lot of, kind of, the cloud service revenue which I would expect to be modestly growing as you get more people on the network. Is there something else in there? Is there a reason why that number wouldn’t be more linear?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. This is Rick. In the first quarter, we spend a lot of quarter, just sort, of scoring up to the basket as you’d say given our feet under as getting a lot of the agencies last year really scaling up and running because we don’t really recognize the service revenue until these agencies are alive. A lot of the larger and more recent orders are either getting get live or very late in the quarter or during the Q2. So it was mostly just around your execution in making sure that our existing customers were having a lot of success as we continue to build out our capabilities to bring these larger agencies online.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
But why would that have been down call it from two quarters ago. I mean, just regardless you think you’d have more agency sort of on the system and up and running now than you did in Q3?
Rick Smith:
This can also include some of the professional services that we build on bringing agencies life. So, a net decline that was most likely that we add some larger professional services in the prior quarter.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
That’s right. Okay. I noticed you broke out XREP and I don’t recall and all the time I have covered the company, you guys breaking that out and it was a very sizable number. Any color around why that was the case this quarter?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. Actually that represented a single large international order for the XREP products. So it’s a -- as you correctly point out, it’s not a product we talk about a lot but it’s a product we continue to sell internationally and we had a large international order that was shipped in Q1. It’s certainly one of the contributors to that record sales for international this quarter and just because it was such a large amount, we didn’t want to, sort of, jam in into other to make other look unusually large. So we did break it out.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Yeah. Okay. And the last question for me and I’ll hop back in the queue. SG&A, it sounds like $700,000 or so of legal settlement in there, as well as some tradeshow stuff that maybe sounds like it won’t be recurring. So, I know it’s going to be an elevated level of spend. But would you expect to spend in SG&A to be kind of lower than that $13.7 million number on a quarterly basis going forward by some amount?
Rick Smith:
There is certainly, the 0.7 in legal is certainly kind of, on a normalized basis, we were closer to $13 million. But from that level we will continue to make investments to grow both the international businesses as well as the video business. So in some respect, I think the unusual items will be replaced by just sort of normal spend as we increased our customer-facing roles for both video and international.
Steve Dyer - Craig Hallum:
Okay. Thanks, guys.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Paul Coster with J.P. Morgan. Your line is now open. Please proceed.
Mark Strauss- J.P. Morgan:
Yeah. Good morning. This is actually Mark Strauss on for Paul. Thanks for taking the questions. Going back to -- and just following upon on Craig’s question on the international sales. We were kind of bumping along in the lower single to mid single-digit millions. In the last couple quarters, we’ve been north of 10 here and obviously understanding there's a lot of lumpiness in the business quarter-to-quarter. Can you think this is kind of a more sustainable level now, or do you think that’s obviously the target but there were some one-time things in the last couple of quarters and more sustainable in mid single-digit millions?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. It’s a good question. I think certainly, I mean, that’s one of the track that’s making out things within international sales as they tend to be larger deals in general. Our average ticket size international is about 10 times as big as our average domestic orders. So it tends to be lumpy as a result, but at the same time I think we’ve certainly been investing heavily over the last couple of years to grow the international business. I think we are seeing some of that payoff at these higher levels. You are right. Some of this is, whether we are going to have $10 million a quarter consistently is absolute normal, it kind of remains to be seen. But certainly as Rick said earlier on the call, we feel good about the international business in general. We’ve got a good pipeline there and we expect to grow that part of the business year-over-year.
Mark Strauss- J.P. Morgan:
Okay. Thanks. And then it’s been about a year and half since you had your Analyst Day and you provided the 2017 targets. Just wanted to see if there is any update to that or at least on the video business? Just if there's kind of a wide range for that 2017 target and I guess what you are tracking versus your upside?
Rick Smith:
I think we are tracking pretty well certainly on the topline. We are tracking well. I think we fell still very comfortable sort of the topline projections for the video business and certainly in the base case as we -- certainly is looking pretty solid and we are tracking well to that base case now. And I think the pessimistic case is looking more pessimistic with last three quarters of results. But as far as the topline, I think we still feel pretty comfortable with the topline from that presentation.
Mark Strauss- J.P. Morgan:
Okay. That’s it for us. Thank you very much.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Greg McKinley with Dougherty. Your line is now open.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Yeah. Thank you. The TASER Assurance Plan, can you give us a sense for how significantly that has been used by customers to date, how many devices have been sold under that program?
Dan Behrendt:
Greg, this is Dan. It’s pretty -- in that sense, it would be little bit lumpy but it is certainly an area that we really have a focus on at TASER. The ability to sort of make the purchases at TASER technology would be more of line item and the budget would be pretty consistent every year. It is certainly something that’s beneficial for our customers and long-term would be beneficial for us as well. The ability to also lock in the next upgrade is attractive for us and for the customers, it takes away sort of the challenge of finding that budget dollars for capital, another capital purchase in five years. So as Rick mentioned earlier, we’ve actually are operating incentive of a $100 per handle right now for people to when they upgrade their current, their last generations CW to the new platforms, which is a $100 incentive for them to upgrade and join TAP at the same time. Any given quarter, we’ve had quarters where we’ve had thousand units to TAP or little north of a thousand. So it’s still sort of less than 5% of our purchases include TAP but that’s certainly something we would like to see over time increase.
Rick Smith:
It’s really a bit of a new thought process for some of our customers. I would also add that we are seeing some success frankly with TAP right now in the smaller agencies than in some of the larger agencies just from a market dynamics perspective. But that’s obviously an area of focus for both our marketing and our sales team to continue to increase the launch rate.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay. Thank you. And then just getting back to the North American upgrade cycle, I was looking back over the last couple of years and just adding up the units of electronic controlled devices that have been sold business to the whole company, not just North America. But going back to 2011, they were 64,000, in ’12, they were 78,000 and ’13 you guys did 92,000. And I think you said, you still think the majority of those five-year device that are still out there and have been upgraded. Given what you are sensing from the market, are we still in a rapid growth phase for North America on electronic controlled devices with budgets may be loosening up a little bit plus the upgrades, or are we sort of more steady states even though upgrades currently may not necessarily generate significant year-over-year growth like it has in the last few years? Wondered if you can just give us some thoughts on that?
Rick Smith:
That’s a good question. I think there is certainly room to continue to grow, although we’ve seen as you know really strong growth two years in a row in the North American part of the business. So part of the challenge is, we are continuing to stay at those elevated levels and then grow from there. And certainly that we see the opportunity as you mentioned, budgets are gaining little bit, are opening up a little bit that if that installed based continues to age. So a five year old product two years ago was now seven years old and certainly I think our customers appreciate the fact that this is a key piece of life saving technology and it not only protects life of the officers but also saves lives of the people interacting with. So they want to make sure that it is time to use that product that it’s going to work and proactively replacing the product is the best way to ensure that and so. I think it is -- we certainly see there is still room. It’s still a ready market for upgrades and we continue to press that message with our customers.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay. Thank you. Just getting back to operating expenses for a moment. So, what I think I heard from you is with $700,000 legal settlement that’s non-recurring, so maybe on an adjusted basis G&A was more in that $13 million range. But it will likely gravitate back towards that, that full kind of upper $13 million dollar range as the year progresses. So please correct me if I’m wrong on that and then from an R&D standpoint, would 3.6 also represent a level from which we will likely be growing or is that more of a run rate basis?
Rick Smith:
I think on the first one, SG&A, that’s exactly right. We expect that $13 million is kind of normalized and we will continue to grow from that level. And R&D, I think will also grow from the three sticks this quarter although there will be some offsets from capitalization of new product development cost but I think overall, we do expect that numbers to also grow from these levels throughout 2014.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay. All right. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. And our last question in the queue comes from the line of Glenn Mattson. Your line is now open. Please proceed with your question.
Glenn Mattson - Sidoti & Company:
Hi, everyone. Question on North America, it was still kind of a smaller percentage of very large deals in the quarter. Has the pipeline for large deals generally speaking, are they still out there to work on?
Rick Smith :
Yeah. I mean, I think we still have a good pipeline both and really across all three focusers for the business, international, the North American upgrade as well as the video business. So, I think, certainly, lots of large cities that made purchases in the past that remain to be upgraded. So that’s something that we continue to focus on with our customers.
Dan Behrendt:
One thing that obviously -- you just pointed out is we’ve seen a lot of growth being generated in these bottom 80% of the market with our telesales effort that we’ve launched, was about two years ago. And now that’s just continued to be a real growth driver for us. Again, the first caution is I think, it tends to be a little weaker on the larger deals because they send out more sort of budget cycles as we get in the fourth or second quarters. And now I was trying to think back on the question. Really, I think last year we may have had one or two sort of larger deals in the first quarter than we had this year. So good news is that telesales is really adding some more consistency to our growth and it’s obviously a more predictable because you get a large -- sorry, the large numbers kicks in with that telesales effort. But we do feel very good about the pipeline for large deals for the balance of the year.
Glenn Mattson – Sidoti & Company:
And then on the investment in Familiar, have you -- now that that’s kind of being absorbed and work with the team, is there any timeframe as to when you expect some products out of them, is it later this year or more in 2015?
Rick Smith:
At this point, we don’t have firm dates. We just really come out of the research base. We’re prototyping a number of sort of different options to continue to iterate and receive customer feedback. One thing, I would tell you, the Familiar acquisition has been just phenomenal for the organization. It’s created a real sort of center of mass in the Seattle market and just through the Familiar guy’s networks we’ve hired, I think another five to seven really solid people that are coming and really help build out our teams. So it’s not only affected our ability to generate new products but it’s really improved our overall engineering talent base in our core EVIDENCE.com business as well. So we couldn’t be happier with the acquisition and we’re very excited to see a new firm sort of research phase. We are now in the prototyping phase and then in the product development and some great new stuff.
Glenn Mattson – Sidoti & Company:
Okay. Great. Thanks guys.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And we have a follow-up from the line of Greg McKinley. Your line is now open.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Yeah. Thank you. Just a numbers question I had at the segment level. It looked to me like within video, the cost of product, not the cost of service but the cost of product relative to revenues had gone up quite a bit. Is that -- what’s driven that? Is that more body versus flex or…
Rick Smith:
That’s exactly right. As you see in the quarter, we had a large number of body camera which are great. I mean we sold. That continues to be a strong driver for video and certainly kind of reinforces that that was a good decision to launch that product. But that does -- the gross margins on body can be lower than flash is because the average selling price is about half as much on average and as result its got a lower -- its got a higher cost of sales with percentage of the total sales. I think its kind of mix issue.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Thanks. And then, can you give us some more color on the bonding relationships. It sound to me like it was a competitive bit but you also stated it was on paid trial. So let me just walk through with this, how you end up getting in there and what are the prospects so this actually can turn into a paying customer?
Rick Smith:
Yeah. This is Rick. The fact that it’s basically an unpaid trial. Don’t know that really that this is not a super competitive situation. Body cameras, really sort of the concept, the early concept of lot of the work was done in the United Kingdom. There are some local companies there that they have been supporting a lot of the party cam market in the U.K over the past several years and obviously the one in that is the most influential and sort of major agency, thought leader around the world especially the former influence of great across the former empire. So it was -- I would say very competitive as far as people working with the Met and the Met looking at the different solutions. So the fact that we’re choosing, I think just speak to the fact that they solve the value of the overall solution, whereas I would say in general, most of our competitors are primarily hardware vendors. And I think that we’ll uniquely able to coming in and deliver solution which does not require a lot of technical lift from our customers to go and solve difficult IP problem. So we’re very excited about it and we do believe there is a major revenue opportunity. What we are hearing from London Met qualitatively is that, if this trial goes well that there could be a major expansion of body cameras, out in the London Met. And we think the opportunity to be a very significant financial account for us as well as being in a important thought leadership account.
Rick Smith:
What is the intended or expected duration of the test before commercialized decision you made. We believe it’s about a year, is what it’s scheduled for.
Greg McKinley - Dougherty:
Okay. All right. Thank you.
Rick Smith:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And with that, I’m not showing any further questions in the queue. I would like to turn the call back over to Rick Smith for any closing remarks.
Rick Smith:
Great. Thanks everyone for your time. Obviously we’re excited to continue to report traction in EVIDENCE.com, as well as growth and profitability in the core business. And we report to still mitigate our shareholder meeting which is going to be here in May, just a few weeks out. And if you can make the shareholders meeting, then certainly we hope to hear your voices on the next call. We’ll wait onto our second quarter result. Thank you everyone. Have a great day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today’s conference. This does conclude the program. You may all disconnect.